anette neh

rey

Cr a srr

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

e
Library of the

Museum of

Comparative Zoology

ao.
a Bees hy

NAL lo
MIS. EO MP

BULLETINS LIpRA DP rigce

JAN 29 i975

OF HARVARD

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

NAO IDO

1974 — 1975

Paleontological] Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850
U.S. A.

In Memoriam

Lewis Martin
1920-1973

Raymond C. Moore
1892-1974

James D. McLean, Jr.
1919-1974

William Petitbois
-1974

Ricardo Ramirez
1885-1974

Frank R. Schwengel
-1974

Robert O. Vernon
1912-1974

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXVI

Bulletin No.

283. Middle Ordovician Crinoids from Southwestern
Virginia and Eastern Tennessee.

By James C. Brower and Julia Veinus ....

284. Revision of the Gastropoda of the Fox Hills
Formation, Upper Cretaceous (Maestrichtian)
of North Dakota.

1BA7 dio Hue le LOOKS ONO] 5. acnanoctoSsacaseseonnaccacasonnsc

285. Late Cenozoic Corals of South Florida.
By Norman: Ee Wels bondi. ..s eee

286. Neogene Biostratigraphy (Ostracoda) of South-

ern Hispanola.
IBY. Wi Ace ValniGen 60) dager cee oes

Pages

1-126

127-254

255-544

545-639

Plates

1-13

14-20

21-57

58-62

INDEX

No separate index is included in the volume. Each number is
indexed separately. Contents of the volume are listed in the begin-

ning of the volume.

BOLE TINS

OF

AMERICAN
PAEEOIN TOEOGY

(Founded 1895) MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
LIBRARY
MAY 2.0 1974
Vol. 66 HARVARD
UNIVERSITY;
No. 283

MIDDLE ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS
FROM SOUTHWESTERN VIRGINIA
AND EASTERN TENNESSEE

By

James C. BrowER
AND
Jutia VErINus

1974

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1973-74
USF USS) 1 Pf ga pe ee Ee a OA ee MERRILL W. HAAS
WIGCE*P RESIDENT oecesceccctecceed cece tases eae ees ee tence es ceeeee cee cee ees aan ee Harotp E. VOKES
SECRETARY. 22 es scest Scccsucsteestaced cased tere ot ta sass cateck eens ann ats ee meee aoe Puitip C. WAKELEY
IDIRECTOR: MEREASURER:, occcsoheserceen eee eee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
ASSISTANT SECRETARY, ASSISTANT TREASURER .....-.-------20--s0ee00--e0ee REBECCA S. HARRIS
GOUINSEE ieseceseoe aco woes ee ee ee ee ARMAND L. ADAMS
REPRESENTATIVE ACA AG" © OUIN CII pee ceseete cere tees nencee eee ee eee eee eee JOHN POJETA, JR.
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1972-1975) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
MERRILL W. HAAs (1973-1976) CASPAR RAPPENECKER (1973-1976)
ReEBEccA S. Harris (Life) DANIEL B. Sass (1971-1974)
Ceci H. KInDLE (1971-1974) Harotp E. VoKEs (1973-1975)
Harry S. Lapp (1972-1974) Puitip C. WAKELEY (1973-1976)
AxeEL A. OLsson (Life) Vircit D. WINKLER (1969-1975)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. Palmer, Editor
Mrs. FAy Bricos, Secretary

Advisory Board

KENNETH E. CASTER Hans KUGLER
A. Myra KEEN Jay GLENN Marks
AXEL A. OLSsoNn

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on
application.

For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see
Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A.

For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor-
poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. 10003 U.S.A.

Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average
price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri-
cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de-
ductible from income tax.

For sale by

Paleontological Research Institution
1259 Trumansburg Road
Ithaca, New York 14850

U.S.A.

BOPP RINS

OF

AMERICAN
PALEONTOROG ¥

(Founded 1895)

Vol. 66

No. 283

MIDDLE ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS
FROM SOUTHWESTERN VIRGINIA
AND EASTERN TENNESSEE

By

James C. BROWER
AND
Jutta VEINUS

April 26, 1974

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A.

Library of Congress Card Number: 74-75976

Printed in the United States of America
Arnold Printing Corporation

CONTENTS

Page
IADR SENSE acc ec SSO FEE RES EEE ESOC ESTEE 5
Acknowledgments. ..........-----:-:--c-c-cscecesesesesneneeecsesecenenenensacecesessensessaesnsnsnanenenensnsesneneneaes 6
TESTIS AIOE ©. asset ce e SSe e e SEC ESEE 6
Stratigraphy <.-..-.-c.----:-:--¢-c---c-----sesosceneeecsceestenaccedensnsasensestennensencesocornansnessensneneweneesnensasanans 8
Weocalliiti € Six -.c ee ceee se neese see ec eae Cae See apse snes cn ceeeeseeee er enere 11
MUGCALItY TOSIStET 2n.nccaceceecaceensesnsecnccesecevoeecnasenenaneeaseeeqnastaneraea’necererenseeratsmamcscacscsnasewacenee= 11
These Woe) Fee eee ee ese oe ee eer 16
Systematic sGeSCriptOns <2cccccecee esse scoce ccncenen ene ante necen seamen senence per soor encom ceenawon=nensnnncemeneracs 17
SISEAGS) TONE eR Up REY oe a ee 17
Brarvatiliy: slormc@rirni Cl ve eee coee se eee oc eee ceremonies een 17
USAC wok e004 Ce EY la ea ar er er ee ree Seer 20
PNGA OS 902 Ko Les a 108 oh ree eee eee eRe eee aE 21
(CEU eh e bn ho Yoh eae po a ee ee 25
HATES oy a0 0) 0 1 (YOR ee eee 27
AE Aey, OC TDIUL GLA © eco ecoae cee cee ence ceceace ce meaceereseece 29
1 ET IE Yo oY 05 gh) a 1 bY i eC eT 37
Garaboerimidiaes jaeeerca cos cserestes te csr canoer are eet aa ee ene rea seeceneteae 61
Subcliaisss Garena tay coves cssscceoc tees cess ascetics oe eee Sens cece coer 66
vara yaa oc OC rm ticle pereteree tere een ee aera ee eee reese eeeenar eee 66
CCorerin Sa Ue cla 0) i ee ER A ae Re Oe ea er ee 102
VES HOTEL ON ol 0 ee a gen er 102
LENA a a eR ese eee eee 107
VOCS HOS ei se FE RR eee eee eee ee 121
TEXT-FIGURES
Page
1&. Location map: for Benbolt, and allied crinoids j22 22... 3-2 csr 12
DE GERAOCHIIUS SCULDTIS WTICh. NOlOty per ete reese ee ee 24
BEPPalacocrinus =planoDaSsalis,. «Ais (Spon Wetcccscc efor ee eae 44
AMP CICCOCHINUSIPLAMOUASAlISHeNe TS Dome ee ee 50
55 -Palacocrinus: planobasalis, m. sp. ,Grap is) cepa See Be caceccee ces ease me oeececeenes 53
6. Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. Plate drawings ........-..--..----...-.---0--+-00-++ 55
7. Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. Ridge growth ....Fold in between 58 and 59
8. Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White). Graphs showing variation .............. 79
9. Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White). Distribution of ornamention ............ 81
Ole abolocrinus*vesperalts u(NWhite)) {20a ee oe Aes er ee 83
i Diabolocrinus vesperalis’ (White). Graphs... -cc-cc-c<ecsescccecc-guececeneotecten ens 84
ig Diabolocrinus wesperalis: (White)\. Plot ic.2120 Ae ote ccceenczsececeeee 88

7‘

a

Sa Wis De

-
re

sy

a : FE Shete de |

MIDDLE ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS FROM
SOUTHWESTERN VIRGINIA AND EASTERN TENNESSEE

James C. BROWER
and
Juiia VEINUS

ABSTRACT

This paper describes the crinoid fauna of the Benbolt and allied forma-
tions of eastern Tennessee and southwestern Virginia. One new genus and
14 new species are proposed. These are Ectenocrinus punctatus, n. sp., Anulo-
crinus latus, n. sp. Ristnacrinus ? altobasalis, n. sp., Hybocrinus punctato-
cristatus, n. sp., H. perperamnominatus, n. sp., Palacocrinus planobasalis, n. sp.
P. avondalensis, n. sp., Carabocrinus stellifer, n. sp., C. micropunctatus, n. sp.,
Pararchaeocrinus convexus, n. sp., Paradiabolocrinus irregularis, n. gen., n. sp.
P. sinuorugosus, n. gen., n. sp., Rhaphanocrinus simplex, n. sp., and Wilsont-
crinus culmensinuosus, n. sp.

Due to poorly preserved material, two new species are not formally
described but are referred to Isotomocrinus and Diabolocrinus.

Two previously described species, Archacocrinus peculiaris Miller and
Gurley and Geraocrinus sculptus Ulrich, are treated here.

The crinoid proposed by Miller and Gurley as Imdianocrinus punctatus
is a broken hybocrinid with some plates missing; consequently, Jmdianocrinus
is placed in synonymy with Hybocrinus and the species retained as H. punctatus
(Miller and Gurley).

The pores of the Tennessee and Virginia palaeocrinids are shown to be
respiratory; in addition, the ontogeny of the pores is discussed.

Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White) is considered a highly variable form
which includes six previously erected “species”.

As indicated in the above tabulation, the fauna is dominated by archaeo-
crinids, hybocrinids, and peculiar dicyclic cyathocrinid inadunates. The greatest
faunal affinities are with the Chazyan crinoids of New York and adjacent
areas and with the Black River Bromide of Oklahoma. The high percentage of
peculiar and presumably specialized crinoids (¢.g., Ristnacrinus, Hybocrinus,
Carabocrinus, and Palaeocrinus) suggests that Late Chazyan and Black River
time was an epoch of evolutionary experimentation for crinoids. Three of the
peculiar genera survived the Black River, and persisted into the Trenton of
North America, but they all became extinct prior to the Upper Ordovician. Most
of the Benbolt and allied formation genera which failed to survive after the
Black River epoch in North America are “normal” crinoids such as Azulo-
crinus, Pararchaeocrinus, Paradiabolocrinus, and Diabolocrinus.

Reconstruction of the environment of the crinoids suggests that they were
rooted in a relatively soft substrate and lived in shallow water of normal
marine salinity and high oxygen content which was alternatingly agitated and
calm. Agitated conditions probably prevailed as most species show structures
which are best interpreted as adaptations to rough water conditions. The only
crinoids which do not exhibit such adaptations are Geraocrinus sculptus Ulrich,
two Palaeocrinus species, and Rhaphanocrinus simplex, n. sp.

6 BuLLeTIN 283

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank William A. Oliver, Jr., (Paleontology
and Stratigraphy Branch, United States Geological Survey), and
Porter M. Kier (United States National Museum) for the loan of
United States National Museum (USNM) and Springer Collection
(S) material. Ronald L. Parsley (Tulane University) kindly
donated several critical specimens which he collected in the summer
of 1965 in connection with his study of the cystoids. Kenneth E.
Caster of the University of Cincinnati, and Matthew Nitecki of the
Field Museum of Natural History (UC) allowed the writers access
to the collections of Miller, and Miller and Gurley. James Sprinkle
(formerly of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, MCZ, now at
University of Texas, Austin, Texas), made some specimens available
for study which had been found by him and Christopher R. C. Paul.
Robert V. Kesling of the Museum of Paleontology, University of
Michigan (UMMP) kindly provided some photographs and loaned
the writers several crinoids collected by C. R. C. Paul.

We thank James Sprinkle and Robert V. Kesling for their com-
ments on an earlier draft of the manuscript.

The photographs were taken by James R. Wilson and the text-
figures were drawn by John Fonda and Don S. Thompson, all of
Syracuse University.

The cost of engraving the illustrations has been defrayed by the
Syracuse University Research Institute.

PREVIOUS WORK
The crinoid fauna of the Middle Ordovician Benbolt and allied

formations in Tennessee and Virginia has not been described com-
pletely before, although a number of workers discussed some
crinoids. In 1849, Gerard Troost, then State Geologist of Tennessee,
submitted a manuscript entitled A Monograph on Crinoids Dis-
covered in the State of Tennessee to the Smithsonian Institution.
This monograph described 108 Paleozoic species and included 243
figures. Most of these crinoids were found in central Tennessee, but
a few Ordovician species range into the eastern Tennessee and
southwestern Virginia area studied here. Since 1849, many of the
forms first noted by Troost have been described in works by other

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 7

writers. Unfortunately, due to the regrettable treatment of the Troost
manuscript by Hall (see Wood, 1909), few of Troost’s species names
are valid. Of the Middle Ordovician crinoids in the Troost mono-
graph, the name Gilbertsocrinus americanus (nomen nudum in
Wood, 1909, p. 104) was given to the form later described by White
as Rhodocrinus vesperalis (1880, p. 252, pl. 1, figs. 11, 12). This
crinoid was assigned to Diabolocrinus by Wachsmuth and Springer
(1897).

In 1894 and 1895, Miller and Gurley proposed several species
from eastern Tennessee by names which have since been clarified by
later workers. Diabolocrinus asperatus (1894, p. 19, pl. 2, figs. 7-9),
D. knoxensis (1895a, p. 34, pl. 3, figs. 10-11), and D. parvus (1894,
p. 21, pl. 2, figs. 26-28) were placed in Archaeocrinus. As shown
later, these “species” and other previously described diabolocrinids
are conspecific, and they belong to a single population. Archaeo-
crinus peculiaris (1894, p. 17, pl. 2, figs. 1-3) is still valid.

Miller and Gurley erected Jndianocrinus based on a single
specimen described as J. punctatus (1895b, p. 83, pl. 5, figs. 8-13).
According to Miller and Gurley, the main generic characteristic was
the presence of four RR. Later authors (e.g., Bather, 1900, p. 145;
Bassler and Moodey, 1943, p. 515) believed Indianocrinus to be a
synonym of Hybocrinus. This view is accepted here, and the holo-
type of J. punctatus is judged to be a broken specimen with the
anal X and the C ray R missing. Consequently, Indianocrinus is
not a valid genus and the type species is assigned to Hybocrinus.

Wachsmuth and Springer described two Diabolocrinus, D. per-
plexus (1897, p. 250, pl. 11, figs. la, b, d) and D. hieroglyphicus
(1897, p. 252, pl. 10, figs. 5a, b, c) from eastern Tennessee.

Geraocrinus sculptus was proposed by Ulrich in 1924 (p. 92,
figs 9)

In 1940 and 1941, Butts published a monograph on the geology
of the Appalachian Valley in Virginia. In the section on fossils,
several forms from the stratigraphic unit referred to by Butts as
Ottosee were included. As explained below, these belong to the
“Benbolt” fauna which is discussed here. These crinoids are: Diabo-
locrinus perplexus (1941, p. 91, pl. 89, figs. 1-3) = D. vesperalis of
this report. Diabolocrinus asperatus ? (1941, p. 91, pl. 89, figs. 4-8)
= D. vesperalis (in part, figs. 6-8) and Paradiabolocrinus stmuo-

8 BULLETIN 283

rugosus, n. sp. (in part, figs. 4, 5) of this report. Palaeocrinus aff.
P. striatus (1941, p. 91, pl. 89, figs. 9-11) = P. planobasals, n. sp.
of this report. Echinosphaerites sp. (1941, p. 91, pl. 89, fig. 12) =
Carabocrinus micropunctatus, n. sp. of this report. Holocystites ?
sp. (1941, p. 91, pl. 89, fig. 13) = Hybocrinus punctatus of this
study.

Kesling and Paul treated the following Benbolt crinoids in two
papers: T'riboloporus cryptoplicatus (1968, p. 13, pl. 1, figs. 1-8,
text-fig. 7), Agostocrinus xenus (1971, p. 222, pl. 1, pl. 2, figs. 1-7;
pl. 3, fig. 9, text-figs. 1, 2) and Acolocrinus hydraulicus (1971, p.
231, pl. 2, figs. 8-11; pl. 3, figs. 1-8; pls. 4-7, text-figs. 3-5). These
crinoids are well described and will not be discussed here.

E. O. Ulrich and G. A. Cooper made extensive collections of
crinoids from the Benbolt and allied formations, Ottosee Forma-
tion, and Heiskell Shale of eastern Tennessee and southwestern
Virginia, which were never completely described. This material
has lain in the United States National Museum undescribed for a
number of years and is the main subject of this study.

This report includes all known “Benbolt” crinoids except for
Cleiocrinus and one unknown crinoid or crinoid-like echinoderm of
uncertain affinities.

STRATIGRAPHY

The Middle Ordovician crinoids studied here were collected
from exposures along the base of Clinch Mountain and adjacent
areas. Unfortunately, the stratigraphic nomenclature and relation-
ships of these rocks are highly complex and the present status of
work is somewhat chaotic. Nevertheless, the following general state-
ment, principally summarized from Cooper (1956, pp. 45-48), is
presented to aid the reader in relating the various faunules and lo-
calities to one another.

Virtually all crinoids are known from the following horizons:
1. Benbolt Formation or equivalent horizons in the Dryden Forma-
tion. 2. The Ottosee or Sevier Shale of Tennessee where the crinoids
are roughly equivalent to the Benbolt in age. Both the Sevier-
Ottosee and the Benbolt units are of Black River age (Cooper, 1956,
see correlation chart). 3. According to Cooper (1956, see localities
listed under the individual species), many of the Tennessee speci-

OrpDovIcIAN CRINoIDS: Brower & VEINUS 9

mens in the outcrop belt running from near Thorn Hill to Washburn
were collected from the Hogskin Member of the Lincolnshire Forma-
tion. This unit is uppermost Chazyan in age and is thus distinctly
older than the Benbolt and Sevier crinoids (Cooper, 1956, correla-
tion chart). Many of the common crinoids, such as Hybocrinus
punctatus, Archaeocrinus peculiaris and Diabolocrinus vesperalis,
are common in both the Black River and Chazyan sediments. These
species are highly variable and the Chazyan populations cannot be
separated from the Black River ones. If Cooper’s interpretation is
correct, such forms are long ranging, slowly evolving types. Brower
examined some of the Thorn Hill to Washburn localities and was
unable to separate the Benbolt age rocks from the Hogskin Member.
This suggests that Cooper’s stratigraphic interpretation may be in
error, and possibly the Hogskin crinoids are of Benbolt age. Study
of Cooper’s brachiopod faunal lists (1956, p. 47, Benbolt; p. 67,
Hogskin) discloses many common genera but no common species.

Also, rare crinoids are available from the following horizons:
1, Pierce Shale of central Tennessee which is roughly Upper Ben-
bolt in age, and 2. Wardell formation which overlies the Benbolt.
Where these two units cannot be differentiated, they are grouped
together and termed Dryden. 3. Several crinoids may occur in the
Red Knobs Formation which is equivalent to the Benbolt.

The type section of the Benbolt Formation, near Benbolt in
Tazewell County, Virginia, is composed of two limestone members.
The lower one is the Shannondale Limestone, an argillaceous, dark
gray, weathered, nodular rock, often with a dark, bluish gray, coarse
grained limestone at the base. The upper member, the Burkes
Garden, is an argillaceous, crinoidal and bryozoan bearing limestone.
Further southwest, the two members cannot be separated. In
northeastern Tazewell County, the Benbolt is overlain by the
Gratton Limestone, a rock characterized by mudcracked zones and
edgewise conglomerates. The Gratton is followed by the Wardell
Limestone which is environmentally and lithologically similar to the
Benbolt. Toward the southwest, the Gratton disappears and the
Wardell rests directly on the Benbolt. Often the two formations
cannot be separated by lithology and they are collectively designated
Dryden Formation. Faunally, the Dryden can generally be split
into “Benbolt” and “Wardell” horizons. The Benbolt-Wardell con-

10 BULLETIN 283

tains a distinctive fauna which may be recognized even when the
formation lithology changes considerably. Towards the southwest,
it grades into a soft shale or an argillaceous limestone with shaly
cobbles. In the Knoxville and adjacent areas to the south, fossils
of Benbolt age are found in the lower Ottosee. This latter unit is
equivalent to the Sevier Shale which is thickly developed south
of Knoxville. Near Friendsville, Tennessee, the Sevier brachiopod
fauna suggests a Benbolt age. The Sevier appears to be a recurrent
facies rather than a definite formation. The Ottosee Formation also
appears to be a recurrent facies, which ranges in age from Lincoln-
shire through Wardell of southern Virginia. The type section of the
Ottosee is near Knoxville, and part of the unit is probably equivalent
to the Benbolt.

A number of the crinoids occur in the Heiskell Shale. This unit
was proposed by Ulrich (1911, pl. 27), with a partly exposed se-
quence of fossiliferous shaly limestone at Heiskell, Tennessee, as the
type locality. The name was never widely accepted because of the
poor nature of the type locality. When proposing the unit, Ulrich
showed it as being underlain by Holston and overlain by Lowville,
although this cannot be ascertained by the type locality. If so, this
would indicate the Heiskell to be roughly equivalent to the Ben-
bolt. The fauna contained in the unit is of Benbolt age, and the
“Heiskell” is doubtless the shaly facies of the Benbolt Formation.
Cooper (1956, p. 66) suggests that the well-established and validly
proposed name of Benbolt be retained for this formation.

The Chazyan Lincolnshire Formation is widespread in Vir-
ginia and Tennessee. Typical lithology comprises dark colored
cherty limestone. To the south and west, the top of the unit grades
into the Hogskin Member of the Lincolnshire. The Hogskin is
characterized by cobbly, nodular limestones and shale which
weathers yellow. The Hogskin is separated from the Benbolt by one
or more stratigraphic units depending on locality.

In later discussion, the entire crinoid fauna is referred to as the
“Benbolt fauna” because most specimens are either from the Ben-
bolt or its age equivalents. The term Benbolt, lacking parentheses,
is used to denote crinoids from the Benbolt Formation or other
units of roughly the same age. The purpose of this is not a formal
stratigraphic nomenclature change; cnly a “short-hand” designa-

OrpDovVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS Te

tion is intended to eliminate the necessity of using numerous local
rock unit names.

LOCALITIES

Considerable difficulty was encountered in dealing with the
crinoid occurrences for several reasons. Exact localities are not
available for many crinoids. For example, many crinoids have
locality labels that simply read “Knoxville”. Possibly the specimens
were obtained from several outcrops although only one Knoxville
locality is definitely known to contain crinoids. In general, the Vir-
ginia localities are more precise than those in Tennessee. The strati-
graphic position of various locales is questionable as previously
mentioned. The following locality register is as complete and ac-
curate as possible. Text-figure 1 presents a locality map.

LOCALITY REGISTER

1. Hansonville localities, Hansonville Quadrangle, Virginia, al] Benbolt
Formation.
la. South side, Moccasin Creek Middle Fork, 1.3 miles due south of
Hansonville.
1b. Shale bank on south side of dirt road along Moccasin Creek Middle
Fork, about .35 mile southwest of intersection with U.S. Rte. 19, about
1.35 miles southeast of Hansonville.
lc. Field exposure between Moccasin Creek Middle and South Forks and
.25 mile south of County Rte. 676, 1.5 miles due south of Hansonville.
1d. Weathered slope on southwest side of small knob about 1.5 miles due
south of Hansonville.
le. In road cut along U.S. Rte. 19, immediately above yellow shale, about
1.25 miles eastsoutheast of Hansonville.
1f. .5 mile south of Hansonville.
2. Mt. Hagen School localities, Virginia, all Benbolt Formation.
2a. South side of Mt. Hagen School, Hilton Quadrangle.
2b. Shale bank on north side of Virginia Rte. 613, about 1.1 miles east
of Mt. Hagen School, Mendota Quadrangle.
3. Vicinity of Gate City, Virginia, Gate City Quadrangle, Virginia, all Ben-
bolt Formation.
3a. Roadcut along Gate City - Hansonville road, about 4.0 miles east-
northeast of Gate City.
3b. Flat vacant lot between houses:on north side of Virginia Rte. 17, near
Slabtown gas station, 2.25 miles northeast of Gate City.
4. In and near Rye Cove, Virginia, Clinchport Quadrangle, all Benbolt
Formation or equivalent part of Dryden Limestone.
4a. Roadcuts in Rye Cove.
4b. About .25 mile north of Rye Cove Consolidated School, probably road-
cut along State Rte. 649 or 652, possibly on small connecting road.
4c. On hill, roughly .25 mile south of Carterstown Church.
4d. Roadcut along Rye Cove-Brick Church road. first road cut west of L.
McDavid house, about 1.0 mile west of Rye Cove.
4e. On hill behind Brick Church, 1.5 miles west of Rye Cove.
4f. Small roadside quarry on hill, located on Rye Cove-Brick Church road,
roughly 1.5 miles west of Rye Cove.

BULLETIN 283

12

“SPOULID (IyOquag,, 10f Santeso] Surmoys dey —-] dINSIF-3x9 TF,

SoTTm@ O¢

@ 2°STH
eTTTAstno,@

VoN SEI ORd Vid! Hoa NOUN

eT TAxouy ®

s3utidg aevaq @

@112334n]

ded stinge

due) cia ea @uinqysey,

@
AASSANNGAL TITH Utoy, @ uvosz0g-TITH poy
Arieg sueag ®

A2TTeA oe 1@

AFD 2129 @ @ Aliaq sisedg

Tooyog uae8ey *3y @ Paes ihe

ue
eT TAuosuey @ AYONLNGAYX SPTOUTIO peTtTTe p

3TOqueg 2z0z dew ARTTeD07
Vi LOND Oe TA

T eazn8ty 3xez

10.

IS
12.
13.

14:
tS:

OrDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 13

Railroad cuts .5 and 1.0 mile east of station at Speers Ferry, Virginia,

Clinchport Quadrangle, Benbolt Formation.

Approximately .1 mile north of Lee Valley-Flat Gap road, 1.25 miles north

of Lee Valley, Tennessee, boundary between Lee Valley Quadrangle and

Pressmens Home Quadrangle, Benbolt Formation.

Roadcut along U.S. Rte. 25E, .5 mile north of Indian Creek, stratigraphic

section near Evans Ferry, Tennessee, Howard Quarter Quadrangle, Ben-

bolt and Wardell Formation or Wardell Formation.

Thorn Hill Localities, Avondale Quadrangle, Tennessee. These outcrops

are typically poorly known with respect to exact geographic and strati-

graphic placement. Most crinoids were collected from roadcuts, hillsides,

and glades immediately adjacent to State Rte. 131. According to Cooper

(1956, see localities listed under individual species), many of the occur-

rences lie in the Hogskin Member of the Lincolnshire Formation. Others

are probably Benbolt or Wardell. Some localities were visited by Brower

who was unable to separate the stratigraphic units.

8a. Road cut on U.S. Rte. 25 (Dixie Highway) near Thorn Hill post office
and general store. Probably Wardell Formation or Witten Formation.

8b. One to 2.0 miles eastnortheast of Thorn Hill on State Rte. 131. Ques-
tionably Wardell Formation.

8c. Three miles westsouthwest on Thorn Hill on State Rte. 131. Hogskin
Member according to Cooper (1956).

8d. About 4.5 miles westsouthwest of Thorn Hill on State Rte. 131. Hog-
skin Member according to Cooper (1956).

. Red Hill-Dotson outcrops, Avondale Quadrangle, Tennessee. The general

remarks for the Thorn Hill localities are also applicable here.

9a. Roadcuts, hillsides and glades along Rte. 131 ranging from 1.0
to 1.5 miles east of Red Hill. Benbolt Formation or Hogskin Member.

9b. About .38 miles eastnortheast of Red Hill along State Rte. 131. Hog-
skin Member according to Cooper (1956).

9c. Roadcuts and associated slopes along side of Red Hill and the un-
named hill to the west, on State Rte. 131. Red Hill is not shown on most
recent topographic maps, and it is located about .5 mile eastnortheast
of the Dotson general store. Benbolt Formation or Hogskin Member.

Puncheon Camp localities, Tennessee, Dutch Valley Quadrangle. The re-

marks for the Thorn Hill occurrences also apply here; the crinoids are

either from the Benbolt Formation or the Hogskin Member.

10a. Field localities along State Rte. 131, between road and Dotson Creek,
at and near Puncheon Gap, 2.6 miles eastnortheast of Puncheon Camp.

10b. Along State Rte. 131 about .5 mile westsouthwest of Puncheon Gap
and 1.0 mile westsouthwest of Red Hill.

10c. Along State Rte. 131 approximately 1.0 mile westsouthwest of Punch-
eon Gap and 1.5 miles westsouthwest of Red Hill.

10d. Along State Rte. 131 at or near Puncheon Camp.

Sally Cleveland farm, about 1.0. mile south of Washburn, Tennessee,

Dutch Valley Quadrangle, Hogskin Member according to Cooper (1956).

Three miles south of Bulls Gap, Tennessee, Mohawk Quadrangle, horizon

unknown.

Republic Marble Quarry, near Luttrell, Tennessee, Luttrell Quadrangle,

probably Benbolt or Wardell.

Near Clear Springs, Tennessee, Mascot Quadrangle, horizon unknown.

Knoxville localities, Tennessee, Ottosee Shale or Sevier Shale.

15a. The locality names associated with many crinoids merely read Knox-
ville. Possibly, the specimens came from various places within Knox-
ville. However, the only locality known to contain crinoids is the
following: Roadcuts along Spruce Street between Glenwood and
Woodbine Avenues, Knoxville Quadrangle.

14 BuLLETIN 283

15b. On side of Lake Ottosee, Knoxville Quadrangle.
15c. Two to 4.0 miles east of Knoxville, Knoxville Quadrangle or Shooks
Gap Quadrangle.
15d. Outcrop near entrance to Chilhowee Park, roughly at junction of
Knoxville Quadrangle and Shooks Gap Quadrangle.
15e. McNutts, 4.0 miles northeast of center of Knoxville, Shooks Gap
Quadrangle.
16. Probably roadcut on Miser-Middle Settlement road, .25 mile northeast of
Miser, Tennessee, Louisville Quadrangle, base of Sevier Shale.
17. About 1.25 miles south of Louisville, Tennessee, Louisville Quadrangle,
Questionably Red Knobs Formation.
18. Quarry on west edge of Murfreesboro, Tennessee, Murfreesboro Quad-
rangle, top of Pierce Shale. The locality is in central Tennessee and is not

shown on the map.
PALEOECOLOGY

The Benbolt and allied faunas are highly diversified. According
to Butts (1940, p. 175), the Benbolt fauna consists of 66 species in
which bryozoans and brachiopods predominate,

The assemblage is composed of epifaunal filter feeders except
for the following: there are seven trilobite species which were
probably detritus feeders, herbivores or micro-carnivores; two
cephalopods which were swimming predators; and six gastropods
whose feeding habits are unknown, except for Cyclonema sp. which
lived on crinoid tegmens and ate crinoid fecal material.

The crinoids are usually found in association with cystoids,
paracrinoids, parablastoids, bryozoans, and small brachiopods. These
crinoids occur as isolated calyces and dorsal cups. Arms and long
column segments, or long column segments are rarely observed at-
tached to the calyces or dorsal cups. However, isolated stem frag-
ments are common. Apparently after death, the crinoids fell to the
sea floor where the soft tissues holding the arm and stem plates
together decomposed, after which, wave or current action scattered
the various plates over the sea floor. Arms are almost invariably
represented by isolated Brr and pinnulars, and stems are known
from individual columnals and short stem, or short stem fragments.
This suggests that the arms decomposed most rapidly, then the
stems, followed by the tegmen plates, and lastly the dorsal cup. The
stems and perhaps the arms were probably partly broken up when
the crinoids fell to the sea floor at death; such would have produced
the rare arm and long stem segments. Burial seems to have taken
place by normal sedimentation; there is no indication of mudflows.

Thin sections of the crinoid bearing shaly limestones show a
grain fraction composed mostly of crinoid debris consisting of calyx

ORDOVICIAN CrINoIDS: BRowER & VEINUS 15

plates, isolated Brr, with pinnulars in some cases, and columnals.
Also observed are frequent twig-like bryozoans and rare massive
ones. Brachiopods are generally rare, and only represented by a
few fragments; in one thin section, numerous small brachiopods,
both articulated and disarticulated, were seen. In addition, there
are rock fragments composed of clay sized calcite and iron stained
clay minerals. Part of the grain fraction (especially the rock frag-
ments) may or may not be somewhat abraded. The matrix con-
sists of a mixture of silt and clay sized calcite particles and iron-
stained clays.

The environment in which the crinoids lived is reconstructed
as follows. Normal marine salinity is denoted by the high faunal
diversity, especially the diversified brachiopod fauna, and by the
presence of numerous crinoids, of which all living and fossil species
live only under conditions of normal marine salinity.

Shallow depth is denoted by the highly diversified filter feed-
ing fauna, and the presence of agitated water. Agitation of the water
is implied by the disarticulated nature of the crinoids and the
brachiopod shells, by the abraded condition of many brachiopod
shell fragments and by the presence of limestone fragments which
are sometimes abraded. The water was intermittently quiet, allow-
ing for the deposition of the fine-grained sediment forming the
matrix. Agitated conditions probably prevailed as the structures of
most crinoid species are most logically interpreted as adaptations
to rough water conditions. These adaptations are:

1. Almost all crinoids are massive, robust and thick-plated rela-
tive to congeneric species. Most of these forms are: Ectenocrinus
punctatus, n. sp., [sotomocrinus, n. sp., Anulocrinus latus, n. sp.,
Ristnacrinus ? altobasalis, n. sp., and the Carabocrinus species; other
massive forms are annotated below. The only “Benbolt” taxa which
do not fit the massive robust mold are: Rhaphanocrinus simplex,
n. sp., Geraocrinus sculptus Ulrich, and the two Palaeocrinus species.

2. The hybocrinids possess a simple massive calyx which is
composed of few plates. Although the arms are unknown, they are
probably short, stumpy, unbranched, and made up of few Brr like
those of other Hybocrinus species. The short arms and low food
gathering capacity may have been augmented by the tegmen. The
calyx is asymmetrical with the posterior side being higher than the

16 BULLETIN 283

anterior one. Food grooves occur on the tegmen surface where they
are covered by small moveable plates. If the crinoid was oriented
with the anterior side facing up or down current, the food grooves on
the tegmen surface would have aided the arms in food gathering. In
defecation, fecal material would have tended to travel down-current
and away from the crinoid, thus eliminating the sanitation problem.
Several individuals of H. punctatus (Muller and Gurley) seem to
have possessed stems which ran along the substrate like those of
calcaeocrinids. This would have placed these animals below the
level occupied by most other adult “Benbolt” crinoids. This “down
to the mud” zone was, perhaps characterized by lower crinoid popu-
lation density and lower agitation. Thus, the recumbent stem
might have partly represented an attempt to avoid agitation.

3. Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White) is by far the most abundant
camerate. These crinoids have low, massive flat calyces with lobate
arm bases. Judging from isolated fragments, the arms were mas-
sive, biserial, and unbranched. A large column facet is located in a
basal concavity. Most of the other camerates are constructed along
the same lines, except that the arm bases are not strongly lobate,
as in Archaeocrinus pecultaris Miller and Gurley, Pararchaeocrinus
convexus, n. sp., and Wilsonicrinus culmensinuosus, n. sp.

High oxygen content of the water is denoted by the presence
of crinoids which, judging by the ecology of living comatulids, re-
quired a high amount of dissolved oxygen, and by the presence of
a diversified filter feeding fauna.

The most common rooting device found among the crinoids
indicates a fairly soft substrate. A similar type of rooting device,
formed of highly branched cirrus roots, is found in the living
Rhizocrinus which is attached to a soft fine-grained mud substrate
(Bather, 1900, p. 107). The relatively larger, heavier, and un-
branched cirrus roots of the crinoids suggest that the “Benbolt”
substrate was harder than the uncohesive mud on which Rhizo-
crinus lives. Examination of roots in matrix shows that the “Ben-
bolt” crinoids were rooted in the sediment and not around rocks
or other fragments.

TERMINOLOGY

Most terminology follows Moore (1952, text-fig. 18-2). The
proximal plate of the CD interray is designated primanal following

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 17

Jaekel (1918, p. 28), and the brachials rigidly incorporated into the
dorsal cup wall are termed fixed-brachials (FBr, pl. FBrr). These
terms respectively replace the “tergal” and “cup-brachial” of Moore
(1952).

Terminology for calceocrinids follows Moore (1962a). The
anal plate designations of Philip (1965) are used for monocyclic
inadunates, whereas Moore’s (1962) system is adopted for dycyclic
inadunates,

The ray designation used is that of Carpenter (1884, text-
fig2/2 ).

The rays of most “Benbolt” camerates branch once and are
divided into two half-rays. In some cases, the ray branches twice,
and quarter rays are formed. The iBrr between the half-rays of the
same ray are termed inter-half-ray iBrr; those between quarter-rays
of the same half-ray comprise inter-quarter-ray iBrr. In some cases,
not all interrays are differentiated. In these, lateral interrays include
all but the posterior or CD interray.

Column terminology follows that of Moore, Jeffords, and Miller
(1968, text-figs. 1-5).

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS
Subclass INADUNATA Wachsmuth and Springer, 1885

Order DISPARIDA Moore and Laudon, 1943

Superfamily HOMOCRINICAE Ubaghs, 1953
Family HOMOCRINIDAE Kirk, 1914
Genus ECTENOCRINUS Miller, 1889 (p. 242)

Ectenocrinus punctatus, n. sp. Pl. 1, figs. 2-4; Pl. 2, figs. 1-6

Diagnosis of adult. — A species questionably referred to Ecteno-
crinus, characterized by barrel-shaped dorsal cup; round column
composed of barrel-shaped nodals and internodals; all adult calyx
plates with pitted surfaces, pits exhibit irregular polygonal out-
lines in plan view; nodals marked by longitudinal ridges parallel to
long axis of stem; internodals weakly pitted.

Description of mature cup. — Dorsal cup barrel shaped; widest
at RR level, narrows at BB circlet level and distal IBrrl margins;
cup base flat with deep concave stem facet; distal FBrr composed

18 BULLETIN 283

of IBrrl. Pitted surface of calyx plates apparent to naked eye;
under magnification, fine polygonal ridges are present between ad-
jacent pits; pits do not pierce plates. BB extremely short. The iRR
of C, B, and E rays extremely short. The sRR of C, B, and E rays,
and simple RR of A and D rays are largest plates in cup. [Brrl less
than half the height of the RR, with trapezoidal shape; [Brl base
forming wide articular surface with R; articular facet for IBr2
curved; IBr2 axillary. Elongated anal X rests in shallow notch on
shoulders of C and D ray RR, and extends distally between C and
D ray IBrr.

Column facet located in deep basal concavity; axial canal
pentalobate with apices directed interradially. Proximal one or two
columnals located in basal concavity; barrel-shaped in side view;
slightly pentalobate in plan view; each proximal columnal divided
into five pentameres with interradially oriented sutures which
emerge between the lobes; axial canal pentalobate with apices located
in interradial positions; articular surfaces like those of more distal
columnals.

Distal columnals round in plan view; lacking pentameres; bar-
rel shaped in side view. Column composed of alternating flattened
barrel-shaped nodals and internodals; nodals approximately twice
the height and twice the diameter of the internodals. Nodals orna-
mented with longitudinal ridges parallel to long axis of stem; inter-
nodals obscurely pitted. Wide crenellations mark sutures between
nodals and internodals. Articular surfaces of columnals, both nodals
and internodals, located in small concavities or collar-like projec-
tions. Articular surface consists of five elongate lobes arranged in
petaloid pattern; petaloid areas with marginal crenularium com-
posed of fine ridges (culmina); adjacent culmina separated by fine
furrows (crenellae); long axes of crenellae and culmina perpendicular
to edges of lobes. Centers of lobes depressed, presumably forming
ligament pits. Adjacent columnals joined together by interlocking
of crenellae and culmina, with concave ligament pits opposing each
other; columnal suture type therefore relatively rigid (symplexy).
Axial canal pentagonal, with apices of pentagon located in between
petaloid lobes.

Remarks. — This species is based on six dorsal cups, two stem
fragments and 18 isolated columnals. Four dorsal cups lack any

OrDovVICIAN CRINOIDS: BRowER & VEINUS 19

traces of the column whereas two calyces have one or two proximal
columnals located in the basal concavity. All of these columnals are
divided into somewhat lobate pentameres. In addition, there are
isolated columnals and stem segments; all of these stem plates lack
pentameres and each columnal constitutes a single unit. The stem
fragments and isolated columnals have not been seen attached to
dorsal cups. The stem segments, isolated columnals and dorsal cups
are clearly referable to the same crinoid for two reasons. All three
occur together in the same bed at one locality (various Hanson-
ville, Virginia localities). The isolated columnals and the plates
within the stem fragments resemble the proximal columnals except
that they are round in plan view and lack pentameres. Therefore,
it is concluded that the loose columnals and stem segments repre-
sent the distal column of this species.

The generic assignment of this crinoid is somewhat questionable
because of lack of arms. On the basis of its three compound RR and
the alternating nodals and internodals of the column, this species
might be referred to Homocrinus. However, the dorsal cup is al-
most identical in size and shape to that of an undescribed species
of Ectenocrinus (USNM 164106) from the Bromide Limestone of
Oklahoma. Only the surface ornamentation differs from that of
the Oklahoma crinoid which is smooth, whereas the Virginia form
has a distinctly pitted appearance. Unlike most species of Ecteno-
crinus, the “Benbolt” and Bromide forms show columns which are
more narrow than the dorsal cup. The typical ectenocrinid stem
width almost equals that of the calyx.

The column is represented by small segments composed of
articulated nodals and internodals, by isolated columnals and by
two dorsal cups with one or several columnals attached. In the stem
fragments, a distinct crenellated suture can be detected between
some of the columnals. This clearly is caused by interlocking of
crenellae and culmina of opposing columnals. Consequently, an im-
movable suture was formed which resulted in a comparatively in-
flexible stem.

A five specimen growth sequence is available which consists
of animals ranging from 2.5 to 6.3 mm in cup height (PI. 1, figs.
2-4; Pl. 2, figs. 1, 2). All plates were fully in lateral contact with
their neighbors throughout ontogeny. Consequently, the number of

20 BULLETIN 283

sides was stabilized for all plates. However, individual plate out-
lines were subject to change. For example, the proximal outlines
of the immature RR and iRR were relatively angular but the
angularity was flattened with progressive age. These changes dic-
tated corresponding ones in the underlying BB where the angle
between the distal BB margins expanded throughout ontogeny. The
notch between the C and D ray RR for reception of anal X be-
came smaller in older animals. The iRR of young specimens are
high compared to width but these became relatively wider with
progressive ontogeny. The orientation of the BB sides also varied
with progressive ontogeny. These were comparatively erect in the
youngest crinoid but became semihorizontal and subparallel to the
cup base in larger animals.

Young cups have upward expanding sides, whereas adults ex-
habit nearly straight or barrel-shaped sides. This growth pattern
was mainly dictated by the change in BB orientation and the growth
rate differentials between the proximal and distal cup widths. The
proximal cup width development vector ranged about 16% larger
than the distal one.

The ectenocrinid ornamentation consists of a series of pits. Stu-
dent’s t tests show no significant change in number of pits during
ontogeny and presumably the pit number was stabilized regardless
of relative age. From nine to 12.5 pits may be counted across a R.
Because of accretion to the underlying plates, the average pit
diameter increased from about .13 mm in smaller crinoids to roughly
.40 mm in the largest animal.

Specific name. — Punctatus in allusion to the pitted appearance
of the plate surfaces.

Types. — Holotype, USNM 164097. Paratypes, USNM 164098 -
164105; UMMP 57521, 57522; MCZ 621.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, localities 1a, 1c and 1d; Hog-
skin Member of Lincolnshire Formation or Benbolt Formation,
locality 10a.

Superfamily HETEROCRINICAE Ubaghs, 1953
Family HETEROCRINIDAE Zittel, 1879
Genus ISOTOMOCRINUS Ulrich, 1924 (p. 86)

Isotomocrinus, n. sp.
Description. — Single small specimen consisting of dorsal cup

OrDovICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 21

only. C ray and E ray RR compound. RR facets wide, occupying
total width of RR. Anal X between shoulder of D ray R and left
side of C ray sR, anal X reaching base of latter. Stem facet round;
axial canal pentalobate with lobes in interradial position.

Remarks.— This single specimen is tentatively placed in
Isotomocrinus. The dorsal cup possesses three simple and two com-
pound RR which denotes assignment to the Heterocrinidae. This
crinoid also shows free IBrrl (7.e., not incorporated into the cup),
an anal X which reaches deeply into the cup, down to the base of
the C ray sR, and a round stem which is smaller in diameter than
the cup. It is therefore clearly referable to Jsotomocrinus. Ulrich
(1924, p. 86, text-figs. 5a, b) described and figured J. typus and
mentioned two undescribed isotomocrinid species. One, from the
Black River Limestone of central] Pennsylvania, has not been seen
by the writers; the other, from the Upper Black River of the
northern mid-continent area, exhibits smooth sutures like the type
species J. typus. The Tennessee specimen has strongly depressed
sutures. Although the Tennessee form probably represents a new
species, it is not described here due to the lack of stem, arms and
anal sac.

In the listing of species discussed by Ulrich (1924, p. 82), the
type species of Jsotomocrinus is cited as typicaulus. However, the
form is referred to as J. typus in the text (p. 86) and in the figures
(SA and B), leading one to believe that typicaulus is simply an
error.

Mentioned specimen. — USNM 164107.

Occurrence. — Wardell Formation or Witten Formation,
locality 8a.

Family ANOMALOCRINIDAE Wachsmuth and Springer, 1886
Genus GERAOCRINUS Ulrich, 1924 (p. 92)

Type species: By monotypy and original designation, Gerao-
crinus sculptus Ulrich, 1924, page 92, figure 9.

Diagnosis. — An anomalocrinid with widely conical cup and no-
dose dorsal cup plates. Arms branch isotomously on IBrr2; endo-
tomous pinnulation. Columnals of different sizes,

Remarks. — Geraocrinus contains only one species which is
based on a single specimen. It was placed doubtfully in the Anomalo-

22 BULLETIN 283

crinidae by Ulrich. The genus resembles Anomalocrinus (Meek,
1873, p. 17, pl. 2, figs. 6a-f) in possessing uniserial arms which bear
pinnules on only one side of each Br. The anomalocrinid dorsal cup
plate formula is like that of the Heterocrinidae in having simple
RR in the A, B, and D rays and compound RR in the C and E rays.
However, pinnules are not found in the Heterocrinidae.

Geraocrinus differs from Anomalocrinus in the following char-
acters. The cup of the former is widely conical while that of the lat-
ter is bowl-shaped with plates of irregular size and form. The gerao-
crinid arms branch once on the proximal IBr2 while those of ano-
malocrinids branch irregularly several times. In Geraocrinus, the
pinnules on the two arms of a single ray face towards the ray axis
whereas the anomalocrinid pinnulation alternates from one side of
the arm to the other at each arm branching. The Geraocrinus stem
consists of columnals of alternating sizes, but the anomalocrinid
stem is composed of thin uniform columnals.

The Trenton crinoid Glaucocrinus Parks and Alcock (1912,
p. 41) possesses a high globular cup with plates of irregular size
and shape as in Anomalocrinus. The arms branch irregularly, but
the pinnules are too poorly preserved for accurate observation.
Springer, in unpublished notes, considered Glaucocrinus identical
with Anomalocrinus. Apparently following Springer, Bassler (1915,
p. 548) stated that this name is probably a synonym of Anomalo-
crinus.

Geraocrinus occurs in the lower part of the Middle Ordovician
whereas Anomalocrinus is restricted to the Upper Ordovician. Based
on stratigraphic position and by analogy with other monocyclic in-
adunate lineages, the geraocrinid conical cup shape and regular struc-
ture and the simple arm branching with its resultant pinnulation
are deemed primitive features. These characters indicate that
Geraocrinus was derived from heterocrinid ancestors as suggested by
Moore and Laudon (1943, p. 31). The principal evolutionary trend
was the development of endotomous pinnulation. Anomalocrinus
was probably a direct descendent of Geraocrinus.

Occurrence. — Middle Ordovician, Ottossee Formation; Ten-
nessee.

Geraocrinus sculptus Ulrich Text-fig. 2

1924. Geraocrinus sculptus Ulrich, in Foerste, Canada Geol. Sur... Mem. 138,
p: 92; firs 9:

OrDovVICIAN CRINOIDS: BRowER & VEINUS 23

1943. Geraocrinus sculptus Ulrich, Bassler and Moodey, Geol. Soc. America,
Spec. Paper 45, p. 486.

Diagnosis. —One known species.

Description of holotype. —Cup widely conical, about 4.3 mm
high, and 8.6 mm wide at distal edge. Plates nodose with deeply
indented sutures. BB five, pentagonal, proximal edge truncated.
RR simple in A, B and D rays, pentagonal, truncated distally. C
and E ray RR compound; iRR similar in shape to the simple RR,
but not as high; sRR irregularly quadrangular or hexagonal, almost
twice as wide as high. C ray sR supports pentagonal X on small left
shoulder above distal edge of cup. Wide facet for C ray arm on left
shoulder.

C ray arm missing. B ray arm bifurcates isotomously on IBr2;
left branch not preserved. E ray arm partially preserved. Brr are
uniserial, wider than high. Inner corner of each IIBr truncated for
articulation with first pinnular.

Food grooves of Brr and pinnulars about same width, occupying
approximately 25% of the width and 33% of the depth of the Brr,
and 33% of the width and 50% of the depth of the pinnulars. Br
food groove (1.2, running from one Br to the next) straight,
emerging in center of proximal and distal Br faces; axis of Br food
groove at right angles to proximal and distal Br faces; four to six
interlocking covering plates on food groove of each Br. Pinnule
facet food groove runs from Br food groove to pinnule facet, straight,
set at roughly a 40° angle to the Br food groove. Food grooves on
pinnulars straight, with long axis parallel to the pinnular long axis;
food grooves emerge at center of proximal and distal pinnular faces;
about five sets of interlocking covering plates on food groove of each
pinnular.

Pinnules directed upward, subparallel to arms, found only on
inner side of each arm branch.

Anal tube incompletely known, composed of four rows of
markedly convex, interlocking plates. Each row resembles a stack
of pillows in front view. Articular surface between anal plates
triangular.

Stem round, consisting of nodose columnals of alternating
sizes.

24 BULLETIN 283

pp rs
oY 5

1G, 4 Se
FA a
4 ox
: a) ae,
a HW Ar
yg, AMS

Text-figure 2.— Geraocrinus sculptus Ulrich, holotype, USNM 89874,
dorsal cup height 4.3 mm, locality 15d. A. CD interray view, xX 2.4. Food
grooves outlined in black. Anal tube plates stippled. B. Arm fragment, x 9.
Food grooves stippled. Covering plates are poorly preserved and are omitted.

Remarks. — See genus.
Holotype. —USNM 89874.

Occurrence. — Ottosee Formation or Sevier Formation, locality

15d.

OrDoVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 25

Family CALCEOCRINIDAE Meek and Worthen, 1869
Genus ANULOCRINUS Ramsbottom 1961 (p. 8)
Anulocrinus latus, n. sp. Pio tie.

Diagnosis. — A species of Anulocrinus with terminal main axil
II in A ray, I in B ray. IBrl and IIBr3 of E ray are axillary, with
ray branching twice. Plates massive, wider than high; surface
coarsely pitted.

Description. — Poorly preserved specimen consists of incom-
plete crown with robust arms; plates coarsely pitted; cup repre-
sented only by E ray iR and sR, A ray R, fragment of B ray sR,
and BB circlet.

BB circlet composed of single large subtriangular plate pre-
sumably representing the original four (?) plates which are
anchylosed.

E ray iR trapezoidal with proximal side wider than distal side;
rather broad contact between iR and sR; sR square. Large A ray
R higher than wide. Small fragment of B ray sR preserved.

E ray IBrl axillary, followed by three IIBrr. IIBrl square,
I[Br2 wider than high, IIJBr3 axillary. Six I]]Brr preserved on left
side of E ray, all wider than high.

Primaxil arm of A ray consists of main axils I1 and I2 which
are wider than high; seven alphabrachs, wider than high; higher
alphabrachs not preserved. Secundaxil arm has main axils III
through II5, wider than high; higher portions of arm represented
by one poorly preserved alphabrach and one poorly preserved
omegabrach.

B ray comprised of three main axils J, all wider than high, the
third axillary; three alphabrachs, wider than high, third probably
axillary; higher Brr consisting of one incomplete alphabrach and
one incomplete betabrach. Omega-ramule represented by five poor-
ly preserved Brr.

Remarks. — Although the holotype and only known specimen is
incomplete, consisting only of part of the dorsal cup and the proximal
parts of the A, B, and E rays, the generic assignment to Anulo-
crinus is considered definite. The dorsal cups of Anulocrinus and
Cremacrinus (Moore, 1962a, p. 20) are identical, but these two
genera differ in arm structure. The Cremacrinus axil arms branch

26 BULLETIN 283

heterotomously on every other Br whereas in Anuwlocrinus, two, three
or four Brr separate each ramule. In view of the seven alphabrachs
in the A ray of the primaxil arm, the Benbolt crinoid is placed in the
latter genus.

The Benbolt species is larger than the other four anulocrinids
both in overall size and in the size of the individual plates. A. thrai-
vensis (type species, Ramsbottom, 1961, p. 8, pl. 2, figs. 1-8, text-
fig. 7), A. n. sp. aff. A. drwmmuckensis (Brower, 1966, p. 619, pl. 75,
figs. 10-12, text-figs. la-¢), A. drummuckensis (Ramsbottom, 1961,
p. 9, pl. 2, figs. 9 and 10), and A. simplex (Springer, 1926, p. 107,
pl. 28, figs. 8, 8a) are progressively smaller. In A. thratvensis, A.
n. sp. aff. A. drummuckensis and A. drummuckensis, the Brr shape
varies from equidimensional to higher than wide in the more distal
portions of the arms. All A. simplex Brr are higher than wide. The
Brr of the Benbolt species are twice as wide as they are high, with
few exceptions.

The pitting of the plates is coarser in the Benbolt species than
in the other pitted anulocrinids. Only A. simplex has smooth plates.

The E ray of the Benbolt species is distinctive in branching
twice and having an axillary IBrl and at least six I[Brr. In A. drum-
muckensis, A. n. sp. aff. A. drummuckensis and in A. simplex, the
E ray is unbranched. A. thraivensis possesses an E ray that branches
with the formula, [Ax=IBr7, ITAx=IIBr5.

The terminal axils of the A and B rays differ among the
various anulocrinids. A. thraivensis is the most extensively branched,
having the terminal main axil IV in the A ray and II in the B ray.
In both A. drummuckensts and A. n. sp. aff. A. drummuckensis, the
main axil II is terminal in the A and B rays. The A and B rays
of A. simplex are both ended by main axil I. In the Benbolt species,
the main axil IT equals the highest one in the A ray and the main
axil I in the B ray.

In addition, several calceocrinid BB circlets are available from
various localities. Inasmuch as Anulocrinus latus, n. sp. is the only
known calceocrinid in the “Benbolt” fauna, the BB probably belong
to this form.

Specific name. — Latus referring to the greater relative width
of the Brr in this species.

OrDovICIAN CrINoIDS: Brower & VEINUS Dh

Holotype. — USNM 164108.
Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, locality 1a, probably also

localities 4d and 4f.

Family EUSTENOCRINIDAE Ulrich, 1924
Genus RISTNACRINUS Opik, 1934 (p. 1)
Ristnacrinus ? altobasalis, n. sp. Pl. 3. fig. 5

Diagnosis. — A ristnacrinid with a conical cup; high BB; arms
branching on IBrl, IIBrl, and on IIIBr2; stem obscurely pentagonal
with pentagonal axial canal.

Description. — Conical cup; plates obscurely granular; sutures
slightly beveled. Three BB evident, presumably five originally
present, large, hexagonal, 3.7 mm high and 3.1 mm wide. Three
compound RR evident. The iRR pentagonal, large, high, truncated
distally, 3.7 mm high and 2.7 mm wide. The sRR wide, quadrangu-
lar, 1.9 mm high and 3.1 mm wide. RR facets occupy entire width
of R; RR facet surfaces not seen. Articular surfaces between ad-
jacent calyx plates smooth.

Proximal and youngest columnal composed of triangular penta-
meres which fit into proximal margins of BB like apparent IBB;
(reasons for considering these plates as columnals are given under
Remarks). Nodose stem weakly pentagonal with longitudinal penta-
meric divisions faintly apparent; pentameres can be traced through-
out length of stem by small pores. About 21 mm of the stem is
preserved. One complete noditaxis (nodal plus all internodals of
contiguous internode) consists of (from distal end towards proxi-
mal) one nodal (N), one tertinternodal (3IN), one secundinternodal
(2IN), one tertinternodal (3IN), one priminternodal (1IN), one
tertinternodal (3IN), one secundinternodal (2IN), one tertinter-
nodal (3IN). Most distal noditaxis incomplete with following for-
mula: N, 2IN, 1IN, 3IN, 2IN, 3IN. Next noditaxis complete as in
formula given above. Proximally, columnals smaller, and noditaxes
not completely developed. Formula up to BB as follows: N, 3IN,
ZUNE TIN, ol IN 2TIN, SIN. IN, 21IN, PIN; 2TIN; IN, 21N, TIN; 20N, N:
then several nodals with internodals in process of formation. Height
of oldest and most distal nodals from 1.8 mm to 2 mm; of younger
nodals from .9 mm to 1.2 mm; of youngest and most proximal nodals,
with newly formed internodals apparent, .2 mm to .7 mm. Height

28 BULLETIN 283

of 1IN (largest order) from .4 mm to 1.5 mm, Height of 2IN from
3 mm to .8 mm. Height of 3IN from .1 mm to .2 mm. Collars or
articulating rims on distal edge of most distal 1IN and on distal
edge of second distal N from .1 mm to .2 mm in height.

Apparently, the proximal nodals formed first, with a 1IN then
inserted between them. Two 2IN then formed on either side of the
1IN giving a total of three internodals. Then one 3IN was inserted
between each columnal giving a total of seven internodals and one
nodal with the formula for the complete noditaxis as stated above.

Stem heteromorphic (successive columnals differ from each
other). Sutures between columnals symplectial with interlocking
crenulae, z.e., crenellae and culmina of adjacent columnals fit into
each other.

Pentameres apparent at broken end of stem. Axial canal ob-
scurely pentagonal with angles interradially disposed; axial canal
angles originate at pentamere sutures.

Arms round, robust, branch isotomously on [Brl, and hetero-
tomously on IIBrl and again on III]Br2. Brr massive, higher than
wide; IBrl 5 mm high by 3.5 mm wide; IBr2 4.5 mm high by 3.2
mm wide. Brr possess shallow food grooves and separate round
axial canals. Articular surfaces smooth.

Remarks. — This species is based on a single specimen which
has the posterior side buried in matrix. The crinoid is somewhat
crushed and the plates are slightly separated, so that the dorsal cup
appears wider than when the animal was alive.

The proximal column is composed of pentameres, presumably
five, of which two are visible. These plates are triangular or penta-
gonal with their proximal apices fitting into the angles formed by the
hexagonal BB. At first glance, they appear to be IBB, but on closer
inspection, these plates clearly represent the pentameres of the
proximal column. One division seen between two of the pentameres
is continuous and is denoted by a faint longitudinal line through-
out the length of the stem. The line is easily traced by means of
sutures between adjacent pentameres (proximal part of stem) or
pores connected by a faint longitudinal line (distal portion). This
pentameric division ends at one of the angles of the pentagonal
axial canal as seen at the broken end of the column. Since this
angle of the axial canal and the longitudinal pentameric division

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 29

are interradial in position, this form is monocyclic. Therefore, the
plates beneath the BB must be pentameric columnals and not low
IBB.

Because there are three adjacent compound RR in evidence,
this form can be neither a heterocrinid nor a homocrinid. By analogy
with completely known monocyclic inadunates with compound RR,
one may assume that this crinoid possesses five compound RR. The
presence of a monocyclic cup and five compound RR places this
form in the Eustenocrinidae. However, since the posterior side is
unknown, it can be given only tentative generic assignment.

The Benbolt form is closest to Ristnacrinus in having a robust
conical cup which expands slightly distally, in its high iRR, and
in the branching of its arms. Although the arm structure in the
new species is not identical to that of R. marinus Opik (1934, p.
4, text-fig. 1, pl. 1, figs. 1-2), it is closer to it than to the other
eustenocrinids. The arms of R. marinus branch on IBrl or IBr2
while those of R. (?) altobasalis, n. sp. branch on IBrl1 and IIBrl.
In Peniculocrinus Moore (1962b, p. 33), the first arm bifurcation
occurs on IBr6 or IBr7.

The new species resembles Peniculocrinus in its pentagonal
column and pentagonal axial canal. But it resembles Ristnacrinus
marinus in cup size and shape, in the branching of the arms and the
height of the iRR. The Benbolt crinoid thus seems closer to
Ristnacrinus than to Peniculocrinus, and until a specimen with a
posterior side preserved is found, it may be considered a ristnacrinid.

The specific characteristics which differentiate the new species
from Ristnacrinus marinus are the height of the BB and the arm
branching formula. The BB in R. (?) altobasalis, n. sp. are as high
as the iRR while in R. marinus, the BB are smaller and mostly
hidden under the cup. The difference in arm branching is given
above.

Specific name. — Altobasalis in reference to the marked height
of the BB.

Holotype. —USNM 164109.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, locality 6.

Order HYBOCRINIDA Jaekel, 1918
Family HYBOCRINIDAE Zittel, 1879

30 BULLETIN 283

Genus HYBOCRINUS Billings, 1857 (p. 275)
Hybocrinus punctatus (Miller and Gurley) Pl. 4; Pl. 5, figs. 1-3

1895. Indianocrinus punctatus Miller and Gurley, Illinois State Mus. Nat.
Hist., Bull. 7, p. 83, pl. 5, figs. 8-13.
1915. Indianocrinus punctatus Miller and Gurley, Bassler, U.S. Nat. Mus.,

Bull. 92, p. 665.
1941. Holocystites Butts, Virginia Geol. Sur., Bull. 52, Pt. 2, p. 91, pl. 89, fig.
13):

1943. Hybocrinus punctatus (Miller and Gurley), Bassler and Moodey, Geol.
Soc. America, Spec. Paper 45, p. 515.

Diagnosis. — A species of Hybocrinus characterized by pitted
plate surfaces; asymmetrical pear-shaped calyx; distal edge of anal
X only slightly higher than edge of adjacent RR, without crenella-
tions on border.

Description. — Calyx pear-shaped, markedly asymmetrical,
posterior edge rises several mm higher than anterior. In average-
sized adult, anterior calyx height is 7.0 mm, posterior height is 9.7
mm. Posterior side protuberant. Surface of plates covered with pits
which do not penetrate plates. Pits commonly weathered or abrad-
ed; where evident, pits are round, ranging from four to six per mm.
Sutures between plates sometimes impressed. In some specimens,
small parallel ridges cross plate sutures at right angles to sutures;
width of ridges same as diameter of pits; small grooves between
ridges connect pits from adjacent plates. Ridges vary in length from
.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Single specimens have ridges of varying size which
fade out gradually into pitted plate area. Most sutures between
plates are narrow, only slightly indented. Weathering affects ap-
pearance of pits and ridges to a greater or lesser degree.

Five pentagonal BB, subequal in size; CD interray B higher and
wider than AE and AB interray BB. In average adult, CD interray
B is 4.7 mm high and 4.1 mm wide; AE and AB interray BB are
3.8 mm high and 3.5 mm wide. The size of the BB decreases from
the CD interray B which is the largest to the CB and DE interray
BB which are intermediate in size to the AB and AE interray BB
which are the smallest.

RR take up remaining half of calyx height. Four pentagonal
RR and one hexagonal RA in RR circlet. D ray R is slightly higher
and wider than A ray R. Average adult has A ray R 5.3 mm high
and 4.7 mm wide; D ray R 5.5 mm high and 5.2 mm wide.

RA hexagonal, markedly convex; in average adult, 6 mm high,

OrDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS Sul

5.6 mm wide. RA supports small, pentagonal C ray R on its right
shoulder, and small quadrangular anal X on its left shoulder. C ray
R widens slightly distally. Average size of these plates in adult is
height and width of C ray R 4.8 mm by 4.9 mm, and height and
width of anal X 3.0 mm by 3.4 mm.

The size of the plates in the RR circlet decreases from largest
which is RA, next is D ray R, then B and E ray RR, and last A
ray R. C ray R and anal X, which lie in distal part of RR circlet are
smallest.

Plate thickness in single specimen roughly constant; BB become
slightly thicker in proximal direction near axial canal; distal RR
margin near arm facet also thickened. In a specimen 13.3 mm in
cup height, with A ray R 7.4 mm high, and AB interray B 6.0 mm
high, the plate thickness of the R and B is .4 mm. R thickens distally
at arm facet to .6 mm; average plate thickness is 7% of its height.
B thickens proximally near Jumen to .5 mm; average thickness of
B is 6% of its height.

Arm facets equal almost one-third width of R; protuberant and
directed outward; deep ambulacral notch; semicircular outline, with
slightly raised rim; inside rim, the articular face is slightly concave.

One incomplete specimen shows partial tegmen composed of
four large OO with space for missing CD interray O. Outer margins
of adjacent OO possess openings where axial or aboral nerves pene-
trated calyx. Ambulacral grooves continue from arm facet above
sutures between OO. During life, covering plates were presumably
present as in other hybocrinids. Sutures between adjacent OO deep-
ly indented. Ambulacra and other tegmen structures unknown.

Stem facet small, 2 mm diameter in average adult; round,
slightly concave, with low surrounding rim. Pentalobate axial canal;
lobes interradial.

Arms and column unknown.

Remarks. — This species was originally described by Miller
and Gurley (1895b, p. 83, pl. 5, figs. 8-13) on the basis of a single
incomplete specimen (holotype, UC 6125). At the same time,
Miller and Gurley erected the genus Jndianocrinus for this one
crinoid. According to those writers, the genus was characterized by
four RR although the usual hybocrinid number is five. Their holo-

32 BuLLETIN 283

type is no doubt a normal hybocrinid with the anal X and the C
ray R missing. Their figures (pl. 5, figs. 8-13) clearly show a dorsal
cup with four large RR (A, B, D, and E) and the RA in place (also
Pl. 4, fig. 1 of this paper). This condition is frequently encountered
in Hybocrinus punctatus (Miller and Gurley) since the small anal
X and the C ray R extend higher above the distal margin of the
calyx than the other four RR. Consequently, these two plates are
easily broken off and lost.

According to Kirk (see citation in Bassler and Moodey, 1943,
p. 515), who examined the specimen, the Middle Silurian Laurel
Limestone occurrence cited by Miller and Gurley was in error. This
is correct, and the dark brownish color of the holotype clearly de-
notes that the crinoid was not collected from the Laurel Limestone
where the crinoids are yellowish in color. Considering the morphology
of the holotype and the localities from which Miller and Gurley ob-
tained their collections, and proceeding by logical process of elimina-
tion, one concludes that the individual must have been collected
from the Black River, in or near Knoxville, Tennessee.

The only other previously described hybocrinid with a pitted
surface on the plates is H. crinerensis Strimple and Watkins (1949,
p. 132, pl. 1, figs. 4-8) from the Bromide of Oklahoma. However,
this form has a narrower and more symmetrical calyx than H. punc-
tatus. The Bromide crinoid shows only a mild posterior protrusion
while this bulge is pronounced in H. punctatus. Two other Bromide
hybocrinids, H. nitidus Sinclair (1945, p. 713, pl. 2, figs. 1-4) and
H. pyxidatus Sinclair (1945, p. 713, pl. 2, figs. 5-7), are less asym-
metrical than H. punctatus but have smooth rather than pitted
plates. These differ from each other in size, H. pyxidatus being
larger and H. nitidus smaller.

Among the remaining asymmetrical forms, H. conicus Billings
(1857, p. 274), the type species (Springer, 1911, pl. 5, figs. 6a, b),
has smooth plates. H. twmidus Billings (1857, p. 275; Springer,
1911, pl. 5, figs. 1-5), a smaller form, shows minutely granular
plates which are tumid in the center. In H. pristinus Billings (1859,
p. 23, pl. 1, fig. 2a), the smallest of these three crinoids, the plates
appear smooth but under magnification are seen to have small
tubercles. The calyx shape of H. twmidus and H. pristinus is sub-

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 33

globular while that of H. conicus is steeply conical. These all differ
from the pear-shaped calyx of H. punctatus.

The anal X of H. twmidus differs from that of H. punctatus
in being highly elevated above the rim of the cup with a curved
crenellated distal margin. In H. punctatus, the anal X is sub-
quadrangular, only slightly elevated above the rim of the cup and
lacks a crenellated distal margin.

Apart from the camerate Diabolocrinus, the most abundant
“Benbolt” crinoid is Hybocrinus punctatus which is represented by
99 calyces and dorsal cups. These were obtained from almost all
the collection sites ranging northeastward from Knoxville, Tennessee,
to Hansonville, Virginia. Eighty specimens were found in the cen-
tral part of this area ranging from Lutrell, Tennessee, to Evans
Ferry, Tennessee. With the exception of the Knoxville crinoids (see
later discussion), the distribution of morphological variants shows
no correlation with geography or stratigraphic horizon, Clearly, the
main population of the species was located in the central part of
the range; peripheral individuals possibly represent immigrants from
the main population.

There are five specimens from near Knoxville, Tennessee, for
which Ulrich proposed the manuscript name of “Hybocrinus re-
curvus’. Two of these specimens have smooth, abraded and wea-
thered, or weathered plate surfaces and strangely asymmetrical cups
which bend strongly at the base, so that the stem facet faces the
posterior side and is almost parallel to the vertical axis of the cup.
The remaining three individuals all show some traces of surface pit-
ting, although these are somewhat weathered. The orientation of the
stem facet in these three crinoids ranges from being parallel to the
vertical axis of the calyx to possessing the normal structure of H.
punctatus with the column facet slightly inclined with respect to the
cup width. Thus it is clear that Ulrich’s “H. recurvus” grades into
the typical H. punctatus configuration; consequently, the Knoxville
crinoids are considered conspecific. Probably the Knoxville indi-
viduals represent a small semi-isolated population showing, to some
degree, a specialized adaptation to local conditions (unusually high
current agitation ?). Probably extreme individuals of this type had
recumbent stems which lay on the substrate like those of calcaeo-
crinids.

34 BULLETIN 283

Types. — Holotype, UC 6125. Figured specimens, USNM
164110-164120.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, localities 1a, 1f, 2a, 3a, and
5; Benbolt and Wardell Formations or Wardell Formation, localities
7 and 13; Wardell Formation or Witten Formation, locality 8a;
questionably Wardell Formation, locality 8b; Benbolt Formation
or Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation; localities 9a, 9c,
10a, 10c and 10d; Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation, ac-
cording to Cooper (1956), localities 8c, 9b and 11; Ottosee Shale
or Sevier Shale, localities 15a and 15e; questionably Red Knobs
Formation, locality 17; Pierce Shale, locality 18.

Hybocrinus punctatocristatus, n. sp. Pl. 3, figs. 6a, 6b

Diagnosis. — A species of Hybocrinus with large, broadly coni-
cal calyx; calyx markedly asymmetrical with crestlike protuberance
on RA. Plates pitted.

Description. — Species based on single specimen with C ray R,
anal X, and distal portion of RA missing. Large asymmetrical
conical cup, anterior side 38 mm high, posterior side incomplete.
Both anterior and posterior sides expand widely from narrow base,
but posterior side expands to a greater degree due to the crest on the
RA. Plate sutures slightly incised. Where not abraded, plate surface
shows five round pits per mm.

BB five, pentagonal, high, with higher and wider BB on pos-
terior side. CD interray B 18.9 mm high and 13.4 mm wide; DE
interray B 18.5 mm high and 13 mm wide. AE interray B shorter
and narrower with dimensions of 18 mm height and 12.2 mm width.
Both AB and BC interray BB partially missing. BB occupy about
one half height of cup.

RR pentagonal, about one-half height of cup. Posterior RR
higher and wider: D ray R 19 mm high, 16.5 mm wide; E ray R
slightly smaller, 18 mm high, 14 mm wide; A ray R 17.5 mm high,
13.5 mm wide. B ray R incomplete, width is 16.5 mm. C ray R
missing; shape of RA and D ray R indicates a small plate. Arm
facets protuberant, located on short necklike extensions of distal RR
margins. Extensions protrude upward and outward at an angle of
about 30° from the horizontal. Facets elongate, narrow, horseshoe-

OrDoVICIAN CRINOIDS: BRoweER & VEINUS 35

shaped, approximately 5 mm wide and 7 mm long. Facet surface
poorly preserved, smooth with distinct marginal rim. Ambulacral
grooves narrow and deeply notched; extend beneath depressed su-
tures between adjacent OO.

Anal X missing. RA hexagonal, 20 mm high by 19 mm wide;
largest plate in cup with prominent, longitudinal crestlike pro-
tuberance; narrowly incised articular sutures.

Tegmen shows four large triangular OO, with CD interray O
missing. Sutures between OO indented, forming a ditch with steeply
sloping sides. Ambulacral tracts under sutures. Other details un-
known.

Arms and column unknown.

Stem facet round, 5.0 mm in diameter, slight rim around edge;
pentalobate axial canal, lobes interradial.

Remarks. — This form is based on a single calyx which lacks the
C ray R, anal X, and the left distal portion of the RA. The species
is easily distinguished from most hybocrinids by the pitted orna-
mentation. Although the general nature of the pits in H. punctato-
cristatus, n. sp. is similar to that of the other two previously
described pitted species, H. punctatus (Miller and Gurley) and H.
crinerensis Strimple and Watkins (1949, p. 132, pl. 1, figs. 4-8), it
differs from these in a number of characteristics.

The large size, conical shape and crested RA separate it readily
from H. punctatus which is smaller, pear-shaped, and more asym-
metrical with a convex noncrested RA.

The same characteristics distinguish the new species from the
Bromide H. crinerensis. The latter also shows a somewhat conical
calyx shape; however, the rounded base of the Bromide form is
markedly distinct from the straight-walled base of the Benbolt
crinoid. In addition, H. crinerensis is smaller and more symmetrical
than H. punctatocristatus, n. sp.

Specific name. — Punctatocristatus in allusion to the pitted
surface and crested RA.

Holotype. —USNM 164121.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation or equivalent part of Dryden
Limestone, locality 4e.

36 BULLETIN 283

Hybocrinus perperamnominatus, n. sp. Pl. 3, figs. 2-4

Diagnosis. — A species of Hybocrinus with small, slender,
elongated dorsal cup. Calyx with little asymmetry. Surface pitted.

Description. — Long narrow, almost symmetrical calyx, 18 mm
high and 9.3 mm wide at its greatest width (all measurements from
holotype). Shape varies from narrow elongated cone with steeply
sloping straight sides, to elongated barrel shape with sides outlining
a long shallow curve. Plate sutures narrow, only slightly indented.
Some sutures crossed by narrow ridges at right angles to sutures.
Ridges alternate with depressions. Pits found in depressions and on
surface of plates; about four to five round pits per mm; pits not
penetrating through plates.

BB five, pentagonal, high, somewhat less than half the calyx
height; in holotype, 7.2 mm high and 4.5 mm wide. As seen in longi-
tudinal section, proximal half of B 1.6 mm thick at widest part, thin-
ning slightly towards stem, forming a narrow canal which is con-
tinuous with the stem axial canal. Upper half of B thinner, narrow-
ing to .5 mm where it articulates with the R. At thickest part of B,
thickness equals 20% of its height.

R about .5 mm thick, with thickness equalling about 6% of
height of R; gradually thickens distally toward arm facets, where
plate thickness is about .6 mm and roughly equals 8% of height.
Only D and C ray RR preserved in holotype. D ray R pentagonal,
7.5 mm high, occupying almost half height of cup; complete width
not observed. C ray R roughly pentagonal, 3.2 mm high and 5 mm
wide. Articular surfaces between plates usually smooth, narrowly
depressed in some instances. Arm facets wide horseshoe-shaped,
occupying less than one-third of the distal width of the R. Mar-
ginal rim present with concave articular surface.

RA in holotype hexagonal, slightly higher than wide, 7.4 mm
high and 5.8 mm wide, slightly convex. Anal X on left shoulder
of RA, quadrangular, 3.8 mm high and 3.4 mm wide. Small C ray
R on right shoulder of RA, probably pentagonal, distal portion
unknown.

Arms represented by three quadrangular IBrr in holotype, ap-
proximately 1.7 mm high and 2.5 mm wide. Surface pitted. Brr
roughly round in cross section with narrow food groove.

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 37

Stem facet about 3.6 mm in diameter; slight marginal rim;
axial canal pentalobate, lobes interradial.

Remarks. — This species is based on relatively poor material.
The holotype is a longitudinally broken cup preserving the posterior
side. The paratype consists of a cup with the posterior side buried
in matrix. In addition, there are about 10 BB circlets also embedded
in matrix, and one broken specimen. Several of these show articular
surfaces and stem facets.

H. perperamnominatus, n. sp. differs markedly from the other
pitted hybocrinids in the calyx shape. In the new species, the calyx
sides are almost straight, and the cup is almost twice as high as
wide. It is readily separated from the relatively broad and strongly
pear-shaped H. punctatus (Miller and Gurley). The shape of H.
perperamnominatus n. sp. is most similar to that of H. crinerensts
Strimple and Watkins (1949, p. 132, pl. 1, figs. 4-8) and H. punc-
tatocristatus, n. sp. However, in both the latter, the width of the
calyx roughly equals the height, but in H. perperamnominatus, n. sp.,
the width equals about half the height. The new species is the nar-
rowest and the most symmetrical hybocrinid yet found. Its RA
lacks the marked convexity of the RA of H. punctatus and the
crestlike protuberance of the RA of H. punctatocristatus, n. sp.

Specific name.— Perperamnominatus or incorrectly named,
since it is not a hump-backed crinoid like most of the other species
in Hybocrinus (hybos, hump backed).

Types. — Holotype, USNM 164122. Paratypes, USNM 164123
and 164124.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, localities la and le.

Order CLADIDA Moore and Laudon, 1943
Suborder CYATHOCRINOIDEA Bather, 1899

Family PALAEOCRINIDAE Bather, 1899
Genus PALAEOCRINUS Billings, 1859 (p. 24)

Type species: Designated by Miller, 1889, page 267, Palaeo-
crinus striatus Billings, 1859, page 25, plate 1, figures 5a, b.

Diagnosis. — A genus of Palaeocrinidae with completely de-
veloped parallel ridges on plates, crossing sutures at right angles.
Small, quadrangular RA and small anal X in line with RR. As

38 BULLETIN 283

presently defined, anal opening on tegmen surface or at the end
of an anal tube. In the former case, five OO dominate the tegmen;
CD interray O largest and perforated by a hydropore to form a
madreporite.

Remarks. — Palaeocrinus differs from the other genera in this
family in having fully developed parallel ridges across the plate
surfaces at right angles to the plate sutures, in showing a small RA
extending below the proximal border of the RR and a small anal
X in line with the RR, and in tegmen structure.

The species presently assigned to Palaeocrinus fall into two
groups, those Jacking an anal tube and those possessing one. In
P. striatus Billings, the type species, the anal opening is directly on
the tegmen, located above the anal X. The large CD interray O has
a perforation which is probably the hydropore. P. chapmam
(Billings) (1858, p. 71), known only from isolated plates, is either
closely related or, more likely, a synonym of P. striatus (Hudson,
1911, pp. 244-246, text-fig. 20).

P. angulatus (Billings) (1857, p. 269), on the other hand,
possesses an anal tube, mentioned in Wilson (1946, p. 40, pl. 6, fig.
1) and observed by Brower. The anal tube of P. pulchellus Billings
(1859, p. 46; see Wilson, 1946, p. 40, pl. 6, fig. 3) has not been
seen, but this form is closely related to P. angulatus and probably
belongs to the same group.

The tegmen of P. rhombiferous Billings (1859, p. 45; Wilson,
1946, p. 40, pl. 6, fig. 2) is unknown; consequently this crinoid can-
not be placed in either group.

It seems probable that a separate genus should be erected for
P. angulatus and P. pulchellus, the diagnostic characteristic of which
should be the possession of an anal tube. This is not done here be-
cause all the pertinent material has not been studied.

Occurrence. — Middle Ordovician; North America.

Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. Pl. 5, figs. 5a, b; Pls. 6-8; Text-figs. 3, 6

1941. Palaeocrinus aff. P. striatus Billings, Butts, Virginia Geol. Sur., Bulli.
52) pt. 2, p. 91, pl. 689, figs. 9-11.
Diagnosis. — A species of Palaeocrinus with small subglobular
cup and flattened base; ornamentation consisting of fine ridges ar-
ranged in raised bundles forming rhomboids on cup; column round

OrDovICIAN CRINOIDS: BRowER & VEINUS 39

with pentalobate or pentagonal axial canal. Anal opening located
on tegmen surface.

Description. — Based on holotype, USNM 97465, a typical adult
individual. Cup subglobular with flattened base, 19 mm at greatest
width, and 16.5 mm high. Cup covered with parallel ridges arranged
in rhomboidal-shaped bundles disected transversely by plate sutures.
Bundles placed so that the widest part of rhomboid overlies plate
suture and pinches out toward the plate center. Longest and most
upraised ridges in center of each bundle with ridge on either side
parallel to it but placed lower on sloping sides of bundle and be-
coming shorter towards edges of bundle. Width of ridges approxi-
mately .19 mm, all ridges of same width regardless of length and
size of crinoid. The longer the sutures between the plates, the
greater the number of ridges crossing it. The ridges on adjacent IBB
are subparallel to the sutures between them. There are no ridges
crossing these sutures. The ridges covering each IB belong to the
proximal part of two different bundles each of which runs from the
proximal edge of the IB to the center of the two adjoining BB. The
rhomboid shape of these bundles is somewhat distorted due to the
convergence of the IB lateral margins toward the stem facet. See
later discussion for details of suture length and ridge numbers.

IBB five, pentagonal, almost horizontal, 4.7 mm wide by 3.7
mm high. BB five, hexagonal, approximately 8.7 mm wide and 7.2
mm high.

RR basically pentagonal, averaging 9.2 mm wide by 7.2 mm
high. Arm facets narrow, horseshoe-shaped, 4.6 mm wide by 3.7 mm
high with deep ambulacral grooves. Prominent marginal rim around
facet, with concave sides of articular surface sloping inward. Outer
curve of facet sometimes has a small longitudinal groove which un-
derlies the ambulacral groove axis and is parallel to long axis of
facet. Both sides of arm facet sometimes have an irregular trans-
verse ridge.

RA small, roughly quadrangular, 5 mm wide and 5.5 mm high,
resting on shoulders of BC interray and CD interray BB, partly in
line with RR. Anal X quadrangular, 6 mm wide by 5 mm high, in
line with RR, resting on RA and CD interray B.

Flooring surface of tegmen preserved on S 5422. Composed of
five OO; CD interray O largest with perforation in center, probably

40 BULLETIN 283

a hydropore. Anus on tegmen surface, between anal X and CD in-
terray O. Food grooves in depressed areas between adjacent OO
sutures, located on OO surfaces. Food grooves radiate from central
mouth; arranged in trigonal pattern, with B and E ray food grooves
branching to form those of C and D rays, respectively. Openings at
outer ends of food grooves apparently represent places where aboral
nerve cords run from [Brr into dorsal cup.

Tegmen surface preserved in holotype. Main food grooves five,
occurring on OO. Near tegmen margin each food groove branches
above IAx, with one branch going to each IIBrl. On outer sides
of IIBrrl, parts of food grooves are partially floored by several
large iAmbb which occur between dorsal cup and covering plates.
One or two large iAmbb present between [IBrrl food grooves of
single ray. Food groove covering plates wedge-shaped with inner
narrow sides interlocking. Covering plates generally arranged in
biserial rows of two plates each. In a few places, four plates occur
in a single row; outer two rows probably correspond to side covering
plates of living crinoids; inner two rows equivalent to inner covering
plates. Anal opening surrounded by arch of five plates; distal plate
located between CD interray O and anus. Hydropore (?) surround-
ed by numerous smal! irregular plates, apparently located between
an anal arch plate and CD interray O.

Column of holotype is 3.5 mm in diameter. Axial canal not well
preserved but is seen to be pentalobate on another broken specimen,
paratype USNM 97465. Axial canal may be pentagonal as in un-
numbered specimen from Hansonville, Virginia, or obscurely penta-
gonal as in S 5423. Columnals round, composed of alternating nodals
and internodals, narrow with crenelated sutures, axial canal penta-
lobate, as seen in paratype S 5421.

Arms possess an IBrl which is axillary; triangular with distal
apex, about 4.5 mm wide and 2.7 mm high. Nonaxillary JIBrrl
partially preserved in A and D rays, quadrangular, much wider
than high.

Remarks. — This species is based on some 30 poorly preserved
typical specimens and a number of isolated plates found throughout
the outcrop belt from Hansonville, Virginia, to Louisville, Tennessee.
Roughly 25 crinoids were collected in the central area around Lut-

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 4]

trell, Tennessee, and five were located at the southwest and north-
east ends near Louisville, Tennessee, and Hansonville, Virginia.

Species assigned to Palaeocrinus differ from each other in cup
shape, surface ridges and column. Only those lacking an anal tube
(see Remarks under genus) are considered here. P. planobasalis,
n. sp. has a flattened base which gives the cup a subglobular shape;
the rhomboidal groups of ridges are arranged in raised bundles and
the column is round. P. avonalensis, n. sp. (described later) exhibits
a cup-shaped calyx with flattened base as in P. planobasalis, n. sp.
However, its rhombed-shaped ridged areas are not raised into
bundles and possess fewer ridges than those of the latter. The arms
of P. avondalensis, n. sp. contain two or three [Brr, in contrast to
the single IBr of P. planobasalis, n. sp. In P. striatus Billings (1859,
p. 25, pl. 1, figs. 5a, b; Hudson, 1911, pp. 217-244, text-figs. 4-19,
pls. 5-7), the cup is subconical, the ridges are not elevated in bun-
dles and a round column is present. P. rhombiferous Billings (1859,
p. 45; Wilson, 1946, p. 40, pl. 6, fig. 2) possesses a small cup of
conical shape, there are fewer ridges which do not occur in raised
bundles, and the column is pentagonal.

Typical specimens of P. planobasalis, n. sp. have sharp ridge
bundles with distinct individual external ridges. Another P. plano-
basalis, n. sp. variant, hereafter simply termed “variant”, is repre-
sented by one poorly preserved weathered dorsal cup, USNM 164131
(Pl. 7, fig. 4); a crushed dorsal cup (MCZ 4162, Pl. 8, figs. 4a, b);
five isolated BB (MCZ 4163a-c, Pl. 8, figs. 1-3); and one isolated
R (MCZ 4164). These crinoids differ from typical P. planobasalis,
n. sp. in several ways. The “variant” exhibits more internal ridges
than in typical specimens. Tabulating loose BB for mature crinoids
in the same size range discloses that typical plates bear from 31-43
internal ridges while “variants” are characterized by 45-62 total
ridges. In typical P. planobasalis, n. sp., there is a one to one cor-
respondence between the internal ridge canals and the surface
ridges (see later discussion for more detail). In end-member speci-
mens of the “variant”, the external ridges which overlie many of
the internal ridge canals are only visible near the plate margins.
Toward the plate centers, the external ridges pinch out and grade
into large roughly triangular upraised areas. Thus, away from the

42 BULLETIN 283

plate margins, each ridge canal is no longer associated with its own
external ridge. Rather a series of adjacent ridge canals is overlain by
one large swollen area which corresponds to the ridge bundles of
typical crinoids. MCZ 4162 is somewhat transitional between typical
and “variant” specimens. This crinoid has distinct individual ex-
ternal ridges near the plate margins, some of which can be traced
about halfway from the plate margins to the center (Pl. 8, figs.
4a, b). A correlated feature is the plate thickness. “Variant” plates
are somewhat thicker than those of typical individuals, and a partial
gradational sequence can be arranged. The thinnest plates have the
most numerous and distinct external ridges as seen in typical P.
planobasalis, n. sp. Thick-plated “variants” only show distinct ridges
at the plate margins. These considerations suggest that the
“Variants” were derived from normal specimens by accelerating the
internal and external thickness growth vectors. The former would
have served to thicken the floor of the rhomboidal chamber (see
later discussion) while the latter filled in the spaces between ad-
jacent external ridges resulting in a single large ridge bundle. During
the process, the new ridge formation rate was also augmented in
the “variants”.

The taxonomic status of the “variant” is somewhat question-
able. Possibly the “variant” could be considered as a new species,
although this is not done here for several reasons. There is at least
one transitional specimen with respect to plate thickness and the
nature of the external ridges. The difference in internal ridges be-
tween typical crinoids and the “variant” is not large enough to be
significant. Consequently the “variants” and typical P. planobasalis,
n. sp. are considered to be conspecific.

Internal structure of plate ridges and bundles. — This discus-
sion is largely based on typical specimens. The structure of “vari-
ants” is the same except that the external ridges are only visible
near the plate margins. The external configuration of the P. plano-
basalts, n. sp. ridges was outlined under Description. The most inter-
esting feature of this crinoid is the internal morphology of the
ridges and the underlying plate. Three approaches to the study of
the internal structure of the plates were used. First was examination
of dorsal cups showing various degrees of weathering. Fresh or
essentially unweathered crinoids illustrate the external configuration

OrDovICIAN CRINOIDS: Brower & VEINUS 43

of the ridges. With progressive weathering, the interior of the ridges
and the underlying structure can be observed. Study of isolated
plates was second. Lastly, serial sections of bundles were made with
one set of sections cut in a plane parallel to the surface of the plates
and another at right angles to it and parallel to the plate suture.
Observations were made at .2 mm intervals and camera lucida draw-
ings prepared.

Combining the results of the above techniques, the following
structure was revealed (Text-fig. 3, Pl. 5, figs. 5a, b, Pls. 6-8). A
single arched bundle of ridges lies across the plate suture; the
longest ridge occurs in the center with the other parallel ridges
along both of the sloping sides of the bundle gradually becoming
shorter. In cross section, the axial plane of the central ridge is seen
to be vertical in relation to the cup surface while the outer edge of
the other ridges dip outward towards the sides of the bundle.

The plate material roofing the ridges is thin and porous and
commonly shows little black specks under high magnification
(30 X - 80 X). These black specks represent the more or less car-
bonized organic matrix which filled the pores of the thin roof of the
ridges during the life of the animal. In contrast to this, the plate
material between the ridges is much thicker and seems to Jack black
specks. This suggests lower plate porosity and less organic matrix
per unit volume of plate. Proceeding inward, the hollow “canals”
under the ridges appear. These are seen in paratypes S 5421, S 5420,
USNM 164128, USNM 164130 and in the isolated plates. At first,
the “canals” are narrow and correspond in orientation, length and
width to the overlying ridges; at this level, these are separated by
thick plate material belonging to the depressed areas between the
ridges as seen on the surface. Many of these underlying hollow
“canals” are filled with dark brown or black material (e.g. paratype,
S 5420). The black substance obviously represents the more or less
carbonized organic material which occupied the canals while the
brown material appears to be the same in a more oxidized state.

Continuing inward, the ridge “canals” expand slightly, and the
bases of the “canals” open into a rhomb-shaped central chamber.
In cross section, this chamber has an arched roof and a flat floor.
The upper (outward) margin of the chamber corresponds to the
general outline of the overlying ridge bundle. Plate material

44 BULLETIN 283

Re

Text-figure 3.— Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. Camera lucida drawings
of typical “Benbolt” palaeocrinid isolated plate crossections; 14.5. Symbols:
R = external ridge. RC = ridge canal. F = floor of rhomboidal chamber.
A. R, paratype USNM 164129. B. B, paratype USNM 124127.

OrDovICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 45

separates each rhomboidal chamber from the adjacent chambers.
Upon removal of the matrix in one of these cavities as seen in the
isolated plates, a large opening is found in the center of the floor.
The opening is located along the plate suture and underlies the
center of the overlying bundle. The exact outline of the opening re-
mains somewhat conjectural, as the floor of the chamber is com-
monly broken or weathered in the isolated plates. Clearly the open-
ing is smaller than the floor of the rhomboidal chamber. Generally
the openings are roughly elliptical with the long axis at a right
angle to the suture as judged from the appearance of the camera
lucida drawings made from serial sections of the bundles. Examina-
tion of two well-preserved isolated plates reveals along the edges
of the plate, a cross section of the hollow chambers. The arched
corrugated roof and the flat floor, open in the center, are clearly
seen. One of these plates (Text-fig. 3a) is a R, 8.8 mm wide, in
which a representative chamber has a floor which thins out from
6 mm near the junction with the roof to .4 mm near the
central opening. The other plate is a B (Text-fig. 3b), 7.6 mm wide,
with a floor of a representative chamber thinning out from .5 mm
at the edge to .2 mm towards the center. Although the floors of
the half chambers are not wholly preserved in either plate, there
is a relatively complete floor under one of the chambers in the iso-
lated R. This reveals the roughly elliptical shape of the pore with
the long axis at right angles to the edge of the plate. It is approxi-
mately .7 mm wide at the widest and has a half length of 1.2 mm.
This would indicate an opening of about 2.4 mm in length in a com-
plete chamber floor,

In contrast to Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. sp., P. striatus
possesses a much smaller number of hollow plate ridges which are
not grouped into raised bundles. The canals of these ridges com-
municate directly with a large sutural canal of cylindrical shape
which opens into the interior of the calyx through a vertical canal
(Hudson, 1911, pp. 221, 223). Recently Porocrinus and Tribolo-
porus Kesling and Paul (1968, p. 13), were studied in detail by those
authors. The following comparison is based on their discussion. In
porocrinids, the ridges are endothecal with the folds extending into
the calyx. The ridge “canals” which underlie the ridge surfaces open
directly into the inside of the calyx. The ridge canals of Palaco-

46 BULLETIN 283

crinus, on the other hand, open inward into a hollow chamber which
in turn opens into the calyx interior.

The function of the above structures was probably respiratory.
The distribution of the organic material mentioned above shows
that the internal body wall of the crinoid extended through the
opening in the floor of the rhomboidal chamber, along the sides
of this cavity, and into the hollow ridges. The whole ramifying hol-
low was no doubt filled with coelomic fluid. The internal body wall
joined the overlying plate surface which comprised the ridge bundle.
As previously mentioned, the thin-roofed ridges are highly porous.
Presumably during life of the animal, these pores were filled with
the organic matrix which secreted the plates. Conversely, the de-
pressed areas between the ridges are thicker; probably, these were
less porous and contained a smaller amount of organic matrix per
unit plate volume. The epidermis, if present, overlay these plate
surfaces.

In Recent echinoderms, respiraticn is accomplished by means of
the epidermis and outpouchings of the water vascular system (for
discussion of echinoderm respiration, see Farmanfarmaian, 1966).
In crinoids, the water vascular outpouchings are represented by the
tentacles and podia of the arms. Internally, the fluid filling the
water vascular system is in continuous flow with the fluid of the
body cavity. Movement of this coelomic fluid is accomplished by
flagellated cells lining the body cavities and by movements of the
internal organs such as the water vascular system and the alimen-
tary canal. The diffusion of oxygen and carbon dioxide is sustained
by the movement of sea water externally and coelomic fluid inter-
nally. In some living crinoids (Hyman, 1955, p. 48), the epidermal
layer is not completely developed, and in these plates, the body wall
and organic matrix within the plates is in contact with sea water.
Possibly this condition was present in mature individuals of Palaeo-
crinus planobasalis, n. sp.

In the palaeocrinids under discussion here, the internal body
wall area was extended due to being raised into the rhomboidal
chambers and in having the top of the chamber developed into
numerous extensions fitted into the hollow ridge “canals” near the
plate surface. The rhomboidal chambers increased the total coelomic

OrpovIcIAN Crinoips: Brower & VEINUS 47

cavity volume while the hollow canals basically augmented the
coelomic cavity area in close, albeit indirect, contact with the sea
water.

The functioning of the Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. calyx
respiratory structures 1s reconstructed by analogy with living forms.
Only the flow of ingoing oxygen is discussed as an example; the
path of outgoing substances, e.g., carbon dioxide, was the reverse
of oxygen. Assuming an epidermis was present, oxygen acceptance
began with this tissue. If an epidermis was lacking, the initial con-
tact occurred with the organic matrix within the plates. Oxygen
then diffused through the organic matrix. The amount of material
transferred in a given time interval was probably maximized across
the thin roofed ridges. Lesser amounts traveled through the de-
pressed areas lying between the ridges. This was due to two factors.
The ridges are more porous and contained more organic matrix per
unit plate volume. The ridge plate material is thinner than that of
the associated depressions. Next, oxygen traveled through the in-
terior body wall, which lined the rhomboidal chamber and the in-
sides of the ridge canals, and into the coelom housed within the
interior wall. Once in the coelom, oxygen was distributed throughout
the animal by the mechanisms previously outlined for extant crinoids.

Calycinal respiratory structures also occur in other crinoids,
e.g., Porocrinus and Triboloporus of the Porocrinidae (Kesling and
Paul, 1968, p. 13). These two genera possess structures termed
goniospires by Hudson (1915, p. 164), each of which consists of
three sets of ridges located at the adjacent corners of three calyx
plates. The internal folds between the ridges (ridge canals) are
endothecal, that is they extend directly into the calyx without an
intervening plate structure as in Palaeocrinus. Presumably the
coelom extended directly into the internal folds. In Porocrinus,
there are several folds at each plate corner, and in Triboloporus there
is only one arranged in a triradiate pattern at the juncture of any
three plates. One species, T. cryptoplicatus Kesling and Paul (1968,
p. 13, pl. 1, figs. 1-8), is from the Benbolt Limestone near Hanson-
ville, Virginia; the form is well described and will not be discussed
further in this paper.

In Palacocrinus, the internal respiratory structure is much more
complex. As previously discussed, the coelom within the ridge canals

48 BULLETIN 283

was in direct contact with that of the rhomboidal chamber; the
coelom of this chamber was linked to the main internal coelom by
means of the opening at the base of the rhomboidal chamber. Func-
tionally, the palaeocrinid structure seems far more complicated and
indirect than the porocrinid type.

The external movement of sea water necessary to sustain the
oxygen-carbon dioxide exchange did not necessarily follow the same
path in all echinoderms with such internal respiratory structures.
In the pectinirhombs of cystoids (Kesling and Paul, 1968, p. 8;
Paul, 1968, p. 709), water is generally visualized as entering one
end of a trough and exiting at the other. In cystoids, such a pat-
tern seems reasonably efficient because pectinirhombs are not usual-
ly present along all sutures; rather, they are scattered over the
theca. Consequently, the incoming (oxygenated) water currents
would have been well separated from the outgoing (deoxygenated )
water currents. The palaeocrinid situation is greatly different as the
respiratory structures developed along all dorsal cup plate sutures.
If the cystoid model is applicable to the palaeocrinids, at least
some oxygenated and deoxygenated water currents were not
hydraulically separated; in this case, the deoxygenated currents
would often have fouled the oxygen bearing currents. Consequently,
the writers postulate the following: In successful animals where
hydraulics are important, generally the volume occupied by the in-
flowing water currents exceeds that of the outflowing water cur-
rents. Brachiopods and pelecypods are classic examples. Sponges ap-
pear to show the reverse (at least in the ascon type), and in the
coral gullet region, the two current systems occupy about the same
volume. Therefore, in the general case, elementary hydraulics dic-
tates that the deoxygenated water current travel at a higher velocity
than the oxygenated water one in order to ensure hydraulic separa-
tion and efficiency. The only way that this model may be applied
to the palaeocrinids is to minimize the number of deoxygenated
water or outgoing current locations. Consideration of palaeocrinid
dorsal cup and respiratory system morphology indicates that the
closest approach to this requirement is to have a single deoxy-
genated water exit in the center of each plate. By process of elimina-
tion, oxygenated water inflow would have occurred along the plate

OrpDovicIAN Crinoips: BRowErR & VEINUS 49

sutures (the periphery of each plate). If the model is applicable, the
oxygenated water current flowed down along the plate sutures; when
this point was reached, the current probably branched into two
parts with each continuing along the ridge bundle troughs on each
side of the suture and eventually exiting at the plate center (Text-
figure 4). This would have resulted in the incoming oxygenated
current occupying a larger volume and moving at a lesser velocity
than the deoxygenated water current. Kesling and Paul (1968, pp.
8-9) reached the same conclusion about the most likely porocrinid
pattern, apparently using similar reasoning. Presumably the cur-
rents, regardless of pattern, were activated by cilia along the surface
of the epidermis.

The respiratory function of the plate structure is compatible
with “Benbolt” palaeocrinid ontogeny (see later discussion) and
with two other palaeocrinid morphological features. In many fossil
crinoids, the anal tube is supplied with large pores (aside from the
pore structure which housed the organic matrix within the plates)
and probably functioned in a respiratory capacity (Ubaghs, 1953,
p. 687). As previously mentioned, some species of Palaeocrinus in-
cluding P. planobasalis, n. sp. lack anal tubes. In anal tube bearing
palaeocrinids, this structure is short and represents a small area and
volume. In Recent crinoids and doubtless in extinct forms, respira-
tion is one of the main functions of the arms. However, in all
Palaeocrinus species in which the arms are known, they are short.
In crinoids possessing short arms relative to viscera size and mass,
a device increasing the respiratory surface would have been of great
physiological benefit. Such a device is probably found in the in-
tricately ridged and hollowed calyx plates of Palaeocrinus.

Strangely enough, other similar criniods with short arms, ¢.g.,
hybocrinids and carabocrinids (at least the Trenton forms examined
by the writers) lack such respiratory devices. Among the carabo-
crinids from the Bromide of Oklahoma, some of the more deeply
weathered ridges reveal a distinct longitudinal hollow canal. The
structure beneath these canals is unknown. No explanation is ap-
parent. Both carabocrinds and hybocrinids were moderately diversi-
fied in the Ordovician with 14 carabocrinid species in two genera
and 19 hybocrinid species in five genera.

50 BULLETIN 283

Text-figure 4. — Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. Schematic sketch
illustrating inferred directions of external water flow. X’s denote approximate
plate centers and locations of probable outgoing water currents. Ingoing cur-
rents most likely occurred along the plate sutures with subsequent movement
along the plate surfaces parallel to the external ridges.

OrDoVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 51

For example, Carabocrinus was abundant in the Twin Cities
area and fairly common in the Bromide of Oklahoma and the Tren-
ton of Kirkfield, Ontario. Hybocrinids were abundant in the “Ben-
bolt” and the Bromide (both Black River in age) and in the Trenton
of Kirkfield and Kentucky. During the Middle Ordovician, carabo-
crinids appear to have been moderately successful, and hybocrinids
somewhat more successful. When hybocrinids, palaeocrinids, and
carabocrinids occurred together, the hybocrinid group was typically
the most abundant. Clearly, the hybocrinids represented the most
successful group. When carabocrinids and palaeocrinids are found
together, sometimes the latter are more abundant (“Benbolt”) and
at other times the former were more successful (Trenton of the
Twin Cities area).

Ontogeny of the ridges. — Five typical individuals of increasing
size were examined to observe the ontogeny of the ridges and the
underlying canals. The following measurements were made: dorsal
cup volume, height and width of calyx, basic plate measurements
(height and width of the IBB, BB, RR, anal X, and RA), length
of sutures between all plates where preservation permitted measure-
ment, and number of ridges per bundle crossing each suture. The
length of the ridges was not measured as this is somewhat con-
trolled by weathering, and the degree of weathering of the five
crinoids is not comparable; the smallest specimen is more deeply
weathered than the other crinoids. A statistical growth study is not
presented because it has not been possible to gather complete sets
of data from all five dorsal cups.

Inspection of Text-figures 5-7 and Plate 6 shows the following
growth trends:

1. During ontogeny, the calyx plate structure remained stable,
and no plates were added to the dorsal cup.

2. Dorsal cup size increased due to growth of the component
dorsal cup plates. The dorsal cup volume was augmented at an ex-
ponentially increasing rate with respect to size (Text-fig. 5a). In
this crinoid, viscera volume may be roughly approximated by ex-
ternal volume because of two reasons. The tegmen is almost flat.
Therefore, the volume of the major part of the viscera equalled
the external dorsal cup volume less the volume of the dorsal cup it-
self. A large part of each plate was penetrated by the coelom in the

52 BULLETIN 283

form of the opening at the base of the rhomboidal chamber, the
chamber itself, and the ridge “canals” while the remaining plate
material is highly porous and was filled with organic matrix. In
living crinoids, the porous fenestrated network occupies roughly
60% of the total plate volume. This figure can probably be extra-
polated to fossil crinoids.

3. During ontogeny, the individual calyx plates increased in
height and width; consequently the suture lengths were augmented
also. The exact growth model for palaeocrinid cup plates is unknown
but it seems similar to that postulated by Lane (1963, pp. 928-929),
Meyer (1965), Macurda (1968), and Brower (1973) for camerate
crinoids. In camerates, the major plate growth vectors equalled the
lateral components (e.g., height and width). Calcite laminae were
deposited on the outside of the plate and covered up the lateral
growth lines. In many camerates, growth lines and grooves which
represent the calyx aboral nervous system may be seen on plate
interiors. Thus it appears that no calcite deposition took place on
the insides of camerate plates (see Brower and Macurda for further
detail). This process is not conclusive in the palaeocrinids; it seems
that the floor of the rhomboidal cavity was perhaps thickened dur-
ing ontogeny although the responsible growth vector has not been
determined. At any rate, growth of all calyx plates, calyx size
and cup volume was a highly integrated and coordinated pheno-
menon as in the camerates studied by Brower and Macurda.

4. In the youngest individual (specimen No. 1), the smallest
number of ridges (1.e., ridges overlying the ridge canals) is present
(one to three per suture). The sutures bearing three ridges are all
located within the D ray R — E ray R — DE interray B area.
Clearly, the ridges first developed here. Within the E ray R — D ray
R group of three ridges, the central ridge formed first as this is the
longest, then the proximal ridge and lastly the distal one. In the
D ray R — DE interray B and the E ray R — DE interray B areas,
the central ridge grew first, then the ones furthest away from the E
ray R — D ray R — DE interray B junction, followed by the ones
closest to this three plate junction.

Plate sutures containing only two ridges are peripheral to the
three-ridge group. Toward the posterior, there are two ridges on

53

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS

‘saSpli JO JaquiNU [¥}0} SNs1aA aUINJOA dnO ‘q ‘sesprs Jo Joquinu [v}0} snsi9A
prim dno pue yyBry dng ‘Oo ‘gq ‘Wystey dno snsiaa auinjoa dng ‘*y ‘sainjonyys Ar0jeIIdsa1
pue xdjvo jo yIMoId Burmoys sydvig ‘ds ‘u ‘syvsvqgouvjd snu1i0aIvjvpg —*G IANBIZ-3X9L,

S359qIu ‘ON Ss9qdlu ‘ON
OOOL 00S OOL 6
Q
ors S
S =
Oe! z
fa) <
ra)
O€
S39qIy ‘ON WW ‘LH dnd
OOOL 00S OOL GL OL S .
eg
5 2) OL1a
(Ss ce
UV U
@[eas <
: a (42)
z f
< 6

re)
eu
Q
“

54 BULLETIN 283

each of the following sutures: D ray R — CD interray B, anal X
— D ray R, and CD interray B — anal X. Towards the anterior,
there are two ridges on the A ray R — E ray R suture. The de-
velopment order of single ridges within the two ridge group paral-
leled the above sequence. All other sutures have only one ridge each.

Thus within a single bundle, the central ridge formed first, fol-
lowing which the younger ridges developed on alternate sides of the
central one. Consequently, the oldest ridges occur in the central
part of the bundle, and the youngest occur at the two ends of the
bundle.

In specimen No. 2, many more ridges are present along each
suture although the plate suture lengths are roughly the same as
in the younger individual. There are as many as nine ridge canals
on the sutures between the RR, and from three to five ridge canals
between the RR and the BB and between the BB and the IBB. This
clearly denotes that once the ridges started to form they grew
rapidly. Basically, the development order of the ridges within a
bundle and adjacent bundles followed the pattern which is seen
in embryonic form in the younger crinoid.

In the three largest crinoids, the sutures have many more
ridges, and the order of development continued along the previous
pattern. In specimen No. 3 there are 11 or 12 ridges on the sutures
between the RR, from five to 12 ridges on the sutures between the
RR and BB, from five to 13 on the sutures between the BB, and
three to seven from the BB to the IBB. On the fourth specimen, the
number of ridges on the sutures between the RR is 15, between the
RR and the BB eleven to 16, between the BB five to 17, and on the
sutures between the BB and IBB, there are eight or nine ridges. On
the fifth and largest specimen, the number of ridges on the sutures
between the RR ranges from nine to 22 and those between the RR
and the BB from 13 to 20. The sutures between the BB and be-
tween the BB and the IBB contain from seven to 11 ridges.

5. In order to estimate the extent of the increased length of the
ridges, the following procedure was used. Camera lucida drawings
were prepared of the same R, B, and IB of each of the five speci-
mens. Then the drawings of homologous plates from adjacent speci-
mens in the ontogeny sequence were superimposed using the centers
of the plates as constant topographic reference points (Text-fig. 6).

OrpovicIAN CrINOIDS: BRoweER & VEINUS 55

Text-figure 6.— Palacocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. Plate superpositions for
typical “Benbolt” palaeocrinids showing growth patterns. Numbers on external
ridges and ridge canals refer to order of development. Number 1 is the
oldest and first to form during ontogeny. Ridges and ridge canals of smaller
plates are stippled. All figures < 6.1 unless otherwise stated. A. R of specimen
No. 3/ R of specimen No. 2. B. R of specimen No. 4/ R of specimen No. 3.
C. R of specimen No. 5/ R of specimen No. 4. D. B of specimen No. 3/ B of
specimen No. 2. E. B of specimen No. 4/ B of specimen No. 3. F. B of specimen
No. 5/ B of specimen No. 4, X 4.8.

56 BULLETIN 283

For example, the specimen No. 3 R was placed over that of speci-
men No. 2. The geometry of ridge growth seems most consistent
with this ontogenetic model because superimposition of the plates
in this fashion gives the best fit of homologous ridges. The super-
imposed position of the IBB with respect to each other is not known
with certainty as the control points (1.e., the bundles and ridges
thereof) only occur on the distal margins of these plates. Conse-
quently, the location of the growth centers of these plates along the
proximal-distal axis cannot be determined with any precision. How-
ever, the growth model cannot be verified because growth lines were
not seen on the plate interiors of “Benbolt” palaeocrinids. The in-
crease in the lengths of the ridges towards the center of the plate
and towards the edge of the plate was noted for all superpositions.
The smallest specimen was not included in these observations, be-
cause weathering greatly extended the apparent Jength of the ridges.

The results of the superimpositions of the various plates indi-
cate that new ridges developed at the periphery of the bundle as
previously outlined, and previously developed ridges were extended
in length at both ends (1.¢., toward the plate suture and toward the
inner margins of the bundles).

This indicates that two growth components were involved.
Evidently the ridges first formed along both sides of the plate
suture. During all ontogeny stages, ridge extension was at least
partly inward towards the center of the ridge bearing plates; clearly
this growth component was caused by resorption of previously de-
posited plate material. During ontogeny, the plate size increased
due to lateral accretion; consequently, the suture between two ad-
jacent plates “migrated outward” with respect to the initially formed
parts of the plates involved. When the ridges developed, they were
also extended outward due to these lateral growth vectors. Thus,
if a ridge is examined, its latest formed parts lie along the plate
margin near the middle of the bundle shared by the two adjacent
plates and at the end of the bundle roughly at or near the center
of the plate; the earliest portion of the ridge occurs somewhere in
the middle.

The superimposition of the various plates also records the ap-
proximate amount of ridge growth due to resorption versus exten-
sion. As indicated in Text-figure 7a, the relation between the two

OrDovICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS a

components is most variable. In some cases, the augmentation
greatly exceeded resorption, and vice versa; in other ridges, the two
components were nearly equalized. Text-figures 7 b-g illustrate the
amount of augmentation and resorption for individual plates; no
systematic relation between relative augmentation and resorption
can be detected. In addition, no consistent correlation between the
location of a ridge within a single bundle and the two growth
components can be seen (see numbers on data points in Text-figures
7d-g). The average increase in ridge length for sets of two plates
is tabulated below:

AE interray B E ray R
Specimens Augmentation Resorption Augmentation Resorption
No. 3/No. 2 .75 mm .67 mm .21 mm .75 mm
No. 4/No. 3 .67 mm .60 mm 1.20 mm 42 mm
No. 5/No. 4 54 mm | 56 mm 1.70 mm 42 mm

Text figures 7 h-k illustrate the amount of peripheral plate
growth (2.e., accretion which equals the ridge augmentation com-
ponent, termed growth front on the graphs) plotted against total
ridge extension for the various superimposed plates. In specimen
No. 3/specimen No. 2, the correlations are low; whereas in speci-
men No. 4/specimen No. 3, slightly higher correlations are ob-
served which denote a more integrated and coordinated growth
mechanism. A plot of specimen No. 5/specimen No. 4 shows less
well integrated development than the above.

The overall growth pattern seems to indicate that in the onto-
geny of an individual ridge, the two growth components were vari-
able and poorly integrated with each other. It also appears that
increase in ridge length was poorly integrated with the lateral ac-
cretion rates of the plates. Lastly, the total number of ridges, the
sequence of ridge development, and presumably the rate of ridge
addition was well integrated and coordinated with the ontogeny of
dorsal cup plate size and calyx size and with volume growth (see
later discussion ).

6. The ridge bundles are vaguely defined in the youngest speci-
men. The bundle area is more obvious when there are three ridges

58 BULLETIN 283

on a suture than when there are one or two. Throughout the rest
of the sequence, the bundles became more prominent and larger
as more ridges were initiated. This seems to denote that the rhom-
boidal cavity underlying the ridges progressively increased in size
and volume at a rate which was closely related to the number and
length of the ridges and to the area and volume occupied by them.
Further details cannot be given as the size of the rhomboidal cavity
cannot be measured directly.

7. As seen in Text-figure 5, calyx volume increased at the usual
exponential rate with respect to dorsal cup size. In the case of ridge
number versus calyx size or volume (see Text-figures 5b-d), the
number of ridges grew at logarithmically decreasing rates relative
to the calyx volume or size. The data are listed below:

Specimen Calyx Calyx Number of
number height volume ridges
No. 1 5.5 mm 23CC 85
No. 2 6.0 mm .28 cc 220
No. 3 7.5 mm -56 Cc a 550
No. 4 11.5 mm 1.90 ‘ce 650
No. 5 16.5 mm 3.10 cc | 1020

Probably, if ridge plus rhomboidal chamber volume were plotted
versus calyx volume, a straight line relationship would be found.

Text-figure 7.— Palacocrinus planobasalis, n. sp. Superimposition of the
plates (Text-fig. 6) records the approximate amount of ridge growth due
to resorption and augmentation. The data point numbers refer tc the order
of ridge formation as in Text-figure 6. Figures A-G illustrate the amount of
augmentation and resorption. Figures H-K show the amount of peripheral
plate growth (growth front) plotted against the total ridge extension (aug-
mentation plus resorption). In figures H and I, the scatter is high; in figures
J and K, the scatter is slightly lower which denotes developing integration
and coordination of the growth mechanism. A. Extent of resorption plotted
against augmentation in all ridges measured. B. Resorption versus augmenta-
tion in E ray IB, No. 3/No. 2. C. Resorption versus augmentation E ray IB,
No. 4/No. 3. D. Resorption versus augmentation in AE interray B, No. 3/No. 2.
E. Resorption versus augmentation in AE interray B, No. 4/No. 3. F. Resorp-
tion versus augmentation in E ray R, No. 3/No. 2. G. Resorption versus aug-
mentation in E ray R, No. 4/No. 3. H. Growth front versus total resorption and
augmentation in AE interray B, No. 3/No. 2. I. Growth front versus total
resorption and augmentation in AE interray B, No. 4/No. 3. J. Growth front
versus total resorption and augmentation in E ray R, No. 3/No. 2. K. Growth
front versus total resorption and augmentation in E ray R, No. 4/No. 3.

= F
= . B 4/3
vy 10 = 3/2 } 10 a Oe !
hic : 2
(0) 15} ne 4
3 AUG. MM = : Ss i,
2 >: ge) ie
vj “5 5
2
if C w ; ie as je OE
} = 2
: : 4
= ll ;
=
Vv) fe) es ee et O ee ee ee poy
od Oo 5 10 O 5 10
AUG. MM AUG. MM
) 5 10
AUG. MM D E
; R 4/3 ?
1s| = 5 : 5
| = i
- ; a z 2 R 3/2
2 a A 5 E 2 3 {
: =e . rt 3 %¢ a
3 96 ! ieee!
; 32 Ce 2
10+ B43 Of :
10 R 3/2 (6) re . = 2 @ O Fe ei aN, eRe ee et
5 10 2 5 10 15
s a AUG. MM 5 ae TOTAL AUG. & RES. MM
. 4 Zee
> G fe ! 3
Ww) 5 3 2 J
ld r E 5 21
© 5 > = 2 :
: 5
: z : (0) ;
ea ee ee 13 i
74 E 6 10 15 +2 eeu? &
= TOTAL AUG. & RES. MM Ee ae
o) = 5
Oo 5 fe) | 52 oles eee
AUG. MM oO 8 10 15 12 15 20
F TOTAL AUG.& RES. MM TOTAL AUG. & RES. MM

H K

Bt

por omy Eni!

PS Se ee el os

ORDOVICIAN CriNnoIpS: Brower & VEINUS 59

Although few data are available, the relationships between calyx
size and volume and total number of ridges were most likely well
integrated and coordinated.

As previously indicated, the ridge in the center of the suture
formed first, then a proximal one, then a distal one, presumably
alternating until a full bundle of ridges developed. In Palaeocrinus
striatus Billings as discussed by Hudson (1911, p. 223), the initial
ridge also occurred in the middle of the suture with new ridges
added on either side. However, he postulated a spiral succession of
ridge formation involving three adjacent plates (1911, fig. 10).
There is some indication that the succession of ridges in P. plano-
basalis, n. sp. also followed a spiral path, but the material is too
poorly preserved to be certain. The ridges of the Porocrinus gonio-
spires grew in the opposite order (Kesling and Paul, 1968, p. 8).
The first ridge lay at the plate corner and the succeeding ridges
were added towards the middle of the sutures between plates.

Specific name. — Planobasalis in reference to the flat base of
the calyx.

Types. — Typical specimens: Holotype, specimen No. 5, USNM
97465, which was figured by Butts (1941) as P. aff. P. striatus
Billings. Paratypes; specimen No. 1, USNM 164125; specimen No..
2, USNM 164126; specimen No. 3, S 5421; specimen No. 4, S 5420;
additional specimens number USNM 97465; USNM 164127 -
164130; and S 5421 - S 5423.

“Variant” specimens: USNM 164131; MCZ 4162, 4163a-e, 4164.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, localities la, 1b, 2b and 3b;
Benbolt Formation or equivalent part of Dryden Limestone, locality
4e; Benbolt Formation and or Wardell Formation, localities 7 and
13; Wardell Formation or Witten Formation, locality 8a; Benbolt
Formation or Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation, locality
9a; Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation according to Cooper
(1956), locality 11; Ottosee Shale or Sevier Shale, localities 15a and
15b; base of Sevier Shale, locality 16; unknown horizons, probably
Black River in age, localities 12 and 14.

Palaeccrinus avondalensis, n. sp. Pl. 5. figs. 4a, 4b

Diagnosis. — A palaeocrinid with bowl-shaped cup and flat-

60 BULLETIN 283

tened base; fine ridges covering entire cup, located in rhomb-shaped
areas which are not raised into bundles.

Description. — Based on holotype, an adult specimen. Bowl-
shaped cup with flattened base, 17 mm high, by 21 mm wide. Entire
surface covered with ridges arranged in flat rhomb-shaped areas;
the plate sutures bisect the rhombic areas at right angles. Ten to
15 ridges on bundles between RR; five to 12 on bundles from RR to
BB; between the BB, bundles possess from four to nine ridges; and
from BB to IBB there are six to eight ridges per bundle.

IBB five, pentagonal, horizontally situated at right angles to
stem, 4.7 mm wide and 4.3 mm high.

BB basically hexagonal, averaging about 10 mm in width and
8.5 mm in height.

RR pentagonal, approximately 8 mm high by 8 mm wide. Arm
facets poorly preserved, narrow, horseshoe-shaped, approximately
2.7 mm wide and 3 mm high; rim around outside edge; deep food
groove.

RA large, quadrangular, approximately 7.5 mm high by 7.5
mm wide, resting on shoulders of BC interray and CD interray BB,
partly in line with RR. Anal X pentagonal, roughly 8 mm high
and 8.5 mm wide, in line with RR, resting on RA and CD interray B.

Several Brr preserved. On D ray, two IBrr, second one axillary,
approximately 4 mm wide by 1.5 mm high; two IIBrr, second one
axillary, and one IIIBrr, all wider than high. On A ray, three IBrr,
third one axillary, and one non-axillary I]Brr preserved.

Only proximal CD interray part of tegmen known; consists of
numerous irregular plates. Anal opening partly preserved on teg-
men surface of CD interray.

Column round, 1.7 mm in diameter. Columnals alternate slightly
in height, ornamented with longitudinal ridges, sutures crenellated.
Axial canal filled with numerous small irregular plates.

Remarks.— This species is based on one poorly preserved,
crushed and flattened specimen. It resembles typical specimens of
P. planobasalis, n. sp. in its flat-based cup-shaped calyx and ridges
which cover its entire surface. The crinoid differs from all P. plano-
basalis, n. sp. in that the rhomb-shaped ridge bearing areas are
not raised into bundles. The ridges are less numerous than those

OrpDovICcIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 61

found in homologous rhomb-shaped bundles of equivalent sized
mature typical P. planobasalis, n. sp. as tabulated below:

Number of ridges along
listed plate suture

Suture P. planobasalis, n. sp. P. avondalensis, n. sp.
R-R 17 to 22 10 to 12
RA-CD interray B 15 7
RA-C ray R 14 6
RA-BC interray B 11 6
RA-Anal X 12 6

P. avondalensis, n. sp. possesses two or three [Brr in contrast
to the single axillary IBr of the other “Benbolt” palaeocrinid.

Specific name. — Avondalensis, referring to the locality in which
this specimen was found.

Holotype. — MCZ 603, collected by James Sprinkle and C. R. C.
Paul.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation or Hogskin Member of Lin-
colnshire Formation, locality 9c.

Family CARABOCRINIDAE Bather, 1899
Genus CARABOCRINUS Billings, 1857 (p. 275)

Carabocrinus stellifer, n. sp. Pl.-2. figs..7,. 10

Diagnosis. — A species of Carabocrinus with flattened globose
cup. Plates ornamented by wide, heavy, convex, radiating stellate-
type ridges; each major ridge in the form of an elongated triangle
leading from the plate center to the suture, apex of triangle at plate
center, triangle base at suture; major ridges sometimes single, some-
times with two to four smaller grooves along their surfaces,

Description of adult specimen. — Dorsal cup flattened, globose,
maximum width 29 mm, height 22 mm (all measurements from
holotype). Plates strongly convex; sutures sometimes incised, some-
times not. Usual ornamentation composed of stellate ridges as
follows: two broad triangular, grooved ridges on each IB, one to
four grooves on each ridge, with base of each triangle meeting the
basal triangles at the sutures between the IBB and the BB; six

62 BULLETIN 283

or seven grooved triangles on each B, one to three grooves on each
ridge, apices meeting at center of plate, bases occur at sutures; five
more or less clearly defined triangles on iRA, triangles ungrooved
or with one groove; five clearly defined triangles on sRA, either
ungrooved or with a single groove; four triangles on each R radiating
from arm facet to each lateral and proximal suture, some triangles
ungrooved, some with one and some with two grooves.

IBB five, subequal, irregularly pentagonal in shape, 8 mm high
by 14.5 mm wide.

BB equidimensional, hexagonal with curved sutures, height and
width about 14 mm, largest plates in cup.

RR pentagonal, A and E ray RR well preserved, about 6 mm
high by 9 mm wide. C ray R smaller, too poorly known to measure.
RR facets poorly preserved, elongated horseshoe-shaped with deep
groove for ambulacral tract, width equals about one-third width of
distal R edge. Facet surface not well enough preserved for complete
description, but the one on the C ray R shows a smooth concave
articulating surface surrounded by a raised rim; slight transverse
ridge on left side of facet.

The iRA pentagonal, distal edge truncated, 7.6 mm high by
10 mm wide, rests on shoulders of C and D ray IBB. The sRA
pentagonal, proximal edge truncated, 8 mm high by 10.1 mm wide.
Anal X on left shoulder of sRA and right shoulder of DE interray
B, too poorly preserved to measure but basically pentagonal.

Tegmen unknown.

Stem facet 4 mm in diameter, round with pentalobate axial
canal, lobes in radial position.

Arms and stem unknown.

Remarks. — This form is based on six rather poorly preserved
dorsal cups and several isolated plates. It differs from all other
species of Carabocrinus in dorsal cup shape and surface ornamenta-
tion. Most carabocrinids have more or Jess numerous relatively fine
plate ridges arranged in stellate patterns. Only C. slocumi Foerste
(in Slocum and Foerste, 1924, p. 350, pl. 31, figs. 1-10; pl. 32, figs.
1, 7-9, 11-14, 26-29) and C. stellifer, n. sp. exhibit single large ridges
which radiate from the plate centers. The single ridges of C. stellifer,
n. sp. are the heaviest and cover most of the plate surface. They are
roughly triangular in shape with the triangle apex at the plate

OrpDovICIAN CrINOIDS: BRoweER & VEINUS 63

center and the base of the triangle at the suture. Each of these
heavy triangular ridges may be ungrooved or may possess one to
four grooves with minor ridges between them.

One small specimen, S 5430, is tentatively referred to this form.
The dorsal cup is about half as high as typical C. stellifer, n. sp.
and the cup is higher relative to its width. The stellate ridges are
much narrower and sharper than in specimens definitely placed in
C. stellifer, n. sp. Possibly the small crinoid represents an unde-
scribed species. However, until more and better material can be
found, the specimen is questionably considered a growth variant of
C. stellifer, n. sp.

In contrast to the globose cup of C. stellifer, n. sp., conical cups
are characteristic of C. slocumi and C. geometricus Hudson (1905,
pe2eoupl.. 1, figs. 1, 2: text fic. 7):

Both C. huronensis Foerste (in Slocum and Foerste, 1924, p.
345, pl. 31, figs. 11, 13, 14) and C. treadwelli Sinclair (1945, p. 714,
pl. 2, figs. 14-16) have obconical cups which are more slender
than in the new species. Also the base is steeper and the stellate
ridges are finer and more numerous than in C. stellifer, n. sp.

C. dicyclicus Sardeson (1925, p. 61, pl. 5, fig. 5) and C. mag-
nificus Sardeson (1939, p. 33, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2) are large forms with
much higher cups than in C. stellifer, n. sp. although the shape of
the base is similar. The ornamentation includes tubercles as well
as the typical carabocrinid radiating ridges.

The dorsal cup shape of C. vancortlandi Billings (1859, p. 32,
pl. 2, fig. 4) and C. ovalis Miller and Gurley (1894, p. 25, pl. 2,
figs. 20, 21) is oval in contrast to the flatter and more globose shape
of C. stellifer, n. sp.

C. radiatus Billings (1857, p. 276) is compactly spherical which
distinguishes it from the flattened globular cup of C. stellifer, n. sp.
Three or four distinct ridges radiate from the plate center to each
plate margin in C. radiatus in contrast to the single wide-grooved
triangular ridge of the Benbolt crinoid.

C’. esthonus Jaekel (1918, p. 50, text-fig. 38) from the Was-
salem Limestone near Reval, Esthonia is remarkably similar to C.

radiatus with respect to calyx shape, plate outlines, and ornamenta-
tion.

64 BULLETIN 283

Specific name. — Stellifer in allusion to the star-shaped stellate
ridge ornamentation on the plates.

Types. — Holotype, S 5424, Paratypes, S 5425 - § 5429.

Occurrence. — Ottosee Shale or Sevier Shale; locality 15a.

Carabocrinus micropunctatus, n. sp. Pl. 2, figs. 8-9

1941. Echinosphacrites sp. Butts, Virginia Geol. Sur., Bull. 52, pt. 2, p. 91,
pl. 89) fig. 12.

Diagnosis. — A carabocrinid with a wide-rounded conical cup,
numerous fine V-shaped ridges arranged in a stellate pattern; finely
pitted plate surface.

Description. — Dorsal cup wide, maximum width at top of RR,
with curved sides and narrow base, 27 mm maximum width, 20
mm high (all measurements from holotype). Plate surface covered
with minute pits, about eight to ten pits per mm. Ornamentation
consists of many fine V-shaped ridges arranged in stellate pattern;
four V-shaped ridges on the IBB; from four to six ridges cross each
B margin, apices of V-shaped ridges at or near the plate center;
about four ridges cross from the BB to the RR, apices of V-shaped
ridges located below or at the sides of the RR facets; several fine
ridges on the 1RA and sRA; anal X surface not well enough pre-
served to determine ornamentation.

IBB subequal, pentagonal, about 6.6 mm wide and 6 mm high.

BB hexagonal, largest plates in dorsal cup, slightly wider than
high, 11.4 mm wide by 10.3 mm high.

RR basically pentagonal, much wider than high, about 13 mm
wide and 8 mm high. R facet narrow, horseshoe-shaped, about one
fourth the width of the R distal edge, poorly preserved, but shows
some indication of a raised rim.

The iRA pentagonal, 6.5 mm wide and 5.7 mm high, truncated
distally. The sRA pentagonal, truncated proximally, 8 mm wide
by 7.2 mm high.

Anal X poorly preserved, approximately hexagonal, 8 mm wide
by 8.2 mm high.

Stem facet 4.4 mm wide; axial canal pentalobate; lobes radial
in position,

Stem and arms unknown.

Remarks.— This species is based on three dorsal cups. The
wide cup with rounded walls and narrow base differentiates this

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BRowER & VEINUS 65

crinoid from all other carabocrinids except C. huronensis Foerste
(in Slocum and Foerste, 1924, p. 345, pl. 31, figs. 11, 13, 14) and
C. treadwelli Sinclair (1945, p. 714, pl. 2, figs. 14-16). The walls of
the “Benbolt” crinoid are less steep than those of the other two
forms.

The ornamenting ridges of C. micropunctatus, n. sp. are finer
and more numerous than those of C. huronensis and C. treadwellt.

Under a magnification of seven times, the plates are seen to
be covered with many small pits. To the writers’ knowledge, puncta-
tion is unknown in all other carabocrinids.

Specific name. — Micropunctatus in allusion to the fine pitting
of the plate surfaces.

Types. — Holotype, S 5431. Paratypes, two specimens cata-
logued as USNM 97466, one of which was figured by Butts as
Echinosphaerites sp.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, locality 5; Benbolt Forma-
tion or equivalent part of Dryden Limestone, locality 4d; Benbolt
Formation or Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation, localities

9a and Qc.

Carabocrinus cf. treadwelli Sinclair

Remarks. — Several “Benbolt” crinoids consisting of partial
dorsal cups and isolated plates are too poorly preserved to warrant
full description. In overall appearance they resemble the Bromide
C. treadwelli Sinclair (1945, p. 714, pl. 2, figs. 14-16). However,
there are several differences. The “Benbolt” crinoids have keel-
shaped ridges which are higher and sharper than in the Bromide
species. Although the cup shape is poorly known in the “Benbolt”
specimens, the base appears flatter and more rounded than that of
C. treadwelli, Inasmuch as the “Benbolt” specimens are poorly pre-
served and the significance and consistency of the morphological
differences are unknown, these crinoids are compared favorably with
C. treadwelli for the present.

Mentioned specimens. —USNM 164132, 164133.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation or equivalent part of Dryden
Limestone, locality 4b; Benbolt Formation or Hogskin Member of
Lincolnshire Formation, locality 9a; Ottosee Shale or Sevier Shale,
locality 15d.

66 BULLETIN 283

Subclass CAMERATA Wachsmuth and Springer, 1885
Order DIPLOBATHRA Moore and Laudon, 1943

Family RHODOCRINITIDAE Bassler, 1938
Genus ARCHAEOCRINUS Wachsmuth and Springer, 1881 [p. 363(189)]

Type species: By subsequent designation of Wachsmuth and
Springer, 1881, page 190, Glyptocrinus lacunosus (Billings), 1857,
page 261.

Diagnosis. — A “rhodocrinitid” genus characterized by conical
or globose cup; IBB low, not visible from side; lateral interrays
composed of one iR, followed by two iBrrl, generally followed by
three iBrr2; CD interray wider with usually one iR, the primanal
followed by two CD interray iBrrl1 and one anal series plate. Arms
biserial, branching several times.

Remarks. — Lower Palaeozoic genera assigned by Moore and
Laudon (1943, pp. 82-83) and Ubaghs (1953, pp. 735-737) to the
Rhodocrinitidae and Archaeocrinidae are a highly diverse group
with little degree of distinction between the two families. Conse-
quently, the writers prefer to consider all genera assigned to these
families as belonging to one heterogeneous group under the name
Rhodocrinitidae which has nomenclatural priority. Archaeocrinus
will not here be compared to the numerous and diverse genera as-
signed to the two families. Rather, the “Benbolt” genera will be
discussed relative to the other “rhodocrinitids” which also occur in
the Benbolt and allied units. Archaeocrinus compares as follows to
the other “Benbolt” “rhodocrinitids”:

1. Pararchaeocrinus Strimple and Watkins (1955, p. 351) has a
short subglobular cup with the lateral] interrays consisting of one
iR followed by three iBrrl. The protruded CD interray is com-
posed of two or three iRR (one of which is the primanal) in a single
range, followed by three plates. The arms are uniserial and branch
at least twice.

2. Diabolocrinus Wachsmuth and Springer (1897, p. 249) shows
a depressed globular cup with lateral interrays formed by one iR fol-_
lowed by two iBrrl, usually with several small supplementary plates.
The CD interray is wider, possessing a primanal and generally two
CD interray iBrrl with an anal series plate and several small sup-

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 67

plementary plates. The calyx differs markedly from that of Archaeo-
crinus in possessing a depressed globular shape, a wide, deep basal
concavity and lobate arm bases which protrude from the calyx.
There are two heavy biserial unbranched arms in each ray which
are directed upward and outward.

3. Archaeocrinus differs from Paradiabolocrinus, n. gen. in much
the same way that it does from Diabolocrinus. The differences be-
tween Diabolocrinus and Paradiabolocrinus, n. gen. will be discussed
in more detail later.

4. Archaeocrinus differs obviously from Wilsonicrinus Springer
(1926, p. 23) which exhibits a broad wheel-shaped calyx. The dorsal
cup is characterized by one large iR (including the primanal) in
each interray which is the largest plate in the cup. Ten separated
arm openings are located above several wide IIBrr.

5. Archaeocrinids may be separated from Rhaphanocrinus
Wachsmuth and Springer (1885, p. 320) by the presence of biserial
arms. Rhaphanocrinid arms are uniserial.

Occurrence. — Middle Ordovician; North America.

Archaeocrinus peculiaris Miller and Gurley Pl. 9, figs. 2-8

1894. Archacocrinus peculiaris Miller and Gurley, Illinois State Mus. Nat.
Hist., Bull. 5, p. 17, pl. 2, figs. 1-3.

1897. Archaeocrinus pecultaris Miller, Second Appendix to North American
Geol. and Palaeo., Cincinnati, p. 734, figs. 1299-1300.

1915. Archaeocrinus peculiaris Bassler, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, p. 60.

1943. Archaeocrinus peculiaris Bassler and Moodey, Geol. Soc. America, Spec.
Paper 45, p. 309.

Diagnosis. — An archaeocrinid with globose calyx, wider than
high, lacking median-ray ridges; strongly depressed sutures between
plates.

Description. — Calyx large, globose; width distinctly greater
than height. Greatest diameter at top of IAxx, constricted below
arm bases; median-ray ridges lacking. Plates convex, with deeply
beveled sutures. Surface appears granular, but under magnification
is seen to have small sinuous ridges. Basal concavity pentagonal,
IBB hidden within it. BB hexagonal, higher than wide, truncated at
distal margin by iR. Proximal part of BB located in basal con-
cavity. BB invariably alternate in position with RR.

Four of the five RR pentagonal; D ray R hexagonal, largest
plate in cup. IBrl hexagonal, subequal to R; IBr2 axillary, penta-

68 BULLETIN 283

gonal, smaller. IJBrl small, irregularly hexagonal, usually non-
axillary, sometimes axillary. [[Brr2 usually axillary, small, roughly
hexagonal. I]Brr2 of same half-ray separated by one inter-half-ray
iBrl, equal to them in size and shape. Generally I1Brr2 are followed
by IIIBrl and separated by two inter-half-ray iBrr2, subequal in
size and shape to II] Brrl. Usually 20 arm facets, rounded, smooth.
In one individual IIBr2 is non-axillary and forms arm base.

Lateral interray composed of iR, irregularly heptagonal, sub-
equal to R, placed between RR and [Brrl. Followed by two iBrrl,
roughly hexagonal, about half the size of the iR, reaching to level
of IIBrl; lastly are one or two ranges of two to four smaller, ir-
regular-shaped plates leading into tegmen.

CD interray protuberant, with plates slightly larger and some-
times more numerous than those of lateral interrays. Two plate
structures occur. In one type, primanal irregularly hexagonal,
located at level of R and IBrl, largest iR in cup; followed by two
iBrrl, irregularly heptagonal, occurring at level of IBrrl and 2;
next are three or four iBrr2, irregular in shape at IIBrl1 level; high-
est range consists of small irregular plates leading into tegmen.
In second CD interray type, an anal series can be distinguished.
Primanal as above, at level of R and IBrl; followed by three iBrrl
at level of IBrrl and 2 (central one, directly above primanal is
part of the anal series); followed by three or four iBrr2 at IIBrl
level (the median plate is an anal series element); followed by small
irregular plates leading into tegmen.

Tegmen and column unknown.

Remarks. — Thirty-five poorly preserved specimens of Archaeo-
crinus peculiaris were found throughout the length of the “Benbolt”
area.

A. peculiaris differs from other archaeocrinid species in the
following ways. A. desideratus W. R. Billings (see Wachsmuth and
Springer, 1897, p. 257, pl. 10, figs. 4a, b) exhibits a large funnel-
shaped basal concavity which is much wider than the column
diameter and is deep enough to contain five or six columnals; the
form also possesses median-ray ridges. A. lacunosus (Billings)
(1857, p. 261; Billings, 1859, pl. 8, figs. 3a-e; Wachsmuth and
Springer, 1897, p. 255, pl. 10, fig. 1) shows a narrower cup than
A. peculiaris with median-ray ridges which are lacking in the latter.

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 69

A. microbasalis (Billings) (1857, p. 264; Billings, 1859, p. 63, pl.
6, fig. 2; Wachsmuth and Springer, 1897, p. 256, pl. 10, figs. 2a-c),
and Neoarchaeocrinus obconicus (Slocum) (1924, p. 328, pl. 29,
figs. 10-13) are obconical in contrast to the wider and more globose
shape of A. peculiaris while Neoarchaeocrinus pyriformis (Billings)
(1857, p. 262; Billings, 1859, p. 61, pl. 6, figs. la-d; Wachsmuth
and Springer, 1897, p. 255, pl. 10, figs. 3a, b) is pear-shaped. A.
subovalis Strimple (1953, p. 606, text-figs. 1-7) has a high calyx
with a flattened base which easily distinguishes it from the sub-
globular shape of the “Benbolt” archaeocrinid; in addition, A. sub-
ovalis Strimple bears median-ray ridges.

Smooth biserial arm fragments are often associated with this
species. Although not observed attached to calyces, the association
frequency suggests that the arm fragments belong to A. peculiaris.
The arms are heavy, smooth and biserial with long slender pinnules.
Among the “Benbolt” “rhodocrinitids”, the only other known arms
are referred to Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White). The diabolocrinid
arms are like those of the archaeocrinid except that they are more
heavily ornamented.

Types. — Holotype, UC 6037. Figured specimens, USNM
164616, and S 5436 - S 5440.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation, localities 1 and 5; Benbolt
Formation or Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire. Formation, localities
9c and 10c; Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation according
to Cooper (1956), localities 8d, 9b and 11; Ottosee Shale or Sevier
Shale, locality 15c.

Genus PARARCHAEOCRINUS Strimple and Watkins, 1955 (p. 351)

Types species: By original designation, P. decoratus Strimple
and Watkins, 1955, page 351, figures 2b-f.

Diagnosis. — A “rhodocrinitid” genus characterized by a short
subglobular cup; lateral interrays formed by one iR followed by a
tier of three iBrrl; posterior ray protuberant with two or three iRR
(one of which is primanal) in contact with CD interray B. Median-
ray ridges may or may not be present. Arm bases not protuberant.
Arms uniserial, two per ray, branching at least twice.

Occurrence. — Middle Ordovician; North America.

70 BuLLETIN 283

Pararchaeocrinus convexus, n. sp. Pl. 13, fig. 4

Diagnosis. — A pararchaeocrinid lacking median-ray ridges;
plates convex with indented sutures; surface of plates granular.

Description. — Only known from lateral fragment of cup; low
subglobular shape indicated. Plates convex with depressed sutures,
surface covered with granules. IBB not visible from side, pentagonal,
small, wide and short, about 2.7 mm wide by 2 mm high, located
in basal concavity. BB hexagonal, truncated distally, about 5 mm
high and 6.5 mm wide. RR irregularly hexagonal or heptagonal,
about 5.6 mm high and 5.6 mm wide. IBrl roughly hexagonal, about
3.5 mm high and 3.2 mm wide. IBr2 axillary, with six or seven sides,
about 4.1 mm high and 3.1 mm wide. IIBrl basically hexagonal,
although up to eight sides may be present, about 2.6 mm wide by
2.7 mm high, fixed in cup. []Brr2 basically pentagonal, smaller than
W[Brrl. I]Brr3 are distal fixed-Brr, shape not known, possessess
wide food groove. Inter-half-ray iBrl between distal portion of
I1Brrl lateral margins, pentagonal, about 1.2 mm wide by 1.2 mm
high. Inter-half-ray iBrr above iBrl not well preserved, although
one small inter-half-ray iBr2 between IIBrr2 and _ inter-half-ray
i1Br3 can be seen within the A ray.

Lateral interray with irregularly hexagonal iR, about 4.2 mm
high by 5 mm wide, truncated distally, located at RR level, followed
by three iBrrl. These are irregularly shaped with five to seven sides,
slightly smaller than iR. Central iBrl rests on iR and reaches level
of IBrl. Lateral iBrrl reach mid-height of IBrl. An arch of four
or five 1Brr2 is distal to the three iBrrl, irregular in shape and some-
what smaller than iBrrl; distal margins of this range terminate at
mid-IAx level. Four still smaller irregular-shaped iBrr3 above these,
at level of [Brr2. Two iBrr4 at IIBrl level in BC interray; higher
iBrr not preserved. In AB interray, three irregular iBrr4 at level
of IIBrl; followed by four irregular iBrr5 at level of II[Br2; and
then three irregular iBrr6 at distal level of I]Br2; iBrr unknown
above this level.

Stem facet within basal concavity, pentagonal.

CD interray, tegmen, arms, and stem unknown.

Remarks. — This species is based on one dorsal cup fragment.
Only three rays and three interrays are wholly or partly preserved.

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 71

The rays are probably the A, B and a small part of the C ray, where-
as the interrays represent the AB and BC interrays with a small
portion of the CD interray. The plates on the left side of the crinoid
become noticeably larger and therefore probably belong to the pro-
truded CD interray. This crinoid is partly silicified; consequently
most of the granules covering the surface seem to be weathered
beekite rings and not the original surface markings. However, the
original surface probably was granular as indicated by the right
side of the specimen.

Despite the fragmentary condition of the dorsal cup, it can
nevertheless be assigned to Pararchaeocrinus because of the unique
structure of the interrays and the short globose nature of the calyx.

P. convexus, n. sp. differs from the only other known pararchaeo-
crinid, P. decoratus Strimple and Watkins (1955, p. 351, text-figs.
2b-f, 9, 10) in the granular surface of the plates and the absence of
median-ray ridges. In addition, the plates and sutures of P. decoratus
are smooth, whereas the plates of P. convexus, n. sp. are strongly
convex and the sutures depressed.

Specific name. — Convexus in allusion to the convex plates.

Occurrence. — Probably Wardell Formation or Witten Forma-
tion, locality 8a.

Genus DIABOLOCRINUS Wachsmuth and Springer, 1897 (p. 249)

Type species: By original designation and synonymy, Rhodo-
crinus vesperalis White, 1880, page 252, Plate 1, figures 11-12. (See
discussion of Diabolocrinus vesperalis).

Diagnosis. — A “rhodocrinitid” genus with depressed globular
cup; lobate and protuberant arm bases, two massive biserial un-
branched arms to the ray; interray composed of one iR followed by
two iBrrl, often with several supplementary plates; CD interray
wider, with one iR followed by three plates and several additional
supplementary plates.

Occurrence. — Middle Ordovician; North America and Great
Britain.

Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White) Pls, 105 14s PY 125 figs: 1-5

1850. Gilbertsocrinus americanus Troost (nomen nudum), American Assoc.
Adv. Sci., Proc., 2, p. 61.

1880a. Rhodocrinus vesperalis White, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 2, p. 252,
pli tfigs) 11-12°

72

BULLETIN 283

1880b. Rhodocrinus vesperalis White, U.S. Geol. Sur., 12th Ann. Rep., p. 129,

pl. 35, figs. 4a, b.

1882b. Lyriocrinus sculptilis Miller, Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. 5,

1885.
1889.
1889.
1894.
1894.
1895.

1897.

1897.

1897.
1897.
1897.
1897.
1909.

19.15.

1915.

19S:

1941.

1941.

1943.

1943.

1943.
1943.
1943.

1944.

1944.

p. $3, pl.3, figs: 6, 6a, 6b:

Archaeocrinus sculptus Wachsmuth and Springer, Rev. Palaeocrinoidea,
Pt. 3, sec. 1, Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc. p. 98.

Archaeocrinus sculptus Wachsmuth and Springer, Miller, North Ameri-
can Geol. and Palaeont., Cincinnati, p. 225, fig. 250.

Lyriocrinus sculptilis Miller, North American Geol. and Palaeont.,
Cincinnati, p. 259.

Archaeocrinus asperatus Miller and Gurley, Illinois State Mus. Nat.
Hist., Bull. No. 5, p. 19, pl. 2, figs. 7-9.

Archaeocrinus parvus Miller and Gurley, Illinois State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Bull. No. 5, p. 21, figs. 26-28.

Archaeocrinus knoxensis Miller and Gurley, Illinois State Mus. Nat.
Hist., Bull. No. 6, p. 34, pl. 3, figs. 12-15.

Archaeocrinus asperatus Miller and Gurley, Miller, Second Appendix,
North American Geol. and Palaeont., Cincinnati, pp. 734, 741, figs. 1296-
ASE

Archaeocrinus knoxensis Miller and Gurley, Miller, Second Appendix,
North American Geol. and Palaeont., Cincinnati, p. 734.

Archaeocrinus parvus Miller and Gurley, Miller, Second Appendix,
North American Geol. and Palaeont., Cincinnati, p. 734, fig. 1298.
Diabolocrinus hieroglyphicus Wachsmuth and Springer, Mus. Comp.
Zool., Mem., vol. 20, p. 252, pl. 10, figs. Sa-c.

Diabolocrinus perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 20, p. 250, pl. 11, figs. 1a, b.

Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White), Wachsmuth and Springer, Mus.
Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 20, p. 251, pl. 11, figs. 1c, d.

Gilbertsocrinus americanus (nomen nudum) Wood, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.
64, p. 104.

Diabolocrinus asperatus Miller and Gurley, Bassler, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 92, p. 403.

Diabolocrinus perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer, Bassler, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 92, p. 404.

Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White), Bassler, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92,
p. 404.

Diabolocrinus asperatus ? (Miller and Gurley), Butts (in part), Vir-
ginia Geol. Sur., Bull. 52, pt. 2, p. 91, pl. 89, figs. 6-8, not figs. 4-5.
Diabolocrinus perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer, Butts, Virginia Geol.
Sur:, Bull, 52) pt2; p91; plo. 89) figs. 1-3:

Archaeocrinus knoxensis Miller and Gurley, Bassler and Moodey, Geol.
Soc. America, Spec. Paper 45, p. 308.

Archaeocrinus parvus Miller and Gurley, Bassler and Moodey, Geol.
Soc. America, Spec. Paper 45, p. 309.

Diabolocrinus asperatus (Miller and Gurley), Bassler and Moodey, Geol.
Soc. America, Spec. Paper 45, p. 417.

Diabolocrinus perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer, Bassler and Moodey,
Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper 45, p. 417.

Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White), Bassler and Moodey, Geol. Soc.
America, Spec. Paper 45, p. 417.

Diabolocrinus perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer, Moore and Laudon in
Shimer and Shrock, Index Fossils of North America, p. 185, pl. UE Se NG
Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White), Moore and Laudon jn Shimer and
Shrock, Index Fossils of North America, p. 185, pl. 72, fig. 16.

Diagnosis. — A diabolocrinid with highly variable ornamenta-

OrDoVICIAN CRINOIDS: BRoweER & VEINUS 73

tion consisting of sinuous ridges, stellate ridges, and nodes. These
elements of ornamentation may be absent, or present in varying de-
grees, and in different combinations with each other. Depressed
globular cup, lacking median-ray ridges.

Description. — Average size of mature compressed globular cup
about 18 mm high by 25 mm wide. Plates ornamented variously by
sinuous ridges, stellate ridges and nodes. These elements of orna-
mentation appear on all individuals in varying degrees. Ornamenta-
tion shows little correlation with size and age, except that stellate
ridges appear more strongly on smaller individuals, and nodes are
more prominent on larger individuals. Sutures between plates in-
dented.

IBB pentagonal, short and wide, with width more than twice
the height, hidden in basal concavity. BB hexagonal, almost as high
as wide, truncated distally for reception of overlying iR or primanal.

RR pentagonal, truncated distally, a little wider than high.
IBrl hexagonal, higher than wide. IBr2 is primaxil, pentagonal,
about twice as wide as high. I]Brrl roughly quadrangular, about
twice as wide as high. II Brr2 wedge-shaped, wider than high. I] Brr3
irregular in shape, but wider than high, bearing elongated, narrow
arm facets. I[Brrl, 2, and 3 form Jobate protuberances from calyx
wall. Arm facets on I[Brr3 face upward and outward at an angle of
about 50° from the horizontal.

In lateral interray, iR is hexagonal, subequal to R, set between
distal half of RR and proximal half of IBrrl. A varying number of
plates may surround the iR. Two larger plates, directly distal to
iR, are iBrrl; the remaining plates are supplementary. The two
iBrrl roughly pentagonal, smaller than iR, set between distal half
of IBrrl and proximal half of IBrr2. The iBrr2 smaller than iBrrl,
irregular in shape, generally three in number. Small irregular plates
distal to these grade imperceptibly into tegmen.

CD interray wider with larger plates, and often a greater num-
ber of supplementary plates. The primanal is irregularly heptagonal,
located at the RR and [Brrl level. The primanal may be surround-
ed by a varying number of plates, including the CD interray iBrrl;
the latter are irregularly pentagonal, occurring at level of [Brrl and
proximal part of IBrr2. No distinct anal series. The iBrr2 and higher
plates are as in the lateral interrays.

74 BULLETIN 283

No correlation between ornamentation and number of supple-
mentary plates. Although some of the individuals examined lack
supplementary plates in the lateral interrays, the number varies
from one to seven in those that do possess them; the number also
varies in different lateral interrays of the same individual. For
example, one crinoid shows no supplementary plates in one lateral
interray and four in another; another specimen has two in one
lateral interray and six in another, Only a few individuals lack sup-
plementary plates in the CD interray. There may be as many as
seven supplementary plates, exclusive of the iBrrl, surrounding the
primanal. Not all supplementary plates are in contact with the
primanal; the total number of supplementary plates in the CD
interray ranges from none to nine.

Number of supplementary plates is not correlated with size
either in the lateral or the CD interrays.

Tegmen plates continuous with distal interray plates; these are
small, polygonal, of various sizes and shapes. Ambb areas lobate,
iAmbb areas depressed. Tegmen composed of large regular plates
with small supplementary plates interspersed among them. Ambb
not clearly differentiated from iAmbb. Ambb usually arranged in
irregular biserial ranges of two plates each, about five ranges in the
adult crinoid Ambb area. In some cases, three Ambb occur in single
range, in others only one large plate is present. OO not differentiated,
although in some cases, they appear in base of anal tube. In one
example, the iAmbb in AB and AE interrays are composed of three
to five large plates, sometimes with additional supplementary plates.
In BC and DE interrays, there are a greater number of iAmbb,
usually at least five. Anal series continues distally along anal tube,
which is subcentrally located and incompletely known; anal tube
probably short, sometimes set at right angles to tegmen surface,
but more commonly leans toward the A ray. Base of anal tube
composed of plates similar to those of tegmen; distal portion un-
known.

Arms massive, biserial, with ornamented hexagonal Brr. Each
Br bears a long slender pinnule composed of about five pinnulars.

Stem facet pentagonal; on one well-preserved specimen, penta-
lobate axial canal observed. Stem fragment round, heteromorphic,
composed of alternating nodals and internodals.

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: Brower & VEINUS 75

Remarks. — The diabolocrinids were found throughout the
length of the “Benbolt” outcrop belt. The crinoids are most common
at the southern end and are encountered less frequently towards the
north. About 200 specimens in various states of preservation have
been seen, Of these, some 75 were used for detailed study. The re-
maining crinoids are too broken, abraded, or encrusted to be useful.

Wachsmuth and Springer distinguished three species of Diabolo-
crinus on the basis of surface ornamentation and number of sup-
plementary plates. These are, along with the diagnostic features
listed by the authors: 1. D. perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer
(see Pl. 12, fig. 3). Larger plates convex, possessing one or more
conspicuous nodes; smaller plates with single central node. The
iBrr and supplementary plates regularly arranged. Lateral] interray
supplementary plates range from none to two in smaller specimens
up to a maximum of four to six in large crinoids. CD interray with
about five to seven supplementary plates. 2. D. vesperalis (White)
(holotype on PI. 10, fig. 2). Slightly convex plates which are dense-
ly covered with wrinkles or indistinct striae. Supplementary plates
regularly distributed or absent, varying in number from none to
seven. 3. D. hieroglyphicus Wachsmuth and Springer (syntype on
Pl. 11, fig. 3). Irregularly elongated nodes and conspicuous sinuous
and stellate ridges. Supplementary plates infrequent, when present,
usually one, rarely as many as four. Strimple (1963, p. 76) noted
that one of the snytypes figured by Wachsmuth and Springer
(1897, Pl. 10, figs. 5a, b; see Pl. 11, fig. 3 of this paper) is not a
typical Diabolocrinus. The specimen exhibits three high fixed IIBrr
rather than the usual diabolocrinid short []Brr with lobate arm
bases. The second syntype of D. hieroglyphicus (Wachsmuth and
Springer, 1897, pl. 10, fig. 5c) bears normal diabolocrinid arm bases.
In addition, the writers have identified other calyces with lobate
arm bases which fit Wachsmuth and Springer’s diagnosis of D.
hieroglyphicus. Therefore, the first mentioned syntype is considered
an abnormal specimen with peculiar arm bases.

Miller and Gurley also recognized three diabolocrinid species
based on surface ornamentation and structure of the interrays. 1.
D. asperatus (Miller and Gurley) (syntype on PI. 11, fig. 6). Plates
highly convex with more or less sculptured granular or sinuous
ridge covered surface. Stellate ridges on RR; central nodes on IBrr.

76 BuLLeTIN 283

Lateral interray composed of one large iR (largest plate in cup)
followed by an arch of five or six plates; here the two central larger
plates are iBrrl and the remaining three to four plates are supple-
mentary; the last range is comprised of three or four plates. In the
CD interray, there are two 1RR, one smaller than the other; these
are followed by a range of five supplementary plates, each of which
is larger than the plates of the same lateral interray arch. 2, D.
parvus (Miller and Gurley) (syntype on Pl. 10, fig. 1). A small
form. Stellate ridges present on the proximal calyx plates; these are
not interrupted at the sutures. Calyx plates have granular surfaces.
Lateral interrays with one large iR followed by two iBrrl. The one
large CD interray iR (primanal) is overlain by one iBrl and two
supplementary plates. 3. D. knoxensis (Miller and Gurley) (holo-
type on Pl. 11, fig. 8). Plates convex with beveled sutures and
granular surfaces; stellate ridges lacking. Smaller plates with one
central node; larger plates bear two or three nodes. Lateral BB do
not have truncated distal margin. In lateral interrays, the large
central iR is surrounded by seven or eight plates; here, the two
central larger ones are iBrrl and five or six are supplementary
plates; the next range is composed of three or four plates. CD inter-
ray slightly wider and with a few more plates. The iR surrounded
by eight plates, of which two are iBrrl and six are supplementary.
Four plates follow distally.

When Wachsmuth and Springer erected Diabolocrinus in 1897,
they included Rhodocrinus vesperalis White (1880), as well as their
newly described D. perplexus and D. hieroglyphicus. Evidently, they
were unaware of the three species proposed by Miller and Gurley
in 1894 and 1895 because these were not mentioned in their text.

Rhodocrinus vesperalis was proposed by White (1880) and re-
described by Miller in 1882 as Lyriocrinus sculptilis. In 1885, Wachs-
muth and Springer assigned Miller’s species to Archaeocrinus. In
addition, they presented the name A. sculptus for Miller’s Lyrio-
crinus sculptilis because the latter name was preoccupied by the
Rhodocrinus (Lyriocrinus) sculptilis of Hall (1868, p. 368). This
change was invalid at the time inasmuch as the two species were
assigned to different genera. Wachsmuth and Springer (1897, p. 262)
reexamined Miller’s Lyriocrinus sculptilis (their Archacocrinus

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS (Ws

sculptus) and assigned the crinoid to Diabolocrinus, considering it
a synonym of D. vesperalis.

The synonymy of the other names is equally complex. For
example Miller (1897, p. 741) considered the two species described
by Wachsmuth and Springer as conspecific with D. asperatus (Miller
and Gurley). Bassler and Moodey (1943, p. 417) also included D.
hieroglyphicus Wachsmuth and Springer with D. asperatus.

In an attempt to evaluate the relations of the “species”, 75 of
the better adult crinoids were segregated into the following cate-
gories: D. “vesperalis’, D. “perplexus”, D. “hieroglyphicus’, D.
“asperatus”, D. “parvus’, and D. “knoxensis”. The “diagnostic fea-
tures” previously listed were used.

The authors encountered considerable difficulty when attempt-
ing to identify the specimens in terms of the described “species” due
to the high degree of variability shown by the crinoids. Supposedly,
D. “perplexus’ is distinguished from the other species by one or
more conspicuous nodes; however, both D. “knoxensis” and D.
“lueroglyphicus”’ possess the same type of nodes. Sinuous ridges
characterize D. “vesperalis” but also occur on D. “asperatus”. Stel-
late ridges are supposed to separate D. “hieroglyphicus” but are
found on all other “species”, and are strong on some individuals of
D. “asperatus” and D. “vesperalis”.

The number of supplementary plates also varies to a much
greater extent than the previously published descriptions of the
different “species” lead one to expect. The authors relied on orna-
mentation more than on the number of supplementary plates in
assigning the “Benbolt” diabolocrinids to the various “species”. In-
variably the number of supplementary plates differs in being both
less and more numerous than the number given in the “diagnoses”.

For example, large specimens of D. “perplexus” were described
as possessing an iR surrounded by six plates in the lateral interray
and by seven plates in the CD interray; these include the iBrrl. But
the number of supplementary plates, exclusive of the iBrrl, was
found to range from none to five in the lateral interrays and from
none to six in the CD interray. Similar situations exist with the
other “species”.

Most specimens conform more or less to D. “vesperalis”. With
the exception of the two syntypes, no D. “parvus” were identified.

78 BuL_etin 283

This form is clearly a young diabolocrinid. Inspection of the types
and figures given by Miller and Gurley (1894, pl. 2, figs. 26-28)
indicates that the crinoid is probably an immature D. vesperalis.
Both syntypes (UC 6039; see Pl. 10, fig. 1 herein) have stellate
ridges which reach the [Brl, iR, and in some interrays the iBrl
level. Above this, the crinoids are badly weathered, and the orna-
mentation cannot be clearly defined. In addition to the stellate
ridges, there are small nodes and sinuous ridges. The cups possess
10 lobate protruding arm bases. The lateral interrays show one
iR followed by two iBrr while the CD interray shows one iR fol-
lowed by three iBrr. In the text, the authors (Miller and Gurley,
1894, p. 21) stated, “This species, though small and somewhat re-
sembling A. asperatus is so distinct as to require no comparison to
distinguish it.”

The remaining four “species” were found to grade into D.
“vesperalis’. Tentatively, 49 individuals were identified as D.
“vesperalis”’, nine as D. “hieroglyphicus”, seven as D. “asperatus”,
eight as D. “perplexus” and four as D. “knoxensis”. As shown below,
all the varying individuals of the “Benbolt” diabolocrinids are be-
lieved to constitute a single species.

Geographic distribution of the “Benbolt” diabolocrinids failed
to reveal any grouping into the above “species”. At every locality
where they were found in any numbers, e¢.g., Knoxville, Lutrell,
Washburn, Red Hill (all in Tennessee), from two to five of the
“species” occurred together.

In the next stage of the study, the adult crinoid distribution of |
each “diagnostic” character was plotted to determine the presence
or absence of morphological discontinuities. These characters are the
number of supplementary plates in the lateral and CD interrays,
and ornamentation by nodes, and/or by stellate ridges, and/or by
sinuous ridges. Basically, each character was treated as a single
unit in this phase, regardless of its relation to the other characters.

In Text-figure 8a, the distribution of the number of supple-
mentary plates in the mean lateral interray is plotted relative to
calyx width. Where the number of supplementary plates differed
on the several interrays of the same individual, the number plotted
was the average. For example, if the number of supplementary plates
varied from 0 to 1 in one individual, .5 was plotted. Variations from

‘sorenbs — _ snjp4sagsp,, *q ‘Sa[ duets}
— _snoiygh]bo4214,, "Q 8.X — ,sisuaxouy,, *q ‘sajaira Uado — ,snxajgd4ag,, ‘q ‘sjop yorlq — ,,sijvsagsaa,, “q :sjoquids .saidadg,, ‘Aei119jur
GOD 2} Fo 3ey} YsulVse poazjojd sajyeid Arejzuawalddns Avs1ajur [viaje] Jo Jaquinu ayy ‘gy ‘sazejd Arejuswa[ddns Avs1a3ur GD ay} OF D ainsiz
se auieg ‘CQ ‘YIpPIM xA]ed/}YSIOY YI ay} Jsurede payold sajejd ArezUawajddns Aeisojur [esiajel JO Jaquinu ayy, ‘O ‘sajejd Areyuamayddns
AB1II}UI GO IY} OF Y PINDIZ se auleg “g ‘MOlaq paysI] SfoquiAs ay} Aq Pa}eorpur aie ,Satdads,, 9YT, ‘YIpIM xXA[ed ay} Jsulede Pajold sajejd
Arejuowmajddns Avi1ojul [viaje] JO Jaquinu ayy, “YW ‘UOIBIIBEA SuIMOYs SydeIg “(aI AA) S1vsadsam snuis20j0qvIG —‘g AINBIF-3xX9 J,

q q

HLOIM / ‘LH ud! WW HLOIM
O€ Oe OV O€ O02 OL
. fe) O
Vv Oe OR aC . . 70 08 @ #06 a7
’ RMyee Neve . A ee ef © gee Yv °
Vv + Vv O ¢« e . Oe Vv Vv
65 : 7 a
Od v © Vv x O 2
«K Oe = x oO e SG =,
00 0 9 7 °o © o” a
8
° x x e
OL OL
HLOIM /‘LH &! WW HLCIM
O¢ Od’ OV
e V Use Hangs fo) 10
. 9% AOD %, Vv bd Yn
Vee ° (Ss
. vu
. 2 4 mo]
Vv
Coa) Cr vu
r
2 | 2 n
, Mia =
om ] a4 Tu
are x v =;
7
eo]
9

80 BULLETIN 283

none to seven were found in the lateral interrays. The different
“species” are indicated on the data points; no morphological dis-
continuity appears. Text-figure 8b shows the same situation in the
CD interray with the range of supplementary plates from none to
nine.

In Text-figure 8c and 8d, the number of supplementary plates
in the Jateral and CD interrays, respectively, are plotted against the
iR height/calyx width ratio (this constitutes a measure of the rela-
tive size of the plate). The “species” are identified by the use of
symbols on the data points (see Text-figure 8 legend). According
to Wachsmuth and Springer (1897, p. 251), in large specimens of
D. “perplexus’, when “completely developed”, the iR is surrounded
by six plates in the lateral interrays and by seven plates in the CD
interray. Presumably, they thought fewer supplementary plates oc-
curred in “incompletely developed” individuals. As seen in the
figures, neither D. “perplexus” nor any of the other “species” ex-
hibits a morphological discontinuity, nor is there any relationship
between number of supplementary plates and relative size of the iR.

In Text-figure 8e, the number of supplementary plates in the
lateral interrays is plotted against the number in the CD interray.
Although a positive correlation (r = .83) is seen, the relationship
does not seem significant in taxonomy.

Text-figure 9 shows the distribution of the ornamentation ele-
ments plotted versus the size of the crinoids. In these crinoids, the
ornamentation consists of three elements, stellate ridges, nodes, and
sinuous ridges. Because it is impractical to measure any of these
elements, each was broken down into four qualitative categories:
1. Absent. 2. Weak. 3. Present. 4. Strong. Each ornamentation ele-
ment was treated as a single unit although one or more of these
are often found on a single individual. In Text-figure 9, it appears
that these unit characters do not exhibit any morphological dis-
continuities. At first glance, the ‘““Benbolt” diabolocrinid ornamenta-
tion seems to be divided into two groups. First are specimens with
strongly swollen and nodose plates. Smaller sharp nodes may occur
on some plates. Heavy median-ray and stellate ridges, or stellate
ridges are sometimes present. The second group includes calyces
with flatter plates having fine sinuous ridges and stellate ridges, or

OrDovICIAN CRINOIDS: BRowER & VEINUS

JO YOR] AON ‘WIpIm xXATLO YsureSe payojd syUauiaja UoeJUDWIEUIO -Jo UOINNIIISIC *(

WW HLOIM XAIVO
Oe Go Od Gl

‘SaINUIUOISIp [voIso;oydiour
NYA) Ss1posagsam snui41I010qGv1Gq — ‘6 aIN3BIj-}xa J,

Ore eZ.

Z
©
S)
m
C8)
"
= 2
*) &
rm OQ
:n Cc
Y
”
Da
INSSEvY 1 ot
WVEM 1 Oi
SINE yh
V -ONO@aLsS mM

82 BULLETIN 283

stellate ridges. Actually these two types grade into one another in
single specimens. For example, the center of a plate may be nodose
and the sides flat with sinuous or fine stellate ridges. Similarly,
different types of ornamentation may be found on the various plates
of a single crinoid. Also, the elements are more or less growth in-
dependent. Stellate ridges do appear more strongly in smaller in-
dividuals, but the other ornamentation characters are not correlated
with size.

Text-figure 10 shows the relationship among the three elements
of ornamentation. Again, no discontinuities or groupings into
“species” occur.

Text-figures lla and 11b attempt to correlate the described
“species” and their “diagnostic” ornamentation with the number of
supplementary plates in the lateral and CD interrays, respectively.
The specimens tentatively identified as D. “vesperalis” and bearing
sinuous ridges occur with all variations of numbers of supplementary
plates in the CD interray and with many variations in the lateral
interrays. D. “perplexus” and D. “knoxensis”, with node type orna-
mentation, possess a different mean number of supplementary plates,
but they overlap in both the lateral and CD interrays. The same
situation is seen in D. “hieroglyphicus” and D. “asperatus”, sup-
posedly with ornamentation of nodes and stellate and sinuous ridges.
Each “species” shows a different average number of supplementary
plates in both the lateral and CD interrays; however they inter-
grade. As shown above, nodes occur in D. “perplexus”, D. “Rnoxen-
sis”, D. “hieroglyphicus”, and D. “asperatus”. Stellate ridges occur
in all five “species” and are strong in some individuals of D. “ves-
peralis” and D. “asperatus”. The conclusion to be drawn is that
the combined “diagnostic” features of ornamentation and the
number of supplementary plates do not separate these diabolo-
crinids into distinct groups. The figures show no morphological
discontinuities, and a continuous distribution is obviously present.

All data were analyzed by multivariate statistics; the following
characters or variables were treated: Nature of nodes (X1), sinuous
ridges (X2), stellate ridges (X3), number of supplementary plates
in lateral interrays (X4), number of supplementary plates in the
CD interray (X5), the size of the iR relative to the calyx, ze., iR
height/calyx width (X6), and calyx width (X7). The ornamenta-

OrDoVICIAN CRINOIDS: BRowER & VEINUS 83.

Text Figure 10

NODES

STELLATE RIDGES

"VESPERALIS"
"PERPLEXUS"
"KNOXENSIS"
"HIEROGLYPHICUS"
"ASPERATUS"
absent

weak

present
strong

SINUOUS RIDGES

a, 2 3 4
STELLATE RIDGES

Text-figure 10.— Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White). Relationships among
the three ornamentation elements shown in tabular form. Note the lack of
morphological discontinuities.

SHaON

84 BULLETIN 283

FREQ.

O 1 2 3 4 5 6 "A
NO: SUPP: ULAT. _ IRR

A

FREQ:

1) 92) 3. 4S) 16" 72 8699
NO: SUPE CD" IR

B

Text-figure 11.—Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White). Graphs showing
variation of supplementary plates relative to “species”. A. Frequency graph
of number of lateral interray supplementary plates. “Species” are coded by
the symbols listed below. B. Same as above for the CD interray. “Species”
coding: D. “vesperalis” — blank. D. “perplexus” — ruling which dips to left.
D. “knoxensis” — ruling which dips to right. D. “hieroglyphicus” — stippling.
D. “asperatus’ — black. In some cases, the mean number of supplementary
plates within several “species” differs. However, all “species” show significant
overlap. Such intergradation indicates no significant morphological discon-
tinuity.

OrDovICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 85

tion data were coded on the scales ranging from 1.0 to 4.0 as pre-
viously mentioned. The crinoids for which this data could be com-
piled were distributed among the “species” as follows: D. “vespera-
hs”, 30 crinoids; D. “asperatus”, four crinoids; D. “knoxensis”,
three crinoids; D. “perplexus’’, five crinoids; D. “hieroglyphicus”,
nine crinoids.

The first stage of the analysis comprised extraction of principal
components from a correlation coefficient matrix. The computer
program used was BMD O1M which is outlined in Dixon (1970, pp.
150-158.) General discussions of principal components are available
in Seal (1964, chapt. 6) and Morrison (1967, chapt. 7). Sokal
and Rohlf (1969, chapt. 15) described correlation coefficients. The
principal components show that most variables are independent of
one another. However, two partial character packages exist. The
number of supplementary plates in the lateral and CD interrays
are positively correlated where the correlation coefficient (r) equals
.83. Nevertheless, the coefficient of determination [(1-r?) times 100]
is only 69%, demonstrating that 31% of the variance of one variable
is independent of the other. Calyx width and the stellate ridge
strength are inversely related with a —.56 correlation coefficient.
This represents a growth trend in stellate ridge bearing specimens
where the younger crinoids exhibit stronger ridges. All other varia-
bles are independent of overall size. The results of the principal
components denote that all variables, including the above two char-
acter packages, are sufficiently independent so that all characters
convey meaningful information. Consequently, the subsequent
taxonomic analyses consider all seven previously listed variables.

The taxonomic evaluation consists of two stages. The first
phase constituted numerical taxonomic analysis of squared distance
coefficients (Sokal and Sneath, 1963, see appendix for the computa-
tional method). The data matrix treats the diabolocrinid specimens
(OTU’s) as variables and the characters or variables as observa-
tions. The characters are standardized so that each contributes
equally to the similarity coefficients. The similarity coefficients
selected were of the squared distance type. These are best visualized
as squared Euclidian distances between OTU’s in seven dimensional
character space in which the lengths of the character axes are
equalized. The relationships were extracted from the similarity

86 BULLETIN 283

coefficient matrix by average linkage cluster analysis. The computer
program utilized was HGROUP (Veldman, 1967, pp. 308-319). The
following reasoning was followed in the interpretation of results.
There should be little or no morphological overlap between the
“species” if they are valid. Where the diabolocrinids are found in any
numbers, from two to all five “species” occur together. Thus, any
one “species” should be separated from all others pooled together.
In the cluster analysis, each “species” should form a single cluster
if the “species” are distinct. The cluster analysis results are tabu-
lated below for the five cluster stage.

Cluster I. Eleven D. “vesperalis”, one D. “asperatus”, two
D. “hieroglyphicus”.

Cluster II. Six D. “vesperalis”, one D. “asperatus’, one D.
“knoxensis’, three D. “perplexus”, four D. “hiero-
glyphicus”.

Cluster III. Eleven D. “vesperalis’, one D. “asperatus”.

Cluster IV. One D. “vesperalis”, three D. “hieroglyphicus”.

Cluster V. One D. “vesperalis’, one D. “asperatus’, two D.
“knoxensis’, two D. “perplexus”.

The data clearly show that the different “species” intergrade

and there are no morphological discontinuities between the “species”.

In the second stage of taxonomic analysis, the above conclu-

sions were followed up by the one-way multivariate analysis of
variance and canonical variables. A general outline of the method
may be seen in Seal (1964, chapt. 7). The computer program used
was BMD 07M (Dixon, 1970, pp. 214a-214t). Although all re-
sponses seem linear, the diabolocrinid data do not meet all assump-
tions of the analysis. The variance-covariance matrices of the
“species” are not all equal; apparently, this reflects the disparity
of sample sizes for the various “species” rather than any meaningful
biological phenomena. Also the coded data, such as stellate ridges,
are not normally distributed. Despite these problems, the results
seem reasonable and they are certainly consistent with the cluster
analysis. Two results of the program are of main interest here.
F-ratios between all combinations of two “species” are listed in
matrix form. These are easily compared because all have the same
degrees of freedom, namely seven and 40 for the numerator and

OrDoVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 87

denominator, respectively. These F-ratios may be interpreted as
distances, corrected for the number of variables and sample sizes,
which are weighted inversely with respect to the pooled within
groups variance-covariance matrix. The probabilities corresponding
to the F-ratios range from greater than .25 to less than .005. The
F-ratio matrix follows:

; D. D: DP) D.
“vesperalis” “asperatus” “knoxensis” “perplexus” “hieroglyphicus”

— SE} OY/ 9.70 299 4.01

a Eyl -522 2.42

— 2.85 TAS

—_ 2.61

The BMD 07M program also calculates discriminant functions
for each “species” versus the rest of the “species” pooled together.
Each specimen is then assigned to the group or “species” with the
highest probability of membership (see general discussion in Cooley
and Lohnes, 1962, chapt. 7; Morrison, 1967, chapt. 4; Van de Geer,
1971, chapt. 18). An individual can be placed in the original group
(a correct classification) or it could be misclassified into another
group by the discriminant function. None or few misclassifications
would indicate little or no group overlap; numerous misclassifications
show much intergradation between groups. The classification matrix
is listed below (the number of correct classifications for each
“species” or group is underlined):

D. iD): ID) D. D.

“vesperalis” “asperatus” “knoxensis” “perplexus” “hicroglyphicus”
D. “vesperalis” 22 3 0 1 4
D. “asperatus” 1 2 0 1 0
D. “knoxensis” 0 1 2 0 0
D. “perplexus” 0 2 0 3 0
D. “hieroglyphicus” 2 0 0 0 7

The misclassifications within a single species range from 22 to
50%. The total misclassifications equal 29%. In this case, equal
a priori classification odds were assumed. Under such ground rules,
the maximum total misclassification percent comprises 50%, and
the discriminant functions would be right half of the time. The high
frequency of misclassifications shows that there are no significant

88 BULLETIN 283

X e ese
—— oO
= F ‘
ij | e a
=f oO e e
oe °
=< Xx Be Ade e
Qc oO e
= os x O°? "yee
A, °o
oe | ° A ne
<6 e r
O -| a
Zz
S oO A
<I_5 Poi
Oo A
AA Ae

{Ge Wea a oe eee 2
CANONICAL VARIABLE |

Text-figure 12.— Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White). Plot of first and
second canonical variables. The eigenvalues are 2.28 and .680 and these account
for 74 and 22% of the total dispersion, respectively. The canonical variable
equations are (see list of variables in the text):

nA=— 21X1 ae .22X2— 56X53 — 1.7X4 ++ A7Xs + 45X— — .031X7

jy2 = .22X1 == .29Xo — 88X35 + 35X4 = .21Xs5 + 55 X6 + .048.X7
“Species” symbols: D. “vesperalis”’ — black dots. D. “perplexus”’ — open
circles. D. “knoxensis” — X’s. D. “hieroglyphicus” — triangles. D. “asperatus”
— squares.

OrpDovICcIAN CRINOIDS: BrowER & VEINUS 89

morphological discontinuities between the “species”. A plot of the
first two canonical variables is presented in Text-figure 12, and this
confirms the conclusions drawn from the discriminant functions, The
first canonical variable accounts for 74% of the sum of squares and
crossproduct matrix variance. The main contributing variable is the
number of supplementary plates in lateral interrays (X4). Canonical
variable I tends to distinguish D. “vesperalis” from the other
“species” although only poor separation is obtained. The second
canonical variable is associated with about 22% of the variance and
the most important characters are the stellate ridges (X3) and the
iR height/calyx width (X6). This canonical variable attempts to
isolate D. “hieroglyphicus” from the other “species”. The overall
impression obtained from the plot is little separation and great
overlap between all “species”.

One diagnostic feature of D. “knoxensis” was not treated statis-
tically but can be discussed simply as follows. This form is supposed
to be characterized by the possession of “untruncated” BB (ze.,
directly overlain by supplementary plates at the distal margin). Of
15 crinoids assigned by the writers to D. “knoxensis”, only four ex-
hibited this feature. Eleven specimens of D. “kioxensis” had typical
truncated BB, overlain by a large iR, and one specimen of D.
“verperalis” was found to have one “untruncated” B.

The results of the graphs, statistical analyses and the observa-
tion of the geographical distribution of the specimens do not war-
rant the division of Dzabolocrinus into the species indicated by
Wachsmuth and Springer and by Miller and Gurley. Clearly, the
crinoids represent a single interbreeding population with a high
degree of variability with respect to surface ornamentation, disposi-
tion of interray plates and shape of the BB distal margin. Conse-
quently, only a single species is recognized.

Integration of the previously mentioned F-ratios and the classi-
fication data suggest some pertinent information on_ statistical
probabilities and species separation. The many diabolocrinid mis-
classifications are associated with F-ratio probabilities ranging from
greater than .25 to less than .005. This suggests that probabilities
of around .001 would be required to separate meaningful species
in this case. This is consistent with our experience on other crinoid

90 BULLETIN 283

groups where we accept probability levels ranging from .01 to .001.
At any rate, the .05 probability or 5% risk level accepted by many
statisticians is too large and results in too many misclassifications to
define meaningful and operational species.

Because D. vesperalis (White) has priority, it is retained as
the species name. When Wachsmuth and Springer erected Diabolo-
crinus, they designated D. perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer
(1897, p. 250, pl. 11, figs. la-c) as the type species. As indicated
above, D. perplexus is a junior synonym of D. vesperalis. Conse-
quently, the type species is currently D. vesperalis rather than D.
perplexus.

There are several diabolocrinids that do differ from the “Ben-
bolt” form at the specific level. The British D. craigheadensis Rams-
bottom (1961, p. 27, pl. 8, figs. 5-9) shows an extremely low cup
with the RR hidden from view; the cup sides are formed by the
IBrr and IIBrr. The plates are smooth and convex with sunken
sutures in distinction to the ornamented plates of the “Benbolt”
diabolocrinid. The arrangement of the interray plates is variable.

Ramsbottom (1961, pl. 8, figs. 10-20) described D. globularts
(Nicholson and Etheridge) (1880, p. 329, pl. 22, figs. 9-11) as having
biserial arms, lacking supplementary plates and bearing median-
ray ridges. The plates are usually smooth, convex and possess sunken
sutures. Stellate ridges rarely occur. The median-ray ridges and
usually smooth plates separate this crinoid from the “Benbolt”
species.

Diabolocrinus, n. sp., found in the Pierce and described in more
detail below, differs from D. vesperalis in its higher globular cup
and in the lateral interrays which are formed by one small iR fol-
lowed by three regular iBrrl. The plates appear smooth, but are
badly weathered and abraded, or abraded.

A series of six “Benbolt” diabolocrinids, ranging in size from a
calyx 2.5 mm high and 8.5 mm wide to a calyx of 7.0 mm in height
and 26 mm in width, were examined for growth changes (see pre-
vious discussion for ontogeny of ornamentation). During ontogeny,
the height growth rates of all major calyx plates (7.e., BB, iRR, RR,
IBrr and JAxx) exceeded those of width. In the I]Brrl and 2, the

height and width growth rates were about the same. In addition, the

OrpoVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 91

orientation of individual plates changed during development. The
RR assumed a more horizontal position. More of the BB proximal
margins were incorporated into the basal concavity. The arm facet
on IIBr2 shifted in direction from an upward to an outward orienta-
tion.

As a result of these growth patterns, the calyx shape grew as
follows. A deeper basal concavity developed. The calyx became
wider with a flatter base. The arm bases were directed more hori-
zontally, and the IIBrr formed lobate protuberances.

In addition, the diameter of the anal tube became narrower
relative to the calyx size.

Types. — Holotype of Rhodocrinus vesperalis White, USNM
8032. Two plesiotypes of Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White), S 88.
Four syntypes of Gilbertsocrinus americanus Troost, USNM 39970.
Holotype of Diabolocrinus perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer,
S 89. Specimen figured by Butts as D. perplexus, S 90. Holotype of
Archaeocrinus knoxensis Miller and Gurley, UC 6085. Two syntypes
of Archaeocrinus parvus Miller and Gurley, UC 6039. Two syntypes
of A. asperatus Miller and Gurley, UC 6038. Specimen figured by
Butts (1941, pl. 89, figs. 6-8) as Diabolocrinus asperatus, USNM
97464. The other specimen figured by Butts (1941, pl. 89, figs. 4-5)
as D. asperatus is described later in this paper as Paradtabolocrinus
sinuorugosus, n. gen., n. sp. Holotype of Archaeocrinus knoxensis
Miller and Gurley, UC 6035. Specimens figured here as Diabolocrinus
vesperalis (White), USNM 164617-164624; S 5541 - S 5544.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation or equivalent part of Dryden
Limestone, localities 4c and 4d; probably Benbolt Formation or
Wardell Formation, locality 13; Benbolt Formation or Hogskin
Member of Lincolnshire Formation, localities 9c, 10b, 10c and 10d;
Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation according to Cooper
(1956), localities 8c, 9b and 11; Ottosee Shale or Sevier Shale,
localities 15a, 15c and 15e; base of Sevier Shale, locality 16.

Diabolocrinus, n. sp. Pits. figs. 1

Remarks. — Only two badly weathered and abraded, or abraded
specimens of this form were found. One is a dorsal cup with the
B ray and part of the adjoining interrays missing. The other con-
sists only of a dorsal cup base with a short column segment at-

92 BULLETIN 283

tached. The lateral interray structure differs from the other Ben-
bolt diabolocrinids in several ways. The iR is smaller than in typical
diabolocrinids. The iR of the Jateral interrays and the primanal of
the CD interray are followed by three iBrr1. The iBrr above these
are irregular in size, shape, and number, although the CD interray
possesses more plates than the lateral interrays. There are no dis-
tinctly smaller plates that could be designated as supplementary
plates.

This is clearly a new species as characterized by the interrays
and the high globular dorsal cup shape which contrasts with the de-
pressed globular cup of the other “Benbolt” diabolocrinids. The
crinoid is judged to belong to Diabolocrinus because of the similarity
in the 10 lobate, protuberant arm bases, the constriction of the
calyx proximal to the arm bases, and the small subcentral anal tube.
However, the crinoid is not formally described here because the
specimens are badly abraded or weathered, and the ornamentation
cannot be completely determined.

Types. — Figured specimen, USNM 164625. Mentioned speci-
men, USNM 164626.

Occurrence. — Top of Pierce Shale, locality 18.

Genus PARADIABOLOCRINUS, n. gen.

Types species: By designation herein, Paradiabolocrinus ir-
regularis, n. gen. n. sp.

Diagnosis. — A “rhodocrinitid” genus with a large cup which is
either depressed globular in shape or widely conical below the arm
openings. Median-ray ridges and BB sstellate ridges commonly
present. Tegmen with lobate ambulacral areas or smoothly convex.
Short lobate arm bases support two arms per ray. Several inter-
half-ray iBrr present. Lateral interrays composed of many irregu-
larly shaped and irregularly placed iRR and iBrr. CD interray wider,
containing a greater number of plates.

Description. — Dorsal cup large with flat subglobular or widely
conical shape; tegmen gently convex or almost flat. Surface orna-
mentation consists of various sized nodes, or of sinuous ridges.
Median-ray ridges and proximal stellate ridges commonly present.
Arms grouped, two per ray, arm openings directed upward and out-
ard; short lobate arm bases.

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 93

IBB five, small, hidden in basal concavity. BB hexagonal,
truncated distally. RR basically pentagonal, truncated at distal
edge. IBrl and JAx polygonal. Inter-half-ray iBrr begin at I1Brrl
level.

Lateral and CD interrays consist of small irregular-shaped and
irregularly placed plates. Plate number varies from 17 to 36, with
CD interray wider and containing more plates than lateral interrays.

Tegmen low and flat with Ambb areas faintly lobate, or convex
with Ambb and iAmbb areas not differentiated. Tegmen plates
polygonal, of varying sizes.

Arms and column unknown.

Remarks. — The depressed cup shape of Paradiabolocrinus, n.
gen. 1s closest in appearance to that of Diabolocrinus Wachsmuth
and Springer (1897, p. 249). Archaeocrinus Wachsmuth and Springer
[(1881), p. 363(189)] and Rhaphanocrinus Wachsmuth and
Springer (1885, p. 320) exhibit a more slender shape with a nar-
rower base, while Pararchaeocrinus Strimple and Watkins (1955, p.
351) has a higher globular shape. Wilsontcrinus Springer (1926, p.
23) is characterized by a broad wheel-shaped calyx.

Paradiabolocrinus, n. gen. is similar to Dtabolocrinus in pos-
sessing two arms per ray which originate from lobate protruding
arm bases. However, these arm bases are much smaller and less
protuberant then in Diabolocrinus.

The other “Benbolt” “rhodocrinitids” (Archaeocrinus, Par-
archaeocrinus and Wilsonicrinus) lack protuberant arm bases and
the arms are not so strongly grouped.

The interray structure of Paradiabolocrinus, n. gen. is highly
distinctive in the large number of iRR and iBrr. Only Diabolocrinus
possesses supplementary plates in addition to the iR and iBrr, but
at most, 10 lateral interray plates occur at and below the IIBrr
level. In Paradiabolocrinus, n. gen. there may be from 17 to 36
interray plates reaching the same level. In the lateral interrays of the
related “Benbolt” forms, Archaeocrinus shows one iR and, at most,
three iBrr whereas Pararchaeocrinus has two or three iRR and three
iBrr; Wilsonicrinus is characterized by one large iR which dominates
the interray and is followed by one iBr.

Inter-half-ray iBrr are a distinguishing feature of Paradiabolo-
crinus, n. gen.; these are lacking in Diabolocrinus.

94 BULLETIN 283

Generic name. — Paradiabolocrinus in allusion to the fact that
this crinoid is closer to Diabolocrinus than to other “rhodocrinitids”.
Occurrence. — “Benbolt” Formation, Tennessee.

Paradiabolocrinus irregularis, n. sp. Pl. 13, figs. 3a-c

Diagnosis. — A paradiabolocrinid with depressed globular cup,
nodose plates; 36 plates in the lateral and CD interrays; tegmen
with lobate ambulacral areas.

Description of holotype. — Large, flattened subglobular cup, ap-
proximately 40 mm wide and 23 mm high. Ornamentation composed
of heavy stellate ridges on BB and proximal parts of RR; distally,
these grade into coarse median-ray ridges which extend to the arm
bases; irregular nodes commonly occur on and flanking the stellate
and median-ray ridges; small sinuous ridges appear on distal
median-ray ridges. Interray plates nodose; most larger plates with
one large centrally located node, with or without smaller scattered
nodes; smaller interray plates typically with a single central node;
node diameter ranges from 1.3 to 2.5 mm. Plate sutures smooth.
Arm bases grouped, two per ray.

IBB five, small, hidden in basal concavity. BB five, irregularly
hexagonal, about 7 mm high and 9.1 mm wide. RR irregularly hep-
tagonal with truncated distal edge, approximately 8.1 mm high
and 7.1 mm wide. JBrl polygonal, with eight or nine sides, ap-
proximately 5.4 mm high and 6.2 mm wide; followed by roughly
pentagonal to heptagonal JAx, 4 mm high by 4.2 mm wide. Six
sided I1Brrl on each shoulder of [Ax about 2 mm high by 3.5 mm
wide. I]Brr2 with six sides; I]Brr3 and 4 with four sides. Pro-
truding arm bases consist of I]Brr2, 3 and 4; these are low wide
plates with height equalling about .7 mm and width ranging from
3.1 to 4.3 mm. Small arm facets with deep food grooves borne by
1[Br4.

One polygonal inter-half-ray iBrl about 2.1 mm high and 2.1
mm wide with a distinct node in center, at level of IJBrr1 and 2;
followed by similar inter-half-ray iBr2 which reaches to level of arm
bases.

Lateral interrays consist of small irregular-shaped and irregu-
larly placed plates. No clear distinction between iRR and iBrr. Two
or three of these plates in contact with BB; followed by an irregular

OrDovIcIAN CriInoips: Brower & VEINUS 95

tier composed of three or four plates, reaching approximately to
the level of the RR distal margins; these are considered iRR. The
iBrr arranged as follows: approximately 10 plates in two tiers at
level of IBr1; six or seven in the following tier at level of [Br2; re-
maining plates varying greatly in size at the I[Brr level. Larger
nodes on these plates covered with sinuous ridges. Number of plates
in the interrays varies from about 21 to 36.

CD interray not preserved.

Tegmen low and flat. Ambb areas faintly lobate. The iAmbb
areas not depressed. Tegmen composed of large regular plates inter-
spaced with small supplementary plates. Distinct node on each
plate. Ambb areas not clearly differentiated from iAmbb areas.
Anal opening not preserved.

Stem facet about 3.4 mm in diameter.

Arms and stem unknown.

Remarks. — This species is based on three specimens: a cup
with two rays and two interrays intact (holotype); another cup
embedded in matrix with only the base exposed, and a rock frag-
ment bearing several nodose plates.

Specific name. —TIrregularis in allusion to the structure of the
interrays.

Types. — Holotype, USNM_ 164627. Mentioned specimen,
USNM 164630.

Occurrence. — Probably Benbolt or Wardeil Formation, locality
13%

Paradiabolocrinus sinuorugosus, n. sp. Pl. 12, figs. 6a-c

1941. Diabolocrinus asperatus ? (in part) Butts, Virginia Geol. Sur. Bull.
52, pt. 2, p. 91, pl. 89, figs. 4-5, not figs. 6-8.

Diagnosis. — A paradiabolocrinid with smooth convex tegmen,
cup widely conical with rounded sides below arm bases. Surface
ornamentation consists of sinuous ridges.

Description. — Dorsal cup with convex tegmen, widely conical
below arm bases. Width at arm openings 28 mm, height 19 mm.
Deep basal concavity, 6 mm wide. Plates covered with sinuous
ridges, sutures somewhat depressed. Median-ray ridges on RR and
IBrr; these divide proximally with one ridge branch continuing onto
each adjacent B; median-ray ridge grades distally into irregular

96 BULLETIN 283

convexities and concavities on [I Brr. Arm facets vary from IIBrr3
to 5; openings directed outward and upward.

IBB five, small, completely hidden in deep basal concavity.
Column facet located above IBB, 7.e., deeper in basal cavity. BB
hexagonal, truncated distally for reception of iRR, 4.5 mm high by
6 mm wide. RR basically pentagonal, but may have six to eight
sides adjusted to join the numerous adjacent interray plates. Ap-
proximately 5.5 mm high by 6.2 mm wide. IBrr five- to six-sided,
averaging 4 mm high by 4.1 mm wide. IAx six- to eight-sided,
averaging 3.5 mm high by 3.8 mm wide. I[Brrl shapes irregular,
completely separated or separated distally by an inter-half-ray iBr1.
I1Brrl approximately 3.2 mm wide and 2.5 mm high. I] Brr2 irregu-
lar in shape and size, 2.5 mm in width and 2.6 mm in height. Arm
facet location variable, ranging from IIBr3 to 5; these plates more
or less wedge shaped, wider than high. Food groove not well pre-
served but seems shallow. On D ray, inter-half-ray iBrl between
I1Brr1 distal margins; inter-half-ray iBr2 between IIBrr2 and 3.
On E ray, inter-half-ray iBrl between [IBrrl; inter-half-ray iBr2
between I]Brr2 and 3 on one side and I[Brr3 and 4 on the other. «

The iR basically hexagonal although they appear many-sided
due to the small flanking iBrr, iRR average 3.2 mm wide by 3.5
mm high; located at RR and [Brrl1 level. In DE interray, six rela-
tively large iBrr arch around the iR at the [Brr and J[Brr level.
About 10 smaller iBrr at the IIBrr level, none of which are small
enough to be considered supplementary plates. AE interray not
completely preserved; iR surrounded by six relatively large iBrr and
two small supplementary plates. Approximately 13 iBrr at level of
T{Brr.

CD interray wider with iR (primanal) measuring approxi-
mately 4.2 mm high by 4.2 mm wide, located at RR and IBrr level.
Four relatively large iBrr arch around the iR at the [Brrl and 2
level; about 14 irregular iBrr occur at higher levels. One or two small
plates may be supplementary plates.

Tegmen convex, possessing polygonal plates of varying size
and shape; not differentiated into Ambb and iAmbb; surface orna-
mentation of faint sinuous ridges.

Remarks. — This species is based on a single incomplete speci-
men consisting of a partial calyx which includes the D and E rays,

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 97

the base and part of the tegmen. It is assigned to Paradiabolocrinus,
n. gen. because of the large number of interray plates (17 to 19), the
median-ray ridges and the presence of inter-half-ray iBrr. This
crinoid may be separated from the only other described paradia-
bolocrinid by the following characters. Its smooth convex tegmen
contrasts with the more lobate tegmen of P. irregularis, n. gen., n. sp.
The P. sinworugosus, n. gen., n. sp. dorsal cup is widely conical
below the arm openings and convex above them while that of P.
wregularis, n. gen., n. sp. is flatter in both regions. The sinuous
ridge type ornamentation of this form differs from the nodose plates
of P. irregularis, n. gen., n. sp.

Specific name. — Sinuorugosus in reference to the surface mark-

ings.

Holotype. —USNM 97463, figured by Butts as Diabolocrinus
asperatus ?.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation or equivalent part of Dryden
Limestone, locality 4a.

Genus WILSONICRINUS Springer, 1926 (p. 23)

Type species: By monotypy, Wilsonicrinus discoideus Springer,
1926, page 23, Plate 4, figures 6, 6a.

Diagnosis. — A “rhodocrinitid” genus characterized by a eee
wheel-shaped cup. Interray formed by one large iR, largest plate in
cup, reaches level of IIBr2, followed by iBrl and/or fixed pinnules
extending from Brr. No supplementary plates. Ten separated arm
openings arise from [IBrr2. CD interray slightly distinguishable
from lateral interrays.

Occurrence. — Middle Ordovician, Tennessee; Silurian, Laurel
Limestone; Indiana.

Wilsonicrinus culmensinuosus, n. sp. PIMIBshigss2a: bp

Diagnosis.— A species of Wilsonicrinus characterized by
sinuous ridge-covered plates.

Description. — Broad, flat dorsal cup with distal part missing;
20 mm wide above iRR. Plates covered with fine, sinuous ridges.
IBB hidden in pentagonal basal concavity. BB 4.2 mm wide at
widest part, 3.5 mm high, heptagonal, truncated distally, possesses
reentrant angle at edge of basal concavity.

RR pentagonal, 5.6 mm wide and 3.2 mm high. IBrl quad-

98 BULLETIN 283

rangular and [Ax pentagonal, about 4.9 mm wide by 2.3 mm high.
IIBrr irregularly quadrangular or pentagonal, twice as wide as high,
smaller than IBr2. Only B and D rays well preserved; IIBr2 bears
fixed pinnular on interray side and JIJBr3 on the opposite side;
several small and irregularly shaped I[Brr4 present; fixed pinnular
located at IIBr3 and 4 level; higher calyx structure not known, Arm
facets not observed; presumably two arm openings per ray.

The iR polygonal, either with 11 to 13 sides, or roughly circular,
approximately 5.5 mm in diameter, largest plate in cup, extending
from level of RR to I]Brr2 and its fixed pinnular. In lateral inter-
rays, iR is followed by one iBrl about 2.2 mm high and 2.5 mm wide
or slightly smaller, placed at level of I1Brr2 and 3.

CD interray iBr1 slightly larger, 2.3 mm high and 2.8 mm wide,
located at same level at lateral interray iBrl.

Tegmen and arms unknown.

Stem facet pentagonal, 4.1 mm in diameter.

Remarks. — This species is based on an incomplete dorsal cup.
W. culmensinuosus, n. sp. differs from the type and only other known
species of Wilsonicrinus in the marked sinuous ridges on the plate
surfaces and in the roughly quadrangular or pentagonal shape of the
IIBrr. W. discoideus Springer (1926, p. 23, pl. 4, figs. 6, 6a) possesses
smooth plates and cuneate shaped IJBrr.

The “Benbolt” wilsonicrinid bears a closer resemblance to the
Middle Silurian W. discoideus than it does to any Ordovician “rhodo-
crinitid”. This resemblance lies in the single large iR which dominates
the dorsal cup, in the flat wheel-shaped calyx and in the identical
shapes of the RR, iBrrl and 2.

Specific name.— Culmensinuosus, referring to the sinuous
ridges covering the plate surface.

Holotype. —USNM 164626.

Occurrence. — Hogskin Member of Lincolnshire Formation ac-

cording to Cooper (1956), locality 11.

Genus RHAPHANOCRINUS Wachsmuth and Springer, 1885 [p. 98(320)]

Type species: By monotypy, Glyptocrinus subnodosus Walcott,
1883, page 208, plate 17, figure 3.

Diagnosis. — A “rhodocrinitid” genus characterized by erect
dorsal cup in which the IBB are not visible from the side; lateral

ORDOVICIAN CrINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 99

interray iR followed by two or three plates; primanal succeeded by
three plates of which the central one is an anal series plate and the
two flanking ones are CD interray iBrrl; iBrr large and regular; two
or four unbranched uniserial arms per ray; IIBr3, rarely IIBr2,
axillary in four armed rays.

Remarks. — Rhaphanocrinus is most closely allied to Archaeo-
crinus Wachsmuth and Springer [1881, p. 189(363)] and Neoarchae-
ocrinus Strimple and Watkins (1955, p. 348). Rhaphanocrinids ex-
hibit uniserial arms in contrast to the branched biserial arms of
archaeocrinids. The neoarchaeocrinid arms are not completely known
although the proximal portions are biserial (see N. pyriformis il-
lustrated by Wachsmuth and Springer, 1897, p. 255, pl. 10, figs.
3a, b). Neoarchaeocrinus possesses strongly erect IBB which can
be seen from the side. Those of Rhaphanocrinus are usually confined
to the basal concavity and cannot be viewed from the side.

Occurrence. — Middle Ordovician; North America and Great
Britain. Upper Ordovician; North America.

Rhaphanocrinus simplex, n. sp. Pl. i fig: 1

Diagnosis. — A questionable rhaphanocrinid characterized by a
conical dorsal cup with slightly rounded sides; IBB confined to BB
concavity, not visible from side; moderately well-defined median-
ray ridges present; remainder of plates smooth.

Description. — Species only known from holotype, a partial
dorsal cup with the C, D, and E rays preserved. Dorsal cup conical
with slightly rounded walls and small basal concavity; cup 12 mm
high and 14 mm wide. Ornamentation consists of moderately well-
defined median-ray ridges which die out below the middle of the
RR; distally, the median-ray ridges divide on the IAx and on
IIBr2. Dorsal cup plates smooth except for the median-ray ridges.

IBB five, small, pentagonal, much higher than wide, hidden in
basal concavity. BB large, hexagonal, 2.6 mm high by 3.1 mm wide,
proximal BB margins located in BB concavity. All ray plates wider
than high. RR typically pentagonal although the C and D ray RR
exhibit six sides, 3.2 mm high and 3.4 mm high. IBr1 always hexa-
gonal, nearly as large as underlying R, 2.8 mm high by 3.2 mm wide.
TAx pentagonal or six sided, smaller than iBrl, height and width
equal 2.4 and 2.7 mm, respectively. IIBrrl resting on distal IAx

100 BuLtetTIn 283

margins, septagonal or with six sides, much smaller than IAx, 1.8
mm high by 2.3 mm wide. Distal most FBrr seen comprise I[Brr2,
IIBr2 with five or six sides, probably axillary, 1.5 mm high and 1.9
mm wide. Arm bases not preserved.

Lateral interrays composed of large regular plates which are
usually higher than wide. Average plate size decreases distally. The
iR is the largest plate, septagonal, 3.6 mm high and 3.4 mm wide;
resting on truncated B and between the adjacent RR, iR terminates
at the IBrl mid-level. Two plates in iBrrl range, each plate with
five to seven sides, iBrl heights and widths are 2.8 mm and 2.6
mm, respectively; iBrrl end at [Ax or the proximal II[Brl level de-
pending on the shapes of the associated ray plates. Two plates com-
prise the iBrr2 range, these with five or seven sides, terminating at
IIBr1 level. The iBrr3 range composed of three plates which have
five or six sides, range ends at IIBr2 or 3 level. Highest range is
iBrr4 which bears two hexagonal or septagonal plates.

Inter-half-ray iBrr only represented by one hexagonal plate
which is inserted between the II]Brrl and 2 of a single ray.

CD interray wider and with more plates than in lateral inter-
rays. Primanal hexagonal, largest CD interray plate, height 3.5 mm
and width 3.3 mm; primanal rests on truncated CD interray B and
between C and D ray RR, reaching RR mid-level; primanal fol-
lowed by three plates of which the central one is an anal series plate
and the two flanking ones are CD interray iBrrl. Preserved portion
of anal series consists of three hexagonal plates arranged in a verti-
cal row. CD interray iBrr ranges are composed of one plate each,
plates bear from five to seven sides; CD interray iBrl terminates at
IBr1 level; CD interray iBr2 reaches the IIBr1 level. Distal portion
of CD interray not preserved.

Column facet located in basal concavity, round with large round
axial canal.

Arms, tegmen and column unknown.

Remarks.— This species is based on one specimen, a partial
dorsal cup in which the tegmen, arms and stem are not preserved.
The cup is broken off at the IIBr2 level. Probably, the IIBrr2 are
axillary. If so each IIBr2 supported two arms which would group
this crinoid with the four arms per ray R. sculptus (Miller) (1882a,
p. 37, pl. 1, fig. 2; see Wachsmuth and Springer, 1897, p. 260, pl. 11,

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 101

fig. 3). Alternatively, an R. simplex, n. sp. I1Br2 may have bourne
an arm on one side and a large fixed pinnular on the other; this
would place this form with rhaphanocrinids showing two arms in
each ray. The distal IIBr2 margin is most suggestive of an axillary
plate although this cannot be proven with the available material.

Due to the absence of the arms, the assignment of R. simplex,
n. sp. to Rhaphanocrinus is somewhat questionable. However, the
dorsal cup shape and plate structure are more similar to Rhaphano-
crinus than to any other Ordovician “rhodocrinitid” genus and the
“Benbolt” crinoid is placed here with little hesitation.

The British R. basalis (McCoy) (Ramsbottom, 1961, p. 25, pl.
7, figs. 1-7) exhibits the most similar cup shape. The English species
differs in having erect IBB which are visible from the side and at
least some specimens possess stellate ridges on the distal dorsal cup
plates. The R. simplex, n. sp. IBB are confined to the basal con-
cavity and all plates are smooth except for the median-ray ridges.
The Chazyan R. gemmeus Hudson (1905, p. 280, pl. 2, figs. 1-5,
text-fig. 6) shows characteristic plates which bear flat-topped
nodes. The depressed suture areas are covered with small ridges
oriented at right angles to the plate sutures. R. sculptus (Miller) is
separated from the “Benbolt” form by the prominent stellate ridges
on all calyx plates. R. suwbnodosus (Walcott) (Wachsmuth and
Springer, 1897, p. 259, pl. 11, fig. 2) exhibits a wider calyx and
column facet in conjunction with stellate ridges and nodes on the
proximal cup plates.

Neoarchaeocrinus Strimple and Watkins (1955, p. 348; see
illustrations of NV. pyriformis in Wachsmuth and Springer, 1897, p.
255, pl. 10, figs. 3a, b) is characterized by erect IBB which can be
viewed from the side. The R. simplex, n. sp. IBB are on the inside
of the basal concavity.

The most closely allied Archaeocrinus species comprise A.
lacunosus (E. Billings) (1857, p. 261; E. Billings, 1859, p. 61, pl.
8, figs. 3a-e; Wachsmuth and Springer, 1897, p. 255, pl. 10, fig. 1),
and A. microbasalis (FE. Billings) (1857, p. 264; E. Billings, 1859,
p. 63, pl. 6, fig. 2; Wachsmuth and Springer, 1897, p. 256, pl. 10,
figs. 2a-c). These forms are easily differentiated by their calyx
shapes and ornamentation.

102 BULLETIN 283

Specific name. — Simplex in allusion to the relatively plain and
simple ornamentation compared to most allied forms.

Holotype. — MCZ 4165.

Occurrence. — Benbolt Formation or Hogskin Member of Lin-
colnshire Formation, locality 9c.

CRINOID ROOT
Pl. 9, figs. la, b

Remarks. — The most common “Benbolt” rooting device is a
relatively heavy cirrus root. Typically the roots are massive ir-
regular-plated structures with about four cirri; a star shaped axial
canal is present. No roots were seen attached to calyces. These roots
are consistently associated with certain forms, including Dzabolo-
crinus vesperalis (White) and Archaeocrinus peculiaris Miller and
Gurley. C. R. C. Paul (personal communication) has observed such
roots near calyces of Cleiocrinus sp. This consistency of association
implies that the roots belong to these species. If so, these taxa
developed the same root form, perhaps in response to the “Benbolt”
environment. Possibly many “Benbolt” camerates and maybe some
inadunates were also characterized by this root type. This is con-
sistent with the occurrences of calyces and roots although the asso-
ciation frequencies are not diagnostic. The figured specimen was
found in a collection with Diabolocrinus vesperalis and Archaeo-
crinus peculiaris.

Figured specimen.— USNM 164615.

Occurrence. — Almost all localities.

REFERENCES CITED

Bassler, R. S.
1915. Bibliographic index of American Ordovician and Silurian fossils,
Vols. 1 and 2. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, vii -+ 1221 pp., pls. 1-2.
1938. Fossilium catalogus I: Animalia. Pars 83; Pelmatozoa Palaeo-
zoica. Gravenhage, 194 pp.
Bassler, R. S., and Moodey, M. W.
1943. Bibliographic and faunal index of Paleozoic Pelmatozoan echino-
derms, Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper 45, 734 pp.
Bather, F. A.
1899. A phylogenetic classification of the Pelmatozoa. British Assoc.
Advan. Sci., Rept. 1898, pp. 916-922.
1900. Chapter XI. The Crinoidea. In A Treatise on Zoology, edited by
E. Ray Lankester. London, Adam and Charles Black, pp. 94-204,
127 text-figs.

OrDoVICIAN CrINoIDS: BRowER & VEINUS 103

Billings, E. ;

1857. New species from Silurian rocks of Canada. Canadian Geol. Sur.,
Rept. Progress 1853-1856, pp. 256-345.

1858. On the Cystideae of the lower Silurian rocks of Canada, Canadian
Organic Remains, Canada Geol. Sur., Dec. III, pp. 9-74, 7 pls., 19
text-figs.

1859. Crinoidea of the lower Silurian rocks of Canada, Canadian
Organic Remains. Canada Geol. Sur., Dec. IV, pp. vi + 7-66, 10
pls., 18 text-figs.

Brower, J. C : oh

1966. Functional morphology of Calceocrinidae with descriptions of
some new species. Jour. Paleont., vol. 40, pp. 613-634, pl. 75, 2
text-figs. ;

1973. Crinoids from the Girardeau Limestone (Ordovician). Palaeont.
Americana, vol. 7, No. 46, pp. 263-499, pls. 59-79, 45 text-figs.

Butts, C.

1940. Geologic text and illustrations. Geology of Appalachian Valley in
Virginia, Virginia Geol. Sur., Bull. 52, pt. 1, 568 pp., 63 pls.

1941. Fossil plates and explanation. Geology of Appalachian Valley in
Virginia. Virginia Geol. Sur., Bull. 52, pt. 2, 271 pp., pls. 64-134.

Carpenter, P. H.

1884. Report on the Crinoidea collected during the voyage of H.M.S.
Challenger, during the years 1873-1876. Part I, general morphology,
with descriptions of the stalked crinoids. Challenger Rept., Zoology,
vol. 11, pt. 26, xii + 442 pp., 62 pls., 21 text-figs.

Cooley, W. W., and Lohnes, P. R.

1962. Multivariate procedures for the behavioral sciences. New York,

John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 211 pp.
Cooper, G. A.

1956. Chazyan and related brachiopods. Part I, text. Smithsonian Insti-
tution, Pub. No. 4253, 1024 pp.

Dixon, W. J. (editor)

1970. BMD Biomedical computer programs. University of California,
Pub. in Automatic computation, No. 2, 2d edition, x + 600 pp.

Farmanfarmaian, A.

1966. The respiratory physiology of echinoderms. In Physiology of
Echinoderms, edited by R. A. Boolootian, New York, Intersc, Pub.
chapter 10, pp. 245-265, text-figs. 10-1 to 10-11.

Foerste, A. F.

1924. Part II. Carobocrinus, Pleurocystites. Pp. 345-369, 376-382, pls.
31-34 in New echidoderms from the Maquoketa beds of Fayette
County, Iowa, By A. W. Slocum and A. F. Foerste, Iowa Geol.
Sur., vol. 29, pp. 319-382, pls. 29-34.

Hall, J.

1868. Descriptions of fossils of the Niagara Group. 20th Ann. Rep.,
Regents Univ. New York, pp. 351-447, pls. xii-xxi. (Originally
published in 18th Rep. of New York State Cabinet, 1864-65.)

Hudson, G. H.

1905. Contributions to the fauna of the Chazy Limestone on Valcour
Island, Lake Champlain. New York State Mus., Bull. 80, Pal. 10,
pp. 270-295, 3 pls., 7 text-figs.

1911. Studies of some early Siluric Pelmatozoa. New York State Mus.,
Bull. 148, pp. 195-272, 7 pls., 36 text-figs.

1915. Some fundamental types of hydrospires. New York State Mus.,
Bull. 177, pp. 163-166, pls. 1 and 2.

104 BULLETIN 283

Hyman, L. H. :

1955. The Invertebrates: Echinodermata. New York, McGraw-Hill Book
Co., vii + 763 pp., 280 text-figs.

Jaekel, O. }

1918. Phylogenie und System der Pelmatozoen. Palacontologischen
Zeitschrift, Band III, Heft I, 128 pp., 114 text-figs.

Kesling, R. V., and Paul, C. R. C. ;

1968. New species of Porocrinidae and brief remarks upon these un-
usual crinoids, Univ. Michigan, Mus. Paleont. Contrib., vol. 22,
32 pp., 8 pls., 14 text-figs. =n ll ,

1971. Agostocrinus and Acolocrinus, two new Ordovician crinoids with
peculiar ray and respiratory structures. Univ. Michigan, Mus.
Paleont. Contrib., vol. 23, No. 14, pp. 221-237, 7 pls., 5 text-figs.

Kirk, E. ;

1914. Notes on the fossil crinoid genus Homocrinus Hall. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Proc., vol. 46, pp. 473-483, pl. 42.

Lane, N. G. ;

1963. Meristic variation in the dorsal cup of monobathrid camerate
crinoids. Jour. Paleont., vol. 37, pp. 917-930, 5 text-figs.

Macurda, D. B., Jr.

1968. Ontogeny of the crinoid Eucalyptocrinites. Jour. Paleont., vol. 42,

No. 5, pt. 2, pp. 99-118, 10 text-figs.
Meek, F. B.

1873. Fossils of the Cincinnati Group. Geol. Sur. Ohio, vol. I, pt. II,

Paleont., 175 pp., pls. 1-14, 3 bis.
Meek, F. B., and Worthen, A. H.

1869. Descriptions of new Crinoidea and Echinoidea from the Carboni-
ferous rocks of the western states, with a note on the genus
Onychaster. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 21, pp. 67-83.

Meyer, D. L.

1965. Plate growth in some platycrinid crinoids. Jour. Paleont., vol.

39, pp. 1207-1209, 1 text-fig.
Miller, S. A.

1882a. Description of two new genera and eight new species of fossils
from the Hudson River Group, with remarks upon others. Cin-
cinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. Jour., vol. 5, pp. 34-44, 2 pls.

1882b. Description of ten new species of fossils. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist.
Jour., vol. 5, pp. 79-88, 6 pls.

1889. North American geology and palaeontology. Cincinnati, Ohio, 664
pp., 1191 text-figs.

1897. Second Appendix to North American geology and palacontology.
Cincinnati, pp. 719-793, text-figs. 1275-1405.

Miller, S. A., and Gurley, W. F. E.

1894. New genera and species of Echinodermata. Illinois State Mus.
Nat. Hist., Bull. 5, pp. 5-53, 5 pls.

1895a. Descriptions of new species of Palaeozoic Echinodermata. Illinois
State Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull. 6, pp. 5-62, 5 pls.

1895b. New and interesting species of Palaeozoic fossils. Illinois State
Mus, Nat. Hist., Bull. 7, pp. 5-89, 5 pls.

Moore, R. C.

1952. Crinoids. In Invertebrate Fossils, by R. C. Moore, C. G. Lalicker,
end A. G, Fischer, New York, McGraw-Hill, pp. 604-652, 34 text-

igs.

1962a. Revision of Calceocrinidae. Univ. Kansas, Paleont. Contrib.,
Echinodermata, Art. 4, 40 pp., 3 pls., 21 text-figs.

1962b. Ray structures of some inadunate crinoids. Univ. Kansas, Paleont.
Contrib., Echinodermata, Art. 5, 47 pp., 4 pls., 17 text-figs.

OrpDovICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS 105

Moore, R. C., Jeffords, R. M., and Miller, T. H.
1968. Morphological features of crinoid columns. Univ. Kansas, Paleont.
Contrib., Echinodermata, Art. 8, 30 pp., 4 pls., 5 text-figs.
Moore, R. C., and Laudon, L. R.
1943. Evolution and classification of Paleozoic crinoids. Geol. Soc.
America, Spec. Paper 46, 167 pp., 14 pls., 18 text-figs.
1944. Class Crinoidea. In Index Fossils of North America, edited by
H. W. Shimer and R. R. Shrock. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology Press, pp. 137-209, pls. 52-79.
Morrison, D. F.
1967. Multivariate statistical methods. New York, McGraw-Hill Book
Co., xiii + 338 pp.
Nicholson, H. A., and Etheridge, R.
1880. Monograph on Silurian fossils of the Girvan district in Ayrshire,
Edinburgh, Fasc. 3, pp. 237-334, pl. 22.
Opik, A.
1934. Ristnacrinus, a new Ordovician crinoid from Estonia. Tartu Geol.
Inst. Publ. 40, 7 pp., 2 pls., 1 text-fig.
Parks, W. A., and Alcock, F.
1912. Crinoids from the Trenton formation of Ontario. Ottawa Nat.,
vol. 26, pp. 41-45, pl. 4.
Paul, C. R. C.
1968. Morphology and function of dichoporate pore-structures in
cystoids. Palaeontology, vol. 2, pp. 697-730, pls. 134-140, 37 text-figs.
Philip, G. M.
1965. Plate homologies in inadunate crinoids. Jour. Paleont., vol. 39,
pp. 146-149, 2 text-figs.
Ramsbottom, W. H. C.
1961. A Monograph on British Ordovician Crinoidea. London, Palaeon-
tographical Society, Monograph, vol. for 1960, 37 pp., 8 pls.
Sardeson, F. W.
1925. Ordovicic crinoidea. Pan-American Geol., vol. 43, pp. 55-68, pl. 5.
1939. Carabocrinus and specites-making. Pan-American Geol., vol. 71,
Pps 27-38, pl. 2:
Seal, H.
1964. Multivariate statistical analysis for biologists. London, Methuen
and Co. Ltd., 209 pp.
Sinclair, G. W.
1945. Some Ordovician echinoderms from Oklahoma. American Midl.
Nat., vol. 34, pp. 707-716, 2 pls., 1 text-fig.
Slocum, A. W.
1924. Part I, Crinoid classification and descriptions, pp. 320-344, 370-
373, pls. 29-30, text-figs. 55-58. In New echinoderms from the
Maquoketa beds of Fayette County, Iowa. By A. W. Slocum and
A. F. Foerste, Iowa Geol. Sur., vol. 29, pp. 319-382, pls. 29-34.
Sokal, R. R., and Rohlf, F. J.
1969. Biometry. San Francisco, W. H. Freeman and Co., xxi + 776 pp.
Sokal, R. R., and Sneath, P. H. A.
1963. Principles of numerical taxonomy. San Francisco, W. H. Freeman
aud Co. x a= 359) pp:
Springer, F.
1911. On a Trenton echinoderm fauna at Kirkfield, Ontario. Canada,
Dept. Mines Res., Geol. Sur., Mem. 15-P, 47 pp., 5 pls., 3 text-figs.
1926. American Silurian crinoids. Smithsonian Institution, Pub. No. 2871,
pp. 1-143, 167-239, 33 pls.
Strimple, H. L.
1953. A new species of Archaeocrinus from Oklahoma. Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 27, pp. 604-606, 7 text-figs.

106 BuLueTIn 283

1963. Crinoids of the Hunton Group (Devonian-Silurian) of Oklahoma,
Oklahoma Geol. Sur., Bull. 100, 169 pp., 12 pls., 30 text-figs.
Strimple, H. L., and Watkins, W. T. Be
1949. Hybocrinus crinerensis, a new species from the Ordovician of
Oklahoma. American Jour. Sci., vol. 247, pp. 128-133, 1 pl.
1955. New Ordovician echinoderms. I. Three new genera, Washington
Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 45, pp. 347-353, 4 text-figs.
Troost, G.
1850. A list of the fossil crinoids of Tennessee. American Assoc. Adv.
Sci., Proc. 2, pp. 59-62.
Ubaghs, G.
1953. Classe des crinoides. In Traité de Paléontologie, Tome III, edited
by Jean Piveteau, Paris, Masson et Cie, pp. 658-773, 166 text-figs.
Ulrich, E. O.
1911. Revision of the Palaeozoic systems, Geol. Soc. America, Bull., vol.
22, pp. 281-680, pls. 25-29.
1924. Nea classification of the Heterocrinidae. In Upper Ordovician
faunas of Ontario and Quebec, by A. F. Foerste, Canada Geol.
Sur., Mem. 138, pp. 82-101, 14 text-figs.
Van de Geer, J. P.
1971. Introduction to multivariate analysis for the social sciences. San
Francisco, W. H. Freeman and Co., 293 pp.
Veldman, D. J.
1967. Fortran programming for the behavioral sciences. New York, Holt,
Rinehart and Winston, 406 pp.
Wachsmuth, C., and Springer, F.
1881. Revision of the Palacocrinoidea, Pt. II, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. for 1881, pp. 237 (178-411), pls. 17-19.
1885-1886. Revision of the Palaeocrinoidea, Pt. III, Sec. 1. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. for 1885, pp. 225-364, pls. 4-9; Sec.
2, vol. for 1886, pp. 64-227.
1897, The North American Crinoidea Camerata. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vols. 20, 21, 897 pp., 83 pls., 23 text-figs.
Walcott, C. D.
1883. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Trenton Group of
New York. 35th Rept. New York State Mus., pp. 207-214, pl. 17
1 text-fig.
White, C. A.
1880a. Descriptions of new species of Carboniferous invertebrate fossils.
U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 252-260, 1 pl., text-figs. 11-12.
1880b. Contributions to palaeontology, In U.S. Geol. Sur., 12th Ann. Re-
port, 171 pp, pls. 11-42.
Wilson, A. E.
1946. Echinodermata of the Ottawa Formation of the Ottawa-St.
Lawrence Lowland. Canada, Dept. Mines Res., Geol. Sur., Bull.
4, 61 pp., 6 pls., 2 text-figs.
Wood, E.
1909. A critical summary of Troost’s unpublished manuscript on the
crinoids of Tennessee. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 64, 150 pp., 15 pls.
Zittel, K. A. von
1879. Handbuch der paldéontologie, Bd. I, Paldozoologie. Miinchen and
Leipzig, R. Oldenbourg, Abt. 1, 765 pp., 557 text-figs.

PLATES

108 BULLETIN 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1
Figure Page

1; Rhaphanocrinus simplex, 1. SPs. sacccsc-csccceesese---0-2 one eo sve conssereeneeeress 99
Holotype MCZ 4165, D ray, X 4, cup height 12 mm, locality 9c.

2-4, Ectenocrinus punctatus, 1. SP. ...........cccccccceeeseercccereeeseseensteseesnesenes ilzy

2. Paratype UMMP 57521, A or E ray view of youngest
crinoid, compare with adults, x 10, cup height 2.5 mm,
locality 10a.

. Paratype UMMP 57522, mature weathered specimen with
comparatively square cup, weathering tends to obscure or
obliterate the ornamentation, cup height 5.0 mm, locality 1c.
a. D. ray, X 6.7. b. Dorsal view showing proximal columnals
in basal concavity, X 8.c. E ray, X 8.

4. Paratype MCZ 621, mature crinoid with somewhat rounded
base and well-developed pits, < 10, cup height 6.2 mm,
locality 1d. a. E ray. b. Dorsal view showing several well-
preserved columnals with pentameres and articular surfaces.

w

PLATE |

3ULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

OrpDovICIAN CriNoips: BROWER & VEINUS

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2
Figure

f-Go) (ECTeNOCrinUS PUNCTAIUS, 11.) SPs oo. ccccseee fe escecce-eanens-con.sarsessanreoanmenesee

1. Holotype USNM 164097, CD interray of mature specimen
with relatively square cup, X 4.5, cup height 4.2 mm, locality
la.

2. Paratype USNM 164098, A ray of largest crinoid, also with
comparatively square cup, X 3.5, cup height 6.3 mm, locality
la.

3, 5,6. Columnals, paratypes, locality 1a.

3. USNM 164100, articular surface showing collar, x 5.2,
diameter 4.2 mm. 5. USNM 164101, articular surface with
collar, X 6.8, diameter 4.7 mm. 6. USNM 164103, articular
surface without collar, < 8, diameter 4.1 mm.

4. Paratype USNM 164102, side view of pleuricolumnal, x 5.9,
length 8.3 mm, locality la.

ieO>, Carabocrinus stellifer, 1. SPs cc:...:6c0c.c:chiccsoccssntsecnooetscoseveosedbetsters
7. Small specimen questionably assigned to this species, S 5430,
X 2.8, cup height 13 mm, locality 15a. a. Oblique view of C
ray. b. Oblique view of AB interray.
10. Holotype S 5424, & 1.6, cup height 22 mm, locality 15a. a.
CD interray. b. A ray.

Gro Macey MICFOPUNCIATUS; -11-) SP). e520 rae ec eee Sec seo eseenven sabia eee

8. Holotype S 5431, C ray, X 1.5, cup height 20 mm, locality 9c.
9. Paratype USNM 97466, figured by Butts as Echinosphacerites
sp., lateral ray, X 1.5, cup height 21 mm, locality 4d.

109

61

110

Figure
a6

2-4.

BULLETIN 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3

Page
Anulocrinus: latus; Ti: SPs ciliesccscccesceckesc cess ca-aree conceso-0-e ses th eameneemenet 25
Holotype, USNM 164108, AB interray, < 2, crown height 27
mm, locality 1a.
Hybocrinus perperamnominatus, N. SP. ooo... eee 36
2. Holotype USNM 164122, cup height 18 mm, locality 1a. a.
CD interray, X 3.6. b. Longitudinal section of cup, < 3.2.
3. Paratype USNM 164124, longitudinal section of BB, x 4.3,
BB height 13 mm, locality 1e.
4. Paratype USNM 164123, lateral view, xX 3.6, cup height
16 mm, locality 1a.
Ristnacrinus’ ? altobasalis, n: Sp. ......52:.5..c.s.0: 0.000045 sm: eos 27
Holotype USNM 164109, lateral view, % 2.1, cup height 10
mm, locality 6.
Hybocrinus punctatocristatus, MN. SP. oo...000....ccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeees 34

Holotype USNM 164121, x 1.9, A ray cup height 38 mm,
locality 4e. a. C ray. b. D ray.

PLATE 3

};ULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL.

Figure

OrbovIcIAN CrINoIDS: BROWER & VEINUS

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4

1-9. Hybocrinus punctatus (Miller and Gurley) ................000.0000000....

1.

Ww

oo
.

Holotype UC 6125, CD interray of young, note loss of C ray
R and anal X, unusually slender calyx with high BB, x 4.2,
cup height 6.5 mm, Knoxville area, exact locality unknown.

. Figured specimen USNM 164110, CD interray of strongly

asymmetrical young with slightly weathered ornament, x 5.1,
CD interray cup height 7.3 mm, locality 11 or 13.

. Figured specimen USNM 164111, typical young, note fresh

ornament and more symmetrical shape compared to Figure 2,
A ray cup height 7.6 mm, C ray height 10 mm, locality 13.
as AG ral, Se Ds Es ray 54 eo © rayssd 3:6.

. Figured specimen USNM 164112, partially weathered and

highly asymmetrical submature crinoid. A ray height 8.3 mm,
C ray height 13 mm, locality 10a. a. A ray, x 2.8. b. B ray,
3:3;

. Figured specimen USNM 164113, AE interray of unweath-

ered average-shaped submature cup, < 3, CD interray cup
height 12 mm, locality 18.

Figured specimen USNM 164114, A ray of weathered sub-
mature crinoid, more symmetrical than Figure 5, & 2.2, A
ray height 11 mm, locality 10a.

Figured specimen USNM 164115, B ray of partially crushed
adult with fine ornament, X 2.3, A ray height 16 mm, CD
interray height 20 mm, locality 7.

Figured specimen USNM 164116, CD interray of adult with
fine ornament and typical shape, X 2.4, cup height 16 mm,
locality 11.

. Figured specimen USNM 164117, CD interray of typical

weathered adult, X 2.9, A ray height 12 mm, CD interray
height 14 mm, locality 7,

HU

112

Figure

BuLLETIN 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5

1-3. Hybocrinus punctatus (Miller and Gurley) .........0000..cee

1. Figured specimen USNM_ 164120, strongly asymmetrical

adult, compare weathered surfaces with normal plates, A
ray height 12 mm, CD interray height 18 mm, locality un-
known. a. CD interray, X 3.1. b. Tegmen, X 3.6. c. B ray,
5213:32, ds Aw ray 227:

. Figured specimen USNM 164118, H. “recurvus” of Ulrich,

CD interray of weathered crinoid with stem facet nearly
parallel to the cup height axis, X 2, CD interray cup height
19 mm, A ray cup height 16 mm, locality 15e.

. Figured specimen USNM 164119, close-up view of A ray of

adult showing typical coarse pitted ornament, note slight
asymmetry and slender calyx, < 5.3, CD interray height 16
mm, A ray height 14 mm, locality 1a.

4. Palaeocrinus avondalensis, N. SP. oo.0.........cccec sec cceeccccccccettceeeeeeees

Holotype MCZ 603, width 21 mm, height 17 mm, locality 9c.

a. © ray, << 2:6.0by Deraya 512535

5; . Palaéocrinus planobasalis; n. Sp... .......5..5....:5-c:<.0---01-40 ee

Paratype USNM 164128, close-up views of typical specimen

with sharp ridges, some ridges not fully developed and re-
placed by lines of elongate nodes, weathering has exposed
several internal ridge canals, height 12 mm, locality 4e. a.
BC interray, < 2:8: b; A ray.) 3.1.

59

38

ULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66
PLATE 5

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 6 |

OrpoviIcIAN CrINoIDS: BRowER & VEINUS

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6
Figure

1-7. Palaeocrinus planobasalis, m. SDP. ......:..:.ccc:26--.c¢2bcdseeseneeseevenedooeseos

Typical specimens.

1-5. Growth sequence specimens.

1. Paratype USNM 164125, specimen No. 1, lateral ray, X 3.4,
cup height 5.5 mm, locality 11.

2. Paratype USNM 164126, specimen No. 2, lateral ray, X 3.8,
cup height 6 mm, locality 13.

3. Paratype S 5421, specimen No. 3, lateral ray, xX 4, cup
height 7.5 mm, locality 13.

4. Paratype S 5420, specimen No. 4, X 3.1, cup height 11.5
mm, locality 14. a. A ray. b. CD interray.

5. Holotype USNM 97465, specimen No. 5, & 2.8, cup height

16.5 mm, locality 4e. a. BC interray. b. Tegmen.

Paratype USNM 97465, basal view with relatively sharp

ridges, X 2.7, maximum diameter 19 mm, locality 4e.

Paratype S 5422, tegmen with mouth in center and anus in

lower right, the small opening between the mouth and anus

is probably the hydropore, x 4.5, diameter 10 mm, locality

7 or 9a.

Sa

=

113

114 BULLETIN 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7

Figure Page

1-4. Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. SP. ......0000....00cccccccccccetecceeeteeeetneeeees 38

1. Paratype USNM 164129, isolated R of typical specimen, 8.8
mm wide, locality 9c. a. Edge, < 5.6. b. Interior, x 4.5. c.
Exterior, X 4.5.

2. Paratype USNM 164127, isolated B of typical specimen, 7.6
mm wide, locality 9c. a. Edge, * 6.2. b. Another edge, X 6.2.
c. Interior, X 6. d. Exterior, x 6.

3. Paratype USNM 97465, isolated B of typical specimen, 15
mm wide, locality 4e. a. Edge, x 4.5. b. Exterior, X 4. ¢.
Interior, xX 4.

4. Figured specimen USNM 164131, dorsal cup of “variant”
crinoid, CD interray, X 3, cup height 10.5 mm, locality 16.

RULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 7

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

Figure

14. Palaeocrinus planobasalis, n. SP. ................0ccccccceecceeeecettteeeeees

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8

“Variant” specimens.

1.

Ww

Figured specimen MCZ 4163d, isolated B, 7.6 mm wide,
ridge bundle width 2.5 mm, locality 2b. a. Edge, x 9. b.
Exterior, X 8.

. Figured specimen MCZ 4163b, edge of isolated B, x 7.6,

ridge bundle width about 5.8 mm, locality 2b.

. Figured specimen MCZ 4163c, isolated B, maximum width

9.7 mm, ridge bundle width 4.7 mm, locality 2b. a. Edge,
<7. b: Exterior, < 6.3.

Figured specimen MCZ 4162, crushed dorsal cup showing
transitional ornament between extreme “variants”, such as
MCZ 4163, and typical specimens illustrated on the previous
three plates, X 4.3, maximum height 17.5 mm, locality 2b.
a. RR view, note comparatively long and well-defined ex-
ternal ridges. b. Opposite side showing column facet, IBB,
BB and RA, the external ridges are shorter and less well
defined than on the RR.

115

Page
38

116

Figure

BULLETIN 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9

1 “Benbolt” crinoid cirrus root, ......1)-22eee eee

Figured specimen USNM 164615, base of column showing cirrus
roots and axial canal, column diameter 7.0 mm, locality 15a.

a. Lateral view, X 2.7. b. Axial canal, x 4.6.

2-8. Archaeocrinus peculiaris (Miller and Gurley) ...................0..

2:

foe)

Figured specimen S 5436, cup with two plates following

primanal, cup height 23 mm, locality 15c. a. C ray, X 1.1.

b. Base showing IBB, x 1.4.

. Figured specimen S 5437, CD interray with three plates

above the primanal, 1.3, cup height 20 mm, locality 15¢c.

. Figured specimen S 5438, animal with relatively coarse orna-

ment and primanal plus three plates, cup height 17 mm,
locality 15c. a. C ray, 1.8. b. CD interray, X 1.6.

. Figured specimen S 5439, oblique B ray view of individual

with comparatively fine ornament, X 1.2, cup height 28 mm,
locality 15c.

. Figured specimen S 5440, basal view, X 1.8, cup width 26

mm, locality 15c.

. Holotype UC 6037, lateral view of animal with heavy sur-

face sculpture, 1.7, cup height 22 mm, Knoxville area,
exact locality unknown.

. Figured specimen USNM 164616, pinnulate arm fragments

of this type are consistently associated with this form, x 1.9,
length 25 mm, locality 11.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 9

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

Figure

ORDOVICIAN CRINOIDS: BROWER & VEINUS

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 10

1-8. Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White) 2.0.00, MSAD, tee
1. Syntype of Archaeocrinus parvus Miller and Gurley, UC

Ww

Nn

nN

6039, lateral interray with no supplementary plates, stellate
ridges on proximal plates, finely granular plate surfaces,
< 3, cup height 5.5 mm, Knoxville area, exact locality un-
known.

. Holotype of D. vesperalis (White), USNM 8032, lateral

interray of calyx lacking supplementary plates, ornament of
incised plate sutures and swollen plates covered with wrinkles
and sinuous ridges, X 2.2, cup height 8.4 mm, probably
locality 15a.

. Figured specimen S 5441, CD interray, two supplementary

plates on left of primanal, one above primanal, depressed
plate sutures, flat plate surfaces covered with irregular nodes
and sinuous ridges, X 1.8, cup height 12.5 mm, locality 15c.

. Figured specimen § 5442, with no supplementary plates, in-

cised plate sutures covered with small nodes, granules, and
sinuous ridges, X 2.2, cup height 9.1 mm, locality 15c. a. B
ray. by Cray.

. Syntype of Gilbertsocrinus americanus Troost, USNM 39970,

lateral interray bearing two supplementary plates, one on
each side of iR, nodose plates with granules and fine sinuous
ridges, X 1.7, cup height 13 mm, probably Jocality 15c.

. Figured specimen S 5443, close-up view of arm facet showing

concave surface with crenulated margins, note large fixed
pinnular Amb tract on interray side of right half-ray, « 5.4,
cup height 8.3 mm, locality 15c.

Plesiotype of D. vesperalis (White) figured by Wachsmuth
and Springer (1897), S 88, lateral interray of animal lacking
supplementary plates, convex plates with incised sutures,
proximal plates with weak stellate ridges, some plates have
small sinuous ridges, X 2.5, cup height 13 mm, locality 15c.

. Figured specimen S 5444, supplementary plates absent, in-

cised plate sutures with flat or somewhat convex plates,
heavy granules and small sinuous ridges present, < 1.8, cup
height 11 mm, locality 15c. a. D ray. b. Base.

117

118

Figure

BULLETIN 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 11

1-8. Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White) ...................::cc cece rteeeenetees

1

&

wn

nN

Archaeocrinus sculptus Wachsmuth and Springer, holotype
of Lyriocrinus sculptilis Miller, UC 6285, lateral interray
with no supplementary plates, convex plates covered with
fine granules or heavy sinuous ridges, X 2.5, cup height 7.2
mm, Knoxville area, exact locality unknown.

. Figured specimen USNM 164617, lateral interray, calyx

lacks supplementary plates, plate sutures deeply incised,
plates flat or convex with heavy sinuous ridges and finer
granules, traces of median-ray and stellate ridges on proxi-
mal plates, < 3.6, cup height 6.7 mm, locality 11.

. Snytype D. hieroglyphicus Wachsmuth and Springer, S 90,

lateral ray of cup, supplementary plates absent, proximal stel-
late ridges grade into distal median-ray ridges, many sinuous
ridges on unweathered plates, cup height 12 mm, X 2.2,
locality 15c.

. Figured specimen USNM 164618, most interrays with four

to six supplementary plates, cup plates highly convex, granu-
lar, often with one or more central nodes, sometimes with
marginal sinuous ridges, cup height 8.6 mm, locality 15c. a.
Ciray. 2anbs Be ray, eee:

. Figured specimen USNM 164619, lateral ray of relatively

flat calyx with highly nodose plates, proximal part of cup
with heavy median-ray and stellate ridges, < 2, cup height
13 mm, locality 15c.

. Syntype Archaeocrinus asperatus Miller and Gurley, UC

6038, lateral interray with no supplementary plates, plates
convex, covered with irregular wrinkles, the crinoid is
“atypical” because it does not agree with Miller and Gur-
ley’s description of the “species”, X 1.8, cup height 12 mm,
Knoxville area, exact locality unknown.

. Figured specimen USNM 164620, lateral interray with four

supplementary plates, two on each side of iR, plates convex,
usually with prominent nodes, plate surfaces granular, some

margins bear small sinuous ridges, X 2.6, cup height 7.8 mm,
mm, locality 15a.

. Holotype of Archacocrinus knoxensis Miller and Gurley, UC

6035, lateral interray, one supplementary plate on left side of
iR, two supplementaries on right of iR, plates convex, nodose
with granules and some sinuous ridges, X 2.1, cup height 11
mm, Knoxville area, exact locality unknown.

PLATE 11

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 12

OrpDovICIAN Crinoips: Brower & VEINUS 119

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12

Figure Page

1-5. Diabolocrinus vesperalis (White) ..........0....0ccccccccccccceccceeeeeeeeceees 71

1. Figured specimen USNM 164621, small, no supplementary
plates and numerous small nodes, cup height 5.2 mm, locality
13. a. Oblique view of arm base, X 3.3. b. Lateral ray, X 4.2.

2. Figured specimen USNM 164622, lateral interray, small sup-
plementary plate on right side of iR and swollen plates
covered with irregular, low nodes, X 2.6, cup height 9.4 mm,
locality 13.

3. Holotype D. perplexus Wachsmuth and Springer, S 89,
lateral interray of adult with four supplementary plates,
two on each side of iR, plates nodose, highly convex, plate
surfaces granular or with a few marginal sinuous ridges,
X 2.3, cup height 8.0 mm, locality 15c.

4. Figured specimen USNM 164623, iateral interray of crushed
cup with four or five supplementary plates surrounding the
iR, plate sutures incised, most plates bear a single large
node, fine granules and/or sinuous ridges also present, < 3,
cup height 7.6 mm, locality 11.

5. Figured specimen USNM 164624, arm fragment probably be-
longing to crushed calyx of this species, X 5.7, maximum
width of arm and pinnules 7 mm, locality 15a.

6. Paradiabolocrinus sinuorugosus, n. gen., n. sp. ........................ 95

Holotype, figured by Butts as Diabolocrinus asperatus?, USNM
97463, cup height 19 mm, 28 mm wide at arm bases, locality
4a. a. Portion of tegmen, X 2.7. b. Base, < 1.8. c. Lateral
ray, X 1.8.

120 BULLETIN 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 13

Figure Page
1. Diabolocrinus, n. sp. ...... eM 91
Figured specimen USNM 164625, DE interray, X 1.8, cup
height 18 mm, locality 18.
2. Wilsonicrinus culmensinuosus, 1. SP. oo...occccccccccccccceceeseesseveeeeeeevens 97

Holotype USNM 164626, x 2.4, cup height 10 mm, cup diam-
eter 20 mm, locality 11. a. B ray. b. Base.

3. Paradiabolocrinus irregularis, n. gen., N. SP. ............ccceccceeeeeeeees oF

Holotype USNM 164627, cup height 23 mm, cup diameter
40 mm, locality 13. a. D ray, X 1.5. b. Base, X 2.0. c. Teg-
men, X 1.8.

4. Pararchaeocrinus COMNVEXUS, MN. SP. oo.iiiccccccccccccccccescsseeeesceeecsceeseeees 70
Holotype USNM 164628, C ray, & 1.8, cup height 20 mm,
locality 8a.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 13

INDEX
Compiled by June B. Brower

Note: Page numbers are in light face type. Plate numbers are in bold

face type.

A
altobasalis, Ristna-

crinus ?, n. sp. ..3 5,15, 27-29
americanus,

Gilbertsocrinus ...... Cit Barb ate pb
angulatus,

Palaeocrinus .......... 38
Anomalocrinus ............ 22
Anulocrinus ............... 3 5, 25-27

n. sp. aff. A.

drummuckensis ...... 26
Appalachian Valley,

Warsiniaw i s....... 7
Archaeocrinus .......... 9 17, 66-69, 93,

99, 101
asperatus,

Archaeocrinus ....... 72,91

Diabolocrinus .......... 7, 72, 76-78,

79, 82, 83, 84,
85-87, 88, 91,
95
avondalensis, Palaeo-

crinus, n..Sp..-..... 5 5,41, 59-61

B
basalis,

Rhaphanocrinus ...... 101
Bassler... S. ac... 22 oONSo,

66,67; 72: 77
| SEI AVS) oe) Day: Vie 7, 16, 37, 61
“Benbolt” (Benbolt
and allied
formations) ............. 7-11, 13, 20,
27, 29, 44. 49,
51,56; 61, 65-
69. 75, 78, 80,
90, 92-94, 98,
102
Benbolt Formation ... 5, 8-9, 27,
34-37, 47, 59,
65, 69, 91, 95,
97, 100, 102
Billings. B ....:..08608 30, 32, 37-38,
41, 61, 63, 66,
68-69, 101
Black River Stage .... 5, 8-9, 32,
51, 59
Black River

Limestone ................ 21
Bromide Limestone

of Oklahoma .......... 19, 32, 35, 49,

51, 65
Brower: J. C.. ......: 26, 52
Bulls Gap, Tennessee 12, 13, 59

Burkes Garden,
member of Benbolt

Formation ................ 9
Butiss (Gy. ee 7, 30, 38-39,
59, 64, 72, 91,
95
Cc

Carabocrinus .......... 2 on15151—64-
65
Carpenter, P. H. 17
Caster, Kenneth Ee eee 6

chapmani,

Palaeocrinus 38
Chazyan Stage ........... 5, 9-10, 101
Clear Springs,

Tennessee ................ #2513559
Cleiocrinus sp: 7! 8, 102
Clinch Mountain,

Virginia and

Tennessee ................ 8
conicus, Hybocrinus .. 32-32
convexus, Pararchaeo-

Crinus,, 1. ‘Spi. ...... 13-5, 16, 70-71
Cooley, W. W. ............

Cooper (Go AG. 8, 10, 14, 34
59, 69
craigheadensis,

Diabolocrinus sib ey ee 90
Cremacrinus ............ 25
crinerensis,

Hybocrinus .............. 32;:30, 31
Crinoid-like echino-

derm of uncertain

affinities, see 8
Crinoid, root. |............ 9 102
cryptoplicatus,

Triboloporus ..... 8, 47
culmensinuosus, Wil-

sonicrinus, n. sp. 13 97-98
Cyclonema sp. ............ 14

D
decoratus,

Pararchaeocrinus 69, 71
desideratus,

Archaeocrinus ........ 68
Diabolocrinus ....10-13 5, 7, 33, 66-

67, 71-94

Tse SDs tse ee 13 90-92
dicyclicus,

Carabocrinus .......... 63
discoideus,

Wilsonicrinus .......... 97-98

121

INDEX

DIXON IWhia tees 85-86
drummuckensis,

Anulocrinus ............ 26
Dryden Formation .... 8-9, 11, 35,

59, 65, 91, 97
E
Echinosphaerites sp... 8, 65
Ectenocrinus ........ 7 17-20
esthonus,

Carabocrinus .......... 63
Evans Ferry,

Tennessee ................ 12, 13, 33-34,

59
F
Farmanfarmaian, A. .. 46
Field Museum of

Natural History,

Chicago, Illinois

(UC) ete 6, 31, 34, 69,

78, 91
Foerste; Aw Bs acccnse.. 62-63, 65
Friendsville,
Tennessee ................ 10
G
Gate City, Virginia ... 11, 12, 34,59
gemmeus,

Rhaphanocrinus ...... 101
geometricus,

Carabocrinus ........... 63
Geraocrinus ............ 24 21-25
globularis,

Diabolocrinus .......... 90
Gratton Limestone .... 9
H
15 GNU LE (eae eg ons Oe Ni ee 7,76
Hansonville, Virginia 11, 12, 20, 27,

33-35, 40-41,
47, 59, 69
Heiskell Shale,

Tennessee and

Mirginia 22s 8, 10
hieroglyphicus,

Diablocrinus ............ 7, 72, 75-78,

79, 82, 83, 84,
85-87, 88, 89
Hogskin Member of
Lincolnshire
Formation .............. 9-10, 13, 20,
34, 59, 61, 65,

69, 91, 98, 102

Holocystites ? sp. ...... 8
Holston Formation .... 10
HIOMOCTINUS) eee 19
Hudson Gana. 38, 41, 45, 47,
59, 63, 101

huronensis,

Caraboerinus’ -.-....-.. 63, 65
Hybocrinus ............ tte 5} (fe olay ay

3

hydraulicus,

Acolocrinus) .......:. 8
le higaneoy, 1 18h teerenece: 46

|

Indianocrinus .............. U5 out
irregularis,

Paradiabolocrinus,

n. gen., n. sp. ....13 5, 92,9495

Isotomocrinus, n. sp... 5, 15, 20-21
J
JaekelsiOse in. e ee 17, 29, 63
K
Keshing, Ra Ve 6, 8, 45, 47-
49, 59
Killer, SP ae aac eee 6
Ka KAR cece coe 17, 32
knoxensis,

Archaeocrinus ........ 72,91

Diablocrinus .......... 7, 76-78, 79,

82, 83, 84, 85-
87, 88, 89

Knoxville,
Tennessee ................. 10-11, 12-14,
33-34, 59, 64-
65, 69, 78, 91

E

lacunosus,

Archaeocrinus ........ 68, 101

Glyptocrinus ............ 66
Tane@iN Ga see 52
latus, Anulocrinus,

Nee SP syn eect eee 3 5, 15, 25-27
Laurel Limestone ...... 32, 97
Lee Valley-Flat Gap

Road, Tennessee .... 12, 13, 29
Lincolnshire

Formation ................ 9-10, 13, 20
Louisville,

Tennessee ................ 12, 14, 34, re
Lower Palaeozoic ........ 66
Lowville, Limestone .. 10

122

INDEX

12, 13, 33-34,

Luttrell, Tennesse ....
41, 59, 78, 91,

95
M
Macurda, D. B., JF. .... 52
magnificus,

Carabocrinus .......... 63
marinus,

Ristnacrinus ............ 29
WE CK HE Bact ee 22525
Meyers Die s:.5.c:c.¢-0<c 52
microbasalis,

Archaeocrinus ........ 69, 101
micropunctatus, Cara-

bocrinus, n. sp. ....2 5, 8, 64-65
Middle Ordovician ...... 6, 8, 22, 38,

51, 67, 69, 71,

97, 99

Middle Silurian .......... 32, 97
Viiers So rAny see 5, 7, 17, 30-
32, 37, 63, 67,

72, 75-78, 100

Miser, Tennessee ...... 12, 14, 59, 91

Moore, R. C. ............... 16, 17, 22, 25,

29, 37, 66, 72
Morrisons Dy Bats 22.: 85, 87
Mount Hagen School,
Wanciniauess =. 11, 12, 34, 59
Murfreesboro,
Mennesse@ —-i......0000 14, 34, 91
Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Har-
vard University,
Massachusetts
(MCZ)ER Ee. 6, 20, 41-42,
59, 61, 102
N
Neoarchaeocrinus ...... 99, 101
Nicholson, H. A. ........ 90
INTt@CK I Mio. ccecesctsvests.s 6
nitidus,
Hybocrinus ............... 32
ce)
obconicus, Neo-
archaeocrinus ........ 69
Oliver, W.A., IT. ....:2. 6
(ODS, eee tea 27
Ordovictan’ 2.40.0... 6, 49
Ottosee Shale .............. 7-8, 10, 13,

22, 24, 34, 59,
64, 65, 69, 91

ee 63

Ovalis,
Carabocrinus

P
Palaeocrinus .......... 5-8 5,15, 37-61

aff. Pe; striatus... 8, 38, 59
Paradiabolocrinus,

Nene 12,13 5,67, 92-97
Pararchaeocrinus ..13 5, 66, eee
Parks We Ae 22
Parsley. Re is ps me 6
parvus,

Archaeocrinus ........ 72,91

Diablocrinus ............ 7, 76-77
Paulo eC i 6, 8, 48, 102
peculiaris,

Archaeocrinus ...... 9 5.7, 9; 16,

67-69, 102
Peniculocrinus ............ 29
perperamnominatus,

Hybocrinus, n. sp. 3 5, 36-37
perplexus,

Diablocrinus _.......... Gla d-8,

79-80, 82, 83,

84, 85-87, 88,

90-91

Php Geist ce iy

Pierce Shale: ......s:0..:- 9, 14, 34, 90,
92

planobasilis, Palaeo-

Crinus; Ni Sp: <..... 5-8 5,8, 38-59,
44, 50, 53, 55,
58, 60-61
POrocrinuse 45, 47, 59
pristinus, Hybocrinus 32
pulchellus,
Palaeocrinus ............ 38
Puncheon Camp,
Tennessee ................ 12513520534;
69, 91
punctatocristatus,
Hybocrinus, n. sp. 3 5, 34-35
punctatus,
Ectenocrinus,
NASD eae c cae: 1,2) 5, 25)47-20
Hybocrinus ......... 4,5 5, 8-9, 16,
30-34, 35, 37
Indianocrinus .......... bys 5 Gh)
pyriformis,
Neoarchaeocrinus .. 69,99, 101
pyxidatus,
Hybocrinus ............... 32
R
radiatus,

Carabocrinus 63
Ramsbottom, W. H. C. 25-26, 90, 101
recurvus,

Hybocrinus .............. 33

123

INDEX

Red Hill-Dotson out-
crops, Tennessee .. 12, 13, 34, 59,

61, 65, 69, 78,

91, 102

Red Knobs Formation 9, 14, 34

Rhaphanocrinus _...... 1 67, 93, 98-102

RNIZOCTINUS ......2...5...0- 16
rhombiferous,

Palaeocrinus ............ 38, 41
Ristnacrinus .............. 3 Bhar 4)
Rye Cove, Virginia .... 11, 12, 27, 35,

59, 65, 91, 97
S
Sardeson, F. W. .......... 63
sculptilis,

Lyrlocrinus 2...2..! 72, 76

Rhodocrinus

(Lyriocrinus) .......... 76
sculptus,

Archaeocrinus ........ 72

Geraocrinus ............ 5,7, 15,22

Rhaphanocrinus ...... 100, 101
ScaliHiee Saeko rears: 85-86
Sevier Shale ................ 8, 10, 13-14,

24, 34, 59, 64-
65, 69, 91
Shannondale Lime-

stone, Member of

Benbolt ..2iic6...0.-: 9
simplex,

Anulocrinus ............ 26

Rhaphanocrinus,

MIDS PD Maes fa. cvskreeck pe 1 5, 15, 99-102
Sinclair"G. W. .....-..:-.: 32, 63, 65
sinuorugosus,

Paradiabolocrinus,

nm: Sen.,; N. Sp... 12 5, 33/91; ne

9
Slocum) A. Ws ©.cc.s0:-: 69
slocumi,

Carabocrinus .......... 62-63
SOkala Re Re tccaveisess vee 85
Speers Ferry,

Virginia. ere. 12/13; 34, 65,

69

Springer Collection,
Smithsonian

Institute (S) 0000.0... 6, 40, 43, 59,

63-65, 69, 91

Springers Fie o.ifos..0: 22, 26, 67, 93,

97-98

Sprinkle: Je... 6
stellifer, Carabo-

CLINUS) Ns SP:- a= 2 5, 61-64

striatus,

Palaeocrinus ............ 37, 41, 45, 59

Strimple;-H. 1.-...:..... 32, 30, 01,06;
69, 71, 75, 93,
99, 101

subnodosus,

Glyptocrinus .......... 98

Rhaphanocrinus ...... 101
subovalis,

Archaeocrinus ........ 69

aL
Tazewell County,

VAR SINT esc ie 9
Thorn Hill,

Tennessee ................ Pye cal eh

59, 69, 71, 91
thraivensis,

Anulocrinus ............ 26
treadwelli,

Carabocrinus .......... 63, 65
Trenton Stage ............. 5, 49, 51
TribOlOpOLuUS «....:..00501- 45, 47
TPrOOSt: (Ga Acts ccccecccees Hirt
tumidus, Hybocrinus .. 32-33
Twin Cities area,

Minnesota ................ 51
typus,

Isotomocrinus ........ 21

U

Ubaghss G. snc 17, 20, 49, 66
Wilrich gEx OF 5 7-8, 10, 20-
22 2haoo

United States National
Museum (USNM) .. _ 6,8, 19-21,
24, 27, 29, 34-
35, 37, 39-40,
43-44, 59, 65,
69, 91-92, 95,
97, 98, 102

University of Michi-

gan, Museum of

Paleontology

(UMMBE) 3 6, 20
Upper Ordovician ...... 5, 22, 99

Vv
vancortlandi,

Carabocrinus .......... 63
Van de Geer, J. P. .... 87
Veldman; Dy Js 2... 86

124

vesperalis, Diabo-
locrinus

Wachsmuth "CG; 2.2...

Walcot .C.. Ds.
Wardell Formation ...

Washburn,
Tennessee

Noe 10-12

INDEX

Dito, 16;
69, 71-91, 79,
81, 83, 84, 88,
102

7, 71-72, 75,
91

7, 17, 66-69,
71-72, 75-77,
80, 90, 93, 98-
101

12, 13, 34, 59,
69, 78, 91, 98

125

Wassalem Limestone

near Reval,

EStoniae eae eee 63
Wihiter ©. UAc 7). Up Caleres vis:
Wilson} Al fiat... 38, 41
Wilsonicrinus ........ 13 67, 93, 97-98
Witten Formation ...... 21, 34, 59, 71
WOOK De eee to

x
xenus,
Agostocrinus .......... 8
Z
Hittel, i A. von >... 20, 29

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vols. I-XXIII. See Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St. New York,

XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI.

XXVII.
XXVIII.
XXTX.
XXX,
XXXII.
XXXII.

XXXIII.

XXXIV.

XXXV.
XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXVIII.
XXXIX.,

XLV.

XLVI.
XLVII.

XLVIII.

XLIX.

N. Y. 10017, U.S.A.

(Nos 80287), o0 3545 pps (2 7ODIS ce ee es
Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.
GINGsi588-94B)))293.0 Gp pie3 Op] Sane ee 2
Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Miocene fossils.

(Nos: 95-100);. “420 ‘pps SS opis: cs

Florida Recent, Texas and South America Cretaceous,
Cenozoic fossils.
GNos:-101-108):* 376; pp. 36 plsick 2) ee
Tertiary mollusks, Paleozoic Venezuela, Devonian fish.
(Nos) 109S114) 412 "pp. 634 spley, sce ee
Paleozoic cephalopods, Cretaceous Eocene, forams.
(Nos e115 3016) 73 Seppe 52) sp sie ee
Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.
(INOS 11739563 opps 6S—ipl shen ee le
Jackson Eocene mollusks.
(Nose JI182128) 5 458s pp 27 siplss ee ee ee
Mollusks, crinoids, corals, forams, Cuban localities.
(IN g512921'33) 5 9294) ippien 39 pl ss coe ese ete eee ee
Silurian cephalopods, crinoids, Tertiary forams, Mytilarca.
(Wlos.7134-1359): 44S, pp.651-plss <A ok
Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran strati-
graphy paleontology.
(Nieas 7140-145) 400) pp: 19) plsh tee ee
Forams, cephalopods, ostracods, conularid bibliography.
(Nos) 146-154), 386- ppg, St. pla: bss te a
Forams, cephalopods, mollusks, ostracods.
Nios’ 155-160):. 412 pp: 53) pls. i. ohn
Forams, Eocene fish, rudists.
(Noss 161-164)2 486 pp. 37 pls. eee eee eet
Antillean Cretaceous Rudists, Canal Zone Foraminifera,
Stromatoporoidea.
(lese-165-176).. 447 pp.,, 53. pls.) cco
Forams, ostracods, mollusks, Carriacou, fossil plants.
(Nos. 177-183))2 1448 pps. 36 pls. 2 ete eae
South American forams, Panama Caribbean mollusks.
COTS 4 e996 ppd pp es aa ee aa
Type and Figured Specimens P.R.I.
(Nose 85-192) 5 380 pps SS -plsii sc eee
Forams, mollusks, carpoids, Corry Sandstone.
CNGe A193) 226 73a pp atte plese te ee
Venezuelan Cenozoic gastropods.
Nostel 94-198) 50427 pp 29 plst see Ae ee
Ordovician stromatoporoids, Indo-Pacific camerinids, Mis-
sissippian forams, Cuban rudists.
UNoe:2199-203)2. 6365 oppss'68. pls: 0h
Puerto Rican, Antarctic, New Zealand forams, Lepidocy-
clina, Eumalacostraca.
WNomc0d)eqso+) pp 65) (pis: 2 ae eee
Venezuela Cenozoic pelecypods.
(Nos205-21)is “419! ipp.,. "70 pisy ncn
Forams, Crustacea, brachipods, Recent mollusks.
UNosHecl2-217) 0 U584 "pps Sai plse ooo oe ee ee
Forams, mollusks, polychaetes, ammonites.
(No. 218). LOS Sta Des eS ApS ee <2 aoe eee ere eet didi Ae
Catalogue of the Paleocene and Eocene Mollusca of the
Southern and Eastern United States.
Glanre29 224) 0 671i ppe8S) plastic sas ce uh ue ek uJ
Peneroplid and Australian forams, North American car-
poids, South Dakota palynology, Venezuelan Miocene mol-
luska, Voluta.

12.00
12.00

14.00

14.00
14.00

18.00

16.00

16.00
16.00

18.00

16.00

16.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

L.

LI.

LI.

LIII.

LIV.

LV.

LVI.

LVII.

LVIII.

LIX.

LX.

LXI.
LXII.
LXIII.

LXIV.

Volume l.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

—

VI

et

(Nos. 225-230): /518:pp., 42 piss 2a ee
Venezuela and Florida cirripeds, Antarctic forams, Lin-
naean Olives, Camerina, Ordovician conodonts, Niagaran
forams.
(Nos. (231-232) 2) 16420 spp. 10 pls ee ee
Antarctic bivalves, Bivalvia catalogue.
(Nos: 233; 236)2) ‘387 ipps) 43 ipsa ese rtere ee
New Zealand forams, Stromatoporoidea, Indo-Pacific, Mio-
cene-Pliocene California forams.
(Nos. 237-238). 438 pp; 45pls.Vne A eee
Venezuela Bryozoa, Kinderhookian Brachiopods.
(Nos. 239-245). 510«-pp:,, SOplsit 2 ee
Dominican ostracodes, Texan pelecypods, Wisconsin mol-
lusks, Siphocypraea, Lepidocyclina, Devonian gastropods,
Miocene Pectens Guadaloupe.
(Nos. 246-247). 65:75 pp:, 60 Gplst, (eee eee eee
Cenozoic corals, Trinidad Neogene mollusks.
(Nos: 248-254))°"'°°572" pp, 749) pst reece eee ee
American Foraminifera, North Carolina fossils, coral types,
Belanski types, Venezuelan Cenozoic Echinoids, Cretaceous
Radiolaria, Cymatiid gastropods.
(Nos. 255-256). S21. pps, 62.0 plsan tec cen. eee ee
Jurassic ammonites.
(Nos. 257-262). 305 :ppip $39) plsact Si 2s
Cretaceous Radiolaria, Cretaceous Foraminifera, Pacific
Silicoflagellates, North American Cystoidea, Cincinnatian
Cyclonema, new species Vasum.
(No. 263). 344) G ppc ee ee a
Bibliography of Cenozoic Echinoidea.

(Nos. 264-267). 335 Dig MOO) MD Sey teccset cesta ake ra aes ee eee ee

Jurassic-Cretaceous Radiolaria, cirripeds, Bryozoa, paly-
nology.

(Nos. 268-270). 365. "pp. 30. pls. .oe oe eee
Mollusks, Murex catalogue, Cretaceous Radiolaria.

(Nos. 271-274). 375 pp. 44 pls... ee eee
Trace fossils, ammonoids, Silicoflagellates, microfauna.

(Nos33275=277)).0 “320ipp,, 56) pS ces ee ee

Chitinozoa, Spumellariina, Mexican Ammonites

(Nos: | 278-281); ee

Palynology, corals, echinoderms, Foraminifera, and crinoids.

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00
18.00
18.00

18.00

See Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 Fifth Ave., New York,

N. Y. 10003
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(Nos. 6-12). 5311. IPPs) 370 PlSi.ceeeetees ee
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Pale-
ozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.

(Nos. 13-25). 513) ppix 61: /plss 320s. eee
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleozoic
siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod
studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish,
Platystrophia and Venericardia.
(Nos. 26-33). AQ2 py ZZ) PU Sir cen cebescesancceeeseeus saccesstacee eacessemnae
Rudist studies Busycon, Dalmanellidae Byssonychia, De-
vonian lycopods, Ordovican eurypterids, Pliocene mol-
lusks.

(Nos. 34-47). AQS. pp: elOl pls: eee eee

Tertiary Arcacea, Mississippian pelecypods, Ambonychiidae,

Cretaceous Gulf Coastal forams.

(Nos. 38-41). 444) ppt) 83ieiplsieseies ee ek ee ee eee

Lycopsids and sphenopsids of Freeport Coal, Venericardia,

Carboniferous crinoids, Trace fossils.

(Nos. 42-46) 499% Dpiis79e pl sitio ce eres eee

Torreites Sanchezi, Cancellariid Radula, Ontogeny, sexual
dimorphism trilobites, Jamaician Rudists, Ordovician
Crinoids.

23.00

28.00

28.00

32.00

35.00

45.00

re BULEE WINS

OF

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

MUS. COMP. ZOObgounded 1895)
LIBRARY

JUL 15 1974

HARVARD Vol. 66
UNIVERSITY,

No. 284

REVISION OF THE GASTROPODA OF THE
FOX HILLS FORMATION, UPPER CRETACEOUS
(MAESTRICHTIAN) OF NORTH DAKOTA

By

J. Marx Erickson

1974

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850 U. S. A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1973-74
PRESTO ENT coc oese oa rae ee se eg ata eal aes ee Ee MERRILL W. HAAS
WIGE=PRESIDEN Toi oc2 oa. eee tomers rere atone» Seen ee eee ome Cee HaroLtp E. VOKES
SEGRE TAR Y(t osecast cock cen sec eae easere cos dete ne eee ne ooo cena TA ee ee ee PHILIP C. WAKELEY
DIRECTOR; ) -REASURERG cose re cere oes oe ene eee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
ASSISTANT SECRETARY, ASSISTANT TREASURER ........-.--22.--00--e+e----00e= REBECCA S. HARRIS
(COUN SEE eee acca eee oe ens Sear ETN ee ECE ARMAND L. ADAMs8
IREPRESEN TA TIVE) AACA On COLIN GC Ilene erases eee nore JoHN PojeTa, JR.
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1972-1975) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
Me_rrRILL W. HAAS (1973-1976) CASPAR RAPPENECKER (1973-1976)
Resecca S. Harris (Life) DANIEL B. Sass (1971-1974)
Ceci, H. KInDLE (1971-1974) Harotp E. Vokes (1973-1975)
Harry S. Lapp (1972-1974) Puitiep C. WAKELEY (1973-1976)
AXEL A. Otsson (Life) VirGIL D. WINKLER (1969-1975)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. Palmer, Editor
Mrs. Fay Bricos, Secretary

Advisory Board

KENNETH E. CASTER HANs KUGLER
A. Myra KEEN Jay GLENN Marks
AXEL A. OLSSON

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on
application.

For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see
Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St.,. New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A.

For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor-
poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. 10003 U.S.A.

Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average
price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri-
cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de-
ductible from income tax.

For sale by

Paleontological Research Institution
1259 Trumansburg Road
Ithaca, New York 14850

U.S.A.

Wwe ViINS

OF

AMERICAN
PALEONTOEOGY

(Founded 1895)

Vol. 66

No. 284

REVISION OF THE GASTROPODA OF THE
FOX HILLS FORMATION, UPPER CRETACEOUS
(MAESTRICHTIAN) OF NORTH DAKOTA

By

J. Mark Erickson

June 14, 1974

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850 U. S. A.

Library of Congress Card Number; 74-78644

Printed in the United States of America
Arnold Printing Corporation

CONTENTS

Page

CN DST EY ge rp nc eRe Rie ORE Sie Era eer ere ae Aa ore Te DARE OR eat 131
PNCKNOWIEG DIMEN tseachtain all ee See ee en eer 131
RSC EY G6 (a IR a eee eee ct ena eich RTPI PS 7 Oe Oe eA ota erin, Bs 132
BHEMIOUG® WVOI Kin... 8s, oot ed oe Ode AD. Dad Bi ED Ae eee 134
PBA PTA D HY eee. stct iiss te acotssssioctatiaeasccessiadithecee ed, LOO AEB OBA 2 140
mrm@enand. COLne agony, .1i% se. ue beet oe are et eee eee eats 2 ee 146
Ealeoenvironment and fauiial Origins, oc. sc-ce..cocesancecceccctenceestnee te 149
mecessionuand Wocality.datay 0209 en8. cs ee lie 2 le 157
“Tore beg POM ee ae oe Oe Ee Sate a ee ne ae re Em MP RELL ET, Peek ere, 159
SUSLOMTAtI CSD ALCONCO] OGY fore tccsee hc snatcsseccg ee acc net cone a etc ee races a ee 160
Gastropod ar icn: 2. i) tet Ai WR Bos Sia is ee 160
arily.Mrochid aera h.5 2s Seti ot Bee eee 8 Ae 01. eee ens 160

Vey |COT | Ve Re aulce a am A P a Lt6Y6 ae e 162

2) TE Cs Epp ieee: PRS A AR Pi SN AN i Et ne Lt Bo. 165

Littorinidaes.2 ss. Set 5 Se ee ak. Peet ied, Shae 169

SyUCeratidac ye ex. wea. SR NG ee tee eee ee 171

Ws fo foy eto nf 0 3 Fire ae ge US a ee la TU TS al ceed 172

Vanikoridde ie 22 eek Ste ee ae Se ee es 2 175

INiaticid ney ite a 6 ese it ped ae J le, ee Se ale. ee 178

@yiiila tidiae pres ces areen teres cer Set ae ieee ee eas 187

Mielongenid ace tr seta: ene, See ee ee eee ee 190

Pasciolartidaet a 22a ek 3 2c) | alr leet ert ee ater 192

SATCU 6 ye 3. at Sot 8 me chard Noe Fee, 3 hs A 210

(CANCE LIARIGAC 42, Ste ceo cree se aes ae eevee ee 215

Purridae ss. ee nee, see ee Cnt ee eae 219

Rin gi culid ae meee eee eee eee es ns ne Dee ee ee 224

Scaphandiridiaeres ste ose ee Bere Oe or kd eee eae 227

IACKEOCINIG BE: 265 ce eee ee oe ee 228

RSE TERA CES CLEGG roteesaseecessre eee eats cere a en ee nee en ee 232
PENS IR RR aN 72 Re US SOO at ee ENO ARTY he SS AMOR Uae era ED: ite oe toa: Ba at Ea 241
“1g (5 a Ser nr Cae ee Oe He et ne ee ge ROE EN nn 249

TEXT-FIGURES

Index:and)slocallity smalp 8). ceecceces oak «cote oa eee lee ec

Comparative nomenclature of members within the Fox Hills
ONIN Ath OM apcat ses sees ces Horace hc Ss sects Seen

Schematic) stratigraphie column ccs eee een

Comparison of generic compositions of midcontinent Upper
Gretaceous! gastropod faumass) 2 -rccssese est seesccncesentenes escnce see nee- ce

Map schematically illustrating probable areas of origin .............-..:::0------+-

TABLE

Comparison of Fox Hills genera with occurrences of the same,.. .
genera from Upper Cretaceous rocks of central and western North
AMV 11 Cas 228 22 sod so 2 cee eect se ears nee techies fede cg esheets

REVISION OF THE GASTROPODA OF THE FOX HILLS
FORMATION, UPPER CRETACEOUS (MAESTRICHTIAN)
OF NORTH DAKOTA

J. Marx Erickson

ABSTRACT

Nearly one hundred years have passed since F. B. Meek completed his
monumental studies of invertebrate fossils in the Upper Cretaceous rocks of
the Nebraska and Dakota Territories. The desire to examine molluscan dis-
tributions of the Western Interior in new ways has prompted a need for
revision of the molluscan taxonomy and faunal lists of the “upper Missouri
country.”

The Fox Hills Formation (Maestrichtian) of North Dakota and South
Dakota, a complex of nearshore and littoral, delta platform and lagoonal
sandstones, siltstones, and clays, contains a moderately large molluscan faunal
record of the closing marine event of the Mesozoic Era in that region. By the
end of his career Meek had described approximately 25 gastropod species from
the formation, only four of which were definitely taken from localities in
North Dakota. The Bivalvia having been revised earlier by Feldmann, this
revision updates the taxonomy and distribution of the gastropods of the Fox
Hill Formation in North Dakota.

As described herein the fauna contains 37 species. These represent 24
genera in 18 families distributed among four orders and two subclasses of
the Gastropoda. Five species, Neritina loganensis, n. sp.; Piestochilus feld-
manni, n. sp.; Hercorhyncus (Haplovoluta) hollandi, n. sp.; Remera? cvancarai,
n. sp.; and Cancellaria siouxensis, n. sp. are described. Eleven species in a
like number of genera are newly reported from the Fox Hills Formation.
Goniocylichna bisculpturata Wade and Euspira rectilabrum (Conrad) occur
in common with the fauna of the Ripley Formation of the Mississippi Embay-
ment, with which the Fox Hills Formation has its closest compositional affinity.

Paleogeographic distributions of Fox Hills genera clearly indicate that
North Dakota was a region of overlap of Tethyan migrants (for discussion
of Tethys see particularly Sylvester-Bradley in Adams and Ager, 1967)
from the Gulf Coast region and a less prominent “boreal” or northern Pacific
stock emigrating from the north and northwest. Southern genera show a reduc-
tion of ornamentation reflecting cooler conditions than those in the Tethyan
Realm. True endemism, formerly considered predominant in the Fox Hills
fauna, is actually not great, but was, and is, a manifestation of our still in-
complete knowledge of distributions and stratigraphic occurrences of Gastro-
poda in the Cretaceous of the Western Interior.

Observations regarding stratigraphy and sedimentation of the formation
indicate that major storms swept the midcontinental seas during the late
Cretaceous and were responsible for several major sediment accumulations
within the formation. In addition an as yet unnamed member was recognized
high in the section. As a blanket sandstone it seems to owe its depositional
origin to subsidence of the deltaic platform and resulting re-transgression of
the generally regressive Fox Hills sea.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
During the course of this study numerous courtesies have been
extended to me, and I am heavily indebted to many people and
organizations for them. Field work was partially supported by the
North Dakota Geological Survey. Excellent laboratory facilities at
the University of North Dakota, where this research was conducted
as a dissertation study, were available throughout. Collections of

132 BULLETIN 284

the U.S. Geological Survey and the U.S. National Museum were
examined through the courtesy of Norman F. Sohl and Frederick
Collier. The latter also arranged for loan of Meek’s types figured
herein. The F. D. Hollands were gracious hosts during my visits
to Washington. Bibliographic compilation was made easier and
library loans were acquired more rapidly due to the professional
library skills of Mary W. Scott and Helen Sweeney.

Conversations and discussions with F. D. Holland, Jr., Alan
M. Cvancara, and Normal F. Sohl have greatly aided in develop-
ment of the present work. They, along with E. A. Noble, J. K. Neel,
and R. G. Fisher critically reviewed an early version of the manu-
script. The final version benefited from examinations and sugges-
tions by F. D. Holland, Jr., and Normal F. Sohl, and the editorial
guidance of Katherine Van Winkle Palmer. All of their efforts in
my behalf cannot be overstated. Lorraine Rose deserves my thanks
for her skillful typing of the original manuscript.

Finally, I am pleased to acknowledge all my friends and asso-
ciates from whom [I learned so much during my stay in North
Dakota. Nothing, however, would have been possible without the
constant encouragement of my parents whose faith in the eventual
outcome was a great strength.

INTRODUCTION
As this manuscript was written, it was 95 years ago that F. V.
Hayden transmitted, on June 1, 1876, to the Secretary of the In-
terior a memoir by F. B. Meek entitled “A Report on the Inverte-
brate Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Missouri
Country” with the following statement:

To the geologist who may hereafter study the various groups of
sedimentary strata over our widely-extended western domain, this
volume will prove indispensible. The different divisions or groups of
the Cretaceous and Tertiary ages, especially of the former, were
originally established by the invertebrate remains herein described, and
it therefore forms the basis of our knowledge of two of the most
important formations of the West (Meek, 1876, p. III).

The content of the gastropod fauna of the Fox Hills Formation
(Maestrichtian) of the “Upper Missouri Country” has grown by the
addition of only one species since that time, nearly a century ago.

Only recently (Feldmann, 1967; Speden, 1970) has the bivalve fauna

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 133

of the Fox Hills been reexamined and modernized. The Cephalopoda
have not been restudied.

If ever a work could be said to have inhibited research in a
particular discipline, surely Meek’s monograph did. The fault, how-
ever, was not in any error in truth, but rather in its greatness —
its utter completeness. Geology continued in the Dakotas but much
of it was mineral exploration, and that was primarily in strata
younger than the Fox Hills.

Thus it is that questions have begun to arise regarding Western
Interior molluscan faunas which cannot be answered with the
antiquated taxonomic and distributional data bequeathed to us by
the paleontological giants of the nineteenth century. The questions
pertain to faunal composition, diversity, ecology, and origin. They
cannot be resolved without first modernizing the taxonomy. Con-
sider with these data the fact that the gastropod fauna of the Fox
Hills Formation in North Dakota never has been considered in any
detail (only four of Meek’s species probably were collected in
North Dakota) and the problem becomes plain — to redescribe
the Fox Hills gastropod fauna according to modern concepts of the
Class.

The research presented herein is a contribution toward this
modernization of Fox Hills gastropod taxonomy and of their distri-
bution in North Dakota.

The Fox Hills Formation is a stratigraphic unit in the Upper
Cretaceous section of North Dakota and South Dakota. The type
area along the Moreau River and Grand River in north-central
South Dakota has been studied in detail by Waage, who, in 1968,
described 274 localities throughout that portion of the state. Most
of these represent erosional exposures in badlands topography in
which outcrops are extensive and units are readily traced.

Northward from the type area, along the Missouri River
drainage into North Dakota, vegetational cover increases with a
consequent decrease in badlands topography and its extensive out-
crop area. Nevertheless, in southern Morton, Logan, Emmons, and
Sioux counties, North Dakota, there are numerous scattered ex-
posures representing various members of this formation (Text-
figure 1). This is the major area of Fox Hills outcrop in the state.

134 BULLETIN 284

During his study of the bivalve fauna, Feldmann (1967, p. 2)
visited “. . . virtually every known outcrop of that unit in the
state.” The majority of Feldmann’s outcrops were in the area of the
counties mentioned, although he examined other portions of the state
as well.

This work, being a parallel to that of Feldmann, was also con-
centrated in these areas of major Fox Hills outcrop. I re-examined
most of his locateable outcrops, particularly those which had pro-
duced fossil gastropods during Feldmann’s collecting. In addition,
several very fossiliferous outcrops were newly discovered. This, in a
few instances, was due to filling of Oahe Reservoir which brought
about road construction and some slumping of the shoreline, both
activities yielding fresh exposures. The same rising water also
covered some very promising and some proven fossil localities which
will never again be collected, an irreparable loss of historical record.

Northward from the area of major outcrop across the central
part of North Dakota, the formation is principally a subcrop be-
neath Tertiary strata or Pleistocene and Holocene surficial deposits.
It is occasionally documented on drillers logs, and an infrequent
typical Fox Hills concretion is reported from glacial deposits, thus
documenting the existence of the formation in glaciated areas. The
approximate map boundaries of the formation in North Dakota as
given by Carlson (1969) are presented in Text-figure 1. A complete
list of collecting localities that have yielded gastropods for this
study is given later in this report.

PREVIOUS WORK

Notes and research on rocks now considered part of the Fox
Hills Formation have been accumulating since the explorations of
Lewis and Clark more than a century and a half ago. Recounting
these investigations would not be a difficult task but would in es-
sence be paraphrasing similar accounts of several recent workers.
Rather than do this I take pleasure in referring to the complete and
absorbing historical summary presented by Feldmann in 1967 (pp.
5=25):

Rather than presenting this extensive account I instead sum-
marize those major early works that are critical to our paleonto-

135

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Norra Dakota: Erickson

‘APIS SI} 1OF¥ UONVSNsaaul yo eare jedroursd zo [reap yim Ssdewt Ajljeooy puke xapuy —‘] aan31y-1x9 7,

" A v3 a4

ie
1 ef a i— = | £ y , 4 @ 2 t (mre

BREESE RESEpy eceee ot
' L a: , " : 5

Ee ded eral eels 0) Sioev | (pt el] ae af at

HSOLNIOW least
1

‘SOIIW UL 81895

OL 0 OL | ime

SHAGWNN NOISSADOV ALITV9SO1 ‘G'N'/N L9bHVe

NOILVWHO4S STTIH XOd
LOVLNOD ALVWIXOUddY ———

136 BULLETIN 284

logical and stratigraphical understanding of the formation at
present, and give a detailed account of the score, or so, of related
publications that have appeared in the literature since Feldmann’s
research was culminated. Additional, older references will be cited
in the sections of this study to which they pertain.

The occurrence of the Fox Hills Formation was first quantita-
tively defined in the scientific’ literature as the result of explora-
tions by Dr. Fielding Bradford Meek and Dr. Frederick Vaniveer
Hayden at the direction of James Hall, State Geologist of New
York. In 1853 Hall sent Meek and Hayden into the upper Missouri
country principally to collect vertebrate fossils from the Cretaceous
and Tertiary strata of the area. These explorers noted the strati-
graphy and invertebrate fossils in addition to making vertebrate
collections. The first stratigraphic sections of the marine Upper
Cretaceous rocks of North Dakota and South Dakota were pub-
lished as a result of these explorations (Hall and Meek, 1856) and
revised later (Meek and Hayden, 1857). Rocks of the Fox Hills
Formation were termed unit “No. 5” of the series in these studies.
These units were further refined and named by Meek and Hayden
in 1861.

During the 1850’s and early 1860’s a series of publications by
the above named workers described a large portion of the inverte-
brate fauna of the Pierre Formation and Fox Hills Formation.
Evans and Shumard (1854, 1857) and Morton (1841, 1842) also
contributed to studies of this large fauna, but the works of Meek
and Hayden were fundamental. They were summarized by Meek’s
monographic volume on invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils
of the “Upper Missouri Country” in 1876. White (1876, 1879a, b,
1883a) and later Stanton (1893, 1910, 1914, 1921) studied fossils
in this and related areas but their works were generally peripheral
to those of Meek and Hayden in the type area of the formation.

Most major stratigraphic contributions were made after the
turn of the century when the extent of Fox Hills-like deposits in
Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado was realized. Leonard (1904,
1906, 1908) discussed stratigraphy of the formation in North Da-
kota, but no major divisions were made. Stanton (1910) gave in-
formation on regional extent and the upper contact of the formation
as related to the “Lance” problem.

GasTRopopa, CreTAcEous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 137

The first geologic maps of the major Fox Hills outcrop area
in North Dakota were published by Leonard (1912) and Calvert,
et al. (1914). An earlier publication by Calvert (1912) was thé
first to describe rocks of the Colgate Member and to apply that
name to them. His work was done on the Cedar Creek Anticline
and areas in Montana where he felt the units to be Tertiary rather
than Cretaceous as we now know them.

Henderson in 1920(b) designated 100 to 150 feet of massive
concretionary sandstone found in the base of the formation at
Milliken Station in Weld County, Colorado, as the Milliken Mem-
ber. His study was thorough and included a listing of invertebrate
fossils as well. The unit he described, however, does not persist into
South Dakota or North Dakota. No other major stratigraphic con-
tributions were published from that time until 1945 when Morgan
and Petsch proposed the terms Trail City and Timber Lake, after
areas in South Dakota, for members of the formation. Fisher (1952)
first used them in North Dakota when he mapped the geology of
Emmons County.

The last member to be defined in the literature prior to 1960
was the Bullhead Member, formerly referred to as the “banded
beds.” These are thin-bedded, brown and gray silts and clays which
were first mapped as “Bullhead” by Stevenson in 1956 when he pro-
duced the geologic map of the Bullhead Quadrangle in South
Dakota.

This rapid summary of these works that had a major affect
upon our present concept of the Fox Hills brings us to the 1960's
when a flourish of new research in Fox Hills and related rocks of
the northern Western Interior was begun. At the time Feldmann
began work on the Bivalvia of the Fox Hills Formation in North
Dakota, Waage and his students were carrying out an extensive
examination of all aspects of the formation in its type area along
the Moreau River in South Dakota. They eventually expanded the
study to include most of the Fox Hills exposures in that state.

Waage first summarized his work in 1961 when he described
general stratigraphy, paleoecology, and several assemblage zones
based on molluscan accumulations in concretions. These accumula-
tions were attributed to mass mortality of an unknown cause in
quiet marine conditions. He considered these molluscan zones and

138 BULLETIN 284

the occurrence of concretions in more detail in 1964, A particular
coleoid cephalopod, Actinosepia canadensis Whiteaves, was dis-
cussed in 1965.

In North Dakota, Feldmann (1964) published a preliminary
description of the upper portion of the formation as it occurs in
the region of Sibley Buttes, Kidder County, North Dakota. This
was accompanied by a brief but fairly complete faunal list for the
units exposed there. Later (1966) he summarized the geology of the
Fox Hills Formation in Emmons County, North Dakota, in the
light of Waage’s work. Feldmann supported the earlier suggestion
of Fisher (1952) that there should be a two-fold division of the
formation in Emmons County because the Timber Lake and Trail
City members become more and more similar to each other north-
ward from their type localities, until they are frequently difficult
to recognize in eastern Emmons County.

Relationships between the interfingering Fox Hills Formation
and Hell Creek Formation were clarified in a paper by Frye (1964)
who described marine tongues in the Hell Creek Formation. The
lowest of these he termed the Breien Member for its exposures near
Breien in Morton County, North Dakota. Frye later (1969) gave
a complete account of Hell Creek stratigraphy in North Dakota.

In 1967 Waage again presented a synthesis of his faunal and
stratigraphic studies as they related to the closing phases of the
Cretaceous seaway in the Western Interior. Some of his conclusions
regarding littoral and deltaic facies overlap those of Pettyjohn
(1967). In the same year Pettyjohn described the Fairpoint Mem-
ber and White Owl Creek Member. The former is a shale, silt, and
sand squence 280 feet thick containing the “Stoneville coal facies,”
formerly termed a member, of Searight (1934). It is overlain by the
White Owl Creek Member, 195 feet of silt, crossbedded sand and
sandstone, and purple clay-shale which in turn is overlain by the
Tertiary White River Group.

A major revision of Fox Hills stratigraphic nomenclature was
proposed by Waage in 1968. He recognized the Trail City Member
containing the Irish Creek lithofacies and the Little Eagle litho-
facies; the Timber Lake Member containing a Cucullaea and a
Cymbophora-Tellina assemblage zone, a Tancredia-Ophimorpha bio-

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Norto Dakota: Erickson 139

facies, and a Rock Creek lithofacies of restricted extent; and the
Iron Lightning Member containing the Bullhead lithofacies and
Colgate lithofacies (formerly members). He (p. 42) was not cer-
tain of the relationships of these units with Pettyjohn’s Fairpoint
Member and White Owl Creek Member which were described about
100 miles from the type area. Earlier, Black (1964) had discussed a
change from typical marine facies to continental facies westward
from the type area of the formation in the Bridger area of Haakon
County. Black’s brief conclusions were not discussed by Waage in
1968, nor were Feldmann’s (1964, 1966) stratigraphic presentations
considered.

Feldmann completed his revisions of the Fox Hills bivalve
fauna and paleoecology in North Dakota in 1967 when he described
a fauna of 42 species of bivalves. This fauna and the geology of the
formation are discussed in Feldmann’s (1972) synthesis. Speden
(1970) completed a parallel study in South Dakota which included
58 species of bivalves and a revision of Waage’s (1968) zonation
terminology in view of systematic nomenclatorial changes. Feld-
mann’s (1967) bivalve study led to his description of Fox Hills
paleoecology of south-central North Dakota in 1968(b). .

In addition to these major revisions there have been several
recent works that, together, may influence stratigraphic and paleo-
ecologic work yet to be done. These include Feldmann (1968a),
Holland and Feldmann (1967), and Mello (1969).

More generally, Levington in 1970 considered the possibility
that mollusk assemblages in the Fox Hills Formation might be the
result of invasions of “opportunistic” species onto the shelf area of
Fox Hills deposition. Hall (1967) and Norton and Hall (1967, 1969)
made a comprehensive treatment of Cretaceous-Tertiary floras
in eastern Montana. Their studies dealt with Bearpaw, Fox Hills,
Hell Creek, Tullock and Lebo strata. New species of spores were
described from the Colgate Member of the Fox Hills Formation
(Hall, 1967), and the stratigraphic significance of the floras was
outlined.

Stratigraphic and facies relationships of the formation were
included in Weimer’s (1965) synopsis of the stratigraphy and
petroleum occurrences in the Almond Formation and Lewis Forma-
tions of Wyoming. Most recently Land (1972) interpreted the Fox

140 BULLETIN 284

Hills Formation in the area of the Rock Springs Uplift of Wyoming
as a shoreline-estuarine sequence, and Feldmann (1972) described
the general stratigraphy and paleoecology of the formation in North
Dakota.

Yet more remote, but pertinent to this study are two papers
by Sohl. In 1967(a) he described a gastropod fauna from the Red
Bird section of the Pierre Shale in Wyoming. Again in 1967(b) he
gave an outline of the usefulness of gastropods for interpreting Up-
per Cretaceous paleogeography and faunal realms. He reiterated
his strong belief in their utility in 1968 and again in 1969.

Jeletzky (1969) outlined a history of Cretaceous marine biotic
provinces for western and northern Canada. He concluded the
Canadian Cretaceous molluscan faunas indicated existence of two
principal biotic provinces, a “North Pacific” province and a “Boreal
Cretaceous” province (p. 890), the latter dominated by relatively
few species compared with the former which had a Tethyan in-
fluence.

STRATIGRAPHY

The Fox Hills Formation in North Dakota is a series of marine
and estuarine siltstones, sandstones, and clays representing the
final deposition in the Maestrichtian sea within the Williston Basin.
The lower contact with the Pierre Shale is gradational over a few
to several feet in North Dakota and South Dakota (Meek and
Hayden, 1861, p. 427; Feldmann, 1967; Waage, 1968, pp. 57, 58) and
is generally marked by concentrations of jarosite. In North Dakota
it can best be seen at locality A469 of this report where both the
gradational increase in coarser clastics and the accumulations of
jJarosite are readily apparent.

The upper contact, that with the paleogeographically landward
facies of the Hel] Creek Formation, is less easy to document and is
considerably more variable. The Hell Creek strata are mainly ter-
restrial, deltaic stream, swamp, and occasionally brackish, lagoonal
marine deposits (Frye, 1969). This type of advancing deltaic com-
plex overlapping a regressive marine lithofacies association of off-
shore silts, littoral and sublittoral beaches and bars, and back-beach,
lagoon and estuarine muds and channel sands can produce more
than 20 possible stratigraphic sequences between which the Fox

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 141

Hills-Hell Creek contact may be placed. Slight erosion of Fox Hills
strata prior to Hell Creek deposition, a likely possibility in some
areas, could increase this number. In view of this, it is no wonder
that definitions have been troublesome and generally were only of
local value.

Most recently the contact was described by Frye (1969) and
Waage (1968). Frye, after careful study, concluded that the contact
shows both unconformable and transitional character depending
upon geographic location. He said (p. 24):

The writer believes that his and other investigator’s results have
shown that there are no simple conclusions to be made concerning this
contract. Dobbin and Reeside’s (1929) summary of the Fox Hills-
Hell Creek contact appears to fit most of North Dakota and South
Dakota. However, in eastern Montana, it has now been substantiated
that the unconformities found between the Hell Creek and Fox Hills
Formations are not local but very widespread.

Waage (1961, p. 238) indicated by use of fossil zonation that
the upper contact of the formation is older to the west of the type
area. In 1968 he described the contact in some detail (pp. 118-120).
He indicated the most useful placement of the contact in the type
area was that it be “. . . taken at the base of the first appreciably
thick lignite or lignitic clay or shale.” This is a general solution to
a problem of transitional deposition to which I can offer no more
specific solution.

A variety of names of member status have been applied to local
lithologic units within the formation in several areas. I have dis-
cussed these elsewhere (Erickson, 1971) and will not detail them
here. Of major import are the new concepts of the formation which
resulted from Waage’s (1968) detailed field work in the type area
in South Dakota. In view of it and my field experience in North
Dakota, I feel that a redefinition of the members occurring in North
Dakota would be worthwhile because it serves to clarify both
stratigraphic and paleoecologic concepts of the formation in the state.

The history of nomenclature as applied to members in the type
area was given by Waage (1968, p. 41, fig. 4) and is included with
my additions as shown in Text-figure 2, The terminology applied by
Feldmann in 1967 is essentially that which is used by the South
Dakota Geological Survey as in the same Text-figure. Feldmann, in

BULLETIN 284

142

‘UONEWIOT SIT] XOY oY) UTYIIM SiaquIaW FO aINjze[DUaWIOU aATEIEdUIOD — °Z aInStj-}x9 JT,

BIEYS 2119!

,aleyus asald

fajeus elsatg

@je@Uus e1iadid dnoiy

@11alg

Sues

é

a1eus

@118Id

@ye7

saquiiy

3
; "WwaW
peayjing

‘WW ayeBjo9 uod|

"wow

Buruyybi4
uodi|

| “Wd "wd "wd "Wd "wy
49919 19H] 429049 IPH] 49019 19H aoue 4 aoueq

Buruyybiq

dnoiy
ayiubi4

}Ba15H
(480 ‘N) (420 ‘N) (180 ‘S) 66h OL6L L98t
dey siut Zl6L 8961 aqisaau NAGAVH

NOLNVLS % yaaW

NOSNOIHSA NNWWO1S4 aDVVM ® NIiagod

addition, recognized the interfingering relationship of the units,

much as Waage did, and he was the first to consistently apply the

“Bullhead” to silts and clays high in the formation in North

term
Dakota.

GastRopopa, CreTAcEous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson’ 143

It is generally agreed that the formation in and northward from
the type area is divisable into a lower and an upper portion (Fisher,
1952; Feldmann, 1966, 1967; Waage, 1968). Waage (p. 45) rede-
fined the upper portion to include one member in two lithofacies.
This Iron Lightning Member has its type section, a composite of
several local exposures in the W% sec. 33, T. 14 N., R. 19 E.,,
U.S.G.S. Redelm NE quadrangle, Ziebach County, South Dakota
(Loc. 74 of Waage, 1968). I have examined the member at this
locality where it contains lithologies previously considered to be the
Bullhead Member and Colgate Member. The reasoning behind
Waage’s action was expressed by the following statements (1968,
pp. 45, 46):

The concept of the type Fox Hills as a formation made up of four
successive members is an oversimplification of fact. The four named
members in use at the present time do indeed apply to four litho-
genetically distinctive parts of the formation but these are neither
uniformly successive nor are all of them continuous within the type
area. Two of the four members (Bullhead and Colgate) are so intri-
cately interrelated that their separation obscures rather than clarifies
their true relationship. . .

A broader, natural subdivision of the Fox Hills into lower and
upper parts is afforded by its major environments of deposition. The
Trail City and Timber Lake Members form a lower part of off-shore
marine deposits and the Iron Lightning Member an upper part of near-
shore marine and brackish-water deposits. In areas peripheral to the
type Fox Hills, where one or more of the members begins to lose its
identity, a twofold subdivision of the formation apparently remains
obvious and might be useful in mapping. In describing the type area,
adoption of the informal subdivisions lower and upper Fox Hills
provides a means of organizing the stratigraphic data in an environ-
mental framework.

In this revision there is no violation of the Stratigraphic Code,
because this type of reassignment is not covered by the Code. His
use of the terms Bullhead “lithofacies” and Colgate “lithofacies” is
defined as follows (p. 46):

In addition to the formal members of the Fox Hills Formation,
informal units, here called lithofacies, are used to single out litho-
genetic units essential for environmental reconstruction. As used in
this report, a lithofacies is one or more bodies of sediment or sedi-
mentary rock distinguished from enclosing deposits by noteworthy
lithologic, organic and/or internal structural characters.

This usage is not in keeping with that of Sloss, et al. (1949), who
express lithofacies in a statistical manner, but it might be called

a “lithosome” in their terminology. Waage (p. 47) felt this statis-
tical usage was too restrictive when discussing field and paleo-

144 BULLETIN 284

HEEL CREEK FM.

Unnamed
E
ve
o f=
= ®
= =
fe.)
x =
rr gs
£
z 2. =
° a =
- = Z
< =
=
fea
(o)
ve i
E
Te . > :
: LSAOQ »
” o wgshcgs
pa = MPAA 4
J _ SOIR
cx Gc ® ster
= =x
)
a I
o ve
° ©
v" oe 2
® E
E om
° | od

Trail City Mem.
PIERRE SHALE

Text-figure 3.— Schematic stratigraphic column of the Fox Hills Forma-
tion in North Dakota as used in this report.

GasTROPODA, Cretaceous, NortH DaxkorTa: Erickson = 145

environmental relationships, and I am inclined to agree with him. I
have accepted his definition of the Iron Lightning Member con-
taining a Bullhead and a Colgate Jithofacies (informal) as indicated
in Text-figure 3.

Below the Iron Lightning Member are fossiliferous, glauconitic,
medium to fine-grained sandstones and silty sandstones of the
Timber Lake Member. These are well developed in Sioux County
and Emmons County, North Dakota. Their expression is essentially
that described by Waage (1968) for the type area and the sand-
stones need not be re-discussed.

At the same time, Waage redefined the character of the Trail
City Member to include two lithofacies, the Little Eagle lithofacies
and Irish Creek lithofacies. The former is a homogeneous gray
clayey silt and clayey sand containing abundant fossiliferous con-
cretions and lacking much defined bedding due to bioturbation
(Waage, 1968, p. 63). This unit occupies the basal position in the
formation at outcrops in the eastern portion of the type area in
South Dakota. The latter unit occupies a like position in the western
portion of the type area with a lateral gradation between them. It
is distinguished by a scarcity or absence of fossiliferous concretions
and a more distinguishable bedding, although the sediments are
generally of a composition similar to the Little Eagle.

At the present stage of Fox Hills stratigraphy in North Da-
kota these lithofacies are of little use. This is particularly true be-
cause the Trail City Member thins markedly to the north of the
type area to the extent that it is frequently not recognizable in
North Dakota (Feldmann, 1967; Waage, 1968). I consider the lower
portion of the outcrop at locality A480 to represent this member,
and it is present at localities A469 and A457 in Emmons and Sioux
Counties as well, but nowhere does it expose the thicknesses (65-
210 feet) reported by Waage (p. 58) from the type area.

There is apparently one unit in North Dakota that is not sig-
nificantly persistent to the south to warrant separation there. At
most exposures east of the Missouri River in North Dakota it is a
butte-capping, highly resistant bed that seems to occupy a strati-
graphic position at or near the top of the formation. It is generally
a well-indurated, light to medium gray or gray-green, medium-

146 BULLETIN 284

grained sandstone. It often occurs in flaggy beds, parting on flat
planes to produce slabs one half inch to upwards of six inches thick
in some outcrops. The cement is often siliceous although carbonate
cement is occasionally present. The rock often contains fragments
of silicified wood, and units of brown to orange mud-flake con-
glomerate a few to several inches thick. The fauna where present, is
also distinctive, containing Crassostrea, Pachymelania, Corbicula,
Anomia, Euspira, and occasionally Neritina, often in that approxi-
mate order of abundance.

This unit has been recognized as distinct by several workers in
Emmons, Logan and McIntosh Counties of North Dakota (Fisher,
1952; Clayton, 1962, p. 48). Feldmann (1967, pp. 41, 51) noted that
it was probably a south-eastward expression of the Colgate Mem-
ber (lithofacies), and he considered it as such, though he was
aware of several distinctions (p. 50). These and other consistent
deviations from the composition of the Colgate lithofacies have
been discussed in detail elsewhere (Erickson, 1971). They are of
sufficient significance to warrant designation of this as a separate
member, a prospect that will be undertaken at a later time. For the
sake of discussions to follow I have referred to these beds as an
“unnamed member” of the formation in North Dakota.

Thus, at present, it seems most expedient to retain the name
Trail City Member for the basal unit of the formation in North
Dakota without conceptual change as it is generally poorly de-
veloped and poorly exposed in the state, thus not warranting sub-
division. The Timber Lake Member is well developed along the
Missouri River and is recognized as a major lithologic unit in the
area covered by this report. Waage’s (1968) definition of the Iron
Lightning Member in the Colgate lithofacies and Bullhead litho-
facies is deemed a useful contribution to the concept of the forma-
tion in North Dakota, and the application of these terms is en-
couraged. Finally, a new member, as yet unnamed, should be
considered for outcrops high in the section which contain the
Crassostrea-Pachymelama faunule and generally occur east of the
Missouri River in North Dakota.

AGE AND CORRELATION

The Fox Hills Formation is the upper unit of the Montana

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 147

Group (Eldridge, 1896) and overlies the Pierre Shale, also of that
group, together representing the latest phase of marine Cretaceous
deposition in the Western Interior. Stratigraphy of this group, and
a correlation were given by Stanton and Hatcher (1905, p. 63) who
listed the Eagle, Clagget, Judith River, and Bearpaw Formations
in central Montana as correlatives of the Pierre Shale in the South
Dakota Section. Stebinger (1914) and Bowen (1915) refined the
stratigraphy of the Montana group.

Cobban and Reeside (1952) considered the formation to be of
Maestrichtian age. In Montana the approximate correlative units
would be the Horse Thief Formation and Lennep Formation
(Stebinger, 1914). On the Atlantic Coast it would be approximately
equivalent to the Red Bank Sandstone of New Jersey, Delaware,
and Maryland, and the upper Pedee Formation of North Carolina
(Stephenson, 1923, pl. 8). Gulf Coast correlatives include the Cor-
sicanna Marl and Kemp Formation according to Stephenson (1941,
p. 33). These correlations were carried to the Mississippi Embay-
ment by Sohl (1964, p. 160). Sohl considered the Corsicanna Marl
to be older than the Fox Hills Formation.

Precise correlations are difficult. Gulf Coast Zonation has
traditionally been based upon the bivalve genus Exogyra which is
not present in the Western Interior where rocks are zoned instead
upon occurrences of Jnoceramus and ammonoid species. Inoceramus
occurrence is often facies-determined (Sohl, 1967a), and it is rare
in the littoral deposits of the Fox Hills Formation. The facies in-
fluence upon composition of the Fox Hills fauna was recognized in
1905 by Stanton and Hatcher who made the following statement

(p. 66):

Faunas similar to that of the Fox Hills sandstone have a great
vertical range and are likely to be found at any horizon within the
Montana group where a littoral or shallow-water facies is de-
veloped. The use of the term Fox Hills as a formation or horizon out-
side of the original area in South Dakota is therefore of doubtful
propriety, as experience has shown.

A better understanding of this fact might clarify some attempted cor-
relations at great distances from the type area such as those of

Lovering, et al. (1932) or Henderson (1920a; 1920b) based largely

upon fauna of the molluscan benthic communities in Colorado.

148 BULLETIN 284

The use of benthic invertebrates in correlation is always tenu-
ous on a continental scale. Ammonite zonation applied to these
rocks has been more promising and the correlations given here have
been examined in that light. Sphenodiscus lenticularis (Owen) is
taken to be the best index to rocks of Fox Hills age, and correla-
tions using Sphenodiscus have been given most weight. Stephen-
son (1923) reported it from the Peedee Formation which falls in
the Exogyra costata Zone of eastern usage.

Cobban and Reeside (1952) noted that western portions of the
Fox Hills Formation are included in the Baculites ovatus Zone and
B. clinolobatus Zone which are in the Pierre Shale farther east. This
increased age of the Fox Hills Formation westward from the type
area has been demonstrated by those authors and by Waage (1961).
One would expect a regressive littoral marine facies to transgress
time in this manner. Perhaps after scaphitid ammonites of the Fox
Hills Formation are better defined more refined correlation within
the Western Interior and above the Baculites clinolobatus Zone may
be accomplished with more assurance.

At present the gastropod fauna contains two species in com-
mon with the Coon Creek fauna of the Ripley Formation in the
Mississippi Embayment. Both Gontocylichna bisculpturata Wade
and Fuspira rectilabrum (Conrad) were reported from the Coon
Creek sediments of Tennessee by Sohl (1960, 1964). Several genera
are likewise shared. Strictly on the basis of the gastropod fauna in
North Dakota it would appear that the best regional correlation
would thus be between the Fox Hills rocks and those of the Coon
Creek Tongue of the Ripley Formation based largely on the oc-
currence of G. bisculpturata in both faunas. This seems to give the
formation slightly greater age than is generally assumed, and I am
not yet prepared to make this claim on the basis of gastropod oc-
currences.

The best gastropod similarities at the generic level on the Texas
Gulf Coast seem to be with the Nacotoch Sandstone or the Kemp
Clay, but these may be an artifact of publication.

The Escondido Formation contains a Sphenodiscus lenticularis
fauna, and its potential correlation with the Fox Hills Formation
has been recently noted by Cooper (1970). He cautions against use

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson’ 149

of S. lenticularis because it appears to have been a shallow water,
benthic (?) species which may thus have sedimentologic as well as
chronologic controls over its distribution. Correlation with the
Escondido Formation of the Rio Grande Embayment is most likely
in my opinion.

PALEOENVIRONMENT AND FAUNAL ORIGINS

Several statements describing paleoenvironmental conditions
during deposition of Fox Hills sediments in North Dakota, South
Dakota, and Wyoming are available (Feldmann, 1967, 1968b, 1972;
Waage, 1967, 1968; Weimer, 1965; Land, 1972). All of these are in
general agreement that the formation represents a complex of off-
shore, nearshore, strandline, and estuarine environments with the
most detailed contribution to date being that of Land.

Preliminary data accumulated during this study substantiate
these conclusions and have permitted more detailed speculations re-
garding depositional conditions in North Dakota than have previous-
ly been reported. Sediments in Emmons, Sioux, Logan, and McIn-
tosh Counties as represented by the Trail City and Timber Lake
Members were probably deposited on, and lateral to, the platform
of one or more major deltas. Lagoonal conditions represented by the
Iron Lightning Member prevailed lateral to, and eventually covered,
much of the delta-platform sands and silts. These in turn were
covered rather abruptly by a destructional, transgressive event
representing either a major storm sequence as described by Ball
(1971) or, more probably, a reaction to shifting of the riverine sedi-
ment source and consequent reworking of platform deposits by
wave and tidal activity during delta compaction thus producing a
sheetlike sandstone deposit such as that described by Hubert, et al.
(1972) for similar deposits on the Cody-Parkman delta of Wyoming.
This last event of Fox Hills deposition in North Dakota is pre-
served in the blanket sandstone of the “unnamed member” dis-
cussed previously in this report.

Additional ideas regarding the physical environment were
generated during this study from limited outcrop data, but they are
worth mentioning here. First, it is likely that the Maestrichtian sea,

150 BULLETIN 284

at least over large local areas in the region, became thermally
stratified, periodically. Second, major storms occasionally swept the
area, reworking the sediments and leaving a marked record in the
physical character of the strata. Finally, the gastropod fauna has
more southern than northern affinities and may be a response either
to relatively warm (but much cooler than Gulf-Coastal latitudes)
regional climatic conditions, or to prevailing directions of marine
current flow from the south, or both. Each of these ideas is highly
speculative. The physical parameters from which they were de-
veloped were discussed in some detail by Erickson (1971) and will
not be reexamined here.

Fauna] distribution with respect to the gastropods is germain to
this report. Fossils described in this study were taken from death
assemblages representing relatively gentle conditions of accumula-
tion in unconsolidated sandy siltstones and high-energy accumula-
tions in fine-to medium-grained indurated or friable sandstones,
and from several types of concretions of undetermined origins. The
gastropods were facies-sensitive, and their local distribution was
governed by the local marine conditions during deposition. Like-
wise, they were dependent upon the existence of a relatively near-
shore, shallow marine environment to allow latitudinal migration,
and thus they are probably not the most desirable species for
purposes of correlation. They are useful for paleogeographic re-
constructions, however, and will be considered in this light.

The composition of the Fox Hills gastropod fauna of North
Dakota permits several comparisons with other North American
Maestrichtian faunas. A list of Fox Hills species determined in this
study is included here to acquaint the reader with the fauna for the
discussion which follows.

Undetermined margaritinid

Neritina loganensis, n. sp.

Pachymelania wyomingensis (Meek)

P. insculpta (Meek)

Spironema tenuilineata (Meek and Hayden)
Syncera? sp.

Drepanochilus evansi Cossmann

D. nebrascensis? (Evans and Shumard)
Vantkoropsis nebrascensis (Meek and Hayden)
Euspira rectilabrum (Conrad)

E. obliquata (Hall and Meek)

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 151

E. subcrassa (Meek and Hayden)

E. ? dakotensis (Henderson)

Semitriton buccinoides (Meek and Hayden)
Rhombopsis subturritus (Meek and Hayden)
Graphidula culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden)
G. ? cretacea (Meek and Hayden)
Piestochilus feldmanni, n. sp.

P. scarboroughi (Meek and Hayden)

P. galpiniana (Meek and Hayden)
Hercorhyncus (Haplovoluta) hollandi, n. sp.
Serrifusus dakotaensis (Meek and Hayden)
Remera? cvancarat, n. sp.

?Cryptorhytis flexicostata (Meek and Hayden)
Pyropsis bairdi (Meek and Hayden)
Perissitys? sp. A

Perissitys? sp. B

Cancellaria siouxensis, n. sp.

Amuletum (Amuletum) minor (Evans and Shumard)
Amuletum (Lutema) sp.

Oligoptycha concinna (Hall and Meek)
Ellipsoscapha cf. E. minor (Meek and Hayden)
Cylichna scitula (Meek and Hayden)

C. volvaria? (Meek and Hayden)
Gontocylichna bisculpturata Wade
Goniocylichna sp.

Soh] (1967b) gave a compilation of Gulf Coast and Western
Interior faunal compositions based upon his experience and faunas
known at that time. He recognized 125 genera from the Western
Interior but stated (p. 3) that, “A full taxonomic study would
probably increase this number by some 5 to 10 percent.” The present
study has introduced 11 generic level taxa to Western Interior oc-
currence data. Several of these are due to subdivision of some long
standing “form genera” such as Fasciolaria sensu Meek and Hayden
(1856). Seven have never before been formally described from the
area. These include Syncera, Hercorhyncus, Remera, Perissitys,
Cancellara, Amuletum (Lutema), and Goniocylichna. Of these
Sohl (1967b, pp. 30-35) listed an undescribed form of Hercorhyncus
sp. and an Amuletum (Amuletum) from older Western Interior
deposits. Sohl’s comparison with Gulf Coast faunas was presented
graphically using percentage of genera found in various classes of
the Streptoneura and in a composite of Euthyneura. I have pre-
sented his data in Text-figure 4 along with Fox Hills data from
North Dakota. Examination indicates that the data are comparable
except in the Euthyneura and the Mesogastropoda.

Euthyneuran genera compose nearly 17 percent of the fauna,
more similar to Gulf Coast associations than Western Interior

BULLETIN 284

152

STREPTONEURA

Mis.

~V

ta

a
\

x
Naan
--_

COAST

GULF

WO OODDD000000 0G
QOOO0000 09s

FOX HILLS FORMATION

IN NORTH DAKOTA

EUTHYNEURA

INTERIOR

WESTERN

dcontinent Up-
ith Fox Hills fauna

1 to percentage of genera in each

i

s of m

1c composition

.

1ona

Text-figure 4.— Comparison of gener
per Cretaceous gastropod faunas (data from Sohl, 1967b) w

North Dakota. Arc length proport

In
taxon.

GasTRopopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson — 153

faunas. This is due most probably to discovery during the present
work of low energy shell accumulations of small species, not
generally preserved in the sandy facies which contain most of the
Western Interior gastropod faunas (Sohl, 1967b, p. 3). Secondly, it
results from the introduction of a Mississippi Embayment genus,
Gomocylichna, to the faunal lists of the Western Interior.

The substantially smaller number of mesogastropod genera is
the result of reassignment of several naticid genera to Euspira,
which group should be examined more critically in records of other
areas. A reexamination would most likely cause similar reduction
in those faunas as well. It is also a partial reflection of collecting
since at least one genus, Turritella is known to occur in South
Dakota but has not been collected in North Dakota as yet.

Dominance of the neogastropods within the Streptoneura, as
opposed to dominance by archaeogastropods during the Triassic and
by mesogastropods during the Jurassic and earlier in the Cretaceous
noted by Sohl (1964, p. 152), is in keeping with most Maestrichtian
faunas he examined. It is very similar to the faunal composition
of both the Ripley and Navarro, although each of these has four
or five percent fewer neogastropods.

These data also afford opportunities for increased understanding
of paleogeographic relationships and origins of various components
of the Fox Hills molluscan fauna. Sohl (1967b, 1971) called atten-
tion to the usefulness of gastropods for this type of interpretation
in the Cretaceous of the Western Interior. Earlier Reeside (1957)
discussed potential faunal sources and migration routes open to
Western Interior mollusks. These included Gulf Coast and Arctic
sources, or, at various times, both such sources. This resulted in a
fauna with mixed origins in the Interior. He also noted that some
Western Interior faunas had a large endemic aspect. The Fox Hills
fauna has been considered by many to have the greatest such en-
demic character in the region. This study shows little indication of
true endemism in the fauna. There are indications that generic
groups which arrived early in the region underwent new directions
of speciation in the Interior and subsequently migrated once more
to their place of origin to produce new characteristics in that stock.
The Graphidula culbertsoni group, probably followed this procedure.

154 BULLETIN 284

The new data made available by this study are conclusive as to
faunal origin. Of the Fox Hills gastropod genera only Pachymelamia
is endemic to the Western Interior and that only because it prob-
ably had a freshwater origin. Table 1 compares Fox Hills gastropod
genera of North Dakota with occurrences of the same or closely re-
lated genera from other regions as compiled from the literature.
These data show the strong influence of stocks from the Mississippi
Embayment and Gulf Coast. They also demonstrate influx of some
Arctic forms clearly. New records for Perissitys ?, Remera ?, Amu-
letum, Hercorhyncus, Cancellaria, Syncera ?, and Goniocylichna
strongly enhance this interpretation. Their influences and origins are
portrayed schematically in Text-figure 5.

The faunal contribution from the Ripley of Mississippi and
Tennessee is very strong, but this may simply be an artifact of the
excellent preservation of the Coon Creek molluscan fauna. Feldmann
(1967, pp. 56, 57) noted a similar general relationship for the bi-
valve fauna, however.

These data, interesting in themselves, have additional environ-
mental significance when the appearance of the Fox Hills species
is compared with southern relatives. Many of the southern genera
are rather highly ornate in the southern rocks. Species of Her-
corhyncus, Pyropsis, Remera, Amuletum, and Rhombopsis show
nodes, tubercles, or complex raised rib and costae patterns of pro-
sopon. In every case these are diminished, subdued, or absent en-
tirely on the Fox Hills counterparts. Furthermore, the rarity of
many of these forms creates the impression that they were existing
close to the northern limits of their range and were frequently not
abundant elements of the fauna, except perhaps at particularly
favorable periods of short duration. Lack of complex ornament may
be attributed to both high energy water conditions and colder water
conditions, whereas range limitation indicates principally a lati-
tudinal climatic, or temperature, gradient of marine conditions.

Presence of Perissitys ?, Serrifusus, and Vantkoropsis which
have Pacific ranges are indicative of similar conditions. None seems
to extend much farther southward into the Western Interior. Serri-
fusus is recorded from the Pierre Shale fauna of Wyoming (Sohl,
1967a), and Sohl (1967b) noted it from New Mexico. These are

earlier occurrences then reported herein and may reflect previous

155

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson

sfiqissiieg
snsnf{i1tdeg

pardsng

(capunydnag=;)
nyohsdob240
é8n7 21yooundeuq

saziupbany

SbOD Distoed
PLUMOSL Le)

(8561) uossapuy

(2261) 3eMaIS

sisdoroy1uny
(X01 0Ssitag=)
snsnf{i1iieg

(snsnfraha=t)

(uoazonyoory=<)

DaUu2umH
DYINULD
punyouy
é0U29 LAN
011a1Uv7 0g

“ST dednoouen

(€O6L “SE8L ‘PEEL
‘6L8L) SaArazLum

(6881) 23:4NM

D21UuD1 auhiyoog

s2sdorzoy2uDny
éshq2rssiaag
susnf{[itieg

Duyor7 hg
Dueuoi1dg
‘dds s2sdoshg
871 140048a1g
oynprydoiy
snouhytooxay
és2zhysozdhag
sisdoquoyy
Uu0}1A74. WAG
unqoznuy
épuaway
214011 20Un)
vardsng

Duyor7 ho021u0y
vydnasosd11714q
nyol9do62110
$n1 24yoo0undauq
DULATAON
aDu242AIDbuDyy

“Wed ‘N
qoday siys

muyor7 Ag
nuauotzdg
s2sdozhg
124007891g
Dynprydpuy
snouhytoouey
é822hyz0ozdhag
s2sdoquoyy
pyoaang
unzaznuy
DAQUaY
6934211 2u0g
pairdsng

vydnososd1714
pyah7.dob110
8n1 1yooundaug
DULZATIN
01192 2AnbaDy

Sexo
"dy ouuerey

(Lb6L)
uosuaydays

muyorg hg
Dueuorrdg
sisdouhg

$n] 1Y002S91g
D1Nprydoup
snoufhy.toorey
és2zhytordharg
s2sdoquoyy
pj10ean)
unze7 muy
Diaway
6014071 20uUn]
birdsng

puyor7 hoo2u0y
vydvososd17714
nyolizdol1109
817 2Yooundaug
DUIGWAL
01107 2UvBb aD}

re ee ee ee ee

“uudl-"SSiW
"wy Aaldry

(796L ‘096L) LYos

(9261) @pem

SSS

VOTYSWY HLYON NY3LSIM ONY TWYLN39 40 SX9OY SNOFIWLIYD Wadd WOYS VYINIO ‘OFLVTay
A13S019 YO “AWS 3HL 40 SFINSYYNIIO HLIM WYINID GOdOYLSYD STTIH XO4 JO NOSIYYdWOd

L a1gvL

156 BULLETIN 284

zy
Vi
S y/
© /
°
6 4 /
9 * ?
2 -
4. &
° ty
as a Onn
ple. >. Ly |
“1 1M
W—- — — ? \
a =
N]
© oat
c a
© \
° | \ ro
5 N
|
® | syncero
a pees or
Pyropsis Cong lea
Hercorhyncus 4 eae
N
i | =S
oe °
/ eS SF |
yp fof %
o

Text-figure 5.— Map schematically illustrating probable areas of origin
for selected gastropod genera in the Fox Hills Formation, North Dakota.

GasTropopa, CreTacEous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 157

range extensions southward under more “boreal” marine tempera-
tures. Since Serrifusus is a Pacific genus with closely related species
in California, British Columbia, and Japan, I do not consider it en-
demic to the Western Interior and these range data are taken to
represent extensions under optimum conditions for the genus.

Jeletzky (1969, p. 890) described aspects of the “Northern
Pacific biotic province” which had a tethyan aspect and the “Boreal
Cretaceous biotic province” with an arctic or northern Eurasian
influence. His conclusions were based upon molluscan data, pri-
marily ammonites, and I am not prepared to assign elements of the
Fox Hills fauna to either province. I do feel that the work of both
Sohl and Jeletzky enhance each other and that the data herein
definitely show the influence of latitudinal, or some type of oceanic-
current, effect upon Maestrichtian gastropod faunas of the northern
Western Interior. North Dakota and South Dakota were areas of
overlap of these two influences with the southern (Tethyan) in-
fluence somewhat more dominant during Fox Hills time. I have
considered the paleogeographic implications of the gastropod fauna
in greater detail elsewhere (Erickson, 1973).

Endemism, resulting from local isolation might be expected
to be stronger in later faunas such as that of the Cannonball Forma-
tion (Paleocene) of North Dakota. A cursory comparison of the Fox
Hills and Cannonball] faunas indicates that this is the case. Only
four species of Stanton’s (1921) 31 gastropods overlap the boundary.
At the generic level, after reassignment of his taxa in view of present
taxonomy, there are only nine or ten which occur in both forma-
tions with certainty. Either the Cannonball fauna was influenced
from a different source or it is distinctly more endemic than that

of the Fox Hills.

ACCESSION AND LOCALITY DATA

The majority of field collecting for this study was carried out
during July and August of 1969. Gastropods occurred much less
commonly than bivalves, and good material was taken from only
45 localities. The most productive outcrops were revisited twice
during the summer of 1970 and again during 1971.

Collections made by me augmented those made previously

158 BULLETIN 284

by R. M. Feldmann and A. M. Cvancara and housed at the Uni-
versity of North Dakota at Grand Forks. Specimens in the collec-
tion of the University of North Dakota are designated by numbers
prefixed by UND while those specimens and types loaned from or
donated to the U.S. National Museum are given here with a USNM
prefix.

The following is a list of collecting localities as have been re-
ferred to in the text. Numbers refer to the University of North
Dakota, Geology Department, Accession catalogue numbers which
are given for location or stratigraphic horizon at a location.

1. A452: Prominent buttes (Shell Buttes), NW%% sec. 26, T. 133 N., R. 73
W., Logan Co., N. Dak.

2. A454: Hillslope above site of abandoned Magnolia Dakota “A” well,
NEY sec. 36, T. 141 N., R. 73 W., Sibley Buttes, Kidder Co., N. Dak.
(= USGS loc. 16002).

3. A455: Scattered fossils in Timber Lake Member, SW side of paved road
center sec. 35, T. 130 N., R. 80 W., ca. 3.5 miles SSW of Ft. Yates, Sioux
Co., N. Dak.

4. A457: High cut face N. side of ND 24 where it turns N. toward Ft. Yates,
center sec. 27, T. 130 N., R. 80 W., ca. 2% miles SW of Ft. Yates, Sioux
Co., N. Dak.

5. A458: Rip-rap under bridge on ND 24 ca. %4 mile E. jet. with ND 6,
center N. edge sec. 3, T. 129 N., R. 81 W., Sioux Co., No. Dak.

6. A459: Rd. cut W. side ND 24 on hill ca. %4 mile N. bridge, NEYZNW%
sec. 15, T. 131 N., R. 80 W., ca. 6 mi. N. of Ft. Yates, Sioux Co, N. Dak.

7. A460: Ca. 3 ft. below top of section described in A461 is 6 inch zone of
accumulation of mollusks; E. side of gravelled road near center sec. 21,
T. 129 N., R. 79 W., ca. 8 miles SSW of Ft. Yates, Sioux Co., N. Dak.

8. A461: Cucullaea concretion zone near top of high road cut (15 ft. below
top of exposed section) E. side of road near center sec. 21, T. 129 N.,
R. 79 W., ca. 8 miles SSW of Ft. Yates, Sioux Co., N. Dak.

9. A462: Fossils occurring in outcrop below prominent break in slope along
S. face of valley wall SW% sec. 33, T. 130 N., R. 80 W., along Four-
Mile Ck. valley, Sioux Co., N. Dak.

10. A463: Eroded pasture surface in SE% sec. 32, T. 130 N., R. 80 W., W. of
gravelled farm road leading down to Four-Mile Ck., Sioux Co., N. Dak.

11. A464: UNIT 6 (Erickson, 1971) of section in cut bank exposure on Four-
Mile Ck. NWYANWY% sec. 6, T. 129 N., R. 80 W., ca. 7 miles SW of Ft.
Yates, Sioux Co., N. Dak.

12. A465: UNIT 7 of section in cut bank exposure on Four-Mile Ck., NW%-
ees 6, T. 129 N., R. 80 W., ca. 7 miles SW of Ft. Yates, Sioux Co.,

. Dak.

13. A466: UNIT 8 of section in cut bank exposure on Four-Mile Ck.. NW%4-
es sec. 6, T. 129 N., R 80 W., ca 7 miles SW of Ft. Yates, Sioux Co.,

> Dak:

14. A467: Cut bank on Four-Mile Ck, NWYGNWY sec. 6, T. 129 N., R. 80 W..,
ca. 7 miles SW of Ft. Yates, Sioux Co., N. Dak. This outcrop consists of
well defined units of Timber Lake Member.

1S: ce a cut at SE corner of Beaver Lake, E. of Burnstad, Logan Co.,

) Dak.

14.

17
18.

19.

20.

21.
22.

23.

24.
25.
26.

27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33s
34.
35.
36.

Sale

38.
39.

40.
41.
42.
43,
44.

45.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 159

A467: Cut bank on Four-Mile Ck.,. NWY4NWY sec. 6, T. 129 N., R. 80 W.,
side of Beaver Creek in Seeman Park (Linton Municipal Park), SWi4-
SW% sec. 17, T. 132 N., R. 76 W., ca. 0.75 mi. SE of Linton, Emmons Co.,
N. Dak.

A470: Road cut E. side N-S gravelled road at jct. with E-W gravelled
road, SW% sec. 6, T. 129 N., R. 78 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A472: Road cut on E. side of N-S gravelled road and cut banks of
associated stream drainage (E-W) NWYZNW'Y% sec. 33, T. 130 N., R. 78
W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A473: Butte-capping sandstone at center sec. 10, T. 129 N., R. 78 W., Em-
mons Co., N. Dak.

A474: Outcrop in drainage, running NW-SE across E-W gravelled road
ca. % mile E. of farmhouse, SE% sec. 11, T. 129 N., R. 78 W., Emmons
Co., N. Dak.

A475: Rd. cut E. side of gravelled road just N. of farm entrance, NW%4-
SW sec. 1, T. 133 N., R. 78 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A476: Outcrop in road cut (primarily) at top of hill on W. side of drainage
on N. and S. sides of E-W gravelled road at center sec. 1, T. 134 N., R.
79 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A477: Cross-bedded sandstone outcrops of Timber Lake Member, N.
side of small drainage, ca. 4% mile W. of gravelled road of E. edge sec.
35, T. 134 N., R. 79 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A478: Road cut E. side of road, NWY%4SWY sec. 15, T. 132 N., R. 75 W.,
Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A479: Road cut on farm rd. at jct. with E-W gravelled road, SE corner
sec. 29, IT. 131 N., R. 77 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A480: Road cut on W. edge of glacial drainage, S. side of gravel road,
center sec. 26, T. 134 N., R. 71 W., east of Burnstad, Logan Co., N. Dak.
A601: NE sec. 12, T. 132 N., R. 79 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A611: SEY sec. 32, T. 133 N., R. 75 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A615: SW% sec. 34, T. 133 N., R. 76 W., Emmons Co., e Dak.

A617: SW% sec. 27, T. 133 N., R. 76 w., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A618: NEY sec. 21, T. 133.N., TRG W., Emmons Co., - Dak.

A625: SW% sec. 26, T. 133 N., R. 77 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A626: NE% sec. 35, T. 133 N., R. 77 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A627: NWSW sec. 27, T. 133 N., R. 77 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.
A643: SW sec. 36, T. 134 N., R. 77 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A677: Charlie Whippli’s ranch, NW% sec. 20, T. 130 N., R. 80 W., Sioux
Co., N. Dak.

A684: E. rdeut. exposure, SE side Buffalo Lake, NEYNWY% sec. 12, T.
152 N., R. 72 W., ca 10% air mi. NNE Selz, S. Pierce Co., N. Dak.

A689: "SEY sec. 7, Tie Neo S ve Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A701: SWYUNWY, secs3, Te 13 OSNEOR. 78. We roadcut on east and west
sides of road, Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A706: NW% sec. 33, T. 130 N., R. 78 ‘W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A719: NW% sec. 27, T. 130 N., R. 80 W.. Sioux Co., N. Dak.

A720: SY sec. 32, T. 130 N., R. 80 W., Sioux Co., N. Dak.

A726: SW14SE% sec. 33, a 131 N., R. 78 W., road cut on north side of
road, Emmons Co., N. Dak.

A740: SW% sec. 24, T. 131 N., R. 80 W., roadcut on west side of N. Dak.
24, Sioux On N. Dak.

A747: SEY sec. 14, T. 132 N., R. 76 W., Emmons Co., N. Dak.

TERMINOLOGY

Terminology, particularly morphologic usage, employed herein

is that applied by current workers in the field with a few exceptions.

160 BULLETIN 284

Among the works consulted in this regard were Cox (1955, 1960),
Powell (1961), and Sohl (1964, 1967a). Size distinctions between
parallel terms such as costae and ribs, or chords and threads are
empirical, and no attempt has been made to quantify them as they
are often a function of the size (age) of the specimen in question,

Measurements have been made according to the practices of
Soh] (1964, 1967a). Types of measurement are listed below along
with their abbreviations as used in the text:

DPW: Diameter of the penultimate whorl measured normal to teloconch axis
of coiling.

MD: Maximum diameter of the shell measured normal to teloconch axis
of coiling.

H: Total height of the shel] measured parallel] to the axis of coiling.

HA: Height of the aperture measured to include canals.

HB: Height of the last (“body”) whorl measured parallel to the axis of
coiling at its maximum, generally at the aperture.

PA: Pleural angle of the spire, measured in degrees, tangent to the last
few whorls of the shell.

SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY
MOLLUSCA
GASTROPODA
STREPTONEURA
ARCHAEOGASTROPODA
TROCHACEA
Family TROCHIDAE
Subfamily MARGARITINAE?
Genus and species uncertain Pl. 14, figs. 1-6

Material. — Five incomplete specimens extracted from sand-
stone concretions. These specimens, having been partially weathered
prior to removal from the concretion, lack the outer shell layer
carrying ornamentation and the early teloconch and _ protoconch
whorls.

Discussion. — This species may belong to any of several genera
including Margarites, Margaritella, Atira, and Solariella as indicated
by the general size and trochoid aspect of the shell and by the
pearly nacreous layer of shell, some of which is preserved. A faint

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 161

trace of lineation on the whorls prior to preparation indicated that
the shells may have been ornamented by collabral(?) grooves or
striations, but none were definitely preserved. In general appearance
the shells are small, trochoid, and deeply umbilicate. The periphery
of the last whorl has a tendency to be acute anteriorly, producing
a broad, convex, posterior slope and weak, anterior, carina-like
flexure of the outer lip. The umbilicus does not seem to have been
circled by any type of angular ridge or cord, but this type of pro-
sopon is generally not reflected in lower shell layers, and because
the ornamental layer is absent, the question of umbilical ornament
is open.

A decision to place these specimens in Margarites, Atira, or
Solariella, all common, Maestrichtian, Western Interior genera,
would rest upon the character of umbilical ornament, whereas as-
signment to Margaritella would require presence of a noded ridge
on the early teloconch whorls. When Meek discussed his “Margarita”
nebrascensis (= Atira nebrascensis) in 1876 he illustrated several
small forms assignable to that species but included (pl. 19, fig. 9b)
one much larger form under the same name. His A. nebrascensis
were from the Pierre Shale of South Dakota. The large form, which
Sohl (1967a, p. B11) stated was an undescribed species lacking
umbilical nodes and subsutural sculpture, is from the Fox Hills
Formation at “Long Lake” (Meek, p. 299). The location of Long
Lake (= “Yanktonin”), based upon the research of Waage (1968),
is in North Dakota. My specimens resemble Meek’s in general
form, but without ornament they are indeterminate.

In general shape the specimens at hand resemble more closely
Solariella (Radiatula?) occidentalis Whiteaves (1903, p. 368, pl. 43,
figs. 5, 5a) as he illustrated it. Whiteaves’ species cannot be placed
to genus with any certainty from his figure or description, how-
ever, and may be a large Atira. Sohl (1967a, p. B11) stated that
Meek’s (1876) undescribed specimen lacks umbilical nodes but that
is impossible to determine from Meek’s figure 9b. If nodes are
present, Meek’s specimen may be conspecific with Whiteaves’ S.
(R.?) occidentalis and with my material. Well-preserved material
must be located before the issue is resolved.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13460, 13461.

162 BULLETIN 284

Occurrence. — From concretions in the Timber Lake Member
at localities A740 and A458.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian?

Superfamily NERITACEA
Family NERITIDAE
Genus NERITINA Lamarck, 1816

Type species (by subsequent designation of Children, 1823, p.
111, in Kennard, et al., 1931, p. 24): Nerita pulliger Linnaeus, 1767.

Generic diagnosis. —Subrhomboid, abruptly expanding, blunt-
spired shells, generally having first whorl, or two, depressed and
encircled by later whorls, last whorl being completely exposed. Sur-
face smooth, sutures flush to slightly impressed, sides of whorl flat
or gently convex; aperture crescentic; outer lip smooth or with in-
terior weakly denticulate; inner lip thickened into callus completely
covering umbilical region, and with or without teeth (sensu Sohl,
1960).

Remarks. — This diagnosis treats Neritina in the strict sense
and does not consider forms now referred to Velatella Meek. Neri-
tina is a widely reported Western Interior genus. It is generally taken
to be indicative of estuarine or littoral conditions of deposition.
Meek (1873, pp. 499-500), White (1879b, p. 308; 1883a, pp. 25-6),
Stanton (1947, p. 63), Stephenson (1946, p. 181), and Sohl (1960,
p. 63) have all described Neritina from the Cretaceous of the mid-
continent, and most have alluded to the littoral] and estuarine
habitat preference of the genus.

Neritina is rare in the Fox Hills Formation of North Dakota.
One “Fox Hills” record is that of White, 1879(b) (p. 309) from,
“Cretaceous strata, Fox Hills Group; valley of Sulphur Creek, near
Hilliard Station, Union Pacific Railroad, Wyoming” which is the
type locality of Neritina incompta White. The exact correlation of
these strata is uncertain because usage of the term “Fox Hills”
has in the past been rather broad the farther a worker was from
the type area in South Dakota. The report herein is the first docu-
mented occurrence of the genus in the Fox Hills Formation in its
restricted sense.

GasTRopopa, CreTAcEous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 163

Neritina loganensis, n. sp. Pl. 14, figs. 7-9

Diagnosis. — Shell high for genus; outer lip not expanding
abruptly, smooth on interior; inner lip bearing three teeth, posterior
tooth strongest, bent slightly toward middle tooth which bends
toward it producing a mild, “bow-legged” appearance for the two;
lowest tooth parallel to middle one. Ornament lacking save for very
faint growth lines.

Description. — Shell subrhomboid, convex, spire blunt, early
whorls almost completely hidden by last whorl. Outer lip not ex-
panding or flaring outward abruptly as in many WNeritina, free of
denticles on inner surface, not thinning markedly at edge; inner
lip forming a thick callus or boss covering base of columella and
umbilicus completely, producing an anomphalous condition; mid-
portion of inner lip bearing three strong teeth, posterior tooth
largest, others slightly smaller and of equal size. Smaller teeth paral-
lel, tilted slighty posteriorly; posterior tooth straighter, tilted slightly
toward the anterior; aperture crescentic. Shell of holotype a uniform
grayish brown with no color banding and ornamented only by very
fine collabral growth lines; suture barely impressed. Pleural angle
approximately 60 degrees. Protoconch worn on holotype, depressed.

Material.— One excellently preserved specimen lacking only
protoconch. One badly decorticated specimen preserving only a por-
tion of the last whorl and entire tooth bearing callus of inner lip.

Discussion. — This species resembles only one other Western
Interior Neritina, N. piswm (= N. pisiformis) Meek from the Coal-
ville Cretaceous of Utah which is Turonian in age. Meek (1873)
originally considered N. piswm to have a smooth inner lip but, upon
breaking it during extraction from concretionary matrix, he dis-
covered its lip was “. . . provided there with four small] denticles,
the upper one of which is largest” (p. 500). Meek called the toothed
form NV. pisiformis, separating it from N. pisum. The holotype of
N. pisiformis was later figured by White (1883a, pl. 12, figs. 9a, b,
c). Stanton, upon cleaning the aperture of NV. pisum, found it to be
denticulate as well and placed N. pistformis as a junior synonym
of NV. piswm (1893, p. 127).

I have examined the holotype of N. pistformis (SNM 7885) at
the U.S. National Museum where it is housed with N. piswm. It has

164 BULLETIN 284

a lower spire than NV. loganensis and the posterior tooth seems to be
more reduced. The teeth on Meek’s holotype are difficult to inter-
pret because his specimen is broken partially across them. The
fourth tooth is difficult to interpret and it may well have been
reduced in subsequent handling. None of his other specimens ex-
pose the dentition, and Stanton said nothing about the number of
teeth in his discussion. For this reason I have relied upon Meek’s
original description to differentiate N. loganensis from N. piswm
(= N. pisiformis).

This represents the first record of Neritina from the Fox Hills
Formation near the type area and the first occurrence from North
Dakota. It further reduces the endemic character often ascribed to
the fauna generated by our previously incomplete knowledge of Fox
Hills gastropods.

Etymology. — The species is named for Logan County, North
Dakota, where the paratype was collected.

Types. — Holotype, USNM 180531; paratype, UND 13465.

Dimensions of holotype. —H = 0.9em. MD = 0.8cm, PA =
60°.

Type locality. — The holotype is from USGS locality 16002:
top of ridge + 600 feet W. of township line in sec. 36, T. 141 N.,
R. 73 W., about 10 miles N. of Steele, in Kidder County, North
Dakota (= UND locality A454); paratype from UND locality
A480, center sec. 21, T. 134 N., R. 71 W., Logan County, North
Dakota.

Occurrence. — The paratype was collected from fine sand and
silt of the unnamed member at locality A480. I do not believe the
animal lived in conditions represented by these deposits (see
Rhoads, et al., 1972) and its extremely worn condition, suggesting
much transport, corroborates this conclusion. The label for U.S.
Geological Survey locality 16002, where the holotype was collected,
reads: “Fox Hills? A. Balban Ranch about 10 mi. N. of Steele, N.
Dak. + 600’ W. of township line in sec. 36, T. 141 N., R. 73 W.
on south slope of high point on ridge, near top of ridge. June 19,
1931. R. W. Brown, J. Murata.” Strata at this locality occupy a
position in the upper, unnamed, buttecapping sandstone which con-
tains a Crassostrea-Pachymelania “estuarine” faunule.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH DaKoTA: Erickson 165

MESOGASTROPODA
CERITHIACEA

Family THIARIDAE
Genus PACHYMELANIA E. A. Smith, 1893

Type species (by monotypy): Nerita aurita Miller, E. A.
Smith, 1893, Conchologist, vol. 2, pp. 141-2 (not Pachymelania
White, 1895, U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull. 128, p. 50).

Generic diagnosis. —Shell high-spired, moderately thick;
whorls strongly ribbed, with well-developed spiral ornament, or with
strong carinae, tubercules, or nodes. Aperture not inflated, oval,
slightly narrowed posteriorly as a sinus, with lip thicken anteriorly
and around base of columella. Operculum thin, flat, paucispiral.
(Modified from Wenz, 1938.)

Remarks. — Correct assignment of the two species here referred
to Pachymelania has been in doubt since their original description
by Meek in 1873 as emphasized by the passage below taken from
his work:

It is not probable that this shell belongs properly either to the
genus Melania or Goniobasis, as those genera are now restricted by
the best authorities in conchology; though I have little doubt that it will
fall into Melania, as defined and understood by those who give
greater latitude to genera. It is probable that when its aperture can
be seen, it will be found to present characters that would warrant its
separation under a new generic name. I suspect indeed, that some
others of our fossil-shells of this kind, from the fresh and brackish
water-beds of the Rocky Mountain region, will be found to belong to
several undefined groups; but until better specimens can be obtained,
we can only range them provisionally under the established genera
to which they seem to be most nearly allied. Undoubtedly at some
future time specimens will be found sufficiently well preserved to
enable the paleontologist to classify them more correctly. It seems
desirable, however, in the mean time to define them, so that they can
be used by geologists in identifying strata, as it may be ages before
perfect specimens can be found; while those we now have can be
readily identified specifically by their ornamentation and other well-
marked characters.

In 1876 White (p. 131) described Melania larunda which he
later (1883b, p. 95) recognized as a synonym of Meek’s Melania
wyomingensis. At that time he figured two specimens (pl. 28, figs.
6a, b) neither of which appears to be the type now at the U.S.

166 BULLETIN 284

National Museum and figured herein (PI. 15, figs. 21, 22). He also

made the following comment regarding generic placement (p. 96):

This description [of M. wyomingensis] is drawn mainly from my
type specimens of M. larunda, because they are much more perfect
than Mr. Meek’s types are, and more perfect than any others yet dis-
covered. In its aspect and ornamentation this species is so much like
an Old World Melania that I prefer to assign it to that species rather
than to Goniobasis, with some forms of which it agrees in general
characteristics.

Since these early workers there have been numerous references
to these forms but no thorough treatment of the two species as-
signed to Pachymelania has been made. The uncertainty of their
assignment has continually been reflected by many competent
workers as this statement on Melania from Henderson (1935, p.
208) indicates: “Possibly some or all of these species should be
assigned to some other genus, if not to some other family.” In much
of the present literature these forms are referred to as “Melania” to
signify the generic uncertainty.

As here used, the genus is characterized principally by a deep
broad sinus on the outer lip which is not characteristic of either
Goniobasis or Melania s.s. (Tiara in part? ). The species included
here have a wide geographic range from Canada to New Mexico and
possibly into Mexico. Pachymelania includes P. wyomingensts
(Meek) and P. insculpta (Meek) with the possibility that Melania?
whiteavest Stanton and Hatcher, 1905 (= Gomobasis imsculpta
Dawson, 1875, not Meek; Melania insculpta Whiteaves, 1885, not
Meek) may belong here as well. Stanton and Hatcher’s plate 13,
figure 5 is suggestive of P. insculpta, but no growth lines can be
seen to portray the aperture.

Recognition of a Holocene West African genus in the Western
Interior Cretaceous without perfect material is not conducive to
the greatest degree of confidence. There is some feeling that two
genera Pachymelania and Dircella are present in the Fox Hills
material. At present I feel that both North Dakota species here
assigned are closely related and I cannot justify recognition of
Dircella. The possibility that the Fox Hills forms are in fact repre-
sentatives of an underscribed genus is strong and should be born
in mind until more perfect material is collected.

Both P. wyomingensis and P. insculpta were brackish-water

GastTropopa, CreTaceous, NortH DaKkota: Erickson 167

forms and are restricted to deposits in lagoonal facies of the upper
Fox Hills Formation where they occur with Crassostrea. This
Crassostrea-Pachymelania assemblage contains, in addition, such
genera as Corbicula, Anomia, and Neritina, but there are never any
truly fresh-water members present.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian — Holocene.

Pachymelania wyomingensis (Meek), 1873 Pl. 14, figs. 19-22

1873. Melania Goniobasis (?) wyomingensis Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.,
6th Ann. Rept., p. 516.

1876. Melania larunda White, Geol. Uinta Mtns., Powell Rept. pp. 107,
137),

1883. Melania wyomingensis Meek, White, U.S. Geog. Geol. Sur. Terr., 12th
Ann. Rept., pt. 1, p. 95, pl. 28, figs. 6a, b.

1893. Melania wyomingensis Meek, Stanton, U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull., No. 106,
p. 42.

1897. Melania wyomingensis Meek, Stanton and Knowlton, Geol. Soc. Ameri-
ca, Bull., vol. 8, pp. 144, 147.

1905. Melania? wyomingensis Meek, Stanton and Hatcher, U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Bull Nos 257; p. 121%

1935. Melania wyomingensis Meek, Henderson, Geol. Soc. America, Spec.
Paper, No: 3, p. 210.

1968. Melania wyomingensis Meek, Waage, Yale Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Bull. 27, p. 128.

Diagnosis. — Shell attaining a rather large size, subterete, or very elongate-
conical; volutions about nine or ten, the upper ones flattened-convex, and the
lower two or three more prominent; suture well defined but not deep. Surface
of upper volutions ornamented by small, regular, rather crowded, and slightly
arched vertical costae, crossed by five or six regular revolving lines, that im-
part to them a granular or minutely nodular appearance; farther down, the
vertical costae become less and less distinct, so as nearly or quite to disappear
on the lower turns, while the revolving lines become proportionally stronger,
especially one a little above the middle of each volution, which develops a
revolving row of rather distinct nodes that are compressed from above and
below, so as to become sharply prominent on the lower two volutions, thus
giving them an angular appearance; though the last one is rounded below this
angle. (Aperture unknown.) [Meek, 1873, p. 516].

Discussion. — The diagnosis given above is complete and I see
no reason to alter it. The apertura] characters are of generic sig-
nificance and pertain both to this and the succeeding species.

Pachymelama wyomingensis is an “index” to the upper blanket
sand unit of the Fox Hills Formation in North Dakota and South
Dakota, a unit of wide regional extent deposited in an area of mixed
fresh and salt water deposition, as discussed earlier. It occurs also
in marine units of the Hell Creek Formation of North Dakota and
its equivalent units (Lance) in Wyoming and Colorado. Further
discussion will be included with that of P. insculpta.

168 BULLETIN 284

Types. — Holotype (?) USNM 12490; Hypotypes, USGS
locality 16002; UND 13449.

Type locality. —“Black Butte Station, Union Pacific Railroad,
Wyoming Territory. Upper beds Bitter Creek series” (Meek, 1873,
p. 516).

Occurrence. —P. wyomingensis occurs associated with the
Crassostrea-Pachymelania “estuarine” faunule at localities A454,
A480, A470, and A601 in a “salt and pepper,” medium-grained,
moderately indurated sandstone belonging to the upper, unnamed
member of the Fox Hills Formation. It also occurs at numerous
localities in the marine or brackish facies of the Hell Creek Forma-
tion in Morton, Sioux, and Emmons Counties, North Dakota.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Pachymelania insculpta (Meek), 1873 Pl. 14, figs. 15-18

1873. Goniobasis? insculpta Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr., 6th Ann. Rept., p.
515.

1876. Goniobasis insculpta Meek, White, Geol. Uinta Mtns., Powell Rept., p.
101.

1879. Melania insculpta Meek, White, U.S. Geog. Geol. Sur. Terr., 11th Ann.
Rept., p. 221.

1883. Melania? insculpta Meek, White, U.S. Geog. Geol. Sur. Terr., 12th Ann.
Rept., p. 94.

1910. Melania insculpta Meek, Stanton, Amer. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 50,
p. 179.

1914. Melania insculpta Meek, Calvert, e¢ al., U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull., No. 575,
p. 14.

1935. Melania? insculpta Meek, Henderson, Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper,
No. 3, p. 208.

1968. Melania cf. insculpta Meek, Waage, Yale Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull.
2/, p. 128.

Diagnosis. — Shell terete, or elongate-subconical, volutions apparently about
ten, convex, or sometimes flattened-convex, increasing gradually in size; last
one not much enlarged, and without an angle around the middle, sometimes
slightly concave above in large specimens; suture well defined; aperture un-
known. Surface ornamented by distinct, regular, nearly straight, or slightly
arched vertical costae, about sixteen of which may be counted on each volution,
while crossing these are smaller, regular, deep, revolving furrows that cut
each rib into little transverse nodes, which, from the obsolescence of the verti-
cal costae on the lower part of the last turn, become more or less continuous
revolving lines on that part of the shell. [Meek, 1873, p. 515.]

Discussion. — All of the taxonomic conditions and morphologic
variation that pertain to P. insculpta also hold for P. wyomingensis.
The two are often found together, consequently the paleoecologic

and paleogeographic comments above are similar and will not be
repeated here.

GasTRopopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 169

It appears to me that there is yet some confusion, or lack of
understanding, between Pachymelania wyomingensis and P. in-
sculpta as figured herein. All except figure 17 are illustrations of
U.S. National Museum types. In every way the sculpture of P.
imsculpta is identical with that on the early whorls of P. wyomingen-
Sis yet some attain a size as large as, or larger than, many spinose
specimens of that species. It is possible that a complete series be-
tween the two forms exists, or that these specimens represent sexual
or ecotypic variations of a single species.

To complicate this I have specimens of P. insculpta on which
the ribs are straight with no subsutural opisthocline curve. The
straight ribbed variety is not represented among the specimens in
the U.S. National Museum collection. Thus, Pachymelania wyom-
ingensts has been considered herein to be that form which loses
ribs and developes spines on the later whorls, a feature common to
the family. P. msculpta is considered as the ribbed form lacking
spines or tubercles.

Types. — Holotype? (and paratype?) USNM 1249la and b;
Hypotype UND 13449.

Type locality. —“Rock Spring, Wyoming, from a little above
the main ten-foot bed of coal at that locality. Bitter Creek series”
(Meek, 1873, p. 516).

Occurrences. — At localities A454, A470, A480, and A601.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Superfamily LITTORINACEA
Family LITTORINIDAE
Genus SPIRONEMA Meek, 1864

Type species (by original designation): Turbo tenuilineata
Meek, 1864, Smithsonian Check-List North American Cretaceous
fossils, p. 35.

Generic diagnosis. — Shell turbinate or subovate, thin; spire rather prom-
inent; suture channeled; axis perforated; aperture ovate, not modified by
the body-volution above; peristome continuous; outer lip sharp; inner lip
thin, not reflexed or flattened below, and only connected with the body-volu-

tion toward the upper part of the aperture; umbilical perforation small; sur-
face with revolving lines and furrows. [Meek, 1876, p. 341.]

Remarks. — This monotypic genus was erected by Meek on the
basis of a single specimen. It is very close in many ways to Vani-

170 BULLETIN 284

koropsis, a lower spired, thick-shelled form (in the case at least of
V. twomeyana, the type species). Spironema was said to be distin-
guishable by its impressed suture, higher, terraced spire, free parietal
wall at the umbilicus, descending anterior edge of outer lip, and thin
shell. The holotype, USNM 270, is figured on Plate 16, figures 1 and
2 herein. Much of the unique character of this specimen is due to
the condition of the sutures. It seems that the terraced appearance
and deep sutures are caused in large part by preparation of the
specimen and are artifacts of that process. Thus the impressed, or
channeled, suture is probably not a good diagnostic character.
Specimens here referred to Spironema tenuilineata are done so
on the basis of thin shell, tall spire (PA = 70-80 degrees), free
anterior portion of the inner lip, and their being anteriorly pro-
duced. In these respects they conform to Meek’s (1876, p. 342)
description. Prosopon appears to be variable and close to that of
Vanikoropsts making it less diagnostic. Further discussion of these
genera will be found in the consideration of Vanikoropsis below.

Spironema tenuilineata (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 15, figs. 1-3

1856. Turbo tenuilineatus Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 64.

1864. Spironema tenuilineata (Meek and Hayden), Meek, Smithsonian Check-
List North American Cretaceous fossils, pp. 19, 35.

1876. Spironema tenuilineata (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur.
‘Derr, Rept:, voli-9;, p. 342, pl. 32, figs. 9a,, ib, \¢:

Diagnosis. — Shell obliquely subovate, comparatively thin; spire forming
about half the entire length, apparently rather acute at the apex; volutions
about five and a half, prominently convex, last one rounded and somewhat
produced below; surface marked with fine lines of growth, which are crossed
by stronger, irregular, revolving lines, about equaling the grooves between;
much finer, obscure, revolving striae may also sometimes be seen by the aid of
a magnifier, upon and between the larger lines. Aperture a little oblique, very
nearly ovate, but a little straighter on the inner than the outer side; umbilicus
small. [Meek, 1876, p. 342.]

Discussion. — As mentioned above the “excavated” suture and
ornament are probably not diagnostic of this species. One other
form S. perryt from the “Nacotoch Sand” of Texas was described
by Stephenson (1941, p. 273). He distinguished the two species by
the following comparison:

Compared with Spironema tenuilineata Meek and Hayden, from the

Fox Hills formation of the Western Interior, this shell is smaller, the

spiral ribs are fewer, more regular, and more widely spaced, the

suture is less deeply impressed, and the umbilicus is more nearly
closed.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 171

If a moderate variation of the prosopon of Meek’s species is
later demonstrated this species of Stephenson may prove to be
synonymous with S. tenuilineata. This species has not been reported
from North Dakota before.

Types. — Hypotype UND 902.

Type locality. — Fox Hills Formation along the Moreau River
of South Dakota.

Occurrence. — Taken from concretions at locality A469 in the
Trail City (?) Member where they are common along with Vani-
koropsis nebrascensts.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Superfamily RISSOACEA
Family SYNCERATIDAE
Genus SYNCERA? Gray, 1821

Type species (by monotypy): Nerta (Syncera) hepatica
(Gray), 1821, London Medical Repository, vol. 15, p. 239.

Generic diagnosis.— Shell minute, turbinate or biconic. Whorls feebly or
not at all convex. Surface usually smooth except for incrementals. Aperture
holostomous, obliquely ovate or elliptical, angulated posteriorly, broadly and
smoothly rounded anteriorly. Outer lip thin, sharp, simple. Inner lip formed
by a heavy glaze that washes the parietal wall and reinforces the pillar. Um-
bilicus closed, or narrowly crescentic; the umbilical keel, if present, subacute
or narrowly obtuse. [Gardner, 1947, p. 602].

Remarks. — The status of Syncera Gray is in some doubt.
Thiele (1935, p. 169) made it a questionable synonym of Assiminea
(Leach), Fleming, whereas Wenz (1938) considered it a nude name
and placed it in synonmy with Assiminea. The latter usage is not
well documented and seems drastic since Gardner (1947) quoted
a portion of Gray’s description of the animal. To compound the
problem further, Wenz assigned eight subgenera to Asstminea, none
of which seems to be in the sense of Syncera Gray as used by
Gardner. Because I am comparing the Fox Hills form to Syncera
as used by Gardner (1947), particularly as illustrated on her plate
57, figure 9, I am using the genus in the sense of her diagnosis as
given above.

WP BULLETIN 284

My material superficially resembles several Upper Cretaceous
forms. It might be confused with members of Creonella, Pyramidella,
Tiberia, and Lacrimiforma if good detail of the columella were
lacking. All these genera possess one or more plaits, whereas the
columella of Syncera is smooth. Odostomia Fleming is very close in
form, but generally lacks a complete parietal and columellar glaze
of callus encircling the entire appressed portion of the aperture as
is present on the North Dakota material. Some Odostomia (sensu
Wenz, 1938) also possess a parietal fold high on the columella, again
not characteristic of Syncera.

Syncera ? sp. PI, 15, figs zie ce

Material.— One specimen with early whorls missing and an-
terior portion of outer lip broken away. Slightly more than three
whorls are preserved. No columellar plaits are visible and the entire
shell except the aperture is filled by grains of fine sand. The shell is
2.6 mm high and 1.6 mm in maximum width.

Discussion. — This small shell, if correctly placed, represents
the first record of Syncera from the Fox Hills Formation. There
seem to be no other Cretaceous species comparable to it. Several
small forms such as Lacrimiforma secunda from the Ripley Forma-
tion are similar, but as mentioned earlier all bear plaits on the
columella contrary to the North Dakota specimen.

It is probable that the Fox Hills material represents an unde-
scribed species, but additional, more complete material will be neces-
sary before erection of a new taxon can be justified, Preservation of
such a delicate specimen in the sandstone was fortuitous and addi-
tional material might be rare.

Types. — Figured specimen UND 13480.

Occurrence. — The shell was collected from butte-capping sand-
stone beds cropping out on Sibley Buttes at locality A454. It is from
the top of the Fox Hills Formation.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Superfamily STROMBACEA
Family APORRHAIDAE
Genus DREPANOCHILUS Meek, 1864

Type species (by original designation): Rostellaria americana

GastropopA, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 173

Evans and Shumard, 1857, Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Trans., vol. 1, p.
42 (not R. americana d’Orbigny, 1842).

Generic diagnosis.— Medium-sized high-spired shells with round-sided
whorls. Initial sculpture of fine spiral threads. Sculpture of spire commonly
dominated by transverse ribs that virtually disappear on body whorl; body
whorl sculpture dominated by two or three spiral cords or carinations with
upper carination continuous over single narrow upturned spur of the ex-
panded out lip. Anterior canal short to moderate length. [Sohl, 1967a, pp. B11-
174]

Remarks. — This is one of the most frequently observed genera
from the marine Upper Cretaceous and Paleocene rocks of the West-
ern Interior. It has been reported widely from the Pierre Shale, Fox
Hills, and Cannonball Formations (Meek, 1876; Stanton, 1921;
Sohl, 1960, 1967a; Cvancara, 1956; Brinster, 1970) as well as from
strata of the Gulf Coast (Stephenson, 1941, 1952). According to
Soh! (1967a) the genus is not common in rocks of the Mississippi
Embayment and is lacking from the Atlantic Coast rocks of similar
age. It is replaced in the latter province by Anchura and Graciliala.
Aporrhaid generic occurrences were summarized by Sohl (1967a, p.

B12, Table 2).
Drepanochilus evansi Cossmann, 1904 Pl. 14, figs. 10-13

1857. Rostellaria americana Evans and Shumard, Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Trans.,
vol. 1, p. 42 (non R. americana d’Orbigny, 1842).

1860. Aporrhais americana (Evans and Shumard), Meek and Hayden, Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p. 423.

1860. Aporrhais sublevis Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 12, p. 178 (misprint Aporrhais sublevata appears on p. 428).

1876. Anchura (Drepanochilus) americana (Evans and Shumard), Meek, U.S.
Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 324, pl. 32, figs. 8a, b.

1876. Anchura? sublevis (Meek and Hayden), Meek and Hayden, U.S. Geol.
Sur: herr. Rept.,, vol. 9; pii327, pl: 19) figs. 3a: b:

1879. Anchura americana (Evans and Shumard), White, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.,
11th Ann. Rept., 1877, p. 185.

1885. Anchura americana (Evans and Shumard), Whiteaves, Canada Geol.
Sur. Contr. Canadian Paleontology, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 48-9.

1904. Arrhoges (Drepanochilus) evansi Cossmann, Essais de paléoconchologie
comparée, No. 6, p. 75.

1921. Anchura (Drepanochilus) americana (Evans and Shumard), Stanton,
U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 128, p. 37, pl. 6, fig. 13.

1938. Drepanochilus (Drepanochilus) americanum (Evans and Shumard),
Gastropoda, im Schindewolf, O. H., Handbuch der Paldozoologie, vol. 6,
pt. 4, p. 912, fig. 2683.

1944, Drepanochilus americanum (Evans and Shumard), Shimer and Shrock,
Index Fossils of North America, p. 497, pl. 203, fig. 24.

1960. Drepanochilus evansi (Cossmann), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
331-A, p. 100, pl. 11, figs. 23, 26.

1967. Drepanochilus evans; (Cossmann), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
393-B, pp. B13-14, pl. 3, figs. 10-21.

174 BULLETIN 284

Diagnosis. — Shell large for genus; body whorl strongly bi-
carinate, upper carina developing into long upturned pointed canal
on flaring outer lip; lip becoming infilled and thickened in old age.
Early whorls covered with threads crossing strong, almost evenly
opisthocline ribs; on body whorls ribs are lost, seen only as nodes
on upper carina, numerous small cords develop over body whorl as
well. Pleural angle 25-30 degrees.

Discussion. — Because this is a common form from the Western
Interior it has often been cited in the older literature and has thus
developed an involved synonymy. It was a junior homonym of
Rostellaria americana @Orbigny a problem recognized and corrected
by Cossmann in 1904 (p. 75) when he referred the species to
Arrhoges (Drepanochilus) evansi, retaining Meek’s (1864) sub-
generic designation. Arrhoges as now used is a genus containing
species with well-defined ribs on the last whorl and a blunt, broad
outer lip to which D. evansi does not conform. It remains as the
type of Drepanochilus which contains several Western Interior
species that form a distinct evolutionary group in the midcontinent
region. It was recorded from the Cannonball Formation by Stanton
in 1921 (p. 37) and is not new to the state; Cvancara (1956) re-
corded it from the Fox Hills Formation.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13448, 893, 13455.

Type locality.—‘“Moreau and Grand Rivers” (Evans and
Shumard, 1857, p. 42); this is in the type area of the Fox Hills
Formation in South Dakota.

Occurrence. — D. evansi is common at two localities; from con-
cretions in the Trail City Member at locality A469 and from fine and
medium-grained sandstone of the Timber Lake Member at locality
A460.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian-Paleocene.

Drepanochilus nebrascensis? (Evans and Shumard), 1854 PI. 14, fig. 14

1854. Rostellaria nebrascensis Evans and Shumard, Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. 7, p. 164.

1860. Aporrhais nebrascensis (Evans and Shumard), Meek and Hayden, Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p. 423.

1876. Anchura (Drepanochilus) nebrascensis (Evans and Shumard), Meek (in
part), U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 326, pl. 13, figs. 5a, b, c
(figures questionably assigned to species).

1900. Anchura nebrascensis (Evans and Shumard), Knight, Wyoming Univ.,
Bull. 45, p. 154, pl. 9, fig. 7.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH DaxkotTa: Erickson = 175

1904. Arrhoges (Drepanochilus) nebrascensis (Evans and Shumard), Coss-
mann, Essais de paléoconchologie comparée, No. 6, p. 77.

1967. Drepanochilus nebrascensis (Evans and Shumard), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Prof. Paper 393-B, p. B17, pl. 3, figs. 1-9.

Type locality. —“Sage Creek, Nebraska [= South Dakota]”
(Evans and Shumard, 1854, p. 164).

Diagnosis. — Shells medium to small for genus; body with two
strong carinae that lack nodes; ribs numerous, narrow, opisthocline
with most flexure on posterior portion. Ridge on inner surface of
outer lip close to and parallel with edge. Pleural angle 20 to 23
degrees.

Discussion. — Soh] (1967a, p. B17) discussed this species at
some length. He indicated that specimens figured by Meek (1876,
pl. 9, figs. 5a-c) appear to have weaker carinae than required and
may belong to some undescribed form. Whitfield’s (1880, p. 429)
specimens assigned to this species were reassigned as D. obesus Sohl
(1967a, p. B18).

D. nebrascensis is generally accepted as occurring from the
Didymoceras stevensont Zone upward to the Baculites reesidei Zone
in the Pierre Shale of Wyoming and South Dakota (Sohl, 1967a). It
has not been previously recorded as high as the Fox Hills Formation.
Because the upper whorls of this specimen are masked by matrix, I
have questioned my assignment, and thus questioned the provisional
stratigraphic range extension beyond the Pierre Shale. If correct
this is a new occurrence for the Fox Hills Formation. The Drepano-
chilus sp. of Brinster (1970, p. 42) from the Pierre Shale may be
conspecific with it making this a second record from North Dakota.

Types. — Hypotype UND 13454.

Occurrence. — This specimen was taken from fine to medium-
grained sandstone of the Timber Lake Member at locality A460.

Geologic range. — Campanian-Maestrichtian(?).

Superfamily HIPPONIACEA
Family VANIKORIDAE
Genus VANIKOROPSIS Meek, 1876

Type species (by original designation): Natica tuomyana
[sic] Meek and Hayden, 1856, p. 270.

Generic diagnosis. — Shell subglobose, thick, and solid; body-volution
large; spire depressed; aperture ovate; axis imperforated; outer lip simple,
beveled; inner lip closely folded upon, and adhering to, the columella and

176 BuLLETIN 284

the body-volution, very little thickened, and not flattened, toothed, notched, or
serrated; surface with distinct revolving lines and furrows, and on the body-
volution developing strong oblique folds or plications and furrows, parallel
to the lines of growth. [Meek, 1876, p. 331.]

Above is Meek’s original description of the genus; that below
is of Sohl (1967a, p. B22): “Medium-sized thick naticiform shells.
Sculpture dominated by strong broad spiral ribbons with transverse
sculpture absent or as low and broad collabral rugosities, Umbilicus
narrow.”

Remarks. — Sohl (1967a) gave a good account of Vanikoropsts
since Meek erected it in 1876. At that time he placed it in the Vani-
koridae. Cossmann (1925) and later Wenz (1938) placed it in the
Naticidae due to its supposed lack of an umbilicus. The holotype of
Vanikoropsis tuomeyana, the type species, is an incomplete speci-
men with broken aperture, worn spire, and narrow umbilicus. It has
coarse growth rugae. On the basis of similarity in shape, thickness
of shell, prosopon and possession of a narrow umbilicus, Sohl (1967a,
p. B22) assigned Fossar? nebrascensis Meek and Hayden (including
Natica ambigua Meek and Hayden, Natica haydeni Cossmann, and
Natica praenominata Cossmann) to Vantkoropsts.

As mentioned in previous discussion Spironema has a close re-
semblance to some forms assigned to V. nebrascensis. It appears to
be higher spired, have more impressed sutures (an artifact of
preparation of the holotype?) and a thin shell. V. twomeyana is
partially based on its thick shell. V. nebrascensis may have either
a thick or thin shell and was originally defined (Natica? ambigua
Meek and Hayden, 1856, p. 64) as having “thin lips.” Both thin-
and thick-shelled forms appear now to be included in Vanikoropsts.
My illustration on Plate 16, figures 4, 5 is of a hypotype (Sohl,
1967a, pl. 5, figs. 14, 17) from the Fox Hills Formation in South
Dakota identified by Sohl as V. nebrascensis. It is a thick-shelled,
high-spired form. With a thinner shell and a complete aperture, it
would compare well with the holotype of S. tenwilineata on Plate 15,
figures 1, 2 herein.

Vanikoropsis is based on a single specimen of V. twomeyana
and has been expanded in the sense of Sohl by his Pierre Shale and
Fox Hills forms of V. nebrascensis. Spironema is based on poorly de-
fined material with shell thickness a principal character. If shell
thickness and spire height should prove to be factors of sexual

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson’ 177

dimorphism after suitable material is found, Spironema tenulineata
will be a junior synonym of Natica? ambigua (= Vantkoropsis
nebrascensis), based on previous pagination. If, as well, V. nebra-
scensis belongs in Vantkoropsis with V. tuwomeyana (known from
a single specimen) as Sohl assigned it, all must be assigned to the
first defined genus based on a valid species — in this case Vam-
koropsis (Meek, 1876, p. 331). Both Spironema and Vantkoropsis
need to be redescribed on the basis of new material. These remarks
have been aimed at that necessity but material for such redescription

is not available.
Geologic range. — Late Campanian-Maestrichtian.

Vanikoropsis nebrascensis (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl, 15, figs, 4-7

1856. Natica? ambigua Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 64 (zoz Morris and Lycett, 1854).

1860. Fossar? nebrascensis Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol: 125 p;.423.

1864. Vanikoro ambigua (Meek and Hayden), Meek, Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,
vol. 15, p. 18.

1876. Vanikoro ambigua (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.
Rept., vol. 9, p. 330, pl. 19, figs. 12a-d.

1880. Vanikoro ambigua (Meek and Hayden), Whitfield, U.S. Geog. Geol.
Sur. Rocky Mtn. Region, p. 430, pl. 12, fig. 14.

1899. Natica haydenj Cossmann, Rev. critique paléozoologie, vol. 3, No. 3,
ps6:

1920. Natica praenominata Cossmann, Rev. geologie, vol. 1, No. 1, p. 69.

1925. Vanikoro ambigua (Meek and Hayden), Cossmann, Essais de paléo-
conchologie comparée, No. 13, p. 165.

1967. Vanikoropsis nebrascensis (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Prof. Paper 393-B, p. B22, pl. 5, figs. 1, 5-10, 12, 14, 17.

Diagnosis. — Spire high and pleural angle low for genus. Transverse
rugae uncommon. [Sohl, 1967a, p. B22.]

Discussion. — The synonymy of this species has been, and will
continue to be, complicated. The following quotation from Sohl’s
(1967a, p. B23) excellent summary is complete:

The synonymy of Vanikoropsis nebrascensis is complex. The
combination Natica ambigua of Meek and Hayden (1856) is a homo-
nym preoccupied by Morris and Lycett (1851) for a Jurassic species. In
1860, Meek and Hayden reassigned their species to Fossar, but as they
pointed out, Fossar ambigua was preoccupied and they substituted the
name nebrascensis. However, Meek in 1864 and later in 1876 reas-
signed the species to Vanikoro and resurrected the original name
ambigua, This designation held until 1899 when Cossmann pointed out
the homonymy of the original combination Natica? ambigua and sub-
stituted the name Natica haydeni.,

In 1920, Cossmann again pointed out that Natica? ambigua Meek
and Hayden was a homonym of Morris and Lycett’s species. Cossmann
evidently forgot his previous substitution of Natica haydeni and pro-

178 BULLETIN 284

posed the new name Natica praenominata. Later in 1925, Cossmann in
his “Essais” again reassigned the species placing it in Vanikoroa
(pro Vanikoro) and accepted the original name ambigua. In my opinion
the first substituted name nzebrascensis must stand for the species, and
Cossmann’s subsequent substitutions are invalid.

Because this species seems to contain both thick- and thin-
shelled forms I earlier expressed concern that it, in part at least,
may be synonymous with Spironema tenuilineata. Thickness is not
always a useful character even at the specific level, and I have tried
to assign specimens without prejudice as to thickness. The result
included a variety of both forms in V. nebrascensis. There are no
rugose forms that might suggest V. twomeyana in the fauna. Several
species, including two British Columbian forms, V. swctensis White
and Vanikoro pulchella Whiteaves are probably not properly as-
signed (Sohl, 1967a, p. B22). At present, Vantkoropsis appears to
be an endemic genus in the Pierre, Fox Hills, and equivalent faunas
of the Western Interior where it remains poorly understood. After
restudy of western Canadian material it may be shown to have
northern affinities.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13432 and USNM 132665.

Type locality. — The area of Glendive, Montana, on the Yel-
lowstone River, 150 miles above its mouth; probably from the Pierre
Shale.

Occurrence. — Specimens were taken from concretions in the
Trail City Member at locality A469 and from concretionary sand-
stone of the Timber Lake Member at locality A677.

Geologic range. — Upper Campanian-Maestrichtian.

Superfamily NATICACEA
Family NATICIDAE
Subfamily NATICINAE

Assignment of Fox Hills genera. —Naticids are numerous from
marine late Mesozoic and Cenozoic strata throughout the world.
Nearly all of them look superficially alike when, as fossils, they lack
characteristic colorations and opercula. Wrigley summed up the
causes for many taxonomic problems in the family in 1948 (p. 10)
as follows:

The study of Tertiary fossil Naticidae is especially difficult for
several reasons. Although specimens are abundant enough to show the

GasTRopopa, CreTACEOuS, NortH Dakota: Erickson 179

range of specific variation, they differ slightly in their modes of

preservation and in the degree to which they have been worn or cor-

roded. In sandy strata like the Oldhaven and Blackheath beds sutural
corrosion is almost universal, converting a moderately conic species in-

to an apparently turreted one in a most deceptive way. Colour, which

is so helpful in the discrimination of living species, is nearly always

lacking in fossils and Naticids are almost without the specific sculp-

ture found in so many other groups of gastropoda. If a large number

of Recent Naticid shells, including many juveniles, were bleached and

mixed it would be no easy task to classify them correctly. Sexual dif-

ferences have been reported in Naticid shells, the females being less
flat-sided or conic and more turreted than the smaller males, by
having to accommodate a large egg sac, with a resultant swelling near

the suture. I have not found this idea always helpful with fossils,

for it sometimes leads to the absurdity of finding all the males of a

supposed species living aeons before or after the females.

I have not condensed Wrigley’s phraseology because I feel the
British tendency for understatement characterizes the treatment of
this group since its earliest recognition.

Present discussion revolves around four genera of import to
the Fox Hills Formation and correlative units. These include
Polimces, Lunatia, Euspira, and Natica. I am excluding Gyrodes
and Amauropsis because they were not found in this study and are
readily recognized when found.

The earliest comprehensive account of Natica that I have
examined is the 1921 description by Harmer (p. 672) of Crag
(Pliocene) forms. Species he referred to Natica possessed a cal-
careous operculum and some had an open umbilicus whereas in
others it was covered by callus of the inner lip. He considered
Lunatia Gray, 1847, a subgenus of Natica comprising those forms
with non-calcareous opercula, many of which formerly had been in
Naticina Guilding, 1834. The following was his feeling in regard to
the concept of Polinices (p. 672): “A few Crag species are grouped
with Polinices, more largely used in America, confined by P. Fischer
to oval and elongated shells having the umbilicus closed by the
funicular callosity.” Polinices too was treated as a subgenus. Euspira
was not considered.

Cossmann in 1925 was unclear in his usage since he described
Natica s. l. with a calcareous operculum yet his subgenus Polinices
(p. 125) was diagnosed with a corneous operculum, the latter also
possessing one or more umbilical funicles. Lunatia, again a sub-

genus, was characterized as having an open umbilicus unlimited by

180 BULLETIN 284

callus formation within (p. 132). He considered Euspira to be a
synonym of Ampullina as stated below (p. 133):

C’est pourquoi, je ne puis admettre que Lunatia soit un Sous-Genre

de Polynices [sic], comme l’a propose M. Dall (1908, Albatros Exped.,

t. II, p. 333) qui—en méme temps—a fait une autre erreur en rem-

placant Lunatia par Euspira Ag. (1842, non 1837) interpretation a

laquelle je ne puis me rallier, puisque le véritable Eusfira est synonyme

d’Ampullina, ainsi que je |’ai démontre ci-dessus.

Wenz (1944) erected two subfamilies, Polinicinae and Naticinae.
The former had corneous opercula and an umbilical boss, or strong
funicle, covering the umbilicus. Lunatia and Euspira were treated
as genera of the Polinicinae and Naticinae respectively.

Gardner (1947) was aware of the problems produced by the
large number of fossil naticids. Treating Natica and Polinices as
distinct genera she (p. 549) distinguished them clearly by the fol-
lowing single paragraph summary: “The shell characters of Polinices
are similar to those of Natica; however, the operculum of Polinices is
corneous, and that of Natica is calcareous.” She did recognize Coss-
mann’s error in rejecting Euspira but she was not willing to place
it in synonymy with Lunatia, although she acknowledged their
similarity.

Wrigley (1948) made the following statement regarding Fuspira
and Lunatia:

This genus [Euspira] is used for fossil species which resemble the
living Lunatia Gray, 1847, which could be treated as a synonym of
Euspira, except for the consideration that the animal of a living species
is, or can be known, while that of a fossil is not [!] (p. 14).

He did, however, define and draw particular attention to umbilical
structures in the family. Natica in Wrigley’s sense consists of
“. . species whose umbilicus has a well defined middle plug
which is present at all stages of growth. The known opercula are
calcareous with a double rim at the outer periphery and a finely
serrated edge on the columellar side [p. 11].”
In diagnosing Euspira (p. 14) he said, “There is a rear lobe and
sometimes a middle lobe, but they are not continuously produced
[during maturation?] so that no true umbilical plugs are present.”
There is no diagnosis given for Polinices but forms which he refers
to that genus have a filled or nearly filled umbilicus.
Natica and Polinices at the generic level were distinguished by

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Norty Dakota: Erickson 181

Olsson, et al. (1953) in a manner similar to that of Wrigley with
the added note that Polimices has a corneous operculum.

Sohl in 1960 placed both Polinices and Euspira in the Naticinae,
explaining their differences as follows:

Euspira differs from Polinices primarily by having an abutted or im-

pressed rather than appressed suture, as well as being globose in out-

line instead of ovoid. Other differences rest in the filling of the

umbilicus by callus, which in Polinices is usually complete [p. 121].
With regard to Euspira and Lunatia it is laudable, indeed, to note
that after more than one hundred years of supposition and hedging
by malacologists and paleontologists Sohl finally declared flatly
“ ..I1 believe the names to be synonymous.” He further attempted
to define Western Interior species of Euspira in 1967(a).

This summary of four principal naticid genera is taxonomically
superficial. The synonymies of nearly all are complex almost to
absurdity and are discussed under the respective genera below. As
many as 100 genera of naticids appear in the literature, many have
fossil representatives as well as living ones. Most of the type species
have been variously assigned to two or more genera, many to three
or four. Opercula are seldom preserved and are thus poor taxonomic
characters for paleontologic study. Sexual dimorphism is common.
The naticid genera Polinices, Euspira (= Lunatia Gray), and Natica
must be classified solely on conch morphology on the basis of
numerous specimens where sexual differences are clearly docu-
mented. For that reason generic and specific taxonomy herein is
based on that of Wrigley and of Sohl as used above.

Genus EUSPIRA Agassiz (in J. Sowerby), 1838

(= Lunatia Gray, 1847 = Labellinacca Cossmann, 1919)

Type species (by subsequent designation of Dall, 1915): Natica
glaucinoides J. Sowerby, 1812.

Generic diagnosis.— Medium- to large-sized globose shell, with abutting
to impressed sutures; umbilicus open and small to medium sized and lacks a
funicle. [Soh], 1960, p. 122.]

Remarks.— The complex systematics of Fuspira resulted par-
tially from Cossmann’s (1919) misinformation regarding the first
date of Agassiz’s publication of Euspira and partly from the re-
fusal of many workers to place Lunatia and Euspira in synonymy

182 BULLETIN 284

without opercula being present, even after Cossmann’s error was
recognized. His 1919 erection of Labellinacca for Agassiz’s forms was
unnecessary, yet he continued to compound it in 1925 as I quoted
earlier. Sohl summarized the history of Western Interior species of
Euspira in 1960 and reassigned many forms in 1967(a).

This is one of the most common genera present in Upper
Cretaceous rock units representing near shore depositional condi-
tions. It is very common in the Gulf Coast, Mississippi Embayment,
and Western Interior of North America. There are three species
positively identified from Fox Hills rocks and a fourth is here
questionably assigned. Western Interior species seem to reflect
migratory routes from the south but several species easily tolerated
whatever “boreal” climatic conditions may have existed in North
Dakota Maestrichtian seas.

Euspira rectilabrum (Conrad), 1858 Pl. 15, figs. 8-11

1858. Natica (Lunatia) rectilabrum Conrad, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Jour., 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 334, pl. 35, fig. 28.

1923. Lunatia carolinensis Conrad, Stephenson, North Carolina Econ. Geol.
Sur., vol. 5, p. 356, pl. 88, figs. 17, 18 [not 19’].

1926. Polinices (Euspira) halli (Gabb), Wade, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
13:7eaps 163, pl 565 fies) 12,

1941. Polinices rectilabrum (Conrad), Stephenson, Texas Univ. Bull. 4101,
p: 276, pl. 50, figs. 1,6.

1955. Polinices rectilabrum (Conrad), Stephenson, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
274-E, p. 125, pl. 21, figs. 10-12.

1960. Euspira rectilabrum (Conrad), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 331-A,
p. 122, pl. 17, figs. 5-7, 12-14; Sohl, 1967, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
393-B, p. B27.

Diagnosis. — Shell medium-sized, subglobose, with impressed
suture; whorls slightly shouldered; inner lip straight, thickened ex-
panding into thickened pad of callus; umbilicus well defined, moder-
ately narrow. Pleural angle 75-90 degrees. (Modified from Sohl,
1960)7p.1122)).

Discussion. — E. rectilabrum was discussed in detail by Sohl
(1960, pp. 122-3) at which time he recorded several synonyms in-
cluding Lunatia halli Gabb, Lunatia carolinensis Conrad, 1875, as
figured by Stephenson (1923, pl. 88, figs. 17, 18, not 19), and
Polinices rectilabrum texanus Stephenson. Stephenson (1941) as-
signed F. rectilabrum to Polinices, a position that cannot be justi-
fied because that genus is considered to possess a full or partial
umbilical plug. The holotype of Lunatia halli in my opinion is a

GastTropopa, CreTAceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 183

large specimen of E. rectilabrum, similar to my figures 9 and 10 on
Plate 16. I concur with Sohl’s other assignments as well.

In 1960 Sohl noted that this species was very common in a
molluscan fauna containing many species predated upon by borers,
but its shell was never bored. This same fact is strikingly true in
Fox Hills units where E. rectilabrum is common. His suggestion
(p. 124) that FE. rectilabrum was a primary predator of many mol-
luscan species is probably true.

This is the first record of E. rectilabrum from the Fox Hills
Formation. An internal mold from the Pierre Shale was assigned to
the species by Brinster (1970, p. 49, pl. 1, fig. 24) but it is high-
spired and may be a male E£. obliquata.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13443 and UND 13479.

Type locality. —Owl Creek Formation at Owl Creek, Tippah
County, Mississippi.

Occurrence. — This species has been collected from the Timber
Lake Member at localities A455, A457, A465, A466, A467, A460,
A462, and A474.

Geologic range. — Campanian-Maestrichtian.

Euspira obliquata (Hall and Meek), 1856 Pl. 15, figs. 12-15

1856. Natica obliquata Hall and Meek, (not Deshayes, 1866), Amer. Acad.
Arts Sci:, Mem., vol. 5; p. 389, pl. 3, figs. Ja,b:

1856. Natica concinna Hall and Meek, Amer. Acad. Arts Sci.. Mem., vol. 5,
p. 389, pl. 3, figs. 2a-d.

1856. Natica moreauensis Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 64.

1860. Natica (Lunatia) moreauensis Meek and Hayden, Meek and Hayden
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p. 422.

1876. Lunatia concinna (Hall and Meek), Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept.,
vol. 9, pp. 314, 315, pl. 32, figs. 11la-c.

1880. Lunatia concinna (Hall and Meek), Whitfield, U.S. Geog. Geol. Sur.
Rocky Mtn. Region, p. 430, pl. 12, fig. 13.

1921. Lunatia obliquata (Hall and Meek), Stanton, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 128-A, p. 35, pl. 6, figs. 10a, b.

1925. Crommium (Amauropsella) concinna (Hall and Meek), Cossmann, Es-
sais de paléoconchologie comparée, No. 13, p. 45.

1925. Natica (Lunatia) concinna (Hall and Meek), Cossmann, Essais de
paléoconchologie comparée, No. 13, p. 134.

1960. Euspira concinna (Hall and Meek), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
33124. p. 123°

1967. Euspira obliquata (Hall and Meek), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
393-B) p, B25; pl. 1, figs. 12-19:

Diagnosis. — Euspira with rather broad umbilicus, thin parietal
callus, globose whorls with poorly defined shoulders. Pleural angle

184 BULLETIN 284

generally large (80-110 degrees). Sexual dimorphism produces males
with taller spires (lower pleural angles).

Discussion. — This Euspira is also common in the Fox Hills
fauna. As used herein it includes Natica concinna Hall and Meek
and NV. moreauensis Meek and Hayden which were determined to be
synonyms of F. obliquata by Sohl in 1967a (p. B25). I have exam-
ined the holotype of NV. moreauensis and hypotypes of E. obliquata
at the U.S. National Museum and believe there is enough variation
in the species to support Sohl’s action. Meek in 1876 recognized the
similarity between Natica concinna and N. moreauensis and placed
them in synonymy. He felt (p. 315) that Lunatia obliquata was still
distinct because his specimens had a “well-defined opercular groove
along the columella, not seen in the original E. concinna. . .” Ac-
cording to Sohl the holotypes of both species are immature forms.
Formation and preservation of the columellar groove, is not con-
stant, and, after seeing the large amount of variation in this and
other Euspira species, I am not surprised that these synonymous
forms were described.

I have not found F. obliquata in the same outcrops with E.
rectilabrum. It does occur in a thanatocoenosic accumulation with
E.? dakotensis. Several shells of E. obliquata show naticid borings
and at one locality many young snails appear to have been peeled
open by some crustacean or other predator. In areas where it was
preyed upon, it appears to have been populous.

E. obliquata occurs throughout the Western Interior in the
Pierre, Bearpaw, and Clagget Formations and in the Bearpaw Shale
of Canada (Sohl, 1967a, p. B28). It also is reported from the Fox
Hills Formation of North Dakota (herein), South Dakota, and
Colorado and was found by Stanton (1921) in the Cannonball
Formation (Paleocene) of North Dakota. It seems to be close to
Polinices harrisu Gardner, 1933 as figured on her plate 26, figure
15, from the Midway Group of Texas.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13481, and UND 13482.

Type locality. —“Great Bend of the Missouri. From clay beds
of division No. 4 [Pierre Shale] of section” (Hall and Meek, 1856,
pois):

Occurrence. — This species occurs in concretions of the Trail

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 185

City Member at locality A469 and in very fine sand matrix at locali-
ties A460 and A480.

Geologic range. — Campanian and Maestrichtian-Paleocene.

Euspira subcrassa (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 15, figs. 19, 20
1856. Natica subcrassa Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc.,
vol. 8, p. 87.

1860. Natica (Lunatia) subcrassa Meek and Hayden, Meek and Hayden, Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p. 422.

1876. Lunatia subcrassa (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.
Rept., vol. 9, p. 316, pl. 39, figs. 3a-c.

1921. Lunatia subcrassa (Meek and Hayden), Stanton, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 128, p. 36, pl. 6, figs. 11a, b.

1967. Lunatia subcrassa (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 393-B, pl. 1, figs. 22-26.

1967. Natica [?] subcrassa (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 393-B, p. B25.

Diagnosis. — Thick-shelled, ovate, Euspira with large pleural
angle (110 degrees) and sutures little impressed; lip thick, parietal
callus strong but umbilicus clearly exposed; whorls generally with
subshoulderal indentation of varying strength.

Discussion. — Meek and Hayden’s (1856) original description
mentioned strong growth lines causing imbricating wrinkles on the
whorl surface but these are not characteristic of Fox Hills specimens
in North Dakota and probably should not be considered diagnostic
of the species.

The synonymy is brief, probably because the species ranges
westward where less work has been done rather than to the east
and south where faunas are better studied. Its brevity should not
be deceiving as the species has been assigned to all the “usual”
genera save Polinices. Meek in 1876 was first to perceive its probable
correct assignment making the following cautious statement (p.
317): “It is possible that the names of this and the preceding species
may have to be changed to Fuspira subcrassa and E. occidentalis;
that is, if Euspira is made to replace Lunatia, as already suggested.”
Hesitation to assign this species to Euspira was entirely justified
and is summarized well by the following statement of Sohl’s from
his list of reassigned naticid species (1967a, p. B25):

Subsequent authors have consistently assigned this species to Lunatia.

The best preserved specimens of this species show a conspicuous
shouldering of the whorl, a subshoulder constriction of the whorls, and

a sharp-edged inner lip callus that evanesces anteriorly. These features
are not typical of either Euspira or Natica.

186 BULLETIN 284

I have here assigned this form to Euspira without hestitation
for several reasons. Natica requires a funicle in the umbilicus (and
a calcareous operculum). The thick shell is a response to environ-
mental as much as biological factors. The subshoulderal constriction
is not constant and may reflect sexual variation. E. swbcrassa was
a form inhabiting very shallow, perhaps estuarine, active environ-
ments as its presence in the characteristic faunule from this en-
vironment was shown to demonstrate earlier in this report.

The potential value of E. swbcrassa in stratigraphic work was
also shown earlier. It is a principal constituent of the fauna in the
Colgate lithofacies and in the upper, unnamed, blanket sandstone,
often incorrectly called “Colgate,” at the top of the formation. It
carried through into the Cannonball Formation as an endemic species
in the Western Interior.

Types. — Hypotype UND 13442.

Type locality. — “Mouth of Judith River, on the Upper Mis-
souri, where it occurs with other Cretaceous fossils in beds else-
where found to hold a position at the horizon of the top of the Fox
Hills group” (Meek, 1876, p. 317). According to Stanton, in 1921,
(p. 87) and Sohl (1967a, p. B25) this locality is in the Clagget
Shale.

Occurrence. — All specimens were taken from the unnamed or
Colgate Members at localities A454, A611, A617, A625, A626, A627,
A643, A701, A706, A684.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian-Paleocene.

Euspira? dakotensis (Henderson), 1920 Pl. 15, figs. 16-18

1856. Natica occidentalis Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 64.

1860. Natica (Lunatia) occidentalis Meek and Hayden, Meek and Hayden,
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p. 422 (not Hall, 1845).

1876. Lunatia occidentalis (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.
Rept., vol. 9, p. 315, pl. 32, figs. 12a, b, ¢.

1920. Natica dakotensis Henderson [= Natica (Lunatia) occidentalis Meek
and Hayden], Nautilus, vol. 33, p. 122.

1967. Euspira? dakotensis (Henderson), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
393-B, p. B27.

Diagnosis. — Shell obliquely ovate; spire rather elevated; volutions four
and a half to five, convex, and separated by a very distinctly defined suture;
surface marked by fine lines of growth, crossed by numerous, fine, obscure,
minutely flexuous, revolving striae; aperture obliquely ovate, nearly straight
on the inner side, widest and rounded below, subangular above; outer lip
sharp; inner lip slightly thickened, and a little reflexed on the body-volution
above the small umbilical perforation. [Meek, 1876, pp. 315, 316.]

GastTropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 187

Discussion. — This species was known only from the holotype
which is illustrated herein on Plate 16, figures 16, 17. Henderson
pointed out in 1920(a) that Natica occidentalis Meek and Hayden
was preoccupied by Natica? occidentalis Hall, 1845, which he felt
was actually a fresh-water Tertiary species. Henderson (p. 122)
proposed NV. dakotensis to replace the homonym WN. occidentahs.

This species is high-spired and somewhat thin-shelled when
compared with other Huspira. It shows no parietal callus over the
inner lip as is characteristic of the genus. The shell is smooth, orna-
mented with very fine threads and a secondary, faint, spiraling
rugosity which may be a function of preservation. The fine threads
are visible on my material whereas the rugosity is not. Soh] (1967a)
realized that the spire and lip characters of E.? dakotensis were
not consistent with the generic traits of Huspira but noted (p.
B25) that “It appears to be closest to Euspira in most charac-
fers. 2.

Some of my specimens were examined earlier by Cvancara
(1956) and were termed Lwnatia occidentalis (=Natica dakotensis).
I agree entirely with that identification of the North Dakota ma-
terial although apertural characters are not visible.

My reference of these specimens to Euspira? dakotensis mod-
ernizes Cvancara’s identification. It also indicates the same hesi-
tation as Sohl’s in assignment to Euspira. This is only the second
reported occurrence of the species and its apertural traits are still
too poorly known to warrant unquestioned placement.

Types. — Hypotype UND 890.

Type localty.—“Moreau River, [South] Dakota; from the
Fox Hills group of the Upper Missouri Cretaceous series” (Meek,
1876, p. 316).

Occurrence. — All specimens are from the Trail City Member
at locality A469 where they occur in concretions.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Superfamily TONNACEA
Family CYMATIIDAE
Genus SEMITRITON Cossmann, 1903
Type species (by original designation): Plesiotriton dennantt,

Tate, Cossmann, 1903, Essais de paléoconchologie comparée, No. 5

p02, pl. 5, fie. 11.

b

188 BULLETIN 284

Generic diagnosis.— Shell fusiform, with extremely obsolete
varices, or none; aperture elongate, canal short, poorly developed,
nearly straight, not markedly twisted. Outer lip feebly bordered,
with denticulate interior; inner lip little callused, bearing two strong,
oblique, median plaits on columella. Whorls convex with suture
slightly impressed. Protoconch typically tritonoid. (Translated from
Cossmann, 1903, p. 102 and slightly modified).

Remarks.—Cossmann erected Semitriton to hold Plesiotriton
dennanti Tate which did not belong to that genus due to lack of
callus wash on the columellar border and its broad, non-tapering
and non-twisted anterior canal. His figure of Semitriton dennanti
is nearly identical in every detail to the species here referred to
Semitriton except it is about twice the size of the Cretaceous
species. The author distinguished his genus from Epidromus and
Hilda in the following manner:

On ne peut rapprocher Semitriton d’Epidromus a cause de son dernier
tour pus grand, ni de Hilda a cause de ses plis columellaires; comme
jen posséde trois échantillons plus ou moins intacts, je ne pense pas
que l’absence de bord columellaire soit le résultat de ce que ces in-
dividus net sont pas complétement adultes. [Cossmann, 1903, p. 103].

This is the first report of Semitriton from North America
though several forms, particularly some in Caveola Stephenson

(1941, p. 363), should be referred to this genus.

Semitriton buccinoides (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 16, figs. 1-3

1856. Fasciolaria buccinoides Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 67.

1876. Fasciolaria buccinoides Meek and Hayden, Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.,
vol. 9, pp. 358-359, pl. 1, figs. 8a, b, c, d

1901. Mazzalina buccinoides (Meek and Hayden), Cossmann, Essais de paléo-
conchologie comparée, No. 4, p. 51.

1967. “Fasciolaria” buccinoides Meek and Hayden, Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 393-B, p. B29.

Diagnosis. — Shell small, rather short-fusiform; spire moderately elevated,
composed of five to five and a half convex volutions; last turn somewhat
gibbous, forming more than half the entire length, and contracting rather
abruptly below into the rather short canal; suture distinct or slightly chan-
neled; surface ornamented by fine, regular lines of growth, with sometimes
small, obscure, vertical folds, which are crossed by rounded, little revolving
bands or raised lines, equal to, or slightly broader than, the depressions be-
tween; on these bands, as well as in the intervening depressions, faint traces
of very fine revolving striae may sometimes be seen by the aid of a lens;
aperture narrow-oval, angular above, and tapering below; outer lip thin,
but apparently thickened and crenulate within, at intervals of about three or
four times to each turn of the spire; columella a little twisted, and provided

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 189

with two well-defined, oblique plaits, that are so far around as not to be
clearly seen when the aperture is filled with rocky material that cannot be
removed. [Meek, p. 358.]

Discussion. — Meek and Hayden (1856a) and later Meek
(1876) referred this species to Fasciolaria. This species does not pos-
sess the characters of that genus. It was assigned to Mazzalina
Conrad by Cossmann in 1901 (p. 52) apparently on the basis of a
photograph supplied to him by Stanton. No doubt the photo did not
reveal the denticulate outer lip. In 1903 when he erected Semitriton,
Cossmann referred no other species to the genus indicating that he
had either forgotten this species, or that the photograph did not
reveal its complete character.

In 1967(a) Sohl (p. B29), as part of his discussion of Trachy-
triton vinculum, made the following comments with regard to
“Fasciolaria” buccinoides:

Cossmann (1901, p. 51) assigned that species [F. buccinoides] to Maz-

zalina of the Fasciolariidae. It approaches that genus in several char-

acters, but it has two columellar plications that are constant in strength
and placement. More significantly there are nodes and teeth on the
parietal wall and denticulations on the inner surface of the outer lip

(pl. 6, figs. 5, 9) that were not noted by Meek. These features sug-

gest placement of “Fasciolaria” buccinoides in the Cymatiidae of the

Tonnaca [sic] rather than in the Fasciolariidae.

Although Sohl’s higher assignments were certainly correct he
made no suggestion of generic placement and there is no indication
that he had any particular genus in mind.

I had originally intended to include the Fox Hills material in
Stephenson’s genus Caveola, but upon examination of earlier litera-
ture, it became apparent that these specimens were referrable to
Semitriton. Caveola contains forms that do not belong there as
Sohl (1964, p. 269) believed, and most of its species, including the
type, should be referred to Semitriton.

The relationship of these two genera is important paleogeo-
graphically. Semitriton (= Caveola in part) is a geologically old
genus, occurring in the Texas Upper Cretaceous. It has southern
origins and does not seem to have reached the Western Interior until
the appearance of Semitriton buccinoides in the Fox Hills Forma-
tion. North Dakota is probably close to the northern range of this
group which does not seem to have Canadian relatives.

Because Meek (1876) recorded this species from Long Lake, I

consider it to have been previously reported from North Dakota.

190 BULLETIN 284

Types. — Hypotypes UND 933 and UND 13459.

Type locality. —“Moreau and Fox Hills” [South Dakota]
(Meek and Hayden, 1856, p. 67.)

Occurrence. — In concretions at locality A469. Free on outcrop,
A465.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Order NEOGASTROPODA

Suborder STENOGLOSSA
Superfamily BUCCINACEA
Family MELONGENIDAE

Genus RHCMBOPSIS Gardner, 1916

Type species (by original designation): Fusus newberryi Meek
and Hayden, 1857, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 9, p.
139;

Generic diagnosis. —Pyriform shells of medium size, whorls moderately
shouldered and posteriorly constricted to a broad subsutural collar or in-
clined ramp; aperture sublenticular, produced anteriorly to a moderately
long, rather straight, siphonal canal; sculpture of discontinuous collabral ribs
and numerous spiral lirae or cords. [Sohl, 1964, p. 198.]

Remarks. — Meek and Hayden described three species from
the Western Interior including Fusus newberryi, Fusus subturritus,
and Fusus intertextus which seemed to be closely related and which
Meek (1864, p. 22) later placed in Conrad’s genus Pyrifusus. Not
convinced of their exact relationship to Pyrifusus, yet satisfied of
their kinship with each other, Meek (1876, p. 344) divided Pyri-
fusus into two subgenera, Pyrifusus [s.s.] and Neptunella, the
latter containing the Western Interior species.

Neptunella Meek was preoccupied by Neptunella Gray, 1853.
For that reason Gardner (1916, p. 456) proposed the name
Rhombopsis to replace it. In his monograph of the Upper Cretaceous
gastropods of Tennessee and Mississippi, Soh] (1964) followed her
precedent, recognizing Pyrifusus and Rhombopsis as distinct genera,
with the latter, however, having a higher spire, lacking a strong
posterior notch, and having a more sinuous growth line.

Sohl (pp. 198-9) further considered Rhombopsis to be closely
allied to Deussenia if R. orientalis Wade is included in Rhombopsis.
I have examined most of the types concerned in this discussion and
typologically Deussenia and Rhombopsis do not appear closely re-

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NorrH Dakota: Erickson’ 191

lated, because of ornament, posterior notch differences, subsutural
collar distinctions, and differences in degree of straightness of the
anterior canal. It should be noted that neither R. swbturritus nor R.
intertextus agree closely with the type species, as both have higher
spires than R. newberryt. At present there is no genus known to me
into which they might better be placed.

Rhombopsis subturritus (Meek and Hayden), 1857 Pl. 16, figs. 46

1857. Fusus subturritus Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc.,

1864. er ee: (Meek and Hayden), Meek, Smithsonian Check-
List N. American Cretaceous Fossils, p. 22 [not seen].

1876. Pyrifusus (Neptunella) subturritus (Meek and Hayden). Meek, U.S.
Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 347, pl. 32, figs. 3a, 6.

1926. Rhombopsis subturritus (Meek and Hayden), Wade, U.S. Geol. Sur.,

Prof. Paper 137, p. 142.

Diagnosis. — Shell medium (2.5-4.5 cm) height and spire high
for the genus, pleural angle approximately 53 degrees, shoulder
angular, noded with approximately 12 elongated nodes; whorls
lacking defined ribs on slopes; broad posterior ramp and marked
anterior constriction producing nearly flat-sided appearance of last
whorl; shell covered by broad ribbons, generally faint on anterior
and posterior slopes. |

Discussion. — Preservation of the prosopon and aperture of the
material at hand is somewhat better than much of the type material.
The North Dakota specimens, however, are immature — a factor
that made comparison with the types more difficult. My material
bears a resemblance to Boltenella excellans Wade differing from it
only by the absence of both a posterior, subsutural cord and a
slight posterior canal from R. subturritus.

R. subturritus was recorded only from the upper Pierre Shale
of South Dakota by Meek (1876). The report herein, therefore,
represents an extention of its range upward into the Fox Hills
Formation and northward into North Dakota.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13444, and UND 13440.

Type locality.—“Upper part of No. 4 [Pierre Shale], near
Grand River [South Dakota].” (Meek and Hayden, 1857, p. 139).

Occurrence. — All specimens were taken from locality A480

from The Trail City Member.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

192 BULLETIN 284

Family FASCIOLARIIDAE
Subfamily FASCIOLARIINAE
Genus GRAPHIDULA Stephenson, 1941

Type species (by original designation): Graphidula terebri-
formis Stephenson, 1941, Texas Univ. Bull. 4101, p. 345, pl. 66, figs.
13, 14.

Generic diagnosis. — Medium-sized, slender, elongate, fusiform
shells with spire usually longer than aperture; aperture lanceolate,
posteriorly angulate; canal elongate and straight or curving slightly
left. Pleural angle 20-35 degrees. Columella generally with one
moderately strong plait at maturity, up to four plaits present in
youth on some species. Prosopon ornate to plain, of either ribs or
ribbons or both. (Modified from Sohl 1964, p. 211 and 1967a, p.
B31.)

Remarks. — This genus, along with the closely related genus
Piestochilus Meek, is common in the Upper Cretaceous rocks of the
Gulf Coast and Western Interior. The two genera contain within
them several as yet poorly understood groupings of species which,
due primarily to lack of material, remain perplexing in the discussion
of Pierre and Fox Hills gastropod faunas. They probably hold valu-
able stratigraphic and paleoecologic significance that can only be
understood following a complete revision of both Graphidula and
Piestochilus based on new collections from the Western Interior.
Sohl (1964, p. 211) has begun to unravel them.

As used here Graphidula contains two species from the Fox
Hills Formation of North Dakota, neither of which were assigned to
the genus by their authors. All three remained assigned to Fasciolarta
(Piestochilus) since 1876 until Sohl (1964) made his revision based
upon Graphidula terebriformis Stephenson from the Nacatoch Sand-
stone of Texas.

The original description of Graphidula implied small apical
angles (25 degrees) and two weak plaits on the columella. These
traits are characteristic of some species assigned by Meek (1876)
to Fasciolaria (Piestochilus). Sohl (1964) divided Piestochilus
placing P. culbertsoni, P. alleni, and P. cretacea in Graphidula and
leaving P. scarborough, the type species of Piestochilus, on the basis
of its wider apical angle (45 degrees).

GastRopopa, CreTAcEous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 193

Without examination of numerous specimens of species in this
genus, some of which are rare, I am obliged to follow the work of
Sohl as latest reviser. I have collected two species of Graphidula,
G. culbertsont and G.? cretacea from North Dakota. The latter of
these is of doubtful placement. In 1964 Sohl placed Piestochilus
cretacea in Graphidula with doubt, due most probably to its posses-
sion of four plaits, whereas the type species has only two such plaits.
In apical angle and ornament this species conforms to Stephenson’s
concept of the genus. Some hesitancy is justified with regard to this
assignment, and future studies with more material may clarify its
placement in the Graphidula group.

The full paleogeographical, paleoecological, and stratigraphic
significance of the Graphidula group, or groups, cannot yet be deci-
phered due to lack of basic occurrence and systematic data. Sohl
(1967b, pp. 10-11) considered that at least two species groups, a
southern group and a northern, Graphidula culbertsom group, are
present in late Campanian and Maestrichtian rocks, and he con-
sidered the latter group to have migrated to the south. This may
well be; nevertheless, the genus as now understood appears well de-
veloped in late Campanian rocks of the Gulf Coast, having forms
distinct from those of the northern Western Interior. I would sug-
gest that if G. culbertsoni and allied forms did push southward, they
represented a re-invasion by a modified species group derived earlier
from southern stock. There is the suggestion that G. culbertsoni
may be related to Piestochilus laevigatus Nagao of Japan (Sohl,
1967b, p. 9) which might contradict my interpretation, or might
reflect some other migratory route. No similar form has, to my
knowledge, been recorded from the approximate correlative strata
of Vancouver Island or northern California where other “boreal”
forms from the Fox Hills fauna seem to have existed. Regardless of
the veracity of this hypothesis it should be clear that better under-
standing of this and the genus next discussed will contribute much
to our understanding of migratory routes and molluscan faunal
provinces.

Graphidula culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden), 1856 PIOAG: figss 7.8

1856. Fusus culbertsoni Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 66.

1857, Fusus haydeni Evans and Shumard, Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Trans., vol.
i ps 41.

194 BULLETIN 284

1876. Fasciolaria (Piestochilus) culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S.

Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 360, pl. 32, figs. la-f, text fig. 44.

1879. Fasciolaria (Piestochilus) culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden), White, U.S.

Geol. Geog. Sur. Terr., 11th Ann. Rept., p. 185.

1901. Cryptorhytis (Piestochilus) culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden), Cossmann,

Essais de paléoconchologie comparée, No. 4, p. 59, text-fig. 18.

1964. Graphidula culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur.,

Prof. Paper 331-B, p. 211.

1967. Graphidula culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur.,

Prof. Paper 393-B, p. B31, pl. 7, figs. 21-24, 29-31.

Diagnosis. — Shell large for the genus with whorls slightly to
highly round-sided and with transverse ribs restricted to earlier
growth stages. Pleural angle 25 degrees.

Discussion. — This is a common species in both the Pierre
Formation and Fox Hills Formations of the Western Interior. It
shows a great deal of morphologic variation. Several comments
(Sohl, 1967a, p. B31) in this regard are noteworthy.

The holotype . .. from the Fox Hills Sandstone is decidedly
atypical. It possesses strong transverse ribs at a much later stage than
most specimens. More typically, transverse ribs are restricted to only
the first few whorls or may not be present at all... .

The plaits of the columellar surface also vary. Near the aperture
all specimens have only one weak plication; however, a range from
none to three or four plaits may occur on the very earliest whorls.
These variations all occur within suites of specimens from the same
locality.

An additional variation is also present. The specimen shown herein
on Plate 17, figure 7 shows two whorls of a robust form with con-
stricted posterior slopes and slightly impressed sutures. Some speci-
mens from locality A469 are yet more inflated than this. An unillus-
trated specimen, UND 13483, is a flat-sided form from the Pierre
Shale at Glendive, Montana. On that specimen there is essentially
no posterior constriction and sutures are not impressed. A third
form, not illustrated, found in Fox Hills concretions on Whitehorse
Ridge, South Dakota, has a very well-developed posterior con-
striction affecting a broad area of posterior half of each whorl and
producing a marked ventricose appearance for the anterior half.
In this variation, the holotype appears to lie between the flat-
sided form and the highly-constricted, robust form. I have no doubt
that a complex relationship is represented in this species as now
broadly understood. It occurs widely in Montana, North Dakota,
South Dakota, Wyoming, and Colorado (Sohl, 1967a, p. B32).

Further studies of numerous examples from these areas will cer-

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson = 195

tainly show some specific or subspecific differentiation based on
stratigraphic or ecotypic variation within G. culbertson..

Types. — Hypotypes UND 919, UND 921, and UND 13483.

Type locality. —“Moreau River [South Dakota]; from the
Fox Hills group of the Upper Missouri Cretaceous series” (Meek,
1876, p. 362).

Occurrence. — This species is common in concretions at locality
A469. It also occurs at locality A467 in sandstone. These localities
represent collections from both Trail City Member and Timber
Lake Member of the Fox Hills Formation.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian, “. . . ranging from the Bacu-
lites baculus zone of the Pierre Shale through the Fox Hills Sand-
stone. ..” (Sohl, 1967a, p. B32).

Graphidula? cretacea (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 16, figs. 9-11

1856. Fasciolaria cretacea Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 66.

1876. Fasciolaria (Piestochilus) cretacea (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S.
Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 363, pl. 31, fig. 11a, b

1964. Graphidula cretacea (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 131-B, p. 211 [assigned with doubt].

Diagnosis. — Shell small, fusiform; spire of five or six, moder-
ately convex whorls, and about half the height of the shell. Columella
slightly twisted, bearing four or five linear, oblique plaits which
are not exposed when aperture is viewed directly. Ornament of rib-
bons and fine growth lines only. Pleural angle 29 degrees,

Discussion. — The specimens here described seem definitely to
belong to Fasciolaria cretacea Meek and Hayden. I have questioned
their generic assignment to Graphidula to which they conform in all
characters excepting the number of plications on the adult columella.
Sohl’s (1964) assignment of this species to Graphidula was made
with doubt for the same reason, but no more satisfactory placement
is readily available.

It is possible that possession of four or five plaits is a juvenile
character of the genus that is retained to maturity in this particular
species. As noted above from Sohl’s (1967a, p. B-31) comments,
the juvenile whorls of G. culbertsom often possess three or four
plaits in their earliest stages, a fact which lends some credence to

196 BULLETIN 284

the idea. Further work is required to solve the problem. At present
I follow Sohl’s usage.

This is the first record of the species from North Dakota. It
appears to be a form endemic to the Fox Hills Formation inasmuch
as records do not list it, or even other closely related forms, from
equivalent rocks of other areas. Small size and the rather delicate
shell may have resulted in poor preservation or in its being over-
looked during collection in these areas.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13467 and UND 13466.

Type locality. — “Moreau River [South Dakota]; from the Fox
Hills group of the Upper Cretaceous series” (Meek, 1876, p. 364).

Occurrence. — From silty sandstone of the Timber Lake Mem-
ber at locality A460.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian; as presently known, restricted
to the Fox Hills Formation.

Genus PIESTOCHILUS Meek, 1876

Type species (by original designation): Fusus (Pleurotoma? )
scarboroughi Meek and Hayden, 1857 [1858], Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. 9, p. 139.

Generic diagnosis. — Fusiform shells of medium-size with con-
vex whorls; columella with one or two strong plaits not visible from
aperture. Sculpture generally of strong, collabral ribs and ribbons,
the former occasionally subdued. Pleural angle 35 to 50 degrees.

Remarks. — The close relationship of Piestochilus to Graphidula
has already been remarked upon in discussion of the latter. At first
glance there would appear to be less complication in the present
concept of Piestochilus after Sohl’s (1964) revision of the two

genera. This is not the case. Meek’s original diagnosis is as follows:
Shells of small size, with spire and canal produced; volutions
flattened or moderately convex and finely spirally straited, sometimes
with vertical folds; plait or plaits of columella not exposed in a direct
view into the aperture, very oblique, and occupying a higher position
than in either of the foregoing; outer lip smooth within. [Meek, 1876,
p. 356.]
This broad definition includes such forms as P. culbertsoni and
P. cretacea which Sohl referred to Graphidula. Meek designated
Fusus scarboroughi Meek and Hayden as the type of Piestochilus. In
his description of that species later in the same work (Meek, 1876, p.
359) he made no mention of columellar plaits, yet on plate 32, figure

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 197

4a he illustrated a specimen of P. scarborought with two good
columellar plaits, I have seen the specimen, and it is as he illustrated.

Soh] (1964, p. 214) in his diagnosis of Piestochilus, stated
that the columella bears one strong plait, a contradiction according
to Meek’s specimen and probably a misstatement, since P. curvi-
liratus discussed on the same page, was said to have two plaits.
Sohl’s generic distinction was based principally upon whorl shape
and apical angle by the following statement: “The columellar place-
ment of these forms [Prestochilus scarboroughi and Graphidula
culbertsoni] is similar and a distinction is only feasible on the basis
of shape” (Sohl, 1964, p. 211). He quantified his shape values in
1967(a) (p. B31) when he indicated that Graphidula had an apical
angle of 20-25 degrees whereas Piestochilus had an apical angle of
45 degrees. I have altered his diagnosis in each case to include forms
that are at variance with his. As both genera are here understood,
the columellar plaits are more nearly specific than generic charac-
ters, although they apparently may even vary within a species as in
the case of Graphidula culbertsoni.

I have tried to follow usage of apical and pleural angles as the
primary difference between these genera. At present Fox Hills forms
here referred to Graphidula or Piestochilus probably represent four
distinct species groups, but poor preservation and lack of large num-
bers of specimens prohibit further delineation of taxa at this time.

Two other species are recognized, P. curviliratus (Conrad) from
the Ripley Formation and P.? levis Stephenson from the Kemp Clay
of Texas. Other forms referred to Piestochilus were reassigned by
Sohl (1964, p. 211) to various genera.

Piestochilus scarboroughi (Meek and Hayden), 1857 Pl. 16, figs. 12-14

1857. Fusus (Pleurotoma?) scarboroughi Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 9, p. 139.

1876. Fasciolaria (Piestochilus) scarboroughi (Meek and Hayden), Meek,
U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 359, pl. 32, fig. 4a, b, c, d.

1964, Piestochilus scarboroughi (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Prof. Paper 331-B, p. 211.

1964. Piestochilus scarboroughi (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, 1967, U.S. Geol.
Sur., Prof. Paper 393-B, p. B31.

Diagnosis. — Shell fusiform, of medium size, large specimens
may reach 6.0 cm in height and 2.3 cm in width; whorls slightly
convex, last whorl having a slight posterior constriction visible be-
low the suture when outer lip is viewed dorsally. Curving of collabral

198 BULLETIN 284

growth lines reflect this trend; other prosopon of ribbons about as
wide as interspaces and becoming finer anteriorly onto the rather
straight canal. Columella with one or two plaits. Pleural angle about
40 degrees.

Discussion. — This species, while not previously recorded from
North Dakota, is the most commonly observed neogastropod and
one of the most common gastropods of the fauna. It is characteristic
of the Timber Lake Member of the Fox Hills Formation but is not
limited to that unit.

Shells of P. scarborought seem to show a slight variation in size
of the last whorl. I predict that a study of many specimens will show
a sexual or ecotypic dimorphism in which females will be larger and
more swollen than males. Large shell size may be a response to a
higher energy environment as well. The range of variation does not
approach that mentioned for Graphidula culbertsoni.

Types. — Hypotypes UND 13437, UND 13441, and UND
13458.

Type locality. —“Butte au Gres, on the Missouri River [South
Dakota]; in the Fox Hills group of the Upper Missouri Cretaceous
series” (Meek, 1876, p. 360).

Occurrence. — This species was collected from concretionary
sandstone ledges and concretions in the Timber Lake Member at
localities A460, A462, A465, A479, A677, A719, and A720.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian, presently restricted to the
Fox Hills Formation.

Piestochilus feldmanni, n. sp. Pl. 16, figs. 15-21

Diagnosis. — Shell fusiform to subfusiform, (holotype approxi-
mately 3.8 cm high and 2.1 cm in maximum diameter), with spire
nearly straight-sided; aperture sublanceolate. Prosopon of somewhat
suppressed ribbons and clear collabral growth lines. Pleural angle
varying from about 43 to 50 degrees, apical angle as high as 72
degrees. Columella with one broad plait not seen at the aperture.
Protoconch not well known, probably of two smooth whorls.

Description. — This shell is of moderate size, generally subfusi-
form with straight-sided spire less than one-half shell height, and
with last whorl that is ventricose as seen by shape of outer lip of
the holotype on Plate 17, figures 15, 16. Sutures covered slightly by

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 199

posterior portion of each succeeding whorl. Aperture sublanceolate,
constricting gently into anterior canal; posterior quite angular.
Outer lip broken on types; inner lip moderately callused, smooth.
Prosopon of spiral ribbons as typical of the genus, but being subdued
on the types; no heavy transverse ornament present, collabral growth
lines prosocline, opisthocline, and becoming orthocline in sequence
from posterior to anterior on last whorl. Columella strong, slightly
twisted, and bearing one broad, low plait about midway along it
and not visible from the aperture. The protoconch may be of two
smooth whorls.

Material. —I have examined seven specimens of P. feldmanni
one of which, the holotype, is in good condition. All others are in
various stages of destruction, including one specimen which has
been freed of outer shell to reveal the entire columella. Measure-
ment for various specimens are given below:

H MD HA PA
Holotype USNM 180535 3:6-em 2.)em -2:3°em! 452
Paratype UND 13446 — 1.8 — 47°
Paratype USNM 180536 3.1+ — -- oe

Discussion. — This species resembles a squat, flat-sided Pzesto-
chilus scarboroughi in growth line and ornament. It is clearly differ-
ent from that species because of its generally larger pleural angle,
lack of convexity of spire whorls, shorter overall height, and single
broad plait on the columella. I am certain that it has been confused
with P. scarborough in the past. As an example, at least one of the
specimens illustrated by Waage (1968, pl. 12, fig. B) is probably
P. feldmanni rather than P. scarborought, though I have not exam-
ined the specimen personally. P. scarboroughi is often cited as oc-
curring in the Bullhead Member when most of these occurrences
are probably P. feldmanni, the former species occurring predominate-
ly in the sandy facies of the Timber Lake Member.

The possibility that these two species are merely ecotypic
morphotypes was considered and rejected on the basis of the several
distinct differences noted above. The question of existence of several
closely related species competing for the same niche in violation of

200 BULLETIN 284

Gause’s principle is not pertinent because P. feldmanni is clearly
an inhabitant of siltier, quieter areas, less frequented by P. scar-
borough. Graphidula culbertsonm occupied yet deeper offshore waters
and is more common in the Pierre Shale and lower concretion zones
of the Fox Hills.

The species superficially resembles P.? Jevis Stephenson which
also has a single plait. It, however, has convex whorls. I have exam-
ined the holotype of Stephenson’s species from the Kemp Clay of
Texas, and feel it to be distinct from P. feldmannt. There are no
other forms that resemble P. feldmanni.

Etymology. — The species is named in honor of Rodney M.
Feldmann who collected the holotype.

Types. — Holotype USNM 180535; Paratypes UND 13446,
UND 13447, and USNM 180536.

Type locality. — Silty sandstone units of the unnamed mem-
ber at locality A480, a roadcut on S. side of gravelled road in the
center sec. 26, T. 134 N., R. 71 W., east of Burnstad in Logan
County, North Dakota. Specimen from USGS locality No. 5961
(from collections made by T. W. Stanton, June 21, 1909) is included
as USNM 180536.

Occurrence. — The UND specimens were collected from the
unnamed member at locality A480 whereas the USGS specimens
came from, “Shale between two principal beds of Fox Hills sand-
stone on South side of Grand River 1/2 mile below mouth of Dirt
Lodge Creek, S. Dak.” according to the field label accompanying
the specimens in the USGS collections.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Piestochilus galpiniana? (Meek and Hayden), 1857 Pl. 16, figs. 22-24

1856. Fusus galpinianus Meek and Hayden, [1857], Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. 8, p. 65.

1876. Fasciolaria (Piestochilus)? galpiniana (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S.
Geol. Geog. Sur. Terr., vol. 9, p. 362, pl. 32, figs. 2a, b.

Diagnosis. — Shell unequally fusiform; spire elevated, or apparently
slightly exceeding the length of the aperture and canal; suture distinct; volu-
tions about six, slightly convex, upper ones with apparently obscure traces of
vertical folds; last or body volution contracting abruptly into the comparatively
short, somewhat bent, canal; aperture a little obliquely lance-oval, being acute-
ly angular above, and tapering into the narrow canal below; columella a little
twisted and bent below, not showing any plaits externally; surface marked by

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 201

regular, revolving, somewhat flattened, lines, a little wider than the linear
furrows between them, and more or less strong lines of growth, that show by
their curves that the outer lip is broadly sinuous above. [Meek, 1876, p. 362.]

Discussion. —I have given Meek’s diagnosis of P. galpiniana
because it is the most recent in the literature and my specimens
can add nothing to it. When Soh] (1964) made his reassignment of
members of Piestochilus and Graphidula he deferred on this species
noting that it probably did not belong in either genus. This is prob-
ably the case based on the bent canal and uncertain occurrence of
columellar plaits. I do not have material of sufficient quality to
erect a new genus, and there does not appear to be a related genus
already established. The low (28-32 degrees) apical angle is more
suggestive of Graphidula. Rather than refer my material to that
genus, an action unjustified by its condition, I have elected the
conservative alternative of retaining Meek’s (1876) assignment
until such time as good material may warrant a change.

If my specimens are indeed P. galpiniana, this is the first docu-
mented occurrence of it in North Dakota. On Plate 17, figures 23,
24 I have illustrated the holotype (USNM 287) to enhance Meek’s
diagnosis as given herein.

Occurrence. — Taken from concretions at locality A689.

Types. — Holotype USNM 287; hypotype UND 13439.

Type locality. — “Moreau trading post [South Dakota]; No. 5
of the series” (Meek and Hayden, 1857, p. 65).

Subfamily FUSININAE
Genus HERCORHYNCUS Conrad, 1868

Type species (by monotypy): Fusus tippanus Conrad, 1860,
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Jour., 2nd ser., vol. 4, p. 286, pl. 46,
fig. 41.

Generic diagnosis.—Fusiform shells with a spire a little less than one-
third total shell height. Whorls peripherally swollen, constricted above a tuber-
culated shoulder that is of variable strength, and rather strongly constricted
below sinus on base of body. Ornament consists of coarse transverse ribs
that are strongest at the shoulder but that die out below on periphery and on
collar above; spiral ornament weak on collar, strong below. Aperture pos-
teriorly notched, anteriorly drawn out to a narrow elongate siphonal canal;
outer lip crenulate; inner lip rather heavily callused with an umbilical chink
developing opposite the beginning of the siphonal canal. [Sohl, 1964, p. 220.]

Remarks. — Hercorhyncus is one of several Campanian and
Maestrichtian genera including Haplovoluta Wade, Euthriofusus

202 BULLETIN 284

Cossmann, and Boltenella Wade that appear to be closely related.
These have been variously assigned as subgenera of Euthriofusus
(Cossmann, 1925, p. 249; Wenz, 1944, p. 1247) and Afer Conrad
(Wenz, 1944, p. 1306); the latter was a poor assignment based, no
doubt, on the equally poor figure (p. 1306, fig. 3723) available to
him.

Stephenson (1941, pp. 321-323) described five new species of
Hercorhyncus from the Navarro Group of Texas. In his study of
the Ripley, Owl Creek, and Prairie Bluff faunas, Sohl (1964, p. 220)
discussed these assignments and concluded that two, H. coronale
and H. vadosum were synonyms of H. tippanus (Conrad) and a
third, H. mundum, was reassigned to Pyrifusus. As earlier workers
had done, Sohl recognized the close affinities of Hercorhyncus and
Haplovoluta Wade. He felt that the significant differences between
them were at the subgeneric level and thus proposed H. (Hercorhyn-
cus) for forms resembling Hercorhyncus 5.5. and Hercorhyncus
(Haplovoluta) for forms with well-developed, transverse prosopon,
ornamented basal sulcus, and a wider umbilical chink as exhibited
by Haplovoluta bicarinata Wade.

Subgenus HAPLOVOLUTA Wade, 1918

Type species (by original designation): Haplovoluta bicarinata
Wade, 1918, Amer. Jour. Sci., 4th Ser., vol. 45, p. 334.

Diagnosis. — Fusiform shells with spire slightly less than one-
third total shell height. Columella of medium to narrow thickness,
twisted left; umbilical chink poorly to moderately well developed;
anterior sulcus weak to moderate. Prosopon dominated by nodose
peripheral carinae.

Hercorhyncus (Haplovoluta) hollandi, n. sp. Pl. 17, figs#i2

Diagnosis. — A delicate Hercorhyncus with narrow umbilical
chink; approximately 18 strong nodes per whorl on each of three
ill-defined carinae, with entire whorl uniformly overlain by fine
spiral cords. Anterior sulcus poorly developed; anterior slope with
four well-defined spiral cords.

Description. — A fusiform shell, (holotype measures 4.12 cm
high, 2.5-+ cm wide), with pleural angle of the holotype varying from
85 degrees in early whorls to 80 degrees after approximately 4%
whorls. Spire about one-third total shel] height with robust whorls

GastTropopA, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 203

constricting posteriorly toward suture and anteriorly into a fairly
narrow canal, twisted to the left. Posterior notch present but missing
from the holotype. Outer lip unknown, probably rather thin and
crenulate; inner lip glazed with callus. Umbilical chink not present
due to wear, probably very small, originating about 6 mm above
tip of canal. Columella smooth. Prosopon of 18 transverse sets of
three nodes, the strongest on shoulder of whorl, next strongest
slightly more than halfway down, and weakest, though still well de-
fined, set on anterior shoulder of whorl. Whorl uniformly covered
by fine cords alternating with yet finer lirae all becoming finer on
the sutural collar. Along with this delicate prosopon are four stronger
cords dispersed over the anterior slope. Canal also covered by fine
spiral prosopon. Growth lines orthocline over the whorl becoming
opisthocline on posterior slope. Protoconch smooth, of 2'4(?)
whorls. Earliest teloconch whorls ornamented with transverse ribs
producing nodes beginning on the second teloconch whorl, all but the
shoulder nodes being covered by sutural collar of later whorls.

Material. — One well-preserved shell, lacking outer lip.

Discussion. — This species is an important addition to the
gastropod fauna of North Dakota and the Western Interior. The
genus is a southern one, no species having been previously recorded ©
from the northern midcontinent. Sohl (1967b, p. 34) listed un-
described Hercorhyncus from Utah and Wyoming without docu-
mentation; these are given as being upper Coniacian to Campanian
rather than Maestrichtian.

H. (Haplovoluta) hollandi appears to be a form from a Missis-
sippt Embayment and Gulf Coast lineage that has extended its
range northward into the northern midcontinent, offering additional
evidence that this area was one of faunal overlap of northern and
southern forms. The prosopon of H. (H.) hollandt is more conserva-
tive for the genus just as North Dakota species of Amuletum, Pyrop-
sis, and Remera? tend to be, a character that has frequently been
attributed to more “boreal” molluscan forms. In fact, in the less
developed, ornamented, anterior sulcus, slight umbilical chink, and
finer spiral prosopon the species is somewhat atypical of previous
concepts of the morphology of the genus and subgenus. The nodes
are diagnostic of H. (Haplovoluta); the narrower umbilical chink,
height of spire and spiral prosopon, are more characteristic of H.

204 BULLETIN 284

(Hercorhyncus). Due to this slight overlap of characters the sub-
generic assignment herein reflects my personal judgement which
is based on comparison of H. (H.) hollandi with types of both
subgenera and their contained species in the collections of the U.S.
National Museum.

Etymology. — This species is named in honor of F. D. Holland,
Jr. — teacher, field companion, and friend.

Types. — Holotype USNM 180534.

Dimensions of holotype. —H = 4.1 cm, MD = 2.5+ cm, PA
=o One

Type locality. — The exact locality where Feldmann collected
the holotype is in slight doubt. It is clearly from the Timber Lake
Member. An extra label was found among the specimens associated
with this one in the UND collection. It indicated a locality in western
Emmons County, North Dakota, where Timber Lake sandstones
are commonly exposed. Feldmann (written communication, 1971)
indicated independently, that an area in eastern Emmons County
was the possible origin for the specimen. My experience would favor
the locality implied by the extra label to be more likely than Feld-
mann’s opinion. The exact locality remains undefined.

Occurrence. — Timber Lake Member of the Fox Hills Forma-
tion in western (?) Emmons County.

Geologic range. — Late Maestrichtian.

Genus SERRIFUSUS Meek, 1876

Type species (by original designation): Fusus dakotaensts
Meek and Hayden, 1856, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol.
8, p. 65.

Generic diagnosis. — Shel] short-fusiform; body-volution large, and bi- or
tricarinate, with carinae more or less nodose; spire and canal moderate, the
latter bent and more or less twisted; outer lip broadly but slightly sinuous in
outline, between the upper carina and the suture. [Meek, 1876, p. 373.]

Remarks. — A review of the status of Serrifusus was given by
Sohl (1967a, p. B29-30) in which he noted only two other forms
that appeared correctly assigned, S. joaqwinensis Anderson, 1958,
and S. dakotensis var. vancouverensis Whiteaves, 1879, which Sohl
felt was “. . . close to the type species.” There is apparently also an

undescribed Serrifusus from Wyoming (Sohl, 1967, p. 30). Sohl noted

that Serrifusus has a western distribution, and I would add, probably

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Norty Daxkora: Erickson 205

northern as well, since related forms seem absent from Gulf Coast
faunas.

Serrifusus dakotaensis (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 17, figs. 3, 4

1856. Fusus dakotaensis Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 65.

1860. Fusus (Neptunea) dakotensis [sic] Meek and Hayden, Meek and Hayden,
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p. 421.

1876. Fusus? (Serrifusus) dakotensis [sic] Meek and Hayden, Meek, U.S.
Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 374, pl. 31, fig. 11; pl. 32, figs. 6a, c.

1876. Fusus? (Serrifusus) goniophorus Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept., vol.
9p. 3:75; pl. 32, figs 7a, b(?):.

1879. Serrifusus dakotensis [sic], var. vancouverensis Whiteaves, Geol. Sur.
Canada, Mesozoic Fossils, vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 119, pl. 15, fig. 5.

1901. Serrifusus dakotensis [sic] (Meek and Hayden), Cossmann, Essais de
paléoconchologie comparée, No. 4, p. 8, pl. 7, fig. 7.

1941. Fusinus (Serrifusus) dakotensis [sic] (Meek and Hayden), Wenz,
Gastropoda, im Schindewolf, O. H., Handbuch der Palaozoologie, vol.
6, pt. 5, p. 1262, fig. 3594.

1945. Fusus dakotensis [sic] Meek and Hayden, Morgan and Petsch, South
Dakota Geol. Sur. Rept. Inv. 49, pl. 5, fig. 4; pl. 6, fig. 4.

1958. [?] Serrifusus vancouverensis (Whiteaves), Anderson, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Mem. 71, p. 171.

Diagnosis. — “Strongly bicarinate whorls covered by finer
spiral lirations.” [Sohl, 1967a, p. B30.]

Discussion. — The specific name as used herein is spelled in the
form as used in the original description of the species. The label on
the holotype bears this spelling (in Meek’s handwriting?) as well.
He subsequently misspelled the specific name as “dakotensis” in
1860 and 1876. Sohl (1967a) in his synonymy cited the original
spelling in this incorrect manner as well. According to the Code of
Zoological Nomenclature, the original spelling must stand unless
there is clear evidence of a copying or printing error in the original
citation. Because the label of the holotype bears the same spelling
as the original description, I assume that the authors’ intent was to
name the species “dakotaensts.” In 1860 and thereafter Meek ap-
parently forgot his original spelling and adopted the incorrect form
as have others. There is no mention of an intentional emendation
to the spelling in any of these references. For that reason all subse-
quent incorrect spellings must be considered “incorrect subsequent
spellings” and can have no standing in the nomenclature.

Whiteaves (1879, pp. 119-20, pl. 15) illustrated a form which,
as Sohl (1967a, p. 29) acknowledged, is close to the type species. In
fact, as synonymous with this form Whiteaves listed a taxon which

206 BULLETIN 284

Meek (1876, pp. 375-6) also felt to be different from his type.
Meek termed it a varietal difference without making a nomen-
clatural designation but stated (p. 376) that, if it were later found
to be a distinct species, it be designated “Fusus? (Serrifusus) gonio-
phorus.” Whiteaves’ figure is of a mature specimen whereas Meek’s
figure of the varietal form is of an immature shell (which I have
examined ), yet they are essentially identical. They both differ from
the holotype by having a more complete posterior carina rather
than one interrupted by nodes, perhaps a slight sexual dimorphism or
a true subspecific difference.

Anderson (1958, p. 117) elevated Whiteaves’ form to specific
rank with the following comment: “This form is specifically distinct
from Meek’s genotype, though congeneric with it, and may represent
the same age, namely early Maestrichtian.” He neither illustrated
new material nor made any attempt to justify or clarify this deci-
sion; for this reason I have left Whiteaves’ form synonymous with
that of Meek.

Regardless of the level of difference it should suffice to say that
there is a form of Serrifusws common to both the Maestrichtian of
North Dakota and the Upper Cretaceous (Maestrichtian? ) rocks of
the Vancouver Island area of British Columbia.

Another species, Serrifusus joaquinensis Anderson, 1958, is ap-
parently valid (Sohl, 1967a, p. B29). It appears to represent an
expansion of the posterior carina with concurrent loss of other
carinae. Anderson said (p. 172): “In general form and ornamenta-
tion it is a southern analogue of, and is correlative with its con-
gener [S. vancouverensis] described above.”

S. dakotaensis has been reported from the Fox Hills Formation
in North Dakota by Sohl (1967a).

Types. — Figured herein is the holotype, USNM 256.

Type locahty.— Fox Hills Formation on the Moreau River,
South Dakota.

Occurrence. —In concretions with Cucullaea at locality A462
Timber Lake Member, Fox Hills Formation, Sioux County, North
Dakota.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Genus REMERA Stephenson, 1941

Type species (by original designation): Remera microstriata

GastTropopa, Cretaceous, NorrH DaAKoTa: Erickson 207

Stephenson, 1941, Univ. Texas Bull. No. 4101, p. 344, pl. 65, figs.
3, 4.

Generic diagnosis. — Medium-sized fusiform shells having spire
more than half the height of the shell; whorls generally flat-sided
more rarely rounded; anterior canal moderately long and very
slightly twisted; posterior canal lacking. Aperture lenticular to
lanceolate, angulated posteriorly; inner and outer lips smooth, not
thickened, columella smooth. Prosopon of collabral, transverse ribs
and pronounced ribbons which become somewhat subdued when
crossing ribs.

Remarks. — This genus strongly resembles Hxilia Conrad, 1860.
To this extent a note on the status of the genera Exitha and Remera
is in order here. I have not seen the holotype of F. pergracilis,
though I have seen several Remera. Conrad’s original description
of E. pergracilis appears below as quoted from Harris (1896, p. 90).

Narrow-fusiform; volutions twelve, convex, with slightly curved,
numerous, narrow ribs, and fine closely-arranged revolving lines;
spire rather longer than apeture, first two whorls smooth; beak per-
fectly straight, minutely striated to the extremity.

No mention was made of a posterior notch on the type although
this was described by Stewart (1927, p. 419). The notch may be
indicated by the faint prosocline bend of the ribs on the posterior
slope in Harris’ figure (pl. 9, fig. 1). The outer lip of Harris’ speci-
men is incomplete, and Stewart’s conclusions may be unjustified.
The presence or absence of this notch is crucial because it is a major
factor in familial assignment and, therefore, generic placement.
Lacking the notch Exilia might easily be placed in the Fasciolariidae
whereas its presence causes the assignment to the Turridae as
Stewart did. If Exilia is not notched, it may well be a fasciolarid
making Remera most certainly a junior synonym of Exilia. Com-
parison of types is in order.

Other species referred to Exilia, namely FE. microptygma
(Gabb) and £. diaboli (Gabb) from California appear closely re-
lated to Remera. They each have spiral prosopon (a continuation
of the ribbons from the anterior slope?) on the inner lip of the
columella but this does not appear strong enough in Stewart’s (1927,
pl. 27, fig. 6a; pl. 39, fig. 10a) figures to obviate both from inclusion
in Remera. They seemed to lack a posterior notch. It is possible

208 BULLETIN 284

that the diagnosis given above should be expanded yet further to
encompass stronger columellar ornament as well.

Remera? cvancarai, n. sp. Pl, 17, figs; ino

Diagnosis. — Remera with rounded whorls and broad ribs, and
strong ribbons, coarsest on the shoulder and only slightly subdued
where crossing ribs.

Description. — Incomplete holotype 17.54- mm high and with
maximum width of 6.2 mm. Height of last whorl 1.0 cm. Shell
fusiform of at least five whorls, pleural angle approximately 30
degrees. Sutures slightly impressed; aperture lanceolate tapering
rapidly into moderately long, slightly twisted canal. Inner lip smooth,
thin, with some underlying prosopon showing through; outer lip
missing, probably thin and simple. The columella appears to be
smooth. Prosopon of broad, collabral, axial rbs which fade on the
anterior slope; numerous flat-topped spiral ribbons (13 on penulti-
nate whorl of the holotype) separated by grooves about half the
ribbon width. Ribbons covering last whorl to tip of canal, coarsest
across shoulder of each whorl with insertion occurring on both an-
terior and posterior slopes. Protoconch probably trochoid with three
smooth whorls.

Material.— One specimen with well-preserved shell material
but lacking outer lip, protoconch, and upper 1% (?) whorls.

Discussion.—It has been exceedingly difficult to place this
species with certainty. It conforms to the type of Fxilia in many
ways but is ornamented with ribbons over the entire spire unlike
that species, nor does it show the slightest indication of a posterior
notch or canal as it should to be allied with E. pergracilis s.s.
Stewart, 1927. On the other hand the whorls are not nearly so flat-
sided nor the axial ribs so strong as on most species of Remera.

The above discussion must convey some of my concern for this
assignment, although no other genus can easily accommodate this
species, and, rather than erect a new genus to hold it, I feel it wiser
to modify Remera slightly to accommodate R. cvancarat which may
simply be a more northern member of that predominantly southern
genus.

Etymology. — This species is named in honor of Alan M.

GastTropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 209

Cvancara (pronunciation: Swin sha ra i) who collected the speci-
men, and whose example and friendship I value highly.

Types. — Holotype USNM 180533.

Dimensions of holotype. —H = 1.75+- cm, MD = 0.62 cm,
PA = 30°:

Type locality. —Concretion zone in base of Fox Hills Forma-
tion (Trail City Member) at cut bank exposure on Beaver Creek,
Seeman Park, Linton, Emmons Co., N. Dak., SW1/4, SW1/4, sec.
el. 132 N., R. 76 W., :75 mi. SE of Linton:

Occurrence. — From concretion at locality A469.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Genus CRYPTORHYTIS? Meek, 1876
Type species (by original designation): Gladius? cheyennensis,
Meek and Hayden, 1860, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol.
12, p. 422 (= Rostellaria fusiformis Hall and Meek, 1854, not R.
fusiformis Pictet and Roux, 1848).

Generic diagnosis.— Medium-sized fusiform shells with posteriorly con-
stricted whorls, a relatively long siphonal canal, and several oblique plaits
that occur relatively high on the columella but are not visible at the aperture.
[Sohl, 1964, p. 231.]

Remarks. — By Meek’s admission the concept of Cryptorhytis
was uncertain at the time of its designation by virtue of the poor
preservation of his original specimens of C. cheyennensis. Originally
assigned to Rostellaria more than twenty years earlier, Meek finally
removed enough matrix from the columella to find a plait; there-
fore he then placed the species in the Fasciolariidae as Fasciolaria
(Cryptorhytis) cheyennensis (Meek, 1876, p. 356). It was one of
two species upon which the subgenus was erected. Since that time
the genus has accumulated a remarkable number of ill-defined,
poorly preserved, or otherwise “homeless” species, many of them
East Coast forms, from which Sohl (1964, p. 231) tried to make
some order. The most recent suggestion by Sohl (1967a, p. B33) is
that the low columellar plait, columellar constriction, and sinuous
ribs give Cryptorhytis a strong resemblance to Bellifusus Stephen-
son which would become a junior synonym. Although these simi-
larities exist, Sohl deferred action due to lack of quality material.
The assignment and material herein do little to clarify the foggy
generic concept of Cryptorhytis.

210 BULLETIN 284

Cryptorhytis flexicostata? (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 17, figs. 5, 6

1856. Fusus flexicostatus, Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 8, p. 66.

1876. Fasciolaria? (Cryptorhytis) flexicostata (Meek and Hayden), Meek,
WS: Geol. Sur. Terr, vol..9; p. 367, pl. 19; fig: 2:

1926. Cryptorhytis flexicostata (Meek and Hayden), Wade, U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Prof. Paper 137, p. 132.

Diagnosis. — Shell thin, short, fusiform, spire moderately high
of six or seven whorls each constricted at the suture. Aperture
lanceolate, constricting abruptly anteriorly into a slightly twisted
canal. Columella with one broad fold nearly bordering canal. Pro-
sopon of somewhat sinuous ribs, overlain by ribbons strengthening
on anterior slope.

Discussion. — Meek’s placement of this species, like his con-
cept of the genus, was in doubt. Because it has not been discussed
in the recent literature, and because this study has produced no
material of suitable preservation to shed more light on the subject,
no attempt will be made to resolve the dilemma here. If my identi-
fication is correct, it is the first record of C. flexicostata from the
Fox Hills Formation and particularly that of North Dakota.

Types. — Hypotype UND 13457.

Type locality.— “Yellowstone River [Montana], 150 miles
from its mouth; where it occurs in beds containing a blending of
the fossils of the Fort Pieree and Fox Hills groups of the Upper
Missouri Cretaceous.” [Meek, 1876, p. 368.]

Occurrence. — All specimens were taken from locality A480
from lithology of the unnamed member. None occurred in con-
cretions.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Family XANCIDAE
Subfamily VASINAE
Genus PYROPSIS Conrad, 1860

Type species (by monotypy): Tudicla (Pyropsis) perlata Con-
rad, 1860, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., 2nd ser., vol. 4, p.
288, pl. 46, fig. 39.

Generic diagnosis. — Shells medium to large, subpyriform with
low to very low spires; whorls peripherally expanded, moderately
to strongly constricted anteriorly; spire with a smooth, pyriform
appearance or, in forms with angular shoulders, with a steplike

GastTropopa, CreTAcEous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 211

silhouette. Aperture thickened within; inner lip moderately to
heavily callused, columella smooth with a broad, weak or strong
swelling above the siphonal canal that may produce an umbilical
fissure behind the columellar lip. Columella straight to gently flexed.
Prosopon generally ornate, of nodose to spinose spiral chords; growth
lines orthocline to mildly prosocline. Protoconch round-topped, of
two whorls, slightly raised above plane of volution of teloconch.
Remarks. — The concept of this genus became confused after
its proposal due to poor definition both of it and related genera,
as well as to genetic proximity to several other taxa commonly
present in Upper Cretaceous strata. Sohl (1964) partially mod-
ernized the concept of Pyropsis including in it Stephenson’s (1941,
p. 316) genus Medionapus, and thus Wade’s (1926) genus Trochi-
fusus, noting (p. 235) that:
Although the type species of Pyrofsis and Medionapus appear to be
widely separated when compared, the other included species, variously
assigned to Pyropsis, Medionapus, or Trochifusus, seem to fill in the
gap between the two end members.
He, therefore, treated Medionapus as a junior synonym of Pyropsts.
At the same time he accepted the generic distinction of Tudicla, in
which Pyropsis was originally situated, and of Stephenson’s genus
Napulus. Soh] (1967a, p. B7, 8) gave much significance to the fact
that Pyropsis can be traced readily through Upper Cretaceous
rocks with several lineages definable both geographically and strati-
graphically. It was his conclusion that isolation and re-invasion of
various genetic units within the group reflected fluctuation of the
Upper Cretaceous seaways over the Western Interior from the
Cenomanian through the Maestrichtian. This hypothesis is justified
and agrees with conclusions presented herein for other members of
the Fox Hills neogastropod fauna. Pyropsis is a more “Tethyan”
or southern genus. It has no analogs yet reported either from the
marine Maestrichtian of Canada or from that of California. Once
the Vasinae of the Western Interior are all clearly defined taxonom-
ically and stratigraphically they may furnish a tool for paleo-
geographers and paleoecologists.

Pyropsis bairdi (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 18, figs. 1-6; Pl. 19, figs. 1-6

1856. Pyrula bairdi Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc.,
vol. 8, p. 66.

212 BULLETIN 284

1856. Busycon bairdi (Meek and Hayden), Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 8, p. 126.

1876. Pyropsis bairdi (Meek and Hayden), Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.
Rept. vol. 9, p. 369.

1964. Pyropsis bairdi (Meek and Hayden), Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
331-B, p. 235.

Diagnosis. —Shells large, pyriform, with spire elevated less
than half the height of the aperture; whorls shouldered by a nodose
carina. Suture impressed, formed below uppermost carina of each
preceding whorl. Anterior canal long, bent slightly in youth, becom-
ing straight after 3% or 4 whorls. Aperture oval to suboval, con-
tracting anteriorly to narrow canal; columellar lip and thickened,
reflexed outer lip develop in maturity. Columellar lip swollen slight-
ly into aperture at base of canal producing a smoothly-rounded
parietal geniculation; columella smooth and umbilicate. Prosopon of
faint, slightly prosocline, growth lines; three major spiral, nodose
carinae and minor spiral threads, or cords (depending on age of
specimen), approximately 20 on posterior slope of third and fourth
whorls, a dozen or so on anterior slope, becoming stronger at ma-
turity. Protoconch smooth, slightly raised, not deflected.

Discussion. — P. bairdi is the largest species of gastropod thus
far reported from the Fox Hills Formation. As indicated in the dis-
cussion above the genus is a southern one. This species reflects the
trend of many such immigrants in decreasing the degree of ornate-
ness of the shell. The carinae and nodes are much subdued when
compared with Mississippi or Texas species.

Meek (1876) designated P. bairdi rotula as a varietal form with
stronger chords, more nodose carinae, and flatter posterior ramp.
This is a more ornate form of P. bairdi as shown on Plate 19, figures
5,6, and Plate 20, figures 4, 5, 6 herein, which illustrate the holotype
(UNSM 252) and an immature specimen (USNM 180537) from
USGS collections from South Dakota.

I would be inclined, because of the more bent anterior canal,
convex, more carinate and nodose whorls, and free rather than
adnate inner lip callus, to consider Meek’s varietal form as a dis-
tinct species. It is rare and has not been found in North Dakota
hence no reassignment is made herein. The possibility that these
differences are the result of sexual dimorphism also exists.

Types. — Holotype USNM 252 (P. bairdi and P. bairdi rotula);
Hypotypes UND 13431, UND 13433, and USNM 180537.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 213

Type locality. — “Moreau River and Fox Hills [South Dakota].
No. 5 of series” (Meek and Hayden, 1856, p. 66).

Occurrence. — Collected from concretionary sandstone lenses
of the Timber Lake Member at locality A466 and A676 and from
concretions in the same member at localities A457 and A461.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Genus PERISSITYS Stewart, 1927

Type species (by original designation): Perisolax brevtirostris
(Gabb), Stewart, 1927, p. 426, pl. 20, fig. 4.

Diagnosis. — Shell large, pyriform, appearing blunt due to
thickening along sutures; teloconch expanding rapidly, whorls ex-
panded, squat with last whorl] having anterior slope expanded ap-
proaching the lip causing widening of posterior portion of the
columella. Posterior portion of whorls a broad inclined ramp be-
coming a high collar overlapping the suture; shoulder moderately
well to well developed. Aperture subcircular to subovate(?) narrow-
ing into long anterior canal. Columella thick, long (may be longer
than spire), twisted, having a wide fold bordering the canal. Inner
and outer lips undescribed. Prosopon of weak costae producing
strong nodes on shoulder. Five or six major carinae, the posterior
most at the shoulder, distributed anteriorly. onto anterior slope,
frequently becoming cleft where crossing costae. Three or more cords
distributed between carinae on whor] and present on ramp. Proto-
conch not well known. (Modified from Stewart, 1927.)

Remarks. — This genus is poorly covered in the literature since
its description by Stewart from Gabb’s (1864, p. 91, in Stewart,
1927, p. 426) species Perisolax brevirostris. Several species of
Gabb’s genus Perisolax (type by subsequent designation of Whit-
field, 1892, p. 34) were proposed for East Coast and Ripley speci-
mens by Weller (1907), Whitfield (1892), and Wade (1926).
Stephenson (1941, p. 318) designated Perisolax whitfieldi (Weller)
as the type of his genus Napulus. Forms of Perisolax have been dis-
tributed among or erroneously referred to Pyropsis, Tudicla, Peris-
sitys, and Cophocara.

In this restudy of Gabb’s material Stewart described both
Perissitys and Cophocara from material previously considered to be
Pertsolax brevirostris; the main difference being that Cophocara

214 BULLETIN 284

contains a form which has a strong secondary sutural callus de-
posited over each previous whorl as new whorls are added. I suspect
this is a gradational or ecotypic form and should not have generic
standing, but further California specimens must be found to prove
or disprove this. The Fox Hills species to be considered here is
thought to belong to Perissitys in the sense of Stewart and of the
diagnosis herein, which is my modification from his descriptions.

Perissitys ? sp. A Pl. 17, fig. 10

Material. — Fragments of three specimens collected by Feld-
mann from two localities. In two cases the apical whorls are present
but badly eroded. Some whorl fragments preserve good ornament
and secondary sutural deposits as diagnosed above for the genus.
Two portions of columella are also present.

Discussion. —I have taken Stewart’s (1927, p. 426) accep-
tance of Whiteaves (1897, p. 356, pl. 43, fig. 3) to signify the
veracity of that identification. Whiteaves’ specimen was Perissitys
brevirostris fron: the Vancouver Island area. This indicates to me
a northward range for the genus creating the strong possibility for
its presence in Fox Hills rocks of North Dakota.

My material is not complete enough to make a positive identi-
fication of the generic much less the specific identification of the
specimens. Nevertheless available portions indicate proper place-
ment and also that the species represented is a new one. The
shoulder nodes are weaker, carinae stronger, and posterior ramp
at a slightly higher angle than in P. brevirostris. Cords on the an-
terior slope are much less developed as well. If this identification
is correct it represents an extension of the genus from the West
Coast into the Western Interior and is new to North Dakota. It re-
sembles nothing previously described by early workers such as
Meek and Hayden, White, or Morton.

Types. — Figured specimen UND 13453.

Occurrence. — Fragmental specimens collected from matrix of
Timber Lake (?}) Member at localities A726 and A618.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian(?).

Perissitys ? sp. B Plo Ui figs 9k

Material. — One internal mold of 3% whorls preserving, in mat-

GasTropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 215

rix, a portion of the columella. Larger whorls show slight indication
of costae but no spiral ornament. Sutures are deep and thick, and
the columella twisted.

Discussion. — This steinkern might represent any of several
genera. The secondary covering of the suture, twisted canal and size
of the specimen support assignment to Perissitys. Lack of spiral
ornament on the mold is of little concern as examination of the
internal wall of material from the previous species shows that cords
and carinae are not reflected on the interior of the shell. This speci-
men was taken from the same area as the last species. Until it is
better known further speculation is fruitless.

Types. — Figured specimen UND 13436.

Occurrence. — From Timber Lake Member (possibly in con-
cretion, at locality A615.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Suborder NEMATOGLOSSA

Superfamily CANCELLARIACEA
Family CANCELLARIIDAE
Genus CANCELLARIA Lamarck, 1799

Type species (by monotypy): Voluta recticulata Linnaeus,
1767.

Generic diagnosis. — Medium-sized, stout, low to moderately
high spiral shells. Siphonal canal short, narrow and twisted; outer
lip thick, lirate within; inner lip glazed by callus. Aperture lenticular;
columella having two or three folds with posterior plait generally
strongest. Umbilicus perforate to imperforate. Prosopon usually
cancellate (modified from Sohl, 1964).

Remarks. — Until 1941 no members of this genus had been
recognized from Mesozoic rocks. At that time Stephenson (1941,
pp. 362-3) described Cancellaria? matsoni from the Kemp Clay
(Maestrichtian) of Texas, a species not very reminiscent of later
assigned Cretaceous members of the genus. Sohl (1964, pp. 268-9)
described Cancellaria? macnairyensis from the Coon Creek Tongue
of the Ripley Formation of Tennessee. Although Sohl questions his
generic placement of the species, there is little doubt after seeing his
specimen that it is a Cancellaria. The same is true for the North

216 BULLETIN 284

Dakota material herein described. Stephenson’s C.? matsom re-
mains uncertainly placed, in my opinion, since it apparently lacks
the anterior-most columellar plait present on both C. macnairyensis
and the North Dakota species.

Generic assignment of my specimens was made more difficult
by their similarity to several cancellariid genera including Admete
Moller, Bonellitia Jousseaume, and more superficially, Paladmete
Gardner. The last possesses similar shell habit but lacks plaits on
the columella. Admete may have two or more weak folds, but the
anterior canal is imperforate and there is no fasciole. Bonellitia is
the closest genus in general aspect; however, it is imperforate, often
possesses varices, and has a fasciole on the anterior canal. Olsson
(1964, p. 128) considered Bonellitia a subgenus of Admete to
which it is closely related. Palmer (1947) considered it a distinct
genus. Bonellitia is the only genus of these three which definitely
ranges into the Cretaceous (Maestrichtian). Stephenson in 1952
reported a questionable occurrence of Paladmete ? from the Wood-
bine of Texas but his material consisting of two latex molds was
indeterminate. Decision to assign the North Dakota material to
Cancellaria is based on the weakly perforate anterior canal, posses-
sion of a weak fasciole, lack of varices, and well-developed anterior
canal indicated.

A note on the subordinal assignment of Cancellaria herein is
necessary. A recent examination of cancellariid radulae by Olsson
(1970) showed that they are unlike those of any other group. He
proposed (p. 19) to indicate this by erecting the order Nematoglossa
to hold the Cancellariidae. Previously the family was assigned both
to the Toxoglossa (Keen, 1963; Thiele, 1935) and the Stenoglossa
as in Taylor and Sohl (1962). Olsson’s work appears significant
enough to justify removal of the Cancellariidae from the Steno-
glossa and their placement in Nematoglossa, a taxon here treated
at the subordinal rank in keeping with the format of Taylor and
Sohl. The superfamilial assignment is made in the sense of Olsson
(1964). It is clear that the cancellariids had begun their develop-
ment by the late Cretaceous. Their radulae may be a refinement
of the stenoglossate radula evolving toward its use in the manner
of the toxoglossate radula. Not enough is yet known of present can-
cellariid feeding habits to attempt extrapolation of data toward

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Daxorta: Erickson 217

paleo-feeding habits and thus toward feeding-based evolutionary
trends.

Cancellaria siouxensis, n. sp. Pl 20\figss 1-5

Diagnosis. — Shell small for genus; spire about half total shell
height; aperture constricted anteriorly to a short perforate canal;
inner lip lightly callused; outer lip with six denticles; columella
with three plications of nearly equal strength. Prosopon of spiral
ribbons and narrow transverse ribs. Protoconch naticiform, of ap-
proximately 2% whorls.

Description. — Shell small; spire about half total shell height;
pleural angle about 47 to 53 degrees. Aperture broadly lenticular,
widest approximately two-thirds of the distance posteriorly, con-
stricting rapidly anteriorly to a short canal; whorls with rounded
posterior shoulder, Inner lip glazed, smooth; outer lip not thickened,
having six denticles recessed within the aperture and evenly spaced
along the lip wall. Columella with three plaits, anterior-most slightly
less well developed and very slightly oblique to the others. Um-
bilicus a well-developed slit on most mature specimens. Prosopon
a combination of spiral ribbons and narrow, opisthocline, round-
topped, transverse costae; about 24 ribbons on ultimate whorl, 8 on
penultimate whorl. Spiral ribbons crenulate on posterior slope of
each whorl. Costae approximately 20 on ultimate whorl, most strong-
ly developed on the shoulder and fading out on anterior slope;
secondary ribbons inserted between the five or six primary ribbons
midway along the anterior slope. Protoconch about 2% smooth
naticiform whorls.

Material.— Twenty specimens, both mature and immature,
most with aperture damaged, many with penultimate whorl bored by
predators. All taken from friable, silty sandstone; none from con-
cretions.

Discussion. — Specimens of this species were one of the most
common forms represented at locality A460. As such it is known
from more material than either Cancellaria? macnairyensis Sohl or
C.? matsoni Stephenson for which only the respective holotypes are
known. Both of the aforementioned species have stronger trans-
verse prosopon than C. siowxensis; their apertures are thicker, and
shells are shorter. Cancellaria siouxensis has closer, finer ornamenta-

218 BULLETIN 284

tion, which is more subtle than the prosopon of either of the other
Cretaceous species. In form and ornament it more closely resem-
bles C.? macnairyensis from the Ripley Formation than it does
C’.? matson. This is true also in view of the columellar plaiting;
C.? macnairyensis and C. siouxensis each possess three plaits where-
as C.? matsoni has only two.

My material bears some resemblance to older and younger
material from the Cenomanian of Texas and the Paleocene of North
Dakota, respectively. An indeterminate specimen referred by
Stephenson (1952, p. 192, pl. 43, figs. 38, 39) to Cancellaria ? sp.
has a slight resemblance to C. siouxensis but the costae on the former
are more narrow and curved and the anterior canal appears to have
been longer and more twisted. His single specimen was too poorly
preserved to determine, but his generic placement seems to be cor-
rect. In 1921 Stanton described two species from the Cannonball
Formation (Paleocene) of North Dakota which are similar to C.
siouxensis. Fasciolaria lloydi (p. 42) is larger than C. siouxensis,
has a more reticulate prosopon, and lacks a strong anterior plait.
Fasciolaria ? cordensis is closer in columellar structure but has
finer prosopon and lacks the strong shoulder and posterior slope
of the whorls that are present on C. siouxensis. Both of the species
described by Stanton are probably referrable to the Cancellariidae
as used herein and Fasciolaria ? cordensis is probably close to C.
siouxensis and should be assigned to Cancellaria.

Cancellaria siouxensis is the first representative of that genus
to be definitely assigned from the Cretaceous though many scat-
tered, earlier, questionable assignments exist in the literature. It is
the first record of any cancellariid genus from the Fox Hills Forma-
tion or from North Dakota rocks, exclusive of Stanton’s incorrectly
assigned species here assigned as Cancellaria cordensis, Additional
work with the cancellariids of the northern Western Interior should
demonstrate their paleoecologic, and perhaps stratigraphic, value.
Their small size and rarity make both uses difficult to assess at
present. They probably represent a southern stock which migrated
northward and eventually remained isolated there to form part of
the Cannonball marine fauna during the Paleocene.

Etymology. — The specific name was developed with three
sources in mind: (1) the “Fighting Sioux” of the University of

GasTRopopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 219

North Dakota; (2) the Sioux Indian Nation on whose land the
specimens were collected; and (3) Sioux County, North Dakota,
in which that land is located.

Types. — Holotype USNM 180538; Paratypes USNM 180539,
USNM 180540, UND 13471, UND 13474.

Dimensions of types.— The following list is a summary of
measurements of the type material:

H MD PA
USNM 180538 (Holotype) .60 cm 34 cm 47°
USNM 180539 (Paratype) 83+ 42+ 55S
USNM 180540 (Paratype) 69 40 47°
UND 13471 (Paratype) 55+ 29+ 48°

Type locality. — These specimens were collected from the Tim-
ber Lake Member of the Fox Hills Formation from a 6-inch thick
zone of sparse shell accumulation approximately 3 feet below the
top of a roadcut section near the center sec. 21, T. 129 N., R. 79 W.,
8 miles SSW of Ft. Yates, Sioux County, North Dakota.

Occurrence. — Timber Lake Member, Fox Hills Formation, —
UND collecting locality A460, Sioux County, North Dakota. All
from friable, very fine, silty sandstone.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Suborder TOXOGLOSSA
Superfamily CONACEA
Family TURRIDAE
Genus AMULETUM Stephenson, 1941

Type species (by original designation): Turricula macnairyen-
sts Wade, 1926, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 137, p. 113, pl. 36, figs.
859:

Generic diagnosis.— Smal] rather slender shells with a spire about half
total shell height. Protoconch proportionally large consisting of 3 to 4 smooth
whorls. Whorls rounded, slightly constricted posteriorly to a sloping subsutural
collar. Transverse and spiral sculpture is sometimes nodose. Siphonal canal
elongate, slender, and curved somewhat; outer lip with a rather shallow sub-
sutural sinus. Columella lacks plications and narrows to a thin edge at the
anterior extremity. [Sohl, 1964, p. 274.]

220 BULLETIN 284

Remarks. — Several turrid genera, some closely related, others
only distantly so, have been defined and redefined by numerous
workers in attempts to clarify relationships within this large family.
Many early forms were placed in Turris or Plewrotoma and later in
Turricula, Surcula, Exilia, Amuletum, Lutema, Beretra, and Rem-
mta aS more and more material became available. The present
understanding of the genus has evolved principally from Wade’s
(1926) work on the Coon Creek fauna and Stephenson’s (1941)
Navarro studies. Soh] (1964) carried Stephenson’s work on a step
further as the following discussion will illustrate.

Amuletum Stephenson is based on Turricula macnairyensis
Wade, one of five new Twurricula which Wade described in a fauna
of seven turriculid species from the Coon Creek. In 1941 Stephenson
(p. 369) noted with ample justification the following:

The genus J'urricula, to which Wade referred his species, is
founded on the Recent Turricula flamea Schumacher (= Murex
javanus Chemnitz, not Linné = Murex tornatus Dillwyn, not Turris
tornatum Bolten), from the oriental seas. This species is a large,
nearly smooth form having a spiral angle of about 35 degrees; it has
a proportionately larger body whorl, a conspicuous constriction below
the suture, and a pronounced shoulder; these characters seem to amply
justify erecting a new genus for the Cretaceous shell. None of the
species referred by Wade to Turricula belongs to that genus.

At the same time Stephenson described two new species of Amule-
tum, A. curvocostatum and A. venustum. He also erected the genus
Lutema (Stephenson, 1941, p. 373) based on L. simpsonensis; the
genus Beretra (p. 375) based on B. firma Stephenson; and the
genus Remnita (p. 379) based on Turricula biacuminata Wade,
referring T'urricula faceolata Wade and T. anomalocostata Wade to
Remmta. I have examined the types of these genera and many in-
cluded species in the collection of the U.S. National Museum, and
they do, in fact, seem to demonstrate valid differences, but they are
closely related.

The present understanding of Amuletum, Lutema and Remnita
follows the work of Sohl (1964) who noted that Amuletum and
Lutema can be distinguished only on the type of sculpture on later
whorls; Remnita, however, differs in nature of columellar lip, collar
sinus, and spiral ornament. For these reasons he considers Amuletum
to contain two subgenera, Amuletum s.s. and Amuletum (Lutema)

retaining Stephensons’s types for each. Sohl also noted that A.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Norty Dakota: Erickson 221

curvocostatum Stephenson (in part) is a synonym of A. ripleyana
(Wade) which in turn is synonymous with A. macnairyensts.

Apparently a great deal of variation occurred with Amuletum
at this (Ripley) time. Sohl (p. 276) distinguished two subspecies of
A. (A.) macnairyensis and one new species A. (A.) duwmasensis, from
the Ripley Formation. Thus there are five recognized species of
Amuletum s.s. from the Ripley and, with his recognized species of A.
(Lutema) limbatum, a total of six for Amuletum s. 1. There are also
three species of Remnita and three of Beretra in the Ripley fauna.
Apparently these genera did not “blossom” in the northern Western
Interior to the extent that they did in the Mississippi Embayment
and Gulf Coast Cretaceous seas, since only Amuletum is known
presently, and it is represented by two species at most in the North
Dakota Fox Hills fauna. More work on Pierre Shale faunas may
reveal others. Three forms recorded by Stanton (1920, pp. 45-46),
including Turris cordensis, Turris loydt, and perhaps Turricula
cincta from the Cannonball Formation (Paleocene) in North Da-
kota, are referrable to Amuetum indicating a later expansion of the
genus in northern waters.

Subgenus AMULETUM Stephenson, 1941

Type species: Turricula macnairyensis Wade, 1926, U.S. Geol.
Sun, Prof. Paper 137, p. 113, pl. 36, figs. 8, 9.

Diagnosis. — Amuletum with poorly developed or no shoulder,
well-developed spiral sculpture and non-nodose character of trans-
verse ribs.

Amuletum (Amuletum) minor (Evans and Shumard), 1857 Pl. 20, fig. 6

1857. Pleurotoma minor Evans and Shumard, Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Trans.,
vol. 1, p. 42.

1860. Turris minor (Evans and Shumard), Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat.
Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p..41; Meek, 1864, Smithsonian Check-
List North American Cretaceous Fossils, p. 22.

1876. Turris minor (Evans and Shumard), Meek, U. S. Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept.
vol. 9, p. 384, pl. 31, figs. 9a, b, ¢.

1926. Turricula minor (Evans and Shumard), Wade, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper’ 137, p. 113:

1941. Pleurotoma minor Evans and Shumard (= Turris minor Meek),
Stephenson, Texas Univ. Bull. 4101, p. 370.

Diagnosis. — Slim, fusiform shells with moderately strong pos-
terior constriction of whorls, ribs strong on posterior slope and across
the shoulder and fading out rapidly on anterior portion of last whorl,

222 BULLETIN 284

one or two finer ribs between each major rib on later whorls; ribbons
10-12 on penultimate whorl, narrow on posterior slope, wider and
stronger toward anterior.

Discussion. — In degree of coarseness of ribs and general aspect
this species most nearly resembles A. (A) dwmasensis Sohl and to
a lesser extent A. (A.) macnairyensis, both from the Ripley Forma-
tion. With examination of a great many more Fox Hills specimens
it is not inconceivable to me that A. (A.) minor might be shown to
vary enough to overlap one of the above species. No such material
is available to me at present, and the characters of the material at
hand show it to be a distinct form of Amuletwm s.s. as used by Sohl
(1964).

A form described as Surcula raricostata by Gabb from the
California Tertiary (Stewart, 1927) is probably an Amuetum and
bears some resemblance to A. (A.) minor. Whiteaves (1879, pp.
116-117) described S. raricostata from the Vancouver Island area
that closely fit Gabb’s description save in a few details deemed by
him to be of only varietal significance. The specimens, as figured
by Stewart and Whiteaves, both show characters of Amuletum and
both have a general resemblance to Amuletum s.s. in the Ripley
Formation and Fox Hills Formation. It would seem that there is
here food for thought regarding latitudinal affects on and dispersal
directions of Amuletum during the Maestrichtian, Apparently it was
more widely represented in southerly waters. Just where the origin
of Amuletwm was is still a question.

Types. — Hypotype, UND 994.

Type locality. — From Moreau and Grand River Valleys, South
Dakota, apparently from Fox Hills rocks.

Occurrence. — Single specimen taken from concretions near
base of the Fox Hills Formation at locality A469.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Subgenus LUTEMA Stephenson, 1941

Type species (by original designation): Lutema simpsonensis

Stephenson, Sohl, 1964, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 331-B, p. 278.

Diagnosis. — Medium sized fusiform to subfusiform Amuletum like [sic]
shells that possess subdued ornament, with the transverse sculpture either
suppressed or accentuated and having a tendency for stronger shouldering and
a development of noding at the shoulder. [Sohl, 1964, p. 278.]

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 223

Amuletum (Lutema) sp. PIS203 figs: 7,8

Material. — Two, probably immature specimens, one complete
the other with outer lip broken away, are the sole representatives of
this species in the UND collections.

Discussion. — These shells closely conform to Sohl’s (1964)
diagnosis of the subgenus as given above. They are also very close
to, if not conspecific with, his undetermined Lutema (p. 279). The
sculpture of transverse ribs on the second whorl is lost after the
second teloconch whorl as he described. This occurrence marks a
geographic extension of Lutema into North Dakota and a strati-
graphic extension into the Fox Hills Formation. Adult material
will be required for correct placement of the species. It does not
agree perfectly with any described forms. Surcula suciensis Whiteaves
(1879, pp. 115-116) from the Cretaceous deposits of the Sucia Is-
lands, British Columbia, is probably an A. (Lutema) and may thus
have affinities with this form, yet, because his species is so poorly
figured, there is little way of ascertaining without seeing the type.
This species, too, seems to indicate close relationships between
southern and northern forms overlapping in North Dakota latitudes.

Types. — Figured specimen, UND 13463.

Occurrence. — From fine friable sandstones of the Timber Lake
Member of the Fox Hills Formation only at locality A460.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian?

Family UNCERTAIN
Genus and species uncertain Pl. 20, figs. 9, 10

Material. — One specimen which is badly decorticated and has
broken outer lip and canal.

Discussion. — This single specimen is of a moderate-sized
gastropod with robust whorls, impressed sutures covered by over-
lapping shell. Shell is thick and the columella smooth. It super-
ficially resembles Astandes from the Pierre Shale and Cantharus
vaughni from the Cannonball Formation. It is too large for A.
densatus of the Pierre. C. vaughni would be the best suggestion,
but the preservation is too poor to justify assignment. Until such
time as more specimens are found it must remain an unassigned ele-
ment of the Fox Hills gastropod fauna in North Dakota.

224 BULLETIN 284

Types. — Figured specimen UND 13438.
Occurrence. — From concretionary sandstone unit at locality
A467.
Subclass EUTHYNEURA

Order OPISTHOBRANCHIA
Superfamily ACTEONACEA
Family RINGICULIDAE
Genus OLIGOPTYCHA Meek, 1876

Type species (by original designation): Actaeon concinnus,

Hall and Meek, 1854, p. 390.

Generic diagnosis.—Globose shell, spire depressed. Sculpture of incised
spirals consisting of a series of chainlike links. Outer lip thickened to a
rounded rim at mature stage, interiorly smooth to denticulate. Columella has a
strong anterior fold and bears from zero to two weaker parietal folds.” (Sohl,
1967a, p. B34.)

Remarks. — The history of this genus is long and in concept
has become alternately clear, clouded, and clear again as collections
are restudied. Oligoptycha was first proposed by Meek, 1876, p.
283, misspelled “Oligoptych”) as a subgenus of Cimulia Gray along
with Cinulia s.s. and Avellana (d’Orbigny). Actaeon concinnus
(Hall and Meek) was designated as the type. Oligoptycha was
given generic rank by Stewart (1927). After Meek’s work several
additional forms from North America were referred to Cinulia
(sensu Gray) — Cinulia (Oligoptycha), Oligoptycha, Avellana, and
Eryptycha, all closely related ringiculids. Wade (1926), and later
Stephenson (1941) discussed Oligoptycha americana (Wade) of
the Gulf Coast Cretaceous and Mississippi Embayment Cretaceous.
Soh] (1964, pp. 295-6) refined the generic diagnoses to include
characters of Coon Creek species of which O. corrugata was pro-
posed as new.

In the same discussion Soh] (1964) attempted to outline weak
phylogenetic trends but conceded that trouble arises when poorly
understood Gulf Coast (and Pacific Coast) forms are considered.
Several forms figured prominently in this confusion including Avel-
lana subincrassata d’Orbigny, O. obliqua (Gabb) Stewart (1927,
p. 436) and Oligoptycha? popenoei Allison (1955, p. 43). Sohl (p.
296) alluded to strong similarities between A. subincrassata and
Oligoptycha but pointed out the facts that the parietal folds extend

GasTropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 225

to the aperture, the columellar fold is weaker and is virtually hori-
zontal in A. swbincrassata as substantial evidence for maintaining
generic distinction between Avellana and Oligoptycha. Popenoe
(1957, p. 435) erected Biplica with B. heteroplicata as the type, a
globose form with one columellar swelling (hardly a plait), an an-
teriorly produced canal, and thick outer lip, and reassigned O.
obliqua to his genus. The placement of O.? popenoei Allison was in
doubt at its original description due to lack of good material and
remains tentatively assigned to that genus (Sohl, 1964, p. 296).

Sohl neglected several species which must figure in any phylo-
genetic or paleogeographic interpretation. Atlantic Coast forms
Cinulia (Oligoptycha) naticoides (Gabb), Whitfield (1892, p. 161)
and Avellana bullata (Morton) (see Richards, 1962, p. 92) are both
important species, the latter having a strong resemblance to O.
concinna as stressed by Whitfield (p. 161) but disregarded by later
workers (Richards, 1962; Gardner, 1916; Weller, 1907). Avellana
bullata in fact, probably is an Oligoptycha. A. bullata is of
questionable assignment if judged by descriptions I have read, but
without seeing material, and because it is beyond the scope of this
report, it is left tentatively in that genus.

The final species to be considered here is Cinulia pusilla
Whiteaves known from seven specimens in the Upper Cretaceous
of the Vancouver Island area (Whiteaves, 1884, p. 217). Apparently
all his material lacked well-defined columellar and parietal characters
(due to lack of preservation?) although the superficial description
and examination of Whiteaves’ figures seem to indicate very close
relationship to Oligoptycha, more than to any other ringiculid genus,
the spire probably being too low to place it in Cinulia s.s. which is
retained for higher-spired forms.

If future work on evolutionary trends in the Ringiculidae is to
be undertaken, the generic-level taxa must be stabilized. The most
logical synopsis of this family is probably that of Zilch (1960, pp.
20-23) with the exception that Oligoptycha as now understood, and
as stressed by Sohl (1964, p. 295), should stand as a genus rather
than remain of subgeneric rank where Zilch placed it.

Oligoptycha concinna (Hall and Meek), 1854 Pi: 20; figs, 11, 12

1854. Actaeon concinnus Hall and Meek, Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., Mem., vol.
5, p. 390, pl. 3, fig. 4.

226 BULLETIN 284

1856. Avellana subglobosa (Meek and Hall), Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat.
Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 8, p. 64.

1860. Cinulia concinna (Hall and Meek), Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, p. 424.

1876. Cinulia (Oligoptycha) concinna (Hall and Meek), Meek, U.S. Geol.
Sur. Terr. Rept., vol. 9, p. 284, pl. 31, figs. 6a, b, c.

1895. Cinulia (Oligoptycha) concinnus (Hall and Meek), Cossmann, Essais
de paléoconchologie comparée, No. 1, p. 121, pl. 7, fig. 15.

1941. Oligoptycha concinna (Hall and Meek), Stephenson, Texas Univ. Bull.
4101, p. 390.

1964. Oligoptycha concinna (Hall and Meek), Sohl, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 331-B, p. 295.

Diagnosis. — Oligoptycha with a strong anteriorly inclined colu-
mellar plait low on the inner lip, and very slightly denticulated or
nondenticulate inner surface of the outer lip (modified from Sohl,
1967a, p. B34).

Discussion. — Although published records do not acknowledge
it, Oligoptycha concinna appears to be fairly common in the upper
Pierre Shale and the Fox Hills Formation in North Dakota. It has
been previously reported from North Dakota by Cvancara (1956)
and Brinster (1970). The present study can add little to its
morphology, yet a point of clarification might be made. Sohl (1964,
p. 296) mentioned seeing specimens from the upper Fox Hills For-
mation of the Black Hills region which possess very faint denticles
on the outer lip, yet his (1967a, p. B34) diagnosis fails to take this
mild, occasional denticulation into account. One or two fragments
seen in this study also seem to show a faint denticulation on the
inner surface of the outer lip, an occurrence which has been con-
sidered in the diagnosis given above. Preservation and development
of such denticulation is no doubt influenced by age of the individual
at death and stage of development of the calloused outer lip which
is not well developed until late maturity.

Types. — Hypotype UND 13464.

Type locality. — “The type specimens are from the upper part
of the Pierre Shale on ‘Sage Creek’ South Dakota (Baculites com-
pressus zone)” (Sohl, 1967a, p. B34). Meek (1876, p. 284) men-
tioned it also from the Fox Hills Formation on Moreau River, South
Dakota.

Occurrence. — The species was found in sediments of the Trail
City Member and in concretions from several horizons. Localities

include A460, A480, and A469.

Geologic range. — Upper Campanian — Maestrichtian.

GasTropopa, CreTAcEous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 227

Superfamily PHILINACEA
Family SCAPHANDRIDAE
Genus ELLIPSOSCAPHA Stephenson, 1941

Type species (by original designation): Cylichna striatella
Shumard, 1861, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 8, p. 194.

Generic diagnosis. —Subelliptical, involute, tightly coiled shells with
a moderately small apical pit. Sculpture of punctate spiral grooves. Aperture
narrow and curving over upper surface and broadening below to a rounded
anterior margin. Inner lip callused over columellar area and bears a low weak
fold. [Sohl, 1967a, p. B35.]

Remarks. — Stephenson (1941) had a definite concept of Ellip-
soscapha in mind when he separated these forms, namely elliptical,
tightly coiled shells with nearly straight columella, having a gentle
fold, and slight depression of the spire. In those characters it dif-
fers from Scaphander Montfort. It differs too from Haminea Gray
because that genus is more openly coiled and nearly smooth. Three
species, Haminea occidentalis, H. subcyclindrica, and H. minor from
the Western Interior, erected by Meek and Hayden, were referred
by Stephenson (p. 392) to Ellipsoschapha. Whiteaves (1879, p. 132)
found Haminea horni Gabb from the Upper Cretaceous of the Van-
couver Island area, but his illustration is not satisfactory to deter-
mine whether or not identification is correct. It is small, but may
be an Ellipsoscapha since the ornament covers the entire whorl sur-
face. The genus apparently had an extensive paleogeographic range

if Gabb’s is an Ellipsoscapha.
Ellipsoscapha cf. E. minor (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 20; tig. 13

Material. — One specimen collected from a concretion. The
spire is damaged and preservation is as a mold of the interior.

Discussion. — This specimen was collected and described by
Cvancara (1956, p. 52) with the same reservation that I feel. It
agrees well with Meek’s (1876, p. 273) description, but the prosopon
is not perfectly preserved, nor are the aperture and spire available
for examination. Without seeing the columella and spire, I hesitate
to make an absolute determination.

I have compared it with material from Whitehorse Ridge in
South Dakota where E. subcyclindrica was collected. E. minor is
much shorter and proportionately more robust. If this identification
is correct, this is its first report from North Dakota.

228 BULLETIN 284

Types. — Hypotype UND 926.
Occurrence. — From concretion in Trail City Member at locality
A469.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian.

Family ACTEOCINIDAE
Genus CYLICHNA Loven, 1846

Type species (by subsequent designation of Herrmannsen,
1852, p. 42): Bulla cylindracea Pennant, 1777.

Generic diagnosis. — Small slender cylindrical shells. Spire involute, apical-
ly truncate, and perforate in early growth stages. Surface smooth or with fine
incised spiral grooves. Aperture posteriorly narrow but expanding to a round-
ed anterior end; columellar lip with a low fold. [Sohl, 1964, p. 299.]

Remarks. — This is a geographically and stratigraphically wide-
ranging genus in Upper Cretaceous rocks of the midcontinent region.
It is made up of thin-shelled species which are often poorly pre-
served, lacking the ornament necessary to make proper specific as-
signment. Sohl (1964) recognized the tenuous nature of many as-
signments made to Cylichna, and I am here following his recom-
mendations by using the broad concept of the genus.

Considering the active energy levels present in many depositional
environments of the Fox Hills Formation, it is somewhat surprising
that the genus is represented in my collections by such a large num-
ber of individuals (approximately 30 specimens). These are, how-
ever, mainly from two outcrops representing rather gentle conditions
of shell accumulation. I have referred most shells to one species with
one form questionably assigned to a second species. Badly worn shell
surfaces do not permit assignment of many specimens which may
be distinct forms, but here are referred to C. scitula because of close
superficial morphologic similarity to that species.

Cylichna scitula Meek and Hayden, 1860 Pl. 20, figs. 14, 15
1860. Cylichna scitula Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc.,
vol. 12, p. 178.

1876. Cylichna scitula Meek and Hayden, Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. Rept.,
vol. 9, p. 276, pl. 31, figs. 3a, and b.

Diagnosis.— Shell small, rather solid, narrow-subelliptical, approaching
subcylindrical; summit truncated, and occupied by a comparatively large um-
bilicoid depression; aperture very narrow, arcuate, widening little below;
umbilical region sightly impressed; inner lip reflexed and twisted, so as to
form a small indistinct fold at its base; surface marked by fine, obscure lines
of growth, which are crossed by impressed transverse striae, separated by

GasTROPopDA, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 229

spaces about two or three times their own breadth near the middle of the outer
whorl, but becoming more closely crowded toward the extremities. [Meek, 1876,
p. 276.]

Discussion. — There is little to be said regarding this occur-
rence. C. scitula has been known from the Fox Hills Formation of
South Dakota since Meek and Hayden described it. Stanton (1921,
p. 48, pl. 9, fig. 10) described a specimen from the Cannonball
Formation (Paleocene) of North Dakota that he referred to the
species with question. As figured his specimen is in matrix and some-
what crushed. I do not doubt that this common species might be
found in the Paleocene as well, but I am not able to certify his
identification and have excluded it from my synonymy. Additional
collections from the Cannonball Formation may verify his identifica-
tion.

Types. — Hypotype UND 13469.

Type locality. —“Moreau River; No. 5 of the Nebrasca section
[Fox Hills Formation, South Dakota].” (Meek and Hayden, 1860,
p. 178).

Occurrence. — This species is common at localities A460 and
A480 from fine sandstone and siltstone of the Timber Lake and
unnamed Members respectively. It also occurs at locality A611 and
A469 (with question).

Cylichna volvaria? (Meek and Hayden), 1856 Pl. 20, figs. 21, 22
1856. Bulla volvaria Meek and Hayden, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia Proc.,
vol. 8, p. 69.

1876. Cylichna? volvaria (Meek and Hayden). Meek, U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr.
Rept., vol. 9, p. 275, pl. 31, figs. 2a, b.

Diagnosis. — Shell thin, elongate-subovate, being widest below the middle,
and tapering upward gradually, with moderately convex sides, to the summit,
which is narrowly rounded, with apparently a very small central pit; lower
extremity oblique and subangular, or narrowly rounded; aperture very nar-
row, gently arcuate, and not much expanded below, where it shows a faint
oblique fold or ridge; surface marked by fine, obscure lines of growth, which
are crossed by shallow, transverse striae, narrower than the spaces between,
excepting on the upper and lower extremities, where they are more crowded, and
more distinctly defined. [Meek, 1876, p. 275.]

Types. — Hypotype UND 13468.

Type locality. —“Moreau trading post. No. 5 of Section [Fox
Hills Formation, South Dakota]” (Meek and Hayden, 1856, p. 69).

Occurrence. — From Timber Lake Member at locality A465,

230 BULLETIN 284

Genus GONIOCYLICHNA Wade, 1926

Type species (by original designation): Gontocylichna bisculp-
turata Wade, 1926, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 137, p. 106.

Generic diagnosis. — Small to moderately small cylindrical shells have a
low turreted spire. Protoconch small, heterostrophic. Whorls squarely truncate
posteriorly, rounded anteriorly. Sculpture of short transverse ribs on posterior
one-fifth and of incised spirals on anterior four-fifths of body. Aperture an-
teriorly expanded and rounded, posteriorly terminating in a shallow notch.
Inner lip gently truncate below with columella bearing a distinct fold at top
of columellar lip that begins just behind aperture. [Sohl, 1964, p. 302.]

Remarks. — As originally described by Wade this genus was
not readily distinguished from Retusa Brown. In working with the
type of G. bisculpturata Sohl (1964, p. 302) found that a plication
was present high on the columellar lip left uncleaned by Wade.
This plait is now heavily relied upon as a generic character. It
should be noted that Cossmann (1895, p. 82) mentioned the in-
frequent occurrence of a faint columellar plait in some Retusa.
Whether he was referring to specimens now assignable to Gonio-
cylichna or not is worth questioning, but is not more than noted in
the present study.

The genera Retusa Brown, Gontocylindrites Meek, and Acteo-
cina are all deemed closely related by Sohl. Zilch (1959, pp. 45-6)
considered Retusa to stand as a large genus with a wide range of
basic morphologies which are recognized as nine subgenera; Gonto-
cylichna was one such subgenus. This placement seems a bit con-
fining to me since it neglects some apparently related forms
(Trochacteon? and Acteocina) while combining forms with distinct
morphologic dissimilarities such as Cylichnina and Pyrunculus, for
which reason I follow Sohl’s (1964) usage.

This is the first report of Gontocylichna from the Western
Interior and thus also from North Dakota and the Fox Hills Forma-
tion. The occurrence strengthens the basis for similarity between
Fox Hills faunas and those of the Mississippi Embayment from
whence come the holotype, G. bisculpturata, and a second species,
G. elongata. The North Dakota specimens fill a geographic gap
between Tennessee and Vancouver Island where Trochacteon semi-
costatus Whiteaves was described. Wade originally referred that
species to Gontocylichna, and indeed Whiteaves’ figure would favor

GasTRopopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 231

the move, but, as Sohl mentioned (1964, p. 303), there must be
further information on occurrence of columellar plications in 7.
semicostatus before the new referral is justified. Until that time
Whiteaves’ form should be considered a closely allied species; the
northwest extent of paleogeographic distribution of Goniocylichna
is in North Dakota. This report does serve to reduce further the
endemic character previously attributed to Western Interior mol-
luscan faunas.

Goniocylichna bisculpturata Wade, 1926 Pl. 20, figs. 16-18

1926. Goniocylichna bisculpturata Wade, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 137, p.
106, pl. 34, figs. 15, 16.

1964. Goniocylichna bisculpturata Wade, Sohl, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper
331-B, p. 303, pl. 49, figs. 32, 33, 37, 38.

Diagnosis. — Shell small (ca. 5 mm in height); protoconch
partly submerged; spire very low; sculpture of transverse ribs
covers posterior three-quarters of a millimeter of body whorl.

Discussion.— The occurrence of G. bisculpturata, a Ripley
species, in the Fox Hills tempts one to over interpret the implications
of these data. Because it has not been found on the Gulf Coast, nor
on the Atlantic Coast for that matter, is the Ripley occurrence the
southeastern range limit of a more “boreal” species having its origins
in the north as indicated by Trochacteon semicostatus Whiteaves
on Vancouver Island? It is one of several species in the Fox Hills
fauna with similar distributions that might be cited to support the
idea. This is the first record of the species in the Fox Hills Forma-
tion and in North Dakota.

Types. — Hypotypes, UND 13476 and UND 13477.

Type locality. — Ripley Formation, Dave Week’s farm, Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Occurrence. — This species was collected from Timber Lake
sediments at locality A460 and the unnamed member at locality

A480.

Geologic range. —U. Campanian — Maestrichtian.
Goniocylichna ? sp. Pl. 20, figs. 19, 20

Material.— Two specimens, one merely the last whorl, the
other nearly entire but badly worn, somewhat compressed, and lack-
ing the anterior portion of the lip. Measurements for the nearly

232 BULLETIN 284

complete specimen (UND 13475) are as follows: H = 9.9 mm,
MD = 5.3 mm.

Remarks. — Further preparation of the figured specimen was
deemed unfeasible without its total destruction, thus no columellar
plait is well exposed. A faint plait is indicated high on the columella,
however. The prosopon is badly worn, as is the protoconch. The faint
plait, the abrupt posterior shouldering of whorls, and indeed the
general aspect of the shell have caused me to place it with reserva-
tion in Gontocylichna.

Both specimens are from an animal considerably larger than
G. bisculpturata which is said to have a maximum height of 5.7
mm and maximum diameter of 3.0 mm (Sohl, 1964, p. 303), and, in
fact, would more nearly approximate G. elongata (H = 11.6 mm,
MD = 4.3 mm) if they were undamaged. The condition of the
protoconch and eroded prosopon do not permit this assignment.
The material may as easily represent remains of an undescribed
Gontocylichna.

Type. — Figured specimen, UND 13475.

Occurrence. — One specimen each at localities A460 and A467,
Timber Lake Member, Fox Hills Formation.

Geologic range. — Maestrichtian?

REFERENCES CITED

Adams, C. G., and Ager, D. V. (Eds.)
1967. Aspects of Tethyan biogeography. The Systematics Assoc., Pub.
No. 7, 336 pp.
Allison, E. C.
1955. Middle Cretaceous gastropods from Punta China, Baja California,
Mexico. Jour. Paleont., vol. 29, No. 3, pp. 400-432, pl. 40-4.
Anderson, F. M.
1958. Upper Cretaceous of the Pacific Coast. Geol. Soc. America, Mem.

fi, 378" pp:, 75: pls:
Ball, S. M.

1971. The Westphalia Limestone of the northern midcontinent: a possi-
ble ancient storm deposit. Jour. Sed. Petrol., vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 217-
2326
Black, D. F. B.
1964. Geology of the Bridger area west-central South Dakota. South
Dakota Geol. Sur., Rept. Inv. 92, pp. 1-17.
Bowen, F. C.
1915. The stratigraphy of the Montana group, with special reference to
the position and age of the Judith River formation in north-central
Montana, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 90-I, pp. 95-153.

GASTROPODA, CRETACEOUS, NortH DAKOTA: ErIcKson 233

Brinster, K. F.

1970. Molluscan paleontology of the Pierre Shale (Upper Cretaceous),
Bowman County, North Dakota, Unpub. master’s thesis, Grand
Forks. North Dakota Univ., 136 pp., 8 pls.

Calvert, W. R.

1912. Geology of certain lignite fields in eastern Montana, U.S. Geol.
Sur., Bull., No. 471, pp. 187-201.

Calvert, W. R., Beekly, A. L., Barnett, V. H., and Pishel, M. A.

1914. Geology of the Standing Rock and Cheyenne River Indian Reserva-
tions, North and South Dakota. U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull. 575, 49 p.

Carlson, C. G.

1969. Bedrock geologic map of North Dakota, North Dakota Geol. Sur.,

Misc. Map No. 10, 1 p.
Clayton, Lee

1962. Glacial geology of Logan and McIntosh counties, North Dakota.

North Dakota Geol. Sur., Bull. 37, 84 pp.
Cobban, W. A., and Reeside, J. B. Jr.

1952. Correlation of the Cretaceous formations of the Western Interior
of the United States. Geol. Soc. America, Bull., vol. 63, pp. 1011-
1044.

Cooper, J. D.

1970. Stratigraphy and paleontology of Escondido Formation (Upper
Cretaceous), Maverick County, Texas, and northern Mexico. Un-
pub. dissertation, Austin, Univ. Texas, 271 pp., 10 pls.

Cossmann, Maurice

1888. Catalogue illustré des coquilles fossiles de V’Eocéne des environs
de Paris. Pt. 3, Belgique Soc. Royal Malacol, Annales, vol. 23,
324 pp., 12 pls.

1889. Catalogue illustré des coquilles fossiles de l’Eocéne des environs
de Paris. Pt. 4, Belgique Soc. Royal Malacol, Annales, vol. 24,
385 pp., 12 pls.

1895-1925. Essais de paléoconchologie comparée. Paris, Nos. 1-12 pri-
vately printed; No. 13, Presses Universitaires de France.

1895. No. 1, 159 pp.

1896. No. 2, 179 pp.
1899. No. 3, 201 pp.
1901. No. 4, 293 pp.
1903. No. 5, 215 pp.
1904. No. 6, 151 pp.
1906. No. 7, 261 pp.

1918. No. 11, 388 pp.
1926. No. 13, 345 pp.
Cox, L. R.
1955. Observations on gastropod descriptive terminology. Malac. Soc.
London, Proc., vol. 31, pp. 190-202.
1960. General characteristics of Gastropoda, in Moore, R. C., ed.,
Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Lawrence, Kansas, Univ.
Kansas Press, vol. I, pt. 1, pp. 84-135.
Cvancara, A. M.
1956. Gastropoda from the Pierre Shale (Upper Cretaceous) of Emmons
County, south-central North Dakota. Unpub. master’s thesis, Grand
Forks, North Dakota Univ., 61 pp., 5 pls.
Eldridge, G. H.
1896. Geology of the Denver Basin in Colorado. U.S. Geol. Sur., Mono-
graph 27, 556 pp.

234 BuLLeETIN 284

Erickson, J. M.

1971. Gastropoda of the Fox Hills Formation (Maestrichtian) of North
Dakota. Unpub. dissertation, Grand Forks, Univ. North Dakota,
249 pp.

1973. Maestrichtian paleogeography in light of the gastropod fauna of
the Fox Hills Formation in North Dakota. The Compass, vol. 50,
No. 3, pp. 7-17.

Evans, John, and Shumard, B. F.

1854. Descriptions of new fossil species from the Cretaceous formation
of Sage Creek, Nebrasca, collected by the Northern Pacific Rail-
road Expendition, under Gov. J. J. Stevens, Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. 7, pp. 163-164.

1857. On some new species of fossils from the Cretaceous formation of
Nebrasca Territory. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Trans., vol. 1, pp. 38-4.

Feldmann, R. M.

1964. Preliminary investigation of the paleontology and structure of
Sibley Buttes, central North Dakota. The Compass, vol. 41, No. 2,
pp. 129-135.

1966. The Fox Hills Formation in Emmons County, North Dakota. North
Dakota Quarterly, vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 21-29.

1967. Bivalvia and paleoecology of the Fox Hills Formation (Upper
Cretaceous) of North Dakota. Unpub. doctoral dissertation, Grand
Forks, North Dakota Univ., 366 pp.

1968a. Color pattern on a Cretaceous tellinid bivalve. Jour. Paleont., vol.
42, No. 1, pp. 94-95.

1968b. The paleoecology of the Fox Hills Formation (Upper Cretaceous)
of south-central North Dakota, Geol. Soc. America Program with
Abstracts, p. 94.

1972. Stratigraphy and paleoecology of the Fox Hills Formation (Upper
Cretaceous) of North Dakota. North Dakota Geol. Sur., Bull. 61,
65 pp.

Fisher, S. P.

1952. The geology of Emmons County, North Dakota. North Dakota

Geol. Sur., Bull. 26, 47 pp.
Frye, C. I.

1964. Marine tongues in the Hell Creek Formation, North Dakota. The
Compass, vol. 41, No. 2, pp. 167-71.

1969. Stratigraphy of the Hell Creek Formation in North Dakota. North
Dakota Geol. Sur., Bull. 54, 65 pp.

Gabb, W. M.

1864. Description of the Cretaceous fossils. California Geol. Sur., Pale-

ontology, vol. 1, pp. 52-236, pls. 1-32.
Gardner, Julia

1916. Upper Cretaceous. Maryland Geol. Sur., 1022 pp.

1933. The Midway Group of Texas. Univ. of Texas Bull., No. 3301,
463 pp., 28 pls.

1947. The molluscan fauna of the Alum Bluff Group of Florida; pt. 4,
Ctenobranchia (remainder), Aspidobranchia, and Scaphopoda. U.S.
Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 142-H, pp. 493-656, pls. 52-62.

Hall, James, and Meek, F. B.

1856. Descriptions of new species of fossils, from the Cretaceous forma-
tions of Nebraska, with observations upon Baculites ovatus and
B. compressus, and the progressive development of the septa in
baculites, ammonites, and scaphites. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sc.,
Mem., vol. 5, p. 5, pp. 379-411.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 235

Hall, J. W.
1967. Two new species of Ariadnaesporites. Pollen et spores, vol. 9,
No. 3, pp. 563-568, illus.
Harmer, F. W.
1921. The Pliocene Mollusca of Great Britain. Paleontographical Soc.
Monographs, vol. 73, pp. 653-704, pls. 53-56.
Harris G. D.
1896. The Midway Stage. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, No. 4, 144 pp.,
15 pls.
Henderson, Junius
1920a. The nomenclature and systematic positions of some North Ameri-
can fossils and Recent mollusks, II. Nautilus, vol. 33, pp. 118-122.
1920b. The Cretaceous formations of the northeastern Colorado plains.
Colorado Geol. Sur., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 7-57.
1935. Fossil nonmarine Mollusca of North America. Geol. Soc. America,
Spec. Paper 3, 313 pp.
Holland, F. D., Jr., and Feldmann, R. M.
1967. A new species of cassiduloid echinoid from the Fox Hills Forma-
tion (Upper Cretaceous) of North Dakota. Jour. Paleont., vol. 42,
No. 1, pp. 252-255, 1 pl.
Hubert, J. F., Butera, J. G., and Rice, R. F.
1972. Sedimentology of Upper Cretaceous Cody-Parkman delta, south-
western Powder River basin, Wyoming. Geol. Soc. America, Bull.,
vol. 83, pp. 1649-1670.
Jeletzky, J. A.
1969, History of marine Cretaceous biotic provinces of western and
Arctic Canada, Jour. Paleont., vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 889-90.
Keen, M. A.
1963. Marine molluscan genera of western North America. Stanford.
Stanford Univ. Press, 126 pp.
Land, C. B., Jr.
1972. Stratigraphy of Fox Hills Sandstone and associated formations,
Rock Springs uplift and Wamsutter Arch area, Sweetwater County,
Wyoming: A_ shoreline-estuary sandstone model of the Late
Cretaceous. Colorado School Mines Quarterly, vol. 67, No. 2, 69 pp.
Leonard, A. G.
1904. State geological survey of North Dakota. North Dakota Geol. Sur.,
3rd Bienn. Rept., 220 pp.
1906. The North Dakota-Montana lignite area. U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull.,
vol. 285, pp. 316-330.
1908. The geology of southwestern North Dakota with special reference
to the coal. North Dakota Geol. Sur., 5th Bienn. Rept., pp. 29-114.
1911. The Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of western North Dakota
and eastern Montana. Jour. Geol., vol. 19, pp. 507-547.
1912. Geology of south-central North Dakota. North Dakota Geol. Sur.,
6th Bienn. Rept., pp. 21-99.
Levinton, J. S.
1970. The paleoecologic significance of opportunistic species, Lethaia,
vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 69-78.
Lovering, T. S., Aurend, H. A., Lavington, C. S., and Wilson, J. H.
1932. Fox Hills Formation, northeastern Colorado. Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 702-703.
Meek, F. B.
1864. Check list of invertebrate fossils of North America; Cretaceous
and Jurassic. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 7, pp. 1-40.
1873. Descriptions of new species of fossils. U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr., Sixth
Ann. Rept., pp. 479-518.

236

1876.

BULLETIN 284

A report on the invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils of
the upper Missouri country. U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. (Hayden) Rept.,
vol. 9, 629 pp., 45 pls.

Meek, F. B., and Hayden, F. V. ; :
1856a. Descriptions of new species of Gasteropoda [sic] from the Cre-

1856b.

1856c.

1856d.

1856e.

1857.

1860.

1861.

Mello, J. F.
1969.

taceous formations of Nebraska Territory. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. 8, pp. 63-69.

Descriptions of new species of Gasteropoda [sic] and Cephalopoda
from the Cretaceous Formations of Nebraska Territory. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 8, pp. 70-72.

Descriptions of twenty-eight new species of Acephala and one
gasteropod [sic] from the Cretaceous Formation of Nebraska Ter-
ritory. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 8, pp. 81-87.
Descriptions of new species of Acephala and Gasteropoda [sic],
from the Tertiary Formations of Nebraska Territory, with some
general remarks on the geology of the country about the sources
of the Missouri River. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 8,
pp. 111-126.

Descriptions of new fossil species of Mollusca collected by Dr.
F. V. Hayden, in Nebraska Territory; together with a catalogue
of all the remains of Intertebrata hitherto described and identified
from the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of that region. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 8, pp. 265-286.

Descriptions of new species and genera of fossils collected by Dr.
F. V. Hayden in Nebraska Territory, with remarks on the Tertiary
and Cretaceous formations of the north-west, and the parallelism
of the latter with those of other portions of the United States and
Territories. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 117-148.
Descriptions of new organic remains from the Tertiary, Cretaceous
and Jurassic rocks of Nebraska, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 12, pp. 175-185.

Descriptions of new Lower Silurian, (Primordial), Jurassic, Cre-
taceous, and Tertiary fossils, collected in Nebraska, by the ex-
ploring expedition under the command of Captain Win. F. Ray-
nolds U.S. Top Engrs.: with some remarks on the rocks from which
they were obtained. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 13,
pp. 415-447,

Foraminifera and stratigraphy of the upper part of the Picrre
Shale and lower part of the Fox Hills Sandstone (Cretaceous)
north-central South Dakota. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 611, 121

Ppp.
Morgan, R. E., and Petsch, B. C.

1945.

A geological survey in Dewey and Corson Counties, South Dakota,
South Dakota Geol. Sur. Rept. Inv. 49, 52 pp.

Morton, S. G.

1841,

1842.

Descriptions of several new species of fossil shells from the Cre-
taceous deposits of the United States. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 1, pp. 106-110.

Description of some new species of organic remains of the Cre-
taceous group of the United States; with a tabular view of the
fossils hitherto discovered in the formation. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, Jour., vol. 8, pt. 1, pp. 207-227, pls. 10, 11.

Norton, N. J., and Hall, J. W.

1967.

Guide Sporomorphae in the Upper Cretaceous-Lower Tertiary of
eastern Montana (U.S.A.) Rev. Palaeobot. Palynol., vel. 2, pp. 99-
110.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 237

1969. Palynology of the Upper Cretaceous and lower Tertiary in the
type locality of the Hell Creek Formation, Montana, USA. Palae-
ontographica, 64 pp., 8 pls.

Olsson, A. A.

1964. Neogene mollusks from northwestern Ecuador. Paleontological Re-
search Institution, Ithaca, N.Y., 256 pp., 37 pls.

1970. The cancellarid radula and its interpretation. Paleont. Americana,
vol. 7, No. 43, pp. 19-26, 6 pls.

Olsson, A. A., Harbison, A., Fargo, W. G., and Pilsbry, H. A.

1953. Pliocene Mollusca of southern Florida. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-

delphia, Monograph No. 8, 457 pp., pl. 65.
Palmer, K. V. W.

1947. In Harris and Palmer, 1947. The Mollusca of the Jackson Eocene
of the Mississippi Embayment (Sabine River to the Alabama
River), Part II, Univalves and Index. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol.
30, No. 117, 2nd sect., pp. 209-563, pls. 26-65.

Pettyjohn, Wayne A.

1967. New members of Upper Cretaceous Fox Hills Formation in South
Dakota, representing delta deposits. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 51, No. 7, pp. 1361-1367, illus.

Popenoe, W. P.

1957. The Cretaceous gastropod genus Biplica, its evolution and bio-
stratigraphic significance. California Univ. Publ. Geology, vol.
30, No. 6, pp. 425-454, pls. 50-51.

Powell, A. W. B.

1961. Shells of New Zealand. Whitcombe and Tombs Ltd., Christchurch,

New Zealand., 203 pp.
Reeside, J. B., Jr.

1957. Paleoecology of the Cretaceous seas of the Western Interior of the
United States, in H. S. Ladd, ed., Treatise on marine ecology and
paleoecology, vol. 2, Paleoecology. Geol. Soc. America, Mem. 67,
pp. 505-542.

Rhoads, D. C., Speden, I. G., and Waage, K. M.

1972. Trophic group analysis of Upper Cretaceous (Maestrichtian)
bivalve assemblages from South Dakota. Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 6, pp. 1100-1113.

Richards, H. G.

1962. The Cretaceous fossils of New Jersey. Bur. Geol. Topog., Bull.

61, pt. 2, 237 pp., pls. 47-94.
Searight, W. V.
1934. The Stoneville coal area. South Dakota Geol. Sur. Rept. Inv. 22,

20 pp. ;
Sloss, L. L., Krumbein, W. C., and Dapples, E. C.
1948. Time-stratigraphic factors in regional analysis. Geol. Soc. Ameri-
ca, Bull., vol. 59, No. 12, pt. 2, p. 1352.
Sohl, N. F.
1960, [1961]. Archeogastropods, Mesogastropoda and stratigraphy of the
Ripley, Owl Creek, and Prairie Bluff Formations. U.S. Geol.
Sur., Prof. Paper 331-A, 151 pp., 18 pls.
1964. Neogastropoda, Opisthobranchia, and Bassomatophora from the
Ripley, Owl Creek, and Prairie Bluff Formations. U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Prof. Paper 331-B, pp. 153-333, 35 pls.
1967a. Upper Cretaceous gastropods from the Pierre Shale at Red Bird,
Wyoming. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 393-B, 46 pp., pls. 1-11.
1967b. Upper Cretaceous gastropod assemblages of the Western Interior
of the United States; in Paleoenvironments of the Cretaceous sea-
way in the Western Interir. Golden, Colo., Colorado School of
Mines, pp. 1-37.

238 BULLETIN 284

1968. In Moore, R.C. (ed.), Developments, trends, and outlooks in
paleontology. Jour. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 6, pp. 1327-1377.

1969. Cretaceous biotic provinces delineated by gastropods. Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 899.

1971. North American Cretaceous biotic provinces delineated by gastro-
pods. In Yochelson, E. L., ed., Proceedings of the North American
Paleontological Convention, vol. 2, pp. 1610-1638.

Speden, lan

1965. Paleozoology of Lamellibranchia from the type area of the Fox
Hills Formation, South Dakota. Unpub. doctoral dissertation, Yale
Univ., New Haven. 371 pp., pls.

1966. Paleoecology and the study of fossil benthonic assemblages and
communities. New Zealand Jour. Geol. Geophys., vol. 9, pp. 408-23.

1970. The type Fox Hills Formation, Cretaceous (Maestrichtian), South
Dakota, pt. 2, Systematics of the Bivalvia. Yale Univ. Peabody
Mus. Nat. History, Bull. 33, 222 pp., 42 pls.

Stanton, T. W.

1893. The Colorado formation and its invertebrate fossils. U.S. Geol.
Sur., Bull. 106, 288 pp., 45 pls.

1910. Fox Hills sandstone and Lance Formation (“Ceratops beds’) in
South Dakota, North Dakota, and eastern Wyoming. Amer. Jour.
Sci., vol. 30, pp. 172-188.

1914. Boundary between Cretaceous and Tertiary in North America as
indicated by stratigraphy and invertebrate faunas. Geol. Soc.
America, Bull., vol. 25, pp. 341-354.

1921. The fauna of the Cannonball marine member of the Lance Forma-
tion. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 128-A, 60 pp.

1947. Studies of some Comanche pelecypods and gastropods. U.S. Geol.
Sur., Prof. Paper 211, 256 pp., 67 pls.

Stanton, T. W., and Hatcher, J. B.

1905. Geology and paleontology of the Judith River beds. U.S. Geol.

Sur., Bull., No. 257, 128 pp., 13 pls.
Stebinger, Eugene

1914. The Montana Group of northwestern Montana. U.S. Geol. Sur.,

Prof. Paper 90-G, pp. 61-68.
Stephenson, L. W.

1923. The Cretaceous formations of North Carolina. N. Carolina Geol.
Economic Sur., vol. 5, pt. 1, 604 pp., 102 pls.

1941. The larger invertebrate fossils of the Navarro Group of Texas.
Texas Univ. Bull. 4101, 641 pp., 95 pls.

1946. New Upper Cretaceous fossils from Mississippi and Texas. U.S.
Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 210-E, pp. 161-196.

1952. Larger invertebrate fossils of the Woodbine Formation (Ceno-
manian) of Texas. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 242, 225 pp., 59
pls.

Stevenson, R. E.

1956. Geology of the Bullhead Quadrangle. South Dakota Geol. Sur.,

Quad. map and text.
Stewart, R. B.

1927. Gabb’s California fossil type gastropods. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-

delphia, Proc., vol. 78, pp. 287-447, 13 pls.
Taylor, D. W., and Sohl, N. F.

1962. An outline of gastropod classification. Malacologia, vol. 1, No. 1,

pp. 7-32.
Thiele, Johannes

1934-35. Handbuch der systematischen Weichtierkunde. Gustav Fischer,

Jena, Bd. II, Teil III, IV, pp. 779-1154.

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, Nortu Dakota: Erickson 239

Waage, K. M.

1961. The Fox Hills Formation in its type area, central South Dakota.
Wyoming Geol. Assoc. Guidebk., pp. 229-240.

1964, [1966]. Origin of repeated fossiliferous concretion layers in the
Fox Hills Formation. Kansas Geol. Sur., Bull. 169, pp. 541-563.

1965. The coleoid cephalopod Actinosepia canadensis Whiteaves. Yale
Univ. Peabody Mus. Nat. History, Postilla, No. 94, 33 pp.

1967. Cretaceous transitional environments and faunas in central South
Dakota; in Symposium on Paleoenvironments of the Cretaceous
seaway in the Western Interior. Golden, Colo. Preprints of papers,
Colorado School of Mines, pp. 237-266.

1968. The type Fox Hills Formation, Cretaceous (Maestrichtian), South
Dakota, Pt. 1, stratigraphy and paleoenvironments. Yale Univ.
Peabody Mus. Nat. History, Bull. 27, 175 pp.

Wade, Bruce

1918. New generic names for Upper Cretaceous Gastropoda. Amer.
Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 45, p. 334.

1926. The fauna of the Ripley Formation on Coon Creek, Tennessee.
U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 137, 272 pp., 72 pls.

Weimer, J. R.

1965. Stratigraphy and petroleum occurrence, Almond and Lewis Forma-
tions (Upper Cretaceous), Wamsutter Arch, Wyoming. Wyoming
Geol. Soc. 19th field Conf. Guidebook, pp. 65-80.

Weller, Stuart

1907. A report on the Cretaceous paleontology of New Jersey. New Jer-

sey Geol. Sur., Paleontology, vol. 4, 1106 pp.
Wenz, Wilhelm

1938-49. Gastropoda, in Schindewolf, O. H., Handbuch der Palaozoologie.

Band 6, Teil 1 (reprinted 1960-61), Berlin. Borntraeger, 1639 pp.
White, C. A.

1876. Invertebrate paleontology of the plateau province, together with
notice of a few species from localities beyond its limits in Colorado. ©
In Powell, Rept. on the geology of the eastern portion of the Uinta
Mountains, pp. 73-135.

1879a. Report on the paleontological field work for the season of 1877.
U.S. Geog. Geol. Sur. Terr., 11th Ann. Rept., pp. 161-272.

1879b. Contributions to invertebrate paleontology, No. 1; Cretaceous fos-
sils of the western states and territories. U.S. Geog. Geol. Sur.
Terr., 11th Ann. Rept. (for 1877), pp. 273-319.

1883a. Contributions to invertebrate paleontology, No. 2, Cretaceous fos-
sils of the Western States and Territories. U.S. Geol. Geo. Sur.
Terr., 12th Ann. Rept. p. 1, pp. 5-39, pls. 11-18.

1883b. Contributions to invertebrate paleontology, No. 4, Fossils of the
Laramie Group. U.S. Geol. Geog. Sur. Terr., 12th Ann. Rept., pt.
1, pp. 49-103, pls. 20-30.

1883c. dA review of the non-marine fossil Mollusca of North America.
U.S. Geol. Sur., 3rd Ann. Rept., pp. 403-550.

1889. On invertebrate fossils from the Pacific Coast. U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Bull., No. 51, 102 pp., 14 pls.

Whiteaves, J. F.
1879. Mesozoic fossils. Canada Geol. Nat. History Sur., vol. 1, pt. 2,
pp. 93-190, pls. 11-20.

1884. Mesozoic fossils. Canada Geol. Nat. History Sur., vol. 1, pt. 3,

216 pp., pls. 21-32.

240

BULLETIN 284

1885. Report on the Invertebrata of the Laramie and Cretaceous rocks

1903.

of the vicinity of the Bow and Belly rivers and adjacent localities
in the Northwest Territory. Canada Geol. Nat. History Sur., Contr.
Canadian Paleontology, vol. 1, pp. 1-89, pls. 1-11.

Mesozoic fossils. Canada Geol. Nat. History Sur., vol. 1, pt. 5,
pp. 309-415, pls. 40-51.

Whitfield, R. P.
1880. Paleontology of the Black Hills of South Dakota. In Newton, H.,

1892.

and Jenney, W. P., Report on the geology and resources of the
Black Hills of Dakota. U.S. Geog. Geol. Sur. Rocky Mtn. Region,
pp. 325-468.

Gasteropoda [sic] and cephalopoda of the Raritan clays and green-
sand marls of New Jersey. U.S. Geol. Sur., Mon. 18, 402 pp., 50

pls.
Wrigley, Arthur

1948.

English Eocene and Oligocene Naticidae. Malacol. Soc. London,
Proc., vol. 20, pp. 10-30, 46 figs.

Zilch, Adolph
1959-60. Gastropoda, in Schindewolf, O. H., Handbuch der Palao-

zoologie, Band 6, Teil 2. Berlin, Borntraeger, 835 pp.

PLATES

242

Figure

10-13.

14.

15-18.

19-22.

BULLETIN 284

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14

Page
Margaritid’ indetermined!:.2 22. eee ee 160
1, 2. UND 13460.; x2. Locality A740. 3,4. UND 13461.; x2.
Locality A740. 5. UND 13460.; «1. 6. UND 13461.; x1.
Neritinaloganensis; 25 SPe. c.coccccccec tee eee ooo sconces ee 163

7, 8. Stereopairs of holotype, USNM 180531; 2. USGS locality
16002 (=A454). 9. Paratype. UND 13465.; x2. Locality
A480.

Drepanochilus evansi CoSSmann ....................00cccccccccccceteeeeeseeteeees 173

10, 11. Stereopairs UND 13456.; 1. Locality A469. 12. UND
893.; 1. Locality A469. 13. UND 13455.; X1. Locality A460.

Drepanochilus nebrascensis? (Evans and Shumard) ................ 174
14. UND 13454.; <1. Locality A460.

Pachymelania insculpta (Meek) .................0ccccccccecceeceecetseeeeeetenees 168

15. Sees USNM 12490b; 1. Locality not labeled (=Rock
Spring, Wyo.?). 16. Stereopair of USNM 12490a; x1. Lo-
cality as above. 17. USNM 12490a; X1. 18. UND 9319.; x1.
Locality A454.

Pachymelania wyomingensis (Meek) ............00...0..c::cccceeseeteeeeees 167

19. Stereopair USNM 180532; X1. USGS Locality 16002
(= A454). 20. UND 13449.; X1. Locality A454. 21. USNM
12491; 1. Labeled from South Platte, Cole, Py C. A. White,
and may be White’s “Melania” larunda (=P. wyomingensis)
22. Stereopair USNM 12491; x1.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 14

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 15

Figure

8-11.

12-15.

16-18.

19, 20.

21, 22.

GasTropopa, CreTAcEous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 243
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15

Page

Spironema tenuilineata (Meek and Hayden) .......................0...... 170

1. Stereopair of holotype, USNM 270; x1. Locality Moreau
River, S. Dak. 2. USNM 270; X1. 3. UND 902.; 1. Locality
A469.

Vanikoropsis nebrascensis (Meek and Hayden) ........................

4, 5. Stereopairs USNM 132665; X1, hypotype (Sohl, 1967, pl.
5, figs. 14; 17). USGS locality 35925, S. Dak. 6, 7. UND
13432.; 1. Locality A677.

Euspirasrectilabrum: (Conrad) ee ee

8, 11. UND 13479.; 1.5. Locality A460. 9, 10. Stereopairs UND
13443.; 1. Locality A465.

Euspira obliquata (Hall and Meek) 0.00.00...

12, 13. Stereopairs UND 13481.; 2 (Female). Locality A460.
14, 15. UND 13482.; «1.5 (Male). Locality A726.

Euspira? dakotensis (Henderson) ..................... tM nen re ee:

16, 17. Stereopairs of holotype of Lunatia Neen Meek and
Hayden (= Natica dakotensis Henderson) USNM 290; x1.
18. UND 890.; X1. Locality A469.

Euspira subcrassa (Meek and Hayden) ..................0cccccccceeeeecceeees
19, 20. Stereopairs UND 13442.; x1. Locality A480.

SV INC eae S sn ee ae ee cick RE So Scere

21. Stereopair UND 13480.; 15. Locality A454. 22. UND
13480.; 15 (apex of spire missing).

172

244

46.

7-8.

12-14.

15-21.

22-24.

BULLETIN 284

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 16

Semitriton buccinoides (Meek and Hayden) ..............0.000000.0.... 188

1, 2. Stereopairs UND 13459.; 2. Locality A465. 3. UND 933.;
X1. Locality A469.

Rhombopsis subturritus (Meek and Hayden) ................0..000. 191

4, 6. Stereopairs UND 13444.; 1 (juvenile). Locality A480. 5.
UND 13440.; <1 (juvenile). Locality A480.

Graphidula culbertsoni (Meek and Hayden) .................0......000. 193

7. UND 921.; X1. Locality A469. 8. Stereopair UND 919.;
<1. Locality A469.

Graphidula? cretacea (Meek and Hayden) ................0...0000.000. 195

9. Stereopair UND 13467.; x3. 10. UND 13467.; x3. Locality
A460. 11. UND 13466.; 3. Locality A460.

Piestochilus scarboroughi (Meek and Hayden) .................0........ 197

12, 13. Stereopairs UND 13441.; x1. Locality A465. 14. UND
13437.; <1. Locality A465.

Piestochilus feldmanni, n. SP. ..............0....cccccccsssscceessceeeesssscereseees 198
15-16. Stereopairs of holotype USNM 180535; 1. Locality
A480. 17, 18. Paratype USNM 180536; x1. USGS locality
5961, S. Dak. 19. Stereopair of paratype UND 13447.; x1.
View of columella with single plait. Locality A480. 20, 21.
Paratype UND 13446.; x1. Locality A480.

Piestochilus galpiniana ? (Meek and Hayden) .............. BR 200
22. UND 13439.; 1. Locality A689. 23, 24. Stereopairs of holo-
type USNM 287; x1. Locality “Moreau trading post,” S.
Dak.

PLATE 16

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 17

Figure
2.

3, 4.

5, 6.

4, 8.

9, 11.

10.

GasTRopopA, CRETACEOUS, NortH DAKOTA: Erickson 245

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 17

Page
Hercorhyncus (Haplovoluta) hollandi, n. sp. 0.00.0... 202
1, 2. Stereopairs of holotype USNM 180534; x1. Exact locality
unknown, Fox Hills Fm., Emmons County, N. Dak.
Serrifusus dakotaensis (Meek and Hayden) ...............0......ccccee 205
3, 4. Holotype USNM 256; x1. Locality “Long Lake,” N. Dak.
Cryptorhytis flexicostata ? (Meek and Hayden) ........................ 210
5, 6. UND 13457.; X1. Locality A480.
RemerarscvanicaralremeiSPs see oiccescceeceses ce scceesecessouces se steeseusen ears 208
7, 8. Stereopairs of holotype USNM 180533; 2. Locality A469.
LPT of ETI iter 1 0 48 See er dt OE AE Es a Fe eerie aoe 214
9, 11. UND 13436.; x1. Locality A615.
PORISSIRYS ae SO Al ooo es Sree ee eee 214

10. UND 13453.; X1. Locality A726.

246 BULLETIN 284

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 18
Figure Page

1-4, Pyropsis bairdi (Meek and Hayden) ...................ccccccceecceeceeseceeeeeeee 211

1, 2. Holotype USNM 252; X0.98. Locality “Moreau River and
Fox Hills,’ S. Dak. 3, 4. UND 13431 (gerontic individual
with flaring lip); X1. Locality A466.

5,6. Pyropsis bairdi rotula Meek 0.0.0... ccc ccccccecceccccesessseecceesessnees 212

5, 6. Holotype USNM 252 (catalogued with preceding species
at USNM); x1.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 18

PLATE 19

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

Gastropopa, Cretaceous, NortH Dakota: Erickson 247

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19
Figure Page

1-3. Pyropsis bairdi (Meek and Hayden) ....................0......... Mee es oes 211
1-3. Stereopairs of UND 13433.; X1 (juvenile specimen).
Locality A465.
4-6. \Pyropsis bairdi rotula Meek: ...............:c.00:.<..ccsescsseversnetiocsséssaseseseses 212

4-6. Stereopairs of USNM 180537; 1 (juvenile specimen).
USGS locality 5882, S. Dak.

248

Figure
1-5.

19, 20.

21, 22.

BULLETIN 284

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 20

Page

Cancellaria siouxensis,. 1. SPs. ...2.5./A0.c6 0005.5. Sesto eee 217
1. Stereopair of paratype UND 13471.; 3. Locality A460.
2. Stereopair of holotype USNM 180538; 3. Locality A460.
3. Stereopair of paratype USNM 180539; x3. Locality A460.
4, Stereopair of paratype UND 13474.; 3. Locality A460.
5. Stereopair of paratype USNM 180540.; x3. Locality A460.

Amuletum (Amuletum) minor (Evans and Shumard) ............ 221
6. UND 944.; x3. Locality A469.

Amuletum (Lutema) sp. ........... Be a aN ate ca Soe 223
7, 8. UND 13463.; 3. Locality A480.

TNGECERMUINEG o5.5.coceccsin-Bieascis. Sisco ense vsasadihes sooner 223
9, 10. Stereopair UND 13438.; x1. Locality A465.

Oligoptycha concinna (Hall and Meek) .000......0..0....00cccccceccceeeeeeee 225
11, 12. Stereopairs of UND 13464.; 3. Locality A460.

Ellipsoscapha cf. E. minor (Meek and Hayden) ........................ 227
13. UND 926.; x2. Locality A469.

Cylichna scitula (Meek and Hayden) .............0...ccccccccccccccessseeeeseeee 228
14, 15. UND 13469.; 3. Locality A480.

Goniocylichna bisculpturata Wade ...............00..c0000000- Pees ce Ree 2a
16, 17. UND 13476.; <3. Locality A480. 18. UND 13477.; x3.

Locality A460.

Goniocylichnal? (Sp s. 62.056. scceesvcsgasscecisszecteheasse ee 231
19, 20. UND 13475.; x3. Locality A460.

Cylichna volvaria? (Meek and Hayden) ............ EE 229

21, 22. Stereopairs of UND 13468.; 3. Locality A465.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 20

INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES

Note: Light face figures refer to page numbers. Bold face figures refer

to the plate numbers.

A

FNCLEOCINA ve.c0...c0s00deceees 230
PAGIMCTO: occcchccescancecseesesee 216
ENIETR a eae ee aD 202
alleni, Piestochilus .... 192
Amauropsis ................ 179
ambigua, Fossar ........ 177
ambigua, Natica ........ 176, 177
ambigua, Vanikoro .... 177
americana, Anchura .. 173
americana, Anchura

(Drepanochilus) ...... 173
americana, Aporrhais 173
americana,

Drepanochilus ........ 173
americana,

Drepanochilus

(Drepanochilus) ...... 1s
americana,

Oligoptycha .............. 224
americana,

Rostellaria .............. 172-174
/\1007 0) 0000 0k: ee 180
PATOUTCTUM: colccicescevosss 154, 203, 219-

222
Amuletum
(Amuletum) ............ 1517221

Amuletum (Lutema) .. 151, 220, 222
Amuletum (Lutema)

SDCCIES) o-..-cesseecceees 20 223
PATTCIVUA, <ccccaesdccucvectees 2,
anomalocostata,

UGEICULA, ee. eeeee.. 220
PAMIOMNIA 2.5.02 .0sa0.cececexctss 146, 147
PATYNO BCS cvcscscccccccsssvasess 1
Assiminea .................... 171
PASTANGES: ..cccccsescecccosceeee 223
PRT TAs Ai osc edi ey re 160, 161
aurita, Nerita ..........:... 165
PAVOMANIA cccéccssccisesasecs. 224, 225

B
bairdi, Busycon .......... 212
bairdi, Pyropsis 18, 19 21212
bairdi, Pyrula ............ 211
IBOUTEUSUS oo... .cecsccccsczcns 209
BCTeLIA |. cotecenesks. 220, 221
biacuminata,

MUEPICUTA 0 .ssccecs. 220
bicarinata,

Haplovoluta ............ 202
LS) OUUTGE -) Laeteene 225
bisculpturata,

Goniocylichna ...20 148, 230-232
Boltenella .........c.cc0ccc0 202

Bonellitiayec 46:20
brevirostris,
Perisolaxd
buccinoides,
Fasciolaria: 222...
buccinoides,
Mazzalinanee ess
buccinoides,
Semitriton ............ 16

canadensis,

Actinosepia ..............
Cancellarias 2.
carolinensis

MN At ast eee
Cavieolantets. 501 ee.
cheyennensis,

Fasciolaria

(Cryptorhytis) ........
cheyennensis,

Gladius?® 2s...
Cinuliaeres ee ee
Cinulia

(Oligoptycha) ..........
concinna, Cinulia ........
concinna, Cromium

(Amauropsella) ......
concinna, Euspira ......
concinna, Lunatia ......
concinna, Natica ........
concinna, Natica

(ieunatia) ieee
concinna,

Oligoptycha ........ 20
concinnus, Actaeon ..
concinnus, Cinulia

(Oligoptycha) ..........
Cophoeara 's:...2....20:25
Corbicula’. 23-2) en
cordensis,

Cancellarian 2.5. .25
cordensis,

Fasciolaria? ............
cordensis, Turris ........
coronale,

Hercorhyncus ..........
corrugata,

Oligoptycha ............
Crassostrea ..........00......
Creonella 7)...
cretacea, Fasciolaria.
cretacea, Fasciolaria

(Piestochilus) ..........

249

216

188

138

151, 154, 215,
216

182
188

209, 210

209
221
224

224
226

183
183, 184
183, 184
183, 184

183

225
224, 225

226
213
146, 167
218

218
221

202
224
146, 167
172
195

195

INDEX

cretacea, Graphidula.. 195
cretacea,

Graphidula? ........ 16 193, 195
cretacea, Piestochilus 192, 196
Cryptorhytis ................ 209
Cryptorhytis? .............. 209
Cucullacaye 206
culbertsoni,

Cryptorhytis

(Piestochilus) .......... 194
culbertsoni,

Fasciolaria

(Piestochilus) .......... 194
culbertsoni, Fusus .... 193
culbertsoni,

Graphidula .......... 16 153, 193-195,

197, 198, 200
culbertsoni,

Piestochilus ............ 192
curviliratus,

Piestochilus ............ 197
curvocostatum,

Amuletumy (sc6c.c.-5-. 220, 221
evancarai,

RGMeT ay? schsccskste: 17 208
Cylichnaw) <2 228
Cylichnina: 2.500.222... 230
cylindracea, Bulla ...... 228

D
dakotaensis, Fusus .... 204, 205
dakotaensis,

Serrifusus ............ 17 205, 206
dakotensis,

Buspira? 4.2.08 15 186, 187
dakotensis, Fusus ...... 205
dakotensis, Fusinus

(Serrifusus) .............. 205
dakotensis, Fusus

(Neptunia) .2..........: 205
dakotensis, Fusus?

(Serrifusus) 205
dakotensis, Natica ...... 186, 187
dakotensis, Serrifusus 205
dennanti,

Plesiotrition ............ 187
MeusSemiay . oo essccceeceee 190
Giaboli, Exilia 2........ 207
Dircello) 26. ee 166
Drepanochilus ............ W725 173; 14
Drepanochilus

SPCCIES 7 ea es. 175
dumasensis, Amuletum

(Amuletum) ............ 221, 222

E
Ellipsoscapha .............. 227

Ellipsoscapha,

ef. E. minor ..:..... 20 227
elongata,

Goniocylichna ........ 230, 232
Epidromus .................. 188
BBY ptyCNa. .6...0.:.0cer 224
SUSpINAN ese eee 146, 153, 179-

182, 184-187
Euthriofusus. -:. 2 201, 202
evansi, Arrhoges

(Drepanochilus) ...... 173, 174
evansi,

Drepanochilus ....14 173, 174
excellans,

Boltenellas 191
Exige 207, 220
GXOSYTA: oc. esstees ns ee 147

F
faceolata, Turricula .. 220
Fasciolaria

(Piestochilus) .......... 192
feldmanni,

Piestochilus ........ 16 198-200
firma: wberetra: a: 220
flamea, Turricula ...... 220
flexicostata,

Cryptorhytis ............ 210
flexicostata?,

Cryptorhytis’ .......: 17 210
flexicostatus,

INUSUSt ote coca cece eee 210
fusiformis, Rostellaria 209
WUSUSU Ca ee eee 190

G
galpiniana,

Fasciolaria

(Piestochilus)? ........ 200
galpiniana?,

Piestochilus ........ 16 200, 201
galpinianus, Fusus ..... 200
glaucinoides, Natica .. 181
Goniobasis’ 2.2 165, 166
Goniocylichna ............ 151, 153, 154,

230, 231, 232
Goniocylichna?

SPOCICS. :..c.c00.ees 20 231
Goniocylindrites ........ 230
goniophorus, Fusus?

(Serrifusus) .............. 205, 206
Gracilialay 2.4.0 ee 172
Graphidula #.2...2..= 192, 193, 201
Gyrodes © ...cc2s.e ee 179

H
halli, ‘Lunatia) .......; 182

250

INDEX

(Buspira) 2... 182
HMamine@a: .2..3..<:.0:.... 227
Haplovoluta ................ 201
harrisii, Polinices ...... 184
haydeni, Fusus .......... 193
haydeni, Natica .......... 176, 177
hepatica, Nerita

(Syncera) .................. 171
Hercorhyncus ............ 151, 154, 201,

202, 203
Hercorhyncus

(Haplovoluta) .......... 202
Hercorhyncus

(Hercorhyncus) ...... 202
heteroplicata, Biplica.. 225
ETA eters occ estes 188
hollandi,

Hercorhyncus

(Haplovoluta) ...... 17 202, 203
horni, Haminea .......... 227

I
incompta, Neritina .... 162
Inoceramus ................... 147
insculpta,

Pachymelania ...... 14 166-169
intertextus, Fusus ...... 190
intertextus,

Rhombopsis ............ 190, 191

J
javanus, Murex .......... 220
joaquinensis,

SEITiHfUSUS ...0..0.5.5-0.- 204, 206

L
Labellinacea ................ 181, 182
Lacrimiforma .............. 172
laevigatus,

Piestochilus ............ 192
larunda, Melania ........ 165-167
lenticularis,

Sphenodiscus .......... 148, 149
levis, Piestochilus? .... 197, 200
limbatum, Amuletum

diutema)) 0... 221
lloydi, Fasciolaria ...... 218
MOydi, Turris ....:......... 221
loganensis,

INeritinial 2s 14 163, 164
MOBTIALI AS ce ce ie 179-181, 185
MPUECIND) 2. cssccesean hte 220, 223

M
macnairyensis,

Amuletum ................ 221
macnairyensis,

Amuletum

(Amuletum) ............ 221, 222
macnairyensis,

Cancellaria?’ 2... 215-218
macnairyensis,

RULPICULA eee ee 219, 220
Margaritella .......0........ 160, 161
Margarites .........000..... 160, 161
matsoni, Cancellaria? 215-217
Mazzilinay 189
Medionapus ................ 211
Melaniaue. =x re 165
microptygma, Exilia .. 207
microstriata,

Remera eae eee 206
minor, Amuletum

(Amuletum) ........ 20 221, 222
minor, Haminea .......... 227
minor, Pleurotoma .. 221
minor, Turricula ...... 221
minor, Turris .......... 221
moreauensis,

INat@ ALS os. ecsccenn 183, 184
moreauensis, Natica

(Lunatiaicns 020) 183

N
INaDUIUS oe ee 211, 213
INatiCaee 2 Bet ak 179, 180, 186
INaticinal ee 179
naticoides, Cinulia

(Oligoptycha) .......... 225
nebrascensis, Anchura 174
nebrascensis, Anchura

(Drepanochilus) ...... 174
nebrascensis,

APOLPhals) ‘oo.isc0..88 174
nebrascensis,

Arrhoges

(Drepanochilus) ...... 174
nebrascensis, Atira .... 161
nebrascensis?,

Drepanochilus ....14 174, 175
nebrascensis, Fossar? 176, 177
nebrascensis,

Rostellariay 22s 174
nebrascensis,

eMarcarita:? (2. 161
nebrascensis,

Vanikoropsis ...... 15 171, 176-178
Neptunella. ..................

IN@Ritina 2% cc et 146, 162-164,

251

INDEX

newberryi, Fusus ........ 190
newberryi,

Rhombopsis ............ 190

Oo
obliquata,

USDiTal ee se 15 183, 184
obliquata, Natica ........ 183
obliqua, Oligoptycha .. 224
occidentalis,

GUSP I aee ssa 185, 187
occidentalis,

FLAMING Ate sc sctes ee 227
occidentalis, Lunatia.. 186
occidentalis, Natica

@éunatiayie? cee. 186
occidentalis,

Solariella

(Radiatula?) ............ 161
Odostomia’ .....c%.........:. 172
Oligoptycha ................ 224, 225
orientalis,

Rhombopsis cena 190

P
Pachymelania .............. 146, 165, 166
Paladmete er i.shes. <0. 216
pergracilis,

1590 BIE Stn neeneeen Sener 207, 208
Perisolaxce sissies eae 213
perlata, Tudicla

(PYLOPSiS). .....01...:-25+6 210
POEGiSSItV Se ttoccas esac os 151, 154, 213,

214, 215
Perissitys?

species A .............. 17 214

species B ............... 17 214
perryi, Spironema ...... 170
Piestochilus ................ 191, 192, 201
pisiformis, Neritina .. 163
pisum, Neritina .......... 163
PIGSIOULICON.: <..22:..00000-..02 Ba
Pleurotoma .............0....

Polimees’ = 22.22... 179, 180, is.
185
popenoei,

Oligoptycha ? .......... 224, 225
praenominata,

INALICAS sac ees conte: 176, 177, 178
pulchella, Vanikoro . 178
pulliger, Nerita .......... 162
pusilla, Cinulia <...:.... 225
Pyramidella, ..o........... 2,
PV TTEMSUS ee eee 190, 202
IRYTODSIS]..5.&.csncston--. 154, 203, 210,

211
Pyruneulus i. icccc.-s-c008. 230

R
rectilabrum,

KUSpInal 2. 15 148, 182, 183
rectilabrum, Natica

(Eunatia)) 62.040. 182
rectilabrum,

Polimices ......42.0-45 182
Remeray 23.65.00 e 151, 154, 203,

206, 207
Remnita’ +s. 220, 221
reticulata, Voluta ...... 215
REtUS Ay esac cae 230
Rhombopsis ................ 154, 190
ripleyana, Amuletum.. 221
rotula, Pyropsis

bairdi 024 18,19 212

Ss
Scaphander: 0. .<...-2.005 227
scarboroughi,

Fasciolaria

(Piestochilus) .......... 197
scarboroughi, Fusus

(Pleurotoma?) ........ 196, 197
scarboroughi,

Piestochilus ........ 16 192, 196-199
scitula, Cylichna ....20 228, 229
secunda,

Lacrimiforma .......... 172
semicostatus,

Trochacteon ............ 230, 231
SemitritOM sic. .se.ceeseceeee 188
Serrifusus ....-. te 154, 157, 204,

206
simpsonensis,

TGUUEMA, &....20::c eee 220, 222
siouxensis,

Cancellaria ......... 20 217, 218
Solariella occisc.00:. ose 160
Sphenodiscus .............. 148
SPIrOMeMa. paces 169, 176, 177
striatella, Cylichna .... 227
subcrassa, Euspira 15 185, 186
subcrassa, Lunatia ...... 185
subcrassa, Natica ...... 185
subcrassa, Natica

(Gunatia)) =e 185
subcylindrica,

Ellipsoscapha .......... 227
subcylindrica,

HMamine@a ...sc.ccnr..: 227
subglobosa, Avellana.. 226
subincrassata,

Avellanal 220... 224, 225
sublevis,

Aporrhais ................ 173
subturritus, Fusus ...... 190, 191

252

INDEX

subturritus, Pyrifusus 191
subturritus, Pyrifusus

(Neptunella) ............ 191
subturritus,

Rhombopsis ........ 16 190, 191
suciensis, Surcula ...... 223
suciensis,

Vanikoropsis .......... 178
Sunculaie en eet 220
VHCCLA Scie ss 151, 154, 171,

lp
Syncera species ...... 15 172
Li
tenuilineata,
Spironema .......... 15 170, 171, 176-
178
tenuilineata, Turbo .... 169
terebreformis,

Graphidula: ....:.....:.. 192
texanus, Polinices

rectilabrum .............. 182
TAT AY eer, cee ceseaeeskss 166
“LL OY: i pee 172
tippanus, Fusus .......... 201
tornatum, Turis ........ 220
torantus, Murex .......... 220
mrochacteon 2? .......-::. 230
MEFOCHIUSUS ......:.c..5.0.- 211
TOCA. © (5.5 eee ecsbesesescolbess 211, 213
tuomeyana,

Wanikoropsis. «....... 170, 176, 178
tuomyana, Natica ...... 175, 176
SMUG OKO IET & socecocauereccsoee: 220

TULTISe yc ee 220
Lurritellaweees 153
Vv

vadosum,

Hercorhyncus .......... 202
vancouverensis,

Serrifusus ................ 205, 206
vancouverensis,

Serrifusus

dakotensis’ 2.24... 205
Wanikoroyes ee 177
Vanikoropsis .............. 154, 170, 175-

178
vaughni, Cantharus .. 223
Velatella 2.23... 162
venustum, Amuletum.. 220
vinculum,

Trachytriton ...:....... 189
volvariay, Bullaine ee 229
volvaria?, Cylichna 20 229
volvaria, Cylinchna? .. 229

Ww
whiteavesi, Melania? .. 166
whitfieldi,

IRGrISOlaxXqeteetet 213
wyomingensis,

Melaniay ee 165-167
wyomingensis,

Melania Gonio-

DasiS2ce eee 167
wyomingensis,

Pachymelania ....14 166-169

253

™

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vols. I-X XIII. See Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St.. New York,

XXIV.

XXV.
XXVI.

XXXIV.
XXXV.

XXXVI.
XXXVII.

XXXVIII.
XXXTX.

N. Y. 10017, U.S.A.
(INGs:7802879)2 1) 3384pps cA 7 pleases le
Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nosi788-943B) 3 06epph. 30 ples oan s5 ee ee eek
Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Miocene fossils.
(Nosy 951100) 4 20 pp 5 Simp Semen cece ee ence errs
Florida Recent, Texas and South America Cretaceous,
Cenozoic fossils.
GNos sl O1=2T08) e376 pprias OF plSsp eee ereerre se eee ene eee
Tertiary mollusks, Paleozoic Venezuela, Devonian fish.
INOSs 109-14) e452 spp esa psi cece scsrerse nw ceereseeeer ere ceee ee ccceeres
Paleozoic cephalopods, Cretaceous Eocene, forams.
CNos sell S116) ey 738i sp Dey 2m Sauces cece ress eae eee
Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.
GIN OsreLi 7) FES GSI ip ps, 165). (pls Sprcceeccecets ccna escent
Jackson Eocene mollusks.
(INos:.118-128)2458) ppt. 27 (pistons ee ee ee
Mollusks, crinoids, corals, forams, Cuban localities.
(Nosi1292133).*294 pp 3396 pls. 22 ee me
Silurian cephalopods, crinoids, Tertiary forams, Mytilarca.
(Noss:134-139)< 448 pp: 51 pls: 228.25 eee
Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran strati-
graphy paleontology.
(Nos; 140-145). 400 pp, 19) pls: 2c. ee
Forams, cephalopods, ostracods, conularid bibliography.
(GNosil'46-154)/5, 386) sppan Sih iplst) Se ieee ees eee eee
Forams, cephalopods, mollusks, ostracods.
(Nos 1552160) 412 spp 5S psa cece eee eee ee
Forams, Eocene fish, rudists.
(INes® 161-164): 486) ppis 375 ply (scc0ce-cccccessececs ceccsestecthcoccceteecazece
Antillean Cretaceous Rudists, Canal Zone Foraminifera,
Stromatoporoidea.
(INos: 2165-1:76)=-944:7 pp, 53) pl ssh ccsncecc eect eeceees rece eesscceceeece
Forams, ostracods, mollusks, Carriacou, -fossil plants.
(Noss 177-183) 448 “pp. 36: pls. ys 2. sc eet See
South American forams, Panama Caribbean mollusks.
(No: 184) 9S Gsip ps eT epl:, execs eerste ene eee
Type and Figured Specimens P.R.I.
(INos' 185-192)eo* S8itteppiy 3511 pss seecescecet ee eek meses
Forams, mollusks, carpoids, Corry Sandstone.
CNGH19S) 673m pp 48) pissy Meee oe cee eee ce) ers ee or eee
Venezuelan Cenozoic gastropods.
(Nos5 71942198) 427 pps 229 Spl sin vctecceentce eee ee
Ordovician stromatoporoids, Indo-Pacific camerinids, Mis-
sissippian forams, Cuban rudists.
(Nosi199-203) 365 pps, 68) opls. soak. eee
Puerto Rican, Antarctic, New Zealand forams, Lepidocy-
clina, Eumalacostraca.
CUING=7204) 5641p ps 63, plsh. 0 2k.-eeccss chee: oe aes
Venezuela Cenozoic pelecypods.
(@Nos5e205=211) 2 e419 pps. 708 plsay ee eee er ee
Forams, Crustacea, brachipods, Recent mollusks.
UNios212-217,), 584. pp.. 8S piss cease ae ee ee) ek
Forams, mollusks, polychaetes, ammonites.
UiNo-ecls) ees LOSSpp. eo pisiee Meee etm ae ee
Catalogue of the Paleocene and Eocene Mollusca of the
Southern and Eastern United States.
(iNogreet 9-224) ay) $671. pts 63; (ples, ote) ce eee ee
Peneroplid and Australian forams, North American car-
poids, South Dakota palynology, Venezuelan Miocene mol-
luska, Voluta.

16.00

16.00
18.00

18.00

18.00

I De

LI.

LII.

LIII.
LIV.

LV.
LVI.

LVII.

LVIII.

LIX.
LX.
LXI.
LXII.
LXIII.
LXIV.
LXV.
LXVI.

Volumel.

II.

Ili.

IV.

VII.

(Nos. 225-230)..." S18! pp 42> piss ee 18.00
Venezuela, Florida cirripeds, forams, Linnaean Olives,
Camerina, Ordovician conodonts.

(Noss 231-232)2.7 420) pp. 10' plex 6. ee . 18.00
Antarctic bivalves, Bivalvia catalogue.
(Nos.'233;°236) 387 ‘pp443 (ols) ee eee 18.00

New Zealand forams, Stromatoporoidea, Indo-Pacific, Mio-
cene-Pliocene California forams.

(Nos:'237-238) 3.7 488h pp. 45a ples on ee eee 18.00 -
Venezuela Bryozoa, Kinderhookian Brachiopods.

(Nos. 239-245). 510. pps S0upl shot ee 18.00
Dominican ostracodes, Lepidocyclina, mollusks.

(Nos. 246-247). 657 (pp.7260 ipls.0 ee 18.00
Cenozoic corals, Trinidad Neogene mollusks.

(Nos. 248-254). $72 pp 49) iplss ee 18.00

Forams, North Carolina fossils, coral types, Cenozoic
Echinoids, Cretaceous Radiolaria, Cymatiid gastropods

(Nos. 255-256). 32) app:; 62), (piss ee 18.00
Jurassic ammonites.
(Nos. 257-262). 3.05) pps) SO pISs. ..feeeseet ected ce 18.00

Cretaceous Radiolaria and Forams, Pacific Silicoflagellates,
North American Cystoidea, Cyclonema, Vasum.

(No. 263). S14) ip pi settee eee ee 18.00
Bibliography of Cenozoic Echinoidea.

(Nos. 264-267). 33'S) .Dp.)68) spls:, 2.06. eres 18.00
Radiolaria, cirripeds, Bryozoa, palynology.

(Nos. 268-270). 365.{pp:, 31 (pls, (222.20 3 18.00
Mollusks, Murex catalogue, Cretaceous Radiolaria.

(Nos. 271-274). 375 pps; 44 ple. 2 ee 18.00
Trace fossils, ammonoids, Silicoflagellates, microfauna.

(Nos;275-277);,” 320:ppi, 56. plsinccnnes ee ee 18.00
Chitinozoa, Spumellariina, Mexican Ammonites

(Noose 278-281) cee oases cease recs cate er ee 18.00
Palynology, corals, echinoderms, Foraminifera, and crinoids.

(Nos: 282) 5 cee ee eee ere ee 18.00
Ostracode Symposium.

(INos:, 283-286) ono ee 18.00

Crinoids, gastropods, corals, ostracodes.

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

See Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 Fifth Ave., New York,
N. Y. 10003
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(Nos. 6-12). 53 Pip pij.. 37) PSs: isterscceetazsececeeccsee ee eee 23.00
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Pale-
ozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
(Nos. 13-25). 513pp;;) 61. opis: (Aes. eee 28.00
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleozoic
siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod
studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish,
Platystrophia and Venericardia.
(Nos. 26-33). 492" ppd 72" DISig scat ee 28.00
Rudist studies Busycon, Dalmanellidae Byssonychia, De-
vonian lycopods, Ordovican eurypterids, Pliocene mol-
lusks.
(Nos. 34-47). 445: pp. TOU pls: ee $2.00
Tertiary Arcacea, Mississippian pelecypods, Ambonychiidae,
Cretaceous Gulf Coastal forams.
(Nos. 38-41). 444 pps 83 tpls) se $5.00
Lycopsids and sphenopsids of Freeport Coal, Venericardia,
Carboniferous crinoids, Trace fossils.
(Nos. 42-46) 499"pp!. 79) pls) 2 ae ee 45.00
Torreites Sanchezi, Cancellariid Radula, Ontogeny, sexual
dimorphism trilobites, Jamaician Rudists, Ordovician
Crinoids.

BULLETINS

OF

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

(Founded 1895)

MUS. COMP. zooL:

LIBRARY’
OCT 7 1974 Vol. 66
HARVARD

LATE CENOZOIC CORALS OF SOUTH FLORIDA

By

Norman E. WEIsBorD

1974

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1973-74
TP RRSTD NT eee LEA eee eee seve alae eee MERRILL W. HAas
WIGCE=ERESIDEN Tj cis6o$oo55c dons dea ce ns eco uamasee eee aa eat tees iene ee sees eran Harotp E. VOKES
SECRETARY) jac gosc51 020 cows det uote ea lee ae an cea ae ee Oe PHILIP C. WAKELEY
DIRECTOR)“ REASURERY oscoccie ee 2 ae eee ge ec KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
ASSISTANT SECRETARY, ASSISTANT ‘TREASURER .....-.--.--20:--c--ceeeceeoeees REBECCA S. HARRIS
COUNSEE: sist Se hla a a ee ee Se ne cent soca ARMAND L. ADAMs8
REPRESENTATIVES AAA'S) COUNG IB tet eee oe eee enn ee ee JoHN POjeTA, Jr.
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1972-1975) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
MERRILL W. HAAs (1973-1976) CasPpAR RAPPENECKER (1973-1976)
ResBecca S. Harris (Life) DANIEL B. Sass (1971-1974)
Ceci, H. Kinpie (1971-1974) Haroip E. VoKes (1973-1975)
Harry S. Lapp (1972-1974) Puitip C. WAKELEY (1973-1976)
AXEL A. Otsson (Life) Vircit D. WINKLER (1969-1975)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

and

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KaTHERINE V. W. Palmer, Editor
Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary

Advisory Board

KENNETH E. CASTER HANS KUGLER
A. Myra KEEN Jay GLENN Marks
AXEL A. OLSsoNn

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on
application.

For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see
Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A.

For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor-
poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. 10003 U.S.A.

Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average
price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri-
cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de-
ductible from income tax.

For sale by

Paleontological Research Institution
1259 Trumansburg Road
Ithaca, New York 14850

U.S.A.

BOLLE ENS

OF

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

(Founded 1895)

Vol. 66

No. 285

LATE CENOZOIC CORALS OF SOUTH FLORIDA

By

NorMaAN E. WEISBORD

September 20, 1974

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A.

Library of Congress Card Number: 74-79371

Printed in the United States of America
Arnold Printing Corporation

CONTENTS

Page
ABNINN STEN Le tee ee oe ee ee ee 259
HIN ENOCUCE OT nee oa eB ae es ns es ee ae eg ee 259
Acknowledgments ................- cond SSD alee be ea nod Be eee 260
Steet tel Tek UNI OCES reece ces ae ow oa on eee ce OR we 261
Pine Cresta:G Am pets eccseee Se Fc it I ee en eee 261
Caloosahatchee’ Mar)... re PAM, eee ee eee 264
Wnt ccAUzr ors Glad esp Worm a tio merece eee eee 270
Horta hom p some ko rratl Om yet tec eens ee ere ee ee 271
Keyslargorlimestone/Mirami Oolrte ccc ccseset cece eee 273
Mocality? datatc. en Boerne ee et BANE E23 ees a ek Cee ae ee ees 274
DESCHIPtON {OL SPECIES ps: A. ac cetee ent eA eens kee ay ee a 276
IRELERENCES eee en ane er en eee en mee ee ee 452
Pate st ener nes. tener ne Oe eels eS BB Pe Ree ek Da ee ae eee 473
NTC 2° | RS eee eee, Ae, OP men Be Ae ae | SR eNOS eee een eM e, la sls 5 ae 511
TABLES

1. Late Cenozoic fossil corals of South Florida and their

distribution) inv Er lOLid a eos Fn. -n2 ck ce eee dees es Fold in between 274-275

@) Manicina areodlata (Linmaeus) «..........0c02002.2s..c-ons Fold in between 361-362

} : ly, ws
aig iy ; ie ¥ wa a ‘
Dn AN ae., <* e

iy, Ve a .
; Das vo -

sé “se
es <_* f i
7 1

ye! om en ee Te

I

be tae fgg? lees eat dow

it} » ie 4) re wre! a oe ~ wkaft a an!
bi i

ab qasweesiig $74 ee

om
ey . =)
: pees ua © Pienee*
»-
Ui
>i JV
Pee D a i !
v 7 Sa in / i
7 pts: ag Se) Da

LATE CENOZOIC CORALS OF SOUTH FLORIDA

Norman E. WEIsBoRD
Department of Geology
The Florida State University

ABSTRACT

Fifty-two late Cenozoic species of fossil corals are described from the
following formations of South Florida: Pinecrest, Caloosahatchee, Glades,
Fort Thompson, and Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite. Fifty-one of the
species are in the order Scleractinia and one in the order Milleporina. Five
new species are proposed, and these are Difloria sarasotana, Thysanus flori-
danus, Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis, Dichocoenia eminens, and Isophyllia ?
desotoensis. The salient characters of the several formations are depicted, and
their ages, as determined by both biogeologic and radiometric dating, are
analyzed and compared.

INTRODUCTION

This report deals with the taxonomy, synonymy, and distri-
bution of 52 species of late Cenozoic fossil corals recorded from
South Florida, as well as with the description and illustration of
_ five species which are believed to be new. Most of the corals occur
in the following formations: Pinecrest Sand, Caloosahatchee Marl,
Unit “A” or Glades Formation, Fort Thompson Formation, Key
Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite, and Holocene sands. These deposits
are exposed here and there in peninsular Florida between 28° and
24°30’ north latitude, or from the vicinity of Eau Gallie in the
north to Key West and the Tortugas in the south. The oldest forma-
tion is the Pinecrest, the youngest pre-Recent sands. The geologic
age span is Mio-Pliocene to Holocene by biogeologic reckoning,
late Pliocene to Holocene by radiometric dating. The Pinecrest
Formation, which is believed by a number of paleontologists to be
late Miocene or early Pliocene in age (or about 12 million years on
the Holmes “absolute” scale), has been determined by Bender
(1973) to be about 3.49-3.93 million years on the basis of radio-
metric dates obtained from Pinecrest corals. The Caloosahatchee
Marl, which overlies the Pinecrest, is thought by geologists to be
Pliocene or Plio-Pleistocene or ]ate Pleistocene on biogeologic evi-
dence, whereas radiometric dating of corals by Bender indicates
that the He/U age of the Caloosahatchee Marl is 1.78 to 2.53 mil-
lion years, or early Pleistocene on the Holmes Scale. Th-230/U-234
ratios of corals and oolites calculated by Osmond, et al. (1965) and
by Thurber and Broecker (1965) suggest that the Key Largo
Limestone/Miami Oolite was laid down at least as far back as
190,000 years ago. Hoffmeister and Multer (1968) reported the coral
Acropora palmata at 18 ft. below the surface on Looe Key, and

260 BULLETIN 285

the radiocarbon date on that indicated an age of 1300 years. Most
of the post-Caloosahatchee corals are living today, but a goodly
number of Pinecrest and Caloosahatchee species are extinct, sug-
gesting to me that both the Pinecrest and Caloosahatchee deposits
are pre-Pleistocene in age.

The coral collections on which much of the present work is
based are contained in the Department of Geology of Florida State
University, in the Florida Bureau of Geology also in Tallahassee,
and in the National Museum of Natural History (formerly U.S.
National Museum) in Washington, D.C. During 1967, and again
in 1970 I spent a number of profitable weeks studying the Tertiary
and Recent corals in the National Museum. Then, late in 1972, the
National Museum of Natural History, through the good offices of
Dr. Maureen E. Downey and Ronald L. Larson, sent to me on loan,
specimens of each of the 18 species listed by Vaughan (1919, p.
222) from the Caloosahatchee Marl, thus enabling me to study
them at length and to have certain of the examples photographed
for this report. The types of the new species described by me and
contained in the NMNH collection remain with it in the Smith-
sonian Institution. Types of new species or figured specimens in
the collections here at Florida State University and the Florida
Bureau of Geology, are presently conserved in the Department of
Geology.

The study of South Florida corals was begun in 1966, when, in
conjunction with my work on the stony corals of Venezuela (Weis-
bord, 1968), it was determined that 13 of the 14 species occurring
in the late Cenozoic of northern Venezuela also occur in the late
Cenozoic of Florida. The Venezuelan research was supported by The
National Science Foundation, and I wish to acknowledge with
thanks that through its support the cost of the plates in this Bulletin
was also funded by the Foundation.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

A number of geologists, paleontologists, biologists, and inter-
ested collectors have been kind enough to donate late Tertiary and
Recent corals for the Florida State University collection or to
furnish notes on taxonomy, stratigraphy, ecology, and other mat-
ters of interest. Among the contributors were: Noel Andress, Robert

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 261

Back, Joseph E. Banks, Leslie Dyet, Paul F. Huddlestun, Muriel E.
Hunter, Lt. William F. Klose II, William R. McWilliams, Harbans
S. Puri, Pieter J. Roos, Donald F. Squires, Mike Strong, William F.
Tanner, Lyman D. Toulmin, Robert O. Vernon, John W. Wells, and
Frank H. Wind.

An especially valuable source of unpublished data and faunal
lists relating to the corals dredged or excavated from the Key
Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite is contained in a seven page letter
written by Lt. William F. Klose II on April 30, 1970, to Dr. Robert
O. Vernon, then Chief Geologist of the Florida Geological Survey.
This letter was sent to me by Dr. Vernon, and I have incorporated
numerous details of it in this work. It is my understanding that all
of the species listed in Klose’s letter are in the Klose collection in
Groton, Connecticut.

Dr. Katherine V. W. Palmer, Director of the Paleontological
Research Institution, has attended to the publication of this paper
in the Bulletins of American Paleontology, and I am indebted to
her and to Doris C. Brann for that and for their many other ameni-
ties. I am also obliged to Gerrit Mulders of Tallahassee who photo-
graphed the corals.

STRATIGRAPHIC NOTES
PINECREST SAND

The name Pinecrest, taken from an old settlement on the Ever-
glades road about one mile west of the Dade-Collier County line,
was proposed by Olsson (in Olsson and Petit, 1964, pp. 516-518)
“for certain strata composed largely of sand, barren or highly fossili-
ferous, encountered below a surface limestone in the general region
of the 40 mile bend on the Tamiami Trail (Route 41) west of Miami
in the western part of Dade County and extending across its boun-
dary into Collier County, Florida”. The section here was described
by J. H. C. Martens in Mansfield (1931, p. 2) as follows:

Bed
Feet
Se Winconsolidated esa Gi 2 kacenesc ce ere ee ee eo eee ee eae 2
2. Hard yellow limestone, containing many Chione cancellata .......... 3
1. Unconsolidated medium-coarse sand with numerous shells;
above. water 222s 20 1

262 Bu..etin 285

Mansfield (1931, pp. 2-4) identified 55 species of mollusks from
the lowest bed, ranging from 5 to 12 feet below the surface, and
indicated in his list that perhaps 12 to 14 of the species occur in the
Recent fauna: this means that 22 per cent of Mansfield’s fossils
have survived to Recent time and 78 per cent are extinct. Based in
part on the extinction factor and in part on the occurrence of the
species in distant formations of known age, Mansfield tentatively
placed the fauna in the upper Miocene, recognizing, however, that it
might represent a Miocene-Pliocene transition or Pliocene age.

Olsson was able to trace the Pinecrest beds intermittently
in the shallow subsurface from the Everglades northward to Lake
Okeechobee and westward into Charlotte County. In recent years
Pinecrest sands have been recognized by geologists in Sarasota
County in the Warren Brothers Pits. These pits are located a mile
or so north and east of the easternmost limit of the city of Sarasota
and about 145 miles northwest of the type locality. It is from the
Warren Brothers Pits that the Pinecrest corals described in this
paper were collected. The section in the pits was described by

Harbans S. Puri (im Weisbord, 1971, p. 56) as follows:

Warren Brothers Pits — Sarasota, Fla.

Thickness
Bed Description (Ft.)
4 Pleistocene Sand =ol5

Pinecrest Formation

3 Oyster biostrome, as bed 1
(delicate) Pecten sp., Ostrea haitensis (Sowerby) mostly
articulated valves, Conus sp. 4

2 Shell hash, sandy with few complete mollusks; top of the bed
marked with Mytiloconcha sp. oriented as in life. Can be
traced laterally around the pits. 1

1 Oyster biostrome
Light gray to green shell hash, quartz sand with Ostrea
haitensis (Sowerby), Pecten eboreus darlingtonensis Dall, Can-
cellaria propevenusta Mansfield, Murex globosus Emmons,
Conus adversarius Conrad. 3

The Pinecrest beds were reported by Olsson to overlie the
Tamiami Formation and to underlie the Caloosahatchee Marl, with
the lower and upper contacts of the Pinecrest represented by
disconformity or slight unconformity. Hunter (1968) suggested that
the Pinecrest Sand is an upper member of the Tamiami Formation
and that the Pinecrest Sand with the guide fossil Pecten tamiamien-

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 263

sis Mansfield is in a concurrent range zone with the Ochopee Lime-
stone and Buckingham Limestone of Florida. Hunter further cor-
related the Upper Tamiami with the Jackson Bluff Formation of
North Florida, the Duplin Mar] of South and North Carolina, and
the Yorktown Formation of Virginia. All of the formations up to
a few years ago were considered upper Miocene largely on the
character of benthonic invertebrates, their identity with, or similarity
to species occurring in deposits elsewhere of the same given age,
and particularly on the extinction ratio of the mollusks compared
with living species. For example, the extinct species or those species
not having survived to Recent time represent 80 per cent of the
Jackson Bluff mollusks, 80 per cent of the Duplin Marl mollusks,
and 83 per cent of the Yorktown mollusks. Present day assignment
would place the Jackson Bluff Formation, on the basis of planktonic
Foraminiferida, in the lower Pliocene (Akers, 1972) and the Pine-
crest Formation in the upper Pliocene on the basis of radiometric
dating by Bender (1973).

The Pinecrest corals identified by me and discussed in later
pages were collected in the oyster biostromes of beds 1 and 3 in
Warren Brothers Pits, and are the following:

Siderastrea dalli Vaughan

Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan

Diploria sarasotana Weisbord, n. sp.
Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime
Solenastrea hyades (Dana)

Astrangia leonensis Weisbord

Septastrea marylandica (Conrad)

Oculina sarasotana Weisbord

Isophyllia ? desotoensis Weisbord, n. sp.

Of the nine species listed above two, or 22 per cent have sur-
vived to Recent time. Among the remaining seven species, two are
akin to living species, three have also been reported from the
Caloosahatchee Marl, and two are from formations formerly re-
garded as upper Miocene. The corals thus seem to me to point to an
early Pliocene age by biogeological deduction, or about 8 million
years on the Holmes scale of 1965. This compares with a radiometric
age of about 3.7 million years calculated by Bender for the corals
of the Pinecrest Formation, or late Pliocene on the Holmes scale.

264 BULLETIN 285

CALOOSAHATCHEE MARL

The Caloosahatchee Marl as used in this work refers to a group
of sediments lying in the interval between the Tamiami Formation
below and the Glades or Fort Thompson Formation above. The
sediments of this interval consist predominantly of marls and sands,
a number of them so richly fossiliferous they have been the source
of important paleontological monographs. Among the megafossils,
the mollusks are the most abundant and diverse, with more than
600 species having been reported by Dall (1903). Although few in
number (25 species), corals of the order Scleractinia are also repre-
sented in the biota, and it is these corals, recorded from the Caloosa-
hatchee Marl in Shell Creek and elsewhere in Charlotte County, as
well as from the Caloosahatchee River in Hendry and Glades
County, which are described in the present paper.

In the Caloosahatchee River, the Caloosahatchee Marl was
divided into three members by DuBar (see Puri and Vernon, 1964,
pp. 232-234), with the Fort Denaud Member (12 ft. thick) at the
base, the Bee Branch Member (5 ft. thick) above that, and the
Ayers Landing Member (12.5 ft. thick) at the top. Type exposures
of these members are found along the Caloosahatchee River between
Fort Denaud and Ortona Lock (see DuBar, 1958, figs. 9, 10), and
the Formation underlies the southern part of De Soto County and
much of Charlotte, Hendry, and Glades Counties, according to Cooke
(1945, pp. 216-221).

All of the Caloosahatchee corals in Shell Creek that I have
examined were sent to me from the National Museum of Natural
History under the USGS number of 3300 which refers to a collec-
tion from “Shell Creek, Florida, De Soto County, 12 miles east of
railroad bridge, collected for 6 miles along Creek.” This locality is
conjectured by me to cover columnar sections SC-1 to SC-13 of
DuBar (1962, p. 9, fig. 4, pl. 1) and the same columnar sections
in figure 36 of Puri and Vernon (1964) in the Cleveland and Ber-
mont Quadrangles of Charlotte County.

According to DuBar (1962, pp. 10-14), exposures of the
Caloosahatchee Marl in Shell Creek are restricted to the Bermont
Quadrangle (SC-1 to SC-12), within a stream distance of approxi-
mately 4.5 miles. Typically, the Caloosahatchee sediments consist
of unconsolidated sandy marl, marls, and hard sandy limestones,

FLorma CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 265

which are gray, tan, or cream in color. Wherever the base of
Caloosahatchee Marl has been observed in Shell Creek it lies un-
conformably on the Tamiami Formation, and everywhere along the
creek the Caloosahatchee is overlain unconformably by unfossili-
ferous sands of the Fort Thompson Formation, The maximum ex-
posed thickness of the Caloosahatchee in any section along Shell
Creek is not more than 15 feet, but a composite of creek sections in-
dicates the formation is as much as 30.5 feet in thickness.

DuBar divided the Caloosahatchee Mar] into six stratal units,
from bottom to top, as follows:

A. Lower Limestone, resting unconformably on the Tamiami
Formation. Maximum thickness 3 ft.

B. Lower Marl, lying conformably on A, 4 ft. thick, and
abundantly fossiliferous.

C. Middle Limestone, 3 ft. thick, and also richly fossiliferous.

D. Middle Marl, 3-4 ft. thick, with numerous mollusks.

E. Upper Limestone, 1-2.5 ft. thick “is the most useful marker
bed exposed along Shell Creek . . . Lithologically the lime-
stone is sandy, hard, and gray, and contains an abundance |
of well preserved Caloosahatchee marine mollusks.”

F. Upper Marl, estimated thickness 9 ft. Unconsolidated
sandy, gray, marine shell marl. Made up largely of medium-
sized grains of quartz and includes a few rounded, shiny
black phosphorite grains.

Inasmuch as Unit F lies conformably on Unit FE and is in turn
unconformably overlain by unfossiliferous Fort Thompson sands,
“there is little doubt that it is the uppermost Caloosahatchee unit
on Shell Creek.” (DuBar, 1962, p. 14).

Since precise locality or stratigraphic data are wanting on the
specimen tags of all of the Caloosahatchee Mar] specimens I have
examined, I am unable to place the species in their particular mem-
ber either in Shell Creek or the Caloosahatchee River, although
each specimen considered in this report has been assigned to the
Caloosahatchee Marl by the collector, donor, or paleontologist re-
sponsible for the data. In Shell Creek it is reasonable to assume that
the Caloosahatchee corals were collected stratigraphically below the

266 BULLETIN 285

non-fossiliferous Fort Thompson Formation and stratigraphically
above the Tamiami Formation. In the Caloosahatchee River, I
suspect that a number of the corals donated by Mike Strong and
collected by him “2-5 miles west of LaBelle”, were obtained from
the Ayers Landing Member and are therefore representative of the
upper part of the Caloosahatchee Marl. With the foregoing proviso
concerning the occurrence of the corals in the Caloosahatchee Marl
sensu lato, the following species have been identified in that forma-
tion:

Siderastrea dalli Vaughan

Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan

Porites divaricata Lesueur

Porites furcata Lamarck

Porites porites (Pallas)

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander)
Diploria strigosa ? (Dana)

Thysanus floridanus Weisbord, n. sp.
Manicina areolata (Linnaeus)

Manicina cf. M. gyrosa (Ellis and Solander)
Cladocora johnsoni Gane

Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime
Solenastrea hyades (Dana)

Astrangia floridana (Gane)

Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime
Septastrea crassa (Holmes)

Septastrea marylandica (Conrad)

Oculina diffusa Lamarck

Oculina sarasotana Weisbord

Archohelia limonensis Vaughan
Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus)
Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis Weisbord, n. sp.
Dichocoenia eminens Weisbord, n. sp.
Incertae sedis “a”

Incertae sedis “b”

Of the 25 species in the above list, two cannot be identified,
three are new and possibly endemic, six occur in the Pinecrest
Formation, eight occur in the Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite,
and, including the two Incertae sedis forms (which are solitary
corals and seem not to resemble living species), 12 occur in the
Recent fauna. To me the important statistic is that 13 to perhaps
11 of the 25 species are extinct, and this means that 52 to 44 per
cent have not survived to Recent time. This extinction ratio is
much too high for the Caloosahatchee corals to be included in the
Pleistocene, and I therefore consider the Caloosahatchee to be pre-
Pleistocene, or Pliocene, on biological-geological grounds. It is in-

teresting to note that Dall (1903, p. 1617) found that of the 639

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 267

mollusks identified in the Caloosahatchee Marl, 314 or 49 per cent
occur in the Recent fauna. Similarly revealing is the finding by
DuBar (1958, p. 137) who identified 341 species of mollusks from
the type locality of the Caloosahatchee Formation, of which 39.5
per cent occur in the Recent fauna, and reciprocally 60.5 per cent
are extinct,

Another reason for supporting the view that the Caloosahatchee
Marl is of Pliocene age is the remarkable similarity of the coral
fauna to that in the Carrizo Creek Formation of California. The
corals of both formations were studied by T. Wayland Vaughan and
determined by him to be Pliocene as early as 1917 in his paper on
“The Reef-Coral Fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, Cali-
fornia, and its Significance.” In this paper Vaughan stated that
the Carrizo Creek coral fauna was purely Atlantic and not Pacific
in its affinities, the differentiation having taken place during Mio-
cene time by the extinction of Pacific elements in the Atlantic area.
Subsequent to the differentiation there was an interoceanic con-
nection permitting the Atlantic fauna to extend across the Isthmian
region of Mexico or farther south up to California. This connection
existed during early Pliocene time and was closed off late in the
Pliocene by diastrophic and other events.

The more than 400 specimens of corals in the Carrizo Creek
Formation examined by Vaughan, were collected at the head of
Barrett Canyon which flows south into Carrizo Creek from Fish
Creek Mountain, and in Garnet and Alverson Canyons, the former
flowing north into Carrizo Creek, the latter flowing south from a
divide of Coyote Mountain in Imperial County. The corals and
many other invertebrate fossils were obtained from the upper sandy
phase of a basal conglomerate 120 to 130 feet thick, and in Barrett
Creek from outcrops of basal sandstone and conglomerate not more
than 10 feet thick. At one place in Barrett Creek a fossil coral reef
lies on lavas isolated from all the other sedimentaries. The basal
conglomerates of the Carrizo Creek Formation lie unconformably
on Miocene volcanics, or on late Miocene marine beds, or on Meso-
zoic granitic rocks, depending on the local geologic setting.

The geologic age of the Carrizo Creek fauna was at first thought
to be probably Cretaceous, then lower Miocene, and stil] later upper
Miocene. However, as early as 1917 Vaughan (p. 368) wrote the

268 BuLuetTin 285

following: “The Carrizo Creek species are so near species belonging
to the same genera in the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl of Florida
and in Pleistocene and living reefs of Florida and West Indies that
it seems to me they can scarcely be so old as Miocene; lower Plio-
cene appears to be the maximum age which may be assigned to the
fauna”.

As late as 1960 in the Lexicon of Geologic Names of the United
States, the Carrizo Formation and Carrizo Creek Beds in the very
area discussed above, were listed under Miocene. However, on the
more recent Geologic Map of California, San Diego-El Centro
Sheet, compiled by Rudolph G. Strand in 1962, the Carrizo Creek
Beds in question are mapped as “‘Pmi, Middle and/or lower Plio-
cene marine”.

In contrast with the view of this writer and others who have
preceded him that the Caloosahatchee Marl is Pliocene, is the opin-
ion of DuBar (1969) who has steadfastly maintained for 15 years or
so that the Caloosahatchee Marl is Pleistocene and that it was de-
posited in the Aftonian, or first interglacial stage of the Pleistocene
epoch in North America. DuBar, who has done considerable strati-
graphic and paleontologic work on the Caloosahatchee bases his
Pleistocene diagnosis essentially on the evidence adduced from
vertebrate fossils identified by a number of experts in the field of
vertebrate paleontology.

Brooks (1969, p. 119) was of the opinion that “The Caloosa-
hatchee Formation, restricted is Plio-Pleistocene in age”, with the
Fort Denaud Member being Pliocene and overlying beds being
Pleistocene.

Olsson (1969, p. 126) continued to advocate a Pliocene age for
the Caloosahatchee Marl, representing it as the youngest formation
of his Group C interval which is given a late Neogene (Mio-Plio-
cene) time span.

Bender (1973) established a radiometric age range of the
Caloosahatchee Mar] of 1.78 to 2.53 million years on six specimens
of corals, two of which (samples 21954 and 21955) were collected
from the top of the Caloosahatchee (Ayers Landing Member?) and
one (sample 21647) collected stratigraphically lower. If Bender’s
samples came from the Fort Denaud-Bee Branch-Ayers Landing
sequence, his helium-uranium dating of the Caloosahatchee Marl

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 269

corals would place them in the early Pleistocene or late Pliocene on
the Holmes “absolute” scale of 1965 (p. 360).

In summary, the Caloosahatchee Marl may be Pleistocene,
Plio-Pleistocene, or Pliocene in age. The Pleistocene age is adduced
from vertebrate remains and is based in part on radiometric dating.
The mollusks and corals, however, clearly point to a pre-Pleistocene
age. The Plio-Pleistocene age is postulated by Brooks, and corro-
borated in part by Bender. The Pliocene age is indicated by the
Mollusca, Foraminiferida (Cole, 1931), and scleractinian corals;
by the stratigraphic position of the Caloosahatchee Mar] below the
Pleistocene Fort Thompson Formation and above the late Miocene
or early Pliocene Tamiami Formation; by the correlation of the
Caloosahatchee Marl with the Carrizo Creek Beds of California
which are middle-lower Pliocene in age; and, doubtfully, by the
radiometric date by Bender of the corals collected from the top of
the Caloosahatchee Marl. Generally radiometry seems to yield later
dates than biogeology, the former tending to support the Pleistocene
assignment, the latter Pliocene or even Plio-Miocene. Generally, too,
planktonic Foraminiferida also point to younger ages than do the
benthonics, but virtually no planktonic forams were found by Paul.
F. Huddlestun in sand samples collected by Mike Strong 2-5 miles
west of LaBelle.

A word or two about radiometric dating, versus geologic dating.
Radiometric, or “absolute” dating deals with sidereal time whereas
the divisions of the geological time scale are based on biological
factors and stratigraphy. The biological factors take into considera-
tion, among other concepts, the procession of life forms throughout
geologic history, including genesis, proliferation, waning, and either
extinction or evolution. Geologists need not be dismayed that radio-
metric dates as established at present disagree with their biogeologic
dates, for radiometry is a post hoc refinement applied to an estab-
lished biogeological system. During my lifetime the estimated age of
the earth has been lengthened considerably, yet fundamentally the
biogeologic concept for dating the Tertiary remains valid because
it is as sound philosophically as radiometric dating will become
when methods of analysis are standardized. What I think may evolve
is a felicitous union of both principles, with some epochs (i.e. Pleisto-
cene, Pliocene, Miocene, and so on) being lengthened in sidereal or

270 BuLLETIN 285

“absolute” time and others shortened in sideral time. In the mean-
while this writer is a proponent for the biogeologic consideration of
the Caloosahatchee Marl as Pliocene, which, according to Holmes
ranges from 2-3 million to 12 million years in age span, and had a
duration of 9 million to 10 million years.

UNIT “A” OR GLADES FORMATION

Unit “A” refers to a distinct stratigraphic and paleontologic
entity first named by Olsson (zm Olsson and Petit, 1964, pp. 521,
522), and described as “lying between the Caloosahatchee Marl
below and the Fort Thompson above, and separated from both by
sharp unconformable contacts, generally marked by deep solution
channels and waved surface.” According to Olsson, the Unit, also
referred by him as the “Glades”, was formerly considered as the
upper part of the Caloosahatchee Marl with which it is generally
closely associated. The contact between Unit “A” and the Caloosa-
hatchee Marl has been observed in many places along the Caloosa-
hatchee River and in Shell Creek, but the Unit has also been seen
lying directly on the Pinecrest Sand or more rarely on the Tamiami
Formation.

Typically, Unit “A” is a shell marl composed largely of the
pelecypod Chione cancellata and several distinctive species of its
own, as well as a few forms such as Pyrazisinus, which range upward
from the Caloosahatchee Marl but become extinct in this Unit. At
LaBelle, where the Unit “A” beds have been dug into, they may
attain a thickness of 30 feet or more. Here, as well as at several
other localities, the base of Unit “A” is marked “by a zone of
oysters (Ostrea virginica labellensis) along an undulating surface
contact with the Caloosahatchee marls below. At other places, such
as at Ortona Locks and in several rock pits, its base is marked by a
reefal bed of worm shells (Vermicularia recta) in erect colonial
form” (Olsson, 1969, p. 128). The molluscan fauna is very rich with
an estimated 600 species of which 70 or 80 per cent have survived
to Recent time. Reciprocally, 30 to 20 per cent of the species are ex-
tinct, and this suggests a late Pliocene or early Pleistocene age.
Olsson (1969, p. 129) stated that Druid Wilson favors earliest

Pleistocene, but Olsson leans toward a late Pliocene age on the

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 271

extinction ratio of the mollusks and the similarity of the geological
setting with that of the type Coralline Crag of England.

The corals in the FSU collection, all collected and donated by
Joseph E. Banks, seem to confirm the Plio-Pleistocene age indicated
by the Mollusca. Ten species of scleractinian corals were collected
in the Glades Formation in the town of South Bay and in a quarry
at the south edge of Belle Glade, in Palm Beach County. The
corals I have identified in the Banks collection are the following:

Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan
Siderastrea radians (Pallas)

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander)
Manicina areolata (Linnaeus)

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur)
Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime
Solenastrea hyades (Dana)

Astrangia floridana (Gane)

Oculina diffusa Lamarck
Archohelia limonensis Vaughan

Of the species listed above, only Siderastrea pliocenica and
Archohelia limonensis do not occur in the Recent fauna, and this
represents an extinction ratio of 22 per cent, or survival ratio of 78
per cent. Both of these species occur in the Caloosahatchee Marl,
and Archohelia limonensis occurs in the Moin Formation of Costa.
Rica as well. The Moin Formation is given as Pliocene in some
sources, Pleistocene in others. Three of the Glades species also oc-
cur in the Pinecrest Formation, and these are Siderastrea pliocenica,
Solenastrea bournont, and Solenastrea hyades.

FORT THOMPSON FORMATION

Only one species of coral — Solenastrea hyades (Dana) — has
been reported from the Fort Thompsen Formation, and this taxon
ranges from Miocene to Recent in age.

The type locality of the Fort Thompson Formation is shown by
DuBar (1958, fig. 1) as being on the south bank of the Caloosa-
hatchee River, a little less than two miles east of LaBelle in Sect.
3, T 43 S, R 29 E (LaBelle Quadrangle), Hendry County. The
name “Fort Thompson” was first coined by Sellards (1919, pp. 70,
71) to describe the upper part of a section exposed between LaBelle
and Fort Thompson, of which he wrote as follows:

At Fort Thompson this marl [Caloosahatchee] passes beneath later
formations from which it is separated by a well marked unconformity

272 BuLLeETIN 285

which is best seen in the exposures along the river between Labelle and
Fort Thompson. The following section is seen at a cut-off between two
bends in the river about one-half mile below Fort Thompson. The sec-
tion as given here was made by the writer in 1908.

Section One-Half Mile Below Fort Thompson

. Sand and soil at top of bank about 2 feet.

. Shell marl in which Chione cancellata predominates 2 feet.

. Shell marl in which fresh water gastropods predominate 2 feet.

. Shell marl, marine shells 1/2 foot.

. Unconformity

. Calcareous stratum weathering rough on exposure containing Plio-
cene fossils 3 feet.

. Shell marl with Pliocene fossils 1 foot.

. Blue sandy clay marl with few fossils to the waters edge 3 feet.

The “Fort Thompson Beds” of Sellards (1919, p. 71) are ex-
posed farther upstream in the Caloosahatchee River, about 7 miles
or so northeast of LaBelle, “just below Goodno’s Landing, Fort
Thompson”, probably a short distance west of Spillway 10 of
Ortona Lock, in Sect. 27, T 42 S, R 30 E (Goodno Quadrangle),
Glades County. Sellards described his Fort Thompson Beds here as
follows:

WwW BMD I] 00

m DO

3. Fresh water limestone 2 feet.
2. Marine shell marl 1/2 foot.
1. Fresh water shell marl 3 feet.

Most geologists consider the base of the “fresh water shell marl”
of Bed 1 as representing a significant unconformity, as did Sellards,
so that depending on locality, the amount of previous erosion, and
the vagaries of deposition, the Fort Thompson may be seen to over-
lie any of the earlier formations, including the Glades or Unit A of
Olsson (1969, pp. 126, 128, 129).

Today, the Fort Thompson is divided into a lower Okaloacoo-
chee Member and an upper Coffee Mill Hammock Member by
DuBar (1969, p. 33) and by Puri and Vanstrum (1971, p. 434).
The Coffee Mill Hammock Member was regarded as a separate
formation by Sellards (1919, p. 73) and is still so considered by
Brooks (1969, pp. 114, 115). In any event, the original assignment
of the Fort Thompson and Coffee Mill Hammock to the Pleistocene
has been accepted without question since the days of Heilprin in
1887, and rightly so, for 70 of the 75 marine mollusks (93 per cent)
identified by DuBar (1958, pp. 210-215) from the Fort Thompson

Formation occur in the Recent fauna. The vertebrates of the Fort

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 273

Thompson Formation identified by Herbert Winters (i DuBar,
1958, p. 135) also indicate a Pleistocene age.

Formations younger than the Fort Thompson/Coffee Mill
Hammock or possibly contemporaneous in part are the Key Largo
Limestone and Miami Oolite. Younger than the latter is the Pamlico,
and still younger in the Pleistocene Series is the Lake Flirt/Silver
Bluff.

KEY LARGO LIMESTONE/MIAMI OOLITE

In their abstract on the “Geology and Origin of the Florida
Keys”, Hoffmeister and Multer (1968) summarized concisely the
relationship of the Key Largo Limestone and Miami Oolite as
follows:

The Florida Keys form a crescentic chain of small limestone islands which
extend from near Miami to Key West, a distance of about 150 miles. They are
made of two main formations of Pleistocene age — the Key Largo Limestone
and the Miami Limestone. The former, named and described by Sanford, is
an elevated coral reef rock, and the latter, also described by Sanford, is an
odlitic limestone in this area. The Key Largo Limestone is the surface rock
of the Upper Keys, and the Miami Limestone covers the Lower Keys. A con-
tact found at Big Pine Key shows that the odlitic limestone overlaps the Key
Largo, and core borings show that the Key Largo underlies the odlitic cover
for the entire area of the Lower Keys. The Key Largo, therefore, extends for
the total length of the Keys. A core placed at Dry Tortugas, 70 miles west of

Key West, encountered it at 30 feet below sea level. The Key Largo has a
maximum thickness of over 200 feet.

According to determinations made by Osmond, Carpenter, and
Windom (1965), radiometric dates of near surface corals from the
Key Largo Limestone range from 101 + 10 thousand years to
215 + 35 thousand years, and radiometric dates of near surface
samples of the Miami Oolite range from 112 + 10 thousand years
to 145 + 10 thousand years. The ages calculated from the ratio
Th-230/U-234 of near surface Key Largo corals and Miami oolites,
calculated by Broecker and Thurber (1965) “clearly indicate
periods of limestone formation at about 85,000, 130,000, and 190,000
years ago, indicating that the surface of the ocean was then close
to its present level.” How much farther back in time these forma-
tions were first deposited is not known. In the Florida Keys, the
Key Largo Limestone, where fully penetrated by core borings, rests
On a quartzose calcareous sand, the correlation of which has not
yet been established. Nevertheless, the concensus is that both radio-

274 BuL.etin 285

metrically and biogeologically the Key Largo Limestone and Miami
Oolite are Pleistocene in age.

The species of corals reported from the Key Largo Limestone/
Miami Oolite, all of them living today in Floridian waters, are the
following:

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck)
Acropora palmata (Lamarck)

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus)

Agaricia purpurea Lesueur

Helioseris cucullata (Ellis and Solander)
Siderastrea radians (Pallas)
Siderastrea siderca (Ellis and Solander)
Porites astreoides Lamarck

Porites divaricata Lesueur

Porites furcata Lamarck

Porites porites (Pallas)

Favia fragum (Esper)

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander)
Diploria strigosa (Dana)

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus)
Colpophyllia natans (Miller)
Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander)
Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus)
Solenastrea hyades (Dana)

Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus)
Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime
Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg

Mussa angulosa (Pallas)

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander)
Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime
Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas)

Of the 27 species of corals from the Key Largo Limestone/
Miami Oolite listed above, 27 of them, or 100 per cent, occur in the
fauna living today in Florida waters. In formations successively
older than the Key Largo, three of the 27 species have also been
recorded from the “Pleistocene” or Fort Thompson, eight from the
Glades, ten from the Caloosahatchee, two from the Pinecrest, one
from the Chipola of North Florida, and one from the Tampa of
Central Florida. The range of all the Late Cenozoic species of
Florida discussed in this report is given on Table 1.

LOCALITY DATA

The collection localities as they appear on labeled specimens,
are given in the body of this report. Supplemental notes, obtained

|

LATE CENOZOIC FOSSIL CORALS OF SOUTH FLORIDA

peeley is AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION IN FLORIDA
FORMATIONS
Tampa Chipola ae Tamiami Pinecrest gereeae sera Peer egurecn beret Recent
Noe Species Jackson Bluff (undiff.) No.
1 Millepore sleicornis Linnseus x x 1
2 Acropore cervicornis (Lamarck) A = ‘
5 Acropora palmste (Lamarck) x ‘ :
4 Acropore prolifera (Lemarck)* . i
| 5 Agericie egericites (Linneeus) ry x -
6 Agericia fragilis (Dena)*®
7 Agericia purpurea Lesueur x = :
8 Helioseris cucullate (Ellis and Sol ender) : z :
9 Siderastrea dalli Vaughan x x 9
10 Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan x x 1 10
n Siderastres radiens (Pelles) x x x ll
12 Siderastres sideres (Ellis and Solender) x x x 12
3 Porites astredides Lamarck - : é
4 Porites divericata Lesueur x x x 14
15 Porites furceta Lamarck x J x x 15
16 Porites porites (Pelles) x x x 16
17 Favie fregum (Esper) x x 17
18 Diplorie clivosa (Ellis and Solander) x = = “0
19 Diplorie lebyrinthiformis (Linnaeus) = z 6
2 Diploria serasotana Weisbord , n- sp. x es
21 Diploria strigosa (Dena 1 x x 21
22 Thysenus floridenus Weisbord, n. sp. x 22
23 Menicina sreolata (Linnseus) x x x x x 25
24 Menicine cf. M. gyrosa (Ellis end Solender} x x 2k
5 Colpophyllie natens (Miller) x x 5
26 Cladocore arbuscula (Lesueur) x x 26
27 Cledocora johnsoni Gene x 27
28 Montastrea ennuleris (Ellis end Solender) x x 28
29 Yontestrea cevernosa (Linnseus x x x x 29
be) Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Heime x x x x 0
31 Solensstree hysdes (Dane) x x 2 x x x a1
32 Astrangie floridens (Gane) x x x 32
33 Astrangia leonensis Weisbord x x 2 33
ah Astrengis soliteria (Lesueur) x x ah
5 Phyllengie americene Edwards end Heime x x b2)
36 Septastres cra (Holmes) x x 36
37 Septastree marylandica (Conrad) x x x x 37
38 Oculine diffusa Lamarck x x x x x 38
39 Oculine sarasotene Weisbord x x x 39
» Archohelia limonensis Veughen x x 40
a Meendrina meeandrites (Linnseus) x x x 4)
42 Dichocoenis caloosshatcheensis Weisbord, n. sp. x 42
43 Dichocoenia eminens Weisbord, n. sp. x 45
yy Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards end Heime x x x x 4h
45 Dendrogyre cylindrus Ehrenberg x x 45;
46 Musee angufosa (Pallss) x x 46
47 Isophyllia ? desotoensis Weisbord, n. sp. x 47
48 Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis end Solender) x x 48
49 Mycetophyllia lemerckiene Edwards and Haime x x 49
50 Eusmilia festigists (Pelles) x x 50
51 Incertee sedis "a" x 51
Incertse sedis "b" x 52

*No fossil record in Florids.

D a be = i _—
an = La ‘ = te 9 (ee
| ; q ’ ey |

ain eer ‘
| u . j 26 @@
' Pap —
i} ie a / = 7 J
'
: sesrc' *.!

| | 0! fetal
thiweh ge
=) i-~ : : _ as id tes
- 2 4 = S
: ty » te

JG .

a va! t = 444) i

: = wore
7 7
tt
; an
ime rere
.9 > aw OM : io PEIERICOW
7 a
1-2 ® @
i 4 al a ae
a = Gy<4~ ie!
: ; er ty OE .

: A ' : ; A we o* is a ait <4 og *s
; ; ‘ |
_ Lita ay hiae Phin ;

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 275

from Ronald J. Larson of the National Museum of Natural History
and other sources, pertaining to the Caloosahatchee Marl in the
Caloosahatchee River and in Shell Creek, are co-ordinated with the
sections worked out by DuBar in 1958 and 1962, as follows:

CAL — (Florida State University collection). “Caloosahatchee
Formation, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County.” This
stretch along the Caloosahatchee River lies between stations
A-43 and A-23 of Dubar (1958, figs. 9, 10) and includes the Fort
Denaud, Bee Branch, and Ayers Landing Members of the
Caloosahatchee Marl.

I-1932 — (Florida Geological Survey collection). “Caloosahatchee
River, 1 mile below Huggett’s Landing, Hendry County. From
below concretion bed. Caloosahatchee Formation. Sellards, 11/17/
14.” Huggett’s Landing, also known as Rope Bend, is about 3
miles west of LaBelle and probably lies between stations A-34
and A-29 of DuBar (1958, figs. 9, 10). This stretch includes the
type locality of DuBar’s “Upper Caloosahatchee Shell Bed.”

USGS — 2094 — (U.S. Geological Survey collection). “Caloosa-
hatchee R., Florida, at 4-mile Hammock Bend between Fort
Thompson and Denaud.” This is conjectured to lie between.

DuBar’s stations A-35 and A-31.

USGS — 2095 — “1/2 mile below canal at Fort Thompson.” This
is conjectured to lie between stations A-18 and A-16 of DuBar
(1958) ties, 10, 11).

USGS — 3206 — “(3206 = 325299). Caloosahatchee Beds. No

exact location.”

USGS — 3300 — “Shell Cr. Fla., DeSoto Co. 12 miles east of Rail-
road bridge for six miles along creek.” This is believed to include
the columnar sections at stations SC-1 to SC-13 of DuBar (1962,
fig. 4, pls. I, IT) in Shell Creek, Charlotte County. From east
to west these exposures are in Sections 28, 29, 30 of T 40 S,
R 25 E, and in Sections 25, 26, 27 of T 40 S, R 24 E, spanning
a little over 4 miles in a straight line from SC-7 on the east to

SC-13 on the west, Bermont and Cleveland Quadrangles. Accord-
ing to DuBar, the Caloosahatchee Marl is exposed in Shell Creek
between his stations SC-1 to SC-11 in the Bermont Quadrangle.

276

BuLLETIN 285

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES

MILLEPORINA
MILLEPORIDAE

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus Pl; 21 sfig;a1

1707-1725. Corallium asperum candicans Sloane, A Voyage to the Islands of

1758.
ZETA Ne

Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Christophers and Jamaica, pp. 17, fig. 1;
pl. 18, fig. 1; pl. 19. [Fide Boschma, 1948, pp. 23, 25.]

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 791.
Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Knorr, Deliciae Naturae, pl. A6, fig. 3.
[Fide Boschma, 1948, pp. 23, 26.]

1790,1796. Millepora alcicornis var. digitata, corniculata, ramosa Esper, Die

1816.

Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen, vol. 1, pt. 6, pp. 193-202; Esper, Fort-
setzungen der Pflanzenthiere, Millepora, pls. 5, 6, 7. [Fide Deshayes and
Edwards, im Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 308,
1836, and Boschma, 1948, pp. 23, 26.]

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.
vol: 2: ps 201:

1829-1843. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Guérin-Méneville, Iconographie du

1878.

1880.

1898.

1901.

1902.

1904.

Régne Animal de G. Cuvier, pl. 3, fig. 11.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Rice, Amer. Jour. Sci. ser. 3, vol. 16
(116), No. 91, art. 16, pp. 180-182, figs. 1-20.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Pourtalés, in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 20, figs. 1-6.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Hickson, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp.
252-256.

Millepora alcicornis Linné, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.
Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. IV, pp. 182, 197, text-fig. 13.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol.
20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 318, pls. 35-38.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Greeley, in Branner, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Bull., vol. 44, pp. 268, 270, 272.

1905-1906. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and

1909.
1919.
1921.
1939.
1948.

1948.

1949,

1949.

1956.

Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art. II, pt. 4, pp. 118, 141, 188, pl. 30A, fig. 2, text-
fig. 36.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg.
3, No. 2, pp. 17, 18, text-fig. 4.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No.
95 pp. 225, 236, 507.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Vaughan, Geol. Sur. Dominican Republic,
Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Butsch, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jour., vol. 6, No. 3; p..138;.pl. 2, figs. 7, 8;

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62, 65,
100.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool.
Verhandel., No. 1, pp. 3, 6-9, 11-19, 23-28, 46-48, 54, 56, 58, 60, 61, 79-81,
100-102, 105, pl. 14, fig. 3; text-fig. 6. [Complete synonymy. ]

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., vol.
119, pp. 661-663.

Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch.,
en a Sci., vol. 52, No. 1, pp. 4, 5, pl. 1, figs. 1-5; text-figs. 2a, 2c,
a, 4b.

Millepora alcicornis Linné, Boschma, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-
tology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F94, fig. 76A.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 207

1958. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull.,
vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227-229, 231-233, 237-240, 259, pl. 28, figs. 1, 2.

1959. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 75,
76, 79, 80, 82, fig. 12.

1961. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 82, 83, figs. 71, 72.

1963. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 139-141, 144, 161, pl. Ila.

1964. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Hoffmeister, et al., Guidebook Geol. Soc.
Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, pp. 17, 22, pl. 2, fig. 3.

1966. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Chevalier, Inst. Francais Afrique Noire,
Bull., sér. A, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 1390, 1392.

1966. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Laborel, Postilla, No. 107, pp. 12, 13.

1968. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, p. 1493.

1968. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55,
No. 246, pp. 16-21, pl. 1, figs. 1-4. [Numerous references, 1707-1964. ]

1970. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Klose, in letter to R.O. Vernon 30 April
1970, p. 3.

1971. Millepora alcicornis Linné, Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 52, 59, 69, table 1, pl. 5, figs. c, d.

1971. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 2, 28, 31-33, 36-39, 43, 44,
fig. 14, pl. IT.

1971. Millepora alcicornis Linné, Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente,
Bol., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, table 1.

1972. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Campos Villarroel, Soc. Wenezolana
Cienc. Nat. Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 547, 549, 557, 578, fig. 1,
ple 3c.

1972. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Scoffin, Science, vol. 178, No. 4076, pp.
1280, 1281.

The specimen figured in this work (FMG-3a) is a somewhat
flattened and medially compressed stem from which smaller branch-
lets diverge at the distal end. The color of the corallum is dull
yellow.

Measurements. — Specimen FMG-3a: length of main stem 65
mm, diameters at base 8 mm 7 mm, diameters at middle 5.3
mm < 5 mm.

Locality. — Recent, off west coast of Florida on Florida Middle
Ground, Gulf of Mexico.

Range and distribution. — In the Western Atlantic - Caribbean,
Millepora alcicornis is recorded from Bermuda to Brazil. In the
Eastern Atlantic it occurs off the Senegal coast of Africa and in
the Cape Verde Islands. The geologic range is Pliocene (?) to
Recent.

Pliocene (?}) — Venezuela (Cubagua Formation).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
dredged between Stock Island and Cow Key, Monroe County);

278 BULLETIN 285

Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope); Dominican Republic (Provincia
Barahona, along road between San José and Lake Enriquillo and
on road between Duvergé and Palma Dulce).

Recent — Bermuda (patch reefs; Harrington Sound); Bahamas
(Abaco Island; Great Bahama Bank; Moselle Bank; Turtle Rocks;
Rabbit Cay); Florida (southeastern reef tract and Florida keys;
Soldier Key; Sand Key; Tortugas; Florida Middle Ground); Cuba;
Jamaica (Ocho Rios on back reef, reef crest, and seaward slope;
Pelican Cay); Mexico (Alacran Reef); British Honduras (Light-
house Reef, Glover’s Reef, Rendezvous Cay); Haiti; Puerto Rico
(Cabo Rojo: La Parguera; Cayo Icacos; Mayagiiez; Culebra); St.
Thomas; Antigua; Anguilla; Guadeloupe; Martinique; Tobago;
Barbados (off west coast, 2 - 6 fathoms); Trinidad; Netherlands
Antilles: Curacao (Caracasbaai). Bonaire (Boca Bartdl, Plaja Sarna,
Blauwe Pan-Witte Pan, Lac, Slagbaai, Klein Bonaire). St. Martin
(Point Blanche Bay, Guana Bay). Saba (Cove Bay). St. Eustatius
(Cocoluth Bay-Jenkins Bay, Gallows Bay); Columbia (Isla del
Rosario; Cartagena); Venezuela ( Higuerote, Edo. Miranda; Bahia de
Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Isla Sta. Ana, Isla Huevito, Isla Redonda,
Isla Larga, Ensenada Pozo del Islefio, E. Cabruta, E. El Inglés, E.
Piedra Pelona, E. del Vallecillo, E. Toporo, E. Toporito, E. Mangle
Quemao, E. Camaiguana, E. Honda, E. Los Reyes, E. Garrapata, E.
El Aguirre, E. Burgao, E. Tia Maria, E. Guatacaral, E. Baradero, E.
Baraderito, E. El Baquiro, E. Taguapire, E. Taguapirito, E. Mos-
quito, E. Maestranza, E. E] Chorro, E. La Aguada, E. Carenero,
E. Botella, Morro de La Garrapata, Costica Mano E’Piedra, Costa
FE] Amparo, Costa Cenicero, Costa Maringinia, Playa Blanca de
Guaigua, Playa Piedra, Playa Boca del Rio, Punta Gorda, Punta
Piedra, Punta Maestranza, Punta Gruesa, Punta E] Amparo, Punta
Aceite de Palo, Punta Las Maritas, Punta de Leén, Punta Mangle
Seco, Punta La Palmita, Punta Las Morochas, Punta Cementerio,
Punta La Sefidura; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A - 1); Brazil (Cabo de
S40 Roque south to Cabo Frio: Candeias; Pernambuco; Maceio;
Bahia; Rio Formoso)

SCLERACTINIA
ACROPORIDAE
Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck) Pl 22 figs iP] 23 Shiesotere

1707-1725. Corallium album Sloane, A Voyage to the Islands of Madera, Bar-

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 279

bados, Nieves, S. Christofers and Jamaica, vol. 1, p. 51, pl. 18, fig. 3.
[Fide Lamarck, 1836, p. 449.]

Corallum cornu cervini formae Seba, Locupletissimj Rerum Naturalium
Thesauri, vol. 3, pl. 114, fig. 1. [Fide Edwards and Haime, 1860, pp.

136, 137.]

. Millepora muricata (pars) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 792.

?Madrepora muricata (Linnaeus), Knorr, Deliciae Naturae, pl. All, fig.
1. [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p. 313.]

. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p.

281.

. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.,

ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 449.

. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle

des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, pp. 136, 137.

. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc.

Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 282.

. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Pourtalés, in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool.,

Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 18, figs. 1-9.

. Madrepora (Eumadrepora) muricata forma cervicornis Lamarck, Brook,

Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural
History), vol. I. The Genus Madrepora, pp. 24, 25, 27-30.

. Madrepora cervicornis (Lamarck), Duerden, Inst. of Jamaica, Jour.,

vol. 2) pp. 621, 622.

. Isopora muricata s.s. = cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan, U.S. Fish

Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 313, pl. 21; pl. 22, fig. 2.

. Acropora muricata (pars) (Linnaeus), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Wash-

ington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 543-549, pls. 1-3, figs. 1-27.

. Acropora muricata (= cervicornis) (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst.

Washington, Yearbook No. 11, p. 156.

. Acropora muricata (cervicornis) (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst.

Washington, Yearbook No. 13, pp. 224, 225.

. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,

Yearbook No. 14, p. 228.

- Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour.,

vol. 5, No. 17, p. 597.

- Acropora muricata (Linnaeus) and A. cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan,

U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 225, 234, 255, 256, 481-483.

- Acropora muricata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Re-

public, Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

- Acropora muricata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, in Woodring, Geol. Survey

Republic of Haiti, p. 251.

. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Ani-

malia, pars 44, pp. 606, 607.

- Acropora muricata (Linnaeus), Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-

book No. 31, p. 291.

. Acropora muricata var. cervicornis (Lamarck), Butsch, Barbados Mus.

and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, p. Ei Volks PAY atigers Je

- Acropora muricata (Linnaeus), Rutten, K. Nederlandsche Akad.

Wetensch., Proc., vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 824, 826.

- Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,

Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 300, pl. 8, fig. 1.

- Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60,

GONe/S sap le2:

- Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9,

Dals4 pli 3. fs4 2:

- Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Newell and Rigby, Soc. Econ. Paleont.,

Spec. Publ., No. 5, pp. 42, 58, pl. 3, fig. 2.

280

1958.
1959.
1960.

1962.

1962.
1963.
1964.
1964.

1964.

1964.
1966.
1966.
1966.
1966.
1967.
1968.
1968.
1969.
1969.
1970.
1970.
1970.

1971.

1972.
1972.

BuLLETIN 285

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull.,
vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 221, 237.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp.
70, 72, 74, 75, 76, 79, 81-83, 85, 88, figs. 13, 16, 17.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Buisonjé and Zonneveld, Nieuwe West-
Indische Gids, No. 40, pp. 136, 137, photos 10-12.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc.
Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 645-647, 651, 655-657, 659, 661,
663-667, figs. 16(6), 20, 22, 28-31.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp.
17, 19, 20-23, 25-28, figs. 11, 12. : :
Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Almy and Carrion-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 142, 145, 146, 161, ple lVias

Acropora muricata (Linnaeus), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p. 112.
Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curagao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 6, 7, 22, 23, 25, 26, 32, 33,
35, 41, 45, 47, pl. XIIa.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Hoffmeister, et al., Guidebook Geol.
Soc. Amer., Convention, Field Trip No. 3, pp. 9, 17, 21, 22, 25, pl. 1,
fig. 4.

ercieen cervicornis (Lamarck), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap.,
No. 79, pp. 72, 74, 89.

Acropora muricata forma cervicornis (Lamarck), Chevalier, Inst.
Francais Afrique Noire, Bull., sér. A, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 1392, 1399.
Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham Young
Univ. Geol. Studies, vol. 13, p. 13, pl. 7, fig. 2.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1931, 1937, 1938, pl. 1, fig. 8.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Shinn, Jour. Paleont., vol. 40, No. 2,
pp. 233-240, pl. 27, text-figs. 1-6.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci.,
vol. 17, No. 2, p. 446.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol.
55, No. 246, pp. 24-27. [Numerous references 1707-1967.]

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, pp. 1490, 1496, pl. 1.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44, pp. 451,
458, 462, 463, 464, 476.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Mem. 11, pp. 139, 142, 148, 150, 160, 165, 167, 174, 176, 178, 184, 185, 188.
Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Mesollela, Sealy, and Matthews, Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., vol. 54, No. 10 (pt. 1 of I), pp. 1904, 1907, 1909,
1910.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Wise, Science, vol. 169, p. 978.
Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Klose, in letter to R.O. Vernon 30
April 1970, p. 2.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 3, 19, 20, 23, 25-32, 35,
38, 54, 55, 97, 99-105, figs. 4, 9, 10, 19, 47, pls. IXa, XIIa.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 727, 731, fig. 4b.

Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Wise, Biomineralization Res. Repts.,
vol. 6, pp. 160, 162, 163, 164, 169, pl. 2, figs. 1-3; pl. 5, fig. 4.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 281

The original description of, and comments on this species by
Lamarck (1836, p. 449) are as follows:

8. Madrépore corne de-cerf. Madrepora cervicornis. : ; :
M. ramosa; ramis subsimplicibus, teretibus, acutis, crassis, varte curvis;

papillis stelliferis, brevibus.

Habite les mers d’Amérique. Mon cabinet. Ce Madrépore et le suivant n’ont
pas leurs branches couvertes de ramuscules courts et nombreux comme le
précédent. Celui-ci a des branches simples ou peu divisées, cylindriques,
épaisses, pointues, scabres, a papilles courtes, sans étoiles superficielles dans
les interstices.

A later and more complete description of Madrepora cervicornis
by Edwards and Haime (1860, pp. 136, 137) of Lamarck’s “type”
was the following:

3. Madrepora cervicornis.

Polypier arborescent, 4 branches cylindriques, subulées, trés-grosses vers
leur base, mais diminuant graduellement de diamétre et se terminant en pointe,
courbées d’une maniére un peu tortueuse et naissant en général trés-loin les
unes des autres. Calices latéraux, subnariformes, arrondis, faiblement striés,
trés-serrés et ne différant que peu entre eux; calices apicaux médiocres. Co-
enenchyme irréguliérement reticule, peu abondant. Grosseur des branches
maitresses, environ 2-1/2 ou 3 centimétres; les branches terminales ayant sou-
vent plus de 2 centimétres a leur base et environ 4 millimétres a leur sommet.
Diametre des calices latéraux, environ 2 millimétres.

Mers des Antilles.

Cette description a été faite d’aprés ]’échantillon étudié par Lamarck, et
conservé dans la galerie zoophylogique du Muséum, et nous sommes portés a
croire que M. Dana a pu avoir sous les yeux une autre espéce, car i] dit que
les calices sont fortement striés 4 l’extrémité, caractére qui n’existe pas ici.

M. Dana considére la Heteropora cervicornis de M. Ehrenberg (op. cit.,
p. 110), comme s’éloignant beaucoup de la précédente; mais, aprés avoir ex-
examiné ]’échantillon d’origine inconnue qui se trouve au Musée de Berlin, et qui
a été décrit par ce dernier naturaliste, nous sommes portés A croire que c’est
bien un M. cervicornis de Lamarck, dont les calices seraient mieux conservés,
et par conséquent plus saillants que dans la plupart des examplaires du Musée

de Paris.

The specimen described below (FLX-15a) is a Recent one from
Florida, the precise locality not known.

The corallum of FLX-15a, broken off from an originally large
arborescent example, is branching, the branches elongate and
diverging from the common stem at nearly right angles. The
branches are subcircular in cross section and taper gradually to the
distal ends, in each of which is a terminal or axial corallite. Around
the branch are series of radial corallites arranged in rows, with 18
such rows in a branch 60 mm in length, and about 12 corallites in
each row. The rows and corallites are a little unequal and seem to
traverse the branch in a slight ascending spiral. Individual corallites

282 BuLteTIn 285

are protuberant, most of them leaning or arched toward the axis
of the branch and subacute at their calicular end. The length or
height of these radial corallites varies from 3.7 mm to 1.4 mm de-
pending on size and position on the branch.

The calices are more or less circular in outline and have broad
rounded summits. The terminal calice on one of the branches of
FLX-15a is larger than any of the radial ones, and bears two cycles
of septa, with a number of minor ones barely projecting from the
wall at the rim of the calice. The summit of the calice proper is flat-
tish and porose. The outer diameter of the terminal calice is 4 mm,
the diameter of the calice itself 1.9 mm. The six primary septa are
much larger than the six secondary septa, the former extending to
and joining the columella, the latter narrower and extending only
part way down the wall. The margins of the septa are entire or
minutely dentate, and the sides are plain or with an occasional short
spinulose vestige of the synapticulae. Between each septum of the
terminal calice there is at least one very small minor septum of
gnarled appearance projecting into the calice from the upper part
of the wall. There are 48 costae on the terminal corallite and these
are laminar and nearly equal in size. The costae, which are simple
to occasionally minutely granulate on the crest, extend down the
wall to the valleys between adjacent corallites where they develop
into and merge with the compressed and pointed echinulations of
which the coenosteum is composed. Between the costae are dis-
sepiments numbering about seven to the millimeter.

The radial corallites and calices are similar to those in the
termini of the branches but are smaller and recumbent, with the
calicular opening facing the slope of the corallite in front of it, and
with the lower rim of the calice often abutting, and occasionally im-
mersed in, the coenosteum. The radial calices vary from 0.5 mm to
1.0 mm in diameter. There are two cycles of septa only, and the
margins of the primary ones are more strongly serrulate than the
primary septa of the axial corallites. The costae are also like those
of the axial corallite and there are about 24 of them, or double the
number of septa.

The columella is very small and deep, and consists of the inner-
most ends of some of the principal septa joining the center and form-
ing a linear connection between opposite septa to produce a direc-
tive lamina.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 283

Measurements. — Specimen FLX-15a: length of main branch
from crotch to distal end, 60 mm; diameter at base (including radial
corallites), 11 mm; diameter at distal end 7 mm. Diameter of main
stem at base of corallum 14 mm 12 mm. Span between branches,
81 mm.

Locality. — FLX-15a: Recent, from Florida, exact locations not
known.

Range and distribution.—In the Western Atlantic the geo-
graphic range of Acropora cervicornis extends from Florida to the
Islands of Tortuga and Blanquilla off the north coast of Venezuela.
In the Eastern Atlantic the species is reported from the Gulf of
Guinea. The geologic range is Pliocene to Recent.

Pliocene — Costa Rica (Moin Formation).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone and Miami Oolite,
the latter dredged at Key West); Cuba (terraces along Guantanamo
Bay at elevations of 50 ft., 200-275 ft., and 500 ft. above sea level);
Costa Rica (Monkey Point); Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope);
Dominican Republic (Provincias de Macoris, Sto. Domingo, and
Barahona); Haiti (Port-de-Paix; Mole St.-Nicolas; Arrondissement
Port-au-Prince, Cateaux, and Jacmel at elevations of 1 m to 6 m
above sea level); Guadeloupe (Formation Madréporique); St.
Eustatius (Mollusk Bed I); Barbados (submerged reefs; elevated
reefs of the Bath Reef Series, 150 ft. - 165 ft.; Chelston Quarry, St.
Michael, 100 ft.; Prospect, St. James, 70 ft.; Black Rock, 20 ft.).

Recent — Florida (along southeast coast; Elliot Key; Tortugas
at Golding Cay and Fort Jefferson); Bahamas (Abaco Island;
Great Bahama Bank); Cuba; Jamaica (shore to 17 m; Bluefields
Bay; Pigeon Island; Ocho Rios); Mexico (Alacran; Isla de Lobos;
Blanquilla Reef; Yucatan Shelf); Panama (San Blas); Haiti; Puerto
Rico (Cayo Icacos; Gallardo Bank); Virgin Islands (south of
Virgen Gorda depths 22 m - 74 m; St. Thomas); St. Kitts; Barbados;
Tobago; Netherlands Antilles: Curacao (Westpuntbaai above 8 m,
Plaja Kalki, Sta. Martha Baai, Portomaribaai, Daaibooibaai,
Spaanse Water, Klein Curacao, Sint Michielsbaai). Aruba (Bar-
cadera, Mangel Altu). Bonaire (Boca Bartél, Jan Doran, Barcadera,
Ruin, Hato, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca, Vierkant, Blauwe

Pan, Witte Pan, Oranje Pan, Slagbaai, Palu Lechi). St. Martin

284

BuLLeTIN 285

(Burgeux Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluch Bay, Jenkins Bay, Tum-
bledown Dick Bay); Venezuela (Tortuga; Blanquilla).

Acropora palmata (Lamarck) Ple225 fice?

1707-1725. Corallium porosum, latissimum, . . . Sloane, A Voyage to the

1794.
1816.
1816.

1821.
1827.

1834.
1834.
1836.

1846.

1847.
1850.
1855.
1860.

1861.

1864.

1866.

1870.
1871.
1877.
1880.
1886.
1888.

1890.

Islands of Madera, Barbados, Nieves, §. Christofers and Jamaica.., vol.
1, pl. 17, fig. 3. [Fide Lamarck, 1836, p. 447.]

Madrepora muricata var. Esper, Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere, vol.
1, pl. 51, fig. 1. [Fide Lamarck, 1836, p. 447.]

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 278.
[Fide Arango y Molina, 1877, p. 282.]

Madrepora flabellum Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p.
278.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique. ., p. 62.
Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie
Méthodique, pt. 2, p. 503.

Heteropora palmata (Lamarck), Ehrenberg, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys.
Abhandl. 1832, p. 332.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de
Zoolphytologie, p. 399.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert, ed. 2, vol. 2,
pp. 446, 447.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842,
vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 438, pl. 31, fig. 13. Also M. alces Dana, p. 437, pl.
31, fig. 12. [Fide Rathbun, 1888, p. 17.]

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér.
2, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 1093, 1095.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des
Antilles, p. 17.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér.
2, vol. 12, p. 754. ;
Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle
des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 160.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 357. Also M. cornuta and M. Thoma-
siana Duchassaing and Michelotti, p. 358. [Fide Pourtalés, 1871, p. 84.]
Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1,
No. 3, p. 42.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 188. Also M. cornuta and M. Thomasiana,
p. 188.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des
Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 32.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2,
No. 4, pp. 83, 84.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Médicas,
Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 282.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol.
17, No. 1, pl. 17, figs. 1-3.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger 1873-
76, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10, 11, 13, 149.
Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 10,
p. 17.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 42, pp. 304, 305.

1893.

1895.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1901.
1902.
1902.
1902.
1909.
1912.
1915.
1915.
1916.
1919.
1921.
1924.
1927.
1929.

1929.
1939.
1943.
1948.
1949.
1954.
1955.
19555.

FiLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 285

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Brook, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. I. The genus
Madrepora, pp. 24, 25, 26.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 51, p. 282.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duerden, Inst. of Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2,
pp. 621, 622.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Gregory, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7,
vol. 6; p.. 29:

Isopora muricata forma palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol.
en Mineral., Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 10, 12, 69.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, pp. 166, 167; art. IV, p. 216.

Isopora muricata forma palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm.,
Bull. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 291, 313, 314, pls. 26, 27.

Isopora muricata forma palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, in Spencer, Geol.
Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, pp. 349, 361.

Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,
Mem., vol. 8, pp. 542, 543, 545.

Madrepora muricata forma palmata Lamarck, Hartmeyer, Meereskunde
Berlin, Jahrg. 3, pp. 8, 9, 10, pl. 1, fig. 3.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 11, pp. 155, 156.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour.,
vol. 5, pp. 595, 597, 598.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 14, pp. 227, 228, 229, 230.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 2,
pp. 95, 100.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No.
9, pp. 234, 253, 254, 480, 482, 483.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Re-
public, Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan, ix Woodring, Geol. Survey Re-
public of Haiti, p. 251.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam,
vol. 25, p. 161.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Coryell and Ohlsen, New York Acad. Sci.,
Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 3,
pp. 169, 172, 219, 220, pl. 40, fig. 1.

Acropora palmata (Larmarck), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,
pars 44, p. 608.

Acropora muricata var. palmata (Lamarck), Butsch, Barbados Mus. and
Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, p. 137, pl. 11, fig. 1.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 64.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 56, 60,
66, 75, 76, pl. 3.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9, p.
134, pl. 3, fig. 1.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept.
1953-1954, p. 24.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci.
Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 217.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

286

1958.
1958.
1958.
1959.
1959.
1959.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1960.
1960.
1961.

1961.
1961.

1962.

1962.

1963.
1963.
1963.

1964.

1964.

1964.

1966.

1966.
1967.

1967.

BuLvetin 285

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol.
115, art. 4, pp. 221, 232, 238, 239, 246, 247, pl. 34, fig. 1.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas,
Publ., vol. 5, p. 154.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.L.,
Bull. No. 3, p. 31.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber,
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, pp. 213, 215, fig. 13-4.
Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskin,
Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, pp. 6, 8, 17, 18, fig. 6.
Acropora palmata (Lamarck), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol.
Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 242, 243, 245, 246, 248.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70,
72-77, 80-82, 84, 85, 87-89, figs. 3-5, 7, 8, 13, 14, 18-20.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Buisonjé and Zonneveld, Nieuwe West-
Indische Gids, No. 40, p. 136, photos 14, 15.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol.
Bull., vol. 119, No. 3, p. 422.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No.
6, pp. 1133, 1137, 1142.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 14, 15, figs. 3, 4.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Goreau, Endeavour, vol. 20, p. 33.
Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Westermann and Kiel, Natuurwetensch.
Studiekring Suriname en de Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, p. 136.
Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 17,
19, 20, 21, 22.23, 25, '26, 27. 30, figs. 11, 12.

Acropora paimata (Lamarck), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 658, 659, 660,
661, 662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667, figs. 3, 8, 16(8), 20, 21.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci. vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 136-139, 141, 142, 146, pl. IVb.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Carib-
bean, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 282, 284.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Shinn, Jour. Sed. Pet., vol. 33, No. 2, pp.
291-295, 298, 300, 301, 303, figs. 1, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No.
79, pp. 10, 18-20, 23, 38, 41, 44-46, 58, 59, 61, 62, 69, 78, 80, 81, 83-87,
pla 3; tig, is pl. 6, figs: 12:

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Hoffmeister, ef al., Guidebook Geol. Soc.
Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, pp. 12, 17, 21, 22, fig.*7, pl. fies 6s
ple 2; figs: 5-3.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curagao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 7, 22-26, 29, 31-33, 35,
38, 41-43, 45, 47, fig. 16, pl. IVa.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Rigby and McIntire, Brigham Young
Univ. Studies Geol., vol. 13, pp. 3, 4, 22, 27, 30, 31, 33-35, 39-41, 43, 45,
46, figs. 7, 8, pl. 6, figs. 1-4; pl. 7, figs. 1, 2, 4.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol Geol., Bull.,
vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1931, 1935, 1937-1939, pl. 1, fig. 15.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Roos, Growth and Occurrence of the
Reef Coral Porites astreoides Lamarck, p. 13.

Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol.
17, No. 2, p. 246.

Fioripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 287

1968. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, pp. 1492, 1493, 1495-1497, 1501, pl. 1; pl. 2, fig. 1.

1969. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44, pp. 451, 458,
462, 463, 471, 473.

1969. Arcropora palmata (Lamarck), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Mem.
11, pp. 141-143, 145, 146, 150, 151, 160, 161, 164-167, 169, 171, 173, 174,
178-184, 186, 187, 189, 190, 194, 195, pl. 9, fig. 1.

1970. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Mesollela, Sealy, and Matthews, Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 54, No. 10 (pt. 1 of I), pp. 1904, 1907,
1909-1911.

1971. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr.
Univ. Oriente, Bol. vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 50, 52, 53, table 1, pl. 1,
figs. Ay B.

1971. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curagao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 3, 16, 18-23, 26-34, 36-
40, 53, 55, 56, 95-98, 100, 104, 105, figs. 6, 9-13, 20, pl. XIIb.

1971. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente,
Bol., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, table 1.

1972. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana
Giene:, Nat. Bol., vol. 29} Nos. 122-123, pp. 547, 551,559), 577; tig. 4.

plese.
1973. Acropora palmata (Lamarck), Ginsburg and James, Geotimes, vol. 18,
No. 5, p. 24.

Acropora palmata is an important reef coral which flourishes
in a strong surf, and provides a framework for the accumulation
of detrital material. It is one of the best known and most widely
dispersed species in Atlantic and Caribbean waters, It has not yet
been found in the Key Largo Limestone of Florida in surface ex-
posures, core holes, or dredgings to 50 feet but has been found in the
Limestone at the seaward edge of the Florida platform at a depth
of 58 ft. below the present sea level.

Measurements. — The specimen illustrated herein is a Recent
one by Roos (1971, pl. XIIb) from Caracasbaai, Curacao. The span
between margins of the fronds is estimated at a little over 510 mm.

Range and distribution.— The geographic range of Acropora
palmata is from Florida to Venezuela; the geologic range is Pleisto-
cene to Recent; the radiometric or radiocarbon ages range from
Pleistocene to Holocene, or 190,000 to 1,300 years.

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone); British Hon-
duras (Glover’s Reef, radiocarbon age 8,500-7,500 years at 150
meters below present sea level); Panama Canal Zone; Costa Rica
(Monkey Point); Dominican Republic (Provincia Santo Domingo,
at elevations of 36 m and 80 m above sea level between Santo
Domingo and San Cristobal); Haiti (Mole St.-Nicolas; Légoane;
Grand’Anse); Puerto Rico; St. Eustatius (Mollusk bed 1); Guade-

288 BuLtetTIn 285

loupe (Formation Madréporique); Dominica (Coral-Point Forma-
tion); Barbados (submerged reefs; Bath-Reef Series).
Recent — Florida (reef tract and keys; patch reefs; Soldier
Key in Biscayne Bay; Tortugas at Golding Cay); Bahamas ( Bimini;
Abaco Island; Bahama Bank; Turtle Rocks); Cuba; Jamaica (shore
to 17 m; Bluefields Bay; Ocho Rios; South Cay, Port Royal);
Pedro Bank; British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Light-
house Reef, Glover’s Reef); Mexico (off Vera Cruz at Isla de
Lobos and Blanquilla; Alacran; Yucatan Shelf); Puerto Rico
(Mayagiiez; Culebra; Cayo Enrique; Cayo Caballo Ahogado; Cayo
Turrumote; Cayo Icacos; Cabo Rojo); St. Thomas; Antigua;
Dominica; Guadeloupe; Barbados (west coast); Netherlands An-
tilles: Aruba (Cudarebe, Arashi, Boca Catalina, Malmok, Eagle
Beach-Palm Beach, Mangel Altu, Andicuri). Curacao (Plaja Kalki,
Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Plaja Chikitu, Boca Santa Marta,
Daaibooibaai, Spaanse Water, Oostpunt, St. Joris Baai, Caracas-
baai). Bonaire (Boca Bartol, Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan Doran, Bar-
cadera, Baca, Klein Bonaire, Punt Vierkant, Blauwe Pan, Witte
Pan, Oranje Pan, Plenchi, Slagbaai). St. Martin (Anse des Peres,
Baie Rouge, Mullet Pond Bay, Mahé Bay, Burgeux Bay, Simson
Bay, Cay Bay, Great Bay, Point Blanche Bay, Guana Bay, Gibbs
Bay, Babit Point). Saba (Ladder Bay, Cove Bay, Fort Bay). St.
Eustatius (Cocoluch Bay, Jenkins Bay-Tumbledown Dick Bay, Gal-
lows Bay, Compagnie Baai, Schildpadden Baai); Venezuela (Bahia
de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Ensenada Piedra Pelona, Ensenada Los
Aceites, Ensenada F] Inglés, Ensenada EF] Aguirre, Ensenada Bur-
gao, Ensenada Cabruta Roja, Ensenada Garrapata, Morro de la
Garrapata, Playa Blanca de Guiagua, Ensenada Las Maritas, Punta
Las Maritas, Costica Mano E’Piedra; Golfo de Cariaco (Zona A).

Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) | Pl-23tis3

1707-1725. ?Corallium porosum album Sloane, A Voyage to the Islands of
Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Christofers and Jamaica, vol. 1, p. 53,
pl. 17, fig. 2. [Fide Lamarck, 1836, p. 449.]

1767. ?Madrepora muricata (Linnaeus), Knorr, Deliciae Naturae, pl. All, fig.
1. [Fide Lamarck, 1836, p. 450.]

1794. Madrepora muricata var. 2 Esper, Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere,
vol. 1, pl. 50, figs. 1, 2. [Fide Lamarck, 1836, p. 450.]

1816. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p.
81

1827. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie
Méthodique, pt. 2, p. 504.

FLor1pA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 289

1834. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de
Zoophytologie, p. 390.

1834. Heterophora prolifera (Lamarck), Ehrenberg, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys.
Abhandl. 1832, pp. 336, 337.

1836. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed.
2, vol. 2, pp. 449, 450.

1846. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842,
vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 480.

1860. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle
des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 139.

1877. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Lindstrém, K. Svenska Vetensk-Akad.,
Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 24.

1880. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Pourtalés, in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 19, figs. 1-9.

1886. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger
1873-76, Rept. Sci. Results, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10-12, 149.

1893. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck and Madrepora muricata forma prolifera
Lamarck, Brook, Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British
Museum (Natural History), vol. 1, The Genus Madrepora, pp. 24-27.

1902. Isopora muricata forma prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm.,
Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. II, pp. 290, 313, pl. 22, fig. 1; pls. 23-25.

1909. Madrepora muricata forma prolifera Lamarck, Hartmeyer, Meereskunde
Berlin, Jahrg. 3, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 2.

1912. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 11, p. 156.

1915. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 14, p. 228.

1915. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour.,
violsi5; No. 17, p.559/7-

1939. Acropora muricata var. prolifera (Lamarck), Butsch, Barbados Mus.
and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, p. 137, pl. 2, fig. 2.

1944. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p.
446.

1948. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 76.

1959. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70,
74, 75, 85.

1961. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
fCuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 12, 13, figs. 1, 2.

1963. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci. vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 136, 137, 142, 146, 161, pl. Va.

1964. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p. 113.

1967. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci.,
vol. 17, No. 2, p. 446.

1968. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol.
55, No. 246, pp. 21-24, pl. 2, figs. 1-3. [Numerous references, 1707-1964.]

1971. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 3, 28, 33, 53-55, 104, fig.
9, pl. XI.

Specimen FLX-16a, herein tentatively referred to Acropora
prolifera, is a distal branch broken off presumably from a corallum
of large size. The branch is gently tapering, and subcircular in cross:
section. The radial corallites are rather crowded and tublar, pro-
jecting obliquely from the coenosteum and inclined, but not bent,

290 BULLETIN 285

toward the corallites above. The length of individual corallites varies
from 1.7 mm to 3.1 mm, and there are seven rows of them in the
length of 24 mm, and about eight corallites to the row around the
circumference of the larger end of the branch. The tubular corallites
tend to flare slightly at the calicular margin. The calices are circu-
lar and deep, and are fairly constant in their diameter of 1.4 mm
or so.

The septa of the radial corallites occur in one cycle, but in
some calices the second cycle is also represented. The septa are
unequal in size, the largest emplaced at that point where the lower
rim of the calice abuts the coenosteum. This septum, which is the
directive, is relatively narrow, laminar, often highly erose at the
margin, and non-granulate on the sides. Where well displayed, this
principal septum is aligned with and connected at the columella
with the slightly smaller septum at the opposite rim of the calice;
more often the other primary septa are rudimentary and are arrayed
in linear columns consisting of small, often separated spicules pro-
jecting slightly from the wall, their number variable.

The axial corallite of FLX-16a is worn down but reveals six
primary septa and a rudimentary secondary septum between each
of the principals. The primary septa of the axial corallite are thin,
relatively broad laminae descending steeply to the columella which
itself is a short thin ribbon connecting the directive septa. The
primary septa extend so far toward the center of the calice that the
columella area is considerably reduced. The primary septa are non-
granulate on the sides and are simple to slightly erose or denticulate
on the margin. The septa are not quite equal in size, the directive a
little larger than the other primaries. The secondary septa are very
thin and narrow, and are minutely spiculate along the margin.

There are about 20 costae on each radial corallite; they are thin
(0.1 mm) but well developed, elevated (0.15 mm) and prominent,
about equal in size, and separated by deep interspaces about 0.15
mm apart. The crest of the costae is simple but in places may be
minutely scalloped. The dissepiments between the costae are mem-
branous and divide the costal interspaces into three or four elliptical
cells to the millimeter. The columella is deep and small, and consists
of a short lamina connecting the directive septa. The coenosteum
is porose, the variably-sized openings bounded, where unweathered,

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 291

by upright triangular plates or laminae produced from the frag-
mentation of the costae where they join the coenosteum in the
spaces between the corallites.

Measurements. — FLX-16a: branch length 24 mm, diameter at
larger end (including projecting corallites) 9.2 mm, diameter at
smaller end 6 mm.

Locality. — Specimen FLX-16a is a Recent one from Florida,
but the exact locality is not known.

Comparison. — Following are some notes I once made on
Recent specimens of Acropora cervicornis and Acropora prolifera
from Pigeon Island, Jamaica.

Acropora cervicornis

. Corallites taper toward and close
in on Calice.

. Corallites slant upward and are
appressed toward corallites above.

. Calices bevelled obliquely.

. Costae high, strong, thin, and
straightish.

. Coenosteum between corallites
granulose.

. Corallum with long tapering
branches, subcircular in cross sec-
tion, generally straight.

Acropora prolifera

. Corallites tubular and tend to flare

out at calicular margin.

. Corallites slant upward but are

straight and do not bend toward
corallites above.

. Calices nearly normal to corallite

axis.

. Costae high, strong, thin, and in

places a little vermicular.

. Coenosteum porose or made up of

short pointed plates.

. Corallum with broad base, branches

numerous, diverging, rather short,
somewhat irregular.

Range and distribution.— The recorded geographic range of
Acropora prolifera is Florida to Venezuela; the geologic range is
Pleistocene to Recent, but so far as I am aware the species is not
reported as a fossil from Florida.

Pleistocene — Bahamas (Fresh Creek fossil reef, Andros
Island).

Recent — Florida (Tortugas at Golding Cay); Bahamas;
Jamaica (north coast, shore to 30 m; Ocho Rios; Discovery Bay;
Runway Bay; Portland Bight; Pigeon Island); Pedro Bank; British
Honduras (Rendezvous Cay); Mexico (off Vera Cruz); Puerto
Rico (Culebra; Cayo Turrumote); St. Thomas; Barbados (west
coast 1 f- 8 f); Bonaire (Boca Bartél, Lac); Curacao (Caracasbaai);
Venezuela (Higuerote, Edo. Miranda; Puerto La Cruz, Edo.
Anzoategul).

292 BuL_eTIn 285

AGARICIIDAE
Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus) P20 fies

1755. Agaric, Dezallier d’Argenville, Hist. nat. éclaircie . . . l’oryctologie ..,
p. 362, pl. 22, fig. 7. [Fide Edwards and Haime, 1851, p. 127.]

1758. Agaricus seu Fungus quercinus Seba, Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium
Thesauri, vol. 3, p. 203, pl. 110, No. 6c. [Fide Edwards and Haime,
1851, p. 127.]

1758. Madrepora agaricites Linnaeus (pars), Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 795.

1766. Madrepora agaricites Linnaeus, Pallas (pars), Elenchus Zoophytorum,
pp. 287-289.

1767. Madrepora agaricites Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, pt. 2,
p. 1274.

1786. Madrepora agaricites Linnaeus, Ellis and Solander, Natural History
of ... Zoophytes, p. 159, pl. 63.

1789. Madrepora agaricites Linnaeus, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbil-
dungen, vol. 1, pts. 3-4, pp. 132-135, pl. XX, figs. 1, 2.

1791. Madrepora agaricites Linnaeus, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, p.
3759.

1801. Pavonia cristata Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., p. 372. [Fide Ed-
wards and Haime, 1851, p. 127.]

1815. Undaria agaricites (Linnaeus), Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte,
vol. 1, p. 69.

1821. Pavonia agaricites (Linnaeus), Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique .. .
Polypiers, p. 53, pl. 63. Also Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), p. 54, pl.
40.

1824. Pavonia agaricites (Linnaeus), Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie
Meéthodique, pt. 2, p. 604.

1825. Pavonia agaricites (Linnaeus), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 38, p. 167.

1829. Pavonia agaricites (Linnaeus), Eichwald, Zoologia Specialis, vol. 1, p.
185.

1830. Pavonia agaricites (Linnaeus), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 330.

1834. Pavonia agaricites (Linnaeus), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de
Zoophytologie, p. 365.

1834. Pavonia cristata Lamarck, Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys.
Abhandl. 1832, p. 328.

1846. Agaricia (Mycedia) agaricites (Linnaeus), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped.
1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 342.

1847. Agaricia cristata (Lamarck), Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér.
2, vol. 4, p. 1097.

1851. Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat.
Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 15, pp. 127, 128.

1860. Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle
des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 81.

1861. Agaricia agaricites [?Linnaeus], (Pallas), Duchassaing and Michelotti,
R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 356. Also Mycedium
lessoni, M. danai, and M. vesparium Duchassaing and Michelotti, p.
357. [Fide Vaughan, 1901, p. 65.]

1863. Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 19, p. 437.

1864. Agaricia agaricites (Edwards and Haime), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Bull:, vols 1, No: 3; ip. 55.

1866. Mycedium Sancti-Johannis Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 25, p. 187, pl. 10, fig. 11.

1868.
1868.
1870.
1871.
1875.
1877.
1877.
1880.
1886.
18388.
1895.
1901.

1901.

1901.

1902.
1904.
1912.
1913;
1913.
19115:
1915:
1919.
1925.
1927.
1927.
1929.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 293

Agaricia agaricites? (Edwards and Haime), Verrill, Connecticut Acad.
Arts and Sci., Trans., vol..1, pt. 2, art. V, No. 4, p. 352.

Agaricia agaricites (Lamarck), Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart.
Jour., vol. 24, p. 25.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et
des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 31.

Agaricia agaricites (Edwards and Haime), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 82.

Agaricia agaricites (Lamarck), Pourtalés, in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade
2, vol. 2, p. 545.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Lindstrém, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.,
Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 23.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Médicas,
Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 282.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.,
vol.a7, No:-1,-pli 11; figs. 11-13) pl. 12, figs 1-3.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challeneger 1873-
76, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 12, 116, 118.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Ortmann, Zool. Jahr., Abt. Syst., vol.
35 ps 181.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Gregory (pars), Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 279, 280, pl. XI, figs. 7a, 7b.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral.
Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 9, 11, 65-67.

Agaricia ayaricites (Linnaeus), Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Con-
necticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, pp. 134, 140,
142, 145, 146-148, 149; art. IV, pp. 186, 194, 195, pl. 26; pl. 27, figs. 7, 7a.
Agaricia crassa Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11,
Piel eart, Ul, p. 145° art-1V, sp. 183,. pls30, fiz; 6s pl. 34; fig. 2. Also
Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Verrill, art. III, p. 149, pl. 27, figs. 4, 4a;
4b. [Fide Smith, 1948, p. 76.]
Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,
Mem., vol. 8, pp. 592-594, pl. 25, figs. 165-167.

2?Agaricia agaricites Edwards and Haime, Greeley, in Branner, Mus.
Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, p. 267.

Agaricia crassa Verrill, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook
No. 10 for 1911, pp. 153, 154.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Brown and Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, p. 497.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), A. crassa Verrill, Vaughan, Carnegie
Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 11 for 1912, p. 156.

Agaricia crassa Verrill, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washingten, Yearbook
No. 14, p. 228. Also A. agaricites (Linnaeus).

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour.,
vol. 5, p. 597.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No.
9, pp. 214, 232, 426, 427.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus) var. agaricites Verrill, Boone, Bingham
Oceanograph. Coll., Bull., vol. 1, art. 5, p. 6, pl. 1.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,
pars 35, pp. 366, 367.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam,
vol. 25, pp. 160, 161. Also A. crassa Verrill.

Agaricia agaricites crassa Verrill, Coryell and Ohlsen, New York Acad.
Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt.
3; Pp. 168, 172, 210; pl..36, fig: 2:

294

1929.
1939:
1943.
1948.
1949.
1954.

1956.

1956.
1958.
1958.
1958.

1959.
11959)

1959:
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.
1963.

1964.

1964.

1964.

1966.
1967.

1969.
1969.

1970.

1970.

BULLETIN 285

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas) and A. a. var. crassa Verrill, Felix, Fos-
silium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars 44, p. 557.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Edwards and Haime, Butsch, Barbados
Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, p. 11, fig. 6.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Vaughan and Wells, Geol Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 68, 303, pl. 11, fig. 5.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 67,
76°77, pls. 4, 5.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9, p.
132. ple 2etigw!.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept.
1953-1954, p. 24.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Hoffstetter, Lexique Stratigraphique
International, vol. 5, Amérique Latine, fasc. 2b, Antilles (Hispaniola),
p. 396.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-
tology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F381, fig. 273, 2.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.L.,
Bull. No. 3, p. 31.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull.,
vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227, 228, 232, 238, 247, 248 pl. 33, figs. 1, 2.

Agaricia agaricites var. crassa Verrill, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227, 229, 232, 247, 248, pl. 33, fig. 3.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 34.
Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70,
75, 76, 82, 85, fig. 14.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber,
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 111, art. 4, pp. 211, 213, 215.
Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskin,
Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, pp. 17, 18.

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
jours, vol.-28; No; dpe tt:

Agaricia agaricites (Pallas), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No.
6, pp. 1134, 1138, 1139, 1140, 1142, 1143, 1144.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 16, 17, figs. 5, 6.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), s./., Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 142, 146, 147, Pl. Vb.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 8, 9, 22-30, 32, 35, 37,
41, 47, figs. 10-6, 11-8, 12-6, 13-3, 14-2, pls. IVb, Va, Vb, XIIb, a, c.
Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Hoffmeister, ct al., Guidebook Geol.
Soc. Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 22.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap.,
No. 79, pp. 17, 39, 45, 46, 63, 67, 68, 78-80, 82-86, pl. 3, figs. 2. Also
Agaricia agaricites crassa, p. 81.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, p. 1931, pl. 1, fig. 12.

Agaricia agaricites forma agaricites (Linnaeus), Goreau and Wells,
Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 446.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44, p. 471.
Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Mem. 11, pp. 146, 148, 150-152, 164, 171, pl. 9, fig. 2.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon 30
April 1970, pp. 3, 4, 6.

Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Wise, Science, vol. 169, p. 978.

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 295

1971. Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr.
Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 50, 52, 53, pl. I, figs. C, D.
1971. Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 3, 16, 18-39, 56-58,
95, 103, figs. 7, 8, 21, pls. 14a, b; 15.
1971. Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente,
Bol., vol.'10; No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75.
1972. Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana
Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 547, 559-561, 577, pl. 4C;
figs) 5.
The description of Madrepora agaricites by Linnaeus (p. 795)
was the following:

Agaricites-o. M. composita acaulis sulcata sulcis carinatis, stellis
concatenatis.
Habitat in O. Indico.
Lapis constans lamellis variis divergentibus
semiorbiculatis, exaratis urinque sulcis pluri-
mis repandis. Fundo stellis concatenatis.

The form herein described and illustrated as Agaricia agaricites
is a Recent one from Looe Key, Florida. The corallum is encrusting,
hemispherical, openly foliaceous and _ flower-like, with widely
separated fronds that are high, erect, and concave upward. The
fronds arise, and diverge from deep valleys, the height of the fronds
varying from 14 mm to 29 mm; the summits of the fronds are
acute, and the distance from summit to summit across the valleys
varies from 21 mm to 39 mm; the average thickness of the fronds
(including the collines) is about 10 mm. The base of the corallum
is wedge-shaped, and shows evidence of having been attached.

Both faces of the fronds are beset by small, deep, subrectangular
to vaguely polygonal calices arranged in parallel groups separated
by thin, slightly projecting walls. The calices range from 1.7 mm to
3.6 mm in long diameter; their depth from the top of the wall to
the fossa is about 1.5 mm to 2.2 mm. Depending on the size of the
calice, there are about 20 to perhaps a maximum of 40 septa; the
septa are thin, lamellar, and narrow, and alternate rather regularly
in size, the major ones a little higher and better developed than
the subsidiaries. The principal septa are finely serrulate along the
margin and are finely spinulose on the sides. The synapticulae be-
tween the septa are well developed, and there are four of them in
one millimeter of length. The costae are conterminous with the septa,
and like the septa are denticulate on the crest and minutely spinose
on the sides.

296 BuLLeETIN 285

The collines are prominent and are 1.5 mm to 2.5 mm apart,
with six rows of them on the largest frond. Most of them are more or
less parallel with the crest of the frond, but some are transeverse or
oblique; all of them, however, are sharp at the summit, and are about
1.5 mm in height. The collines are not quite normal to the plane
of the frond but slope slightly toward the crest.

The development of the calices and collines on the under side
of the fronds is less pronounced than on the upper side; the costae,
however, are somewhat more pronounced on the lower surface than
on the upper.

Measurements. — Specimen FLK-la: corallum length 104 mm,
width 84 mm, height 75 mm.

Locality. — Specimen FLK-la is labeled Looe Key, Florida, in
the FSU collection. It was collected by Noel Andress and donated
by him to the Department of Geology, Florida State University.

Comparisons. — The following taxa, cited in the synonymy
above, are considered by a number of authors to be the same as
Agaricia agaricites or ecological variants thereof: Agaricia cristata
(Lamarck); Mycedium lessoni, M. danai, M. vesparium, and M.
sancti-johannis Duchassaing and Michelotti; and Agaricia crassa
Verrill. Among all of the illustrated taxa, specimen FLK-1a is closest
to the Agaricia agaricites s.s. of Vaughan and Wells (1943) and of
Smith (1948); it also resembles the A. agaricites var. crassa of
Squires (1958) and of Almy and Carrién-Torres (1963).

Range and distribution.— The geographic range of Agaricta
agaricites is Florida to Brazil; the geologic range is Miocene to
Recent, excepting the Pliocene.

Miocene — Guadeloupe (Tuf Blanc); Dominican Republic
(Nivaje Shale); Trinidad (?).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
dredged off Stock Island, and excavated from mar] pits alongside
Card Sound bridge, Monroe County); Bahamas (Bimini); Costa
Rica; Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope); Puerto Rico; Dominican
Republic.

Recent — Florida (reefs along southeast coast; Tortugas at
Golding Cay, Fort Jefferson, and Loggerhead Key); Bahamas (Nas-
sau, New Providence; Great Bahama Bank; Abaco Island; Bimini;

Turtle Rocks; Rabbit Cay); Jamaica (Ocho Rios; 3 m to 45 m);

FLoripaA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 297

Mexico (Alacran Reef; Yucatan Shelf); St. Thomas; St. Bartholo-
mew; Haiti; Puerto Rico (Cayo Icacos); Barbados (west coast);
Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Cudarebe, Arashi, Malmok, Eagle
Beach, Palm Beach, Barcadera, Mangel Altu, north of Pitch Field).
Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Lagun, Sta. Martha Baai,
Portomaribaai, Vaarsenbaai, Sint Michielsbaai, Kaap Malmeeuw,
Spaanse Water, Klein Curacao). Bonaire (Boca Bartol, Plaja Frans,
Jan Doran, Barcadera, Ruin, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca,
Blauwe Pan-Witte Pan, Lac). St. Martin (Baie Rouge, Maho Bay,
Burgeux Bay, Cay Bay, Little Bay, Great Bay, Gibbs Bay, Babit
Point). Saba (Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluth Bay-Jenkins
Bay, Gallows Bay, Compagnie Baai). Venezuela (Bahia de Mo-
chima, Edo. Sucre at Ensenada Cabruta Roja, E. Tia Maria, E.
Baraderito, E. San Agustin, E. Garrapata, E. Burgao, E. EI Inglés,
E. Carenero, E. Cabruta, E. La Aguada, E. Toporito-Toporo, Punta
Toporo, Punta Mero Manoso, Punta Las Maritas, Punta Las
Morochas, Punta Piedra, Playa Piedra, Punta Aceite de Palo, Bar-
ranca de Mochima, Playa de Reyes, Playita Mangle Quemao, Costa
y Punta El Amparo, Costica Mano E’Piedra, Costa Maringina,
Lance Manguillas, Pefia Azul; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A, D, 1);
Brazil? (Maceio coral reef; Abrolhos; Parcel de Paredes; Santo
Aleixo; Rio Formoso).

Agaricia fragilis Dana Pile 24 figst i 2

1846. Agaricia (Mycedia) fragilis Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842,
vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 341.

1860. Mycedia fragilis Dana, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des
Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 83.

1864. Mycedium fragile Dana, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No.
SF pa 5%

1866. 2Mycedium cailleti Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 187. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 281.]

1870. Mycedium cailleti 2 Duchassaing and Michelotti, Duchassaing, Revue
des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 31.

1871. Mycedium fragile Dana, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, pp.
48, 82.

1877. Mycedium fragile Dana, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Médicas,
Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 281.

1880. Mycedia fragilis Dana, Agassiz and Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.,
vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 11, figs. 1-10 (young specimens) ; pl. 13, figs. 1-5; pl.
14, figs. 1-9.

1886. Agaricia fragilis Dana, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger 1873-1876,

' Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10-12, 116, 117.

1888. Mycedia fragile Dana, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 3, p. 181.

1890. Mycedia fragile Dana, Ortmann, Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. Leipzig, vol.
50% pt: 2, p- 288.

298

1895.
1900.

1901.

1901.

1902.

1906.

1929.

1948.
1954.

1954.
1958.
1959.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.

1962.
1963.

1964.

1965.

1966.

1966.

1967.
1967.

BULLETIN 285

Agaricia clephantotus Pallas (pars), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart.
Jour., vol. 51, pp. 280, 281. [Fide Verrill, 1901, p. 142.]

Mycedium fragile Dana, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans.,
vol. 10, art. XVII, p. 592.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans.,
vol. II, pt. I, art. III, pp. 134, 140-145, 151; art. IV, p. 181, pl. 26. figs.
la-1d.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral., Samml.,
ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 9, 12, 67, 68.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington, Mem.,
vol. 8, pp. 592-594, pls. 24, 25, figs. 161-164.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans.,
vol. 12, art. II, pt. 4, pp. 141, 187, 245-247, figs. 101, 101a.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars
44, p. 558.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 67, 77, 78.
Agaricia fragilis Dana, Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954,
p. 24.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull.,
vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull.,
INos3;,, ‘py 31.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 34.
Agaricia fragilis Dana, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 85.
Agaricia fragilis Dana, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp.
1134, 1139, 1140.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour.,
vols 23. pr lil:

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba],
ser. Educac., No. 2; pp. 9; 22, 23, figs: 11), 12:

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, p. 19.
Agaricia agaricites var. fragilis Dana, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Carib-
bean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 1-2, p. 147, pl. VIb.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 9, 24, 27, 32, 47.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Neumann, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4, p.
1004.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham Young Univ.
Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 36, 41.

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull., sér.
2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282-284, 290, 296, 297, 299, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4, text-
iPS. 93; 6; oie

Agaricia fragilis Dana, Laborel, Postilla, No. 107, pp. 2, 5.

Agaricia fragilis forma fragilis Dana, Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine
Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 447.

Agaricia fragilis Dana is not reported as a fossil in Florida al-

though the living species occurs in the Tortugas and off the west
coast in the Gulf of Mexico. The specimen (FMG-2a) described
and illustrated herein is from the “Florida Middle Ground” in the
Gulf of Mexico.

The corallum is a single thin salver-shaped frond spreading

out from an off-centered pedicelled base. The outer edge of the frond

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 299

is broadly scalloped and nearly paper-thin; toward the growth cen-
ter the thickness of the frond increases to about 3 mm. At one end
of the frond the edges bend down but at the other end they are
flat, although overall the frond is gently but irregularly concave up-
ward. At several places on the upper surface there are small humps
and projections which represent imbedded or penetrated organisms,
some of them tubular, covered wholly or in part by the encrusting
growth of the coral.

The frond is unifacial, with the calices occurring on the upper
surface only. The calices are small and subcircular to oval, the
former about 1.4 mm in diameter, the latter up to 2.8 mm from
margin to margin. They are arranged more or less continuously in
longish rows between low concentric collines, in the valleys of which
they are rather deeply immersed. There are fewer septa (14-16) in
the circular calices than in the oval ones (up to 24) and they alter-
nate in size, the major septa subequal and more prominent than the
subequal minors. The septa are exsert and regularly arched over the
calicular margins where they are characteristically stellate in ap-
pearance. Within the calice the septa descend rather steeply, the
principals extending to and joining the base of the columella. The
free margins of the septa are finely serrate, and on the sides of the
septa there are small pointed granulations or spinules, one tier
of which occurs at and alongside the free margin. The columella
area is small and where the columella can be seen at all it is sub-
styliform or papillate. On the upper surface of the frond the costae
are conterminous with the septa and are similar in appearance, ar-
rangement, and ornamentation.

The collines are low, rounded, subparallel and concentrically
arranged to conform more less to the contour of the frond margin.
They are 2.5 mm to 4.5 mm apart, the spacing greater near the
edges of the frond. The septo-costae are extensions of, and con-
tinuations from the calices.

The under surface of the frond is smoothish and non-calicular,
although it is marked by low concentric growth ridges of unequal
spacing and magnitude, and by faint but numerous minute radial
costae of which there are six in one millimeter of width near the
periphery; the costae are finely granular along the sharp crest. The

300 BuLLETIN 285

pedicel is suboblong and is 31 mm long, 15 mm or so in width, and

8 mm in height.

Measurements. — Specimen FMG-2a: frond length 172 mm,
maximum width 107 mm, minimum width 61 mm.

Locality. — Florida Middle Ground off the west coast of Florida
at about Long. 87° W and Lat. 28°15’ N. Collected and donated
by Robert Back, 1972.

Range and distribution. — Pleistocene to Recent.

Pleistocene — Barbados (low level reefs near Bridgetown);
Curacao (elevated reefs at Plantersrust).

Recent — Bermuda (Harrington Sound; Castle Harbor);
Florida (Tortugas, 36 f - 43 f, and Loggerhead Key; Florida Middle
Ground); Cuba (near Habana); Jamaica (3 m - 40 m); Pedro
Bank; Mexico (Isla de Lobos); St. Thomas; Puerto Rico; Curagao
(Piscaderabaai; Lagun); Barbados (west coast); Brazil (Abrolhos).

Agaricia purpurea (Lesueur) Pl, 26. hiss

1821. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, Mém., vol. 6, pp.
276, 277, pl.15; figss 3a, 3by.3c:

1846. Agaricia (Mycedia) purpurea Lesueur, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped.
1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 340.

1860. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des
Coralliaires ou Zoophytes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 84.

1861. Mycedium purpureum “Dana,’ Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 357.

1864. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No.
3.) De Side

1871. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol.
2, No. 4, p. 82.

1886. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept.
Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 12.

1895. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 51, p. 280.

1901. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Dana, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and
Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. I, art. III, pp. 135, 145, 149, pl. 27, figs. 4a, 4b.

1914. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 13, pp. 224, 225.

1915. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 14, p. 228.

1915. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour.,
vol. 5, No. 17, p. 597.

1919. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 232, 233, 427.

1921. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Re-
public, Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

1924. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, in Woodring, Geol. Survey
Republic of Haiti, p. 243.

1929. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars
44, p. 558.

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 301

1930. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Yonge, Great Barrier Reef Exped. 1928-29,
Sci. Rept., vol. 1, p. 44.

1948. Agaricia purpurea Lesueur, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, p. 76.

1958. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227-229, 232, 237, 238, 248, pl. 32, fig. 3.

1959. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No.
1, pp. 28, 34.

1961. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 20, 21, figs. 9, 10.

1961. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, Westermann and Kiel,
Natuurwetensch. Studiekring Suriname en de Nederlandse Antillen, No.
24, p. 136.

1963. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, Almy and Carrién-Torres,
Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, p. 147, pl. VIa.

1964. Agaricia agaricites forma purpurea Lesueur, Roos, Studies on the Fauna
of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 8, 24, 25, 27,
28, 38, 41.

1964. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur, Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 79, pp. 82-85.

1967. Agaricia agaricites forma purpurea Lesueur, Goreau and Wells, Bull.
Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 446.

1970. Agaricia agaricites purpurea Lesueur, Klose, im letter to R. O. Vernon
30 April 1970, p. 6.

1971. Agaricia agaricites purpurea Lesueur, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 56-58.

1972. Agaricia agaricites purpurea Lesueur, Campos Villarroel, Soc. Vene-
zolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 547, 551, 561, 577, pl. 4.

Lesueur’s original description of Agaricia purpurea was as
follows: .

I. Agarice pourpre. Agaricia purpurea (nobis).

Polypier foliacé 4 expansions ondulées, tranchantes sur les bords, recouvrant
tous les corps qu’il rencontre. Surface supérieure couverte de cellules profondes,
tantot sérialaires dans des vallons, tantot groupées, et formant par leur in-
égalité et celle contournée des vallons, un réseau trés-irrégulier. Collines com-
posées de lames entiéres, libres au sommet, denticulées, les intermédiaires plus
petites; cellules sérialaires partagées entre elles par plusieurs lames placées
dans le sens de la longueur des vallons, et opposées a celles des collines; sur-
face inférieure finement striée, croisée par des ondulations concentriques.

Animal a expansions gélatineuses, sans tentacules apparens; ouverture
centrale allongée, plissée intérieurement, bordée d’un cercle jaune, et un peu
plus loin par huit points jaunes, desquels naissent des lignes étant aussi d’un
jaune pale, et se prolongeant jusqu’au rebord. Il y en a d’autres plus légéres,
intermédiaires, qui se divisent en deux et trois. A chacun de leur point de divi-
sion est une tache jaunatre.

La couleur générale est d’un beau pourpre au centre, qui passe a une
teinte foncée d’un roux de terre de Sienne, vers les bords de |’animal.

Cet animal est trés-délicat, joli 4 voir. Quand son polypier 4 tous ces
animaux développés, l’oppostion des lignes jaunes avec la couleur pourpre et
celle foncée de terre de Sienne fait un assez joli contraste; les points jaunes
des divisions varient de six, huit, jusqu’a douze; les expansions sont de cinq,
six a huit pouces, encroitant et recouvrant tout ce qui se recontre sur leur
passage.

302 BULLETIN 285

Les lames qui composent les collines sont entiéres, et les traversent de
chaque cote; elles ne sont point, comme dans les méandrines, réunies a leur
sommet par un ligne en zigzag.

Il y en a une variété entiérement verte que je n’ai pas eu le temps

d’examiner.
Habite Saint-Thomas.

Although I have not seen this species in the Florida State
University collection, it is included in this work because of its oc-
currence in the Key Largo Formation (Pleistocene) of Florida. Ac-
cording to Verrill (1901), Agaricia purpurea usually forms broad,
thick unifacial fronds, generally attached near the middle or else
partly encrusting. The collines are narrow, acute, and short, and are
often irregular and reticulated. The calices are large, deeply sunken,
open, and angular. The septa are thin and narrow, alternately larger
and smaller, and there are 24 to 36 of them. In the thicker parts
of the calices there are well-formed dissepiments. The columella
where visible is small, solid, and papilliform. The costae of the under
side are fine, subequal, and regularly disposed.

Measurements.— The specimen from the Bahamas (AMNH
No. 3299) illustrated by Squires (1958) is 104 mm in length and
89 mm in width.

Comparisons. — Agaricia purpurea is considered an ecologic
variant of A. agaricites by some authors and a distinct species by
others. Typically, A. agaricites is bifacial, whereas A. purpurea is
unifacial as stated in Lesueur’s original description. On the other
hand both A. purpurea and A, fragilis are unifacial, although A.
purpurea differs from A. fragilis in its thicker fronds, much larger
calices, and particularly in its shorter, more irregular, and often
reticulated collines,

Range and distribution. — Pliocene to Recent. Florida to Vene-
zuela.

Pliocene — Haiti (Hinche Formation).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone at Card Sound
Bridge, Monroe County); Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope); St.
Eustatius (Sugar Loaf and White Wall); Dominican Republic
(Provinces of Macoris and Barahona).

Recent — Florida (Tortugas at Fort Jefferson and Loggerhead
Key); Bahamas (Abaco Island; Turtle Rocks; Rabbit Cay); Cuba;
Jamaica (1 m - 7 m); Panama (Colon); Haiti; Puerto Rico (Cayo

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 303

Icacos); St. Thomas; Curacao (Lagun, Sta. Martha Baai, Kaap
Malmeeuw, Spaanse Water); Venezuela (Bahia de Mochima, Edo.
Sucre at Ensenada Cabruta and Barranca de Mochima).

Helioseris cucullata (Ellis and Solander) Pe 25s TSS

1776.
1786.

1794.

1801.
1815.
1816.
1821.
1824.
1834.
1836.
1846.
1851.
1860.
1866.
1877.
1886.

1895.
1901.
1901.

1901.

1902.
1919.

1948.
1954.

Not Madrepora elephantotus Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 290.
[Fide Verrill, 1901, pp. 133-135.]

Madrepora cucullata Ellis and Solander, Natural history of . . . Zoo-
phytes, p. 157, pl. 42, both figs.

Madrepora cucullata Ellis and Solander, Esper, Fortsetzungen der
Pflanzenthiere, vol. 1, p. 83, pl. LX VII, both figs. copied from Ellis and
Solander.

Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans
Vert., p. 373.

Mycedium cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Oken, Lehrbuch der Natur-
geschichte, Theil 3, Zool., Abt. 1, p. 69.

Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim.
sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 242.

Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Métho-
dique ... Polypiers, p. 54, pl. 42, figs. 1, 2.

Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Encyclopédie
Méthodique, vol. 2, pl. 484.

Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie
ou de Zoophytologie, p. 360, pl. 56, fig. 3.

Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim.
sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 380.

Mycedia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped.
1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 339.

2Mycedium elephantotus Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris,
sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 15, pp. 131, 132.

?Mycedium elephantotus Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des
Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 74.

2M ycedium elephantotus Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing and Miche-
lotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 186.

?Mycedium elephantotus Oken, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc.
Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 282.

2Agaricia (Mycedium) elephantotus Edwards and WHaime, Quelch,
Voyage H.M.S. Challenger 1873-76, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16,
pt. 46, p. 116.

Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Gregory pars, Geol. Soc. Lon-
don, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, p. 281.

2Agaricia elephantotus (Edwards and Haime), Vaughan, Rijksmus.
Geol. en Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 9, 67.
Mycedium cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and iSci-yiirans:, vol. dik) Pt art. 111, pp.) 135; 140:

Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol.
11, Pt. 1, art. III, pp. 150, 151, pl. 28, figs. 1, 2. [Fide Goreau and Wells,
1967, p. 447, footnote. |

?Agaricia elephantotus (Edwards and Haime), Vaughan, U.S. Fish
Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, Pt. 2, p. 310, pl. 17, fig. 1.

Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp.
429, 430.

Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 68, 77, 78.
Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull.,
vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

304 BuL.etin 285

1958. ?Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull.,
No. 3, p. 31.

1959. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 34.

1959. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 85.

1960. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11.

1960. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp.
1134, 1140.

1961. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba],
ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 22.

1962. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 17-19.
1963. Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Almy and Carridn-Torres,
Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 142, 148, 161, pl. VII b.

1964. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79, pp.
39, 46, 47.

1967. Helioseris cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Goreau and Wells, Bull.
Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 447.

1970. Agaricia nobilis Verrill, Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April 1970,
p. 4.

1971. Agaricia cucullata (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, p. 57.

The original description of Helioseris cucullata by Ellis and
Solander was as follows:
“25. Madrepora cucullata.
Tab. 42.
Madrepora foliacea explanata concatenata, stellis sub-
serialibus profundis, ambulacris acute carinatis sub-
flexuosis.
Tab. 42

Primo intuitu M. Licheni Similis, distinctissima autem

quod subtus absque stellis subtilissme striata.”

Measurements. — Ellis and Solander’s figures on their plate 42
are about 97 mm in length and 95 mm in width.

Recognizing that Madrepora elephantotus Pallas was an East
Indian species and distinct from its Antillean counterpart, Verrill
(1901) named and described the Antillean taxon as Agaricia nobilis,
designating the type from Turks Island as No. 850 in the Museum
of Yale University. Goreau and Wells (1967) in their revision of
the shallow-water Scleractinia of Jamaica listed Helioseris cucullata
(Ellis and Solander) as the prior name for the Agaricia nobilis of
Jamaica. It is my understanding that Wells has continued work on
the corals of Jamaica and that publication of the results is in the
offing. In the meanwhile I have gone through the literature and
drawn up the synonymy cited above which is based on the statement
by Goreau and Wells that Agaricia nobilis is the same as Helioseris
cucullata,

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 305

Range and distribution. — The living Helhoseris cucullata and
its congeners ranges from Florida to Barbados, and is reported from
the following localities: Florida Keys; Bahamas (Abaco Island);
Turks Island (Lat. 21°30’ N., Long. 71°07’ W.); Cuba; Jamaica
(Ocho Rios; 3 m - 90 m); Pedro Bank; British Honduras (Ren-
dezvous Cay); Puerto Rico (off Culebra, 16 fathoms); Barbados
(west coast), Netherlands Antilles?

The Pleistocene form of Heltoseris cucullata has been recorded
(as Agaricia nobilis) in Florida by Klose (1970) in the Miami
Oolite dredged off the eastern tip of Stock Island, Monroe County.

Observations. —In discussing the variability of Agaricia agart-
cites (Linnaeus), Roos (1971, pp. 57, 58, 103) stated: “Agaricia
cucullata (= A. nobilis) is placed in the synonymy of Agaricia
agaricites, because of the occurrence of parts of A. agaricites var.
purpurea, which closely resemble Verrill’s Agaricia nobilis (Pl. 15).”

Ellis and Solander’s illustrations of Madrepora cucullata repre-
sent the under and upper sides of the same specimen. The under
side is devoid of calices, and on the upper the calices are much sub-
dued, and in places absent. Verrill’s illustrations of Agaricia nobilis
represent only the upper side, and this is “loosely covered with
rather large, deep, prominent, appressed, stellate calices.” Judging ©
from the illustrations and description of both taxa, it does seem that
the A. nobilis of the Netherlands Antilles is closer to the A. agaricttes
stock than to H. cucullata. On the other hand, the illustrations by
Almy and Carrion-Torres (1963, p. 148, pl. VIIa) of the upper (?)
side of Agaricia cucullata from Puerto Rico does indeed resemble
the H. cucullata of Ellis and Solander.

SIDERASTREIDAE
Siderastrea dalli Vaughan Pl. 26, figs: 2,3; Pl. ‘27, figs. 1-5

1919. Siderastrea dalli Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., vol. 103, No. 9, pp.
222, 223, 232, 233, 437, 438, 450, 451, 517, pl. 119, figs. 1, 1a, 2.

1929. Siderastraea dalli Vaughan, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars
44, p. 560.

1958. Siderastrea dalli Vaughan, DuBar, Florida Geol. Sur., Geol. Bull., No.
40M pa tZi:

1969. Siderastrea dalli Vaughan, Wells, in DuBar, Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol.
Soc., Soc. Econom. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect. Ann. Meet., Field Trip
Number 4, p. 141.

306 BULLETIN 285

Vaughan’s original description of Siderastrea dalli was as follows:

Corallum forming a mass rounded above. The type has a length of about
122 mm. and is 75 < 82 mm. in diameter in its median part.

The corallites are large, hexagonal or pentagonal in shape. The usual
diameter is from 5 to 6.5 mm.; a large corallite is 5.75 by 8 mm. in diameter.
Wall between corallites usually distinct, thin. Calices, shallow.

Septa, rather thin, or fairly thick, very crowded. There are four complete
cycles, and a fair number of the members of a fifth cycle. The large calice,
5.75 XX 8 mm. in diameter has 68 septa. The septal grouping need not be
described, as it is that common for the genus. Septal dentations fine, compres-
sed transversely to the septal planes, finely frosted, from seventeen to twenty
or more teeth on the members of the first cycle. No compound or double denta-
tions were seen. The septal faces, closely granulate; perforations similar to
those in S. pliocenica.

Synapticulae in three or four vertical rows — in the outer portion of the
interseptal loculi, there may be even more. Very thin, nearly horizontal dis-
sepiments present. The wall is similar to that of S. pliocenica, but thinner.

Columella papillary. The papillae are fine, more delicate than in S.
pliocenica.

Locality and geologic occurrence. — Florida, station No. 3300, Shell Creek,
collected by F. Burns (type); station 2094, Caloosahatchee River, Florida, col-
lected by W. H. Dall; Pliocene.

Type.— No. 325196, U.S.N.M.

This species is separated from S. pliocenica by its generally more delicate
structure, more numerous septal dentations, and more numerous septa. It dif-
fers from S. siderea (Ellis and Solander) by its larger and shallower calices.

The closely crowded, transversely compressed, and finely frosted septal
dentations of §. dalli give it an appearance very different from any other
American species of Siderastrea. The number of septa is in corallites of the
same diameter about the same as in specimens of S. silecensis.

In the Florida State University collection there are 20 specimens
or so of Siderastrea dalli from the Pinecrest Formation in the War-
ren Brothers Pits east of Sarasota. The coralla are generally broadly
oval in outline, with a hemispherical to domal head which in con-
figuration is fairly even to undulatory to bumpy. The head may
consist of a thick convex slab or is built up by several slabs draped
over one another. The base, which was the attachment surface, oc-
cupies nearly the whole of the underside, is concentrically lamellate,
and convex upward, reflecting the substrate to which it was ad-
herent. Two specimens of Siderastrea dalli are attached to the outer
surface of a thick-shelled oyster very close to Ostrea tamiamiensis
monroensis Mansfield.

The calices are closely united, relatively shallow, widely open,
and diversely polygonal, with no two of them the same in outline;
they are generally longer than wide, hexagonal, pentagonal, or
rarely quadrilateral in perimeter, and are bounded by a thin zigzag
wall, the united thickness of which is about 0.12 mm.

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 307

The septa are moderately coarse and occur in four cycles, al-
though in the largest calices there are five cycles, the fifth about
one-third complete at most. The number of septa varies from 32
in a calice 2.4 mm & 2.3 mm in diameter to 64 in a calice 6.4 mm
\< 4.2 mm in diameter. There is a gradual diminution in size of the
septa according to the order of insertion: the primaries are only
slightly larger than the secondaries, and join each other just before
the columella; the tertiaries join the secondaries a short distance
from the columella, and the quaternaries join the tertiaries about
a third of the distance in from the wall toward the calicular center.
The septa are of narrow breadth (the primaries about 1 mm), and
descend uniformly and gently to the small fossa, with perhaps a
very slight convexity upward of the margins. The margins are
strongly and closely dentate, the dentations varying from about 11
in number on a principal septum 1.3 mm in length to about 22 on
a primary septum 2.8 mm in length. The dentations where weathered
are low and compressed transversely to the septal plane, but where
well preserved they are discrete, erect, and frondose to acute. The
longitudinal rows of trabeculae descending down the faces of the
septa from the dentations are coarse, and consist of prominent
pointed or tubular projections, whereas between the rows there are
numerous very small pointed granulations. Only rarely are the faces
of the septa seen to be perforated.

The columella is small and papillate, and around it are one
or two circlets of papillary denticles or paliform nodes at the ends
of the principal septa.

The synapticulae are prominent, and there are perhaps four
rows of them to the millimeter. The endothecal dissepiments are
thin and there are about seven of them in a millimeter of length.

Measurements. — The largest corallum (SP-6a) in the collec-
tion is 135 mm & 109 mm in diameter at the head, and 81 mm high.
SP-6b: 76 mm X 68 mm, height 66 mm. SP-6c: 95 mm X 78 mm,
height 69 mm. SP-6d: 78 mm * 70 mm, height 47 mm: SP-6e: 68
mm X< 53 mm, height 34 mm. SP-6f: 65 mm 40 mm, height 27
mm. Paratype (USGS-325195), (corallum broken in half): dia-
meters of calicinal surface 70 mm 59.5 mm, height of half corallum
36 mm.

Details concerning the number of septa in calices of various

308 BULLETIN 285

sizes, and the number of dentations on primary septal margins of
varying length, are given in the table below:

Septal measurements of Siderastrea dalli Vaughan

Diameters of Length of No. of denta-

Sample No. calice (mm) No.of septa septal margin tions on margin

1 6.4 X 4.4 64 2.8 22

2 55D 56 2.1 15

3 5.0 X 4.4 46 2.4 16

+ 527 eS 48 2.4 V7,

5 4.6 X 4.5 52 2.4 16

6 3.6 X 3.0 40 5 12

uf 2.4 X 2.3 32 133 11
Paratype 5.0 X 4.4 55 1.8 15

( USGS-325195)

Locality. — Warren Brothers Pits, 4 miles east of U.S. 301,
Sarasota, Florida, just off Newburn Road 0.4 miles north of its inter-
section with 17th Street. Collectors and donors: Joseph E. Banks,
Leslie Dyet, and Harbans S. Puri.

Range and distribution. —Caloosahatchee Marl (Pliocene);
Pinecrest Formation (upper Miocene - Pliocene).

Comparison. — Siderastrea dalli Vaughan is differentiated from
S. pliocenica Vaughan only by its thiner walls and more numerous
septa per unit area of calice. S. dalli also resembles Siderastrea con-
ferta (Duncan) from the Oligocene or lower Miocene of Antigua,
Anguilla, Puerto Rico, and the Panama Canal Zone, but the number
of septa per unit area of calice far exceeds that of S. dalli. The main
differences between S. dalli and the Miocene to Recent Siderastrea
radians (Pallas) are the smaller and deeper calices, the rounded
collines, and the deeply sunken fossa of S. radians.

One specimen in the FSU collection — CAL-5a — is a wholly
globular corallum with no particular attachment area but whose sur-
ficial details are so similar to those of Szderastrea dalli, that it is
referred to that species. It occurs in the “Caloosahatchee Marl”,
2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County, Florida, and was col-
lected by Mike Strong, 2 December 1969. The specimen is 35.5 mm
long, 32 mm wide, and 28 mm high.

Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan Pl. 28, figs. 1-5

1919. Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., vol. 103, No. 9, pp.
222, 232, 437, 441, 442, 450, 517, pl. 118, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 3.

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 309

1929. Siderastraea pliocenica Vaughan, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,
pars 44, p. 560.

1972. Siderasirea pliocenica Vaughan, Weisbord, Tulane Studies Geol.
Paleont., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 59-64, figs. 1-5.

The following is the original description of Siderastrea pliocenica
by Vaughan:

Twelve specimens, all of them excellent, serve as the basis of the following
specific diagnosis. One is designated as the type in the collection.

The corallum usually forms a rather small rounded head, but a few are
elongate, and one is flattish, sublaminate. The heads attain a diameter of be-
tween 45 and 50 mm. About a third of the specimens show signs of having
been attached or have not calices uniformly distributed over the whole outer
surface of the corallum.

The corallites are rather large, and are rather uniformly hexagonal or
pentagonal; usual diameter is 4.5 to 5 mm.; intercorallite wall distinct and
zigzag in plan. The calices are shallow or superficial.

Septa thick, usually in almost four complete cycles, the fourth cycle jis as
a rule absent in one or two systems. Septal margins dentate, each dentation
rounded, corresponding to the upper termination of a septal trabecula, the
number of dentations on a septum of the first cycle varies from 8 or 9 to 13.
The length of such a septum is almost 2.5 mm. Septal grouping is as usual in
the genus, the members of the first cycle are continued directly to the columellar
space and do not form part of septal groups; the members of the second cycle,
also, are continued directly to the columellar space, but each member of this
cycle is the middle of a septal group, the members of the third cycle bend
toward it, and the members of the fourth bend toward the included member
of the third. Along the course of each trabecula is a regular row of granula-.
tions which are compressed in a plane transverse to the longitudinal course
of the trabecula. Septal perforations are frequent near the inner margins of
the septa, usually occurring in the intertrabecular spaces, but in places a large
perforation interrupts a trabecular course. The perforations become rarer as
the wall is approached. Completely imperforate septa are very rare or do not
exist at all.

Both synapticulate and dissepimental endotheca is present. In places as
many as four or five vertical rows of synapticulae can be distinguished. Very
thin dissepiments are abundant. The wall is formed by synapticulae that are
so elongated in a vertical row that they fuse and produce a continuous wall
with only an occasional perforation.

The columella is papillary, about two papillae being larger than the
aig In worn specimens it is very prominent, appearing compressed styli-
orm.

Locality and geological occurrence.— Florida, Caloosahatchee River, col-
lected by W. H. Dall; Shell Creek, Florida, collected by Doctor Griffith; Plio-
cene.

Type. — No. 325184, U.S.N.M.

Paratype. — No. 325185, U.S.N.M.

The most striking differences between S. fpliocenica and S. radians, to
which it probably has the greatest affinity, are its larger and much shallower
calices. S. californica Vaughan from the Pliocene of Carizo [sic] Creek, Cali-
fornia, is a newly related species.

There are five specimens of S. pliocenica in the Florida State
University collection. The locality of one of them — FLX-12a — is

310 Bu.tetin 285

not known, although from its “lithology” it may have been collected
from the Caloosahatchee Marl. Three other specimens of FE. plio-
cenica (SP-5a-c) were collected in the Pinecrest Formation in
Warren Brothers Pits, east of Sarasota, Florida.

The corallum of FLX-12a is massive and low hemispherical,
with an undulatory head and irregular subfoliate base. The coral-
lites are closely united on the surface, and in plan view are diversely
polygonal. The calices are shallow, relatively small to relatively
large, and assume a variety of outlines, with no two being identical.
The calices are generally longer than wide, most of them hexagonal,
but some pentagonal, and an occasional one quadrilateral. The
margin of the calices is faintly nodulous, rendered so by the thicken-
ing there of the septa.

The septa are moderately crowded and fairly thick, the full
complement arranged in four complete cycles, with a few in the
fifth. The number of septa varies from 32 in a calice with a long
diameter of 3 mm to a maximum of 52 in a calice 5.7 mm in length
and 4.5 mm in width. The fourth cycle is rarely complete with 48
septa, the number falling somewhat short of that in calices of
average size. The septa are often perforate near the summit, the
perforations distinct but sparse. The septal grouping is as usual
for the genus and the same as that described by Vaughan for the
species. The free margin is dentate, with about eight denticles in 2.2
mm of length on the primary septa. The slope of the margin is rather
uniform throughout — moderately steep off the wall but very gentle
within and slightly concave upward before the columella. The walls
separating the calices are solid, sturdy, tightly appressed, and a little
elevated at the calicular margin where they have a combined thick-
ness of about 0.4 mm.

The synapticulae are well developed and there are five of them
in one millimeter in length. The faces of the septa are also minutely
granulate.

The columella is a prominent plug, composed of three to nine
fused papillae.

Embedded in specimen FLX-12a are at least ten shells of the
barnacle Ceratoconcha neogenica (Weisbord) (1972).

Measurements. — FLX-12a: diameters of head 52 mm & 45
mm; height of corallum 29 mm. SP-5a: diameters of head 62.5 mm

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 311

< 51 mm; height of corallum 30 mm. SP-5b: diameters of head
34.5 mm X 25.5 mm; height of corallum 17 mm. SP-5c: diameters
of head 28 mm X 26.5 mm; height of corallum 18 mm. USNM-
7893 (corallum split in half): diameters of calicinal surface 65 mm
<< 61.5 mm; height of half-corallum 35 mm. Ort-la: globular coral-
lum 77 mm < 69 mm X 69 mm.

Localities. —FLX-12a: not known, but possibly from the
Caloosahatchee Marl in the Caloosahatchee River. SP-5: Warren
Brothers Pits, 4 miles east of U.S. 301, Sarasota, just off Newburn
Road, 0.4 miles north of its intersection with 17th Street. Collectors:
Joseph E. Banks, Leslie Dyet, and Harbans S. Puri. USNM-7893:
“St. Lucie Canal, Fla., Hays.” The locality in the canal (which
traverses Martin County from Lake Okeechobee to the Atlantic
coast) is not known. Encountered along it are the Caloosahatchee
Marl, “Glades” Formation; Fort Thompson Formation, and Ana-
stasia Formation. Ort-la: Ortona Locks in the Caloosahatchee River
east of LaBelle, Glades County. Exposed are the Caloosahatchee
Marl, “Glades”, and Fort Thompson Formation.

Comparison. — Specimen FLX-12a is so close to Vaughan’s
Siderastrea pliocenica as illustrated on his plate 18, figure 3, that
there is little doubt of its identity even if the locality of FLX-12a is
not known. The three specimens (SP-5a, 5b, and 5c) from the Pine-
crest Formation (Mio-Pliocene) are also referable to S. pliocenica.
Strangely enough Siderastrea pliocenica, which is a late Tertiary
species, closely resembles Siderastrea scotica Wells (1945, pp. 1, 6,
pl. 2, fig. 1) of Eocene age from the Upper Scotland Formation of
Barbados; apparently, however, S. pliocentca differs from S. scotica
in its more prominent columella, thicker septa, and sturdier walls.
As pointed out by Vaughan (1919, p. 451), S. pliocenica also re-
sembles S. dalli Vaughan, both of which occur together in the
Caloosahatchee Marl and in the Pinecrest Formation east of Sara-
sota. S. dalli is separated from S. pliocenica “by its generally more
delicate structure, more numerous septal dentations, and more
numerous septa”, but in some instances the two are difficult to
distinguish. It may be noted also that Stderastrea californica
Vaughan (1917, p. 375, pl. CII, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 4) from the Pliocene of

Carrizo Creek, California, is a related species according to Vaughan.

312 BuLvetin 285

Siderastrea radians (Pallas) Pl, 29) figs: 172

1766. Madrepora radians Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, pp. 322-323.

1791. Madrepora galaxea Ellis and Solander, Natural History of .. . Zoophytes,
p. 168, pl. 47, fig. 7.

1794. Madrepora astroites Linnaeus, Esper, Fortsetzungen Pflanzenthiere, vol.
1, pp. 12-16, pl. 35.

1821. Astraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.,
Paris, Mém., vol. 6, p. 285, pl. 16, fig. 13.

1821. Astraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Métho-
dique des ... Polypiers, p. 60, pl. 47, fig. 7.

1846. Siderina galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped.
1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 218-220, pl. 10, figs. 12, 12b.

1880. Siderastrea galaxea “(Milne-Edwards and Haime) and (Blainville),”
Pourtalés, iz Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, pt. 1, pl. 11, figs.
14-21; pl. 15, figs. 1-12.

1895. Astraea radians (Pallas), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 51, pp. 277-278, 285.

1901. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 21, Pel, art. III, pp. 88, 152-155, art. IV, pp. 181 eis6npl:
30) fig, 1,

1902. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20
for 1900; pts 2,;.p. 309; pl. 153 spli 16, fig. 2.

1904. Siderasitrea radians (Pallas), Duerden, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 20, pp. 1-130, pls. 1-11, text-figs. 1-13.

1909. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Gravier, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol.
1, pp. 4, 5, 17-24, pl. 5, figs. 16-20; pl. 6, figs. 24-27; pl. 7, figs. 28-33;
pl. 8, figs. 34-38; pl. 9, fig. 39.

1910. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Waughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 133, Pap. Tortugas Lab., vol. 4, pp. 109, 177.

1919. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus, Bull. 103, No. 9,
pp. 225, 232, 300, 436, 437, 439-442, 444, 516, pl. 114, fig. 1.

1921. Siderastrea sp. aff. 8S. radians (Pallas), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Domini-
can Republic, Mem., vol. 1, p. 152.

1924. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, in Woodring et al., Geology of
the Republic of Haiti, p. 217.

1935. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.
No. 452, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, pp. 201-208, pl. 1, figs. 1-4.

1940. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Gerth, in Rutten, K. Nederlandsche Akad.
Wetensch., Proc., vol. 43, No. 7, p. 840.

1943. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 55, 68, 126, 294, 305, pl. 2, fig. 3; pl. 12, figs. 2, 3.

1948. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 72, 78,
pl. 6.

1949. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9, p.
134, pl. 3, fig. 5.

1956. Siderastrea (Siderastrea) radians (Pallas), Wells, Treatise on Inverte-
brate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F384, fig. 276, la.

1958. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol.
115, art. 4, pp. 227, 229, 230, 232, 233, 237-241, 248, 249, pl. 35, figs. 1-4;
pl. 36, fig. 3.

1958. Siderastrea cf. §. radians (Pallas), Bonet, Asoc. Mexicana Geol. Petrol.,
Bol., vol. 10, Nos. 9-10, pp. 565, 569.

1959. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73,
155076, 82. 85, tse Ze

1961. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao

[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 10, 72, 73, figs. 61, 62.

1962.
1962.
1963.
1964.
1964.

1964.
1966.

1966.
1966.
1966.
1966.
1967.
1968.
1968.

1968.

1969.
1970.
1970.

1971s

1971.

1971.
1972.

FioripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 313

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 655, 656, 668, fig. 16 (13), table 3.
Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 17,
19, 21, 22, fig. 11.
Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour.
Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 136, 139, 141, 142, 148, 162, pl. VIIb.
Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No.
79, pp. 60, 67, 80.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Hoffmeister, ef al., Guidebook Geol. Soc.
Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 23.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p. 112.
Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull.,
vol. 50, No. 9, p. 1931, pl. 1, fig. 10.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham Young
Univ. Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 23, 44.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Chevalier, Inst. Francais Afrique Noire,
Bull., sér. A, vol. 28, pp. 1359-1365, 1392, pl. 8, fig. 1, text-fig. 23.
Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Cerame-Vivas and Gray, Ecology, vol. 47,
No. 2, p. 263.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull.,
sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 284, 287, 290, 296.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci.,
vol. 17, No. 2, p. 447.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, p. 1490.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Yonge, Roy. Soc. London, Proc., ser. B,
vol. 169, p. 339.

Siderastrea (Siderastrea) radians (Pallas), Weisbord, Buli. Amer.
Paleont., vol. 55, No. 246, pp. 28-33, pl. 2, figs. 4, 5. [Numerous refer-
ences, 1786-1967. |
Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44, pp. 443, 445,
458, 462.

Siderastrea (Siderastrea) radians (Pallas), Klose, in letter to R. O.
Vernon, 30 April 1970, pp. 2-6.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Mesolella, Sealy, and Matthews, Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 54, No. 10 (Pt. I of II), p. 1905.
Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr.
Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 49, 51-53, 59, 67, 69, table 1, pl. 10,
figs. A; B.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 16, 18-21, 23, 25, 27, 28,
3334-39 92 6S, eti ge. 6,siplsa NOX XOX:

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Orient,
Bol., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 73-75, table 1.

Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 547, 555, 561, 562, pl. 6, fig. 7.

A fossil representative of Siderastrea radians is BG-2a from the

Glades Formation. The corallum is an incrustation 7.5 mm thick,
draped over a large broken gastropod. The calices are moderately
deep, variously polygonal to angularly rounded, their greater diam-
eter ranging from 4.3 mm with 34 to 36 septa to 6.1 mm with 40 to
46 septa. The septa are broadly and gently rounded at the calicular
margin forming a low colline over the wall; farther within, the

314 BuLietin 285

margins slope steeply toward the columella where they are nearly
vertical. The septa of adjoining calices abut one another and ob-
scure the wall. The margins of the septa are coarsely dentate, with
eight rounded denticles on a principal septum 1.6 mm in length.
The trabeculae on the faces of the septa are finely granulate, the
granulations disposed in short close columns, The columella is small
and papillate.

Measurements. — Specimen BG-2a: corallum length 53 mm,
maximum width 40 mm, approximate height 28 mm. Specimen AB-
la: asymmetrically hemispherical, with a flattish base; diameters
of head 75 mm X 58 mm, height 59 mm; base 73 mm in length, 53
mm maximum width. Specimen BAH-2a: domal corallum with
globular head and flattish base; diameters of head 32.5 mm &X 32.5
mm; base 51 mm & 46 mm.

Localities. — BG-2a: south side of Belle Glade, Palm Beach
County in Belle Glade Rock Company excavation along Florida
state road 80. Donated by Joseph E. Banks, 1 July 1968. Glades
Formation. AB-la: Apalachee Bay, 10 miles southeast of St. Marks
Lighthouse, 10-12 ft. of water. Recent. BAH-2a: Bucaroon Bay,
Great Abaco Island, Bahamas; living in less than 7 ft. of water.

Comparison. — This species is often found in association with
Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) in both living and fossil
assemblages, and may be confused with it. However, the distinction
between them is important because of their preference in habitats.
Concerning the distinction between S. radians and S. siderea, Squires
(1958, p. 279) wrote as follows:

Siderastrea radians may be characterized by having fewer than four
complete cycles of septa (fewer than 48), while S. siderea generally has four
complete cycles (48 or more septa). The calices of §. radians are generally
smaller than those of S. siderea although there is overlap in this measurement
between the two species. Siderastrea siderea, because of its more numerous
septa, appears to have more crowded calices, while those of S. radians are
more open. In addition, and an aid in collecting, there is a color differentiation
between the two species, as S. radians has brown tentacles, the portions of the
polyp out of the calicular cup are lighter, often light tan or cream in color,
while §. siderea is lilac to reddish brown. Sometimes specimens of S. radians
have a faint red overtone, often concentrated in the calices, giving them a
reddish brown appearance, but the color is never so intense as in S. siderea.

Range and distribution.—The geologic range of Siderastrea
radians is upper Miocene to Recent. In the Americas the living form

FLorIDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 315

is reported from Bermuda to Venezula. Elsewhere it is recorded from
the Cape Verde Islands, the Red Sea, and off the islands of San
Thomé, Annobon, and Fernando Po in the Gulf of Guinea.

Miocene — Dominican Republic (Mao Adentro Limestone);
Haiti (Arrondissement St.-Marc.)

Pliocene — Mexico (Bacalar Formation of Quintana Roo).

Plio-Pleistocene — Florida (Unit A, or Glades Formation).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite in
Monroe County on Torch Key; alongside Card Sound Bridge;
dredged from north end of Raccoon Key, the eastern tip of Stock
Island, in the channel between Stock Island and Cow Key, and at
Old Fort Taylor, Key West. Also dredged from the bottom of Lake
Okeechobee); Bahamas (Fresh Creek fossil reef); Mexico ( Bacalar
Formation, Quintana Roo); Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope);
Curacao; Barbados (low level reefs).

Recent — Bermuda (Gallows Island, North Rock, The Boilers,
Ferry Reach, Harrington Sound); Bahamas (Bimini, Turtle Rocks,
Rabbit Cay, Cavelle Pond, Bucaroon Bay on patch reef less than
7 ft. deep, collected by W. R. MacWilliams, December 1969);
Florida (Spanish Harbor; Tavernier Key, collected by Gunter and
Martens, November 1927; outer reef of east coast; Biscayne Bay;
Virginia Key; Tortugas at Bird Key Reef, Loggerhead Key, Fort
Jefferson; Apalachee Bay, about 10 miles southeast of St. Marks
Lighthouse in 10-12 ft. of water, collector Lyman D. Toulmin; St.
George’s Sound; off Lanarck, Franklin County); Mexico (Vera
Cruz, Isla Verde, Isla de Lobos, Alacran Reef); Panama; British
Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe); Cuba; Jamaica (tide zone
to 32 m; Ocho Rios); Kingston (5 ft. to 6 ft.); Puerto Rico (tide
pools, back-and-patch reefs, cays); St. Thomas; Guadeloupe; St.
Kitts; Antigua; Netherlands Antilles: Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Sint
Jorisbaai, Piscaderabaai, Punta Caballero, Sint Michielsbaai,
Spaanse Water, Awa di Oostpunt, Portomaribaai). Bonaire (Slag-
baai, Boca Bartol, Plenchi, Lac, Cai, Lagun). St. Martin (Great
Bay, Anse des Péres, Anse des Sables, Little Bay, Mullet Pond Bay,
Point Blanche Bay, Burgeux Bay, Guana Bay, Gibbs Bay, Babit
Point, Oyster Pond). Saba (Ladder Bay, Fort Bay). St. Eustatius
(Billy’s Gut, Cocoluch Bay, Jenkins Bay, Tumbledown Dick Bay,
Compagnie Baai, Schildpadden Baai, Oranjestad Baai, Gallows

316 BuLuetin 285

Bay). Aruba (Cudarebe, Arashi, Boca Catalina, Malmok, Palm
Beach, Eagle Beach, Spaans Lagoen, St. Nicolaasbaai, Klein Lagoen,
off Pitch Field, Andicuri); Tobago; Venezuela (Higuerote, Edo.
Miranda; Isla Margarita; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at En-
senada Mangle Quemao, E. Cabruta Roja, E. El Muerto, E, Las
Maritas, E. de Vallecillo, E. Taguapiritu, E. San Agustin, E. de
Centeno, E. Garrapata, E. El] Inglés, E. Botella, E. Carenero, E.
de Punta Leon, E. La Aguada, E. Baquiro, Playa Blanca de Guaigua,
Punta Botella, P. Las Maritas, P. La Trampa, P. Cementerio, P.
Las Morochas, P. Gruesa, P. San Agustin, P. Aceite de Palo, P. de
Leon, P. Mero Mafioso, P. Toporo, P. Piedra, P. Mangle Seco, Playa
de Los Reyes, Costa Maringinia, Costa E] Amparo, Punta E] Am-
paro, Pefia Azul, Playita Mangle Quemao, Morro Garrapata, Lance
Manguillas; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A-C, E-I); Barbados (West
coast); Brazil ? (not confirmed by Laborel, 1967).

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) Pl? 36; figs

1786. Madrepora siderea Ellis and Solander, Natural History of Zoophytes, p.
168, pl. 49, fig. 2.

1821. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.,
Paris, Mém., vol. 6, p. 286, pl. 16, fig. 14.

1821.. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Métho-
dique des ... Polypiers, pl. 49, fig. 2.

1857. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Milne Edwards and Haime, His-
toire Naturelle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, p. 509, pl. D7, fig. 2.

1895. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 278, 279, 285.

1901. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) “Blainville”, Verrill, Connecti-
cut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, pp. 151, 152, 154,
1550 pla 30) figs. tees:

1902. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm.,
Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 309, 310, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2; pl. 16, fig. 1.

1902. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci.,
Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 588-591, pl. 22, figs. 150-152; pl. 23, figs.
153-156; pl. 24, figs. 157-160.

1919. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.,
vol. 103, No. 9, pp. 212, 214, 215, 217, 219, 225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 377,
387, 436-438, 440, 443-447, pl. 114, figs. 2, 3; pl. 122, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 2b,
35, 3a:

1919. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Domini-
can Republic, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 97, 115, 152.

1920. Siderastrea siderea "(Ellis and Solander), Gravier, Résultats Campagnes
Scientifiques du Prince de Monaco, No. 55, p. 96, pl. 12, figs. 179, 180.

1924. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, in Woodring, Geol.
Survey Republic of Haiti, pp. 178, 243.

1939. Siderastrea siderea (Blainville), Butsch, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist.
Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 135, 136, pl. 1 pfigi.2-

1940. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Gerth, in Rutten, K. Neder-
landsche Akad. Wetensch., Proc., vol. 43, No. 7, p. 826.

1943.
1948.

1956.

1958.
1959.
1960.
1961.
1963.
1964.
1964.
1964.
1965.
1966.
1966.
1966.
1966.
1967.
1967.
1968.
1968.

1969.
1969.
1970.
1970.

1971.

1971.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 317

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan and Wells, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 305, pl. 13, fig. 1.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals,
PP60 E72) 790 Die te ;
Siderastrea (Siderastrea) siderea (Ellis and Solander), Wells, Treatise
on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, pp. F384, 385, fig.
276, 1c.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227, 228, 231, 232, 238, 249, 250, pl. 36, figs. 1, 2.
Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No.
1, pp. 70, 73-76, 79, 81, 85, fig. 7.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool.,
vol. 38, pp. 1134, 1137-1140, 1142, 1144, pl. 6.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 10, 74, 75, figs. 63, 64.
Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Almy and Carridn-Torres,
Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 137, 141, 142, 148, 162, pl. 7c.
Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 79, pp. 18, 72, 74, 78, 80, 82, 84.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Hoffmeister, et al., Guide-
book Geol. Soc. Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 22.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No.
Spe LiZ:

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci.,
vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 605, 607, 610, fig. 6F.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.,
Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 285.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Chevalier, Inst. Frangais
Afrique Noire, Bull., sér. A, vol. 28, No. 4, p. 1392.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1931, 1938, pl. 1, fig. 13.
Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Rigby and MaclIntire, Brig-
ham Young Univ. Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 29, 30, 33, 34, 40.
Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Macintyre, Canadian Jour.
Earth Sci., vol. 4, p. 467.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Goreau and Wells, Bull.
Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 447.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, p. 1494.

Siderastrea (Siderastrea) siderea (Ellis and Solander), Weisbord, Bull.
Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No. 246, pp. 33-38, pl. 3, figs. 1-5. [Numerous
references, 1786-1967. ]

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Macintyre and Pilkey, Science,
vol. 166, No. 3903, pp. 374, 375.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44,
pp. 443, 444, 458, 462.

Siderastrea (Siderastrea) siderea (Ellis and Solander), Klose, in letter
to R. O. Vernon 30 April 1970, pp. 2-5, 7.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Mesolella, Sealy, and Mat-
thews, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 54, No. 10, Pt. I of II, pp.
1905, 1906.

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Olivares and Leonard, Inst.
Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 51, 52, 69, table
1 pl 10; figs. C.D:

Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75, table 1.

318 BuLLETIN 285

1971. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 16, 20, 22-35,
38, 39, 63, 64, pl. XIlIlIa, b, text-fig. 25.

1972. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 730-732, fig. 6a.

1972. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Campos Villarroel, Soc.
Venezolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 24, Nos. 122-123, pp. 547, 554, 562,
pl. 6, fig. 8.

The original description of Siderastrea siderea by Sir John Ellis
was as follows:

66. Madrepora siderea
Madrepora aggregata, stellis confertis rotundis subangu-
latisque, parietibus crassi convexiusculis, lamellis alternis
margine subconnatis, centris simplicibus.
Tab. 49, Fig. 2

The original drawing of Siderastrea siderea is stylized and the
description generalized, but thanks to subsequent workers the
characters of the species are now well known.

The fossil specimen (BG-la) illustrated in this paper is from
Belle Glade, Florida, and is referable to Stderastrea siderea although
due to corrosion the calices are not so deep and the calicular margins
less rounded than on well-preserved examples of the species.

BG-1 is a wholly spheroidal corallum, with a hardly perceptible
attachment area. The calices, which are corroded, are shallow and
variously polygonal in outline, with their greater diameters ranging
from about 4.8 mm to 7.5 mm. In mature calices there are four
complete cycles of septa, and in some of them a number in the
fifth. The septa are dentate on the margin, granulate on the sides,
and are arranged as usual in the genus, with the smaller ones joining
the next larger. Perforations on the faces of the septa are not un-
common and are often present between the synapticulae which them-
selves are prominent and occur in three to five rows. The columella
is small, often fused, and in places papillary.

Measurements. — Specimen BG-la: corallum height 60 mm,
length 72 mm, width 63 mm.

Locality. — South edge of Belle Glade, Palm Beach County, in
Belle Glade Rock Co. excavation at Florida state road 80, Donated
by Joseph E. Banks, 1 July 1968. Glades Formation.

Range and distribution.—The geologic range of Stderastrea
siderea is upper Miocene to Recent. In the Western Atlantic the

FLor1pDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 319

living form is reported from North Carolina south to Venezuela.
The living species also is found in the Red Sea, the Cape Verde
Islands, the Gulf of Guinea, and the Island of San Thomé.

Miocene — Cuba; Jamaica (Bowden Formation); Vieques
Island; Haiti (upper Miocene), Thomonde Formation; Dominican
Republic (upper Miocene) in the Gurabo Hills, Rio Cana, Arroyo
Las Lavas, Rio Yaque del Sur; Trinidad (lower-middle Miocene).

Pliocene — Haiti (Riviére Gauche Formation); Venezuela
(Playa Grande Formation).

Plio-Pleistocene (?}) — Florida (Glades Formation); Dominican
Republic (Provincia de Monte Cristi).

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite in Monroe County at Old
Fort Taylor; between Stock Island and Cow Key; eastern tip of
Stock Island; and in channel at north end of Raccoon Key; Key
Largo Limestone at Port Everglades, Broward County; Bermuda;
Bahamas; Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope); Costa Rica; Cuba;
Jamaica; Dominican Republic (Barahona); St. Eustatius; Curacao;
Aruba; Barbados in reefs up to 480 feet in elevation.

Recent — North Carolina (Onslow Bay, 22 m, 10.6°C., tempera-
ture of bottom in winter); Florida (Tortugas; off southeast coast;
Biscayne Bay; patch reefs); Bermuda; Bahamas (Rabbit Cay,’
Turtle Rocks, Great Bahama Bank); Mexico (Blanquilla and
Alacran Reefs, Isla de Lobos off Vera Cruz); Panama; British Hon-
duras (Rendezvous Cay, Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef); Pedro
Bank; Jamaica (0.5 m to 70 m; Ocho Rios); Puerto Rico (Culebra;
Cayo Turrumote; Cayo Icacos); St. Thomas (22 m to 74 m); An-
guilla (37 m to 47 m); St. Bartholomew (36 m to 48 m); Montser-
rat (33 m to 40 m); Netherlands Antilles: St. Eustatius (Jenkins
Bay, Tumbledown Dick Bay, Gallows Bay). Aruba (Boca Catalina-
Malmok, Mangel Altu). Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Boca
Santa Marta, Daaibooibaai, Vaarsenbaai, Sint Michielsbaai, Pisca-
derabaai, Spaanse Water, Awa di Oostpunt). Bonaire (Boca Bartdl,
Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan Doran-Barcadera, Ruin, Hato, Klein Bonaire,
Plaja Sarna, Baca, Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan, Oranje Pan, Lac,
Lagun). St. Martin (Baie Rouge, Mullet Pond Bay, Mahé Bay,
Burgeux Bay, Simson Bay, Cay Bay). Saba (Cove Bay); Barbados
(west coast 2 to 24 m); Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz, Edo. Anzo-
ategui; Tortuga; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Ensenada

320 BuLuieTin 285

Cabruta Roja, E. Cabruta Blanca, E. El Muerto, E. El Aguirre, E.
E] Inglés, E. Taguapirito, E. San Agustin, E. de Centeno, E. Gar-
rapata, E. Carenero, Barranca de Mochima, Morro Garrapta, Punta
Botella, P. Aguirre, P. Garrapata, P. Leén, P. El Amparo, P. San
Agustin, P. Aceite de Palo, P. Las Maritas, P. Mero Mafioso, Playa
de Los Reyes, Playita Mangle Quemao, Costa El Amparo, Pefia
Azul, Lance Manguillas); Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A-G, I.

PORITIDAE

Porites astreoides Lamarck PI. (29) figs. oa

1816. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 269.

1820. Porites astroides Lamarck, Lesueur, Mus. Hist. nat.. Paris, Mém., vol.
6, pp. 287, 288.

1827. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Métho-
dique, pt. 2, p. 651.

1829. 2Porites conglomeratus Eichwald, Zoologia Specialis...., p. 183. [Fide
Vaughan, 1902, p. 317.]

1834. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys.
Ahandl. for 1832, p. 343.

1834. Porites astreotdes WLamarck, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de
Zoophytologie, p. 395, pl. 61, figs. 5, 5a.

1836. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2
p. 435.

1846. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol.
7, Zoophytes, p. 561.

1850. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des An-
tilles, p. 17.

1851. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris,
sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 16, p. 29.

1860. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle
des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 178.

1861. Porites incerta, P. guadalupensis, P. agaricus Duchassaing and Michelotti,
R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 349. [Fide Vaughan, 1902,
p. 317.]

1863. Porites collegniana Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 19,
p. 437 (non Michelin, 1842). [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p. 317, and Gregory,
1895, p. 284.]

1864. Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No.
3, p. 42.

1866. Neoporites littoralis, pp. 191, 192; N. michelini, p. 192, pl. 10, figs. 9, 10;
N. subtilis ?, pp. 192, 193, pl. 10, figs. 7, 8; N. superficialis, N. agaricus,
N. incerta Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem.,
ae vol. 23, pp. 191-193, pl. 10, figs. 7-10. [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p.
S17:

1866. Neoporites astraeoides (Lamarck) and Cosmoporites laevigata Duchas-
saing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., vol. 23, pp. 192,
193, pl. 10, figs. 12, 16: [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p. 317.]

1868. Porites astroides Lamarck, Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 24, pp. 12, 25.

1871. Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2,
No. 4, p. 85.

1877.
1877.
1880.
1886.
1888.
1890.
1892.
1895.
1900.
1901.
1901.
1902.
1902.
1902.
1904.
1905.
1906.

1906.

1912.

19/13;
1913.
1914.
1914.
1915.
1915.
1916.

1916.

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 321

Porites (Neoporites) astraeoides Lamarck, Lindstrom, K. Svenska
Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 24.

Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc.
Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 283.

Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol.
7, No. 1, pl. 16, figs. 1-12.

Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger 1873-
1876, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 11, 13, 182.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 10, p.
354, 355.

Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc: svols425 ip. 9305:

Porites verrillii Rehberg, Naturwiss. Verein Hamburg, Abhandl., vol.
12, No. 1, p. 48. [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p. 317.]

Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 51, p. 284.

Porites astraeotdes Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 10, art. XIV, p. 552.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
rans: vol.11, Pt, I) art--10L, -p-160 art. IV, pp. 170,196, pl.3i, fig: 4.
Porites verrillii Rehberg, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
‘brans:, vol. 11; Pt ly art: TS pp. 16t; 162;-art. IV, p196; pl.931, fis: 5:
Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for
1900. pt. 2, p: 317, pl. 32: pl. 33's pl. 34, figs.. 1, 2:

Porites (Neoporites) astraeoides Lamarck, Vaughan, in Spencer, Geol.
Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 361.

Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,
Mem., vol. 8, pp. 549-552, pls. 3-5, figs. 28-42.

Porites verrilli Rehberg, Greeley, ix Branner, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull.,
vol. 44, p. 267.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 12, art. II, pt. 4, pp. 118, 122.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.
Trans., vol. 12, art. II, pt. 5, pp. 209, 240, 241, figs. 96, 96a.

Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Bernard, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 6, II. The Genus
Porites, pt. 2, pp. 5, 6, 8, 24, 103. Also Porites Americana incertae sedis
sexta et vicesima.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 10 for 1911, pp. 148-156, pl. 4, figs. 3a, 3d, 3e; pl. 5, fig. 5b; pl.
6, figs. 1c, 2e.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 11, p. 126.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 11, pp. 155, 156, 162.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 13, pp. 224, 225.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.
No. 183, Paper Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 19.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol.
5) pp. 597, 599.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 14, pp. 226, 228, 229.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 2, p.
98.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 14, pp. 226-228, 231.

522

BuLvetin 285

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 98-T,

Pp. 3:76.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.

No. 252, Paper Tortugas Lab., vol. 12, No. 7, p. 175.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9,

pp. 211, 219; 223; 225, 236, 253, 503.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Republic,

Mem., vol. 1, pp. 135, 152, 165, 167.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, in Woodring, Geol. Survey Re-

public of Haiti, pp. 218, 243.

. Porites aff. P. astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan and Hoffmeister, Carnegie

Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 344, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 23, pp.
107; 108, LLO; Pd, 131, 132

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars

35, pp. 469, 470.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam,

vol. 25, p. 161.

. Porites astraeoides Lamarck, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars

44, p. 612.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Coryell and Ohlsen, New York Acad. Sci.,

Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp.
169, 173, 227, 228, pl. 42, figs. 2; 3a.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-

book No. 31, p. 291.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No.

475, Paper Tortugas Lab., vol. 31, No. 9, p. 211.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Butsch, Barbados Mus. and Hist. Soc., Jour.,

vol. 6, No. 3, p. 138, pl. 11, fig. 6.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.

Pap., No. 44, p. 68.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 71, 79,

SO ple ta:

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9, p. 130,

pis dh tres sl:

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.

Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf

and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 223.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.I.,

Bull. No. 3, p. 31.

. Porites asteroides Lamarck, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 23, 24.
. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol.

115, art. 4, pp. 227-233, 238, 240, 250, 251, pl. 39, figs. 2, 3.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol. Bull.,

vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 242, 243, 244, 248, 249.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskins, Inst.

Marine Sci. Univ. of Texas, Publ., vol. 6, p. 19.

. Porites asteroides Lamarck, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 33.
. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Newell, Imbrie, Purdy and Thurber, Amer.

Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, p. 211.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73-76,

78-82, 85, figs. 9, 12.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6,

pp. 1134, 1137-1142, 1144.

. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao

[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 64, 65, figs. 53, 54.

1961.
1962.
1963.

1963.
1963.

1964.
1964.

1964.
1965.
1965.
1966.
1966.
1966.
1967.

1967.
1967.
1967.
1968.
1968.
1969.
1969.
1969.
1970.
1970.
19/7 11-
1971.

7A:

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 323

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Westermann and Kiel, Natuurwetenschap-
pelijke Studiekring Suriname en de Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, p. 136.
Porites astreoides Lamarck, Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 17, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23, 26, 28, fig. 2.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour.
Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 149, pl. VIIIa.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Shinn, Jour. Sed. Pet., vol. 33, No. 2, p. 300.
Porites astreoides Lamarck, Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Carib-
bean, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 282, 284.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79,
pp. 45, 46, 60, 63, 67, 68, 74, 77-86, 89.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 9, 23-35, 38, 41, 42, 47, pls.
IVb, IXa.

Porites asteroides Lamarck, Hoffmeister, ef al., Guidebook Geol. Soc.
Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 22.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3,
pp. 599, 603-607, 610, figs. 5D, 6C, 8.

Porites asteroides Lamarck, Neumann, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4,
p. 1004.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull.,
sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 294, 299, fig. 3.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Goreau and Hartman, Science, vol. 151, No.
3708, p. 343.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull.,
vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1929, 1931, 1937, 1938, pl. 1, fig. 5.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Roos, Growth and Occurrence of the Reef
Coral Porites astreoides Lamarck in Relation to Submarine Radiance
Distribution, Utrecht, pp. 1-72, figs. 1-14.

Porites atreoides Lamarck, Laborel, Postilla, No. 107, pp. 2, 4. = P.
verrilli Rehberg 1892 (= P. solida Verrill 1868).
Porites astreoides Lesueur, Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17,
No. 2, p. 447.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Macintyre, Canadian Jour. Earth Sci., vol.
4, p. 467.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Yonge, Roy. Soc. London, Proc., ser. B, vol.
169, p. 339.

Porites atreoides Lamarck, Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, pp. 1490, 1494, 1496.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44, p. 463.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Wagenaar Hummelinck and Roos, Natuur-
wetenschappelijke Werkgroep Nederlandse Antillen, Pub. No. 18, p. 20,
fig. 10.

Porites asteroides Lamarck, Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Mem.
11, pp. 139, 146, 150, 151, 164, 171, 178, 185, pl. 9, figs. 5, 6.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Mesolella, Sealy, and Matthews, Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., vol. 54, No. 10, (Pt. I of II), p. 1905.

Porites (Porites) astreoides Lamarck, Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon
30 April 1970, pp. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 52, 56, 64, table 1, pl. 9, figs. A, B.
Porites astreoides Lamarck, Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol.,
vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75, table 1.

Porites astreoides Lamarck, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 16, 18, 20-39, 61, 62, 95,
102, figs. 6, 9, 13, 23, 46, pls. 18a, 19a.

324 BuLLeTIN 285

1972. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 554, 562, 563, 578, pl. 6, fig.
6: pl. 6C.

1972. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull.,
vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 730, 731, 732, fig. 6a.

Lamarck’s original description of this species was the following:

3. Porite astréoide. Porites astreoides.

P. incrustans, undato-gibbosula; stella parvis, profundis, continguis ;
parietibus lamelloso-striatis, denticulatis; margine scabro.

As we do not have a fossil form of Porites astreoides in our
Florida collection, the description below is based on a well-pre-
served Recent specimen (BAH-la) from the Bahama Islands.

The corallum is dull yellowish brown, porose, massive, and
gibbous on the surface, the gibbosites elevated, roundish, and con-
tiguous. The calices are small, polygonal in outline, and relatively
deep, their size ranging from 1 mm to 1.6 mm for an average of 1.3
mm; the average depth is about 0.9 mm. There are 12 subequal
septa in two cycles, the septa thin and lamellar, strongly erose or
serrulate along the margins, and smoothish to faintly corrugate on
the sides. The pali on the inner ends of the principal septa are in-
distinct and styliform. The central area of the calices is small and
deep, and arising from it there may be a small erect styliform
columella. Small perforations are numerous and are present in the
walls, on the summits of contiguous calices, and sometimes through
the septa.

Measurements. — Specimen BAH-1a. corallum length 81.5 mm,
width 65 mm, height 47 mm.

Locality. — Bucaroon Bay, Great Abaco Island, Bahamas.
Living in less than 7 feet of water in a patch reef. Collected by W. R.
McWilliams of the Biology Department of Florida State University,
14-25 December 1969.

Comparisons. — As noted by Vaughan (1917, p. 376), Porites
carrizensis Vaughan from the Carrizo Creek Beds of Imperial
County, California, of lower-middle Pliocene age, has the same
growth form, the same diameter of calices, and the same kind of
septal margins as P. astreoides of Florida and the West Indies. “The
calices of P. carrizensis seem shallower and the pali better developed
than in P. astreoides, but the two are remarkably alike.” Seven
other Pliocene to Recent corals of Florida are so close in specific

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 325

affinities to the Carrizo Creek corals that it seemed to Vaughan
(1919, p. 223) the Carrizo Creek Beds “can scarcely be so old as
Miocene; lower Pliocene appears to be the maximum age which may
be assigned to the [Carrizo Creek] fauna.”

As suggested as early as 1902 by Vaughan (1902, p. 317), it is
now thought by Laborel (1967, p. 4) to be “completely impossible
to draw a line between P. astreoides Lamarck and P. verilli Reh-
berg, [and] their provisional reunification seems justified.”

Range and distribution.— The geographic range of Porites
astreoides Lamarck is Bermuda to Brazil; the reported geologic
range is Oligocene to Recent, with the Oligocene to Pliocene oc-
currences yet to be verified.

Oligocene — Puerto Rico (Cibao Marl ? and San Sebastian
Formation ?).

Miocene — Cuba (La Cruz Marl); Haiti (Arrondissement
Mirebelais ?})}; Dominican Republic (Rio Gurabo ? and Arroyo Las
ayasel.)a)liamidad:.(Sta Crom ?).

Pliocene — Haiti (Arrondissement Léogane ?).

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite or Key Largo Limestone
dredged off Key West, Cow Key, Stock Island, Raccoon Key; exca-
vated in marl pits alongside Card Sound Bridge); Panama Canal
Zone (near Mt. Hope); St. Kitts (Brimstone Hill); Dominican
Republic (Provincias de Macoris, Santo Domingo, and Barahona);
Trinidad; Barbados (submerged coral reefs along west coast; low-
level reefs near Bridgetown and 1 mile north of Bath, elevation 165
ft; high-level reefs, Castle Grant, elevation 1070 ft.).

Recent — Bermuda (Harrington Sound; North Rock; Castle
Harbor); Bahamas (Nassau; Bucaroon Bay, Great Abaco Island;
Bimini; Rabbit Cay; Turtle Rocks; Moselle Bank); Florida (Dry
Tortugas; Key West; Spanish Harbor; Biscayne Bay; outer reefs
and patch reefs off the southeast coast); Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho
Rios; 0.2 m - 70 m); Pedro Bank; Mexico (Blanquilla off Vera
Cruz; Alacran Reef); British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe,
Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef); St. Thomas (22 m to 39 m); St.
Bartholomew; Montserrat (33 m to 42 m); St. Lucia (32 m to 68
m); Guadeloupe; Puerto Rico (Cayo Icacos); Barbados (west
coast, 15 m to 24 m); Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Cudarebe-
Arashi, Boca Catalina, Malmok, Eagle Beach-Palm Beach, Barca-

326 BuLLeETIN 285

dera, Mangel Altu, St. Nicolaasbaai, Punta Basora, Andicuri).
Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Portomaribaai, Daaibooibaai,
Vaarsenbaai, Kaap Malmeeuw, Sint Michielsbaai, Spaanse Water,
Awa di Oostpunt, Sint Jorisbaai, Klein Curacao). Bonaire (Boca
Bartol, Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan Doran, Barcadera, Ruin, Lont, Klein
Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca, Punt Vierkant, Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan,
Oranje Pan, Plenchi, Lac). St. Martin (Anse des Péres, Anse des
Sables, Baie Rouge, Mullet Pond Bay, Mahé Bay, Burgeux Bay,
Simson Bay, Cay Bay, Little Bay, Great Bay, Point Blanche Bay,
Guana Bay, Gibb’s Bay, Babit Point). Saba (Ladder Bay, Fort
Bay, Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluth Bay - Jenkins Bay - Tum-
bledown Dick Bay, Gallows Bay, Compagnie Baai); Venezuela
(Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A-I); Bahia de Mochima, Edo Sucre
(Isla Larga, Punta Garrapata, Playa de Los Reyes, Playita Mangle
Quemao, Costica Mano E’Piedra, Lance Manguillas, Costa Marin-
ginia, Isla Huevito, Ensenada Cabruta Blanca, Isla Santa Ana,
Isla Redonda, Ensenada Cabruta Roja, Ensenada de Vallecillo, En-
senada Taguapirito, Ensenada San Agustin, Ensenada Piedra Pelona,
Ensenada Garrapata, Ensenada Las Maritas, Ensenada Los Aceites,
Ensenala EI] Inglés, Ensenada La Aguada, Ensenada Toporo-Topo-
rito, Ensenada Baquiro, Ensenada E] Muerto, Ensenada F] Aguirre,
Morro de Garrapata, Punta Cementerio, Punta Las Morochas,
Punta Gruesa, Punta Las Maritas, Punta de Leén, Punta Mero
Manoso, Punta Mangle Seco, Ensenada Burgao, Barranca de Mo-
chima, Playa Blanca de Guagua, Ensenada Botella); Brazil (Rio
Grande do Norte sandstone reef, Pernambuco sandstone reefs,
Maceio coral reef, Cape Bacopary, Mamanguape, Goyanna, Abrolhos
and Lixa reefs, Candeias, Tamandare, Rio Formoso, Maria Farinha,

Parahyba do Norte).

Porites divaricata Lesueur Pl. 31. figs ate

1820. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, Mem., vol. 6, pp. 288,
289.

1827. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Ecneyclopédie Métho-
dique, pt. 2, p. 441.

1836. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2,
vol. 2, p. 441.

1851. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris,
sér. 3, Zoologie, p. 30.

1860. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des
Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 178.

Fiorwwa CENozoIcC CORALS: WEISBORD 327

1861. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 358.

1866. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 191.

1870. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des
Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 32.

1902. Porites porites forma divaricata Lesueur, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm.,
Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, p. 316, pl. 2, figs. 4, 4a, 4b.

1902. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington, Mem.,
vol. 8, p. 549.

1906. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Bernard. Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Coral in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 6, II. The Genus
Porites, pp. 6, 7, 11, 42, 43. Also Porites guadalupensis prima Bernard.

1910. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.
No. 133, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 4, p. 169.

1919. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Vaughan, U.S. National Mus., Bull. 103, No.
9 pp:. 222, 500:

1938. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Richards, Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 49, pt.
P45 Vos VAS

1948. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 80.

1954. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-
1954, p. 24.

1954. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

1958. Porites porites var. divaricata Lesueur, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 230-232, 238, 242, 252, 253, pl. 38, fig. 3.

1959. Porites porites forma divaricata Lesueur, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1,

pp. 28, 34.

1959. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73,
HERSEY

1960. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6,
p. 1134.

1961. Porites porites var. divaricata Lamarck, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 70, 71, figs. 59, 60.

1962. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 17, 21.

1963. Porites porites var. divaricata Lesueur, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Carib-
bean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, p. 149, pl. VIIIb.

1964. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 47.

1967. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol.
17, No. 2, p. 447.

1970. Porites divaricata Lesueur, Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April
1970, p. 5.

Lesueur’s original description of Porites divaricata was as fol-
lows:

3. Porite étendue. Porites divaricata.

Rameaux gréles, écartés, subcomprimés, divergens renversés sur
les cédtes, bilobés aux extrémités.

Animaux ne couvrant que les extrémités supérieures, mais descen-
dant plus bas que dans le précédente espéce.

Celle-ci, que je ne connois que morte, différe, de l’autre par la
disposition de ses rameaux, qui sont divergens et obliques, au lieu
d’étre ramassés en groupes droits comme dans la précédente. Sa hauteur
est de deux pouces au plus. Elle est tré-délicate.

Habite la Guadeloupe.

328 BuLueTIN 285

Although Porites divaricata has been reported from the Pliocene
and Pleistocene of Florida, I have not seen the fossil form. However,
what I believe may be the Recent form of the species occurs off the
west coast of Florida in Florida’s “Middle Ground”, and is described
and illustrated herein.

The “Middle Ground” corallum is porose and branching, the
branches few in number, subcircular in cross section, and small in
girth, the diameters varying from 5.5 mm to 6.5 mm. The calices
are low and shallow, obtusely polygonal in outline, and intimately
connected; their average diameter is about 1.75 mm. There are two
cycles of septa, the septa subequal and echinulate, with the margins
and sides beset with minute spinules and tubules. The secondary
septa join the primaries before the columella, and at the inner ends
of each of the primaries there is a stellate and echinulate palus, the
pali disposed in an irregular ring around the columella. The colu-
mella, or center of the columellar circlet is often styliform and erect,
and resembles in every respect the individual palus.

Small perforations are ubiquitous throughout.

Measurements. —FMG-la: corallum height 83 mm, maximum
span between branch ends 46 mm. FMB-1b: corallum height 45 mm,
maximum span between branch ends 26 mm.

Locality. — Florida Middle Ground, in Gulf of Mexico, off the
west coast of Florida. Specimens FMG-la, b were collected by
Robert Back of Florida State University, and donated by him 7
December 1972.

Comparison. — Specimen FMG-1b is virtually identical with
the forms of Porites divaricata illustrated by Vaughan (1902) and
Squires (1958), from Puerto Rico and the Bahamas, respectively.

Range and distribution. — Pliocene to Recent. Florida to Bar-
bados.

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl).

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite, dredged from northern
end of Stock Island, Monroe County; species encountered in well
at Delray, Palm Beach County, at depth of 118 feet.

Recent — Florida (Middle Ground); Bahamas (off South
Bimini); British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe); Jamaica
(Ocho Rios; 0.1 m to 47 m); St. Thomas; Puerto Rico (off Culebra,
15-1/2 fathoms); Guadeloupe; Barbados (west coast).

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 329

Porites furcata Lamarck Pl.30} fig..2> Plast; figsw3

1816.
1821.

1846.
1851.
1880.
1888.
1895.
1901.
1902.

1906.

1912.
1919.
1921.
1924.
11939.
1948.
1958.
1959.
1960.

1961.
1961.

1963.
1964.
1966.
1966.
1967.
1968.

1968.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 271.
Porites recta Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Mém., vol. 6, p. 288,
pl. 16, fig. 16. [Fide Felix, 1929, p. 614.]

Porites furcata Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7,
Zoophytes, p. 555.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris,
sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 16, pp. 25, 26, pl. 1, figs. 1, 1a, 1b, 1c.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Pourtalés, in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.,
vol. 7, No. 1, p. 12, fig. 7; pl. 16, figs. 13-20.
Porites furcata Lamarck, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 10, pp.
361-364, pl. 15, figs. 1-3; pl. 17, fig. 1.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol.
51, pp. 283, 284.

Porites polymorpha Verrill (pars), Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, p. 158. [Fide Vaughan, 1919, p. 499.]
Porites porites forma furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull.,
vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 316, pl. 30; pl. 31, fig. 1.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Bernard, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 6, pt. 2, pp.
5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 34, 61, 64, 65, 70, 73, 82-83, pl. 12, fig. 1. (Porites West
Indies x. 3 = P. Americana incertae sedis tertia).

Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 10 for 1911, p. 156, pl. 5, figs. 5c, 6c, 7, 8, pl. 6, figs. 1a-1c.
Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp.
ZAZy 22023510, 499), 500;

Porites sp. aff. P. furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican
Republic Mem., vol. 1, p. 152.

Porites sp. aff. P. furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, in Woodring et al., Geol.
Survey Republic of Haiti, pp. 156, 178, 218.
Porites clavaria Lamarck, Butsch, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, p. 138, pl. 2, fig. 4.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Smith, Atlantic Reef corals, pp. 7, 66, 80, 81,
pl. 8.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115,
art. 4, pp. 228-230, 232, 252, pl. 39, fig. 1.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 74-76,
79, 82, 85, fig. 14.

Porites furcata Lamarck, T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol.
119, No. 3, pp. 417-421, 426.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Goreau, Endeavour, vol. 20, p. 33.

Porites porites var. furcata Lamarck, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 68, 69, figs. 57, 58.

Porites porites var. furcata Lamarck, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Carib-
bean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 149, 162, pl. IXb.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79, pp.
45, 46, 80, 84, 86.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol.
50, No. 9, p. 1931, pl. 1, fig. 14.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham Young Univ.
Geol. Studies, vol. 13, p. 32.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17,
No. 2, p. 447.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull., vol. 79, No. 1i, p. 1494.

Porites furcata Lamarck, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No.
246, pp. 38-42, pl. 4, figs. 1-4. [Numerous references, 1816 to 1966.]

330 BULLETIN 285

1969. Porites furcata Lamarck, Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44, p. 464.

1970. Porites (Porites) furcata Lamarck, Klose, im letter to R. O. Vernon 30
April 1970, p. 5.

1971. Porites porites var. furcata or clavaria Lamarck, Roos, Studies on the
Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp.
18-31, 33, 35-39, 59, 60.

1972. Porites furcata Lamarck, Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 563, 564, 578, pl. 6.

Two specimens, USGS-3300 from Shell Creek and PG-la from
3.5 miles southeast of Punta Gorda, Charlotte County, both reported
to occur in the Caloosahatchee Marl, were examined. The former
was identified by Vaughan, and PG-la, although corroded and
broken, is also thought to be referable to the same species.

The weathered corallum of PG-la is a porose appressed stem
from which diverge two branches snubbed off at their ends. The
calices are shallow and subpolygonal in outline, varying from 1.3
mm to 1.8 mm in greater diameter, for a median of 1.5 mm. There
are 12 septa in two cycles, the septa more or less the same in size.
The margins of the septa are coarsely dentate and erose, and the
faces, which bear fine pointed granulations, are also perforate, the
perforations sparse but relatively large. On the inner ends of the
septa there are three to five pali, the latter number probably being
the usual one on specimens in good condition. The columella is small
and nondescript.

Measurements. — Specimen PG-la: corallum length 35.5 mm,
width across ends of branches 14 mm, diameter of main stem at
middle 11 mm & 8 mn, diameters of branches at crotch 6.4 mm
< 5.7 mm and 5 mm & 5 mm (reconstructed). Specimen USGS-
3300: corallum length 50.5 mm, maximum width 29.6 mm, diameters
at middle of stem 11 mm & 13 mm, diameters of larger branch
11.2 mm 13 mm.

Locality. —PGl-a: about 3.5 miles southeast of Punta Gorda,
Charlotte County, on road to Punta Gorda airport, 1.4 miles south
of the entrance to Tee and Green Estates. Collector: Leslie Dyet,
16 February 1968. “Caloosahatchee Marl”.

Range and distribution. — The geologic range of Porites furcata
is Oligo-Miocene to Recent; geographically the taxon is reported
from Florida to Venezuela.

Oligo-Miocene — Haiti ? (Arrondissement de Mirebelais).

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 331

Miocene — Haiti ? (Las Cahobas Formation); Dominican Re-
public (Mao Adentro Limestone).

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl).

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite dredged from channel at
northern end of Raccoon Key); Costa Rica (Moin); Panama Canal
Zone; Dominican Republic; Curacao; Barbados.

Recent — Florida (Tortugas, Middle Ground, Caesar’s Creek,
and Cape Florida in Gulf of Mexico, and Key West, Salt Pond Key,
Stock Island, and Spanish Harbor in Atlantic waters; Bermuda;
Great Bahama Bank; Jamaica (0.2 to 50 m; Lime Cay; Rockham
Cay; Ocho Rios in back reef, lagoon, reef crest, seaward slope);
Mexico (off Vera Cruz; Alacran Reef); British Honduras (Ren-
dezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef); Puerto
Rico (La Parguera); Barbados; Netherlands Antilles: Aruba
(Arashi, Malmok, Eagle Beach, Palm Beach, Barcadera, St.
Nicolaasbaai, Pitch Field). Curacao (Plaja Abao, Portomaribaai,
Vaarsenbaai, Sint Michielsbaai, Piscaderabaai, Spaanse Water, Awa
di Oostpunt, Boca Plaja Canoa, Sint Jorisbaai, Klein Curacao).
Bonaire (Boca Bartol, Plaja Frans, Lont, Ruin, Klein Bonaire,
Plaja Sarna, Willemstoren, Plenchi, Lac). St. Martin (Simson Bay,
Great Bay, Guana Bay, Gibb’s Bay). Saba (Fort Bay, Cove Bay).
St. Eustatius (Jenkins Bay, Tumbledown Dick Bay, Gallows Bay,
Compagnie Baai); Venezuela (Playa Grande Yachting Club, Dis-
trito Federal; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre, at Ensenada Gar-
rapata, Ensenada El Muerto, Ensenada El Aguirre, Ensenada
Botella, Ensenada Mangle Quemao, Ensenada Cabruta Blanca, En-
senada Los Aceites, Ensenada Cabruta Roja, Morro de la Garrapata,
Punta Botella).

Porites porites (Pallas) Pl. 31, fig. 4

1758. Corallium poris stellatus Seba, Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium
Thesauri, vol. 3, p. 202, pl. 109, fig. 11.

1766. Madrepora porites Pallas (pars), Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 324.

1786. Madrepora porites Pallas, Ellis and Solander, Natural History of ...
Zoophytes, p. 172, figs. 1, 2(?).

1902. Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for
1900, pt. 2, pp. 314-316, pl. 28.

1905. Porites porites (Pallas), Bernard, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, II, The Genus
Porites, pt. 2, p. 3.

1906. Porites porites (Pallas), Bernard, Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals
in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 6, IJ, The Genus Porites,
pt. 2, pp. 11, 16, 31, 32, 43; also Porites curacoaesecunda Bernard, p. 31.

332

1921.
1924.

1926.

1943.
1948.
1956.
1959.
1959.
1964.
1964.
1965.
1966.
1966.
1966.
1967.
1968.

1968.
1968.

1970.
1970.
1971.

1971.

197A.
19725

BuLLeTIN 285

Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Republic,
Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

Porites sp. cf. P. porites (Pallas), Vaughan, in Woodring, Geol. Survey
Republic of Haiti, pp. 217, 243.

Porites aff. P. porites (Pallas), Vaughan and Hoffmeister, Carnegie
Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 344, Pap. Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 23, pp.
110; 1099 131

Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 44, pp. 16, 68, 315, pl. 23, figs. 1-3.

Porites porites (Pallas), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 7, 66, 81, pls.
9, 10.

Porites (Porites) porites (Pallas), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate
Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F393, fig. 287, 1a, 1b.

Porites porites (Pallas), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol.
117, No. 2, pp. 239, 242-244, 248, 249.

Porites porites (Pallas), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73, 74,
75, 76, 79, 81, 85.

Porites porites (Pallas), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79, pp.
39554514660) 72) S2.eple2ytic. Ws ple 3\ifig: 2:

Porites porites (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 10, 23, 24, 26-32, 35, 42, 47.
Porites porites (Pallas), Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3, pp.
599, 603, 605, 606, 610, figs. 6A, 7.

Porites porites (Pallas), Rigby and McIntire, Brigham Young Univ.
Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 28, 30, 32, 40, 42, 44, pl. 15, fig. 3, text-fig. 9.
Porites porites (Pallas), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull., sér.
2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 292, 294, 299.

Porites porites (Pallas), Chevalier, Inst. Francais Afrique Noire, Bull.,
sér. A, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 1365-1368, 1392, pl. 8, fig. 3.

Porites porites (Pallas), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17,
No. 2, p. 447.

Porites porites (Pallas), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No.
246, pp. 43-46. [Numerous references 1758-1967. ]

Porites porites (Pallas), Yonge, Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 169B, p. 342.
Porites porites (Pallas), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, p. 1496.

Porites porites (Pallas), Mesolella, Sealy, and Matthews, Amer. Assoc.
Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 54, No. 10 (pt. 1 of II), p. 1905.

Porites (Porites) porites (Pallas), Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon 30
April 1970, p. 3.

Porites porites (Pallas), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 49, 50, 52, 64, 69, table 1, pl. 9, figs. C, D.
Porites porites (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other
Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18-20, 22-27, 30, 31, 33-40,
58-60, 95, 103, figs. 13, 22, pls. 16a, b; 17a, b.

Porites porites (Pallas), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol.,
vol; 1, No.,.2,..pp. 73; 74, 75, table) 1.

Porites porites (Pallas), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat.,
Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 550, 564, 578, pl. 6M.

The specimen here described is labeled Porites porites (Pallas)

and is one of three fossil fragments contained in the collection of
the U.S. National Museum; a tag in the same tray bears the follow-
ing notation: “1/593. Dredged from St. Lucie Canal, Fla., 1 mile
from L. Okeechobee.”

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 333

The corallum of the largest specimen is branching but the
terminal character of the subsidiary branches is not known. The
calices are low, tightly appressed, pentagonal or hexagonal in out-
line, and range from 1.7 mm to 2.1 mm in greater diameter. There
are 12 alternating septa in two cycles, the primaries much larger
than the secondaries, the latter joining the principals near the
columella. The margins of the septa are erose and echinulate, the
sides spinulose and often perforate, with generally one large perfora-
tion through a principal septum. Normally there is an echinulate
palus at the end of each primary, and where fully developed there
are six subequal pali surrounding the tuberculate and minutely
spinose columella. However, a number of calices show five pali be-
cause of poor preservation or arrested growth.

Measurements. —USNM 1/593: corallum of largest specimen,
length 36 mm, maximum width 25 mm, diameters of main stem
15.5 & 13.5 mm, diameters of larger branch 14.5 mm X 12 mm,
diameters of smaller branch 11 mm & 9 mm.

Locality. —USNM 1/593: Dredged from St. Lucie Canal, 1
mile from Lake Okeechobee, Martin County. This locality is im-
precise, but since the area around Lake Okeechobee in the vicinity
of the St. Lucie Canal and Okeechobee Waterway is mapped as the -
Fort Thompson Formation by Puri and Vernon (1964, pl. 2), it is
inferred that specimen 1/593 is Pleistocene in age.

Comparison. — Although the type of Porites porites was not
recognized by Bernard (1905, 1906) and the species sensu stricto
not even listed by Rathbun (1888b) as occurring in the Western
Atlantic, the name seems again to be meeting with favor among
many of today’s writers. The species is similar to Porites furcata
Lamarck, but is distinguished from that, according to Smith (1948,
p. 81), by its somewhat larger calices, by the swollen rather than
gently tapered ends of the branches, and by the six rather than five
pali of Porites furcata.

Range and distribution.—The geographic range of Porites
porites is recorded from Bermuda to Venezuela, and the geologic
range from Miocene to Recent. In the Eastern Atlantic, the living
species is reported from the Cape Verde Islands.

Miocene — Cuba (La Cruz Marl); Haiti (Arrondissement St.-
Marc? ); Trinidad (?).

334 BULLETIN 285

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl); Haiti (Arrondisse-
ment Légoane? ).

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite/Key Largo Limestone
dredged from channel between Stock Island and Cow Key; Speci-
men USNM-1/593 Lake Okeechobee); Panama Canal Zone (Mt.
Hope); Dominican Republic (Provinces of Macoris and Barahona);
Barbados (submerged and low level land reefs); Curagao (low
level reefs).

Recent — Bermuda (Castle Harbor); off Ledge Flats; Baha-
mas (Bimini); Florida (Spanish Harbor; Key Largo; Tortugas);
Cuba; Mexico (Isla de Lobos; Alacran Reef); Jamaica (0.5 to 10
m; Lime Cay, Rockham Cay; Ocho Rios in the back reef, lagoon,
reef crest, and seaward slope); Puerto Rico (Cayo Icacos); British
Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s
Reef); Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Arashi, Boca Catalina, Mal-
mok, Eagle Beach-Palm Beach, Barcadera, Mangel Altu, St. Nicola-
asbaai). Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Daaibooibaai,
Vaarsenbaai, Sint Michielsbaai, Piscaderabaai, Spaanse Water, Kaap
Malmeeuw, Awa di Oostpunt, Plaja Canoa, Sint Jorisbaai, Cara-
casbaai). Bonaire (Hato, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Plenchi, Lac).
St. Martin (Baie Rouge, Simson Bay, Little Bay, Great Bay, Guana
Bay, Gibb’s Bay, Babit Point). Saba (Fort Bay, Cove Bay). St.
Eustatius (Cocoluch Bay, Jenkins Bay, Gallows Bay, Compagnie
Baai); Barbados (west coast); Venezuela (Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas
A-I; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Isla Huevito, Isla Larga,
Isla Redonda, Isla Santa Ana, Ensenada FE] Muerto, E. Tagua-
pirito, E. San Agustin, E. Garrapata, E. El Inglés, E. Carenero, E.
Cabruta, E. Baquiro, E. Los Aceites, E. E] Aguirre, E. Guatacaral,
E. Baradero, E. Baraderito, E. Burgao, E. Toporo, E. E] Islefio,
E. Taguapire, E. La Aguada, E. Camaiguana, Punta Gruesa, Punta
Aceite de Palo, Punta de Leén, Punta Mero Manoso, Punta Toporo,
Punta Mangle Seco, Punta Botella, Playa de Los Reyes, Piedra
Ahogado, Pefia Azul, Playita Mangle Quemao, Morro Garrapata,
Lance Manguillas, Punta Cementerio, Punta Las Morochas).

FAVIIDAE
Favia fragum (Esper) Pl 3h aigeo

1766. Madrepora ananas Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 321. (Non Lin-
naeus, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 797).

1767.
1786.
1791

1795.

1815.
1816.
1820.
1821.
1821.

1829.
1830.

1834.
1834.
1836.
1846.
1847.
1847.

1848.
1849.

1850.
1855.

1857.

1861.

1861.

1864.
1866.

1868.

1869.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 335

Madrepora ananas (pars) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1,
pt. 2, p. 1275.

Madrepora ananas Ellis and Solander, Natural History of . .. Zoo-
phytes, p. 168, pl. 47, fig. 6. [Fide Verrill, 1901, p. 90].

Madrepora ananas (pars) Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1,
pt. 6, p. 3764.

Madrepora fragum Esper, Fortsetzung Pflanzenthiere, vol. 1, pts. 3-4,
p. 79, pl. 64, figs. 1,2. (Not Madrepora ananas Esper, Pflanzenthiere,
1789, vol. 1, pts. 3-4, pp. 128-131, pl. 19, fide Vaughan, 1902, p. 303).
Favia ananas (pars) Oken, Lehrbuch Naturgeschichte, Theil 3, Abt. 1,
p. 67.

Astrea ananas (pars) Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p.
260.

Astraea ananas Schweigger, Handbuch der Naturgeschichte der Skelettlo-
sen Ungegliederten Thiere, p. 419.

Astrea ananas Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique . .. Polypiers, p. 59,
pl. 47, fig. 6. [Fide Verrill, 1901, p. 90.]

Astrea ananas Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Mém., vol. 6, p. 285,
plo 16; tig. 12:

Astrea ananas Eichwald, Zoologia Specialis Animalibus, p. 183.

Astrea ananas Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 60,
p. 385.

Favia uva (pars), Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl.
1832, p. 369.

Astraea ananas (pars), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoo-
phytologie, p. 309.

Astrea ananas (pars) Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol.
2, p. 406.

Astraea ananas Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoo-
phytes, p. 222

Parastrea ananas Edwards and Haime, Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 28,
p. 495.

Astraea ananas Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 4, p.
1095.

Astraea ananas Schomburgk, The History of Barbados, p. 562.
Parastrea ananas Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3,
Zoologie, vol. 12, p. 172. Parastrea fragum (Esper), p 173.

Astraea ananas Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des Antilles, p. 16.
Astrea ananas Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, pp.
754, 756.

Favia ananas (Pallas) and Favia fragum (Esper), Edwards and Haime,
Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2,
pp. 435-439.

Favia incerta Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem.,
ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 351, pl. 10, figs. 13, 14. [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p. 303.]
Favia coarctata Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 352, pl. 10, figs. 17, 18. [Fide Vaughan, 1902,
p. 303.]

Favia ananas Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 48.
Favia ananas (Lamarck), Favia incerta and Favia coarctata Duchas-
saing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p.
WG

Favia fragum (Esper), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans.,
Volelertull. ant. Vv, No. 4.ap. 355.

Favia ananas (Lamarck), Guppy, Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, Proc., vol. 1,
pp. 390, 391.

336

1870.

1871.
1877.

1877.

1886.

1890.
1895.
1899.

1899.
1901.

1901.

1902.
1902.

1902.

1904.
1907.

1909.

1912.
1912.
1913.
1914.
1914.
195.
1915.
1918.
1919;

1919.

BuLLETIN 285

Favia ananas (Lamarck), Favia incerta and Favia coarctata Duchas-
saing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 30.

Favia ananas Oken, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, p. 75.
Favia porcata ?, Favia incerta Lindstrém, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.,
Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 23.

Favia ananas and Favia incerta Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc.
Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, pp. 278, 279.
Astraea fragum (Esper), Astraea ananas (Ellis and Solander), and
Astraea coarctata (Duchassaing and Michelotti), Quelch, Voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 12, 13,
98, 99.

Favia ananas (Lamarck), Duncan [im] Ridley, Linnean Soc. London,
Jour., Zoology, vol. 20, p. 570.

Favia ananas (Pallas), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol.
51, pp. 269, 270. [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p. 303.]

Astraea ananas Lamarck, Duerden, Inst. of Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, No.
6, ips ogi

Favia ananas (Lamarck), Guppy, Victoria Inst. Trinidad, Proc., p. 169.
Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral. Leiden,
Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 9, 10, 12, 34-40.

Favia fragum (Esper), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans.,
vol. 11, Pt. I, art. IDI, pp. 84, 88, 90, 91; art. LV, pp. 171, 183) 18S pl
13 figs. 2s

Favia ananas (Lamarck), Vaughan, in Spencer, Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 350.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for
1900, Pt. 2, pp. 303, 304, pl. 8.

Favia fragum (Esper), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci.. Washington, Mem.,
vol. 8, pp. 528-531, 569-572, pl. 13, figs. 92-104; pl. 14, figs. 105-112;
pl. 15, figs. 113-116.

Favia ananas (Lamarck), Greeley, ix Branner, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull.,
vol. 44, p. 267.

Favia fragum (Esper), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans.,
vol. 12;Vart. DU, tpt 5) pp.y2l9. 220, tig.) 75.

Favia fragum (Esper), M. Edwards and Haime, Gravier, Inst.
Océanogr. Monaco, Ann., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 9-11, pl. 1, figs. 3-5; pl. 2,
fig. 10.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year-
book No. 10 for 1911, pp. 148, 149, 151-156, pl. 4, figs. 1, 3.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook
No. 11, pp. 156, 162.

Favia fragum (Pallas,) Brown and Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. 65, p. 497.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook
No. 13, p. 225.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No.
183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 19.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 5,
No. 17,-p:, 596.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook
No. 14, pp. 224, 227.

Favia fragum (Esper), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No.
252, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 12, No. 7, p. 175.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp.
225, 230, 253, 412, 413.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept. 1917,
pp. 211, 212, 213.

1921.
1927.
1932.
1937,
1943,
1948.

1949.
1954.

1954.
1955.
1956.
1958.
1958.
1958.
1959,
1959,
1959.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.
1962.
1963.
1964.
1964.
1964.
1965.
1966.
1966.

1966.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD S37,

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Republic,
Mem., vol. 1, p. 154.

Favia fragum (Esper), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol.
Z5 Pp. 160:

Favia fragum (Esper), Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No.
Sips ie 1.

Favia fragum (Esper), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No.
475, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 31, No. 9, p. 209.

Favia fragum (Esper), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 44, pp. 68, 318, pl. 26, fig. 5.

Favia fragum (Esper), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 72, 82, pls.
125 13%;

Favia fragum (Esper), Lyman, Shell Notes, p. 134, pl. 3, fig. 4.

Favia fragum (Esper), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull.,
vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Favia fragum (Esper), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-
1954, p. 24.

Favia fragum (Esper), G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and
Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 24.

Favia fragum (Esper), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology,
Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F402, fig. 296, 4a.

Favia fragum (Esper), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115,
art. 4, pp. 227-230, 232, 238, 239, 241, 253, pl. 34, figs. 2, 3.

Favia fragum (Esper), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull.,
INo; 3, p. 32.

Favia fragum (Esper), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 28, 30.

Favia fragum (Esper), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 35.

Favia fragum (Esper), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, p. 215.

Favia fragum (Esper), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskin, Inst.
Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, pp. 17, 19.

Favia fragum (Esper), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73, 75,
82, 85.

Favia fragum (Esper), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour.,
vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11.

Favia fragum (Esper), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 35, No. 6, pp.
1134, 1140, 1141.

Favia fragum (Esper), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba],
ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 40, 41, figs. 29, 30.

Favia fragum (Esper) Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 17, 19, 21,
22, fig. 11.

Favia fragum (Esper), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour., Nos.
2-3, pp. 136, 139, 141, 142, 150, 161, pl. Xa.

Favia fragum (Esper) Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other
Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 10, 22-33, 35, 38, 47.

Favia fragum (Ellis and Solander), Hoffmeister, ef al., Guidebook
Geol. Soc. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 23.

Favia fragum (Esper), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79, pp.
60, 64, 78, 80-82, 84.

Favia fragum (Esper), Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3, pp.
599, 603-608, 610, figs. SC, 6D, 9.

Favia fragum (Esper) Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol.
50, No. 9, pp. 1931, 1938, pl. 1, fig. 9.

Favia fragum (Esper), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull., sér.
2, vol. 38, No 3, pp. 282, 288, 290, 294, 299, fig. 3AR.

Favia fragum (Esper), Chevalier, Inst. Francais Afrique Noir, Bull., sér.
A, vol. 28, No. 4, p. 1392.

338 BULLETIN 285

1967. Favia fragum (Esper), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci. vol. 17,
No. 2, p. 447.

1969. Favia fragum (Esper), Stoddart, Biol. Rev. vol. 44, pp. 445, 463.

1969. Favia fragum (Esper), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Mem. 11,
pp. 146, 148, 151, 178, pl. 10, fig. 4.

1970. Favia fragum (Esper), Klose, im letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April 1970,
DDacZ 55 Os

1971. Favia fragum (Esper), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 52, 56, 58, 59, table 1, pl. 4, figs. A, B.

1971. Favia fragum (Esper), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curagao and other
Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18-21, 23-39, 68, 69, fig. 29,
ple 36a, ib; "pl. 27+ pl: 28a.

1971. Favia fragum (Esper), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol.,
vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, table 1.

1972. Favia fragum (Esper), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat.,
Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 565, 578, pl. 7.

The specimen described and illustrated (BAH-3a) is a Recent
one from Bucaroon Bay in the Bahamas.

The corallum is subhemispherical with a flat encrusting base.
The calices are subcircular, oval, subovate, or elliptical, varying in
diameter from 4.3 mm, with 26 septa to 7.4 mm, with 52 septa, as
measured from margin to margin. The average depth of the calices
is about 2 mm. The calices are united and the margins rounded into
low collines which are shallowly grooved where the septa come to-
gether. The corallites are obtusely polygonal at the surface.

The septa occur generally in four cycles, the primaries the
largest, the others decreasing in size according to the order of in-
sertion, the youngest much smaller than the ones adjoining. The
septa are exsert in varying degree at the summit where they are
gently arched and broad, then sloping steeply and narrowing toward
the columella. The margins of the septa are irregularly dentate or
serrate, and the sides are sparsely and finely spinulose, the spinules
aligned in rays on the broader and larger ones. At their inner ends,
the larger septa bear an erect and frondose palus resulting from a
deep and narrow excavation near the base of the septum. The costae
are conterminous with, and slightly thicker than their corresponding
septa. Like the septa, the costae are coarsely granulose, and where
the septo-costae of adjacent calices meet along the midline of the
colline, the granulations may become detached. The columella is
large and spongy, and usually forms a flat or slightly concave bot-
tom. The outer or upper edge of the columella is distinctly denticu-
late and in places forms erose pillars at the pali.

FLor1pA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 339

Measurements. — Specimen BAH-3a: corallum length 28 mm,
width 24 mm, height 15 mm; width of columella 1.0 mm to 1.4 mm.
Specimen I-638a: corallum length 49.5 mm, maximum width 33 mm,
height 31 mm.

Localities. — Specimen BAH-3a: Bucaroon Bay, Great Abaco
Island, Bahamas. Living on patch reefs in less than 7 feet of water.
Collector: W. R. McWilliams, December 1969. I-638a: Tavernier,
Monroe County, Florida. Collectors: H. Gunter and J. H. C.
Martens, Nov. 1927.

Range and distribution.—In the Western Atlantic the living
Favia fragum is found from Bermuda to Venezuela. It has been
reported farther south on Fernando de Noronha, Brazil (as Favia
ananas) by authors, but this is not confirmed by Laborel (1967)
who lists Favia gravida Verrill and Favia leptophyllia Verrill as the
two species occurring in Brazil. In the Eastern Atlantic, Favia
fragum is reported from the Azores, Cape Verde Islands, Senegal,
and in the Gulf of Guinea. Geologically, Favia fraguwm is recorded
from lower Miocene to Recent, but I have not seen a record of it
from the Pliocene.

Lower Miocene — Guadeloupe (Tuf Blanc).

Upper Miocene — Dominican Republic (Yaque Group).

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite/Key Largo Limestone
dredged off Old Fort Taylor on Key West; off the eastern tip of
Stock Island; between Stock Island and Cow Key; and alongside
Card Sound Bridge, Key Largo, Monroe County); Costa Rica
(Monkey Hill); Panama Canal Zone (Mount Hope); Dominican
Republic; Guadeloupe (Formation Madréporique); Dominica; Bar-
bados (low-level reefs near Bridgetown).

Recent — Bermuda (North Rock; Castle Harbour); Florida
(Tavernier, Biscayne Bay, Spanish Harbor, Elliot Key, Key West,
Tortugas at Ft. Jefferson and Golding Cay); Bahamas (Rabbit Cay;
Turtle Rocks; Bimini, Great Bahama Bank; Bucaroon Bay); Cuba
(Cojimar); Jamaica (0.2 m - 30 m; Ocho Rios; Discovery Bay);
Mexico (Alacran Reef, Campeche Bank; Yucatan Shelf); British
Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s
Reef); Panama (San Blas); Haiti; Puerto Rico (La Parguera; Cayo
Turrumote; Cabo Rojo; Cayo Icacos; Playa de Ponce); St. Vin-
cent; Barbuda; Dominica; Martinique; Tobago; Barbados (along

340 BuLLETIN 285

west coast); Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Cudarebe-Boca Cata-
lina-Arashi, Malmok, Palm Beach, Barcadera, Mangel Altu, St.
Nicolaasbaai, Klein Lagoen, Punta Basora, Pitch Field, Andicuri,
Paardenbaai). Curacao (Playa Kalki, Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao,
Boca Santa Marta, Portomaribaai, Daaibooibaai, Vaarsenbaai,
Sint Michielsbaai, Kaap Malmeeuw 20 m - 30 m; Piscaderabaai,
Caracasbaai, Punta Caballero, Spaanse Water, Awa di Oostpunt,
Klein Curacao). Bonaire (Boca Bartél, Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan
Doran, Barcadera, Ruin, Hato, Klein Bonaire, Binnenklip, Plaja
Sarna, Baca, Vierkant, Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan, Lac, Cai, Lagun,
Slagbaai). St. Martin (Anse des Péres, Anse des Sables, Burgeux
Bay, Simson Bay, Cay Bay, Great Bay, Point Blanche Bay, Gibb’s
Bay, Babit Point. Saba (Fort Bay, Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Oran-
jestad Baai, Gallows Bay, Compagnie Baai); Venezuela (Los
Roques; Bahfa de Mochima, Edo. Sucre, at Ensenada FE] Aguirre,
Punta Aguirre, Punta Garrapata, Punta Leén, Punta Las Maritas,
Pena Azul, Playita Mangle Quemao, Ensenada Piedra Pelona, E.
Garrapata, E. Burgao, E. La Ballena, E. El Inglés, E. Las Maritas,
FE. Cabruta, Morro Garrapata, Costica Mano E’Piedra, Lance Man-
guillas, Costa Maringinia; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A, B, C, D,
E, G, I).

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander) PL. .32) figs elas eicel

1786. Madrepora clivosa Ellis and Solander, Natural History of . . . Zoo-
phytes, p. 163.

1789. Madrepora filograna Esper, Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen, vol. 1,
pp. 139, 140, pl. 22, figs. 1, 2. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 71.]

1791. Madrepora filograna (Esper), Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1,
pt. 6, p. 3760.

1791. Madrepora clivosa Ellis and Solander, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed.
13, vol. 1 spty 6, ps 3763.

1816. Meandrina filograna (Esper), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.,
vol. 2, p. 248.

1823. Meandrina filograna (Esper), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 29, p. 377.

1827. Meandrina_ filograna (Esper), Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie
Meéthodique, Pt. 2, p. 509.

1830. Meandrina filograna (Esper), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 323.

1834. Meandrina filograna (Esper), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de
Zoophytology, p. 358.

1836. Meandrina filograna (Esper), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.,
ed. 2, vol. 2) p. 389.

1838. 2?Meandrina filograna (Esper), Michelotti, Specimen Zoophytologiae
Diluvianae, p. 157.

1841.

1846.

1849.

1851.

1857.

1861.

1863.
1864.
1866.

1868.
1871.
1877.

1879.
1880.

1885.
1895.
1900.
1901.
1901.

1901.

1902.
1914.
1915.
1916.
1918.

1919.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 341

Meandrina filograna (Esper), Michelin, Iconographie Zoophytologique,
D256, )pla2: figs 7.

Meandrina interrupta (2), M. filograna (?), M. mammosa Dana, U.S.
Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 258; pl. 14, figs. 18;
pp. 262, 263, 265, pl. 14, fig. 10. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 72.]
Meandrina filograna, M. grandilobata, M. superficialis Edwards and
Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 11, p. 280; p. 281; p.
283. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 72.]

Meandrina filograna (Esper), Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist.
nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 90.

Maeandrina filograna, M. grandilobata, M. superficialis Edwards and
Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits,
vol. 2; pp: 390, 391.

Meandrina grandiloba Edwards and Haime, Leftoria hieroglyphica
Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol.
19, pp. 350, 351. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p 72.]

Maeandrina filograna Lamarck, Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 19, p. 433. ;
Maeandrina clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 48, 49.

Meandrina filograna, M. grandiloba, M. superficialis, M. interrupta,
Leptoria hieroglyphica Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 175, 176.

Maeandrina filograna (Esper), Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 24, p. 24.

Maeandrina clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 74.

Maeandrina clivosa “Dana’’, Lindstrom, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.,
Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 22.

Maeandrina clivosa Verrill, Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, p. 382.
Maeandrina clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Agassiz and Pourtalés, Mus.
Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 9, figs. 1-5.

Maeandrina clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Abt.
Syst., vol. 3, p. 170.

Maeandrina filograna Gregory, pars, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 51, pp. 265, 266.

Maeandrina clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad.
Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 10, art. XIV, p. 552.

Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
ande Sci: sirans.. vol. Wl Ptil, fant: TLE, ppi78. 179:

Platygyra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en
Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 57-60.

Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, var. dispar and ex-
planata Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. II,
art. III, pp. 78, 79, pl. 14, fig. 2. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 72.]
Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Biol. Soc. Washington,
Proc:, vol. 1/5, ip. 56.

Meandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washing-
ton, Publ. No. 183, Paper Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 19, 20.
Meandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci.,
Jour., vol. 5, pp. 596, 597.

Meandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 227.

Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Publ. No. 213, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 9, pp. 325, 326.
Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.,
vol. 103, No. 9, pp 222, 225, 232, 417, 419, 420.

342

1927.

1928.

1932.
1937.
1943.
1943.
1948.
1954.
1954.
1955.
1958.
1958.
1958.
1959.
1959.
1959.
1959.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.
1962.
1963.
1963.
1964.

1964.

1964.

BuLuetin 285

Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk,
Amsterdam, vol. 25, p. 160.

Maeandrina clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Matthai, Catalogue of the
Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7,
A Monograph of the Recent Meandroid Astraeidae, pp. 71-78, pl. 11,
figs. 1-3; pl. 12, figs. 5, 7; pl. 49, fig. 7; pl. 63, figs. 4, 8; pl. 72, fig: Za.
Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Wells, Carnegie Inst Washing-
ton, Yearbook No. 31, p. 291.

Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washing-
ton, Publ. No. 475, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 31, No. 9, p. 211.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc.,
vol. 6, No. 1, p. 45.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 61, 319, pl. 27, fig. 4, text-fig. 24c, d, e.
Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp.
61, 70, 83, 84, pls. 14, 15.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann.
Rept. 1953-1954, p. 24.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), G. Voss, and N. Voss, Bull. Marine
Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 224.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ.
Texas, Publ., vol. 5, p. 154.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica,
W.1., Bull. No. 3, p. 32.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227, 228, 232, 238, 240, 253, pl. 42, fig. 2.
Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Newell, Imbrie, Purdie, and
Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, p. 211.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp.
28, 33.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hos-
kin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, p. 19.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau,
Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 242, 243, 248, 249.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, pp. 70,
73-75, S81, 82,85.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat.
Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool.,
vol. 38, pp. 1134, 1137, 1142.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 32, 33, figs. 21, 22.
Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87,
Pp: b75 19) 26:

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and
Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 282, 284.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Carib-
bean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 139, 141, 142, 151, 161, pl. Xb.
Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No.
3630, p. 385.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 10, 23-33, 35,
41, 42, 47.

Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 79, pp. 18, 45, 46, 60, 63, 80, 82-87, 94.

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 343

1964. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Hoffmeister, et al., Guidebook
Geol. Soc. Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 9.

1966. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Rigby and McIntire, Brigham
Young Univ., Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 3, 22, 27, 30-39, 43, 44, pl. 2; pl.
Se ttes. le 2 ple 5: ties) 5.60 pl. 6. t1g5 J

1966. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1931, 1937, pl. 1, fig. 3.

1966. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Chevalier, Inst. Francais Afrique
Noire, Bull., sér. A, vol. 28, p. 1392.

1967. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine
Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 447.

1968. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, p. 1490.

1968. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont.,
vol. 55, No. 246, p. 50.

1970. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Wise, Science, vol. 169, p. 978.

1970. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Klose, iz letter to R. O. Vernon
30 April 1970, p. 4.

1971. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Olivares and Leonard. Inst.
Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 51, 52, 56, table 1,
pl. 3, figs. Ay B.

1971. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 2. pp. 73, 74, table 1.

1971. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 16, 18,
20-39, 69, 70, 100, 103, figs. 6, 13, 30, pls. 28b, 30, 31.

1972. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 731, 732.

1972. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezo-
lana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 553, 566, 567, 578,
fie Oh ep lve ;

1972. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Wise, Biomineralization Res.
Repts., vol. 6, pp. 160, 162, 163, pl. 1, figs. 8, 9.

The original description of Diploria clivosa by Ellis and So-
lander was the following:

45. Madrepora clivosa
Madrepora conglomerata, anfractibus basi angustatis, dissepi-
mentis subexesis aequalibus, ambulacris simplicibus crassiusculis, lamel-
lis alternis abbreviatis.
Habitat in Oceano Indiae occidentalis.
Corallium rotundatum, nodulis magnis inaequale.

Esper (1789) illustrated the taxon under the name of Madre-
pora filograna, a species which is regarded by later authors to be the
same as that first described by Ellis and Solander. The fossil speci-
men (2696) from the Caloosahatchee Marl is similar to Esper’s
drawing of the Recent form, and agrees well with other illustrations
and specimens I have seen. The following description of D. clivosa
is based on specimen 2696 (I-1013) contained in the collection of
the Florida Bureau of Geology. The specimen was collected in 1914

344 BuLLETIN 285

by Dr. E. H. Sellards in the Caloosahatchee River, 5 miles below
LaBelle, Hendry County.

The corallum is a spreading mat slightly convex to hummocky
on the calicinal surface; the non-calicinal surface is wholly adherent
to the exterior of the flared outer lip of the large gastropod Strombus
leidyi Heilprin. The valleys are discontinuous and relatively narrow,
their width 5.5 mm to perhaps 9 mm from colline to colline. Most
of the valleys are long and slightly winding, but those on the hum-
mocky portion of the upper surface are shorter and roughly elliptical
in outline, and nearly entirely closed except for a small breach. The
collines are subacute at the summit and rise 3.5 mm to 4 mm above
the valley floor or columella. The septa are thin, 22 to 26 of them in
one centimeter, and are arranged in an alternating series of principals
and subsidiaries. The principal septa descend steeply, then broaden
and curve slightly at the columella where they are raised into
short, somewhat thickened paliform lobes. The subsidiary septa are
very narrow, short and uniform. The margins of all the septa are
erose or dentate, and the sides are granulose, the granulations small
and pointed. The septa are a little exsert, the ends continuous over
the colline. The trabecular columella is well developed, continuous
and more or less uniform, with an average width of 1.7 mm or 1.8
mm.

The Florida fossil specimens have fewer septa in one centi-
meter than the Recent ones described by Matthai, but in other re-
spects they are virtually identical.

Measurements. —FBG specimen JI-1013 (2696): corallum
length 136 mm, width 114 mm, maximum thickness through hum-
mock 52 mm. Specimen USNM-3695: corallum length 77 mm, width
53 mm, thickness 33 mm.

Localities. — Specimen I-1013 (2696): Caloosahatchee River, 5
miles below LaBelle, Hendry County in Caloosahatchee Marl.
Specimen USNM-3695: labeled by Vaughan “Maeandra clivosa
(Ell. & Sol.), St. Marks, Fla. (Ballast? )”. Because of Vaughan’s
statement that the USNM-3695 specimens may have been discarded
ballast, the correct locality and stratigraphic position are not known.

Range and distribution.— The reported geographic range of
Diploria clivosa in the Western Atlantic is from Florida to Vene-
zuela. In the Eastern Atlantic it occurs off Senegal and the Cape
Verde Islands. The geologic range is Miocene to Recent.

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 345

Miocene — Nivaje Shale of the Dominican Republic.

Pliocene — Caloosahatchee Marl, Florida.

Plio-Pleistocene. — Guadeloupe.

Pleistocene — Key Largo Limestone and Miami Oolite of
Florida; Costa Rica (Monkey Point). “This species is general in
the elevated Pleistocene reefs and in the areas of living reefs in the
Caribbean region and in Florida.” (Vaughan 1919, p. 420).

Recent — Florida (Biscayne Bay and the Florida reef tract,
and in the Tortugas at Ft. Jefferson, Golding Cay, Loggerhead Key);
Bahamas (Turtle Rock, Bimini, Freeport, and Abaco Island);
Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho Rios; near shore to 35(?) meters); Mexico
(Blanquilla Reef; Alacran; Isla de Lobos); British Honduras (Ren-
dezvous Cay and Glover’s Reef); Pedro Bank; Puerto Rico (Cabo
Rojo; Cayo Icacos); St. Bartholomew (36 m to 38 m); Virgin
Islands (22 m to 39 m southeast of Virgen Gorda); Netherlands
Antilles: Curagao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Portomaribaai,
Vaarsenbaai, Piscaderabaai, Spaanse Water, Boca Plaja Canoa, Sint
Jorisbaai, Oostpunt, Klein Curacao, Kaap Malmeeuw). Aruba
(Cudarebe-Arashi, Boca Catalina, Malmok, Eagle Beach-Palm
Beach, Barcadera, Pitch Field, Andicuri). Bonaire (Boca Bartol,
Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan Doran-Barcadera, Ruin, Hato, Klein Bonaire,
Plaja Sarna, Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan, Oranje Pan, Willemstoren,
Lac). St. Martin (Anse de Péres, Baie Rouge, Mullet Pond Bay,
Maho Bay, Burgeux Bay, Simson Bay, Cay Bay, Little Bay, Great
Bay, Point Blanche Bay, Guana Bay, Gibb’s Bay, Babit Point).
Saba (Ladder Bay, Fort Bay, Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluch
Bay-Jenkins Bay, Tumbledown Dick Bay, Oranjestad Baai, Gallows
Bay, Compagnie Baai, Schildpadden Baai); Venezuela (Bahia de
Mochima, Estado Sucre at Playa Blanca de Las Maritas, Ensenada
Cabruta Roja, Ensenada Aguirre, Ensenada Los Aceites, Ensenada
Piedra Pelona, Ensenada Burgao, Punta Aceite de Palo, Morro
Garrapata; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A, B, C, F).

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus) PIR32 tie) Dea or. tise

1758. Madrepora labyrinthiformis (pars) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed.
10, vol. 1, pp. 794, 795.

1766. Madrepora maeandrites var. Y Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 293.

1767. Madrepora labyrinthiformis (pars) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12,
vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 1274.

346

1786.
1788.

1791.

1797.

1807.
1815.
1816.
1823.
1824.
1824.
1830.
1834.
1834.
1836.
1838.

1846.

1847.
1848.

1849.

1851.
1857.

1861.
1864.
1866.
1870.

13870.

BULLETIN 285

? Madrepora implicata Ellis and Solander, Natural History of ...
Zoophytes, p. 164. [Fide Verrill, 1901, p. 70; Matthai, 1928, p. 63.]
Madrepora labyrinthiformis Linnaeus, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in
Abbildungen, vol. 1, pts. 1-2, pp. 74-79, pl. III (1794).

Madrepora labyrinthica Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6,
p. 3760. Also M. implicata Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt.
Cup woiile

Madrepora sinuosa Humphrey, Museum Calonnianum, pt. 1 [Fide
Vaughan, 1901a, p. 45.] [Museum Calonnianum no nomenclatural status,
ICZN, Opinion 51.]

Maeandrina labyrinthica (Gmelin), Link (pars), Beschreibung der
Naturalien — Sammlungen der Universitat zu Rostock, pt. 3, p. 162.
Maeandra maeandrites (pars) and Maeandra labyrinthiformis (pars)
Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, vol. 3, p. 70.

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2,
p. 246. [Fide Vaughan, 1901, p. 45; Matthai, 1928, p. 63.]

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 29, p. 376.

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie
Méthodique, pt. 2, p. 508.

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck ?, Quoy and Gaimard, Voyage autour
du monde .. ., Zoologie, vol. 2, p. 654. [Fide Vaughan, 1901, p. 45.]
Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 323.

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou
de Zoophytologie, p. 357.

Maeandra (Platygira) cerebriformis (Lamarck), Ehrenberg, K. Akad.
Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832, p. 324.

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Lamarck Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.,
ed. 2, vol. 2, pp. 386, 387.

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Michelotti, Specimen Zoophytologiae
Diluvianae, pp. 154, 155.

Meandrina cerebriformis Lamarck and M. truncata Dana, U.S. Ex-
ploring Exped. 1838-42, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 263, pl. 14, fig. 2; p. 264,
pl. 14, fig. 3.

Meandrina cerebralis Duchassaing ?, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2,
vol. 4, p. 1095.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Edwards and Haime, Acad. Sci.
Paris, C. R., vol. 27, p. 493.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), D. crassior, and D. spinulosa Edwards
and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 11, pp. 289-291;
vol. 10, pl. 8, figs. 9, 9a. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 64.]

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck) and D. stokesii Edwards and Haime,
Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 92.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), D. crassior, D. stokesi, and D. spinu-
losa Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes
proprement dits, vol. 2, pp. 402-404, pl. D4, fig. 3.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck) and D. truncata Duchassaing and
Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 351.

Diploria cerebriformis Lamarck, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol.
1 No.3.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck) and D. truncata Duchassaing and
Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 176.
Maeandrina cerebriformis Lamarck, Jones, Nova Scotia Inst. Nat. Sci.,
Proc., and Trans., vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 10. [Fide Felix, 1929, p. 543.]
Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck) and D. truncata Duchassaing, Revue
des Zoophytes et Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 29.

1875.
1877.
1877.

1878.
18380.

1881.
1881.
1886.
1888.
1890.
1890.
1891.
1895.
1899.
1899,
1900.
1901.
1901.

1901.

1902.
1906.
1912:
1915.
1915.
1917.
1919.
1921.
1924.

1927.

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 347

Meandrina labyrinthiformis Oken, Pourtalés, in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade
2, vol. 2, p. 545.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Lindstrém, K. Svenska Vetensk.-
Akad., Stockholm, Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 22.

Maeandrina labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Arango y Molina, R. Acad.
Cienc. Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 277.
Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Thomson, The Atlantic, p. 284.
Maeandrina labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, p. 22, pl. 9, figs. 10-12.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Rein, Deutsche Geographentages,
Verhandl., vol. 1, p. 33.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Quenstedt, Petrefactenkunde Deutsch-
lands, vol. 6, pp. 557, 1012, pl. 164, fig. 2.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger
1873-76, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10, 12, 90.
Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck) and D. stokesi (Edwards and Haime)
Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, p. 307.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, Proc., vol. 42, pp. 303, 307.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Ortmann, Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool.,
Leipzig, vol. 4, p. 301.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Jukes-Brown, Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 47, p. 226.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart.
Jour., vol. 51, pp. 264, 285.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Vaughan, iz Hill, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Bull., vol. 34, p. 239.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Duerden, Inst. of Jamaica, Jour.,
volh 2 No. 6; ip: 621.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and.
Scifi Dranss vol. 10; cart XV, ps 552:

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Waughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en
Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 9-11, 12, 45-48.

Diploria geographica Whitfield, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, art. 18,
pp. 223, 224, pls. 33, 34. [Fide Verrill, 1901, p. 70.]

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci, Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, pp. 60-68, 70-73, 75, 77, 78, 80,
84, pl. 10, figs. 1-3; art. IV, p. 171, pl. 12, fig. 5.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, iz Spencer, Geol. Soc.
London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 361.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art. II, pt. 5, pp. 210-213, 247, figs. 71, 71b, 71c.
Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 11, pp. 155, 156.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 227.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Washington Acad.
Sci., Jour., vol. 5, No. 17, pp. 595, 596.

Maeandra (Diploria) labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 98-T, p. 355.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.
103, No. 9, pp. 223, 253, 255, 256, 419, 420, 423.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Domini-
can Republic, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 111, 115, 134, 152, 158, 165.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan, in Woodring, Geol.
Survey of the Republic of Haiti, pp. 241, 243.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk.
Amsterdam, vol. 25, p. 160.

348

1928.

1929.

1929.

1943.
1948.
1954.
1955.
1956.

1956.

1958.
1958.
1958.
1958.
1959.
1959:
1959.
1959:
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.

1961.

1962.
1963.

1963.

BuLLeTIN 285

Maeandrina labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Matthai, Catalogue of the
Madreporarian Corals of the British Museum (Natural History), vol.
7, pp. 54, 56, 58, 59, 63-71, 111, 235, pl. 10, figs. 1-4; pl. 12, figs. 2, 8;
pli47, fig. 73 pl. Sojitign W7capl, 56, figs 6s ply 57,atien 9eepleneomtigw2:
pl. 70, figs. 1, 2.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I:
Animalia, pars 44, pp. 542, 543.

Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Coryell and Ohlsen, New York
Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol.
Sapte Sy pps 168) 173. 207, ple 34. tig. 4.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 319, pl. 27, fig. 4.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Smith, Atlantic Reef corals, pp.
61, 70, 84, pl. 16.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann.
Rept. 1953-1954, p. 24.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate
Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F402, fig. 295, 5a.

Maeandrina labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Hoffstetter, Lexique Strati-
graphique International, vol. 5, Amérique Latine, fase. 2b, Antilles
(Hispaniola), p. 396.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 222, 254.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, p.
23.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ.
Texas, Publ., vol. 5, p. 154.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica,
W.I., Bull. No. 3, p. 32.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1,
pp. 28, 33.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and
Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, p. 213.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau,
Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 242, 243, 248, 249.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and
Hoskin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, p. 19.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1,
pp 705975; 79.85.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol.
38, No. 6, pp. 1134, 1137, 1138, 1139, 1140.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat.
Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, pp. 11.

Difploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 36, 37, figs. 25, 26.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Westermann and Kiel, Natuur-
wetensch. Studiekring van Suriname en de Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24,
p. 136.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87,
pp. 17, 19, 24.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 282.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Carib-
bean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 137, 141, 142, 151, pl. XIa.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 349

1964. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 79, pp. 60, 63, 74.

1964. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 10, 23-29, 32,
35, 41, 47.

1964. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Hoffmeister et al,, Guidebook
Geol. Soc. Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, pp. 9, 22, pl. 2, fig. 4.

1966. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.,
Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 281, 288, fig. 3CC.

1966. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham
Young Univ. Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 35, 36.

1966. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1937, 1938, pl. 1, fig. 4.

1967. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine
Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

1968. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont.,
vol. 55, No. 246, p. 50.

1968. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 79, No. 1, pp. 1490, 1494.

1969. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Mem. 11, p. 149, pl. 10, fig. 1.

1970. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Klose, iz letter to R. O. Vernon
30 April 1970, pp. 2-6.

1971. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18-20, 22-
25, 27-36, 38, 39, 71, 100, figs. 4, 32, pl. XXXIla, b.

1972. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezo-
lana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 553, 568, 569, 578,
ple 7E-

1972. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), Scoffin, Science, vol. 178, No..
4067, p. 1280.

As described by Verrill (1901), Matthai (1928), and Smith
(1948), the corallum of this species is hemispherical, with an evenly
convex calicinal surface. The valleys are very sinuous and almost
continuous, tending to become straight at the periphery of the
head. The average width of the valleys is 5 mm (up to 8 mm), and
their depth 5 or 6 mm. The collines are vesicular and thick, up to 22
mm (average 5 mm), and up to 22 mm in depth (average 6 mm or
7 mm), and are invariably grooved, the grooves sometimes broader
and much deeper than the valleys.

There are 14 to 17 septa in one centimeter, most of them (13-
15) extending to the columella. The principal septa are more or less
equal, the upper half or two-thirds narrowing toward the paliform
lobes which are broad. The septal margins are serrated into closely
spaced bluntly-pointed teeth, the uppermost ones the longest and
directed obliquely upward. The faces of the septa are sparsely
covered with small pointed granulations. The subsidiary septa are
few and rudimentary. The principal septa are exsert about 1 mm,

350 BuLtetTIn 285

the arched summits sloping down to the costae. The costae are
narrow but distinct, of even width, meeting at the bottom of the
groove when the latter is shallow. Like the septa, the costae are
toothed, the dentations conical or spiniform. The columella is well
developed, composed of closely twisted thin trabeculae, and thick-
ened at the centers which are 4 mm to 5 mm apart.

Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus) is widespread and abun-
dant; it often occurs with, but is differentiated from Dzploria
strigosa (Dana), by the much more prominent groove in the col-
lines of the former.

Measurements.— According to Matthai, the type figure of
Madrepora labyrmthiformis Linnaeus is the one reproduced by
Matthai (pl. 70, fig. 1), the diameters of which are 111.5 mm X
82.5 mm across the upper surface. The form of Linnaeus illustrated
by Matthai (pl. 69, fig. 1) is, as stated by Linnaeus, the same as
M. labyrinthiformts. The natural size of that specimen is 79 mm X
63.5 mm across the calicinal surface. Lamarck’s type of Meandrina
cerebriformis is more or less hemispherical, with an evenly convex
calicinal surfaces. The corallum of that is 60 mm in height, and the
diameters of the head 100 mm & 100 mm (Matthai, p. 69).

Range and distribution.—The geographic range of Diploria
labyrinthiformis is from Bermuda to Venezuela; the geologic range
is Oligocene? to Recent.

Oligocene? — Dominican Republic (near summit of Sierra
Prieta, Provincia de Samana).

Miocene — Dominican Republic (Cercado Formation ? in Rio
Gurabo; Rio Amina ?; Mao Adentro Limestone; Provincia de Azua).

Pliocene — Haiti (west slope of Tapion du Petit-Goave, about
100 m above sea level, Arrondissement Léogane).

Plio-Pleistocene — Dominican Republic (Provincia de Monte
Cristi, between Copey and Dajabon).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
dredged in channel at Old Fort Taylor, Key West; channel between
Stock Island and Cow Key; channel off eastern tip of Stock Island;
channel at northern end of Raccoon Key; alongside Card Sound
Bridge, Key Largo); Dominican Republic ? (Provincia de Santo
Domingo, elev. 57 m); Puerto Rico; Montserrat (cliff 1500 yds.
northwest along coast from Roche Bluff); Guadeloupe (Grande-

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 351

Terre); Curacao (Westpunt); Bonaire; Barbados (low-level reefs
near Bridgetown; high-level reefs at Castle Grant 1070 ft.; Mt.
Misery 1053 ft.; Russia Gully, St. Thomas, 720 ft.; Orange Hill
Plantation, St. Peter’s, approximately 600 ft.; Scotland, St. Andrews;
Bath-Reef Series near Bath 150 ft. - 165 ft.; Charles Rose Gully,
St. George 160 ft.; Prospect, St. James 80 ft.; Grazettes, St. Michael
70 ft.; Sandy Lane, St. James 40 ft.).

Recent — Bermuda (Great Sound; Castle Harbour; North
Rock; Green Flat; Ferry Reach); Bahamas (Abaco Island; Great
Bahama Bank; Bimini; Andros Island; Nassau); Florida (patch
reefs along southeast coast and at Golding Cay, Tortugas;
Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho Rios; shore to 43 m); Pedro Bank (on all
larger cays); Panama (San Blas? ); British Honduras (Rendezvous
Cay, Turneffe, Glover’s Reef); Mexico (Yucatan Shelf; off Vera
Cruz and Isla de Lobos; Alacran Reef; Blanquilla Reef); Puerto
Rico (Cayo Turrumote; Cayo Icacos); St. Thomas; Barbados (west
coast); Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Eagle Beach-Palm Beach,
Barcadera, Mange] Altu). Curacao (Plaja Kalki, Westpuntbaai,
Plaja Abao, Portomaribaai, Vaarsenbaai, Sint Michielsbaai, Spaanse
Water, Caracas Baai, Sta. Martha Baai, Piscaderabaai). Bonaire |
(Plaja Frans, Jan Doran-Barcadera, Ruin, Hato, Klein Bonaire,
Plaja Sarna, Baca, Vierkant, Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan, Oranje Pan,
Slagbaai). St. Martin (Baie Rouge, Mullet Pond Bay, Simson Bay,
Little Bay). Saba (Fort Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluth Bay-
Jenkins Bay-Tumbledown Dick Bay, Oranjestad Baai); Venezuela
(Bahfa de Mochima, Fdo. Sucre at Punta El Aguirre and Punta
Garrapata).

Diploria sarasotana, new species Pl, 3b, ties. 2 sel Gea

The corallum (SP-4a) is broken around the perimeter in such
fashion that it gives the impression of being short conical in form.
However, judging from the calicinal surface which is gently convex
and meandroid, and from the base which is an irregular, flattened
area, it is inferred that the corallum originally was large, hemispheri-
cal, more or less rounded in outline, and attached.

The valleys are moderately short and serpentine or looped like
the letter “S”, or are moderately long and sinuous. All of the val-
leys are breached in one place or another, and are interconnected by

352 BuLieTin 285

the continuous columellas of adjacent calices. The collines are singly
ridged by virtue of the protrusion of the septothecal wall, and by
the steep slope of the septa therefrom to the valley floor. However,
in one localized area at the edge of the corallum, the colline is
rounded and about 2 mm thick. Here the opposing septa of the
neighboring calice are conterminous and arched over the colline,
with the exsert ends elevated about 1 mm and notched at their crest
down to the top of the wall. From colline to colline the width of the
valleys varies from 8 mm to 13 mm; the depth of the valleys from
the crest of the collines to the top of the columella is 5 mm to 6 mm.

There are 9 to 13 principal septa, for a median of 10, per centi-
meter of length, and 11 to 18 principal plus minor septa, for a
median of 14 per centimeter of length. The minor or subsidiary
septa do not alternate regularly with the principals. The latter are
a little exsert and tabular, and are thicker at the wall (0.5 mm)
than farther within (0.3 mm). They are relatively narrow and
descend steeply, their margins straight to slightly convex upward.
Before reaching the columella, a number of the principal septa are
excavated at the margin to form thickened paliform lobes, whereas
the inner ends of other septa are upturned at, and merge with the
columella. The margins of the septa are dentate, the denticles large
and blunt, with 10 or 11 of them on a septum 4.8 mm in length;
of these four or five are on the margin of the paliform lobe. Each
denticle represents the terminus of a thin column of simple trabecu-
lae on the face of the septum, the trabeculae consisting of strong
pointed granulations or smaller spinules. The innermost ends of the
septa are twisted and tangle with the columella which is prominent,
spongy, and continuous, branching into the valleys of all calices.
The width of the columella varies from about 1.5 mm to 3 mm, and
there is a trabecular linkage between centers.

The endothecal dissepiments are very thin to membranous.

Measurements. — Holotype (SP-4a): corallum length 79 mm,
width 70 mm, height 49 mm; attachment area at base 26 mm X
21 mm.

Locality. — Warren Brothers Pits, 4 miles east of US 301, Sara-
sota, Sarasota County, Florida on Newbern Road, 0.4 miles north of
17th Street. Collector: Leslie Dyet, 20 April 1969.

Formation. — Pinecrest.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 353

Comparison. — This species is characterized by its coarse septa,
subacute collines, and unclosed or breached valleys in which the
Manicina-like columella is prominent and continuous from one
calice to the other. Its nearest relative is the Pliocene to Recent
Diploria strigosa (Dana), and may perhaps be a forerunner of that,
However, the new taxon Diploria sarasotana differs from D, strigosa
in having fewer septa per centimeter of length (9 - 18 versus 15 -
20), in having no closed valleys (D. strigosa has a number of them),
and in having some narrower collines between which the valleys are
a little wider than in D. strigosa.

Diploria strigosa (Dana) Pl S2.figas; bloaenesec. 3S

1846. Meandrina strigosa Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7,
Zoophytes, pp. 257, 258, pl. 14, figs. 4a, 4b

1864. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No.
3, p. 49.

1880. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Pourtalés, in L. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 9, figs. 6-9.

1901. Maeandra cerebrum (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad.
Arts and Sci.. Drans., vol. 11. Pt 1, art. Il pps 70, 73,074-78snart. LV,
Pawl7d; plel0, figs 45 pl.-12 fig. 45 ple 14. figs. 45.5* pl. 19; fies 17;

1901. Platygira viridis (Lesueur), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral.
Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 7, 9, 11, 12, 51-57.

1902. Platygira viridis (Lesueur). Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol.
20 for 1900, pp. 306-308, pls. 9-13.

1902. Platygira viridis (Lesueur), Vaughan, in Spencer, Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 361.

1919. Maeandra strigosa (Dana), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9,
pp. 214, 222, 232, 253, 255, 256, 420.

1921. Maeandrina sp. aff. M. strigosa Dana, Vaughan, Geol. Sur. Dominican
Republic, Mem., vol. 1, p. 152. Maeandra strigosa (Dana), Vaughan,
ps 167.

1928. Maeandrina cerebrum (Ellis and Solander), Matthai, Catalogue of the
Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol.
He PDs 59; 94, 55=63,,64, 66, 71, 80; 1167, 229. 235. pl. 8 figsse7, Sis pl. p,
figs, 1-9 + pl, fig..4) pl. 34, fig..2> pl. 46, fig. di: pli) 48), fies, 2, 3.5
pireso tie. 2; pl. 55, fir. 18.

1943. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 44, pp. 169, 319, pl. 27, fig. 1.

1948. mee strigosa (Dana), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 70, 84,
$55 pla 17,

1956. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology,
Pt. F, Coelenterata, pp. F348, F402, figs.,248B, 295, 5b.

1958. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Squires, "Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115,.
art. 4, pp. 227-229, 232, 238, 253, 254, pl. 42, fig. 1.

1958. Diploria strigosa (Dana), DuBar, Florida Geol. Sur., Geol. Bull., No.
40, p. 121.

1958. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Bonet, Asoc. Mexicana Géol. Petrol., Bol.,
vol. 10, Nos. 9, 10, pp. 566, 569.

1959. Diploria strigosa (Dana), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol. Bull.,
vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 242, 243, 248, 249.

354

1959.
1960.
1961.
1963.
1964.

1964.
1964.

1964.
1966.
1966.

1966.

1967.
1967.
1968.

1968.

1970.
1971.

1971.

1971.

1972.

BuLteTIn 285

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73-76,
79, 81, 82, 85, figs. 7, 18, 20.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol. Bull.,
vol. 119, No. 3, p. 421.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba],
ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 34, 35, figs. 23, 24.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour.
Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 139, 141, 142, 151, 161, pl. Xb2.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79,
pp. 45, 46, 58, 60, 63, 69, 74, 82, 85, 86, 87.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p. 113.
Diploria strigosa (Dana), Hoffmeister, ef al., Guidebook Geol. Soc.
Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, pp. 9, 22.

Diploris strigosa (Dana), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 11, 23-33, 35, 43, 47, fig. 14.
Diploria strigosa (Dana), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull.
sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 288, fig. 3CC.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol.
50, No. 9, pp. 1929-1931, 1937, 1938, pl. 1, fig 2.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham Young Univ.
Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 3, 22, 31, 33-35, 39, 40, 41, 43-45, pl. 7, fig.
4; pl. 8, fig. 1.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol.
17, No. 2, p. 448.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Land, Mackenzie, and Gould, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Bull., vol. 78, No. 8, pp. 998, 1003.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull, vol. 79, No. 11, pp. 1490, 1494.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55,
No. 246, pp. 46-51, pl. 6, figs. 3-5; pl. 7, figs 1-4. [Numerous references
1846-1967.]

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April
1970, pp. 2, 4, 6, 7.

Diploria strigosa (Dana) Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 51, 52, 56, table 1, pl. 3, figs. C, D.
Diploria strigosa (Dana), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curagao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 16, 18-32, 34, 35-39, 69,
70) 745 figs: 16), 75.41.) pls. 29a. b:

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol.,
vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, table 1.

Diploria strigosa (Dana), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 553, 567, 578, pl. 7C.

Specimen FWK-1a is a worn and broken one from Windley Key,

and is illustrated to show the nature of the fossil corals obtained
from the indurated Key Largo Limestone.

The upper and lower surfaces of the fractured corallum are

marked by short and sinuous, but in places, elongated valleys, the
former averaging 6.5 mm in width, the latter 9 mm to 11 mm. The
crests of the collines are beveled down, many to the bottom of the
valley, and are 1.5 mm to 2.5 mm in width.

There are an average of 18 septa in one centimeter, most of

them principals, these thinly tabular, dentate on the margin, with

FLorIDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 355

small pointed granulations on the sides, and with paliform lobes
below.

Measuremens. — Corallum FWK-l1a: length 100 mm, width 75
mm, height 61 mm. Corallum BAH-2a: length 81 mm; width 72
mm, height 32 mm. Recent; Freeport, Bahamas. Collector: Noel
Andress.

Locality. — FWK-1a: quarry on Windley Key, Monroe County.
Collector Dr. Lyman D. Toulmin, November 1964.

Range and distribution. — The recorded geographic range of
Diploria strigosa is from Bermuda to Barbados; the geologic range
is Miocene to Recent.

Miocene — Dominican Republic (Mao Adentro Limestone).

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl ?).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite in
quarry on Windley Key; dredged off Old Fort Taylor, Key West; off
eastern tip of Stock Island; off Card Sound Bridge, Key Largo,
Monroe County; dredged at Port Everglades, Broward County);
Bermuda (Devonshire Formation, 120,000-130,000 years); Bahamas
(Fish Creek fossil reef); Mexico (Quintana Roo); Costa Rica (Mon-
key Point in slightly elevated reefs); Dominican Republic; St.
Eustatius (White Wall); Curacao (Westpunt); Bonaire (Fontein);
Aruba (Daimarie); Barbados (St. Johns Church, St. John 700 ft.;
Bath-Reef Series near Bath 150 ft. - 165 ft.; Colleton, St. Lucy
Parish 40 ft.).

Recent — Bermuda (North Rock); Florida (Miami area,
Florida Keys, Tortugas); East Flower Bank south of the Louisiana
coast; Bahamas (Abaco Island; Great Bahama Bank; Freeport;
Rabbit Cay, 15 ft. or more); Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho Rios; shore to
40 m.); Mexico (Alacran Reef, Campeche Bank; off Vera Cruz, Isla
de Lobos; off Quintana Roo; Blanquilla Reef); British Honduras
(Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse and Glover’s Reefs);
Puerto Rico (Cayo Turrumote; Cabo Rojo; Cayo Icacos; Maya-
giiez); St. Thomas; St. Bartholomew; Antigua; Netherlands An-
tilles: Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Kalki, Plaja Abao, Plaja
Chikitu, Boca Santa Marta, Santa Martha Baai, Portomaribaai,
Daaibooibaai, Vaarsenbaai, Sint Michielsbaai, Kaap Malmeeuw,
Piscaderabaai, Spaanse Water, Awa di Oostpunt, St. Joris Baai,
Klein Curagao). Aruba (Cudarebe-Arashi, Boca Catalina, Malmok,

356 BuLLETIN 285

Eagle Beach-Palm Beach, Barcadera, Mangel Altu, St. Nicolaasbaai,
Andicuri). Bonaire (Boca Bartdél, Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan Doran,
Barcadera, Lont, Ruin, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca, Vierkant,
Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan, Oranje Pan, Willemstoren, Lac). St.
Martin (Baie Rouge, Mullet Pond Bay, Mahé Bay, Burgeux Bay,
Simson Bay, Cay Bay, Little Bay, Great Bay, Point Blanche Bay,
Guana Bay, Gibb’s Bay, Babit Point. Saba (Ladder Bay, Fort
Bay, Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluch Bay, Jenkins Bay, Oran-
jestad Baai, Compagnie Baai, Schildpadden Baai). Barbados (west
coast); Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz, Edo. Anzoategui; Bahia de
Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Ensenada Botella, E. Cabruta Blanca, E.
Cabruta Roja, E. Los Aceites, E. Garrapata, E. El Inglés, E. El
Muerto, E. El Aguirre, E. San Agustin, E. de Centeno, E. Piedra
Pelona, E. Garrapata, E. Ballena, E. Las Maritas, E. Carenero,
Mangle Quemao, Morro de Garrapata, Punta Botella, Barranca de
Mochima, Playa Blanca de Guaigua, Punta San Agustin, P. de Leon,
P. Aceite de Palo, P. Las Maritas, P. Mero Mafioso, P. Toporo,
Costica Mano E’Piedra, Lance Manguillas, Costa Maringinia,

Playa y Punta Piedra; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A, B, C, D, F, I.

Thysanus floridanus, new species Pl. 34, figs. 1-3

1919. Thysanus species Vaughan, nomen nudum, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., vol.
10350No:95, 1p. 222:

The holotype — 3300 USNM from Shell Creek, Florida — is
broken near the pedicillate area but is otherwise rather well pre-
served. The corallum is simple, flabelloid or boatshaped, with low,
obtusely sloping sides, and a broadly rounded bottom which is
traversed lengthwise by a low but prominent medial keel. The
slope of the bottom is very gentle on the longer end of the corallum,
but at the pedicelled end the bottom is subangular. The pedicel it-
self is broken away. The keel is in effect a long, continuous, some-
what wavy costa, finely granulate on the sides and minutely serrate
to denticulate along the axis. Radiating away from the keel and
curving toward the pedicillate end of the corallum are the true
costae, each of which is well developed and conterminous with, but
coarser than its corresponding septum. The costae alternate in two
series of larger and smaller size, are strongly and somewhat irregu-
larly granulose on the crest but minutely and sparsely so on the

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 357

sides, and are separated by deep interspaces. Before curving away
from the axial keel, a number of the costae are parallel and con-
tiguous with it for a short distance. Near the long end of the bottom,
the keel is interrupted for a fraction of a millimeter and then joins
one of the small terminal costae, which in turn connects with the
axial septum of the calice. The terminal costae at this end of the
corallum are subequal, short, and crowded, and there are three or
four of them on either side of the axial.

The calice is moderately deep (about 4.2 mm from the crest
of the larger septa to the base of the columella), narrowly elongate
and elliptical in outline, and with a longer end which is acutely but
evenly rounded, and a pedicillate end which is presumed to be short
and a little wider than the other. The columella is narrow (about
1.4 mm at the base) parietal below, but lamellar and interrupted
above, the latter forming a long axial septum which joins the axial
costa of the keel. All of the septa are lamellar and thin, and are
exsert at the margin of the calice, the largest one rising 1.6 mm above
the summit of the wall, the smallest one about 0.2 mm. The wall
is thin, about 0.15 mm. There are 90 septa in the incomplete calice
of the type specimen, and it is estimated there would be about 120
septa were the calice whole. The septa are separated by deep inter-
spaces and alternate variously in size, a larger septum next to a
smaller one, but in several rhythms of insertion. All of the larger
septa are curved toward the pedicillate end of the corallite, and only
the principal ones extend to the base of the columella which they
join by means of a small terminal process. The margins of the septa
are finely serrate or minutely denticulate, these characters pro-
duced from the slight protrusion of the ends of the trabeculae. The
faces of the septa are beset by pointed granulations or faint,
elongated, and granulose ridges aligned in rows along the narrow
trabeculae. The larger septa are lobate, rather evenly so above the
wall, but then, after a slight depression in the margin, broadening
within to near the columella where the margin abruptly descends
vertically to the base of the columella. The largest septum measured
is 4.8 mm in width and 4.2 mm in height. A number of the principal
septa are perceptibly flexed along their inner course. No internal
lobes are present.

358 BuLLeTIn 285

The columella indicates colony formation was by intramural
linear budding.
Measurements. — Holotype, 3300 USNM: corallum (broken at
pedicelled end) length 22.5 mm, width near middle 9.3 mm, height
at pedicel 7.5 mm, height near middle about 4.7 mm.
Locality. — Shell Creek, Charlotte County, Florida. Collector
Frank Burns. Label reads Pliocene.
Comparisons. — Following are the species of Thysanus from
the circum-Caribbean area, all of them reported from the Miocene,
lower to upper.
Thysanus excentricus Duncan (1863, p. 439, pl. 16, figs. 3a-3c).
Jamaica; Dominican Republic; Cuba.

Thysanus corbicula Duncan (1863, p. 430, pl. 15, figs. 3a, 3b).
Dominican Republic.

Thysanus elegans Duncan in Duncan and Wall, (1864, p. 10, pl.
2, figs. 2a, 2b). Jamaica.

Thysanus hayest Vaughan (1919, p. 424, pl. 77, figs. 3, 3a, 3b).
Cuba.

Thysanus crassicostatus Vaughan and Hoffmeister (1925, p.
326, pl. 3, figs. 5-8). Dominican Republic.

Thysanus species, juv. Vaughan and Hoffmeister (1926, p. 124).
Trinidad.

The nearest, perhaps, of the above listed species to Thysanus
floridanus, n. sp. is the late Miocene Thysanus excentricus Duncan,
but that possesses internal lobes before the principal septa whereas
on T. excentricus internal lobes are lacking.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus) Pl. 33, figs. 4, 5; Pl. 34, figs. 4, 5;
Pl 36, figs. 2..3: Pl. 37, figs, 2;/3; Pl. 38; fig. 1; Pieaoeficad

1788. Madrepora areola Linnaeus, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen,

1786. Madrepora areolata Linnaeus, Ellis and Solander, Natural History of
Zoophytes, p. 161, pl. 47, figs. 4, 5. [Non fig. 4, fide Gregory, 1895, p.
264.]

1788. Madrepora areola Linnaeus, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen,
vol. 1, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2; pl. 5, figs. 1-4. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 80.]

1821. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris,
Mém., vol. 6, pp. 283-285, pl. 16, fig. 11.

1821. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique
des ... Polypiers, p. 55, pl. 47, figs. 4, 5.

1841. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Leuckart, Observationes Zoologicas de
Zoophytis Coralliis, p. 61, pl. 3, figs. 3, 4.

1846. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842,
vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 191-194, pl. 9, fig. 3. Also M. hispida Ehrenberg,

1868.
1877.
1880.
1888.
1900.
1900.

1901.

1902.

1902.

1909.
1910.
1912.
1919.

1921.

1926.

1928.

1929.
1935.
1939.
1943.
1943.
1948.
1949.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 359

M. pracrupta Ehrenberg, M. dilatata Dana. [Fide Matthai, 1928, pp. 80,
81.]

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 24, pp. 16, 23.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Lindstrém, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.,
Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 22.

Manicina areolata Ehrenberg, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol.
7, No. 1, pls. 5, 6.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Wilson, Jour. Morph., vol. 2, No. 2, pp.
191-252, pls. 1-7.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Mon., vol. 39,
pp. 39-40, 48, 210, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3.

Manicina pliocenica Gane, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 22, No. 1193, pp.
192 193:

Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Verrill, Connecticut Acad Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. II], pp. 81-84, pl. 11, figs. 1, 2; pl. 12, figs.
1-3. Also M. hispida Edwards and Haime, M. confertifolia, M. laxifolia,
M. columellaris Verrill. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 81.]

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,
Mem., vol. 8, pp. 502-508, 520, 577-579, figs. 13a-e, 14a-c, pls. 18, 19,
figs. 129-137.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol.
20 for 1900, Pt. 2, pp. 291, 305, pl. 4, figs. 2. 3 Also Manicina pliocenica
Gane.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg.
3) No; 2, pp. 12, 13> figs: 1, 2:

Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 133, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 4, p. 109.

Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 10 for 1911, p. 156, pl. 4, figs. 5, 6; pl. 5, figs. 1-4.
Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9,.
pp. 214, 215, 225, 419. Also Maeandra pliocenica (Gane), 1900, p. 222.
Maeandra sp. aff. M. areolata (Linnaeus) and aff. M. pliocenica
(Gane), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Republic, Mem., vol. 1, p.
152.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Matthai, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans.,
ser. B, vol. 214, pl. 26, figs. 1, 2; pl. 27, figs. 15, 16, 18, 19; pl. 28, figs.
1-3,

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Matthai, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, pp. 8, 15, 55,
80-91, 92, 97, 99, 104, 108, 109, 160, 162, 167, 168, pl. 20, figs. 1-10; pl.
Z2isatigs. 2-90 ply 53, figs: 1-4: pl, 555 figs. 10s 14°-" pli 63) fig. 7 pls 64,
fig. 6; pl. 68, figs 3, 4; pl. 69, figs. 4-7.

Meandra areolata (Linnaeus), Boschma, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 391, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 26, pp. 129-147, 9 figs.
Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.
No. 452, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, pp. 185-198, pls. 1-3.

Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Butsch, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist.
Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, p. 136, pl. 1, fig. 3.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Quart. Jour.,
vol. 6, No. 1, p. 46.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 1, 25, 26, 171, 296, pl. 4.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 69,
86, 87, 111, pls. 19-21.

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9, p.
132, pl. 2, fig. 2.

BuLLETIN 285

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-

tology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F403, fig. 299, 1.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull.

vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227-232, 238, 239, 241, 242, 244, 255, pl. 37, figs. 1-3.

. Manicina areolata (Linné), DuBar, Florida Geol. Survey, Geol. Bull.,

No. 40, p. 121.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 116, No. 1, pp.

63-66.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70,

23, 1 o5e85e

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Goreau, Endeavour, vol. 20, pp. 35, 36.
. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Moore and Gunter, Bull. Marine Sci.

Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 12, No. 1, p. 69.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Carib-

bean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 284.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean

Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 139, 141, 142, 152, 161, pl. XIb.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No.

79, pp. 45, 46, 78, 80, 84, 86.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Hoffmeister, et al., Guidebook Geol.

Soc. Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 23.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Hoskins, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,

Bull., vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 1690, 1699, pl. 2, fig 13.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci.,

vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55,

No. 256, pp. 52-57. [Numerous references 1785-1964. ]

. Manicina (Maeandra) areolata (Linnaeus), Yonge, Roy. Soc. London,

Proc., ser. B, vol. 169, pp. 338, 341.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Mem.

1) ppw 49; 185. pl. 10) figs 5,

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44, pp. 445,

458, 462, 464.

. Manicina areolata (Linné), Wells, ix DuBar, Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol.

Soc., Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect., Ann. Meet., Field Trip
No. 4, p 141.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Wise, Science, vol. 169, p. 978.
. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Klose, iz letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April

1970, pp. 4, 6.

. Manicina areolata (Linné), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.

Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 52, 58, table 1, pl. 4, figs. C, D.

. Manicina areolata (Linné), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Orient, Bol.,

vol.'10, No. 2, pp. 73-75, table 1.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao

and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18, 34, 72, fig. 33,
pl. XXXVa, b.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,

Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, p. 731.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Campos Villarroel, Soc. WVenezolana

Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 552, 568, 578, pl. 7.

. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Wise, Biomineralization Res. Repts., vol.

6, p. 162, pl. 4, fig. 3.

The fossil and living forms of Manicina areolata from Florida

exhibit a variety of shapes, often from the same locality or forma-
tion and may be due to differences in size, degree of maturity, or

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 361

environment of growth. One aspect of the species is exemplified by
specimens of CAL-3 from the Caloosahatchee Marl, 2-5 miles west
of LaBelle in the Caloosahatchee River. The coralla are subflabellate
and oval in outline, with the ends somewhat attenuated. The calicinal
surface, or head of the corallum, is slightly convex and tapers
abruptly to a short conical base, with the underside between the
base and head being gently convex upward. On the calicinal surface
there is a main sinuous central valley traversing the long axis of
the corallum into which enter shorter side valleys. The underside
is veneered by a thin but well-developed epitheca extending upward
from the stalk to near the margin of the corallum where it is neatly
delimited. There are 10 or 11 alternating septa in one centimeter.

Specimens of Manicina areolata (BG-3) from the “Glades”
Formation which overlies the Caloosahatchee Marl, are suboval to
ovate in outline, moderately convex on the upper surface, and flat
at the base with a very smal] stalk or pedicel in the center. The
epitheca is prominent and extends from the pedicel to near the
periphery of the base where it is sharply delimited. On the surface
there is a small central valley crossing larger transverse ones to
about two-thirds the distance in from the attenuated end where it
abuts against a main transverse valley near the blunt end of the
head. The collines are subacute to subrounded. There are 10 or 11
subequal to alternating septa in one centimeter.

In the National Museum of Natural History collection there are
two specimens (USNM 243222), labeled Manicina pliocenica Gane,
which seem to me to be identical with variants of Manicina areolata.
One of them is flat and epithecate at the base, and the valley plan
like that of BG-3. The other is similar to CAL-3, with a subflabellate
corallum, a short conical epithecate base, and a principal elongated
valley, with smaller lobular valleys leading into the main one. There
are 10 alternating larger and smaller septa in one centimeter on the
larger flat-based form, and 15 alternating septa on the smaller
stalked form.

LO-la, dredged from Lake Okeechobee, and probably Pleisto-
cene in age, is suboblong in outline, with blunt ends and a flattish
base possessing a rudimentary pedicel near the center; the base is
weathered but evidences of epitheca are present. The collines are
flattened and are 1 mm to 5 mm in width. The valleys vary from

362 BuLLeTIN 285

16 mm to 24 mm in width from colline to colline, and their depth
from colline to columella is 10 mm to 14 mm. The columella is
linear and trabecular, averaging 1.4 mm in width. There are 20
alternating septa in one centimeter.

All of the specimens mentioned above bear the imprint of
Mamicina areolata s. 1. The coralla are meandroid, varying in out-
line from elongate ovate to oval to elliptical to suboblong. The upper
surface is nearly flat to slightly convex to hemispherical. The non-
calicinal surface is subflabelloid to subturbinate and stalked, or is
flattened, the latter generally with a small pedicel or attachment
process near the center. The valleys are straight to winding to lobu-
lar, 10 mm to 24 mm across from colline to colline, and 9 mm to 14
mm in depth. The collines are acute to obtuse, the latter with a
narrow groove, their width 2 mm to 8 mm. The septa are lamellar,
exsert, and alternating, and there are 10 to 20 of them to the centi-
meter. The exsert ends of the septa meet or are offset in notches
in the middle of the colline producing a groove effect. The
principal septa extend to the columella; the upper two-thirds are
narrow, the lower part raised into high, broad, paliform lobes. So
abrupt and regular is the demarcation of the lobes that they often
form a sraight shelf above and parallel with the columella. The
margins of the septa are regularly dentate, the sides spinulose, the
spinules arranged in close transverse rows. The costae are thin, more
or less equal in size, and granulose. The epitheca, which is always
present, is thin but prominent, extending upward from the base
of subflabelloid or subturbinate coralla to near the calicular margin
of the corallites, or outward from the center of the base to near its
periphery where the coralla are flat. In all instances the upper or
outer limit of the epitheca is sharply and neatly defined. The
columella is linear and trabecular, its average width 1.3 mm.

Many of the fossil forms from Florida seem to have fewer septa
(10 to rarely up to 20) in one centimeter than do living forms
(15-20).

Measurements. — Following are the measurements of a number
of fossil and Recent coralla of Manicina areolata (Linnaeus) in the
collections of Florida State University and the National Museum of
Natural History. See Table 2.

Range and distribution.— The geographic range of Manicina

Manicina areolata (Linnaeus)

No. of septe

Form of underside

Form of calicinel sur-

% Cutline of corellun |
Formetion Length (mm) | Width (mm) | Height (mm) inl em face or head |
14 Subturbinete Slightly convex Subovel; plu
Celoosshetchee Merl 72 49 54 | 3 mp
13 Subflebelloid Flettish; long centrel One end blunt, the
USNM-2094 Caloosehatchee Marl 73 D Db valley other ettenusted
11 Subflebelloid Slightly convex; long One end subrounded,
USNM- 2094 Celoosehatchee Merl 71 6 4h centrel velley the other ettenusted
10 Appressed-conicel Convex; lobulsr; sinuous / Subovete ;
CAL-3b Celoosshetchee Marl 69.5 49.5 48 central valley |
|
FBG-19726 Celoosshetchee Merl? 101.5 47 49 ll Short conical Slightly convex; Narrowly ovete
| wide valleys |
a + —
USNM-243222 (#11) | Lebeled Manicine o 32 p 15 Subflabelloid Slightly convex; long Both ends attene
Gene. Glades Formation. centrel velley | uated
- p-—-- 4
USNM.243222 (#23) |Lebeled Menicine pliocenica 92 67 40 10 | Flettish-conceve; Hemisphericel; lobuler One end blunt, the
Gene. Glades Formation. small central pedicel other attenusted
- —— = - = = =
|
BG-3e Gledes 146 17 le] 10-11 Flat, with smell Convex; prominent trans- (One end blunt, the other
centrel pedicel verse valleys ‘narrowly rounded
} = de eos = =
BG-3b Glades 109 84 53 14 Fl ettish-concave Convex; collines acute Ovel
with central pedicel
He es alt
W-le Leke Okeechobee, Pleis- 20 Flat with central Convex; collines flat- Suboblong
tocene. 113 ~ 47 pedicel tened
el laa IE
BYB-1e Recent. Behamas, Yellow 16 Subflabelloid-atten- | Single sinuous central Narrowly elliptical
Benk. 55.5 22.5 38.5 uate velley
= 2 + =
17 Subturbinete gently convex; Subovete; plum
BEB-le Recent. Beheamss, Bucsroon 64 | 40 39 | globular
+ tt Bay. ae | : = — — ; 4
CéLe20 Celoosshatchee Merl 5 13-15.5 20 16 Subfl sbelloid Single calice compressed at | One end ettenusted,
middle forming figure & ! the other asymmetric
je + +— =
= 10 Subflabelloid Single calice compressed at | One end subrounded,
LO-25 Clewiston. Pleistocene. 57.5 | 22-28 3725 fps forming figure 8 | the other ssymmetric
‘ — —— = 4 vi

362

16 m.
from
linear
alterr
L
Mani
line fi
surfac
calicu
flatte
proce
lar
mm i
narro
exsert
meter
in th
princi
narro’
abrup
form
margi
spinul
or les
preser
of sul
of the
peripl
outer
colum
Nh
(10 t
(15-2
A
of fos:
collec
Natur
R

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 363

areolata is from Bermuda to Venezuela; the geologic range is upper
Miocene to Recent.

Upper Miocene — Dominican Republic (Mao Adentro Lime-
stone, Province of Santiago).

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl).

Plio-Pleistocene — Florida (Glades Formation, Belle Glade
Rock Co. quarry, Belle Glade, Palm Beach County).

Pleistocene — Florida (near Clewiston, Hendry County;
dredged from Everglades; Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
dredged from channel off eastern end of Stock Island; excavated
from marl pits alongside Card Sound Bridge, Monroe County);
Bahamas; Panama Canal Zone.

Recent — Bermuda; Florida (Pine Channel; Biscayne Bay;
Virginia Key; outer reefs and patch reefs along southeast coast;
Tortugas); Bahamas (Rabbit Cay; Turtle Rocks; South Bimini;
Yellow Bank in 15 ft. of water; Bucaroon Bay off Great Abaco
Island in 7 ft. of water); Cuba (Gulf of Batabané); Jamaica (depth
range from shore to 43 m; Ocho Rios); Mexico (Isla de Lobos;
Yucatan Shelf); Haiti; Puerto Rico (Ensenada Honda; Cayo En-
rique; Mayagiiez; Aguadilla); St. Thomas, 24 m to 65 m; Sail Rock
20 to 23 fathoms; St. Bartholomew; east of St. Lucia (34 m); Bar-
buda; Martinique; Aruba; Curacao; Bonaire; St. Martin; Vene-
zuela (Los Roques; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Ensenada
Cabruta, Ensenada FE] Aguirre, Playita Mangle Quemao, Costa
Maringinia, Playa Piedra, Punta Piedra; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas
Ce Es Gea hs

Manicina cf. M. gyrosa (Ellis and Solander) Pl. 38, fig. 2; Pl. 39, fig. 2

1758. Fungus marinus, . . . Seba, Locupletissimi rerum naturalium Thesauri,
vol. 3, p. 201, pl. 109, fig. 10. [Fide Edwards and Haime, 1849, pp. 266,
267.)

1786. Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander, Natural History of . . . Zoophytes,
p-m63-eplesie figs 2:

1791. Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander, Gmelin (fars), Systema Naturae,
ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, p. 3763.

1795. Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander, Esper, Fortsetzungen der Pflan-
zenthiere, vol. 1, pts. 3-4, pp. 100, 101, pl. 80, fig. 1.

1815. Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander, Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturge-
schichte, p. 70.

1816. Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim.
sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 247.

1821. Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Métho-
dique ... Polypiers, pp. 55, 56, pl. 51, fig. 2.

364

1823.
1824.
1830.
1834.

1834.

1847.
1848.
1848.
1848.

1849.

1850.
1851.
1855.
1857.

1861.

1864.
1866.
1870.
1875.
1877.
1881.
1886.
1890.
1895.
1901.
1901.

1902.

BuLLeTIn 285

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Blainville, Dictionnaire des
Sciences Naturelles, vol 29, p. 376.

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclo-
pédie Méthodique, vol. 2, p. 508.

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Blainville Dictionnaire des
Sciences Naturelles, Zoophytes, vol. 60, p. 323.

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie
ou de Zoophytologie, p. 357.

Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
Phys. Abhand. 1832, p. 326. Also Manicina maeandrites Ehrenberg, non
Esper.

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France,
Bull., sér. 2, vol. 4, pt. 2, p. 1095.

Mussa gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-
1842, Zoophytes, vol. 7, p. 186.

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Schomburgk, History of Bar-
bados, p. 562.

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Edwards and Haime, Acad.
Set. Paris; (C. .R., vol.°27, p:.492.

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Edwards and Haime, Ann.
Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, pp. 266, 267. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p.
267.]

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing, Animaux Radi-
aires des Antilles, p. 16.

Colpophylla gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Edwards and Haime, Mus.
Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 84.

Meandrina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France,
Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, pp. 754, 756.

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Edwards and Haime, Histoire
Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dites, p. 384.
Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing and Michelotti,
R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 349. [Fide Vaughan,
1901, p. 41.]

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 49.

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing and Michelotti,
R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 174.

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing and Michelotti,
Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 29.
?Colpophyllia gyrosa “Edwards and Haime”, Pourtalés, iz Gabb, Geol.
Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, p. 545.

?Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Lindstrém, K. Svenska
Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 22.

?Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Quenstedt, Petrefactenkunde
Deutschlands, vol. 6, No. 1, p. 1011, pl. 182, fig. 49.

?Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Quelch, Voyage H. M. S.
Challenger 1873-76, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 6, pt. 46, p. 12.
Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Ortmann, Zeitschr. f. Wis-
sensch. Zool., Leipzig, vol. 50, p. 305. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 267.]
Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Gregory, (pars), Geol. Soc.
London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 266, 267.

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan (pars), Rijksmus.
Geol. en Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 7, 9-11.
Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sei. Crans., vol. 11, Pt. 1, art. IIT, pps-84,. 85;

Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, in Spencer, Geol.
Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, No. 20, p. 349; No. 21, p. 361.

FLoriwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 365

1902. Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Duerden (pars), Nat. Acad.
Sci., Washington, Mem., vol. 5, pp. 580, 581, pl. 22, fig. 148.

1912. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 10 for 1911, p. 154. ;

1914. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 13, pp. 224, 225. ' .

1915. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci.,
Jour., vol. 5, p. 596. ‘

1916. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 227.

1919. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.,
vol. 103, No. 9, pp. 225, 232, 255, 422, 423. of

1921. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Domini-
can Republic, Mem., vol. 1, p. 167. ;

1926. Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Matthai, Roy. Soc. London,
Philos. Trans., ser. B, vol. 214, p. 316, pl. 26, figs. 4, 8.

1928. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Matthai, Catalogue of the Madre-
porarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, A
Monograph of the Recent meandroid Astraeidae, pp. 91-95, pl. 24, figs.
<3): plei25. tte. Ssipls 56; tc. as ple 63,) figs 6.

1943. Meandrina gyrosa Lamarck, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 171. Also Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander.

1948. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, p.
87. Also Manicina mayori (Wells), pp. 61, 69, 87.

1954. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann.
Rept. 1953-1954, p. 25.

1956. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Hoffstetter, Lexique Strati-
graphique International, vol. 5, Amérique Latine, fasc. 2b, Antilles
(Hispaniola), p. 396.

1966. Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Chevalier, Inst. Frangais
Afrique Noire, Bull., sér. A, vol. 28, No. 4, p. 1400.

1968. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont.,
vol. 55, No. 246, pp. 52, 53.

The original description of Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solan-
der) was as follows:

44. Madrepora gyrosa.
Tab. 51

Madrepora conglomerata, cellulosa, ambulacris duplicatis foliaceis,
dissepimentis simplicibus, lamellis foliaceis aequalibus.
Tab, 51
Seb. Mus. 3. tab. 109. fig. 9, 10.

Corallium caeteris laevius, cellulis numerosis cavernosum,

Later descriptions and illustrations by Matthai (1928), Wells
(1936), Smith (1948), and Almy and Carrién-Torres (1963) indi-
cate that Manicina gyrosa is close to Manicina areolata (Ellis and
Solander), differing perhaps from the latter in lacking a central
stalk, in having a thin rather than prominent epitheca, and in its
wide, well-developed groove on the collines.

The corallum of specimen CAL-7a is large, meandroid, and sub-
oblong in outline, the ends not narrowing but blunt, The calicinal

366 BULLETIN 285

surface is convex. The base is flattish or slightly undulatory, with-
out a central stalk and without epitheca; whether the absence of a
stalk and of epitheca on the non-calicinal surface is due to the con-
siderable corrosion of the specimen or is natural, I cannot determine.

A number of the larger valleys run normal to the long axis of the
corallum, but these are joined or crossed by the other longitudinal
or oblique valleys. The valleys are deep and wide, up to 14 mm
in depth, and as much as 28 mm across from colline to colline.
Generally, the head or upper surface of the corallum resembles that
of Manicina areolata except that all of the collines of CAL-7a are
shallowly grooved or channeled. These channels are not superficial
for they persist upward from the base of the corallite, as shown on
Plate 39, figure 2. The collines represent the walls of abutting
calices; the channels or grooves result from the exsert ends of op-
posing septa arching over their respective side of the colline and
terminating on it. Some of the septa are continuous over the colline
but even these are bowed down at the crest of the colline. The col-
lines vary from 1.5 mm to 5 mm in width.

There are generally ten or eleven septa in one centimeter; of
these eight or nine are nearly equal in size and extend to the colu-
mella, and two are rudimentary and short. However, there is no
alternating series of very narrow septa as in M. areolata, although
like that species the margins of the septa are dentate and the faces
spinulose. Also, as in M. areolata, the principal septa are raised
below into paliform lobes, and so abrupt is the demarcation of the
lobes that they are often aligned in a regular shelf above the
columella. The columella is continuous, trabecular and narrow, with
a fairly constant width of about 1.5 mm. At points where the
columella diverges around or crosses that of neighboring calices,
sharp angulations are formed, resulting in a pronounced zigzag pat-
tern along the course of the columella.

The costae are narrow, about equal in size, and denticulate.
The endothecal dissepiments are membranous, slightly arched, and
unequally spaced, with about seven cells in 3 centimeters of length.

Measurements. — Specimen CAL-7a: corallum length 184 mm,
width 120 mm, height 75 mm. CAL-7a is the host of the barnacle
Ceratoconcha prefloridana (Brooks and Ross) and is invaded by

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 367

numerous boring organisms, among them the pelecypod Rocellaria
hians (Gmelin).

Locality. — Caloosahatchee River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle,
Hendry County, Florida. Collector Mike Strong, donated 2 Decem-
ber 1969.

Comparison. — This fossil coral (CAL-7a) is so close to the
living Manicina gyrosa from the Tortugas, Florida, as described and
illustrated by Matthai (1928), that it must be considered the same
species. According to Smith (1948), Mamicina gyrosa is synonymous
with the later-named Manicina mayori (Wells). However, in a letter
to me dated 1 December 1972, Wells wrote: “About Mantcina
‘mayort’. I’ve never been happy about this thing, for it may only
be overgrown, outsize M. areolata.” References to Manicina mayort
(Wells) are the following:

1936. Podasteria mayori Wells, Amer. Jour. Sci. ser. 5, vol. 31 (231), No.
182, pp. 125, 126.

1948. Manicina mayori (Wells), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 69, 87.

1954. Manicina mayori (Wells), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

1958. Manicina mayori (Wells), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 35.

1960. Manicina mayori (Wells), Brooks and Ross, Crustaceana, vol. 1, pp. 353,
354, pl. 6, fig. 1.

1963. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus) var. Manicina mayori (Wells), Almy ©
and Carrion-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci. vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 152, 153,
pl. XI, b3.

1967. Manicina areolata forma mayori (Wells), Goreau and Wells, Bull.
Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

1968. Manicina mayori (Wells), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No.
246, pp. 52, 53.

1970. Manicina mayori (Wells), Klose, iz letter to R. O. Vernon dated 30
Ap rill970eip. 5:

1972. Manicina mayori (Wells), Weisbord, Tulane Studies Geol. Paleont.,
vol. 10, No. 1, p. 63.

The range of Manicina mayori, as reported by the authors listed
above, is Pliocene to Recent. The Pliocene form occurs in the Bee
Branch Member of the Caloosahatchee Marl (Brooks and Ross).
The Pleistocene form occurs in the Miami Oolite in the channel on
the north end of Raccoon Key, near Stock Island, Monroe County,
Florida (Klose). The Recent form is reported from the Dry Tor-
tugas, Florida; Puerto Rico (Cayo Turrumote on calcareous bottom
in 8 ft. of water, by Almy and Carrién-Torres); and Jamaica (depth
range between 0.5 meters and 65 meters, by Goreau and Wells).

According to Matthai’s diagnosis, Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and

368 BuLLeTIN 285

Solander) is differentiated from Manicina areolata (Ellis and So-
lander) by 1) the blunt, rather than narrowed ends of the corallum;
by 2) its broader and channeled collines; by 3) the absence of al-
ternating series of very narrow septa; by 4) the absence of a central
stalk on the base; and, on specimen CAL-7a, by 5) the possible ab-
sence of epitheca on the under side (which is so well developed on all
specimens of Manicina areolata I have seen).

Range and distribution.—In Florida Manicina gyrosa s.s. is
found in the Pliocene (CAL-7a) and Recent. Imbedded in speci-
men CAL-7a is the pelecypod Rocellaria hians (Gmelin) which also
occurs in the Pliocene sand dredged at Pinellas Park, North St.
Petersburg, and at Fort Thompson (Pleistocene) on the Caloosa-
hatchee River. Rocellaria hians is a later name given for Gastro-
chaena cuneiformis Spengler as used by Olsson and Harbison (1953,
p. 151). The barnacle Ceratoconcha prefloridana (Brooks and
Ross), also imbedded in CAL-7a, occurs in the coral Manicina
mayori which was collected by Brooks in the Bee Branch Member
of the Caloosahatchee Marl. The Recent Manicina gyrosa is found
only in the Tortugas, according to Matthai.

Elsewhere, Duchassaing (1847) reported Colpophyllia gyrosa
from the Tuf Blanc (lower Miocene) of Guadeloupe, as did Vaughan
im Spencer (1902) from the Gravel Series (Plio-Pleistocene of
Dominica at an elevation of 165 ft., and from the Pleistocene of
Barbados on the terrace one mile north of Bath, at an elevation of
about 50 ft. Vaughan (1921) listed Manicina gyrosa from the
Pleistocene of the Dominican Republic. Colpophyllia gyrosa was
recorded also by Chevalier (1966, p. 1400) who stated that Cagel
“signale la présence, sur une ancienne terrasse marine élevée 4 + 3 m,
de Colpophyllia gyrosa, espéce actuelle des Antilles, d’ailleurs in-
connue de nos jours sur les cotes d’Afrique.” I take it that the marine
terrace mentioned by Chevalier, which is in the Selvagem Islands
north of the Canaries in the Eastern Atlantic, is Pleistocene in age.

Colpophyllia natans (Miiller) Pl. 393 fiesa oe

1772. Madrepora meandrites natans Houttuyn, Natuurlyke Historie . . . vol.
1, No. 17, p. 124. [Fide Bayer, in Olivares and Leonard, 1971, p. 53.]

1775. Madrepora natans Miller, Carol von Linne . . . Natursystem, vol. 6,
pt. 2p: 68i-

1789. Madrepora natans Miller, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen,
vol. 1, pts. 3-4, pp. 140-143; pl. XXIII (1794).

1791.
1807.
1834.
1846.

1848.

1849,

1851.

1857.

1861.

1866.

1871.
1880.
1890.
1895.
1901.

1928.

1944,
1948.
1954.
1954.
1956.
1958.
1958.
1959.
1959.
1959.

1960.

FLorIpA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 369

Madrepora natans Miller, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt.
LS pt--6; p> 3760:

Maeandrina gyrosa Fischer von Waldheim, Museum Demidoff, vol. 3,
p. 298. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 101.]

Manicina fissa Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832,
p. 326. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 101.]

Manicina fissa Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoo-
phytes, pp. 190, 191.

Meandrina gyrosa Edwards and Haime, Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol.
27, p. 492. non Madrepora gyrosa Esper, nec Meandrina gyrosa Lamarck.
[Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 101.]

Colpophyllia gyrosa (?), C. breviserialis, C. fragilis, and C. tenuis Ed-
wards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 11, pp.
266, 267. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 101.]

Colpophyllia gyrosa and C. fragilis Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat.
Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, pp. 84, 85.

Colpophyllia gyrosa, C. fragilis, C. tenuis, and (?) C. breviserialis
Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou de Polypes
propremant dits, vol. 2, pp. 384, 385.

Colpophyllia astreaeformis Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 349. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 101.]
Colpophyllia gyrosa, C. fragilis, C. tenuis, C. astreaeformis, and Lep-
toria fragilis Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem.,
ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 174, 176.

Colpophyllia gyrosa Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4,
p. 74.

Colpophyllia gyrosa Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1,
pl. 8, figs. 1-5; pl. 9, figs. 13-16.

Colpophyllia gyrosa Ortmann, Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool., Leipzig, vol. 50,
pts 2a ps 305.

Colpophyllia gyrosa Gregory, pars, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour.,
vol. 51, p. 267.

Colpophyllia gyrosa Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral. Leiden,
Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 41-45.

Colpophyllia natans (Miiller), Matthai, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals of the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 6, pp. 15, 101-
108spls 26, figs. 2, 3% pl: 6li fig. 2: pl. 65, fies: 5,73 pls 67; fies. Lo2:
pl. 71, figs. 8b, 9; pl. 72, fig. 7b.

Colpophyllia natans (Miller), Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p.
446

Coe natans (Muller), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 69,
86, pl. 18.

Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept.
1953-1954, p. 24.

Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Colpophyllia natans (Miller), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-
tology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F403.

Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.L.,
Bull. No. 3, p. 32.

Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, p. 23.
Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 29, 33.
Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70,
76, 79, 85.

Colpophyllia natans (Muller), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol.
Bull., vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 239, 242, 243, 248, 249.

Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist.
Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11.

370 BULLETIN 285

1960. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 33, No.
6, pp. 1134, 1137, 1138, 1140, 1142.

1961. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Westermann and Kiel, Natuurwetensch.
Studiekring Suriname en de Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, p. 136.

1961. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[(Cuba], ser: Educac., No. 2, pps 9} 26; 27, figs: 15,6:

1962. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 81, pp.
17, 19, 28.

1962. Colpophyllia natans (Muller,) Kornicker and Squires, Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 447-449, table 1.

1963. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 142, 153, pl. XIIb.

1964. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 11, 22-30, 32, 35, 44,
47, fig. 15-6.

1964. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p. 113.

1967. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol.
17, No. 2, p. 448.

1967. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Roos, Growth and Occurrence of the Reef
Coral Porites astreoides Lamarck, pp. 10, 12.

1970. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Klose, iz letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April
1970; (pip: 2,4. (6.

1971. Colpophyllia natans (Houttuyn), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr.
Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 52, 53, pl. II, figs. A, B.

1971. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23,
25-32, 34, 36, 38, 39, 73, 94, 100, pl. XXXIIla, b, text-figs. 8-6, 34.

1971. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente,
Bol., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, table 1.

1972. Colpophyllia natans (Muller), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 553, 556, 578, pl. 7L.

The following description of the Recent Colpophyllia natans is
taken from Matthai (1928, pp. 102, 104) and Smith (1948, p. 86).

The corallum is large, massive, and light in weight. The calicinal
surface is slightly to very convex, and the non-calicinal surface con-
verges toward the base which is not stalked. The valleys are
sinuous, usually continuous, sometimes discontinuous, their width
15 mm to 20 mm up to 30 mm to 40 mm at the edges of the colony;
the average depth of the valleys is 10 mm to 12 mm but may be up
to 18 mm, the depth beween centers reduced to 8 mm or 9 mm
owing to vesicular deposition. The walls are grooved.

There are usually eight or nine septa in one centimeter, of
which five or six extend to the columella. The upper two-thirds
of the principal septa usually slope down to lower one-third where
they curve inward toward the columella center. The lower part of
the principal septa is sometimes differentiated from the upper part
by a notch and simulates a paliform lobe; there are 16 to 18 prin-

FLormpa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 371

cipal septa around each columellar center. The margins of the septa
are finely dentate and the sides are provided with horizontal ridges,
those of opposite sides facing each other, a pair of such ridges
terminating in a septal tooth. The columella is rudimentary or ab-
sent, the centers represented by principal septa curving inward and
about 10 mm apart. Adjacent columellar centers are sometimes con-
nected by a thin-toothed lamella of septal origin. The costae are nar-
row and thin and converge toward the center of the non-calicinal
surface.

Measurements. — Esper’s figured specimen, illustrated by Mat-
thai (1928, pl. 67, figs. 1, 2) is 65 mm in height and 125 mm & 105
mm in diameter.

Remarks.— This species is one of the lightweight “floating
corals” discussed by Kornicker and Squires (1962), a condition re-
sulting from the entrapment of air in the vesicles.

Localities. — The Florida localities of the Pleistocene Colpo-
phyllia natans given by Klose (1970) are Key West, Stock Island,
and Key Largo, Monroe County.

Range and distribution.— The reported geographic range of
Colpophyllia natans is from Bermuda to Venezuela; the geologic
range is Pleistocene to Recent.

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
dredged off Fort Taylor, Stock Island, and alongside Card Sound
Bridge on Key Largo); St. Kitts (Brimstone Hill).

Recent — Bermuda; Florida (Tortugas at Bush Key and Long
Key); Texas (Padre, Mustang, and St. Joseph Islands); British
Honduras (Rendezvous Cay and Glover’s Reef); Pedro Bank;
Jamaica (Ocho Rios; 0.5 m to 55 m); St. Thomas; Montserrat (33
m to 40 m); Barbados (off west coast 15 m to 24 m); Netherlands
Antilles: Aruba (Boca Catalina-Malmok, Barcadera, Mangel Altu).
Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Kalki, Plaja Abao, Portomaribaai,
Daaibooibaai, Vaarsenbaai, Piscaderabaai, Spaanse Water, Klein
Curacao, St. Martha Baai, St. Michiels Baai). Bonaire (Boca Bar-
tol, Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan Doran-Barcadera, Ruin, Hato, Klein
Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca). St. Martin (Baie Rouge, Point Blanche
Bay). Saba (Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluth Bay-Jenkins Bay-
Tumbledown Dick Bay, Oranjestad Baai, Gallows Bay). Venezuela
(Puerto La Cruz, Edo. Anzoategui; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre

372

BuLLeTIn 285

at Ensenada Cabruta Blanca, E. San Agustin, E. FE] Inglés, E.
Carenero, E. de Punta Leon, E. Cabruta Roya, E. Aceites, E. Gar-
rapata, E. El Muerto, E. El Aguirre, E. Burgao, E. Botella, Morro
de la Garrapata, Barranca de Mochima, Punta San Agustin, Punta
Aceite de Palo, Punta Toporo, Punta y Playa Piedra, Costica Mano
E’Piedra, Lance Manguillas; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas B, D, I.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur) Pl. 40, figs. 1, 2

1820.

1820.

Caryophyllia arbuscula Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Mém., vol.
6, p..275, pit Sitios 2

Caryophyllia solitaria Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Mém., vol.
6, p. 273, pl. 15, fig. 4. [Fide Edwards and Haime, 1849, p. 307.]
Caryophyllia solitaria Lesueur, Lamouroux, Encyclopédie Méthodique,
vols2) ip. U7:

Caryophyllia solitaria Lesueur, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de
Zoophytologie, p. 384.

Cladocora cespitosa var. B ?; C. microstoma, p. 310; and C. candela-
brum, p. 311, Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832,
pp. 310, 311.

Caryophyllia arbuscula Lesueur, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert,
ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 354.

Caryophyllia arbuscula Lesueur, Dana, U.S. Exploring Expedition
1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 281, fig. 24.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat.
Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 11, p. 307.

Caryophyllia arbusculum Lesueur, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des
Antilles, p. 15.

. Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Edwards and Haime, Historie Naturelle

des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, p. 595.

Cladocora unipedalis Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 355, pl. 10, fig. 5, 6. [Fide Vaughan, 1902, p.
298.]

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 354, 355.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol.
1, No. 3, p..47.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 184.

Cladocora parvistella Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
Mem., i 2, vol. 23, p. 185, pl. 10, figs. 1, 2. [Fide Vaughan, 1902,
p. 298.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et
des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 31.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.,
vol. 2, No. 4, p. 30.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Lindstrém, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.,
Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 23.

Cladocora arbuscula (Milne-Edwards and Haime), Agassiz and Pour-
talés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 3, figs. 1-7.

Cladocora arbuscula (Milne-Edwards and Haime), Moseley, Voyage
H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 2, pt. 7, p. 184
(pars?)

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger,
Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 11, 12, 13, 70.

1390.
1901.

1902.

1902.
1907.
1913.
1919.
1919.
1943.
1948.
1954.
1956.
1956.
1959.
1959.
1959.
1961.
1962.
1963.
1963.
1964.
1967.

1969.
1971.

STA.

Fioripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 373

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,

Proc., vol. 42, p. 308. ’ ;

Cladocora ae bastule (Edwards and Haime), Verrill, Connecticut Acad.

Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. IV, p. 182. ; i

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,

Mem., vol. 8, pp. 501, 502, 558-563, pl. 6, figs. 47-52; pl. 7, figs. 53-58;

pl. 8, figs. 59-63. :

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol.
for 1900, pt. 2, 298, pl. 2, figs. 3, 3a.

Gladoéore nibuboile eaiean: Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and

Sci. Drans:, vol. 12; art. Il, pt. 5, p. 209. ;

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Brown and Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci.,

Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, p. 497.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No.

9, pp. 225, 228, 362. Mak

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,

pars 44, p. 548.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,

Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 321, pl. 29, fig. 4.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 66,

87, 88, 1115. pl. 22.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv.,

Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-

tology, Pt. F (Coelenterata), p. F404, fig. 302, 1a, 1b.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Menzel, Oceanograph. Inst. Florida

State Univ., Contrib., No. 61, p. 2.

Cladocora (Cladocora) arbuscula (Lesueur), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No.

1p Dy 29, 35.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Goreau, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol.

116, No. 1, pp. 64, 67, 69.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70,

753 81,-85;

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao

[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 24, 25, figs. 13, 14.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp.

Nii).

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Jones, Bull. Marine Sci Gulf and Carib-

bean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 284.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean

Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 153, 154, pl. 12a.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao

and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 47.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci.,

vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Stoddart, Biol. Reyv., vol. 44, p. 458.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente,

Bol., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75, table 1, pl. I, figs. A, B.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao

and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 65, pls. 22a, 22b.

The following description of Cladocora arbuscula pertains to

specimen SB-3a from South Bay, Florida.

The corallum is phaceloid and the corallites are branching. The

main branches are 2.7 mm to 5 mm in height, 3 mm to 4 mm in

374 BuLLeTIn 285

diameter at the middle, and flare out somewhat at the margin of
the calice. The calices are funnel-shaped, varying from 2.8 mm to
4.5 mm in diameter, and with a depth of up to 4.5 mm. Smaller
extratentacular buds project from the main branches a little below
the calicular margin.

Usually there are 36 septa in four cycles, the fourth cycle half
complete. The septa are exsert and lobate at the calicular margin,
serrate or dentate along the steeply sloping free margin, and spinu-
lose on the sides. The primary septa are slightly larger than the
secondaries, the secondaries a little larger than the tertiaries, and
the quaternaries the smallest and least developed. Deep within the
calice the quaternaries unite with tertiary septa. Drusy paliform
lobes are present at the inner ends of the principal septa and merge
with the small papillose columella.

The costae are conterminous with the septa and are nearly
equal to alternating in size, unlike the septa which are differentiated
into four size-groupings. The costae are relatively large and coarse,
granulate on the surface, and continuous from the calicular margin
down the sides of the corallite and on to the spaces between the
corallites where they join and become confluent with the costae of
neighboring branches.

Measurements. — Specimen SB-3a: corallum length 24.5 mm,
width 17.2 mm, height 22 mm. CPT-la: length 33.5 mm, width 28.5
mm, height 25 mm.

Locality. — Pit at South Bay water plant, South Bay, Palm
Beach County, Florida. Collected by Joseph FE. Banks in Unit A
(Glades) of Olsson, Plio-Pleistocene (SB-3a).

Comparison. — This species is distinguished from Cladocora
johnsomt Gane by its much deeper funnel-shaped calices and more
numerous septa (normally 36 for C. arbuscula compared with 24 for
C’. gohnsont).

Range and distribution.— The geologic range of Cladocora
arbuscula is recorded in the literature as Pleistocene to Recent. The
living C. arbuscula ranges from Florida south to Curacao in the
Netherlands Antilles, and Venezuela.

The only Pleistocene occurrence (other than in the Plio-Pleisto-
cene at South Bay, Florida) is in the Isthmus of Panama, in oyster

shell layers from Black Swamp near Mt. Hope (Monkey Hill).

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 375

In Florida, the Recent C. arbuscula has been found at the fol-
lowing localities: Tortugas; Apalachee Bay; 10 miles southeast of
St. Marks lighthouse in 10-12 ft. of water, collected by Lyman D.
Toulmin; 20 miles south of St. Marks in 48 ft. of water, gift of C. P.
Townsend, 19 May 1968; 40 miles southeast of St. Marks lighthouse,
in 30 ft. of water, collected by Lyman D. Toulmin; 3-4 miles south-
west of Longboat Key, Manatee County, in 5-6 fathoms; southeast
Florida on patch reefs in 13 fathoms.

Other Recent occurrences are recorded from the Bahama Is-
Jands; Jamaica (0.5 m to 15 m; Ocho Rios); Mexico (off Vera
Cruz); British Honduras (Rendevous Cay); Cuba; Puerto Rico
(off Parguera in 70 ft. of water); St. Thomas; St. Bartholomew;
St. Kitts (Frigate Bay); Guadeloupe; Curacao; Klein Curacao ?;
Bonaire ?; Venezuela (Golfo de Cariaco, Zona I).

Cladocora johnsoni Gane Pl. 40, figs. 3, 4

1895. Cladocora johnsoni Gane, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circe., vol. 15, No. 121,
Dp: LO:

1900. Cladocora johnsoni Gane, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 22, No. 1193, pp.
192, 197, pl. 15, figs. 10-12.

1919. Cladocora johnsoni Gane, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, p.
222.

1929. Cladocora Johnsoni Gane, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars
44, p. 549.

Gane’s original description in 1900 was as follows:

Corallites slender, somewhat flexuous, and cylindrical. When
found fossil] they are detached from the parent colony. Walls of mod-
erate thickness. Costate granular, well developed, and close set; those
corresponding in position to the septa of the first and second cycles of
the same size, and larger than those corresponding the members of the
third and fourth cycles. With the exception of a few costae of the
fourth cycle, all reach to the base of the corallite. Calices circular with
a shallow fossa. There are six systems of three complete cycles, with
occasionally a few rudimentary septa of an incompleted order of a
fourth cycle. Septa exsert, the primaries more prominently so, rounded
and very finely granulated laterally, giving the laminae a slightly
striated appearance; primaries thicker and broader then secondaries,
which, in turn, have a similar relation to the tertiaries. In sections of
a corallite below the calice, the septa of the third cycle approach and
midway between the theca and columella unite with those of the pre-
ceding cycle. Either true pali or paliform lobes are present before all
but the last cycle of septa. Columella coarsely papillary but rather
narrow. Gemmation lateral and often in pairs at the same height on
the stem.

The nearest related form to this Pliocene coral seems to be the
Cladocora debilis Edwards and Haime, Recent at Madeira, but owing

376 BuLLETIN 285

to its meager descriptions the writer can not speak definitely on this

point, as he has not had an opportunity of examining specimens of the

A aR present form is named after Mr. Charles W. Johnson, of Phila-

delphia, who has added so much to our knowledge of the Neocene

paleontology of the South.

Dimensions. — Height of the largest specimen, 12 mm.; breadth of
calice, from 2 to 2.8.

Geological horizon. -— Pliocene.

Locality. — Waccamaw River, South Carolina.

Collections. — Wagner Free Institute of Science (type), John
Hopkins University. The type specimens were collected by Mr. C. W.
Johnson.

There are three broken and somewhat corroded specimens in the
collection of the National Musum of Natural History from Locality
3300, labeled (in Vaughan’s handwriting ?) “Cladocora johnsoni
Gane, Pliocene, Shell Creek, Fla., Burns.” These Shell Creek coralla
are relatively slender branches from which project smaller buds.
The main branches are subcircular in cross section, 3 mm to 4 mm in
diameter and 8.5 mm to 11.5 mm in height. The calices are more or
less circular, varying from as little as 1.7 mm in diameter on buds
to as much as 3.7 mm on the axis of the branch. The true depth of
the calices is not ascertainable but is presumed to be fairly shallow.

The normal number of cycles seems to be three, with 24 septa
in calices 2.4 mm to 2.8 mm in diameter; however, there are 22
septa in a calice 1.7 mm in diameter, and as many as 34 in an axial
calice 3.7 mm in diameter. The septa seem originally to have been
a little exsert and are decreasingly smaller according to the order of
insertion: the primary septa are the largest, the secondaries some-
what smaller but larger than the tertiaries, and if present, the
quaternaries which are the smallest and least developed. In some
truncated calices, minor septa are seen curving into and joining the
next larger to produce a three-pronged candelabra effect. The prin-
cipal septa extend to the columella, and in one calice, at least, seem
to be paliform. The septa are dentate along the free margin and fine-
ly spinulose on the sides.

The costae are coarse, rugged, subequal and granulose; a num-
ber of them on the upper half of the corallite are divided along the
middle by a fine superficial suture, produced I think, by surface
weathering, The costae continue down the sides of the corallite to
the base where they become confluent with the costae of neighbor-
ing corallites.

FLor1DA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 377

The columella where preserved is seen to be papillate.

Measurements. — Specimen USNM 3300 (a): single branch
height 8.5 mm, diameter at middle 3 mm. Specimen USNM 3300
(b): branching corallum height 9 mm, maximum width 8.5 mm.
Specimen USNM 3300 (c): branch with buds, height 11.5 mm,
maximum width 6 mm.

Locality. — Shell Creek, Charlotte County, Florida. Collector:
Frank Burns,

Comparison. — In referring the Shell Creek examples to Clado-
cora johnsoni, I am assuming that the calices are shallow. This
character, which was stressed by Gane as a distinguishing one, can-
not be ascertained on the specimens available for study.

Range and distribution.— Pliocene in Waccamaw River of
South Caroline, and Pliocene (Caloosahatchee Marl) in Shell
Creek, Florida.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander) Pl. 41, fig. 1

1786. Madrepora annularis Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of ...
Zoophytes, p. 169, pl. 53, figs. 1, 2.

1816. Astrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans
Vert., vol. 2; p: 259.

1821. Astrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Métho-
dique des ... Polypiers, p. 58, pl. 53, figs. 1, 2.

1827. Astrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Bory de St. Vincent, Encyclo-
pédie Méthodique, pt. 2, pl. 486, figs. 1, 2.

1846. Astrea (Orbicella) annularis (Ellis and Solander), Dana, U.S. Ex-
poring Exped. 1832-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 214, pl. 10, fig. 6.

1880. Orbicella annularis Dana, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7,
No. 1, pl. 4, figs. 1-10.

1890. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Bull, vols 20; No. 2), p: 61 \pls. 1, 2.

1900. Orbicella annularis Dana, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans. vol. 10: arty <DV, pp. 552, 553.

1901. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), Dana, Verrill, Connecticut
eae Arts and Sci., Trans. vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, pp. 94-96, pl. 15,
ig. 1.

1902. Orbicella acropora (Linnaeus) var. Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull,
vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 301, 302, pls. 6, 7.

1906. Orbicella annularis Dana, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.
rans, vol, 12) art. I pt. 5: p. 233, fic: 86.

1919. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 214, 215, 223, 228, 253-256, 362-376, 380, 396, 398,
400, 420, 510, pl. 80, figs. 7, 7a, 7b; pl..81, figs. 1, 2; pl. 82, figs. 1, 2;
pi. s3,.4igs. 1, 2.3, 3a; pl. 84, figs. 1,°2°°3) 3a.

1920. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), Coryell and Ohlsen, New York
Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol.
3, pt. 1, pp. 194, 195, pl. 28, fig. 2.

378

1921.
1924.
1939.
1943.
1948.
1955.
1958.

1958.

1959"
1959.
11959:
1960.
1960.
1961.

1963.

1964.

1964.

1966.
1966.

1966.

1966.

1967.
1967.

1968.

1968.

BuLuetin 285

Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Domini-
can Republic, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 152, 157, 167.

Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, in Woodring, Geol.
Survey Republic of Haiti, pp. 217, 225, 243.

Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), Butsch, Barbados Mus. and
Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 136, 137, pl. 1, fig. 6.
Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan and Wells, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 321, pl. 29, fig. 5.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals,
Ppw6l) 724 89, 90) plsas255) 26%

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull.
Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 224.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Bonet, Asoc. Mexicana
Géol. Petrol., Bol., vol. 10, Nos. 9-10, pp. 565, 567-570.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227-229, 232, 237, 238, 256, pl. 40, fig.
31° ply 41) figs: 1.2:

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and
Hoskin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, pp. 17, 19.
Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), T. F. Goreau and N. I.
Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 246, 248, 249.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40,
Nos 1, pp: 70; 73-76, 79) 81°85, figs: 4. 5, 7, 9) 12.13) 154 175

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), T. F. Goreau and N. I.
Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 119, No. 3, p. 421.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), T. F. Goreau and N. I.
Goreau, Science, vol. 131, pp. 668, 669.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 54, 55, figs. 43, 44.
Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Almy and Carrién-Torres,
Caribbean Jour. Sci. vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 136, 138, 141, 142, 154, 155,
162, pl. 14a.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Hoffmeister ef al., Guide-
book Geol. Soc. Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, pp. 9, 12, 17, 22.
Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna
of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 11, 23-28,
32, 35, 37, 38, 40, 41, pl. 4, figs. 1; pl. 11a, b.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.,
Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 287, 288, 292, 298, text-fig. 3.
Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Goreau and Hartman, Sci-
ence, vol. 151, No. 3708, p. 343, fig. 1.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Rigby and MacIntire, Brig-
ham Young Univ. Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 3, 22, 29, 31, 32-35, 37-39,
41 43. pl. 22 ply 6, figs 62 pl. 7% fig. 3'° pl.) figs Ie

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1929, 1931, 1937, 1938, 1940, 1946, pl. 1,
fig. 1, text-figs. 2, 3.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Goreau and Wells, Bull.
Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Macintyre, Canadian Jour,
Earth Sci., vol. 4, No. 3, p. 467.

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Hoffmeister and Multer,
Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, pp. 1487, 1490, 1494-1496, 1500,
Die2tiow 2) pleshetics.alGnas

Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Yonge, Roy. Soc. London,
Proc:, ser. B; vol. 1169; p. 339.

FLoriDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 379

1969. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Mem. 11, pp. 146, 149, pl. 10, fig. 2.

1969. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Stoddart, Biol. Rev., vol. 44;
pp. 451, 458, 463, 465, 471, 473.

1970. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Mesolella, Sealy, and Mat-
thews, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 54, No. 10, pp. 1904, 1906,
1907, 1909.

1970. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Klose, iz letter to Robert O.
Vernon, pp. 2-7.

1971. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Olivares and Leonard, Inst.
Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 51-53, 59, 60, 67,
table J; "pl. 6, figs: €, D:

1971. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna
of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 18, 19,
22-27, 29, 30, 31, 33-39, 65-66, 94, 97, 101, figs. 4, 7, 8, 11, 26, pls. 24b,
25b.

1972. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Liebe, Hattin, and Dodd,
Geol. Soc. Amer., Abstr. Southeastern Sect. 21st Meeting, p. 87.

1972. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Campos Villarroel, Soc.
Venezolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, pp. 548, 555, 570, pl. 7.

1972. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc.
Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 730, 731, figs. 6a, 7.

1972. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Scoffin, Science, vol. 178, No.
4067, p. 1280.

1973. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander), Weisbord, Florida Bur.
Geol., Geol. Bull. No. 56, pp. 39-48, pl. 17, figs. 1-3; pl. 18, figs. 1-3;
pl. 19, figs. 1, 2. [Numerous references 1766-1972. ]

The original description of Ellis and Solander’s Madrepora
annularis was as follows:

69. Madrepora annularis.
‘Walbs 953%
Brot 122:
Madrepora aggregata, stellis teretibus aequalibus mar-
gine elevatis, interstitiis plano-concavis radiatis.
The Pleistocene specimen (I-641b) described and illustrated
herein is re-deposited with, or recrystallized by calcium carbonate.
The corallum, which is part of an originally large specimen,
is tabular, and has a flat upper surface. The corallites are long,
slender, and cylindrical. The calices are subcircular and have a
starry appearance by virtue of the prominence of the principal sep-
ta on the calicular margin, which is thickened and raised. The
diameter of the calices from summit to summit ranges from 2.3 mm
to 3.9 mm, and their depth is 1 mm to 3 mm. The septa occur in
three complete or nearly complete cycles, the primaries the largest,
the secondaries a little smaller but also extending to the columella,
and the tertiaries the smallest with their inner edges free. The prin-
cipal septa are a little exsert at the calicular margin, the secondaries

380 BULLETIN 285

less so. The septal margins are dentate, the faces finely granulate.
The costae are conterminous with the septa but are thicker and
subequal, the larger alternating with the somewhat smaller, and
meeting those of adjoining calices in the space between them. The
crests of the costae are granulose. The columella is everywhere sa
calcified that the details cannot be made out, although it is in-
ferred to be developed from the interlacing septal processes.

Measurements. — Specimen [-641b: corallum length 68.5 mm,
width 57 mm, thickness 26 mm.

Locality. — Upper Matecumbe Key, Monroe County, Florida.
Pleistocene. Collected by H. Gunter and J. H. C. Martens, Nov.
1927.

Range and distribution.— The recorded geographic range of
Montastrea annularis is from Bermuda to Brazil; the geologic range
is Oligo-Miocene to Recent.

Oligo-Miocene — Puerto Rico (Ponce Limestone).

Miocene (lower) — Puerto Rico (Quebradillas Limestone);
Florida (Tampa Formation).

Miocene (upper) — Dominican Republic (Mao Adentro Lime-
stone and Yaqui Group); Haiti (Arrondissemant Mirebalais ?;
Arrondissement Léogane).

Pliocene — Mexico (Quintana Roo); Costa Rica (Limon);
Haiti (west slope of Tapion du Petit-Goave).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
Key West, Stock Island, Key Vaca, Big Pine Key, Upper Mate-
cumbe Key, Key Largo; Port Everglades); Mexico (Quintana
Roo); St. Eustatius; St. Kitts; Montserrat; Dominican Republic
(Provinces of Macoris, Sto. Domingo, and Barahona); Barbados
at the following elevations: 1043 ft. Hart Hill, St. Joseph Parish;
845 ft. Parris Hill, St. Joseph Parish; 747 ft. Market Hill, St. George
Parish; 720 ft. Russia Gully, St. Thomas Parish; 707 ft. Haynes-
field, St. John Parish; 480 ft. Locust Hill, St. George; 360 ft. Small
Ridge, Christchurch; 300 ft. Skeens Hill, Christchurch and Codring-
ton Quarry, St. Michael; 80 ft. Prospect, St. James; 70 ft. Grazettes,
St. Michael; 40 ft. Sandy Lane, St. James.

Recent — Bermuda (North Rock; Ledge Flats; North Lagoon);
Bahamas (Great Bahama Bank; Abaco Island; Coconut Point;
Hogg Island); Florida (Tortugas; Key West; Big Pine and New-

FioripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 381

found Harbor Keys; Ft. Taylor; Loggerhead Key; Hawk Channel;
Margot Fish Shoal; Tavernier; Virginia Key; Biscayne Bay); Cuba;
Mexico (Blanquilla Reef, Alacran Reef, Isla de Lobos, Yucatan
Shelf off Progreso); British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe,
Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef); Panama ?; Pedro Bank; Jamaica
(Ocho Rios; 0.3 m - 80 m); Puerto Rico (La Parguera, Guanica,
Ensenada, Mayagiiez); St. Lucia; St. Thomas (22 m - 39 m);
Guadeloupe (26 m - 34m); Barbados (west coast, 15 m - 24 m);
Netherlands Antilles: Curacao (Playa Kalki, 1.5 m - 10 m; West-
puntbaai, along shore; Playa Abao, shore to 8 m.; Playa Chikitu, in
shallow water with sandy bottom; Sta. Martha Baai, 15 m - 45 m);
Portomaribaai, shore to 8 m; Vaarsenbaai, shore to 8 m; St. Michiels
Baai, shore to 15 m; Kaap Malmeeuw, 20 m; Piscaderabaai, 3 m -
35 m; Spaanse Water, shore to 30 m; Klein Curacao 4 m - 6 m;
Caracasbaai). Bonaire (Plaja Frans, Goto, Jan Doran, Barcadera,
Lont, Hato, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca, Punt Vierkant,
Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan, Oranje Pan, Lac). St. Martin (Mullet
Pond Bay, Simson Bay, Cay Bay, Little Bay, Great Bay, Point
Blanche Bay, Gibb’s Bay, Babit Point). Saba (Ladder Bay, Fort
Bay, Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluch Bay, Jenkins Bay, Tum-
bledown Dick Bay, Compagnie Baai). Aruba (Arashi-Boca Cata-
lina, Malmok, Eagle Beach, Palm Beach, Barcadera, Mangel Altu,
St. Nicolaasbaai, Klein Lagoen, north of Pitch Field). Venezuela
(Puerto La Cruz; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Playa Blanca
de Guaigua, Ensenada San Agustin, FE. Piedra Pelona, E. Burgao,
E. Carenero, Ensenada Mangle Quemao, Ensenada Cabruta Roja,
Ensenada Cabruta Blanca, Ensenada de Punta Leén, Ensenada Los
Aceites, Ensenada Garrapata, Lance Manguillas, Ensenada El Muer-
to, Ensenada El Aguirre, Morro de la Garrapata, Ensenada EI
Inglés, Punta Botella, Punta San Agustin, P. de Leon, P. Mero
Majoso, P. Hoporo, Ensenada Botella). Brazil (Bahia de Camamt).

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus) Plea figs) 23

1758. Seba, Locupletissimi rerum naturalium thesauri, vol. 3, pl. CXII, figs.
15, 19, 22. [Fide Vaughan, 1901, p. 27.]

1766. Madrepora astroites Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 320 (non Madre-
pora astroites Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, 1758, p. 796). [Fide
Vaughan, 1901, p. 27.]

1766. Madrepora cavernosa Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, p. 1276.

1786. Madrepora radiata Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of . .
Zoophytes, p. 169, pl. XLVII, fig. 8.

382 BULLETIN 285

1791. Madrepora cavernosa Linnaeus, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol.
ft, spt 65) P3707

1794. Madrepora cavernosa Linnaeus, Esper, Fortsetzungen der Phlanzenthiere,
Vol. deepts-l-2. ps8) plas.

1797. Madrepora cavernosa Linnaeus, Humphrey, Museum Calonnianum, p. 66.

1807. Favites cavernosus (Linnaeus), Link, Beschreibung der Naturalien-
Sammlungen der Universitat zu Rostock, pt. 3, p. 162.

1815. Fawvia cavernosa seu astroites Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, Theil
By Zool Albt. 1) 1p -167-

1816. Astrea radiata (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique
... des Polypiers, p. 67, pl. XLVII, fig. 8. .

1816. Astrea argus Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 259.

1820. Astrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Schweigger, Handbuch der Naturgeschichte
der Skelettlosen Ungegliederten Thiere, p. 119.

1824. Astrea argus Lamarck, and Astrea radiata (Ellis and Solander),
Lamouroux, Encyclopédie Méthodique, vol. 2, pp. 131, 132.

. 1829. Astrea argus Lamarck, Eichwald, Zoologia Specialis, p. 183.

1830. Astrea (Tubastrea) radiata (Ellis and Solander) and A. argus Lamarck,
Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 334.

1834. Explanaria argus (Lamarck) and E. radiata (Ellis and Solander),
Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832, p. 307.

1834. Astrea radiata (Ellis and Solander) and 4. argus Lamarck, Blainville,
Manuel d’Actionologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 368, pl. 55, fig. 8.

1836-37. Astrea argus Lamarck and A. radiata (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck,
Hist. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 404 (1836); ed. 3, vol. 1, p. 296
(1837.)

1838. Astrea argus Lamarck, Michelotti, Specimen Zoophytologiae Diluvianae,
Dols

1846. Astrea (Orbicella) argus Lamarck and A. (O.) radiata (Ellis and
Solander, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes,
pp. 206, 207, pl. 10, figs. 1a, 1b.

1847. Astrea argus Lamarck, Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2,
vol. 4, pt. 2, p. 1095.

1848. Astrea argus Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R.,
vol. 27, p. 494.

1848. Astrea radiata (Ellis and Solander), and A. argus Lamarck, Schom-
burgk, The History of Barbados, p. 562.

1850. Astrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), p. 97, pl. 9, figs. 1, la; Astrea radiata
(Ellis and Solander), p. 101; A. conferta Edwards and Haime, Ann.
Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 12, pp. 97, 101, 102.

1850. Astrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Edwards and Haime, Palaeontogr. Soc.
London, p. xxxix.

1850. Astrea argus Lamarck, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des Antilles,
pals:

1851. Astrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist.
nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 97.

1855. Astrea argus Lamarck, Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol.
12, pp. 754, 756.

1857. Heliastraea conferta (Edwards and Haime), p. 460; H. cavernosa
(Linnaeus), pp. 463, 464; H. radiata (Ellis and Solander), Edwards and
Haime, pp. 470, 471, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes
proprement dits, vol. 2, pp. 460, 463, 464, 470, 471.

1861. Heliastraea radiata (Ellis and Solander), and H. cavernosa (Linnaeus)
Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol.
19 ps SoZ.

1864. Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol.
1, No. 3, p. 47.

1865.

1866.

1868.
1870.
1871.
1875.
1877.
1877.
1880.
1886.
1890.
1895.
1899.
1899.
1900.
1901.

1901.

1901.

1901.

1901.
1902.
1904.
1906.
1910.
LOT:
1914.

1914.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 383

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Verrill, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc.,
vol. 10: p: 323:

Heliastraea cavernosa (Linnaeus), and H. radiata (Ellis and Solander),
Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol.
23, p. 179.

Hilgiiraee radiata (Ellis and Solander), and H. cavernosa (Linnaeus),
Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24, p. 24.

Heliastraea cavernosa (Linnaeus) and H. radiata (Ellis and Solander),
Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 30.
Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Pourtalés,; Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.,
vol. 2, No. 4, p. 76.

Orbicella cavernosa “Dana”, Pourtalés, in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade 2,
vol. 2, p. 545.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Lindstrom, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.,
Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 23.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc.
Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 278.

Astraea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Quenstedt, Petrefactenkunde Deutsch-
lands, vol. 6, Korallen, p. 777, pl. 173, fig. 28.

Orbicella cavernosa (Esper), Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger 1873-76,
Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pp. 12, 106.

?Orbicella cavernosa (Esper), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
Proc., vol. 42, p. 306.

Orbicella radiata (Ellis and Solander) pars, Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lon-
don, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 270, 271.

Orbicella radiata (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Bull., vol. 34, p. 156.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Duerden, Inst. of Jamaica, Jour., vol.
2, No. 6, p. 621.

Orbicella cavernosa “(Esper), Dana,” Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci., Trans., vol. 10, art. XIV, pp. 552, 553.
Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral.
Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 7, 27-33.

Orbicella cavernosa var. O. compacta Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en
Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, p. 31. [Fide Laborel, 1967,
p. 4.]

Orbicella Braziliana Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans.,
vol. 11, Pt. I, art. IV, p. 101. [Fide Laborel, 1867, p. 4.]

Orbicella cavernosa var. O. hirta Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and
Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. IV, pp. 103, 189, pl. 33, figs 2, 2a. [Fide
Laborel, 1967, p. 4.]

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and
Sci, -brans:, volo 1d) Pt 1, fart. [Vi pp..88- 102) 1103.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, in Spencer, Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 58, pp. 349, 361.

Heliastraea (Orbiceila) cavernosa “Edwards and Haime,” Greeley, in
Branner, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, p. 266.

Orbicella cavernoa (Linnaeus), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and
Sci., Irans., vol. 12, art. Il, pts. 4, 5, pp. 187, 234, fig. $7, pl. 30A, fig. 2:
Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 133, Pap. Tortugas Lab., vol. 4, p. 109.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 11, p. 156.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 19.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 13, pp. 224, 225.

384

1915.
1916.

1919,

1921.
1924.

1929.

1930.
1932.
1937.
1944.
1948.
1954.
19154:
1958.
1958.
1958.
1958.
1959.
1959.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1960.
1961.

1961.

1962.

1963.

BuL.etin 285

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour.,
vol. 5, No. 17, p. 596.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 14, pp. 221, 227.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., vol.
103, No. 9, pp. 214, 215, 218, 230, 255, 362, 363, 380-384, 392, 393, 463,
Slieplg7. figs. lla, ibs pla ss figs. J 2.83 ,esausib.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Re-
public, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 134(?), 152, 157, 165, 167.

Orbicella cavernosa var? Vaughan, in Woodring, Geol. Survey Re-
public of Haiti, pp. 203, 217.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Coryell and Ohlsen, New York Acad.
Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt.
3 spp il67., 1735, 195.0196, pl.c29 ities ad

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Yonge, Great Barrier Reef Exped.
1928-29, Sci. Rept., vol. 1, No. 2, p. 25.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 31, p. 291.

Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 475, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 31, No. 9, p. 211.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5,
p. 446.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 72,
NO A oly Prk

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv.,
Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept.
1953-1954, p. 25.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica,
W.1,, Bull. No. 3, p. 32.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Bonet, Asoc. Mexicana Gedl. Petrol.,
Bol., vol. 10, Nos. 9-10, pp. 567, 568(?), 569.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas,
Publ., vol. 5, p. 154.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull.,
vol. 115, art. 4, pp: 227, 228; 232, 237, 238; 255,°256, pl. 40; figs tyes
Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber,
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, p. 213.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, pp. 70, 73,
74. 75°76, S10 85) fic. 7.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp.
29.332.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist.
Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), T. F. Goreau and N. I. Goreau, Biol.
Bull., vol. 119, No. 3, p. 421.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol.
38, No. 6, pp. 1134, 1137, 1138, 1140, 1142, 1144, fig. 12.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linné), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 52, 53, figs. 41, 42.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Westermann and Kiel, Natuur-
wetensch. Studiekring voor Suriname en de Nederlandse Antillen, No.
24, pp. 131, 136.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87,
pp. 14, 17, 19, 20, 25, 26, fig. 12.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and
Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 282.

1963.

1964.

1964.
1964.

1964.

1966.
1966.
1966.

1966.
1966.
1967.

1967.
1968.

1969.
1970.
1971.

1971.

1971.
11972.

1972.

1972.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 385

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 142, 155, 162, pl. 14a, b-1. Also M.
braziliana (Verrill), p. 155, pl. 14b-2.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Hoffmeister, Jones, Milliman, Moore,
and Multer, Geol. Soc. Amer. Convention, Guidebook Field Trip No. 3,
p22.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap.,
No. 79, pp. 72, 74, 86, 87.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p.
1:3);

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Cura-
cao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 11, 23-29, 32, 35-
40, 44, 48, figs. 9-12, 15.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, p. 1931, pl. 1, fig. 11.

Heliastraea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Chevalier, Inst. Francais Afrique
Noire, Bull., sér. A, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 1392, 1399.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Rigby and MclIntire, Brigham Young
Univ. Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 3, 22, 35, 36, 37, 39, pl. 6, fig. 1; pl. 8,
figss 02, 03555. 0

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Macintyre, Canadian Jour. Earth
Sci., vol. 4, p. 467.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris,
Bull., sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 288, 290, 291, 299.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine
Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Laborel, Postilla, No. 107, pp. 3, 4.
Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Hoffmeister and Multer, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Bull., vol. 79, No. 11, p. 1490.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Logan et al., Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Mem. 11, p. 149, pl. 10, fig. 3.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Klose, im letter to R. O. Vernon 30
April 1970, pp. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linné), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr.
Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 49, 52, 61, 64, 67, table 1, pl. 7,
figs. A, B.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18-20, 22, 23, 25, 26,
28-32, 34-39, 66, 67, 100, figs. 8, 27, pls. 22c, 23.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linné), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente,
Bol., vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 73-75, table 1.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Wenezolana
Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 554, 570, 571, 578, fig.
TOM pli 7K

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol Geol.,
Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 730-732.

Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus), Scoffin, Science, vol. 178, No. 4067, p.
1280.

In Florida, the fossil Montastrea cavernosa is often recrystal-

lized by calcium carbonate as shown in specimen I-641 figured
herein. The specimen is broken and imperfect but it does display the
internal character of the corallites, and in places, the outer rim of
the calices. The corallum is massive and plocoid, the corallites long
and cyclindrical. The calices are subcircular, large, relatively deep,

386 BULLETIN 285

and more or less elevated, their greater diameter 8 mm to 11 mm.
There are four cycles of septa, alternating in the order of their in-
sertion. The septa are narrow, serrulate along the margins, and
smoothish on the sides. The costae, which are conterminous with the
septa, are well developed coarsely dentate, and subequal in size.

Measurements. — Specimen J-641a, Florida Bureau of Geology:
corallum length 62 mm, width 52.5 mm, height 50 mm.

Locality. — Upper Matecumbe Key, Monroe County, Florida.
Collected by Herman Gunter and James H. C. Martens, November
1927:

Range and distribution. — Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus) is
a long-ranged and far-flung species, extending from Bermuda to
Brazil, and from Oligocene time to the present. In the eastern At-
lantic, it is reported living in the Gulf of Guinea off the west coast
of Africa.

Oligocene — Puerto Rico (San Sebastian Shale).

Oligo-Miocene — Puerto Rico (Ponce Limestone).

Miocene (lower) — Florida (Tampa Formation; Chipola For-
mation); Guadeloupe (“Tuf Blanc’).

Miocene (upper) — Dominican Republic (Nivaje Shale, Mao
Adentro Limestone, Yaque Group).

Pliocene — Mexico (doubtfully identified in the Pliocene of
Quintana Roo).

Plio-Pleistocene — Guadeloupe (Formation Madréporique);
Dominican Republic (Provincia Monte Cristi); Dominica (Morne
Daniel Formation; elevated reefs near Rousseau, 1,000 ft. elevation).

Pleistocene — Bermuda (Devonshire Formation); Florida
(Miami Oolite or Key Largo Limestone at Key West; in channel
between Stock Island and Cow Key; Upper Matecumbe Key; marl
pits alongside Card Sound Bridge; and Port Everglades); Mexico
(doubtfully identified in the Pleistocene of Quintana Roo); St.
Croix; St. Eustatius (Sugar Loaf); St. Kitts (Brimstone Hill);
Guadeloupe; Montserrat (on coast 1,500 yds. northwest of Roche
Bluff); Dominican Republic (Provincia Macoris; Barahona); An-
tigua; Barbados (low level reefs near Bridgetown and Ceres; high
land reefs at Spring Estate, St. Andrews; Locust Hill, St. George,
780 ft.; Bissex Hill; Farmer’s Shaft No. 3 in nearby gully; Welsh
Town Gully, 600 ft.; Mt. Hillaby, 780 ft.; Bath Reef Series north

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 387

and south of Bath, 150-165 ft.; submerged coral reefs along west
coast); Trinidad.

Recent — Bermuda (North Rocks); Florida (Tortugas at Gold-
ing Cay, Ft. Jefferson, and Loggerhead Key; Biscayne Bay; Vir-
ginia Key; patch reefs along southeast coast, 2-15 fathoms);
Bahamas (Rabbit Cay, Turtle Rocks, Abaco Island, Great Bahama
Bank); Cuba; Mexico (Isla de Lobos, Alacran, Blanquilla Reef,
Yucatan Shelf); Pedro Bank; Jamaica (0.5 m - 90 m.; Ocho Rios;
Bluefields Bay); British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe,
Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef); St. Thomas (22 m - 65 m); St.
Bartholomew (36 m - 38 m); Guadeloupe (26 m - 34 m); Anguilla
(37 m - 47 m); Antigua; Trinidad; Barbados (along west coast);
Netherlands Antilles off the following islands: Aruba (Boca Catalina,
Malmok, Barcadera, Mangel Altu). Curacao (Plaja Kalki, West-
puntbaai, Plaja Abao, Lagun, Chikitu, Portomaribaai, Vaarsenbaai,
St. Michiels Baai, Piscaderabaai, St. Martha Baai, Spaanse Water,
Klein Curacao). Bonaire (Boca Bartol, Goto, Barcadera, Ruin,
Hato, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca, Punt Vierkant, Blauwe Pan,
Witte Pan). St. Martin (Mullet Pond Bay, Mahé Bay, Simson Bay,
Cay Bay, Great Bay, Point Blanche Bay, Guana). Saba (Fort Bay,
Cove Bay). St. Eustatius (Cocoluch Bay-Jenkins Bay, Tumble- -
down Dick Bay, Gallows Bay, Compagnie Baai); Venezuela (Puerto
La Cruz, Edo. Anzoategui; Golfo de Cariaco, Edo. Sucre, Zonas
B, F; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre, at Ensenada Cabruta Blanca,
E. Cabruta Roja, E. San Agustin, E. Centeno, E. Piedra Pelona,
FE. Garrapata, E. Burgao, E. La Ballena, E. Carenero, E. de Punta
Leén, E. Mangle de Quemao, E. Los Aceites, E. El Inglés, E. El
Muerto, E. El Aguirre, E. Botella, Punta San Agustin, Punta Aceite
de Palo, Punta Botella, Punta de Leén, Punta Mero Majioso, Costica
Mano E’Piedra, Lance Manguillas, Costa Maringinia); Brazil (Bar-
ro Grande, 30 fathoms; Pernambuco; Long. 38°W, Lat. 12°S; Long.
34°49’ W, Lat. 9°7’ S.; Lagé6a de Camamit, Bahia).

Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime
Pl. 42, figs. 1-5; Pl. 44, figs. 4, 5

1849. Solenastrea Bournonii Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris,
sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 12, pp. 121, 122.

1861. Heliastrea abdita Duchassaing and Michelotti. [Fide Felix, 1927, p.
325]; Cyphastrea oblita, Plesiastrea carpinetti, Solenastrea Ellisit, Sole-
nastrea micans, Leptastrea caribaea Duchassaing and Michelotti, R.

388

1864.

1901.
1917.
1919.
1921.
1923.
1924.
1927.
1929.
1943.
1948.
1956.
1961.
1962.
1963.

1964.

1968.

1971.

1971.

1972.

BuLueTin 285

Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 352-354. [Fide Vaughan,
1919, p. 398.]

Plesiastraea distans Duncan and P. globosa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 20, pp. 37, 38, pl. IV, figs. 4a, 4b, 5. [Fide Vaughan,
1919, p. 39.]

Solenastrea Bournoni Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad.
Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, p. 104.

Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Geol.
Sur., Prof. Paper 98-T, pp. 368, 372, 374, pls. XCIX, C.

Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 219, 222, 223, 225, 230, 374, 377, 387, 398-401.
Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, Geol. Survey
Dominican Republic, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 97, 115, 134, 158, 163, 167.
Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, Washing-
ton Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 13, No. 14, p. 312.

Solenastrea bournoni Milne-Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, iz Wood-
ring, Geol. Survey Republic of Haiti, pp. 173, 178, 203, 217, 243, 250.
Cyphastraea Bournoni (M. Edwards and Haime), Felix, Fossilium Cata-
logus I: Animalia, pars 35, pp. 325, 326.

Cyphastraea Bournoni (M. Edwards and Haime), Felix, Fossilium Cata-
logus I: Animalia, pars 44, p. 516.

Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Vaughan and Wells, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 174, 321, pl. 29, figs. 7, 7a.
Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals,
pp. 61, 71, 88.

Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Wells, Treatise on
Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F406, fig. 303, 4b.
Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Duarte Bello, Acuario
Nac. Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 10, 76, 77, figs. 65, 66.
Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Kornicker and Squires,
Limnol. and Oceanogr., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 447, 448, 450.

Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Almy and Carrién-
Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 142, 154, 162, pl. 13b.
Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the Fauna
of Curacao and other Caribeban Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 11, 23, 25,
32, 35-37, 39, 40, 42, 48, figs. 9-13.

Solenastrea cf. S. bournoni Edwards and Haime, Weisbord, Bull. Amer.
Paleont., vol. 55, No. 246, pp. 60-62, pl. 12, figs 1-3. [Numerous references.
1849-1964.]

Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the Fauna
of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 25, 67,
figs. 7, 8, 28, pls. 24a, 25a.

Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr.
Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75, table 1, pl. 1, figs. C, D.
Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Campos Villarroel, Soc.
Venezolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 569, 579, pl.
7H.

The original description of this species was as follows:

2. SOLENASTREA BOURNONII

Cette espéce est trés voisine de la S. Hemprichiana; elle en
différe par des cétes moins développées encore, une exothéque plus
abondante, des murailles plus minces, des calices un peu plus grands et
moin profonds, un columelle plus marquée, et des cloisons de troisiéme
ordre plus développées. Diamétre des calices, 2 millimétres a 2 milli-
metres 1/2; leur profondeur, 1-1/2.

FLorIDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 389

Patrie inconnue.— Coll. M. (de Bournon).

C’est peut-étre auprés de cette espéce qu’il faut placer la Madre-
pora pleiades, Ellis et Solander, Zooph., p. 169, tab. LIII, fig. 7 et 8
(1786).

It would be difficult to identify this species on the above
description by Edwards and Haime were it not for Vaughan (1917,
pls. XCIX, C) who procured photographic negatives of the type
from Dr. Charles Gravier of the Muséum National d’Histoire
naturelle, Paris. Vaughan’s plates are excellent, and from them, as
well as from the work of others, it is possible to determine that the
SP-7 specimens from the Pinecrest Formation are referable to
Solenastrea bournoni.

The SP-7 coralla are diverse in their growth pattern: SP-7a is
hemispherical, with low non-uniform gibbosities on the head and an
upwardly convex base or attachment area; SP-7b is tall, subcylin-
drical, and erect in growth, with the sides alternately broadly swol-
len and appressed; SP-7c is also upright and resembles a plump fig
which is asymmetrically swollen, with a thick, somewhat prolonged
stalk at the base; the largest specimen (SP-7e, 280 mm * 250 mm)
has an asymmetrically convex and subrounded head, with broad,
slightly elevated gibbosities on the calicinal surfaces and sides.

A few well-preserved corallites on the under side of SP-7a in-
dicate that whereas the calices are more or less circular in outline,
the corallites at the level of the coenosteum are variously polygonal
in outline, most of them pentagonal, some hexagonal, and an oc-
casional one diamond-shaped. Separating the contiguous corallites is
a narrow impressed suture. The costae, which are short, thick, sub-
equal to alternating, and minutely granulose on the surface, extend
to, and terminate at the suture or in the narrow valley between the
corallites. The coenosteum or exotheca on this fresh surface of the
corallum is also granulose, but only sparsely vesicular or blistered.
On the head proper, which is weathered, the exotheca is nearly en-
tirely vesicular.

The calices are subcircular and small, varying from 2.0 mm to
2.8 mm in diameter for a median of 2.3 mm. The calicular margins
are slightly elevated — about 0.5 mm or so — and a little nodulose,
rendered so by the thickening there of the septa where they are
conterminous with the costae.

390° BULLETIN 285

The septa are thin and occur in three cycles, the primary ones
slightly larger than the secondaries but both considerably larger
than the 12 tertiary septa which alone do not extend to the colu-
mella, and project minimally from the wall. The principal septa are
paliform before the columella, the pali thin to papilliform, the
papillae often forming several rings around the columella. The
margins of the septa are serrulate to dentate, the dentations be-
coming papillae near the columella in a goodly number of calices.
The faces of the septa are narrow, imperforate, and granulate, the
granulations pointed to tubulose.

The columella is a small polygon formed from the inner ends of
the primary septa, with, in a few places, a small erect papilla at each
corner. In many calices the columella itself is papillate, and is en-
circled by a ringlet or two of the papillae at the termini of the prin-
cipal septa.

Measurements. —SP-7a: length 129 mm, maximum width 101
mm, height 98 mm. SP-7b: height 80 mm, diameter of the basal
attachment area (which is part of a thick-shelled oyster) 62 mm
S 39 mm, diameter of head 55 mm & 51 mm, diameter just above
base 63 mm, and the diameter of the appressed waist 54 mm. SP-7c:
base 34 mm X 29 mm, height 115 mm, diameter of lower middle
(which is asymmetrically swollen 78 mm. SP-7d: broken corallum
height 110 mm, diameters of calicinal surface 85 mm & 53 mm.
SP-7e: this is split through the underside; the height unrecon-
structed is 155 mm, diameters of head 280 mm 36 mm, base 47
mm < 34 mm.

Locality. — SP-7 specimens were collected by Joseph E. Banks,
Leslie Dyet, and Harbans S. Puri in the Pinecrest Formation in the
Warren Brothers Pits east of Sarasota, Sarasota County.

Comparison. — The Pinecrest specimens closely resemble the
syntype (“cotypes”) of Solenastrea bournom illustrated by Vaughan
(1917) and the S. bournoni from Piscaderabaai, Curacao, illustrated
by Roos (1971).

Also occurring in the Warren Brothers Pits is the Miocene to
Recent Solenastrea hyades (Dana). S. bournoni differs from S.
hyades in its generally smaller calices, in its more highly vesicular
coenosteum on weathered surfaces and in having more rudimentary
tertiary septa which usually do not curve into and join the secon-

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 391

dary septa as in S. hyades. Nevertheless there are certain inter-
grading examples that are difficult to separate, such as specimens
PG-3a from the Caloosahatchee Marl and SP-6a, 6b from the Pine-
crest Sand, which are intermediate between S. bournont and S.
hyades.

Range and distribution.— The reported geographic range of
Soleanstrea bournoni is from Florida to Venezuela. The reported
geologic range is Miocene to Recent.

Miocene — Cuba (La Cruz Marl); Haiti (Las Cahobas Forma-
tion, and at St.-Marc); Dominican Republic (Cercado Formation
in Rio Gurabo and Rio Cana; Gurabo Formation in Rio Mao and
Rio Gurabo; Yaque Group in Rio Yaque, Provincia Azua); Vieques
Island (at Cucuracha Light).

Mio-Pliocene — Florida (Pinecrest Formation); Dominican
Republic (Cerros de Sal Formation).

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee
River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County, and in Shell
Creek, Charlotte County); Haiti (west slope of Tapion du Petit-
Goave ?); Venezuela (Mare Formation).

Plio-Pleistocene — Florida (near Belle Glade, Palm Beach
County, No. 243222 USNM. Collected by J. E. Ayers 1962).

Pleistocene — Panama Canal Zone; Haiti (Arrondissement
Port-au-Prince); Dominican Republic (coast limestone at Cabral,
Provincia Barahona).

Recent — Texas (Padre, Mustang, and St. Joseph Islands);
Florida (Tortugas, 8-9 fathoms); Bahamas; British Honduras
(Rendezvous Cay); Jamaica; Puerto Rico (Caballo Ahogado, 5 ft.,
and Bahia de Boqueron, 4 ft.); Vieques; St. Thomas; Martinique;
Curacao (Piscaderabaai, 20 meters, Caracasbaai, and Sta. Martha
Baai, 10-45 meters); Bonaire (Slagbaai); Venezuela (Bahia de
Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Playa Blanca de Las Maritas; Golfo de
Cariaco, Zonas A, E-I).

Solenastrea hyades (Dana) Pl. 43, figs. 1-6; Pl. 44, figs. 1-3

1846. A[strea] Orbicella hyades Dana, U.S. Exploring Expedition 1838-1842,
Zoophytes, vol. 7, p. 212, pl. 10, fig. 15.

1846. A[strea] Orbicella excelsa Dana, ibid., p. 212, pl. 10, fig. 16. [Fide
Vaughan 1919, pp. 395-398.]

1901. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art. III, pp. 97-100, 104-106, pl. 15, figs. 5, 5a, 5b.

392

1902.
1910.
1917;
1919.
1921.
1925.
1948.
1949.
1958.
1959"
1961.
1964.
1964.
1967.

1968.

1969.

1969.
1969.
1970.

1972.

BuL_eTin 285

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci.. Washington,
Mem., vol. 8, pp. 567-569, pl. 10, figs. 74-79; pls. 11-13, figs. 80-91.
Cyphastrea hyades (Dana), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.
No. 133, Pap. Tortugas Lab., vol. 4, p. 176.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 98-T,
pp. 368, 472, 374, pl. XCVIII, figs. 1-3.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9,
pp. 211, 219, 222, 223, 230, 395-398.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Republic,
Mem., vol. 1, p. 134.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Vaughan, iz Woodring, Geol. Survey Re-
public of Haiti, pp. 203, 217, 222, 243, 250.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 66, 88, 89,
pls. 23, 24.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9, p. 130,
plod, fisy2.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Bonet, Asoc. Mexicana Geol. Petrol., Bol.,
vol. 10, Nos. 9-10, pp. 565, 567-569, 570.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75,
85.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 10, 78-79, figs. 67, 68.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Hoffmeister, et al., Guidebook Geol. Soc.
Amer. Convention, Field Trip No. 3, p. 23.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 48.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci. No.
2, p. 448.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No.
246, pp. 8, 57-60, pl. 8, figs. 4-8; pl. 9, figs. 1-4. [Numerous references,
1846-1962. |

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Wells, in DuBar, Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol.
Soc., Soc. Econom. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect., Ann. Meet., Field Trip
Number 4, p. 140.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Macintyre and Pilkey, Science, vol. 166, No.
3903, pp. 374, 375, fig. 2.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Mem.
1 op: 71.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon, 30 April
1970, p. 5.

Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 555, 569, 579.

Floridan fossils of Solenastrea hyades assume a variety of forms

— moderately convex, thumb-shaped, pear-shaped, high-domal, low
domal, head-shaped, and saddle-shaped. Larger specimens are often
nodose or bumpy, and elongated ones seem to have grown upward
from a relatively small base.

The calices are nearly circular to subcircular or broadly oval;

their average diameter is 3.4 mm, their depth 1 mm to 2 mm, and
their height above the level of the coenosteum or exotheca 0.5 mm
to 1 mm. In places the calicular margins are in contact, but more

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 393

often they are separated, the intervals varying from 0.4 mm to
nearly 3 mm. The exotheca is smooth to vesicular.

There are normally three complete cycles of 24 septa in mature
calices, but here and there on the corallum is a larger calice with
four cycles of septa, these incomplete to nearly complete; an exam-
ple of the latter is seen on specimen PG-4a in which there are 38
septa in a calice 4.5 mm in diameter. The six primary septa are
about the same in size as the secondaries, and these 12 principal
septa extend to the columella. The septa of the third cycle are a
little less wide and smaller than the principals, and the majority of
them bend toward and join the secondary septa about midway be-
tween the wall and the columella. The pattern thus formed is that
of six three-pronged candelabras or tridents with the outer tines
curved, and this is the chief character distinguishing S. hyades from
S. bournoni Edwards and Haime. On either side of each triad is a
principal septum. The free margin of the septa is denticulate, the
denticulations blunt and compound. The faces of the septa are
beset by pointed granulations and tubules. All of the septa thicken
at the calicular margin and are conterminous there with the costae
which are robust, subequal, and minutely granulose. The paliform
lobes of the principal septa are small and thin before the columella.

The columella is small and composed of small twisted processes
from the inner ends of the primary septa. Below the tangle, the base
of the columella is distinctly papillate.

Measurements. — Specimen I-628: corallum pear-shaped, height
76 mm, max. diameter 60 mm.; average calice diameter 3.3 mm,
24 septa; largest calice diameter 5.1 mm 4.4 mm, 44 septa. Speci-
men TEL-la: corallum worn and high-domal, height 132 mm,
diameter at middle 89.5 mm * 77 mm, base 119 mm & 96 mm.
Specimen PG-4a: corallum saddle-shaped, length 98.5 mm, max.
width 92 mm, height of valley 38.5 mm, height of sides 67 mm, 56
mm. Specimen CAL-6a: corallum asymmetrically convex, length 40
mm, width 36 mm, height 20.5 mm.; average calice diameter 3.4 mm,
24 septa; largest calice diameter 5.4 mm > 5.1 mm, 44 septa.
Specimen CAL-6b: corallum thumb-shaped, height 49 mm,
diameter at middle 25 mm 21.5 mm.; average calice diameter 3.1
mm, 24 septa. Specimen CAL-6c: weathered corallum large domal,
length 111 mm, width 93.5 mm, height 91 mm. Specimen SP-8a:

394 BuLLeTIN 285

corallum large with gibbosites, height or length 148 mm, width 91
mm. Specimen 2795 USNM: diameters of calicinal surface 124 mm
< 130 mm, height of corallum 74 mm. (Identified by Vaughan.)
Specimen SP-8a: height 148 mm, maximum diameter of head 118
mm, minimum 92 mm.

Localities. — The Floridan localities of Solenastrea hyades men-
tioned in this report are the following:

PG —3.5 miles southeast of Punta Gorda, Charlotte County,
on road to Punta Gorda airport 1.4 miles south of the entrance to
Tee and Green Estates. Collector: Leslie Dyet, 16 February 1968
and 11 March 1968. Caloosahatchee Marl.

TEL — Borrow pit 18 miles east of Punta Gorda, Charlotte
County, just south of Florida state road 74, Sec. 3, T 41 S, R 26 E,
Telegraph Swamp Quadrangle NW. Caloosahatchee Marl.

1/1031— 1/4 mile above Goodno’s Landing, Caloosahatchee
River. “Said to have come from Caloosahatchee Marl (Pliocene).
E. H. Sellards 1914.” Specimen 2795 USNM. Caloosahatchee Marl
or Ft. Thompson Formation.

I-628 — In Caloosahatchee River below Lock No. 3, Glades
County. (Lock No. 3 is 6.5 miles west of Ortona Lock and 5.5 miles
east of LaBelle.) Collectors: C. W. Cooke and D. S. Mossom, 16
February 1927. Pleistocene.

CAL — Caloosahatchee River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hen-
dry County. Collector: Mike Strong, December 1969. Caloosahatchee
Marl.

SP — Warren Brothers Pits, 4 miles east of US 301 Sarasota,
Sarasota County, just east of Newburn Road, 0.4 miles north of
its intersection with 17th Street. Collector: Harbans S. Puri, 29
January 1970. Pinecrest Formation.

Comparison. — Solenastrea hyades may be confused with Solen-
astrea bournoni Edwards and Haime with which it sometimes occurs
both living and fossil. Typically, however, the calices of S. hyades
are larger, the exotheca more solid, and the tertiary septa wider,
often bending toward and joining the secondary septa. The tertiary
septa of S. bowrnoni on the other hand, are rudimentary, project
slightly from the wall, and extend but part way down it.

Range and distribution. — The geographic range of Solenastrea

FLoriDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 395

hyades is from North Carolina to Venezuela; geologically the range
is Miocene to Recent.

Miocene — Mexico (Bacalar Formation of Quintana Roo);
Cuba (La Cruz Marl in eastern Cuba, and at Cienaga, near
Habana); Haiti (Las Cahobas Formation; and at St.-Marc, Mire-
balais, and in the Arrondissement of Port-au-Prince); Dominican
Republic (Mao and Gurabo Formations).

Mio-Pliocene — Florida (Pinecrest Formation).

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl); Mexico (Carillo
Puerto Formation of Quintana Roo); Haiti (west slope of Tapion
du Petit-Goave ?); Venezuela (Mare Formation; Guaiguaza Clay).

Pleistocene — Florida (Vero; “Glades” ? Formation between
LaBelle and Ortona; Miami; Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
in the channel at the north end of Raccoon Key); Mexico (Terri-
torio de Quintana Roo); Haiti (Arrondissement of Port-au-Prince);
Montserrat.

Recent — North Carolina (Onslow Bay, 22 meters, winter
temperature of 10.6° C); Bahamas; Florida (Florida Keys; near
Miami; Caesar’s Creek and near Osprey, Cedar Keys); Yucatan
Shelf; Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho Rios; 3 m to 23 m): St. Thomas;
Curacao; Venezuela (Bahia de Mochima at Punta El Aguirre and
Barranca de Mochima).

RHIZANGIIDAE
Astrangia floridana (Gane) Pl. 41, figs. 46; Pl. 45, figs. 1-5

1895. Phyllangia floridana Gane, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 15, No. 121,

pees

1900. Phyllangia floridana Gane, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 22, No. 1193, pp.
191, 198, pl. 15, figs. 7-9.

1902. Phyllangia floridana Gane, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20
for 1900, pt. 2, p. 299.

1919. Phyllangia floridana Gane, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, vol. 9, p.

222.

1929. Phyllangia floridana Gane, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars
44, p. 551.

1947. Astrangia floridana (Gane), Wells, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 31, No.
1235) ps 169:

Following is Gane’s original description of Phyllangta floridana.
g

Colony encrusting, consisting of subturbinate corallites arising
from the basal expansion. Individuals generally free above but some-
what closely united at their base. Walls thin at the calicular edge,
thicker below. Costae low, subequal, minutely granulated, reaching the
base, but more prominent at the calicular margin and at the swellings

396 BuLuetin 285

just beneath the constrictions in the walls of the corallites. About on a
level with the bottom of the fossa, the diameter of the corallite is least,
the walls being here somewhat constricted, beneath which constriction
they are again frequently swelled to a diameter equal to that at the
calicular margin. Calices somewhat expanded, widely open, deep, nar-
row at the bottom. Septa crowded, in six systems of four complete
cycles, lacking a few septa of the fifth order; primaries and secon-
daries more exsert, thicker and broader than the septa of the follow-
ing cycles, quarternaries least exsert, thinnest and narrowest; sides of
the septa sharply granulated and the edges of all but the fourth cycle
rounded superiorly and subentire in their upper parts, the lower two-
thirds of the septal edges being strongly lobate or dentate, the upper-
most tooth being the most prominent and similar in shape to a true
paliform lobe. Columella papillary occupying a very limited area; the
line of separation between the papillae of the columella and the lowest
teeth of the septa being indistinguishable. Gemmation by budding from
the basal expansion of the wall of a parent corallite.

This form in its general size and mode of growth very much re-
sembles the Astrangia lineata (Conrad) of the Virginia Miocene
deposits.

Dimensions. — Breadth of calice, from 4 to 6 mm.

Geologic horizon. — Pliocene, Caloosahatchie beds.

Locality. — Alligator Creek, Monroe County, Florida.

Collections. — U.S. National Museum. The type specimen was col-
lected by Mr. Joseph Willcox, of Philadelphia.

As two coralla in the Florida State University collection donated
by Mr. Strong are exceptionally well preserved, the following
description of Astrangia floridana complements that of Gane.

The colony is encrusting and plocoid, and consists of a clump of
subcylindrical to subturbinate corallites arising as much as 7 mm
from the basal expansion. Individuals are slightly divergent, gen-
erally free above, but somewhat closely united at their base. Many
of the corallites are a little constricted around the middle, but swol-
len broadly above the constricted area and narrowly below it. The
maximum diameter of the corallite is just below the calicular margin.
The costae are moderately pronounced, generally alternating in size,
the larger ones subequal, the smaller ones lower and very fine. The
costae extend down the walls to become confluent with the costae
of adjacent corallites. On the broad costae there are two columns of
granulations, and on the narrower ones a single column. The calices
are broadly and regularly oval to nearly circular, somewhat expand-
ed, widely open, deep, and of small diameter at the columella. There
are four cycles of septa, the number varying from 44 in a calice 6
mm in long diameter to 30 in a circular calice with a diameter of
3.4 mm. The primary and secondary septa are more exsert, thicker,
and broader than the septa of the third and fourth cycles, the

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 397

quaternaries being the least exsert, thinnest, and narrowest. In the
upper part of the calice the septa are straight, but deep within,
septa of the third cycle may Join a septum of the second cycle in a
candelabra effect. The sides of the septa are granulated by small
pointed tubercles, and the free margins are denticulate. The prin-
cipal septa are rounded superiorly and subentire in their upper parts;
their free margins descend precipitously, and on the lower two-thirds
are fronted by erect columns of coarse paliform denticles, with three
to five arborescent pali to the column. The columella is deep, very
small and papillose, the papillae hardly distinguishable from the
lowest pali.

Measurements. — Specimen CAL-la (consisting of 15 corallites
in varying sizes): corallum length 20 mm, width 17 mm, height 15
mm.; corallite height 6 mm, diameter of the middle 5 mm, diameters
of calice 6 mm X 5 mm. Specimen I-1932a: corallum length 26 mm,
height 16.2 mm, width of base 11.2 mm. Specimen USNM-3300(a):
corallum length 14.5 mm, height 12.5 mm, width 10.5 mm. Speci-
men USNM-3300(b): length of base 12 mm, height 12 mm. Speci-
men USNM-3300(c): length of base 10 mm, height of corallite 4
mm, diameter of calice 5.1 mm.

Localities. —The CAL-1 specimens were found along the south.
bank of the Caloosahatchee River, 2 to 5 miles west of LaBelle,
Hendry County, Florida, by Mike Strong and reported by him to
occur in the Caloosahatchee Formation. Examples of the same
species were collected in 1914, by Dr. Sellards of the Florida Geo-
logical Survey, at Huggett’s Landing on the Calocsahatchee River, 3
miles west of LaBelle; and in the National Museum of Natural His-
tory there are numerous specimens labeled Astrangia floridana from
Shell Creek in Charlotte County. These Shell Creek corals were
found in Alligator Creek, Monroe County, Florida, in the “Pliocene
Caloosahatchie beds”, some 80 miles or so southeast of Strong’s
locality in the Caloosahatchee River. The Everglades of Monroe
County are underlain by the Tamiami Formation. There is another
Alligator Creek in Charlotte County, Florida (Sec. 26, R 23 E, T
41 S$) about 30 miles northwest of CAL-la, in which J. R. DuBar
(1958, p. 31 fig. 5) measured and described a 4-foot interval of
Caloosahatchee resting unconformably on the Tamiami Formation. I
have also identified the CAL form of Astrangia floridana collected

398 BuLvetin 285

in a pit at South Bay water plant, Palm Beach County, Florida. The
coral was donated by Joseph E. Banks and stated by him to per-
tain to Unit A of Olsson (1968, pp. 69, 72, 76).

Comparisons. — As pointed out by Gane, there is considerable
resemblance in size and mode of growth between Astrangia floridana
(Gane) and Astrangia lineata (Conrad) from the Chesapeake Group
of Virginia. However, the Virginian form may be distinguished
by its trabecular columella and widely funneled calice. The Pleisto-
cene to Recent Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur) is characterized by
more tubular corallites than A. lineata, A. floridana or A. leonensis
(Weisbord ).

Remarks.— Under the heading “Pliocene, Caloosahatchee
Marl, Florida,” Vaughan (1919, p. 222) listed 19 species of corals,
and stated that “The foregoing list is complete for the Caloosa-
hatchee corals from the Caloosahatchee River and Shell Creek,
Florida, except one species of whose genus I am not sure.” One
of the corals in Vaughan’s list was Phyllangia floridana Gane,
and it would thus appear, inasmuch as it was also collected
from the “Caloosahatchee” in the Caloosahatchee River, that speci-
men CAL-la is indeed the P. floridana of Gane. It should be men-
tioned, however, that Gane neither described nor illustrated the fine,
beaded, interstitial costae that are often present between the broader
costae, and if this alternation is significant it might be appropriate
to consider Strong’s form a subspecies of the Astrangia floridana
from Monroe County. I have not seen the type of A. floridana, but
inasmuch as the character of the costae is often variable on dif-
ferent specimens of the same species, and inasmuch as the forms
from Hendry County and Charlotte County seem otherwise similar
to that of Gane from Monroe County, the name Astrangia floridana
is retained for them.

Age and distribution. — Astrangia floridana occurs in the
Tamiami Formation (upper Miocene - Pliocene), in the Caloosa-
hatchee Marl (Pliocene), and in Unit A which is considered late
Pliocene by some geologists, early Pleistocene by others.

Astrangia leonensis Weisbord Pl. 46, figs. 132

1971. Astrangia leonensis Weisbord, Florida Bur. Geol., Geol. Bull. No. 53,
pp. 9, 11, 41, 43, 44, 80, pl. 10, figs. 1-6.

The two small specimens from Sarasota referred to this species

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 399

are solitary but were undoubtedly united to other individuals by
the coenosteum of the basal expansion which is missing. The coral-
lites SP-4a and SP-4b seem to be identical with those of the type of
Astrangia leonensis (JBC-6a) from Jackson Bluff in Leon County
about 250 miles northwest of the Sarasota locality.

Measurements. — Specimen SP-4a: height of corallite 6.1 mm,
diameter at base of corallite 3.4 mm; diameters of calice (oval) 5.1
mm xX 4.4 mm; number of septa 36. Specimen SP-4b: height of
corallite 4.7 mm, diameter at flared base of corallite 4.0 mm,
diameter at waist of corallite 2.8 mm; diameter of calice (subcircu-
lar) 3.8 mm; number of septa 40.

Locality. — Warren Brothers Pits, 4 miles east of U.S. 301, Sara-
sota, Florida, just off Newbern Rd. 0.4 miles north of 17th Street.
Collector and donor Joseph E. Banks.

Comparison. — As stated in my original description, Astrangia
leonensis is very close to Astrangia floridana (Gane) and may per-
haps be a geographic variant of it. However, compared with typical
examples of Astrangia floridana in the National Museum of Natural
History from the Caloosahatchee River one mile below Hugget’s
Landing, Hendry County, the corallites of Astrangia leonensis are
shorter, the calices shallower, and the costae broader and more.
uniform in size.

Range and distribution. — Astrangia leonensis Weisbord is now
known from the Jackson Bluff Formation of North Florida and the
Pinecrest Sand of South Florida. The age of these two deposits is
believed to be late Miocene or early Pliocene. Other corals occuring
in both the Jackson Bluff beds and Pinecrest beds are Oculina sara-
sotana Weisbord and Septastrea marylandica (Conrad).

Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur) Pl. 46, fig. 3

1817. Caryophyllia solitaria Le Sueur, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Jour., vol.
theps 79 ple 8. fig 10:

1820. Caryophyllia solitaria Le Sueur, Le Sueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris,
Méem., vol. 6, p. 274, pl. 15, fig. 1.

1846. Caryophyllia solitaria Lesueur, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842,
vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 383.

1857. Caryophyllia solitaria Lesueur, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle
des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, p. 595. [As a
synonym of Cladocora arbuscula.

1861. Astrangia neglecta and Astrangia granulata Duchassaing and Michelotti,
R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 355, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4
(A. neglecta); pl. 9, figs. 13, 14 (4. granulata). [Fide Vaughan, 1902,
p. 298.]

BuLueTIn 285

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 1, No. 3,

p. 47.

. Astrangia neglecta and Astrangia granulata Duchassaing and Michelotti,

R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 185.

. Astrangia phyllangioides Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.

Torino, ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 185, 186, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4. [Fide Pourtalés,
1871, p. 31.]

. Astrangia neglecta, A. granulata, A. phyllangioides Duchassaing and

Michelotti, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des
Antilles, p. 31.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol.

2, No. 4, pp. 31, 79, 80.

. Astrangia neglecta Duchassaing and Michelotti, Lindstrém, K. Svenska

Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 23.

. Astrangia solitaria Verrill, Pourtalés,; Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7,

No. 1, pl. 12, figs. 8-12.

. Astrangia granulata, A. neglecta, A. phyllangioides Duchassaing and

Michelotti, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger 1873-76, Rept. Sci. Results,
Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 12.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger 1873-

76, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 12.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), sp., Duncan, im Ridley, Linnean Soc.

London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 20, p. 569.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,

Trans; vol. 11, Pt. 1, art. IV, pp. 183,194.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,

Mem., vol. 8, pp. 553-555, pl. 5, figs. 43-45; pl. 6, fig. 47.

. Astrangia solitaria var. portoricensis Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull.,

vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 298, 299, pl. 1, figs. 6, 6a, 6b.

. Astrangia solitaria ? Edwards and Haime, Greeley, iz Branner, Mus.

Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, Geol. Ser., vol. 7, p. 266. [= Astrangia
brasiliensis Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 30, No. 1447, pp. 848,
849, pl. 77, figs. 3-6, 1906.]

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 30,

No. 1477, p. 848. Also Astrangia braziliensis Vaughan, p. 848, pl. 77,
figs. 3-6. [Fide Wells, 1972a, p. 4.]

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Vaughan, Florida State Geol. Survey,

Second Ann. Rept. 1908-9, p. 151.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam,

vol, 25, p. 159:

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,

pars 44, p. 550.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 65,

oT

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept.

1953-1954, p. 25.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.

Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Menzel, Oceanogr. Inst. Florida State

Univ., Contrib., No. 61, p. 2.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 71,

795 05:

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 29, 35.
. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No.

4, p. 1135.

. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean

Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 143, 155, 156, 161, pl. 15a.

FLorIDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 401

1964. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 48.

1966. Astrangia cf. A. solitaria (Lesueur), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.,
Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, p. 282.

1967. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci.,
vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

1971. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 74, pl. XXXIVa, b.

1972. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana
Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 549, 571, 577, pl. 8-0.

1972a. Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur), Wells, Postilla, No. 156, pp. 1, 2-4, figs.
1-5.

Lesueur’s original description of Astrangia solitaria is as fol-
lows:
Caryophyllia solitaria. (Plate VIII, fig. 10) Cellules cylindric, general-
ly insulated, radiated in the centre, furrowed on the exterior; animal
diaphanous, ornamented with twenty-two tentacula, which are thick
and short, and covered with white spots, twelve of these tentacula are
annulated with red at their extremity; aperture of the mouth linear,
marked with three black bands on each side, those of the middle largest.
Whilst the animal is expanded, it rises partly out of its habita-
tion, and elevates its mouth beyond its tentacula.
Inhabits the madreporic rocks of Guadaloupe.

The following description is based on a specimen in the National
Museum of Natural History from Honduras.

The corallum is composed of clusters or solitary corallites, the’
former fused near their bases in groups of three or more, the latter
separated and connected with others by incrustations of the peri-
theca. The corallites are 5 mm to 10 mm in height and 3 mm to 5 mm
in diameter; in form they are subcylindrical and slightly expanded at
the calicular margin. The calices are subcircular in outline, and deep
and tubular within, the inner margins of the septa descending ver-
tically. A typical calice some 5 mm or so in diameter bears 34 to 36
septa in four cycles, the fourth about half complete. The septa are
moderately robust, a little thicker at the wall, and slightly exsert,
the septa of the first two cycles a little higher than the others at the
wall and reaching the columella in the interior. The margins of all
septa are denticulate or crenate, and the sides faintly papillate. Well
within the calice, fourth cycle septa fuse to those of the third, and
third cycle septa fuse to those of the second. Pali are present before
the septa of the first three cycles; the pali are erect, compound,
more or less united, and consist of connected frondose denticula-
tions. The columella is small and porose.

402 BuLieTIn 285

For each septum there is a costa, the costae subequal, broad,
and low, except at the margin of the calice where they may be nar-
rower and a little more elevated. The costae are densely granulate
and extend down from the calicular margin to near the base of the
corallite. The color of the corallites on the Recent Honduran coral-
lum is dull tan and dull white, with bright pink organisms adherent
here and there.

Measurements. — Hond-la: average corallite height 4.6 mm,
diameter of calice 3.8 mm > 3.6 mm, number of septa 34. Corallum
length 20 mm, width 14.7 mm, height 10 mm.

Range and distribution. — The geographic range of Astrangia
solitaria is possibly from Bermuda southward to Venezuela and
doubtfully to Brazil; the geologic range is Pleistocene (one report)
to Recent.

Pleistocene — The only record of Pleistocene is by Vaughan
(1902) who recorded the species in a “white Pleistocene sand”, 4
miles west of Eau Gallie, Brevard County, Florida.

Recent — Bermuda (North Rock; Haversack West); Florida
(Florida reef along southeast coast; Double-Headed Shot Key in
315 fathoms; Apalachee Bay in 30 - 50 ft. on a rocky, shelly, or
sandy substrate; Bahamas; Cuba; Jamaica (0.2 m to 43 m; Ocho
Rios); Honduras; Panama; Haiti; St. Thomas; Puerto Rico; Guade-
loupe; Curacao (Spaanse Water); Bonaire (Palu Lechi); Barbados
(west coast); Venezuela (Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre, at En-
senada Botella, Ensenada Cabruta Roja, Ensenada Las Maritas);
Brazil ? (Island of Fernando Noronha off Natal).

The Astrangia solitaria ? reported by Greely im Branner (1904)
on the coast of mainland Brazil was redescribed by Vaughan (1906)
as Astrangia brasiliensis, and confirmed by Laborel (Postilla, No. 3,
1967). Concerning the Astrangia solitaria recorded by Duncan
(1890, p. 569) from Fernando Noronha, Brazil, these are his re-

marks:

A specimen much covered with Nullipores. The corallites smaller
than the Florida types, and the so-called “pali” not united before the
second and third cycles of septa. The form is allied to Astrangia
Danae and to A. Michelini, It may be considered as a small variety
of the Floridan species.

On the typical Astrangia solitaria (Lesueur) from Honduras,
the paliform denticles before the septa of the first, second, and third

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 403

cycles, are generally united. The Fernando Noronha occurrence of
A. solitaria was confirmed by Wells in his 1972 paper.

Phyliangia americana Edwards and Haime Pl. 46, figs. 4, 5

1849. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér.
3, Zoologie, vol. 12, p. 182.

1857. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des
Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, p. 616.

1861. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing and
Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 356.

1871. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp.
Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 30, 79.

1902. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Fish
Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 299.

1902. Phyllangia americana Milne Edwards and Haime, Duerden, Nat. Acad.
Sci., Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 555-558, pl. 5, fig. 46.

1947. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Wells, Bull. Amer. Paleont.,
VollestsONo: 123), ped69s pla Wis fir: 6:

1956. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Wells, Treatise on In-
vertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F409, fig. 307, 5.

1959. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Goreau, Ecology, vol.
40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 85.

1963. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Almy and Carrién-
Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2, 3, pp. 143, 156, pl. 15b.

1967. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Goreau and Wells,
Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

1968. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Weisbord, Bull. Amer.
Pajeont., vol. 55,; No. 246, pp: 68-71,° pl. 10, fig. 3; “pl. “11, figs (1:
(Numerous references, 1849-1964).

1969. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Macintyre and Pilkey, —
Science, vol. 166, No. 3903, p. 375.

1971. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Olivares and Leonard,
Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 49, 52, 59, 64,
table! 15 pliss, figs; ©; D:

1971. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the
Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp.
4, 74, pl. 36a, b.

1971. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and MHaime, Olivares, Inst.
Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75, table 1.

1972. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Campos Villarroel, Soc.
Venezolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 550, 572,
pl. 8.

Although this species was named and described in 1849 it was
not until 1947 that it was adequately illustrated by Wells. The
original description by Edwards and Haime was the following:

1. Phyllangia Americana

Polypiérites trés rapprochés et trés inégaux, 4 muraille finement granulée
et costulée. Cotes trés peu distinctes a la base, droites, fines, serées, inégales
et un peu saillantes dans leur partie supérieure. Calices subcirculaires ou sub-
ovalaires, a fossette grande et trés profonde. Columelle représentée seulement
par de petits lobules irréguliers et denticulés qui se séparent du bord interne
des cloisons. Quatre cycles: trés souvent dans quelques systémes, les cloisons du
quatriéme cycle ne se dévelopment pas. Cloisons inégales suivant les ordres,

404 BuLLeTIn 285

débordantes, a bord fortement arqué en haut; les primaires et les secondaires
un peu épaisses en dehors, graduellement amincies en dedans, a bord entier;
les autres cloissons plus minces, a bord trés finement denticulé; celles de
quatrieme ordre plus développées que les tertiaires vers lesquelles elles se
courbent; celles de cinquiéme ordre presque rudimenaires. Les faces des
cloisons sont couvertes de grains assez gros et trés serrés. Traverses simples,
légérement convexes, trés peu nombreuses. Hauteur des polypiérites, 10 a 15
millimétres; largeur des calices, 10; leur profondeur, 6; les cloisons primaires
débordent de 2.
Habite la Martinique (Plée). — Coll. M.

The single fossil specimen (CAL-4a) in the collection bears 66
septa in four complete cycles and part of the fifth. The six primary
septa are the largest, the six secondaries slightly smaller, the others
decreasing in size according to the order of their insertion; quater-
nary septa are thin, and deep within the calice often unite with a
tertiary septum at the periphery of the columella; the quinaries are
rudimentary. All of the septa are thickest at the wall and more or
less exsert, the larger ones hooked over the calicular margin and
lobate in form, with the upper part broad and rounded, the margin
steeply inclined within. The faces of the septa are rather densely
spinulose, the free margins denticulate.

The calicular margin of CAL-4a is bent outward a little, and at
the margin the costae are decidedly thickened. There is one costa
for each septum, and just below the subnodulous margin to the base
of the corallite all of the costae are narrow, finely granulose, and
nearly equal, in contrast with unequal sizes of the septa with which
they are conterminous.

The calice is oval and deep, and the columella is trabecular.

Measurements. — Specimen CAL-4a: height of corallite 10.5
mm, diameter at base 10 mm, diameters of calice 13.5 mm x 10.5
mm.

Locality. —Caloosahatchee River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle,
Hendry County. Specimen donated by Mike Strong.

Formation. — Caloosahatchee.

Range and distribution. — Pliocene and Recent. This is the
second report of Phyllangia americana as a Pliocene fossil, the first
having been recorded by this writer (Weisbord, 1968) in the Playa
Grande Formation of Venezuela. The living form was reported from
Winslow Bay, off North Carolina, to as far south as Brazil. Inter-
mediate localities are the Bahamas; Florida (Alligator Point, Frank-
lin County; St. George’s Sound; Elbow Key, 315 fathoms); Florida

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 405

Straits; Gulf of Campeche (N 20°02’, W 91°58’); Jamaica (0.3 m -
17(?) m; Ocho Rios); Curacao (Spaanse Water); Bonaire (Slag-
baai); Venezuela (Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Ensenada San
Agustin) Ensenada Garrapata, Ensenada Burgao, Ensenada Cabruta,
Ensenada Botella, Lance Manguillas, Punta de Leén; Golfo de
Cariaco, Zonas A B, D, E, F); Brazil (sandstone reefs north of
Pernambuco).

Septastrea crassa (Holmes) Pl. 46, fig. 6; Pl. 47, figs. 1, 2

1858. Astraea crassa Holmes, Post-Pleiocene Fossils of South-Carolina, p. 2,
pls do “tigs, 3, 3a:

1904. Septastrea marylandica (Conrad), ?, Vaughan, pars, Maryland Geol.
Sur., Miocene, Syst. Paleont., pl. 129.

1911. Septastrea crassa (Holmes), Veatch and Stephenson, Geol. Sur. Georgia,
Bull. 26, p. 378.

1919. Septastrea crassa (Tuomey and Holmes), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 220, 222.

1927. Septastrea crassa (Holmes), Hoffmeister, in Mansfield, U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Prof. Paper 150, p. 140.

1927. Septastrea crassa (Holmes), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,
PAGS) 355) Do so9>

1936. Astraea crassa Holmes (A. marylandica Conrad), Richards, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Bull., vol. 47, pt. 2, p. 1647.

1956. Septastrea crassa (Holmes), Wells, 12 Moore, Treatise on Invertebrate
Paleontology, Pt. F (Coelenterata), p. F410, figs. 306, 7a, 7b.

1971. Septastrea crassa (Holmes), Weisbord, Florida Bur. Geol., Geol. Bull.,
ING3553).Ds.52-

The original description of Astraea crassa by Holmes was as
follows:

Corallum thick, not encrusting; stars orbicular, sometimes polygonal,

irregular, deep. Lamellae about twelve, rough denticulated.

The cells of this coral resemble A. Marylandica of Conrad; but
unlike that species, it is thick and not encrusting.

The specimens referred to Septastrea crassa (Holmes) in this
paper are large, thick, heavily calcified when mature, and branching.
The branches are jagged in form, elliptical in cross section, often
large and thick and hollowish to “pithy” within. On some coralla
the heavy branches diverge slightly then converge and unite above,
leaving a large opening in the area thus surrounded. Mature coralla
are generally heavily calcified, but in the core of the branches the
calices may be thin and closely resemble those of Septastrea mary-
landica (Conrad) except for the greater number (often the full
complement of 12) of third-cycle septa.

The corallites are irregularly polygonal in outline: some are
hexagonal, others pentagonal, a few quadrilateral or diamond-

406 BULLETIN 285

shaped, and an occasional one triangular. In the fully developed
corallum the walls are thick, tightly appressed, the line of fusion
between adjoining calices marked by a distinct groove, the average
thickness of the wall at the calicular margin is 0.4 mm. The calicular
margins, the inner surface of the wall between the septa, the sides
and margins of the septa, and the columella are covered by crowded
microscopic granules.

The calices are suborbicular to suboval in outline, and subequal
to unequal in size. The margin of the calices is strongly nodulated,
with one elongated nodule or costa at the intercept of each septum,
the nodules themselves about equal in size and all of them larger
than the septa with which they are conterminous. One exceptionally
well-preserved specimens the inner wall of some of the calices is
seen to be vertical on one side and less steep on the other. On the
far side of the gentler slope the nodules or costae may curve marked-
ly and become confluent, albeit in greatly diminished strength, with
the costae of adjacent calices in the intercorallite areas. The septa
on the gentler slope are actually the longer and impart a pro-
nounced rayed or starry effect within that region of the calice.

The septa are arranged in three cycles. The 12 principal septa
of the first two cycles are nearly equal in size and generally extend
to the outer rim of the columella; the tertiary septa are much the
smaller and project but slightly from the wall, their number varying
from the full complement of 12, or one between each major, to but
a few. With maturity the corallum becomes heavily calcified thereby
obscuring the details of ornamentation, but even in thickened calices
an occasional pair of tertiary septa may be seen to curve toward
and join a secondary septum, or a secondary to join a primary just
before the columella. The columella is sunken and composed of the
denticulated ends of the principal septa. These become fused into
a dense flattish calcareous boss which is strewn with a number of
small papillae.

Endothecal dissepiments are sturdy, lamellate, somewhat in-
clined, and, on specimen ABD-la, are 1.7 mm apart.

Measurements. — Specimen ABD-la (Alum Bluff): branch
length 32.5 mm, maximum diameter 26.5 mm; diameters of average
calice 4.7 mm < 4.3 mm. Specimen I-2584a (Alum Bluff): branch
length 30.5 mm, width 23 mm, breadth 17 mm; diameters of average

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 407

calice 4.3 mm 4.2 mm. Specimen DSD-1la (Dismal Sink): coral-
lum height 196 mm, maximum width across branches 62 mm,
diameters of main stem 30 mm X 22 mm; diameters of average
calice 5.7 mm 4.3 mm. DSD-1b: corallum length 107 mm, width
75 mm, diameters of branch 31 mm X 25 mm. Fragments from
DeLeon Springs, Volusia County, in USNM collection: corallum
(a) 13 mm X 11.5 mm & 7.5 mm.; corallum (b) 21 mm & 18 mm
x 13 mm; corallum (c) 21.5 mm X< 18.5 mm X 6.5 mm. IW-la
(Intracoastal Waterway, S.C.): corallum length 127.5 mm, max.
width 85 mm, max. thickness 24 mm.

Comparison. — The immature Septastrea crassa is difficult to
distinguish from the heavily calcified form of Septastrea marylandica
(Conrad), yet typically the two species are distinct despite the fact
that they are often found together and seem to have the same geo-
logic range. S. marylandica is thin, broadly encrusting or enveloping,
is light in weight, abrasive to the touch, and has sharp-rimmed
calices in which there are two full cycles of septa, with only a few
or no septa in the third cycle. S. crassa, on the other hand, although
attached at the base of the corallum, is non-encrusting, thickly
branched and heavy, very finely granulated on all surfaces, and has
three cycles of septa, the third cycle partially to wholly complete.

Localities. —Septastrea crassa (Holmes) has been reported
from Maryland to Florida to Louisiana within the arc of the coastal
plain. It is probable that some of the forms identified as Septastrea
marylandica in Maryland and Virginia should be referred to S.
crassa.

North Carolina

Wilmington (No. 305 USGS) and Walter Bluff, in USNM.
Hopwood farm, south bank of Neuse River, 1 mile down-
stream from James City, Craven County. Collector: Frank

Stapor, 28 August 1970. Yorktown Formation.

Pamlico Formation (Richards).
South Carolina
Little River. Waccamaw Formation.
Intersection of U.S. 501 and Intracoastal Waterway, 3
miles northwest of Myrtle Beach. Collector: Vernon A. Taylor.
Tilley’s Lake, Waccamaw River, Horry County. No. 4400,
Burns collection, USNM.
Georgia

408

BULLETIN 285

Brunswick, Glynn County. Dredged from Brunswick River,
From Miocene underlying thin Quaterary cover. Reported by
Veatch and Stephenson (1911).

Florida

ABD-la, 1b. Top of Alum Bluff, Liberty County. Duplin
Marl (Ecphora Zone).

1-2584a, Florida Bureau of Geology. Alum Bluff, Liberty
County. Choctawhatchee Miocene. Collectors: Herman Gunter
and Gerald Ponton, 1928.

DeLeon Spring, Volusia County. USNM.

DSD-1a, 1b. Dismal Sink, Leon County. Duplin Marl (?)
above Tampa Limestone.

Caloosahatchee Marl. Reported by Vaughan (1919).
Louisiana

From well at 2600 ft., 5 miles south of Montegut, probably
upper Miocene. Occurs together with Septastrea marylandica
(Conrad). USNM.

Range and distribution.— Late Miocene to Pleistocene. Mio-

cene of Maryland and Virginia; Miocene, Pliocene, and Pleistocene
of North Carolina; Pliocene and Pleistocene of South Carolina;
Miocene and Pliocene of Florida; Miocene of Louisiana.

Septastrea marylandica (Conrad) Pl. 47> figs

1837.
1841.

1845.

1846.
1847.
1857.
1887.

1888.

1900.

1904.

Astrea sp. W. B. and H. D. Rogers, Amer. Philos. Soc., Trans., n.s., vol.
5, art. 14, pp. 338, 339, footnote.

Astrea marylandica Conrad, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol.
1 p.33.

Columnaria (2) sexradiata Lonsdale and Astraea hirtolamellata Michelin
?, Lonsdale, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 1, pp. 497-500, figs.
a, b (p. 497), fig. a (p. 500).

Astroitis sexradiata (Lonsdale), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842,
vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 722.

Astraea marylandica Conrad, Lonsdale, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 2, vol.
4 (54), art. XXX, p. 359.

Astrea marylandica Conrad, Tuomey and Holmes, Pleiocene Fossils of
South Carolina, p. 2, pl. 1, figs. 2, 2a.

Glyphastraea forbesi (Edwards and Haime), Duncan, Geol. Soc. Lon-
don, Quart. Jour., vol. 43, pp. 29-32, pl. III.

Septastrea forbesi Edwards and Haime, Hinde, and Scptastrea sexradiata
(Lonsdale), Hinde, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 44, pp. 218-222,
pl. 9, figs. 1-17.

Coenangia marylandica (Conrad), Gane, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 22,
No. 1193, pp. 190, 191, 194.

Septastrea marylandica (Conrad), Vaughan, Maryland Geol. Sur., Mio-
cene, Systematic Paleontology, pp. 444-447, pl. CXXVI, figs. 1a, 1b, 2;
pl. CXXVII, figs. 1-3.

FLoriDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 409

1919. Septastrea marylandica (Conrad), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103,
No. 9, pp. 220, 222, 411, 412.

1919. Septastrea matsoni Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 230,
411, 412, 511, pl. 86, figs. 6, 6a.

1932. Septastrea marylandica (Conrad), Roberts, Virginia Geol. Sur., Bull.
37, Educ. Ser. No. 2, pp. 31, 32, pl. 16, fig. 1.

1942. Astrangia marylandica (Conrad), Richards and Harbison, Acad. Nat.
Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 94, pp. 178, 224.

1962. Septastrea matsoni Vaughan, Moore and Gunter, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 12, No. 1, p. 69.

1971. Septastrea marylandica (Conrad), Weisbord, Florida Bur. Geol., Geol.
Bull. No. 53, pp. 47-52, pl. 12, figs. 1-7. [Numerous references 1837-
1956.]

The coral illustrated (SP-2d) occurs as a thick veneer ad-
herent to a gastropod from the Pinecrest Formation.

As originally suggested by Vaughan, it is probable that his
Septastrea matsom is the same as Conrad’s Septastrea marylandica,
thereby extending the range of the latter as far south as the Re-
public of Colombia.

Measurements. — Specimen SP-2d: length 45 mm, width 33
mm, height 31.5 mm, thickness of coral veneer about 6 mm. Collec-
tor and donor, Leslie Dyet 14 July 1969.

Locahty.— Warren Brothers Pits, 4 miles east of Sarasota
(U.S. 301) just off Newburn Road, 0.4 miles north of 17th Street,
Sarasota County. Pinecrest Formation.

Range and distribution. — The geographic range of Septastrea
marylandica is New Jersey to Louisiana, U.S.A., and Colombia, S.A.
The geologic range is late Miocene to Pliocene and possibly to
Pleistocene.

New Jersey —Sea Isle City well at Fiftieth St., 600-700 ft.
depth.

Maryland — Calvert Cliffs; St. Mary’s Formation, St. Mary’s
River.

Virginia — James Peninsula; Yorktown Formation at Bellefield,
Yorktown, and many places on James River; Urbana, Rappahan-
nock River (No. 3915 USNM); Petersburg ?, Williamsburg, Ever-
green.

North Carolina — See Richards and Harbison, 1942.

South Carolina — See Richards and Harbison, 1942; Darlington
District; Specimen No. 4000 in USNM, 5 miles south of Mayes-
field, Sumter County; No. 4400 USNM. Tilley’s Lake, Waccamaw
River, Horry County; Grahamville (see Nixonville Quadrangle).

410 BuLLeTIN 285

Florida — Pinecrest Formation in Warren Brothers Pits, collec-
tor Joseph E. Banks; USNM No. 243222, J. E. Ayers collection,
Sarasota, Sarasota County; Jackson Bluff Formation (Weisbord,
1971); spoil bank at pump station 65D near Ft. Bassinger, and at
Brighton, both in Highlands County, collected by Joseph E. Banks;
Caloosahatchee Marl (1-1932 FBG), 1 mile below Hugget’s Land-
ing, Caloosahatchee River, Hendry County. Collector E. H. Sellards,
17 Nov. 1914.

Louisiana — In well at 2600 ft., 5 miles south of Montegut
(USNM). Probably late Miocene.

Colombia, S.A.— Gatun Formation 0.5 km west of Usiacuri,
Depto. Atlantico.

OCULINIDAE
Oculina diffusa Lamarck Pl. 47, figs. 4, 5

1816. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 285.

1846. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Expedition 1838-1842,
vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 397, 398.

1877. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, ‘Lindstrom, K. Svenska Vetensk. -Akad., Handl.,
vol. 14, No. 6, p. 14.

1880. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Pourtalés, in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.,
vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 3, figs. 10-12.

1900. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Mon. 39, pp. 49, 116,
7S ple Zeal 5:

1901. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Mrans.svol. 115 pt. 1s art. LV, p. 175.

1902. Oculina diffusa Lamarck ? var. Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol.
20 for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 291, 294.

1902. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington, Mem.,
vol. 8, pp. 585-588, pl. 22, fig. 149.

1943. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap. No. 44, pp. 180, 181, 325, pl. 33, fig. 2.

1948. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62, 66, 91,
pl. 28.

1956. Oculina (Oculina) diffusa Lamarck, Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate
Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F140, fig. 308, 4.

1958. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115,
art. 4, pp. 229, 232, 238, 256-257, pl. 38, fig. 4.

1959. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 81,
85.

1960. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull. Woods
Hole, vol. 119, No. 3, p. 424.

1961. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba],
ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 60-61, figs. 49, 50.

1963. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour.
Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 143, 156, 162, pl. 16a.

1966. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull.,
sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 292, 299.

1967. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17,
No. 2, p. 448.

1968. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No.
246, pp. 62-65, pl. 8, figs. 1-3. [Numerous references, 1816-1967.]

FLorIDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 411

1970. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Mesolella, Sealy, and Matthews, Amer. Assoc.
Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 54, No. 10, p. 1905.

1971. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 49, 50, 52, 64, 67, 69, table 1, pl. 8, figs.

1971. Gein diffusa Lamarck, Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol.,
vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75, 78, table 1.

1971. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Weisbord, Florida Bur. Geol., Geol. Bull. No.
SSDP Gly 05-555 SON ply U2eukios So (ple ds nigel

1972. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Scoffin, Science, vol. 178, No. 4067, p. 1280.

1972. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 572, 573, 578, pls. 2, 8.

Four specimens (5B-2a to 2d) from Unit A are identified as
Oculina diffusa Lamarck. The coralla are irregular branches diverg-
ing from a compressed stem. The calices are more or less circular
to broadly oval, about 3.2 mm in average diameter, and of moderate
depth (about 1 mm). The calicular margins are slightly elevated,
somewhat thickened, and a little rounded, a few of them nearly
touching each other, but most of them separated by intervals vary-
ing from 0.5 mm to 5.5 mm. There are 24 septa in three cycles; the
septa are not quite equal in size, the primary ones a trifle larger
than the secondaries, and the secondaries a mite larger than the
tertiaries, the last often uniting with the secondaries just before
the columella. The septa are serrulate or dentate on the free margin
and finely spinulose on the sides. At the inner end of each principal
septum there is a low palus. The costae, which are conterminous with
the septa, are short, prominent, and subequal, extending down the
calice to its base but rarely across the space between the corallites.
The surface of the costae and that of the coenosteum which is
dense, is finely and closely granulate. The columella is calcified, and
from it arise pseudopapillae, suggesting that originally the columella
was stamen-like.

Measurements. — SB-2a: length of corallum 21 mm, maximum
width 8.5 mm, diameters of branch 5 mm & 5 mm. SB-2b: length
of corallum 20 mm, maximum width 8.5 mm, diameters of branch
7mm X 6.5 mm. SB-2c: length of corallum 35.5 mm, maximum
width 28 mm, diameters of branch 7.5 mm 6.5 mm. SB-2d: length
and width of corallum 28.5 mm, diameters of stem 16 mm < 8 mm.
CAL-8a: length of corallum 41 mm, maximum width 27.5 mm.

Locality. — Pit at South Bay water plant, South Bay, Palm
Beach County, Florida. Unit A (Glades Formation). Collected by
Joseph E. Banks, donated 28 October 1969.

412 BuLLETIN 285

Comparison. — The calices of the fossil specimens are not so
deep as, and the septa are a little thicker than in the living O.
diffusa inhabiting the waters around Key West, Florida. However,
making allowances for the normal variation of the species plus fos-
silization and consequent modification, the South Bay specimens
seem referable to this species. At South Bay, Oculina diffusa
Lamarck occurs together with Archohelia lmonensis Vaughan.

Range and dtstribution.— The geologic range of Oculina dif-
fusa is Mio-Pliocene to Recent; the geographic range is from Ber-
muda in the north to Venezuela in the south.

Mio-Pliocene — Florida (Jackson Bluff Formation); Venezuela
(Cubagua).

Pliocene — Florida (dredged at North St. Petersburg, Pinellas
County, 900 ft. east of 9th Street and a short distance south of 7th
Avenue; in Caloosahatchee River at Hugget’s Landing, 3 miles west
of LaBelle, Hendry County, and 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, collector
Mike Strong).

Plio-Pleistocene — Florida (South Bay, Palm Beach County).

Pleistocene — Florida (St. Lucie County ?); Bahamas
(Bimini); Panama Canal Zone; Barbados; Venezuela (Abisinia
Formation).

Recent — Florida (St. Andrews Bay, Bay County; Bald Point,
Gulf County; Alligator Point, Franklin County; Tortugas; Key
West, Monroe County; off Miami, Dade County); Bahama Islands;
Bermuda (Ferry Reach; North Lagoon); Mexico (off Vera Cruz);
British Honduras; Pedro Bank; Jamaica (3 m to 15 m; Ocho Rios);
Panama; Cuba; Puerto Rico (10 to 16 fathoms); St. Thomas;
Martinique; Barbados (west coast); Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz,
Edo. Anzoategui; Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Lance Man-
guillas, Costa Maringinia, Punta Gruesa, Punta Garrapata, Punta
Las Maritas, Playa Blanca de Las Maritas, Playa Blanca de
Guaigua, Ensenada Mangle Quemao, Ensenada Fl Aguirre, En-
senada Carenero, Ensenada El Inglés, Ensenada Botella, Barranca

de Mochima; Golfo de Cariaco, Zonas A-I).

Oculina sarasotana Weisbord Pl. 48, figs. 1-4

1971. Oculina sarasotana Weisbord, Florida Bur. Geol., Geol. Bull. 53, pp. 55-
57, pl. 12) fig. 8; pl. 13, figs. 2-5.

A single specimen (PG-5a), collected from the “Caloosahatchee
Marl” southeast of Punta Gorda, Charlotte County, is referred to

FLoriwA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 413

this species. The corallum, a large divaricating branch, oval in cross
section and representing the remnant of an originally much larger
oculinid, is much the same as the type of Oculina sarasotana (SP-
la) from the Pinecrest Formation in Sarasota County.

The corallites are variously polygonal in outline (mostly penta-
gonal and hexagonal) and tightly appressed to each other, the
line of demarcation between them indicated by a linear valley.
The calices are shallow and subcircular, averaging about 2.4 mm in
greater diameter but attaining as much as 3.3 mm, and separated
one from the other by spaces of 0.5 mm to 1.3 mm. The calicular
margins are slightly elevated and costate, the costae short, thick
and nearly equal in size. There is one costa for each septum, but all
of them are thicker than their corresponding septa. The costae are
finely granulose on the surface as is the coenosteum between the
corallites.

As in the type of O. sarasotana, specimen PG-5a normally bears
24 septa in three complete cycles. The primary and secondary septa
are nearly equal in size, and extend to the columella; the 12 septa
of the third cycle are considerably smaller and project only slightly
from the wall. The principal septa are a little exsert, granulose on
the sides, dentate along the free margin, and paliform near the
columella. At the inner ends, the pali are often papillar and become
part of the columella which itself is papillate and often fused.

Measurements. — Specimen PG-5a: corallum (branch) length
132 mm, diameters at ends of main branch 24.5 mm < 19.5 mm
and 21.5 mm X 14.5 mm. Specimen TEL-2a: corallum (basal
branches) length 90 mm, maximum width 39 mm, maximum thick-
ness 27 mm.

Locality. — PG-5a, about 3.5 miles southeast of Punta Gorda,
Charlotte County, on road to Punta Gorda airport, 1.4 miles south
of entrance to Tee and Green Eastates. Collected by Leslie Dyet 18
June 1971. TEL-2a, 18 miles due east of Punta Gorda, Sect. 3,
T41S, R26E Telegraph Swamp Quadrangle NW. Collector Frank
H. Wind, August 1972.

Range and distribution. — Oculina sarasotana is now known
from the Caloosahatchee, the Pinecrest, and the Jackson Bluff For-
mations in Charlotte, Sarasota, and Leon Counties over a distance of
about 288 miles.

414 BuLLETIN 285

Archohelia limonensis Vaughan Pl. 47, figs. 6, 7

1919. Archohelia limonensis Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp.
222, 223, 228, 352-354, 510, pl. 80, figs. 1, 1a, 1b, 2, 3.

1929. Archohelia limonensis Vaughan, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,
pars 44, p. 601.

1943. Archohelia limonensis Vaughan, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 181.

1964. Arcohelias [sic] limonensis Vaughan, Olsson and Petit, Bull. Amer.
Paleont., vol. 47, No. 217, p. 521.

The original description of Archohelia limonensis by Vaughan
was the following:
Corallum composed of relatively slender branches. The following

are measurements of the cotypes:
Dimensions in millimeters of cotypes of Archohelia limonensis.

Diameter
Sep ae Calices
Lower Upper
Branch Length end end Diameter Exsert
1 eee eer eee ee ne 25 4.5 + 2.5-3 1-3.5
Vey ethene pale mss aE hae ae 31 4.5 4+ 2-2.6 9.5-3.5
Se eR ee ee ee oe ik 33 4 355 2.3-3 1-7

The cavity of the axial corallite is about 2.25 in diameter. The
foregoing tables give the dimensions and amount of the projection of
the radial calices — the diameters stated are as measured from the
outside of the walls. The distance between adjacent calicular margins is
about 2.5 mm. on branch No. 2; in extreme cases it ranges up to as
much as 7 mm., as between some calices on branch No. 3. The arrange-
ment is in more or less definite spirals. Subequal or slightly alternating
costae, with closely granulate surfaces, correspond to all septa just be-
low the calicular edges; lower down on the corallite limbs they flatten
and become subequal; they may continue on the coenenchymal surface
or disappear. The calicular cavities are excavated; moderately deep,
about 1.5 mm.

Septa normally in three complete cycles; primaries as a rule
slightly larger than the secondaries, both cycles reach the columella,
and have subequal, slighty exsert upper margins; tertiaries smaller
than the secondaries and have lower upper margins. Inner edges of the
tertiaries free, but in some systems they fuse to the sides of included
secondary septa. Single or double paliform teeth on the inner ends of
the primaries and secondaries. Septal faces closely granulate.

Columella papillate.

Coenenchyma dense; with or without costal prolongations from the
calicular peripheries; fine granulations scattered over its surface.

Localities and geologic occurrence.— Costa Rica, Limon, as _ fol-
lows: Station 2692, collected by R. T. Hill; Moin Hill, Niveau d and
No. 461, collected by H. Pittier; station 58845, Moin Hill, collected by
D. F. MacDonald. The geologic horizon seems to be Pliocene.

Florida, station 3300 in the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl! of Shell
Creek, collected by Frank Burns.

Cotypes. —No. 324809, U.S.N.M. from Niveau d, Moin Hill, Port
Limon (3 specimens). [Syntypes.]

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 415

In the Florida State University collection, three specimens col-
lected from Unit A, or the Glades Formation, are also referred to
Archohelia limonensis as they accord very well with the types (U.S.
Geological Survey 135643 and 2692 Limon) from Costa Rica. The
Unit A coralla (SB-la, 1b, lc) are single slender branches (one of
them tapering) bearing radial corallites which project outward in
varying amount, and possess an axial corallite at both ends of the
branch. The height of the corallites above the level of the coeno-
steum varies from 0.6 mm to 5.2 mm (on SB-Ic), the average eleva-
tion being 2 mm or so. The calicular diameter of the axial corallite
ranges from 2 mm to 3 mm. The corallites are separated, the distance
between them varying from 0.1 mm to 2.4 mm at their base, and
from 1.3 mm to 4.4 mm at the margins of the calices. The calices
are more or less circular at their circumference, and range in
diameter from 2.1 mm to 2.7 mm for an average of about 2.3 mm,
and a depth of 0.9 mm.

The septa are Jaminar and exsert, and normally there are 24
of them in three complete cycles. The primary septa are the largest,
and are exsert about 0.33 mm.; the secondary septa are a little
smaller and slightly lower, and are exsert about 0.22 mm; the
tertiary septa are the smallest and lowest, and are exsert about 0.11
mm. The septa of the first two cycles extend to the columella, and
there are single to occasionally double paliform lobes on the inner
ends. The margins of the septa are serrulate or dentate, and the
faces are finely and closely granulate.

The costae are conterminous with the septa, but unlike them
are subequal in size. Just below the calicular margin the costae are
discrete and granulate to subspinose on the surface; farther down
on the corallite limbs where they flatten, they are closely granulate
and disappear to merge with the equally granular coenosteum.

The columella is distinctly papillate, the papillae drusy or fron-
dose.

Measurements. — Specimen SB-1a: corallum branch length 15.3
mm, maximum width including projecting corallites 8 mm, average
diameter of branch proper around middle 3.5 mm. The measure-
ments in the same sequence as the foregoing are 21.7 mm, 9 mm,
and 4.6 mm on SB-1b, and 23.5 mm, 9.8 mm, and 4.9 mm on SB-Ic.
Specimen USNM-135643: length 29.5 mm, diameter of branch at
middle 5.6 mm.

416 BuL_etTiIn 285

Locality. —In pit at South Bay water plant, South Bay, Palm
Beach County, Florida. Collected by Joseph E. Banks, and indi-
cated by him that the corals occur in Unit A. Olsson (1969), who
described the unit, suggested it is upper Pliocene or lower Pleistocene
in age.

Range and distribution. — This species is now known from the
Caloosahatchee Marl (Pliocene) and Unit A (Plio-Pleistocene) of
Florida, and from the Pliocene and Pleistocene (?) of Costa Rica.

MEANDRINIDAE

Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus) Pl. 49, figs. 1, 2

1742. Maeandrites, Gualtieri, Index Testarum Conchyliorum, pl. 51. [Fide
Linnaeus, 1758, p. 794; Matthai, 1928, pl. 69, fig. 1.]

1758. Madrepora Maeandrites Linnaeus (pars), Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p.
794,

1766. Madrepora labyrinthica Pallas (pars), Elenchus Zoophytorum, pp. 297,
298. non Madrepora labyrinthica Ellis and Solander; nec M. labyrinthica
Lamarck. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 161.]

1767. Madrepora maeandrites Linnaeus (pars), Systema Naturae, ed. 2, vol.
1, pt. 2, p. 1274.

1786. Madrepora maeandrites Linnaeus, Ellis and Solander, Natural History
. .. Zoophytes, p. 161, pl. 48, fig. 1.

1788. 2 Madrepora maeandrites Linnaeus, Esper, Pflanzenthiere in Abbildun-
gen, pp. 79-84, pl. 4A, figs. 1, 2.

1792. Madrepora maeandrites Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt.
60p.-3761.

1797. Madrepora lamellosa Humphrey, Museum Colonnianum, p. 66. [Fide
Vaughan, 1902, p. 296.]

1801. Meandrina pectinata Lamarck, Syst. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., p. 372. non
Madrepora pectinata Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6,
p. 3771. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 161.]

1807. Maeandrina conglomerata Link, Beschreibung der Naturalien-Sammlung
en der Universitat zu Rostock, pt. 3, p. 162. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 161.]

1807. Maeandrina pectinata Lamarck, Fischer von Waldheim, Museum Demi-
doff, vol. 3, pp. 296, 297.

1815. Pectinia pectinata (Lamarck), Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, vol.
3, Albt..15 ip. 68:

1816. Maeandrina pectinata Lamarck, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.
vol. 2, p. 247.

1820. Maeandrina pectinata Lamarck, Schweigger, Handbuch der Natur-
geschichte Skelettlosen Ungegliederten Thiere, p. 420.

1821. Maeandrina pectinata Lamarck, Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique .
Polypiers, p. 55, pl. 48, fig. 1.

1823. Maeandrina pectinata Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 29, p. 376.

1825. Pectinia pectinata (Lamarck), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Nat-
urelles, vol. 38, p. 201.

1827. Meandrina pectinata Wamarck, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie
Méthodique, pt. 2, p. 508, pl. 485, fig. 1.

1829. Maeandrina pectinata Lamarck, Eichwald, Zoologia specialis
Animalibus, pars I, p. 185.

1830.
1834.

1834.

1836.

1846.

1850.

1851.

1855.

1857.

1861.

1866.

1870.

1871.

1877.

1881.
1886.
1895.
1901.
1902.
1919.
1921.
1927).

1928.

1943,

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 417

Meandrina pectinata Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 322.

Meandrina pectinata Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel de Actinologie ou de
Zoophytologie, p. 357.

Manicina pachyphylla Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhlandl.
1832, p. 326. non Manicina pectinata Ehrenberg, nec Manicina maean-
drites Ehrenberg. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 161.]

Meandrina pectinata Lamarck, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed.
2. vol. 2, ps 387.

Ctenophyllia pectinata (Lamarck), C. quadrata, C. pachyphylla, and C.
profunda Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes,
pp. 170-173, pl. 14, figs. 13-16. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 161.]
Maeandrina pectinata Lamarck, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des
Antilles, p. 16.

Pectinia maeandrites (Linnaeus), P. pachyphylla (Dana), and C. pro-
funda (Dana), Milne Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris,
Arch., vol. 5, p. 57.

Meandrina pectinata Lamarck, Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull.,
sér. 2, vol. 12, p. 754.

Pectinia maeandrites (Linnaeus), P. pachyphylla (Dana), and P. pro-
funda (Dana), Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coral-
liaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, pp. 207, 208, 210.

Pectinia quadrata (Dana), P. meandrites (Linnaeus), P. disticha, and
P. caribaea Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem.,
ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 342, 343, pl. 9, figs. 1-6. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 161.]
Pectinia quadrata (Dana), P. meandrites (Linnaeus), P. disticha, P.
elegans, and P. caribaea, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 168.

Pectinia quadrata, disticha, elegans, caribaea Duchassaing and Miche-
lotti, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles,
Dena.

Pectinia maeandrites “Milne-Edwards and Haime”, Pourtalés, Mus.
Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 68.

Pectinia maeandrites (Linnaeus) and Pectinia disticha Duchassaing and
Michelotti, Lindstro6m, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 14, No.
Gaps 22:

Pectinia maeandrites (Linnaeus), Quenstedt, Réhren und Steinkorallen,
p. 993, pl. 191, fig. 47. [Fide Vaughan, 1901, p. 77.]

? Pectinia profunda (Dana), Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger, Rept.
Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 77.

Pectinia maeandrites (Linnaeus), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart.
Jour., vol. 51, pp. 263, 264.

Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en
Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 9, 12, 16-20.
Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull.,.
vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 291, 296, 297, pl. 3; pl. 4, fig. 1.

Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103,
INOS 9 5spp: 22255255:

Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican
Republic, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 152?, 167.

Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk Amster-
dam, vol. 25, p. 160.

Pectinia maeandrites (Linnaeus), Matthai, Catalogue of the Madre--
porarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, pp.
161-166, pl. 43, figs. 1-5; pl. 64, fig. 8; pl. 69, fig. 1; pl. 71, fig. 8a;
pl. 72, figs. 9a, 9b.

Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 188, 328, pl. 36, fig. 2.

418

1972.

1972.

BuLLeTIn 285

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62,

68, 92, 93, 112, pl. 29.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept.

1953-1954, p. 25.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv.,

Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

. Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate

Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F415, fig. 314, 3b.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica,

W.L., Bull., No. 3, p. 32.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp.

70, 75,( 79) (85:

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, p. 29.
. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist.

Soc., Jour, vol. 38, No. 1, p. 12.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38,

No. 6, pp. 1135, 1139.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao

[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 50, 51, figs. 39, 40.

. Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus), Westermann and Kiel, Natuur-

wetensch. Studiekring Suriname en de Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, pp.
1310136.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87,

Ppal7, L380 195 20:

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Almy and Carrioén-Torres, Caribbean

Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 156, 157, pl. 16b.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the fauna of Cura-

cao and other Caribbean islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 12, 24, 27, 32, 35,
38, 40, 48, figs. 2, 9, 11, 12, pl. 10, fig. 10a.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11,

joy alates

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap.,

No. 79, pp. 45, 46, 60, 72.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linné), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull.,

sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, .285, 288, 290, pl. 1, fig. 2.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol Geol.,

Bull, vol. 50; No. 9,. p: 19311, pl. 1, fig. 7.

. Meandrina meandri[tes], Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham Young Univ.

Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 38, 44.

. Meandrina meandrites meandrites (Linnaeus), Goreau and Wells, Bull.

Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Roos, Growth occurrence of the reef

coral Porites astreoides Lamarck, pp. 10, 11, 12.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Olivares and _ Leonard, Inst.

Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 51, 52, 59, table 1,
pl. 5, figs. A, B.

. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the fauna of Cura-

cao and other Caribbean islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18, 19, 20, 22,
23, 24, 26, 28, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 76, fig. 34, pl. 40a, b.

Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, p. 731.

Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana
Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 548, 552, 574, 578, fig. 11,
pl. 9.

The following is a description of USNM specimen 325303, iden-

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 419

tified by Vaughan as Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus), from the
“Caloosahatchee Pliocene, Florida.”

The corallum is large, meandroid, and short conical, with a
flattish subcircular upper surface, asymmetrically tapering sides,
and a smallish base. Most of the valleys are long, slightly sinuous
here and there, and interconnected, radiating away from a “central”
area which is much nearer one side than the other. The valleys in
the off-centered region are small and “U”-shaped, and such smaller
valleys diverge from the main ones. The collines are acute at the
crest, but widened and porose where weathered. The main valleys,
from colline to colline, vary from 8 mm to 13 mm in width and 6 mm
to 11 mm in depth. As shown in end view, the corallites are tall and
tightly appressed, their width gradually increasing upward. Some
of the corallites are bifurcate near the middle of their course, others
near their summit. The exterior of the corallites is traversed longi-
tudinally by numerous slightly vermicular costae which are finely
serrate or granulate along the crest.

Depending on where the measurements are made, there are 8
to 16 septa in one centimeter of length. In some places all of the
septa are subequal, but in others they alternate in size. The septa
normally are laminar, a little exsert, and conterminous with the-
costae at the wall, over which they are arched. The summits of the
principal septa are often flexed or slightly breached to form the
barest trace of a groove along the crest of the colline; however,
where weathered the groove is widened and deepened. About half
of the septa are principal ones and extend to the columella where
they curve perceptibly before joining or becoming part of it. A num-
ber of the principals bend toward each other near the columella,
with one minor septum between them; other principals bend in the
same direction for a short distance to be followed in the same series
by a few bending toward the former. The faces of the septa are
minutely but distinctly granulate. The margins of the septa have a
nearly vertical slope, and by virtue of the granulations on the faces
being close to them, the margins appear faintly denticulate.

The columella is laminar in stretches and jis a continuation of
the lower end of certain septa which curve markedly in the columel-
lar area. In other stretches the columella consists of twisted trabecu-
lae or of two or three more or less continuous parallel laminae; else-

420 BuLvetin 285

where the columella may be discontinuous, rudimentary, or seem-
ingly absent.

Measurements. — Corallum of USNM 325303, diameters of up-
per surface 160 mm 150 mm, height 85 mm, area of base about
25 & 24 mm.

Locality. — Probably Shell Creek, Charlotte County, Florida.
Collector: Dr. Griffith. Formation: Caloosahatchee Marl.

Comparison. — USNM specimen 325303, which is the largest
I have seen recorded in the literature, meets the diagnosis of Mean-
drina meandrites sensu stricto except perhaps for its short conical
form which I think is an individual rather than specific character,
dependent on growth conditions. The species is not to be confused
with Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime) which is also
conical below but plumper and possessing a short true stalk. The
valleys of M. brasiliensis (re-named M. meandrites danae by Goreau
and Wells, 1967, p. 448, footnote 5) are also interconnected as in
M. meandrites, but in M. brasiliensis there is a single lengthwise
central valley with side valleys opening off from the main one.

Range and distribution. — The geologic range of M. meandrites
is upper Miocene to Recent; the geographic range is from Bermuda
to Venezuela.

Upper Miocene — Dominican Republic (Mao Adentro Lime-
stone).

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl).

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone); Dominican Re-
public (“coast limestone at Cabral, Provincia de Barahona”);
Guadeloupe ?; Curacao; Barbados (low level reefs near Bridgetown;
Chelston Quarry, St. Michael Parish, elevation 100 ft.).

Recent — Bermuda (North Rock; The Boilers); Bahamas (Nas-
sau; Bimini; Abaco Island); Florida (Florida reef tract); Cuba;
Jamaica (0.5 m to 70 m; Ocho Rios); Mexico (Isla de Lobos);
Pedro Bank; British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Light-
house Reef, Glover’s Reef); Puerto Rico (off Culebra; Cayo Icacos,
back reef); St. Thomas (Sail Rock, 24 m to 74 m); St. Bartholo-
mew; Guadeloupe; Martinique; Netherlands Antilles: St. Eustatius.
Bonaire (Boca Bartél, Lont, Ruin, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Baca,
Blauwe Pan). Curacao (Plaja Abao, Boca Santa Marta, Porto-
maribaai, Daaibooibaai, Vaarsenbaai, Piscaderabaai, Westpuntbaai,

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 421

Zaquito, Spaanse Water, Kaap Malmeeuw). Aruba (Malmok, Bar-
cadera); St. Martin (Baie Rouge, Mullet Pond Bay, Maho Bay,
Great Bay); Panama (San Blas); Barbados (west coast), (15 m
to 24 m); Venezuela (Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre, at Ensenada
Cabruta, Ensenada Cabruta Roja, Ensenada E] Aguirre, Ensenada
de Centeno, Ensenada EF] Inglés, Ensenada Cabruta Blanca, En-
senada, Botella, Punta Aguirre; Puerto La Cruz, Edo. Anzoategui).

Also reported from Florida is Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards
and Haime) which is said to occur in the Recent fauna but not as
a fossil. No examples of M. brasiliensis are contained in the Florida
State University collection, but for comparative purposes there is
appended below all of the references I have been able to find on
this species, as well as the original descriptions of Ctenophyllia
brasiliensis and the synonymous Ctenophyllia danae by Edwards and
Haime.

Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime)

1848. Ctenophyllia Brasiliensis Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris,
sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 10, p. 279, pl. 6, fig. 7.

1848. Ctenophyllia Danae Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3,
Zoologie, vol. 10, p. 279. [Fide Goreau and Wells, 1967, p. 19.]

1848. Ctenophyllia fissa (non Manicina fissa Ehrenberg), C. quadrata, C.
brasiliensis, C. danae Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér.
3, Zoologie, vol. 10, pp. 278, 279, pl. 6, fig. 7. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p.
167.]

1851. Pectinia Brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime), Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris,
Arch., vol. 5, p:-57:

1851. Pectinia sebae, P. quadrata, P. brasiliensis, P. danae (Edwards and
Haime), Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 57. [Fide Matthai,
1928, p. 167.]

1858. Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime), Histoire Naturelle des
Coralliaires ou polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, p. 209.

1858. Pectinia sebai, P. quadrata, P. brasiliensis, P. danae (Milne Edwards
and Haime), Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement
dits, vol. 2, pp. 208-210. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 167.]

1867. Pectinia Braziliensis (Edwards and Haime), Verrill, Connecticut Acad.
Artseand oct.) lirans,. voli tk, Pt. Dl vart. V, pts, 5) ps 209:

1886. Pectinia profunda (Dana), Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger 1873-76,
Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 77. [Fide Matthai, 1928,
p. 167.]

1901. Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime), Vaughan, Rijksmus.
Geol. en Miner. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 18, 20.

1901. Meandrina Braziliensis (Edwards and Haime), Verrill, Connecticut
Acad. Arts; and! Sctaglrans:, vols 11) Bta ly art. 1 pa 86-,arnt7 lV. pps
186, 190-192, text-fig. 14, pl. 34, fig. 1.

1902. Meandrina brasiliensis Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm.,
Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 297.

1902. Meandrina danae (Edwards and Haime), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm.,
Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 297, pl. 5. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 167.]

422

1904.

1928.

1943.
1948.
1954.
1956.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.
1961.
1967.
1967.
1972.

BuLLeTIN 285

Pectinia brasiliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Greeley, in Branner,
Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, p. 267.

Pectinia brasiliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Matthai, Catalogue
of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History),
vol. 7, A Monograph of the Recent meandroid Astraeidae, pp. 159, 160,
162, 167-169, pl. 42, figs. 1-4; pl. 62, fig. 16.

Meandrina brasiliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Vaughan and
Wells, Geol. Soc. Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 328, pl. 36, fig. 1.

Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime), Smith, Atlantic Reef
Corals, pp. 62, 68, 93, 112, pl. 30.

Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime), Smith, U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Meandrina braziliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Wells, Treatise
on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F415, fig. 314, 3a.
Meandrina braziliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Goreau, Ecology,
vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 85.

Meandrina braziliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Lewis, Barbados
Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 12.

Meandrina braziliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Lewis, Canadian
Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 1135, 1139.

Meandrina meandrites brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime), Duarte Bello,
Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 50.
Meandrina braziliensis (Edwards and Haime), Goreau, Endeavour, p.
34, fig. 3.

Meandrina braziliensis (Milne Edwards and Haime), Laborel, Postilla,
No. 107, p. 3.

Meandrina meandrites forma danae (Edwards and Haime), Goreau and
Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448, footnote 5.

Meandrina brasiliensis (Edwards and Haime), Campos Villarroel, Soc.
Venezolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 542, 548, 573, 574,
578.

The original description of Ctenophyllia [Meandrina] brasilen-

sis by Edwards and Haime was the following:

4. Ctenophyllia Brasiliensis.
(Pl. 6; fig. 7)

Polypier en cOne comprimé, pédicellé, et devenant libre les pro-

grés du développement. Plateau commun, montrant dans sa moitié su-

périeure seulement des cOtes formées par de grosses granulations bien
séparées. La principale série de polypiérites est en zig-zag. Les

murailles minces en certain points, mas trés épaisses dans d’autres, et
présentant en dessus des granulations crépues trés fortes et irréguliéres.
Les valées son étroites et profonds. Cloisons un peu débordantes,
médiocrement épaisses, 4 faces couvertes de grains trés nombreux et

saillants, a bord présentant quelques denticulations d’une excessive

finesse; elles sont trés inégales, et paraissent appartenir a trois cycles.

Hauteur de nos exemplaires, 6 centim.; largeur des séries, 15 ou

20 millim.; leur profondeur es un peu moindre.

Habite les cétes du Brésil. — Coll. M. et Michelin. _
Peut-étre l’espéce que M. Ehrenberg a nommée Manicina pracrupta

(Corall., p. 103), et qu’il cite comme provenant des Antilles, est-elle
identique avec celle-ci; mais elle est trop imparfaitement décrite pour

que nous puissions décider cette question.

FLoripaA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 423

The original description of Ctenophyllia (Meandrina) danae by

Edwards and Haime is the following:
5. Ctenophyllia Danae. .
Polypier ayant la forme générale de la C. Brasiliensis. Les cétes

du plateau commun son recouvertes inférieurement par un épithéque

plus développée que dans les autres espéces, et ne sont distinctes qu’en

haut, ot celles sont peu saillantes, et non granulées. La principale
vallée sensiblement droite, et les valées dérivées lui étant perpendicu-
laires. Murailles un peu épaisses, a ligne de faite présentant un sillon
superficiel. Cloisons paraissant appartenir a trois cycles. Les principales

épaisses, trés fortes, un peu débordantes. Hauteur du polypier, 6

centim.; largeur des séries, de 25 a 30 millim.; profundeur des valées,

18. On compte quatorze cloisons grandes et petites dans une largeur

d’un centimétre.

Hapites. . o'. — Coll. M.

So far as I am aware, M. brasiliensis (or M. meandrites danae)
has not been reported as a fossil. The Recent form is recorded as
ranging from Brazil northward to Florida as follows: Brazil, from
south to north, (Vitoria, State of Espirito Santo; Recife de Lixo near
Abrolhos in 2 feet of water at low tide; Itaparica Island in Bahia
Bay; on beach between Rio Manguaba and Rio Camaragibe, State
of Alagoas); Venezuela (Bahia de Mochima, Edo. Sucre, 4 meters
to 15 meters, at Punta Garrapata, Punta Aguirre, Punta Barranca,

Ensenada Aguirre); Barbados; Jamaica (8 meters to 80 meters);

Cuba; Florida; Bahamas.

Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis, new species Pl. 48, fig. 5; Pl. 50, fig 1;
Pl. 512 fie. 1: P52 ehigs. leo

1919. Dichocoenia new species Vaughan, nomen nudum, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.,

vol. 103, No. 9, p. 222.

The following description applies to two specimens of 325299
(#3206) in the National Museum of Natural History labeled
Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis Vaughan, from the Caloosahatchee
River, Florida. The taxon seems tc have been labeled by Dr.
Vaughan, and it is conjectured the name was meant to replace
Dichocoenia, new species Vaughan (1919, p. 222) which itself is a
nomen nudum. So far as I am aware the description of D. caloosa-
hatcheensis was never published and is done so in this report to
validate the name.

The larger corallum of 325299 is tall and pear-shaped, the under-
side rounded before merging into an irregular peduncular area of
substantial proportion. The peduncle proper is not complete, most

424 BULLETIN 285

of it having been broken away, but it seems to have been swollen
immediately below the base of the corallum itself. The smaller coral-
lum of 325299 is hemispherical with an evenly convex head and an
eroded base, the original character of which is indeterminate.

Despite the difference in size and form of the coralla, the
calices of both specimens have roughly the same measurements and
distribution. The calices are mono-, di-, and tri-stomodaeal, the
monostomodaeal ones subcircular or oval, the distomodaeal ones el-
liptical with compressed sides, and the tri-stomodaeal ones trilobate
or, in one instance, substellate. The subcircular calices are the
smallest, measuring 4.5 mm in diameter, and with 24 septa; a typical
oval calice measures 6mm 5 mm, with 30 septa; an average com-
pressed elliptical calice is 10 mm in length, 5 mm across the middle
and 6 mm or so near the ends, and bears 38 septa; the longest calice
is a Narrow tristomodaeal one, 15 mm in length, 2 mm to 2.5 mm in
width at the narrowest sides, and about 4 mm in width across the
wider ends, with 54 septa. A few of the calices are united but the
calicular margins of most are separated, the distances varying from
less than one millimeter to as much as 6 mm. All of the calices on the
two coralla are weathered down, and as they now appear they are
only slightly elevated, averaging 1.4 mm in height above the co-
enosteum, and are shallow, averaging about 0.7 mm in depth. The
wall is thin at the calicular margin, about 0.15 mm, but considerably
thicker at the level of the coenosteum where it is about 1.5 mm.

In the average monostomodaeal] calice there are 28 to 30 septa
in four cycles, the fourth cycle always incomplete and barely repre-
sented. The primary septa are a little larger than the secondaries,
the secondaries considerably larger than the tertiaries, and the
tertiaries slightly larger than the few quaternaries. The primary
septa descend to unite with the columella, just before which the
primaries are joined by the secondaries. The tertiary septa in turn
join the secondaries higher within the calice, whereas the quater-
naries are rudimentary and extend only part way down the wall.
The septa are only slightly exsert and are arched at the wall where
they are conterminous with the costae. The principal septa broaden
below to become lobate, although the character of the inner lobes
cannot be discerned. The septa are alternately thick and thin, the
former meeting the columella, their septal margins rather coarsely

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 425

dentate and descending steeply before rising into paliform lobes, The
faces of the septa are granulate, the granulations aligned in short
tiers on the trabeculae.

The costae are conterminous with the septa, are subequal to
alternating, and are coarsely granular; they descend down the sides
of the corallites to the base, but generally do not continue on to the
valley floor between them. However, near the base of the corallum
proper, the costae continue as a stream on to the under sides and
over the pedicel below.

The endothecal dissepiments are membranous, dividing the in-
terior into narrow rectangular cells. The exothecal laminae are coarse
and crinkled, subequal to unequal in size, and connect adjoining
corallites; there are four to six of them to the centimeter. The
columella is composed of a few twisted trabeculae, and is about
one millimeter in breadth in a monostomodaeal calice. In polystomo-
daeal calices the individual columellas may be connected by a single
directive septum or lamina.

Measurements. — Holotype (USNM 325299a): corallum height
140 mm, width below middle 107 mm 91 mm; pedunculate area
55 mm X 47 mm. Paratype (USNM 325299b): corallum height
52 mm, diameter of head 60 mm & 55 mm. USGS specimen 325300
(3300): corallum fragment, height 65 mm, diameter of head 45
mm < 35 mm.

Localities. — Caloosahatchee River and Shell Creek, Florida.
The Shell Creek locality for D. caloosahatcheensts is for USGS speci-
men 325300 (3300), collected by Frank Burns, and labeled Dicho-
coenia stokesi M. Edw. & H. but with the specific name stokest
crossed out.

Comparisons. — This species is so similar to Dichocoenta stokesu
Edwards and Haime sensu lato that it might be considered the same
or a variant thereof under its broad taxonomic latitude. However,
I have neither seen nor gathered from the literature that D. stokesu
is peduncular and for that reason plus the fact that Vaughan, who
had many good specimens of D,. stokesw in the U.S. National
Museum to compare it with, thought D. caloosahatcheensis was
distinct, also persuade me to consider D. caloosahatcheensis as a
new species. Another species closely related to, if not identical with
D. caloosahatcheensis is Dichocoema merriamt (Vaughan) (1917,

426 BuLLetin 285

pp. 370, 371, pl. XCIV, figs. 1, la) from the Carrizo Creek Forma-
tion of California. In discussing D. merriamt, Vaughan (1917, p.
371) stated: “A closely related species is found in the Pliocene
Caloosahatchee marl of Florida, but descriptions and figures of it
have not been published.” The Florida taxon referred to by Vaughan
is D. caloosahatcheensis, n. sp., and although I see little to dif-
ferentiate the two, Vaughan must have been able to separate them,
possibly taking into account the vast distance separating the two
similar taxa.

Compared with the peduncular Barysmilia intermedia Duncan
(1863, pp. 431, 432, pl. 15, fig. 4) from the upper Miocene of the
Dominican Republic and with the peduncular Dichocoenia eminens,
n. sp. from the Pliocene Caloosahatchee Marl of Florida, D. caloosa-
hatcheensts is distinguished by its smaller, closer, and considerably
less elevated calices.

Dichocoenia eminens, new species
Pl. 53, figs. 1-3; Pl. 54, figs. 1, 2; Pl. 55, figs. 1-3

1919. Dichocoecnia new species Vaughan, nomen nudum, U.S. Nat. Mus.,

Bull., vol. 103, No. 9, p. 222.

This species is described from two specimens in the Florida
State University collection (PG-2a and FLX-14a) and from two
specimens in the collection of the National Museum of Natural
History (325293 #44995 and 325305 +3206).

The adult corallum is large, plocoid, low conical to ellipsoidal,
and massive, with an evenly rounded hemispherical head. Below,
specimen PG-2a has irregularly bulging sides which converge to a
robust pedunculate base. Specimen FLX-14a is also pedunculate.
USNM specimen 325293, however, is not now pedunculate, having
a slightly convex base with a central concave area covered by coral-
lites like those on the evenly hemispherical upper surface. It is in-
ferred that this specimen was originally pedunculate, but that the
pedicel was broken off, and that calicular growth continued over
the scarred area. Specimen USNM 325305 is a large hemispherical
form, the lower portion of which has been sectioned.

The corallites on the head are erect and protuberant in marked
degree, their elevations varying from 12 mm to 18 mm on the upper
surface to as much as 37 mm on the sides. The summits of the coral-
lites conform with the arc of sphericity so that the top of the coral-

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 427

lum is evenly convex. The corallites are rather regularly distributed
and arise in discrete series of twos and threes from their bases, the
bases separated 4 mm to 6 mm from their nearest neighbors. The
coenosteum between the corallites is thick and granular.

The calices, whose long axis is in no definite direction, are oval
or narrowly elliptical and compressed on the sides, or trilobate. The
oval calices are generally monostomodeal, the elliptical ones disto-
modaeal, the trilobed ones tristomodaeal. The wall of the calices is
thin at the calicular margin but thickens progressively to the base
where it may attain a thickness of nearly 2 mm. A typical oval calice
measures 7 mm X 5.5 mm and bear 30 septa; an average elliptical
calice measures 14 mm in length, 5 mm across the compressed sides,
and 6 mm in width near each end, with a total of 66 septa; an
average calice with three centers measures 11 mm X& 9 mm, with
64 septa. The longest calice is an elliptical one 16 mm in length
with 72 septa in a corallite 17 mm high. The calices are moderately
deep, 3 mm to 5 mm.

The character of the septa is well displayed in a young cluster
growing out of the side of specimen PG-2a. In one typical oval
calice 8.5 mm & 4.5 mm, with 70 septa and a depth of 3.5 mm in a
corallite 4.3 mm in height above the coenosteum, all of the septa
are laminar and a little exsert. The septa occur in four cycles and are
inserted in two alternating series of thicker and thinner ones. The
septa of the first cycle are a little larger and slightly more exsert
than the secondaries, the secondaries are perceptibly larger than the
tertiaries, and the tertiaries larger than the quaternaries which are
the thinnest of all and extend only part way down the wall. The
larger septa are of moderate breadth and descend rather steeply to
some distance before the columella where the margins of most are
notched to form pronounced paliform lobes. The lobes are normally
narrow, erect, and frondose, and are thick where they merge with the
columella. The margins of the septa are faintly beaded, and the faces
of the septa are set with small pointed granulations.

The costae are conterminous with, and by virtue of the veneer
of peritheca, somewhat thicker than the septa. They extend down
the full length of the wall to the edge of the coenosteum on which
they dissipate into granulations. There is one costa for each septum,
but are alternately thicker and thinner in one series rather than

428 BuLLETIN 285

corresponding to the varying thicknesses of the four-cycled septa.
The costae are granular as is the peritheca. The endothecal dissepi-
ments are relatively thin and short and are roughly one millimeter
apart in long rectangular cells. The exotheca is well developed, the
dissepiments wide and crinkled and alternating in size, about 5 of
them to the centimeter.

The columella is trabecular and spongy, and averages 0.5 mm in
width.

The two USNM ocoralla 325293 and 325305, which were
labeled “cotypes” of Dichocoenta eminens by Vaughan, represent an
invalid species the description of which I believe was to have been
incorporated in a work contemplated by Dr. Vaughan but never
brought to fruition in published form. It is further suggested that
Dichocoenia eminens was applied by Vaughan to replace his Dicho-
coenia, new species Vaughan (1919, p. 222) which itself is a nomen
nudum. Nevertheless the name Dichocoenta eminens is so appro-
priate it 1s retained in the presnt paper, with the holotype designated
as PG-2a, the paratype as FLX-14a, and the “cotypes” as USNM
325293 and 325305,

Measurements. — Holotype (PG-2a): corallum width 96 mm,
height (maximum) 80 mm, diameter of base or attachment area 50
mm X 40 mm; embedded young corallum, length 31 mm, width 21
mm, height 15 mm. Paratype (FLX-14a): corallum head, including
projecting corallites 144 mm 127 mm, height 115 mm, diameter
of base or attachment area 34 mm < 20 mm. “Cotype” 325293;
length 162 mm, width 155 mm, height 104 mm. “Cotype” 325305:
corallum length 206 mm, width 185 mm, height above cut section
136 mm.

Localities. —The locality of PG-2a is 3.5 miles southeast of
Punta Gorda, Charlotte County, Florida, 1.4 miles south of the en-
trance to Tee and Green Estates, on the road to the Punta Gorda
airport. Collected by Leslie Dyet, 16 February 1968. The locality
of FLX-14a, which is the best preserved of the four specimens, is
not known but presumed to have been collected in the Caloosa-
hatchee Marl in the Caloosahatchee River or in Charlotte County.
“Cotypes” 325293 and 325305 are reported to have come from the
Caloosahatchee River.

Comparisons. — The new dichocoenid, Dichocoema eminens, is

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 429

distinguished by, among other characters, its unusually long pro-
tuberant corallites, its prominent costae, and in some specimens its
large pedunculate base. It may be compared with Dichocoenia por-
cata (Lamarck), Dichocoenia stokes Edwards and Haime, Bary-
smilia intermedia Duncan, and Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan. The
latter two species were synonymized with Dichocoenia stokesu by
Gregory (1895, pp. 268, 269).

On the type of Dichocoenta porcata (Lamarck), as described
and illustrated by Matthai (1928, pp. 197-199, pl. 45, fig. 2), the
corallites although indeed protuberant are not nearly so much so
as on D. eminens; also, the calices of D. porcata are far more diverse
and in greater disarray, and the base not peduncular as on D.
eminens. The corallites of Dichocoenia stokesti are even less elevated
than those of D. porcata, and D. stokesii has a flattish rather than
pediculate base. Barysmilia intermedia Duncan (1863, pp. 431, 432,
pl. 15, fig. 4), with its trunklike basal prolongation and elevated
calices, is similar to D. eminens, but the calices are lower, larger,
and broader, the costae finer, and the columella rudimentary. Like
B. intermedia, Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan (1863, p. 432, pl. 15,
figs. 5a, 5b) is also from the upper Miocene of the Dominican Re-
public and resembles both Barysmilia intermedia and Dichocoenia |
stokesu, but Vaughan (1919, p. 360) implied that neither D. twberosa
nor D. stokesi is peduncular as is D. eminens, the new species.

Because all of the known species mentioned above have been
synonymized with Dichocoenia stokesti Edwards and Haime by one
author or another, it may be appropriate to list the references to
D. stokestt, which follow:

Dichocoenia stokesii Edwards and Haime

1816. Astrea porcata Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 260.
non Madrepora porcata Esper, Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere, vol.
1, p. 88, pl. 71, 1797; non Astraea porcata Esper, Dana, U.S. Exploring
Exped. 1838- 1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, p. 225, pl. 2, fig. 5, 1848; nec Favia
porcata Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Abhandl. 1832, p. 318. [Fide
Matthai, 1928, p. 198.]

1824. Astrea porcata Lamarck, Lamouroux, Encyclopédie Méthodique, vol. 2,
peisZ:

1836. Astrea porcata Milne Edwards, in Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.,
ed. 2, vol. 2, pp. 406, 407.

1848. Dichocoenia Stokesii Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3,
vol) 10) pi 307s (pl. 7, figs, 3. 3ias

1857. Dichocoenia porcata and D. Stokesii Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire
Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, pp. 199,
200, pl. D1, fig. 10.

430

1861.

1861.

1863.
1863.
1866.
1866.

1866.

1866.
1868.
1870.
1870.
1871.
1877.
1880.
1881.
1886.
1895.
1898.
1900.
1901.
1902.
1902.
1907.
1909.

1917.

1919.

1921.

BuLLeTIN 285

Dichocoenia Stokesi M. Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing and Miche-
lotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem. ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 341.

Dichocoenia cassiopea and D. pulcherrima Duchassaing and Michelotti,
R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 341, 342. [Fide Gregory,
1895, p. 268.]

Barysmilia intermedia Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 19,
pp. 431, 432, pl. 15, fig. 4. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 269.]

Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 19,
p. 432, pl. 15, figs. 5a, 5b. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 268.]

Barysmilia intermedia Duncan, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 165. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 269.}
Dichocoenia Stokesi M. Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing and Miche-
lotti, R. Acad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 166, 167.
Dichocoenia cassiopea, pulcherrima, acquinoxialis, elliptica, pauciflora
Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Acad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol.
23, pp. 166, 167, pl. 9, figs. 5, 6, 9-12. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 198.]
Dichocoenta tuberosa Duncan, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 168.

Barysmilia intermedia Duncan and Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan, Geol.
Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24, p. 23.

Dichocoenia cassiopea, pulcherrima, aequinoxtalis, elliptica, tuberosa,
phytes at des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 27.

Dichocoenia cassiopea, pulcherrima, aequinoxtalis, elliptica, tuberosa,
Duchassaing, ibid, p. 27.

Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Me., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 68.

Dichocoenia Stokesi Edwards and Haime, Lindstrom, K. Svenska
Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 22.

Dichocoenia porcata (non auct.) Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem. vol.
7, No. 1, pl. 10, figs. 1-15. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 269.]

Dichocoenia Stokesi Edwards and Haime, Quenstedt, Patrefactenkunde
Deutschlands, vol. 6, p. 992, pl. 181, fig. 45.

Dichocoenia pauciflora Duchassaing and Michelotti, Quelch, Voyage
H. M. S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 12.
Dichocoenia Stokesit M.-Edwards and Haime, Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lon-
don, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 268, 269, 285.

Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, in Hill, Mus. Comp.
Zool., Bull., vol. 28, p. 275.

Diploria Stokesi Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
andiSci. Drans.. vol. 10) art. XCbVe ip. 552:

Dichocoenia stokesi Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, Rijksmus.
Geol. en Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, p. 9.
Dichocoenia stokesi Milne Edwards and Haime, Duerden, Nat. Acad.
Sci., Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 572, 573, pl. 16, figs. 117-120.
Dichocoenia Stokesi M.-Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, im Spencer,
Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, No. 21, p. 361.

Dichcoenia Stokesi Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad.
Arts and Sci., Trans:, vol? 12, art. Il, pt. 5; p. 209:

Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 7 (for 1908), p. 132.

Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan,
and Barysmilia intermedia Duncan, Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 98-T, p. 371, pl. XCIV, figs. 2, 2a.

Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.
103, No. 9, pp. 223, 360.

Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, in Vaughan ef al.,
Geol. Survey Dominican Republic, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 163(?), 167.

1927.
1927.

1928.

1944,
1948.
1954.
1954.
1956.
1958.
1958.
1958.
1959.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.

1961.

1962.

1963.

1963.

1964.

1966.

1967.
1967.
1969.

FLoriIpDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 431

Dichococnia Stokesi M. Edwards and Haime, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus
I: Animalia, pars 35, p. 305.

Dichocoenia porcata Milne Edwards and Haime, van der Horst, Bijdr.
Dierk. Amsterdam, vol. 25, p. 159.

Dichocoenia Stokesii Milne Edwards and Haime, Matthai, Catalogue of
the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol.
7, pp. 198-201, pl. 44, fig. 1; pl. 45, figs. 2, 5; pl. 72, fig. 8a.
Dichocoenia stokesi Milne-Edwards and Haime, Wells, Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 18, No. 5, p. 446.

Dichocoenia stokesii Edwards and Haime, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals,
pp: 62, 70! 93; 94, pl. 31.

Dichocoenia stokesii Edwards and Haime, Fontaine, Ann. Rept. Inst.
Jamaica 1953-1954, p. 25.

Dichocoenia stokesii Edwards and Haime, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Serv., Fishery Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Dichocoenia (Dichocoenia) stokesi Edwards and Haime, Wells, Treatise
on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F415, fig. 315, Ib.
Dichocoenia stokesi Milne-Edwards and Haime, DuBar, Florida Geol.
Survey, Geol. Bull., No. 40, p. 121.

Dichocoenia stokesti Edwards and Haime, Zans, Geol. Survey Dept.
Jamaica, W.I., Bull., No. 3, p. 32.

Dichocoenia stokesi Milne-Edwards and Haime, Squires, Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227, 228, 232, 238, 257, pl. 34, fig. 4.
Dichocoenia stokesi Milne Edwards and Hajime, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2,
INO331 5p. 29:

Dichocoenia stokesii Milne Edwards and Haime, Goreau, Ecology, vol.
40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 79, 85.

Dichocoenia stokesii Milne Edwards and Haime, Lewis, Barbados Mus.
and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 12.

Dichocoenia stokesii Milne Edwards and Haime, Lewis, Canadian Jour.
Zool., vol. 38, No. 5, pp. 1135, 1140.

Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. '
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 30, 31, figs. 19, 20.
Dichocoenia stokesi M. Edwards and Haime, Westermann and Kiel,
Natuurwetensch. Studiekring Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24,
pp. 131, 136.

Dichocoenia stokesii Milne-Edwards and Haime, Stoddart, Atoll Res.
Bull= Nos87, pps 18).19) figsal 2:

Dichocoenia stokesii Milne-Edwards and Haime, Almy and Carrién
Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci. vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 143, 157, 161, pl. 17,
fig. a.

Dichocoenia stokesii Edwards and Haime, Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 284.

Dichocoenia stokesii Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 13, 23, 27,
32, 35, 48.

Dichocoenia stokesi Milne Edwards and Haime, Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist.
nat., Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 285, 288, pl. 1, fig. 1,
text-fig. 3.

Dichocoenia stokesii Milne-Edwards and Haime, Goreau and Wells, Bull.
Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

Dichocoenia stokesii (Edwards and Haime), Roos, Growth and Occur-
rence of the Reef Coral Porites astreoides Lamarck, pp. 10, 12.
Dichocoenia stokesi Milne Edwards and Haime, Wells, in DuBar, Gulf
Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., Soc. Econom. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect., Ann.
Meet., Field Trip Number Four, p. 141.

432 BULLETIN 285

1970. Dichocoenia (Dichocoenia) stokesii: Milne Edwards and Haime, Klose,
in letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April 1970, pp. 2-7.

1971. Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Olivares and Leonard, Inst.
Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 51, 52, 56, table
1 pl lie tigs: «©. 1):

1971. Dichocoenia stokesi Edwards and Haime, Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, table 1.

1971. Dichocoenia stokesii Milne-Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the
Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4,
16, 18, 19, 22-36, 38, 39, 77, 78, pls. 41-43, text-fig. 38.

1972. Dichocoenia stokesii Milne Edwards and "Haime, Macintyre, Amer. Assoc.
Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 731, 732.

1972. Dichocoenia ‘siokesti Edwards and Haime, Campos Villarroel, Soc. Vene-
zolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 549, 553, 574, 575, 578,
fig. 12, pl. 9C.

Range and distribution.— The geologic range of Dichocoema
stokesi is Mio-Pliocene ? to Recent and the geographic range from
Florida to Venezuela.

Mio-Pliocene — Dominican Republic ? (Cerros de Sal Forma-
tion, Provincia de Barahona).

Pliocene — Florida (Caloosahatchee Marl).

Pleistocene — Florida (dredged from harbor at Port Everglades,
Broward County; Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite dredged
in the Florida Keys, Monroe County in main ship channel in front
of Old Fort Taylor; in channel between Stock Island and Cow Key;
off eastern tip of Stock Island; in northern end of Raccoon Bay);
Dominican Republic; St. Eustatius; St. Kitts; Montserrat; Barbados
(low level terraces near Bridgetown).

Recent — Florida (southeastern patch reefs); Bahamas
(Bimini; Andros Island; Hogg Island; Rabbit Cay; Turtle Rocks);
Tortugas; Cuba; Jamaica (2 m to 40 m; Ocho Rios); Pedro
Bank; British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Lighthouse Reef);
Puerto Rico (in back reef in water deeper than 5 ft.); St. Thomas
(24 m to 74 m); St. Bartholomew (36 m to 38 m); Montserrat (33
m to 40 m); Guadeloupe (26 m to 34 m); Dominica; Anguilla;
Barbados (west coast); Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Cudarebe,
Arashi, Boca Catalina, Malmok, Barcadera). Bonaire (Goto, Jan
Doran, Barcadera, Plaja Sarna, Baca, Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan,
Oranje Pan, Lagin). Curacao (Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Porto-
maribaai, Daaibooibaai, Vaarsenbaai, Sint Michielsbaai, Piscadera-
baai, Spaanse Water, Klein Curacao). Saba (Fort Bay). St. Eusta-
tius (Gallows Bay). St. Martin (Mullet Pond Bay, Mahé Bay,
Great Bay); Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz, Edo. Anzoategui; Bahia

Fioriwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 433

de Mochima, Edo. Sucre at Playa Blanca de Las Maritas, Punta
Blanca de Guaigua, Ensenada Guaigua, Ensenada Cabruta Blanca,
Ensenada Cabruta Roja, Ensenada Mangle Quemao, Ensenada Fl
Aguirre, Ensenada El Inglés, E. Carenero, E. de Centeno, E. Piedra
Pelona, E. Garrapata, E. La Ballena, E. Las Maritas, Barranca de
Mochima, Playa Blanca de Guaigua, Punta San Agustin, Punta
Aceite de Palo, Punta Las Maritas, Punta Botella, Punta de Leon,
Costica Mano E’Piedra, Lance Manguillas, Costa Maringinia; Golfo
de Cariaco, Zonas B, C, D, I).

The original description of Dichocoenia stokesii by Edwards
and Haime is as follows.

3. Dichocoenia Stokesii.
(Pe eetige353.a°)

Polypier en masse légerement convexe, trés largement fixé, a
plateau commun nu et finement strié. Calices trés écartés en général
subelliptiques, ne s’élevant que peu ou point au-dessus du coenenchyme,
qui offre unie surface fortement granuleuse et chagrinée. Cétes trés peu
marquées. Fossettes assez profondes. Columelle peu développée, sub-
papilleuse. Trois cycles complets. Cloisons peu débordantes, trés épaisses,
peu inégales, a bord entier et fortement arqué, A faces granulées et
striées prés du bord. On voit des palis devant les primaires et les sec-
ondaires, et méme devant les tertiaires. Largeur des calices, de 5 a 8
millim; leur profondeur, 2 ou 3.

Habite Cuba. — Coll. Stokes.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg Pie 56" fig.

1834. Maeandra (Platygyra) spatiosa, M. (Dendrogyra) cylindrus, and M.
(D.) caudex Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832, pp.
324, 325. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 170.]

1846. Meandrina cylindrus (Ehrenberg), M. caudex (Ehrenberg), and M.
(Platygyra) spatiosa (Ehrenberg), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-
1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 255, 256.

1848. Dendrogyra cylindrus and D. caudex Ehrenberg, Milne Edwards and
Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 10, pp. 280, 281, pl.
6, figs. 9, 9a.

1851. Dendrogyra cylindrus, D. caudex, and D. spatiosa Ehrenberg, Milne Ed-
wards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 55.

1857. Dendrogyra cylindrus, D. caudex, and D. spatiosa Ehrenberg, Milne Ed-
wards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes
proprement dits, vol. 2, p. 202.

1861. Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 341.

1866. Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg and Dendrogyra Sancti-Hilarii Duchas-
saing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp.
165, 166.

1871. Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.,
vol. 2, No. 4, p. 69.

1895. Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Gregory, Geol. Soc. Londen, Quart.
Jour:, vole 51. "p! 263:

1901. Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral.
Leiden, Samml., ser. 2. vol. 2, No. 1, p. 49.

434

1901.
1906.

1928.

1943.
1948.
1954.
1956.
1959.
1959.
1960.
1960.
1961.
1962.
1963.
1964.
1967.
1967.
1970.

LOA:

1972.

BULLETIN 285

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and
Seis, Drans. vols 11) Pt. vant. Vespa iss.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and
Sci, inans:, volv 12) art espt;5.0p..2095

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Matthai, Catalogue of the Madre-
porarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, pp.
111, 169-171, pl. 43, fig. 6; pl. 49, fig. 3; pl. 51, fig. 1; pl. 64, figs. 7, 9;
pl. 65, figs. 6, 9; pli 66; fig: 1:

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 189, 329, pl. 37, figs. 5, 5a.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62,
69, 94, 95, pls. 32, 33.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv.,
Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Milne Edwards and Haime, Wells, Treatise on
Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F415, fig. 315, 2a, 2b.
Dendrogyra cylindrus Milne Edwards and Haime, Zans, Geonotes, vol.
2, No. 1, pp. 29, 34.

Dendrogyra cylindrus (Ehrenberg), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp.
70, 75, 79, 85, fig. 16.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38,
No. 6, pp. 1135, 1140.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist.
Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 12.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 28, 29, figs. 17, 18.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp.
18-21, 24-26, figs. 11, 12.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean
Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 137, 141, 143, 157, 161, pl. XVIIb.
Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 13, 23-28, 32, 35, 41, 48.
Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Roos, Growth and Occurrence of the
reef coral Porites astreoides Lamarck... p. 21.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci.,
vol. 17, No. 2, p. 448.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Milne Edwards and Haime, Klose, in letter to
R. O. Vernon 30 April 1970, pp. 2, 4.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao
and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 3, 18, 19, 22-24, 26, 28-
30, 32, 76, 77, figs. 4-4, 37, pls. 38, 39.

Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg, Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, p. 731.

According to Matthai (1928, p. 170), Ehrenberg’s type speci-

men (No. 4445 in the Berlin Museum), is a branch broken off a
colony, forked at the free end and bearing three humps. The coral-
lum rises into more or less cylindrical branches up to 30 cm in
height, but the base of attachment is broad. There is a great varia-
tion at the extremities of the two arms of the fork, where the colline,
columella, and septa are considerably attenuated. On the flattened
region between the two arms, the valleys have become straight and
narrow. Often the valleys are short, occasionally somewhat straight,

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 435

3 mm to 6 mm in width and 2.5 mm to 3 mm in depth. Several
single corallites are also present. The collines are 3 mm to 5 mm
in thickness, the upper surface granular and usually with a median
shallow groove.

There are seven to ten septa in one centimeter; the thicker ones
(1 mm) extend to the columella, and are exsert up to 1.25 mm, the
exsert ends arched, usually with sharp margins, terminating at the
edge of the colline groove. The columella is solid, about 1 mm thick,
the centers not marked. Where the columella is absent, opposing
broader septa sometimes meet across the bottom of the valley.

Smith (1948, p. 94) added that the septa are not dentate at
the margin but are granular on the sides.

Measurements. — The type, which is broken, measures 300 mm
in height, with diameters of 95 mm & 55 mm.

Localities. — The fossil Dendrogyra cylindrus occurs in the
Pleistocene of Florida in the Keys where it was excavated by
dredging.

Range and distribution. — Pleistocene to Recent; Florida to
Barbados.

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite/Key Largo Limestone
dredged off Old Fort Taylor on Key West, and off the eastern tip»
of Stock Island, Monroe County); Barbados (low level reefs).

Recent — Florida (Florida reef along southeast coast); Baha-
mas (Nassau, New Providence; Andros Island); British Honduras
(Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef);
Jamaica (Ocho Rios; 2 m to 20 m); Puerto Rico (Cayo Turrumote;
Cayo Icacos); Guadeloupe; Barbados (15 m to 24 m, off west
coast); Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Barcadera). Curacao (Playa
Kalki, Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Portomaribaai, Vaarsenbaai, St.
Michielsbaai, Piscaderabaai. Bonaire (Plaja Frans, Jan Doran-
Barcadera, Klein Bonaire, Blauwe Pan-Witte Pan).

MUSSIDAE
Mussa angulosa (Pallas) Pl. 57, figs. 1, 2

1758. Fungus marinus, etc. Seba, Locupletissimij Rerum Naturalium Thesauri,
vol. 3, p. 201, pl. 109, Nos. 2, 3. [Fide Edwards and Haime, 1849, p. 245.]

1766. Amaranthus saxeus Knorr, Deliciae Naturae, vol. 1, p. 15, pl. A3, fig. 1-
[Fide Edwards and Haime, 1849, p. 245.]

1766. Madrepora angulosa Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, pp. 299, 300.

1866.

1870.

1871.

1877.

1877.

BuLuetin 285

. Madrepora angulosa Pallas, Ellis and Solander, The Natural History

of ... Zoophytes, pp. 152, 153, pl. 34.

. Madrepora carduus Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of . . . Zoo-

phytes, p. 153, pl. 35. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 204.]

. Madrepora angulosa Pallas, Esper, Die Eflensendibes in Abbildungen,

pp. 92-95, pl.. 7.

: Madrepora lacera (pars) Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen, p.

148plh 258 figs: 1, 2\( 2).

. Madrepora angulosa Pallas, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1,

Pt6, sp. S791.

. Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, Theil

III, Abt. 1, p. 73.

2Caryophyllia carduus (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim.
sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 229.

. Lithodendron angulosum (Pallas), Schweigger, Handbuch der Natur-

geschichte, p. 416.

Caryophyllia angulosa (Pallas), Lamouroux, Encyclopédie Méthodique,
p. 173.

. Lobophyllia angulosa (Pallas), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences

Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 321.

. Lobophyllia angulosa (Pallas), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de

Zoophytologie, p. 355; non pl. 53, fig. 3. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 204.]
Caryophyllia angulosa (pars) and ?C. lacera Ehrenberg, Akad. Wiss.
Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832, pp. 315, 316. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 204.]
Caryophyllia angulosa (Pallas), Caryophyllia sinuosa Lamarck, and
Caryophyllia carduus (Ellis and Solander), Edwards, in Lamarck, Hist.
Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, pp. 55-57.

. Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol.

7, Zoophytes, p. 176, pl. 8, fig. 4.

: Lobophyllia anaalaie (Pallas), Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat.

Paris, sér. 3, vol. 11, p. 245.

: Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.,

Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 78.
2?Caryophyllia lacera (Pallas) and L. cubensis Edwards and Haime, His-
toire des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, pp. 291, 292.

. Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des

Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 2, pp. 329, 330.
2?Lithophyllia lacera (Pallas), L. cubensis M.-Edwards and Haime,
2L. argemone, ?L. dubia, ?L. cylindrica Duchassaing and Michelotti,
R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 343, 344, pl. 9, figs. 12,
15, 17, 18; pl. 10, fig. 15. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 205.]

2?Lithophyllia lacera (Pallas), ?L. cubensis M. Edwards and Haime,
Mussa carduus (Ellis and Solander), Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Mussa
(Caryophyllia) sinuosa Lamarck, ?Lithophyllia argemone, ?L. dubia,
?L. cylindrica, ?L. multilamella, ?L. radians Duchassaing and Miche-
lotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 171, 172, 173, pl.
8, figs. 3, 4, 12. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 205.]

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des
Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 29.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2,
No. 4, p:.72.

2Scolymia cubensis (Edwards and Haime), ?S. lacera (Pallas), ?S.
dubia (Duchassaing and Michelotti), Briggemann, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 4, vol. 20, pp. 303, 304. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 205.]
Lithophyllia cubensis M.-Edwards and Haime, L. argemone?, L. cylin-
drica Duchassaing and Michelotti, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Sci. Médi-
cas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 276.

1888.
1895.
1901.

1901.

1906.
1919.
1921.
1927.

1928.

1929.
1943.
1948.
1954.
1954.
1956.
1958.

1959.
1959.

119/59):
1960.

1960.
1961.
1962.
1963.

1964.

1966.
1967.

1969.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 437

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 3, p.
168.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol.
Sipe Zoe.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas) Oken, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
drans:, vol. 1) Pt art. IV, ps isl.

2Lithophyllia lacera (Pallas), ?L. cubensis M. Edwards and Haime,
Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral. Leiden,
Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 6, 8, 12.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., vol.
12 earts espe. Oyep. 209.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9,
p. 214.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Republic,
Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

?Mussa lacera (Pallas), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol.
25, p. 159.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Matthai, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, pp. 17, 203, 204-
208, 210, 215, pl. 25, fig. 4; pl. 46, fig. 4; pl. 47, fig. 6; pl. 64, figs. 1-3;
ple 68,) fig-1 2:

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia, pars
44, p. 545.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec.
Pap., No. 44, pp. 192, 331, pl. 39, fig. 1.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62, 67, 96,
pls. 34, 35.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-
1954, p. 25.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Wells Treatise on Paleontology, Pt. F, Co-
elenterata, p. F418, figs. 232B, 318, 9.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull.,
INo* 35, (p. 32.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 29, 35.
Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskin, Inst.
Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, p. 19.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 85.
Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jours vol. 28; No.1 sipi 12:

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6,
pp. 1135, 1138, 1140.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba],
ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 56, 57, figs. 45, 46.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Stoddart,.Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 18, 19,
28.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Almy and Carién-Torres, Caribbean Jour.
Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 143, 158, 162, pl. XVIIIa.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 13, 15, 16, 23, 25, 27, 29,
32, 37, 38, 43, 48, pl. VIII, figs. 14-6, 44-3.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Rigby and MaclIntire, Brigham Young Univ.
Geol. Studies, vol. 13, p. 36.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17,
No. 2, p. 449.

Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Logan, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Mem. 11,
Dp S25 153%

438 BuLLeTIN 285

1970. Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Klose, im letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April 1970,

1971. De ie ee (Pallas), Olivares, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol.,
vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73, 74, 75.

1971. Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 22, 24, 25, 75, 80, 100,
figs. 7, 8, 40, pls. XXII, XXIV.

1971. Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Olivares and Leonard, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ.
Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49, 52, 61, 63, table 1, pl. VII, figs. C, D.

1972. Mussa angulosa (Pallas), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 549, 551, 575, 578, fig. 13, pl. 10C.

The following description is adapted from that of Matthai
(1928, p. 205) and Smith (1948, p. 96).

The corallum is more or less conical and convex on the upper
surface, with heavy branching corallites diverging upward from
a smallish base and terminating in large calices expanded at the
margin. The calices or valleys are up to 120 mm in length, 40 mm
to 50 mm in maximum width, and about 20 mm in width between
centers. In outline, the calices are rarely subcircular, more often oval
to elliptical and compressed at the sides, and sometimes subpoly-
gonal. There are one, two, or three columellar centers, and the
valleys are constricted between these centers. The walls are 6 mm
to 8 mm in thickness, and are often angular.

There are about eight septa in one centimeter, four or five of
them principals, sloping to meet the columella. The margins of the
septa are provided with eight to ten conspicuous bluntly-pointed
teeth, broad at the base and directed obliquely upward, the upper
ones the larger, up to 4 mm or 5 mm in length and 3 mm in width
at the base. The sides of the septa are spinulose. The summits of
the septa are considerably exsert, the principal ones about 6 mm
or 7 mm, the exsert ends with two teeth. The principal septa are
much broader and thicker (about 2 mm) than the subsidiaries, and
this contrast is a distinguishing character of the species. The
columella is well developed, the centers 4 mm or 5 mm in width,
composed of thin closely interlaced trabeculae. The costae are
prominent (up to 4 mm in height at the corallite rim), conterminous
with the exsert ends of the septa, extending down the wall, with
teeth obliquely directed upward, and decreasing in length from
above downward.

Measurements. — The specimen illustrated is the one shown by

Roos (1964, pl. VIII) which was collected “live” from Piscadera-

FLoriDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 439

baai, Curacao. The actual diameters of the head of this specimen
are about 167 mm 158 mm, and the height of the corallum about
330 mm.

Range and distribution.— The recorded geographic range of
Mussa angulosa is Florida to Venezuela; the geologic range is Pleisto-
cene to Recent.

Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite/Key Largo Limestone
dredged off the eastern tip of Stock Island, and excavated from marl
pits alongside Card Sound Bridge, Key Largo, Monroe County);
Dominican Republic (coast limestone at Barbacoa, Provincia Bara-
hona).

Recent — Florida (Florida Keys; Tortugas); Bahamas; Cuba;
Jamaica (1.5 m - 59 m; Ocho Rios); Pedro Bank; British Honduras
(Rendezvous Cay, Glover’s Reef); Mexico (Isla de Lobos; Alacran
Reef; Yucatan Shelf); Puerto Rico (Cayo Enrique, Cayo San
Cristobal, Cayo Caballo Ahogado); St. Thomas; Martinique; Bar-
bados (west coast); Curacao (Plaja Kalki, Vaarsenbaai, Sint
Michielsbaai, Piscaderabaai 10 m - 25 m, Sta. Martha Baai, Spaanse
Water); Bonaire (Slagbaai); Venezuela (Bahia de Mochima, Edo.
Sucre, at Playa Blanca de Maritas, Ensenada El] Muerto, Ensenada
FE] Aguirre, Ensenada Las Maritas, Ensenada Burgao, Ensenada.
Ballena, Ensenada FE] Inglés, Ensenada Carenero, Ensenada Cabruta,
Costa Maringinia, Barranca de Mochima, and Punta Aguirre; Golfo
de Cariaco).

Isophyilia ? desotoensis, new species PISS 2 fies. io

The single incomplete corallum is small, depressed, and irregu-
larly suboval in outline, with a slightly convex calicinal surface and
a flattish, undulatory base which seems to have been the attachment
area. The calices are relatively large for the small size of the coral-
lum, and afe horseshoe-shaped, oval or sinuously elongate. The val-
leys widen toward the rim and several of them have a radial ar-
rangement away from the elongated one traversing the middle of the
calicinal surface. Some of the valleys are continuous but at least one
is completely closed and there may be others such on a larger
corallum. The collines are well rounded and grooved along the crest,
the groove produced by a notch or flexure or slight offset in the
exsert summit of conterminous septa as they arch over the crest.

440 BuLLeTIN 285

The average width of the collines is 4.5 mm and their height about
3.5 mm. The average width of the valleys from colline to colline is
7.5 mm. The columella is narrow, trabecular, and spongy, and
varies in width from 0.5 mm to 1.7 mm.

There are 14 to 16 septa per centimeter of which eight or more
are the principals, and six or more the subsidiaries. The larger septa
are continuous over the collines albeit flexed or slightly severed at
the crest. In one place near the edge of the corallum there is a
smooth expanse of thickened coenosteum or ambulacra through
which the columnar denticles of the septal margin protrude. The
principal septa are subequal, exsert (up to 1.8 mm), and sturdy, a
number of them thicker at the wall than at the columella, rendering
them cuneate or wedge-shaped. The septa are broadly arched over
the crest of the colline but below the arch the margins slope steeply
to the columella where the inner ends of the septa merge with it.
Here and there the septal margin is indented before the columella
but no true paliform lobes are recognizable. The minor septa are
thinner than the majors and extend part way down the wall; how-
ever, they too are denticulate along the margin and bear minute
spiny granulations on the sides. On the margins of the principal
septa, from the exsert summit to the columella, there are 10 to 15
denticles: 10 on a septum 2.8 mm in length, 11 on a septum 3.4 mm
in length, and 15 on a septum 4.5 mm in length. On the exsert por-
tion of the septum these dentations may be discrete, elongated, and
columnar, somewhat like those on the comb of a fowl, but farther
down the margin they are blunt and rounded. On the faces of the
principal septa are small pointed granulations arranged in tiers, each
tier represented at the margin by a considerably larger dentation.

Locally there are vestiges of epitheca over the non-calicinal
surface.

Measurements. — Holotype (SP-3a): corallum length 26.5 mm,
width 21 mm, height 11.5 mm.

Locality. — Warren Brothers Pits (in spoil) 4 miles east of
US 301, Sarasota, Sarasota County, Florida, on Newbern Road 0.4
miles north of the intersection with 17th Street. Collector and donor:
Joseph E. Banks. Pinecrest formation.

Comparison. — This species is akin to the Pleistocene and Recent
Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander). However, J. desotoensis dif-

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 441

fers from J. sinwosa in having nearly double the number of septa per
centimeter, in having much narrower valleys, and in having more
robust dentations on the septal margins. Nevertheless the Recent
I. sinuosa is such a variable species that the fossil form here described
under the name of J. desotoensis may fall within the limits of that
variability. If it does, the range of J. sinuosa can be extended back to
the Mio-Pliocene, although more specimens of the newly created
I. desotoensis are needed for confirmation. Superficially J. desotoensis
also resembles Diploria sarasotana Weisbord, n. sp., but it differs
from that in having three fewer septa in one centimeter, and in
having grooved and rounded collines compared with the acute col-
lines of D. sarasotana.

The literature referring to [sophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and So-
lander) is the following:

isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander)

1786. Madrepora sinuosa Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of .. .
Zoophytes ..., pp. 160, 161.

1791. Madrepora sinuosa Ellis and Solander, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed.
13, vol. 1, pt. 6, p. 3761.

1846. Mussa dipsacea and Mussa fragilis Dana, U.S. Exploring Expedition
1838-1842, vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 184-186, pl. 8, figs. 7, 9. [Fide Matthai,
1928, p. 297.]

1848-49. ? Caryophyllia australis; Oulophyllia ? spinosa Edwards and Haime,
Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 11, pp. 239, 269; vol. 10, pl.
8, fig. 2. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 237.]

1849. Symphyllia guadulpensis Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér.
3, vol. 11, p. 256. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 237.]

1851. Isophyllia spinosa; Isophyllia australis Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat.
Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 87.

1857. Symphyllia ? guadulpensis; Symphyllia ? dipsacea; Isophyllia australis
Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes
proprement dits, vol. 2, pp. 373-375.

1861. Symphyllia guadalupensis; 8. strigosa; §. anemone; S. conferta; S. aglae;
S. helianthus; S. thomasiana; S. aspera; 8. cylindrica; §. knoxi; S. mar-
ginata; S. verrucosa Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 345-348, pl. 10, fig. 16. [Fide Matthai, 1928,
p. 237.] See also vol. 23, p. 173, 1866.

1864. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander) and J. dipsacea (Dana), Ver-
rill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 49, 50.

1871. Isophyllia dipsacea (Dana), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2,
No. 4, p. 71.

1877. Isophyllia guadulpensis (Edwards and Haime), Arango y Molina, R.
Acad. Cienc., Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, pp.
216, 2775

1877. Isophyllia spinosa; Isophyllia guadalupensis (Edwards and Haime),
Lindstrém, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 22.

1880. Isophyllia dipsacea “Agassiz”, Pourtalés, in L. Agassiz, Mus. Comp.
Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 7, figs. 1-8.

442

1886.

1888.

1888.

1890.
1900.

1901.

1902.
1906.

1906.

1914.
1915.
1925.
1926.

1928.

1930.
1948.
1949.
1954.
1954.
1956.
1958.
1958.
1959.
1959.
1961.

1961.

BuLteTin 285

Isophyllia strigosa; I. fragilis; I. australis; I. dipsacea; I. marginata;
I. cylindrica; I. knoxi; I. aspera, Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger,
Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 9-12, 82-87.

Isophyllia dipsacea and Isophyillia spinosa Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Abt.
Syst., vol. 3, p. 169.

Isophyllia australis? (Dana); Isophyllia fragilis (Dana); Isophyllia
dipsacea (Dana), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40,
p. 305.

Isophyllia dipsacea (Dana), Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 20,
No. 2, p. 62, pl. 4.

Isophyllia fragilis (Dana) and I. dipsacea (Dana), Verrill, Connecticut
Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 10, art. XIV, pp. 552, 592.

Isophyllia dipsacea (Dana), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Trans., vol. 11, Pt. I, art IV, pp. 117, 118-121, 125, 126, 154, pl. 18, fig.
2 ply lO ages 2) Sis spl. ZO were ea:

Isophyllia dipsacea Dana, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci.. Washington, Mem.,
vol. 8, pp. 574-576, pls. 17, 18, figs. 121-128.

Mussa (lsophyllia) fragilis (Dana), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art II, pt. 5, pp. 220-225, text-figs. 76-78a.
Mussa (Isophyllia) dipsacea (Dana), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art. II, pt. 5, pp. 220, 225-228, 247, text-figs.
79, 80. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 237.]

Mussa (Isophyllia) dipsacea (Dana), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washing-
ton, Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 19.

Mussa (Isophyllia) dipsacea and M. fragilis (Dana), Vaughan, Carnegie
Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, pp. 226, 228.

Isophyllia dipsacea (Dana), Boschma, Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc.,
vol. 60, No. 9, pp. 451-455.

Isophyllia dipsacea (Dana), Matthai, Roy. Soc. London, Trans., ser. B.,
vol. 214, pp. 356-360, text-figs. 23a, b, pl. 27, figs. 1-14, 17.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Matthai, Catalogue of the
Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), vol. 7, pp.
237-247, text-figs. 27-31, pl. 2, fig. 14; pl. 3, figs. 15, 16; pl. 23, figs. 3, 4;
pl. 35, figs. 1-133 pl. 36, figs. 1-7; pl: 37, figs. 1,23 pli 38, figsia-6)mpl:
39, figs. 1-9; pl. 57, figs. 4a, 4b; pl. 61, fig. 6; pl. 72, fig. 8b.

Isophyllia dipsacea (Dana), Yonge, Great Barrier Reef Exped., Sci.
Repts., vol. 1, No. 2, p. 34.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp.
49, 68, 98, 99, pl. 39.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Lyman, Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos.
7-9, p. 134, pl. 3, fig. 3.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander) = dipfsacea (Dana), Fontaine,
Ann. Rept. Inst. Jamaica 1953-1954, p. 25.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Serv., Fishery Bull., vol. 35, No. 89, p. 293.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate
Paleontology, pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F418, fig. 318, 1.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227, 228, 229, 232, 257, 258, pl. 40, fig. 4.
Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Zans, Geol. Survey Dept.
Jamaica, W.I., Bull. No. 3, p. 32. 5

Isophyllia sinuosa (Milne Edwards and Haime), Goreau, Ecology, vol.
40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 85.

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1,
PP..29559:

Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Westermann and Kiel, Natuur-
wetensch. Studiekring Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, p. 136.
Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac.
Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 44.

FLormpA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 443

1962. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No.
87, p. 19.

1963. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Almy and Carrion-Torres,
Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 139, 141, 143, 161, pl. 20a.

1964. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 17, 22, 23,
35, 48.

1966. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Laborel, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat.
Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 282, 290, 294.

1967. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine
Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 449.

1970. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Klose, iz letter to R. O. Vernon
30 April 1970.

1971. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of
Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18, 22,
28, 31, 32, 34-40, 81, 92, 100, pls. 48, 50, text-figs. 13, 42.

1972. Isophyllia sinuosa (Ellis and Solander), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol
Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, p. 731.

Range and distribution. —The geologic range of Jsophyllia
sinuosa (Ellis and Solander) is Pleistocene to Recent; geographically
the species extends from Bermuda to the Netherlands Antilles.

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
dredged off eastern tip of Stock Island, Monroe County); St.
Eustatius (Mollusk bed 1c on Sugar Loaf).

Recent — Bermuda (North Rock, Bluchs Point, Ferry Reach,
Tuckers Island, Harrington Sound, Walsingham Bay, Bethel’s
Island, The Boilers, Ledge Flats, Green Flat inner reef); Bahamas
(Rabbit Cay, Turtle Rocks, Bimini, Coconut Point); Florida (reef
along southeast coast and Tortugas, Gulf of Mexico); British Hon-
duras; Pedro Bank; Cuba; Jamaica (1 m to 10 m; Ocho Rios);
Puerto Rico (Cayo Icacos); St. Thomas; Montserrat (33 m to 40
m); St. Bartholomew; Guadeloupe; Barbados (west coast); Nether-
lands Antilles: Aruba (Arashi, Boca Catalina, Malmok, Eagle
Beach, Palm Beach). Bonaire (Boca Bartél, Plaja Frans, Baca, Punt
Vierkant, Blauwe Pan, Witte Pan). Curacao (Westpuntbaai). Saba
(Fort Bay, Cove Bay). St. Martin (Baie Rouge, Maho bay, Bur-
geux Bay, Simson Bay, Cay Bay, Great Bay, Point Blanche Bay,
Guana Bay, Gibb’s Bay, Babit Point). St. Eustatius (Cocoluth
Bay, Jenksins Bay, Tumbledown Dick Bay, Gallows Bay, Com-
pagnie Baai, Schildpadden Baa1).

Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime Pie saa figs. .4.5

1816. Meandrina crispa (pars) Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2,
p. 247. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 250.]

444

1823.
1827.
1830.
1834.

1836.

BuLLETIN 285

Meandrina crispa (pars) Blainville, Dictionnaire des Science Naturelles,
Zoophytes, vol. 29, p. 376.

Meandrina crispa (pars), Lamouroux, Encyclopédie Méthodique, vol. 2,
p. 508.

Meandrina crispa (pars) Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,
Vols 60;5p.9322.

Meandrina crispa (pars) Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie oue de Zoo-
phytologie, p. 357.

Meandrina crispa (pars) Milne Edwards, in Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim.
sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 388.

1848-49. Mycetophyllia Lamarckiana and ? M. Daniana Edwards and Haime,

1851.

1857.

1861.
1866.
1870.
1871.
1881.
1886.
1895.

1901.

Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 11, pp. 258, 259; vol. 10, pl.
8, figs. 6, 6a. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 250.]

Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime, Edwards and Haime,
Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 80.

Mycetophyllia Lamarckana and ?M. danaana [sic] Edwards and
Haime, Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliares ou
Polypes propremant dits, vol. 2, pp. 376, 377, pl. D4, fig. 2.
Mycetophyllia lamarckit M. Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing and
Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 350.
Mycetophyllia lamarckii and M. danai Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing
and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 173.
Mycetophyllia lamarcki and M. danai Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing,
Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 29.
Mycetophyllia lamarckana and M. danaana [sic] Edwards and Haime,
Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 72.

Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime, Quenstedt, Petrefacten-
kunde Deutschlands, vol. 6, p. 1010, pl. 182, fig. 46.

Mycetophyllia lamarcki Edwards and Haime, Quelch, Voyage of H. M. S.
Challenger 1873-1876, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, part. 46, p. 12.
Mycetophyllia lamarcki M. Edwards and Haime, Gregory, Geol. Soc.
London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 266, 285.

Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut
Acad. ‘Arts and’ Seis Wranss vol. 11, Pte Tart. Til 1p. 68:

1905-06. ?Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut

1921.

1928.

1929.
1943.
1948.
1954.
1954.
1956.
1958.

1959.

Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art. II, pt. 4, pp. 77, 79, 187-189.
Mycetophyllia lamarckana M. Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, Geol.
Survey Dominican Republic, Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Milne Edwards and Haime, Matthai, Cata-
logue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural
History), vol. 7, pp. 233, 234, 249, 250-255, pl. 23, fig. 63. pl. 33, figs.
2, 3; pl. 34, fig. 3; pl. 48, fig. 7; pl. 54, figs. 4, 5; pl. 61, fig. 5.
Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime, Felix, Fossilium Cata-
logus I: Animalia, pars 44, p. 547.

Mycetophyllia lamarckiana and M. daniana Milne Edwards and Haime,
Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, p. 196.
Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Smith, Atlantic Reef
Corals, pp. 62, 68, 97, 98, 112, pls. 37, 38.

Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Fontaine, Inst. of
Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 25.

Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Smith, U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime, Wells, Treatise on
Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F419, fig. 319, 4.
Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Moore, Inst, Marine
Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 5, p. 154.

Mycetophyllia lamarckana Milne Edwards and Haime, Goreau, Ecology,
vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 79, 85.

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 445

1959. Mycetophyllia lamarckiana M. Edwards and Haime, Zans, Geonotes,
VOla:2,NOjH. pp. 29535.

1960. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Milne Edwards and Haime, Lewis, Canadian
Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 1135, 1137, 1138, 1140, fig. 12.

1961. Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime, Duarte Bello, Acuario
Nac. Marianao [Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 58, 59, figs. 47, 48.

1962. Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Milne Edwards and Haime, Stoddart, Atoll
Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 18-20, 24-26.

1963. Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Almy and Car-
rion-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 143, 158, 159, 162,
pl. XIXa.

1964. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the
Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 17,
23, 25, 27, 32, 35-37, 40, 41, 48, fig. 10-1.

1964. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 79, pp. 39, 46, 67, 82, 86, 92.

1966. Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime, Goreau and Hartman,
Science, vol. 151, No. 3708, p. 343.

1967. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Roos, Growth and oc-
currence of the reef coral Porites astreoides Lamarck, p. 10.

1967. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Goreau and
Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, p. 449.

1970. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Milne Edwards and Haime, Klose, zm letter to
R. O. Vernon 30 April 1970, pp. 4, 6.

1971. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the
Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4,
20, 22, 28-31, 82, 95, 100, 103, fig. 43, pls. 49, 51.

1972. Mycetophyllia lamarckana Milne Edwards and Haime, Macintyre, Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., vol. 56, No. 4, p. 731.

Descriptions of this species may be summarized as follows:

The corallum is subturbinate, platy, or encrusting, with an al-
most flat to convex calicinal surface. The valleys are long and sinuous
and interconnecting, their width 12 mm to 15 mm, their depth about
10 mm. The collines of young coralla are 2 mm to 5 mm in thick-
ness, and ridged or slightly grooved; on older coralla, the collines are
much more subdued. The under side of the corallum may be pedi-
culate or completely encrusting.

There are eight to ten septa in one centimeter, four or five of
them the principals and extending farthest inward. The margins
of the larger septa bear seven to nine teeth, directed obliquely up-
ward. The ends of the septa are slightly exsert and are continuous
over the colline or meet in the groove. The faces of the septa are
smoothish to spinulose.

The columellar centers are 8 mm to 10 mm apart, adjacent
ones connected by about three lamellae which are acutely serrated
along their margin, as shown to excellent advantage by Roos (1971,
pl. 49). The costae are distinctly visible at the edge and side of

446 BULLETIN 285

the corallum where they are granular and slightly vermicular (Mat-
thai, pl. 61, fig. 5). A thin epitheca is present on the under surface
to within a short distance of the periphery.

Measurements. — According to Matthai, the type of Myceto-
phyllia lamarckiana is 50 mm high, 140 mm long, and 70 mm wide.
The natural size of one of Edwards and Haime’s syntypes (see
Matthai, pl. 61, fig. 5) is about 129 mm in long diameter and 81
mm, height. Specimen BM 28.3.1.110 British Museum (N. H.), from
Coconut Point in the Bahamas (Matthai, pl. 54, fig. 4) measures
86 mm 70 mm across the calicinal surface; specimen BM
28.3.1.109 also from Coconut Point (Matthai, pl. 54, fig. 5)
measures 80 mm * 65 mm.

Range and distribution.—The geographic range of Myceto-
phylha lamarckiana is from Bermuda to Barbados; the geologic
range is Pleistocene to Recent.

Pleistocene — Florida (Key Largo Limestone/Miami Oolite
dredged alongside Card Sound Bridge, Key Largo, and off the
eastern tip of Stock Island); Bermuda (Devonshire Formation);
Dominican Republic (coastal limestone at Barbacoa, Provincia de
Barahona); Barbados (low-level reefs and submerged reefs, west
coast).

Recent — Florida (patch reefs along southeast coast; Looe Key;
Key West, 5 f); Bahamas (Abaco Island; Coconut Point, Andros
Island); Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho Rios; 1 m - 75 m); Pedro Bank;
British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse Reef,
Glover’s Reef); Mexico (Blanquilla Reef); Puerto Rico (Cayo
Icacos); St. Thomas; Guadeloupe (26 m - 34 m); Barbados (along
west coast, 15 m - 24 m); Netherlands Antilles: Aruba (Mangel
Altu). Curacao (Plaja Kalki, Kaap Malmeeuw 30 m, Piscaderabaai
15 m - 40 m, St. Michiels Baai, Sta. Martha Baai, Spaanse Water).
Bonaire (Boca Bartél, Jan Doran-Barcadera, Ruin, Klein Bonaire,
Plaja Sarna, Slagbaai).

CARYOPHYLLIIDAE
Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas) Pl. 52; fig. 5
1758. Fungus marinus, ... , Seba, Locupletissimj rerum naturalium thesauri

violas, (ps 202. p. 110, No. 3; probably also pl. 109, No. 1. [Fide
Bawards and Haime, 1848, p 264.]

1766.
1767.

1786.

FLorIDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 447

Madrepora fastigiata Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 301.
Madrepora fastigiata Pallas, Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1,
pt. 2, p. 1280:

Madrepora fastigiata Pallas, Ellis and Solander, The Natural History
... of Zoophytes, p. 152, pl. 33.

1788-89. Madrepora fastigiata Pallas, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildun-

1792.
1797.

1815.
1816.
1820.
1821.
1824.
1830.
1834.
1834.
1836.

1846.

1847.
1848.

1850.
1851.
1855.
1857.

1861.

1869.

gen, vol. 1, pts. 1-2, pp. 95, 96; pts. 3-4, p. 97, pl. VIII, figs. 1, 2; pl.
VIlla. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 190.]

Madrepora fastigiata Pallas, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1,
PEG) psi.

(?) Madrepora capitata Esper, Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere, pp.
102, 103, pl. 81, fig. 1; pl. 82 (copy of Ellis and Solander’s pl. 33).
[Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 190.]

Mussa fastigiata (Pallas), Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, Theil
35Zool. Abt] 1h ps 73.

Caryophyllia fastigiata (Pallas), Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., vol.
2, pp. 228, 229.

Lithodendron fastigiatum (Pallas), Schweigger, Handbuch der Natur-
geschichte der Skelettlosen Ungegliederten Thiere, p. 416.

Caryophyllia fastigiata (Pallas), Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique
~. « Polypiers, p. 50), pl-33:

Caryophyllia fastigiata (Pallas), Lamouroux, Encyclopédie Méthodique,
pal72:

Madrepora fastigiata (pars) Blainville, Dictionnaire Sci. Nat., vol. 60,
p.9172:

Lobophyllia fastigiata (Gmelin), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de
Zoophytologie, p. 356.

Caryophyllia fastigiata (Pallas) pars Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
Phys. Abhandl. 1832, p. 316.

Caryophyllia fastigiata (Pallas), Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., ed.
2, vol. 2, p.-355.

? Euphyllia spinulosa Dana, Euphyllia gracilis Dana, E. aperta, ? Mussa
fastigiata (Ellis and Solander), Dana, and ? Caulastraea undulata
Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped. 1838-1842, vol. 7; Zoophytes, pp. 162-165,
175, 199, pl. 6, figs. 2, 2a; pl. 9, figs. 6a, 6b, 7, 7a. [Fide Matthai, 1928,
p: 1942]

Caryophyllia fastigiata (Pallas), Schomburgk, The History of Barbados,
p. 562.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), E. knoriji (pars), E. alticostata Edwards
and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 10, pp. 264-265,
pl. 5, figs. 1, 2. [Fide Matthai, 1928, p. 191.]

Lobophyllia fastigiata Blainville, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des
Antilles, p. 15.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas) and E. aspera (pars) Edwards and Haime,
Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 52.

Lobophyllia fastigiata (Pallas), Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull.,
sér. 2, vol. 12, p. 756.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas) pars, E. aspera (Dana) pars, E. alticostata
Edwards and Haime, and ? Caulastraea undulata Dana, Edwards and
Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits,
vol. 2, pp. 187-189.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), E. aspera (Dana), and E. silene, Duchas-
saing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp.
340, 341, pl. 10, figs. 11, 12. Ibid., 1866, vol. 23, p. 165.

Eusmilia aspera Edwards and Haime, Guppy, Sci. Assoc. Trinidad,
Proc: vols 1, pp.1390;, 391:

448

1870.

1871.
1875.
1877.
1881.

1886.

1888.
1895.

1901.

1901.

1902.

1906.
1912.
1914.
1915.
1916.
1919.
1921.
1923.
1926.
1927.

1928.

1929.
1939.
1943.

1944.

BULLETIN 285

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), E. aspera Edwards and Haime, and E.
silene Duchassaing and Michelotti, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes
et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 27.

Eusmilia fastigiata Edwards and Haime and E. alticostata Edwards and
Haime, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 67, 68.

Eusmilia fastigiata Edwards and Haime, Pourtalés, in Gabb, Geol.
Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, p. 545.

Eusmilia fastigiata Edwards and Haime, Arango y Molina, R. Acad.
Cienc. Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 275.
Eusmilia fastigiata Quenstedt, Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands, vol. 6, p.
987, pl. 181, fig. 32.

Eusmilia aspera Edwards and Haime, E. fastigiata (Pallas), and E.
silene Duchassaing and Michelotti, Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger,
Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 12.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas) and E. aspera Edwards and Haime, Ort-
mann, Zoo]. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 3, p. 167.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas) pars and E. knorrii Edwards and Haime,
Gregory Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 260, 261, 285.
Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas) and E. knorii Edwards and Haime, Vaughan,
Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp.
7, S10, 12) 13,

Eusmilia aspera Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci., Trans., vol.'11, Pt:. Il, art: III, p. 114, fig. 3°

Eusmilia aspera Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, iz Spencer, Geol. Soc.
London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 350. Also Eusmilia fastigiata and E.
knorri, p. 361.

Eusmilia aspera Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts
and) Sci., Trans: vol. 12)art: 11, pti.5, p: 209:

Eusmilia knorri Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington, Yearbook No. 10 for 1911, p. 152.

Eusmilia aspera Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washing-
ton, Yearbook No. 13, pp. 224, 225.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour.,
violas; Nos Limp. 596:

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 14, p. 227.

Eusmilia fastigiata Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.
103, vol. 9; pp. 223; 225,228, 36).

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Vaughan, Geol. Survey Dominican Repub-
lic, Mem., vol. 1, p. 167.

Eusmilia aspera (Dana), Matthai, Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci., vol. 47, pt.
Hep Or:

Eusmilia aspera (Dana), Matthai, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., ser.
B, vol. 214, pl. 28, fig. 13.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam,
Violsi255 Dil.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Matthai, Catalogue of the Madreporarian
Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, pp. 5, 173, 176,
190-196, 203, 242, 272, pl. 3, fig. 22; pl. 4, figs. 23-27b; pl. 44, fig. 5a;
pl. 45) fig? 6: pl. 47, figs 4+ pli 57, fig. 7 spl. 62, figs 1172 pl: 635) f1e5)S:
Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia,
pars 44, pp. 503, 504.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Butsch, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jour.,, vol. 6; No. 3,%p: 137, pl. 1), fig: 7,

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. 220, 339, pl. 47, figs. 1, 2.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p. 447.

1948.
1954.
1954.
1956.

1959.
1959.

1960.
1960.
1961.
1962.
1963.
1964.
1964.
1964.
1967.
1970.
1970.
1971.
11972.
1972.

1972.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 449

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Smith, Atantic Reef Corals, pp. 67, 99, 112,
pl. 41. Also E. aspera (Dana), Smith, p. 99.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Fontaine, Inst. of Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-
1954, p. 25.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-
tology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F430, fig. 332, 2.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 29, 35.
Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75,
85.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No.
6, pp. 1135, 1137, 1140.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jour:,- vol. 28; No. 1) p. 12.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. Marianao
[Cuba], ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 9, 38, 39, figs. 27, 28.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 18,
19, 26.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour.
Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 143, 161, pl. XXIa.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 17, 22-24, 26, 28, 29, 35,
39, 41, 48, text-figs. 11-5, 13-7, 14-3, pl. Vb.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p. 113.
Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79,
pp. 72, 80, 81, 82.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Goreau and Wells, Bull. Marine Sci., vol.
17, No. 2, p. 449.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Klose, in letter to R. O. Vernon 30 April
1970, pp. 2-4, 6.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Wise, Science, vol. 169, p. 978.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and
other Caribbean Islands, vol. 37, No. 130, pp. 4, 18-20, 22-32, 38, 83,
text-figs. 4, 7, 44, pl. Lila, b.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Wise, Biomineralization Res. Repts., vol.
6, pp. 160, 162, 163, 169, pl. 3, figs. 4, 5; pl. 4, figs. 1, 2.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Macintyre, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, p. 731.

Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), Campos Villarroel, Soc. Venezolana Cienc.
Nat., Bol., vol. 29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 551, 577, 578, pl. 10M.

This hermatypic coral consists of large, relatively short, sub-

conical corallites branching upward from a narrow base. The calices
are flared at the margin, and are generally oval in outline, with
mono-, di-, and tri-stomodaeal centers. The valleys are up to 35
mm in length, 8 mm to 13 mm in width, and 8 mm or 9 mm in
depth. The wall is 2 mm thick, and has a sharp rim over which the
septa are notably arched.

There are 15 to 18 septa in one centimeter; the maximum

breadth of the principals is 3.5 mm to 4 mm and they thicken toward
the wall to as much as 1.25 mm; at their summit they are exsert to

450 BuLLeETIN 285

2.5 mm. The subsidiary septa are thin, less exsert than the prin-
cipals, and narrower. The margins of the septa are entire or non-
dentate, and the sides are marked by small granular striae.

The costae are conterminous with the septa, the primary ones
much the largest, the secondaries and tertiaries successively smaller,
all of them irregularly toothed, and extending down the greater
length of the corallites. The columella is composed of closely
twisted septal trabeculae, about 1 mm in width, and usually sharply
ridged above, the ridge wavy and often continuous.

Measurements. — The natural size of the Eusmilia fastigiata
illustrated by Vaughan and Wells (1948, pl. 47, fig. 1) from the Dry
Tortugas of Florida, is 53 mm across the long diameter of the cali-
cinal surface and about 37 mm in height.

Range and distribution.— The geographic range of Eusmilia
fastigiata is from Florida to Barbados; geologically it is recorded
from Miocene to Recent.

Miocene — Guadeloupe (Tuf Blanc).

Plio-Pleistocene — Dominica.

_ Pleistocene — Florida (Miami Oolite/Key Largo Limestone
dredged off Old Fort Taylor, Key West, between Stock Island and
Cow Key, off the eastern tip of Stock Island, and alongside Card
Sound Bridge, Key Largo, Monroe County); Panama Canal Zone
(Mt. Hope); Costa Rica (Monkey Point); Dominican Republic
(Provincia de Barahona between Duvergé and Palma Dulce); Bar-
bados (submerged reefs along west coast; low-level reefs near
Bridgetown; high-level reefs at Castle Grant 1050 ft.; Bath-Reef
Series near Bath 150 ft. - 165 ft.).

Recent — Florida (reefs along southeast coast; Looe Key; Tor-
tugas at Ft. Jefferson and Loggerhead Key); Bahamas (Nassau;
Andros Island; Abaco Island); Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho Rios; 1 m to
65 m); Mexico (Alacran Reef); Panama (San Blas?) British Hon-
duras (Rendezvous Cay, Glover’s Reef); Puerto Rico; St. Thomas
(22 m to 26 m); Martinique; Dominica; Netherlands Antilles:
Aruba (Boca Catalina-Malmok, Barcadera, Mangel Altu). Curacao
(shore to 30 m.; Plaja Kalki, Westpuntbaai, Plaja Abao, Spaanse
Water, Piscaderabaai, St. Michiels Baai, Kaap Malmeeuw, Punta
Caballero, Vaarsenbaai). Bonaire (Plaja Frans, Jan Doran-Barca-
dera, Ruin, Klein Bonaire, Plaja Sarna, Blauwe Pan-Witte Pan,

FiLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 451

Slagbaai). St. Eustatius (Cocoluth Bay-Jenkin’s Bay); Venezuela
(Los Roques; Puerto La Cruz, Edo. Anzoategui; Bahia de Mochima,
Edo. Sucre at Ensenada Los Aceites, Punta Garrapata, Punta
Aguirre; Cumana); Barbados (along west coast, 15 m to 24 m).

INCERTAE SEDIS
Incertae sedis “A” Ply S6sefigss 253

Specimen CAL-9a is an internal mold of a solitary coral, two-
thirds or so of which is conserved. The corallum is naviculate or
subflabellate in outline, with a bowlike distal end and a rather
sharp, slightly undulating keel. The calice is completely filled with
limestone and flat on top, and is regularly elliptical with nearly
parallel sides.

Counting the slits on the surface of the mold, there are 74 septa
or an estimated 96 in the formerly complete calice. From a rubberoid
impression of the surface it is seen that the septa are lamellar and
that their size decreases successively according to the order of in-
sertion, with the primaries the largest, the secondaries next, and so
on. Twenty-four of the septa extend to the columella and it is pre-
sumed that there would be 36 of these in the entire calice. On the
rubberoid cast the septa seem vaguely to be dentate along the
margin, and minutely granulose on the faces.

The columella is laminar and possibly interrupted.

Measurements. —CAL-9a: internal mold length 23 mm, height
14.5 mm, width at side 14.5 mm.

Locality. — Caloosahatchee River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle,
Hendry County. Collector Mike Strong, 2 December 1969. “Caloosa-
hatchee Marl”.

Incertae sedis ‘‘B”’ Pl. 56, figs. 4, 5

Specimen CAL-10a is an internal mold, the conformity of which
is flabellate. The calcular cavity is subelliptical in outline and com-
pletely filled with limestone. One side of the corallum is slightly
appressed near the middle, the other side gently convex. The slits
in the sides of the mold represent septa, and there are about 92
of them. The columella is elongate-elliptical and spongy.

A rubberoid impression taken of the exterior of the mold indi-
cate that the septa are graded in size according to the order of their

452 BuLvetin 285

insertion, with the primaries being the largest, the secondaries some-
what smaller, the tertiaries still smaller, and the subsidiaries the
smallest. The septa, especially the principals, are strongly dentate
along the margin, and the faces beset with regularly disposed granu-
lations, the latter appearing as punctations on the interseptal fillings,
aligned in arcuate rows of trabeculae.

Measurements. —CAL-10a: corallum length 27 mm, height 19
mm, width at sides 18.5 mm.; columella length 10 mm, width at
middle 2.2 mm.

Locality. — Caloosahatchee River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle,
Hendry County. “Caloosahatchee Marl”. Collector Mike Strong, 2
December 1969.

Comparison.— Although this taxon superficially resembles
Incertae sedis “A” it is at once distinguished from it by its spongy
rather than laminar columella.

REFERENCES

Agassiz, Louis

1880. Report on the Florida reefs. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No.

1, pp. 1-61, pls. 1-23 [by L. F. Pourtalés.]
Akers, Wilburn H.

1972. Planktonic Foraminifera and biostratigraphy of some Neogene
formations, northern Florida and Atlantic Coastal Plain. Tulane
Studies Geol. Paleont., vol. 9, Nos. 1-4, pp. 1-139, pls. 1-60, text-
figs. 1-3.

Almy, Charles C., Jr., and Carrion-Torres, Carlos

1963. Shallow-water stony corals of Puerto Rico. Caribbean Jour. Sci.,

vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 133-163, pls. I-XXIb, text-figs. 1, 2.
Alt, D., and Brooks, H. K.

1965. Age of Florida marine terraces. Jour. Geol., vol. 73, pp. 406-411,

fig. 1.
Arango y Molina, Rafael

1877. Radiados de la Isla de Cuba. R. Acad. Cienc. Méd., Fis. y Nat.

Habana, An., vol. 14, pp. 272-284.
Bender, Michael L.

1973. Helium-Uranium dating of corals. Geochim. et Cosmochim., Acta,

vol. 37, pp. 1229-1247, tables 1-4, figs. 1, 2.
Bernard, Henry M.

1905. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum
(Natural History). Volume V. The family Poritidae. 2. The genus
Porites. Part 1. Porites of the Indo-Pacific region. British Mus.
(Nat. Hist.), vol. 5, pp. i-vi, 1-303, pls. 1-35.

1906. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum
(Natural History). Volume VI. The family Poritidaec. 2. The
genus Porites. Part 2. Porites of the Atlantic and West Indies,
with the European fossil forms. The genus Goniopora, a supple-
ment to Vol. IV. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 6, pp. i-vi, 1-173,
pls. 1-17.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 453

Blainville, H. M. Ducrotay de

1823-30. Zoophytes. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 29 (1823) ;
vol. 38 (1825); vol. 43 (1826); vol. 60 (1830).

1834-37. Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie. Paris, 2 vols., pp. i-
viii, 1-694, 103 pls.

Bonet, F.

1958. Madreporarios del Territorio de Quintana Roo colectados por J.
Butterlin. Asoc. Mexicana Geol. Petrol., Bol., vol. 10, Nos. 9-10, pp.
565-569.

Boone, Lee

1928. Coelenterata from tropical East American seas. In Scientific re-
sults of the First Oceanographic Expedition of the “Pawnee” 1925.
Bingham Oceanogr. Collection N. Y., Bull., vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 1-8,
pls. 1-3.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, Jean Batiste George Marie

1827. Vers, Coquilles, Mollusques et Polypiers. In Bruguiére, J. G.,

Encyclopédie Méthodique, Paris, 3 vols., 188 pp., 488 pls.
Boschma, Hilbrand

1929. On the postlarval development of the coral Meandra areolata (L.).
Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 391, Papers Tortugas Lab.,
vol. 26, pp. 129-147, 9 figs.

1948. The species problem in Millepora. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool.
Verhandel., No. 1, 115 pp., 15 pls., 13 text-figs.

1949a. The ampullae of Millepora. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Am-
sterdam, Proc., vol. 52, No. 1, pp. 1-14, pls. 1-5, text-figs. 1-4.

1949b. Notes on specimens of the genus Millepora in the British Museum.
Zool. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 119, pp. 661-672.

1956. Milleporina and Stylasterina, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-
tology, (F) Coelenterata, pp. F90-F106, figs. 75-85.

Branner, John Casper

1904. The stone reefs of Brazil, their geological and geographical rela-
tions, with a chapter on the coral reefs. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull.,
vol. 44, Geol. Ser., vol. 7, 285 pp., 104 text-figs., 99 pls.

Broecker, Wallace S., and Thurber, David L.

1965. Uranium-series dating of corals and oolites from Bahaman and

Florida Key limestones. Science, vol. 149, pp. 58-60, tables 1, 2.
Brook, George

1893. Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum
(Natural History). Volume I. The genus Madrepora. British Mus.
(Nat. Hist.), vol. 1, pp. i-xi, 1-212, pls. 1-35.

Brooks, H. K.

1969. The Plio-Pleistocene of Florida. With special reference to the
strata outcropping on the Caloosahatchee River. In J. R. DuBar
and S. S. DuBar, Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., Soc. Econ. Paleont.
and Mineral. Sect., Ann. Meeting, Field Trip No. 4, pp. 87-121,
figs. 1-7.

Brooks, H. K., and Ross, Arnold

1960. Pyrgoma prefloridanum, a new species of cirriped from the Ca-
loosahatchee marl (Pleistocene). Crustaceana, vol. 1, pt. 4, pp.
353-365, pls. 5, 6, Text-figs. 1-4.

Brown, Amos P., and Pilsbry, Henry A.

1913. Two collections of Pleistocene fossils from the Isthmus of Panama.

Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, pp. 493-500, fig. 1.
Briiggemann, Friedrich

1877. Notes on stony corals in the collection of the British Museum.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 20, pp. 300-313.

454 BuLuetin 285

Bruguiére, Jean Guillaume

1827. Vers, Coquilles, Mollusques et Polypiers. Encyclopédie Méthodique,

Paris, 3 vols., 188 pp., 488 pls.
Buisonje, P. H. de, and Zonneveld, J. |. S.

1960. De kustvornen van Curacao, Aruba en Bonaire. Nieuwe West-

Indische Gids, No. 40, pp. 121-144, illustr.
Butsch, R. S.

1939. The reef builders of Barbados. Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist.

Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 129-138, pls. 1, 2.
Campos Villarroel, Régulo A.

1972. Aporte al estudio de los corales (Coelenterata) de la Bahia de
Mochima, Estado Sucre. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat., Bol., vol.
29, Nos. 122-123, pp. 545-589, figs. 1-13, pls. 1-10.

Cazeau, Charles J., DuBar, Jules R., and Johnson, Henry S., Jr.

1964. Notes on marine geology off the mouth of North Edisto River,
North Carolina. Southeastern Geology, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 157-176,
figs. 1, 2, tables 1-5.

Cerame-Vivas, M. J., and Gray, I. E.

1966. The distributional pattern of benthonic invertebrates of the con-
tinental shelf off North Carolina. Ecology, vol. 47, No. 2, pp.
260-270, figs. 1-6.

Chevalier, Jean-Pierre

1966. Contribution a l'étude des madréporaires des cotes occidentales de
Afrique tropicale, Pt. 2. Inst. Francais Afrique Noire, Bull., sér
A, vol. 28, pp. 1356-1405, pls. 6-8, text-figs. 22-31.

Cole, W. Storrs

1931. The Pliocene and Pleistocene Foraminifera of Florida. Florida

State Geol. Sur., Bull., No. 6, pp. 1-79, tables 1, 2, pls. 1-7.
Conrad, Timothy A.

1835. Observations on a portion of the Atlantic Tertiary region. Geol.
Soc. Pennsylvania, Trans., vol. 1, pp. 335-341, pl. 13. [Lithodendron
lineatus, p. 340, pl. 13, fig. 4.]

1841. [Description of twenty- six new species of fossil shells in the Medial
Tertiary deposits of Calvert Cliffs, Maryland.] Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 28-33. [Astrea, p. 33.]

1842. Description of twenty-four new species of fossil shells, chiefly from
the Tertiary deposits of Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 1, vol. 8, pp. 183-190. [Polyparia, p. 189.]

Cooke, C. Wythe

1945. Geology of Florida. Florida Geol. Sur., Geol. Bull., No. 29, pp.

i-ix, 1-339, figs. 1-47, pl. I (Geologic Map).
Cooke, C. Wythe, and Mossom, Stuart

1929. Geology of Florida. Florida Geol. Sur., Twentieth Ann. Rept.

1927-1928, pp. 37-227, pls. 1-29.
Coryell, H. N., and Ohlsen, Violet

1929. Fossil corals of Porto Rico, with descriptions also of a few Recent
species. New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and
the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 167-236, pls. 26-44.

Coues, Elliott, and Yarrow, H. C.

1878. Notes on the natural history of Fort Macon, N.C., and vicinity.
(No. 5). Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 30, pp. 297-315.
[Madreporaria, p. 312.]

Dall, William Healy

1890-1903. Contributions to the Tertiary Fauna of Florida, with especial
reference to the Miocene Silex-beds of Tampa and the Pliocene
Beds of the Caloosahatchie River. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans.,
vol. 6, pts. 1-6, pp. 1-1654, pls. I-LX.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 455

1904. The relations of the Miocene of Maryland to that of other regions
and to the Recent fauna. Maryland Geol. Sur., Geology and
Paleontology, Miocene, pp. cxxxix-clv.

Dana, James Dwight

1846, 1849. Zoophytes. United States Exploring Expedition 1838-1842,

vol. 7, [4] + vi + 740 pp., 61 pls., 45 text-figs.
Daniels, R. B., Gamble, E. E., Wheeler, W. H., and Nettleton, W. D.

1966. Coastal Plain stratigraphy and geomorphology near Benson, North

Carolina. Southeastern Geology, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 159-182, figs. 1-9.
Darby, David G., and Hoyt, John H.

1964. An upper Miocene fauna dredged from tidal channels of coastal
Georgia, Jour. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 1, pp. 67-73, pls. 17, 18, text-
figssele2s

Dezallier d‘Argenville, Antoine Joseph

1755. L’histoire naturelle éclaircie dans une de ses parties principales,
Voryctologie, qui traite des terres, des pierres, des métaux, des
minéraux, et autres fossiles, ouvrage dans lequel on trouve une
nouvelle méthode Latine & Francois de les diviser, & une notice
critique des principaux ouvrages qui ont paru sur ces matiéres.
Enrichie de figures dessinées d’aprés nature. Paris, [7], xvi +
560 [2] pp., 26 pls.

Duarte Bello, Pedro Pablo

1961. Corales de los arrecifes Cubanos. Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba],

ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 1-85, figs. 1-74.
DuBar, Jules R.

1957. Age and stratigraphic relationships of the Caloosahatchee Marl of
Florida. Illinois Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 49, pp. 187-193.

1958. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the late Neogene strata of the
Caloosahatchee River area of southern Florida, Florida Geol.
Sur., Geol. Bull. No. 40, pp. 1-267, pls. 1-12, pls. 1-4 (in pocket),
text-figs. 1-49, tables 1-10.

1962. Neogene biostratigraphy of the Charlotte Harbor area in south-
western Florida. Florida Geol. Sur., Geol. Bull. No. 43, pp. i-vili,
1-83, figs. 1-8, tables 1-18, pls. 1, 2 (in pocket).

1969. Field trip introduction, pp. 1-3. Annotated road log, pp. 4-47, figs.
1-8, A-D. Notes on the Neogene stratigraphy of South Florida, pp.
48-64. Vertebrate assemblages of the Caloosahatchee Formation,
pp. 65-69. Ix DuBar, J. R., and DuBar, S. S., Gulf Coast Assoc.
Geol. Soc., Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect., Ann. Meeting,
Field Trip No. 4, pp. 1-69.

DuBar, Jules R., and DuBar, Susan S., editors

1969. Late Cenozoic stratigraphy of southwestern Florida. Gulf Coast
Assoc. Geol. Soc., Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect., Ann.
Meeting, Field Trip No. 4, pp. 1-141, 26 figs.

DuBar, Jules R., and Howard, James F.

1963. Paleoecology of the type Waccamaw (Pliocene ?) outcrops; South
Carolina. Southeastern Geology, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 27-68, figs. 1-3,
tables 1-10.

DuBar, Jules R., and Johnson, Henry S., Jr.

1964. Pleistocene “coquina” at 20th Avenue, South Myrtle Beach, South
Carolina, and other similar deposits. Southeastern Geology, vol. 5,
No. 2, pp. 79-100, figs. 1-6.

Duchassaing de Fombressin, Placide

1847. Essai sur la constitution géologique de la partie basse de la
Guadeloupe, dite la Grande-Terre. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér.
2, vol. 4, pp. 1093-1100.

1850. Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris, 32 pp., 2 pls.

456 BULLETIN 285

1855. Observations sur les formations modernes de Vile de la Guade-
loupe. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, pp. 753-759.
1870. Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles. Paris, 52
pp., 2 pls.
Duchassaing de Frombessin, Placide, and Michelotti, Jean [Giovanni]
1861. Mémoire sur les coralliaires des Antilles. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 279-365, pls. 1-10.
1866. Supplément au Mémoire sur les coralliaires des Antilles. R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 97-206, pls. 1-11.
Duerden, James Edwin
1899. Zoophyte collecting in Bluefield Bay. Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol.
2, pp. 619-624.
1902. West Indian madreporarian Polyps. Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington,
Mem., vol. 8, pp. 399-599, pls. 1-25, text-figs. 1-18c.
Duncan, Peter Martin
1863. On the fossil corals of the West Indian Islands. Part I. Geol. Soc.
London, Quart. Jour., vol. 19, pp. 406-458, pls. XIII-XVI.
1863. On the fossil corals of the West Indian Islands. Part II. Geol. Soc.
London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20 (1864), pp. 20-44, pls. II-V.
1864. On the fossil corals of the West Indian Islands. Part III. Geol.
Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, pp. 358-374.
1867. On the fossil corals (Madreporaria) of the West-Indian Islands.
Part IV. Conclusion. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24
(1868), pp. 9-33, pls. I, II.
1886. On a new genus of Madreporaria (Glyphastraea), with remarks
on the morphology of Glyphastraea Forbesi, Ed. & H., from the
Tertiaries of Maryland. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 43
(1887), pp. 24-32, pl. III.
Duncan, Peter Martin, and Wall, G. P.
1864. A notice of the geology of Jamaica, especially with reference to
the District of Clarendon; with descriptions of the Cretaceous,
Eocene, and Miocene Corals of the Islands. Geol. Soc. London,
Quart. Jour., vol. 21 (1865), pp. 1-14, pls. I, II, text-figs. 1-5.
Durham, J. Wyatt
1947. Corals from the Gulf of California and North Pacific Coast of
America. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem 20, pp. i-v, 1-68, pls. 1-14, text-
hiss. 2:
Durham, J. Wyatt, and Laurens, J. Barnard
1952. Stony corals of the Eastern Pacific, collected by the Velero Ill and
Velero IV, Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 1-110,
pls. 1-16.
Edwards, Henri Milne, and Haime, Jules
1848. Observations sur les polypiers de la famille des Astréides. Acad.
Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 27, pp. 465-470. Notes sur la classification
de deuxiéme tribu de la famille des Astréides, pp. 490-497.
1848-51. Recherches sur les Polypiers. Premier mémoire. Observations
sur la structure et le développement des polypiers en général. Ann.
Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, vol. 9 (1848), pp. 37-89, pls. 4-6. Dieuxiéme
mémoire. Monographie des Turbinolides, vol. 9 (1848), pp. 211-344,
pls. 7-10. Troisiéme mémoire. Monographie des Eupsammidae, vol.
10 (1848), pp. 65-114, pl. 1. Quatriéme mémoire. Monographie des
Astréides, vol. 10 (1848), pp. 209-320, pls. 5-9. Monographie des
Astréides (1). Tribu II. Astréens (Astreinae), vol. 11 (1849), pp.
233-312. Monographie des Astréides (1). Suite. Quatriéme sec-
tion. Astréens agglomérés. Astreinae aggregatae, vol. 12 (1849),
pp. 95-197. Cinguiéme mémoire. Monographie des Oculinides, vol.
13 (1850), pp. 63-110, pls. 3, 4. Sixiéme mémotre. Monographie
des Fongides, vol. 15 (1850), pp. 73-114. Septiéme mémoire. Mono-
graphie des Poritides, vol. 16 (1851), pp. 21-70.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 457

1857-60. Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits.
Paris, vol. 1 (1857), viii + 326 pp.; vol. 2 (1857), 633 pp.; vol.
3 (1860), 560 pp.; Atlas, 31 pls.
Eguchi, Motoki
1968. The hydrocorals and scleractinian corals of Sagami Bay. Biol.
Lab. Imperial Household Tokyo, vol. 15, pp. C1-C80, 33 pls.
Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried
1834. Die Corallenthiere des rothern Meeres physiologisch Untersucht
und systematisch Verzeichnet. Beitrage zur physiologischen Kennt-
niss der Corallenthiere im allgemeinen und besonders des rothen
Meeres, nebst einem Versuche zur physiologischen Systematik der-
selben. K. Akad. Wiss Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. f. 1832, pp. 225-380.
Uber die Natur und Bildung der Coralleninseln und Corallen-
banken in rothen Meeres, pp. 381-432.
Eichwald, Carl Eduard von
1829-31. Zoologia specialis quam expositis Animalibus tum vivas, tum
fossilibus potissimum Rossiae in Universum, et Poloniae in specie,
in usum lectionum publicarum in Universitate Caesarea Vilnensi
habendarum edidit D. Eduardus Eichwald ... Vilnae, 3 pts. in 2
vols., 10 pls.
Ellis, John, and Solander, Daniel
1786. The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoophytes
collected from various parts of the Globe. Systematically arranged
and described, with sixty-two plates engraven by principal artists.
London, pp. i-xii, 1-208, pls. 1-63.
Emmons, Ebenezer
1858. Report on the North-Carolina Geological Survey. Agriculture of
the eastern counties; together with descriptions of the fossils of
the marl beds. Raleigh, pp. i-xvi, 1-314, figs. 1-256a. [Polyparia,
p. 313, figs. 256, 256a. |
Esper, Eugenius Johann Cristoph
1788-1830. Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Far-
ben erleuchtet nebst Beschreibungen. Nirnberg, 3 vols. of text, 2
vols. of 428 pls. Vol. 1, pts. 1-2, pp. 1-96 (1788); pts. 3-4, pp. 97-
192 (1789); pts. 5-6, pp. 193-320 (1790); vol. 2, pts. 7-8, pp. 1-96
(1791); pts. 9-10, pp. 97-180 (1792); pt. 11, pp. 181-220 (1793);
pt. 12, pp. 221-304 (1799); vol. 3, pt. 13, pp. 1-24 (1805); pts. 14-
15, pp. 25-144 (18??); pt. 16, pp. 145-284 (1829); pt. 17 to con-
clusion (1830).
1794-1806. Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere. Nirnberg, 2 vols. Vol. 1,
pts. 1-2, pp. 1-64 (1794); pts. 3-4, pp. 65-116 (1795); pts. 5-6, pp.
117-168 (1796); pts. 78, pp. 169-230 (1797); vol. 2, pt. 9, pp. 1-24
(1798) ; pt. 10, pp. 25-48 (1806).
Eudes-Deslongchamps, Jacques Amand
1824, 1827. Zoophytes. In Lamouroux and Eudes-Deslongchamps, Histoire
Naturelle des Zoophytes ou de Animaux Rayonnés. Encyclopédie
Meéthodique, livr. 95, pp. 1-376 (1824) ; livr. 98, pp. 377-819 (1827).
Fallaw, Wallace, and Wheeler, Walter H.
1969. Marine fossiliferous Pleistocene deposits in southeastern North
Carolina. Southeastern Geology, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 35-54, figs. 1-4,
tables 1-4, pls. 1-5.
Felix, Johannes Paul
1925. Anthozoa eocaenica et oligocaenica. Fossilium Catalogus. I. Ani-
malia, pars 28, pp. 1-296.
1927. Anthozoa miocaenica. Fossilium Catalogus. I. Animalia, pars 35,
pp. 297-488.
1929. Anthozoa pliocaenica et pleistocaenica. Fossilium Catalogus. I.
Animalia, pars 44, pp. 489-666.

458 BuLLETIN 285

Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf
1806-1807. Muséum Demidoff (mis en ordre systématique et décrit par
G. Fischer). Ou catalogue des curiosités de la nature et de Vart,
données a l'Université Imperiale de Moscou par ...P. de Demi-
doff. Moscow, vol. 1 (1806), Catalogue ... de la Bibliothéque, pp.
i-])xxiii, 1-275; vol. 2 (1806), Minéraux et Pétrifications, pp. i-xvil,
1-300, pls. 1-6; vol. 3 (1807), Végétaux et Animaux, pp. 1-ix, 1-330,
pls. 1-6.
Fontaine, A. R.
1954. Notes on the marine invertebrate collections. Corals. Inst. Jamaica,
Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, pp. 24-27.
Gabb, William M.
1875. Notes on West Indian fossils. Geol. Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, pp.
544, 545.
Gane, Henry Stewart
1895. A contribution to the Neocene corals of the United States. Johns
Hopkins Univ., Circular, vol. 15, No. 21, pp. 8-10.
1900. Some Neogene corals of the United States. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc.,
vol. 22, No. 1193, pp. 179-198, pl. 15.
Ginsburg, Robert N., and James, Noel P.
1973. British Honduras by submarine. Geotimes, vol. 18, No. 5, pp. 23,
24, figs. 1-7.
Gmelin, Johann Friedrich
1791. Vermes, Caroli a Linne Systema Naturae per Regna tria Naturae.
Editio decimateria, aucta, reformata, cura J. F. Gmelin, Lipsiae,
vol. 1, pp. 3021-3910.
Goreau, Thomas F.
1959a. The ecology of Jamaican coral reefs. I. Species composition and
zonation. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 67-90, figs. 1-21, tables I-IV.
1959b. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. I. A method for
measuring the rate of calcium deposition by corals under different
conditions. Biol. Bull., vol. 116, No. 1, pp. 59-75, figs. 1-5, tables
I-IV.
1961. Problems of growth and calcium deposition in reef corals. En-
deavour, vol. 20, pp. 32-39, figs. 1-10.
Goreau, Thomas F., and Goreau, Nora I.
1959. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. Il. Calcium deposi-
tion by hermatypic corals under various conditions in the reef.
Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239-250, figs. 1-3, tables I-IV.
1960. The physiology of ‘skeleton formation in corals. III. Calcification
rate as a function of colony weight and total nitrogen content
in the reef coral Manicina areolata (Linnaeus). Biol. Bull. vol.
118, No. 3, pp. 419-429, figs. 1-3.
1960. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. IV. On isotopic
equilibrium exchanges of calcium between corallum and environ-
ment in living and dead reef-building corals. Biol. Bull., vol. 119,
No. 3, pp. 416-427, figs. 1, 2, tables I-III.
1960. Distribution of labeled carbon in reef-building corals with and
without Xodanthellae. Science, vol. 131, No. 3401, pp. 668, 669.
Goreau, Thomas F., and Hartman, W. D.
1966. Sponge: effect on the form of reef corals. Science, vol. 151, No.
3708, pp. 243-244, 2 figs.
Goreau, Thomas F., and Wells, J. W.
1967. The shallow-water Scleractinia of Jamaica: revised list of species
and their vertical distribution range. Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 17, No.
2, pp. 442-453, fig. 1, table 1.
Goreau, Thomas F., and Yonge, C. M.
1968. Coral community on muddy sand. Science, vol. 217, pp. 421-423,
3 figs.

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 459

Gravier, Charles
1909. Madréporaires des iles San Thomé et du Prince (Golfe de Guinée).
Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 1 (1910), No. 2, pp. 1-28, pls. 1-9.
1920. Madréporaires provenant des campagnes des yachts Princesse-
Alice et Hirondelle II (1893-1913). Résultats des Campagnes
Scientifiques du Prince de Monaco, Monaco, No. 55, pp. 1-123, pls.
1-16.
Greeley, Arthur W.
1904. Notes on the corals, collected on the northeast coast of Brazil. In
Branner, J. C., The stone reefs of Brazil, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull.,
vol. 44, pp. 268-275.
Gregory, John Walter
1895. Contributions to the palaeontology and physical geology of the
West Indies. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 255-312,
pl. XI, text-figs. 1, 2.
1902. On the West Indian species of Madrepora. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 7, vol. 6, No. 31, art. 3, pp 20-31.
Gualtieri, Niccolo
1742. Index testarum conchyliorum quae adservantur in Museo N. Gual-
liert . . . et methodice distributiae exhibentur tabulis CX, Floren-
tiae, 23 pp., 110 pls.
Guérin-Méneville, Felix Edouard
1829-1844. Iconographie de Régne Animal de G. Cuvier, ou représenta-
tion d’aprés Nature de lune des espéeces les plus remarquables, et
souvent non encore figurées, de chaque genre d’animaux. Avec
un text. Paris, 3 vols., 50 Nos.
Guppy, R. J. Lechmere
1869. List of organic remains from a Pliocene coral formation of Do-
minica, and a list of land-shells collected in Dominica. Sci. Assoc.
Trinidad, vol. 1, pp. 390-392.
1899. Note on discovery of corals in the harbour of Port-of-Spain. Vic-
toria Inst. Trinidad, Proc., pp. 168, 169.
Hartmeyer, Robert
1909. Die westindische Korallenriffe und ihr Tierleben. Meereskunde
Berlin, Jahrg. 3, No. 2, pp. 1-40, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-9.
Heilprin, Angelo
1887. Explorations on the west coast of Florida and in the Okeechobee
wilderness. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 1, pp. i-vi, 1-134,
pls. 1-19, 2 drawings. Reprint, Paleontological Research Institution,
1964.
1888. Contributions to the natural history of the Bermuda Islands. Acad.
Nat. Sci.. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, pp. 302-328. [Actinozoa,
pp. 303-307. ]
1890. The corals and coral reefs of the western waters of the Gulf of
Mexico. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 42, pp. 303-316.
Hickson, Sydney John
1898. On the species of the genus Millepora: a preliminary communica-
tion. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 246-257.
Hinde, George Jennings
1888. On the history and characters of the genus Septastraea, D’Orbigny
(1849), and the identity of its type species with that of Glypha-
straea, Duncan (1887). Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 44,
pp. 200-227, pl. IX.
Hoffmeister, J. Edward, Jones, James I., Milliman, John D., Moore,
Donald R., and Multer, H. Gray
1964. Living and fossil reef types of South Florida. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Convention, Guidebook Field Trip No. 3, pp. 1-28, figs. 1-7, tables
12 splsaei 2:
Hoffmeister, J. Edward, and Multer, H. G.
1968. Geology and origin of Florida Keys. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol.
79, No. 11, pp. 1487-1502, figs. 1-3, pls. 1-3.

460 BuLveTin 285

Hoffstetter, Robert
1956. Amérique Latine. Lexique Stratigraphique International, vol. V,
fasc. 2b, Antilles (sauf Cuba et Antilles vénézuéliennes), 495 pp.
Holmes, Arthur
1965. Principals of physical geology. New and fully revised edition. New
York, pp. i-xv, 1-1287, figs. 1-880, frontispiece.
Holmes, Francis S.
1860. Post-Pletocene Fossils of South-Carolina. Charleston, S.C., Russel
& Jones, pp. i-xii, 1-98, pls. I-XIV. [Polyparia, pp. 1-3, pl. I, figs.
1-4a.]
van der Horst, C. J.
1927. Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Fauna van Curacao. Madreporaria.
Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol. 25, pp. 159-161.
Hoskins, Cortez W.
1964. Molluscan biofacies in calcareous sediments, Gulf of Batabano,
Cuba, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 1680-
1704, figs. 1-24, pls. 1, 2.
Houttuyn, Martin
1761-1785. Natuurlyke Historie, of uitvoerige Beschryving der Dieren,
Planten en Mineraalen, volgens het Samenstel van den Heer Lin-
naeus. Amsterdam, 3 vol., 37 Nos., Vol. I, Dieren, 18 Nos. (1761-
1773); vol. II, Planten, 14 Nos. (1773-1783) ; vol. III, Mineraalen,
7 Nos. (1780-1785).
Humphrey, George
1797. Museum Calonnianum. Specifications of the various articles which
compose the ... Museum of Natural History collected by M. de
Calonne in France... London, pt. 1, viii + 84 pp.
Hunter, Muriel
1968. Molluscan guide fossils in late Miocene sediments of southern
Florida. Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 439-450,
figs. 1-5.
1971. Pinecrest fossils — a study now in progress. Miami Geol. Soc.,
vol. 4, No. 4, 3 pp.
Jones, John A.
1963. Ecological studies of the southeastern Florida patch reefs. Part I.
Diurnal and seasonal changes in the environment. Bull. Marine
Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 282-307, figs. 1-6,
table 1.
Joubin, Louis
1912. Carte des bancs et récifs de coraux (Madrépores). Inst. Océanogr.
Paris, Ann., vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 1-7, charts 1-5.
Jukes-Brown, A. J., and Harrison, J. B.
1891. The geology of Barbados. I. The coral rocks of Barbados and other
West Indian islands. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 47, pp.
197-243, figs. 1-9.
1892. On the geology of Barbados II. The oceanic deposits. Geol. Soc.
London, Quart. Jour., vol. 48, pp. 170-226, figs. 1-9, 1-4, geol. map.
Keroher, Grace C., and others
1966. Lexicon of geologic names of the United States for 1936-1960. U.S.
Geol. Sur. Bull. 1200, 4341 pp.
Khudoley, K. M., and Meyerhoff, A. A.
1971. Paleogeography and geologic history of the Greater Antilles.
Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 129, pp. i-xiv, 1-199, figs. 1-30, table 1-4.
Kier, Porter M.
1963. Tertiary echinoids from the Caloosahatchee and Tamiami Forma-
tions of Florida. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 145, No. 5, pp. 1-63,
pls. 1-18, text-figs. 1-58.

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 461

1969. Tertiary echinoids from the Caloosahatchee and Tamiami Forma-
tions of Florida. In J. R. DuBar and S. S. DuBar, Gulf Coast
Assoc. Geol. Soc., Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Mineral Sect., Ann.
Meeting, Field Trip No. 4, Appendix, p. 140.
Kissling, Don L.
1965. Coral distribution on a shoal in Spanish Harbor, Florida Keys.
Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 599-611, figs. 1-10.
Klose, William F. Il
1970. [List of corals from Miami Oolite and Key Largo Limestone in
southern Florida.| In Letter to R. O. Vernon, 30 April 1970, 7 pp.
Knorr, Georg Wolfgang
1766-67. Deliciae Naturae; oder auserlesenes Naturalien-Cabinet,
welches aus den drey Reichen der Natur zeiget was von curiosen.
Liebhabern aufbehalten und gesammlet zu werden verdienet.

Ehemals herasusgegeben von Georg Wolfgang Knorr .. . fort-
gesetzt van dessen Erben beschreiben von Philip Ludinge Statius
Miiller ... und das franzoische Ubersetzt von Matthéus Verdier

de la Blaquiére, etc. Niirnberg, 2 vols., [13] + viii + 132 + xx
+ 144 pp., 91 pls.
Kornicker, Louis S., Bonet, F., Cann, R., and Hoskin, Charles M.

1959. Alacran Reef, Campeche Bank, Mexico. Inst. Marine Sci. Univ.
Texas, Publ., vol. 6, pp. 1-22, figs. 1-22, figs. 1-20. [Coelenterates,
pps 18) 192]

Kornicker, Louis S., and Boyd, Donald W.

1962. Shallow-water geology and environments of Alacran Reef complex,
Campeche Bank, Mexico. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 46,
No. 5, pp. 640-673, figs. 1-34, tables 1-4.

Kornicker, Louis S., and Squires, Donald F.

1962. Floating corals: a possible source of erroneous distribution data.

Limnol. and Oceanogr., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 447-452, fig. 1, table 1.
Laborel, Jacques

1966. Contribution a l’étude des madréporaires des Bermudes (systémati-
que et répartition). Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol.
38, pp. 281-300, pls. I, II, text-figs. 1-7.

1967. A revised list of Brazilian scleractinian corals and description of
a new species. Postilla, No. 107, 14 pp., 4 figs.

Lamarck, Jean Batiste Pierre Antoine de Monte de

1816. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, présentant les
caractéres, généralaux et particuliers de ces animaux, leur distri-
bution, leurs classes, leurs famillies, leurs genres et la citation
synonymique des principales espéces qui s’y rapportent. Paris, ed.
1, vol. 3, 586 pp.

1836. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres ... Revue et aug-
mentée de notes présentant les faits nouveaux dont la science s'est
enrichie jusqu’a ce jour par MM. G. P. Deshayes et M. Milne
Edwards. Paris, ed. 2, vol. 2, 683 + 1 pp.

Lamouroux, Jean Vincent Felix

1821. Exposition méthodique des genres, de ordre des Polypiers, avec
leur description et celles des principales espéeces, figurées dans 84
planches; les 63 premiéres appartenant a l’Histoire naturelle des
Zoophytes d’Ellis et Solander. Paris, viii + 115 pp., 84 pls.

Land, Lynton S., Mackenzie, Fred T., and Gould, Stephen J.

1967. Pleistocene history of Bermuda. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 78,

No. 8, pp. 993-1006, 5 figs., 4 pls.
Lesueur, Charles Alexandre

1817. Observations on several species of the genus Actinia; illustrated
by figures. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 149-
154, 169-189, pl. 8.

462 BuLLeTIn 285

1821. Description de plusieurs animaux appartenants aux polypiers
lamelliféres de M. le Chev. Lamarck. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., Paris,
Mém., vol. 6, pp. 271-298, pls. 15-17.
Leuckart, Friedrich Sigismund
1841. Observationes zoologicas de Zoophytis Coraltis, spectatim de genere
Fungia et descriptionem nonnullarum hujus generis speciterum
novarum vel nondam accuratius cognitarum. Friburgi Brisiga-
vorum, 60 + 2 pp., 4 pls.
Lewis, John B.
1960a. The fauna of rocky shores of Barbados, W.I. Canadian Jour. Zool.,
vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 391-435, figs. 1-20.
1960b. The coral reefs and coral communities of Barbados, W. I. Cana-
dian Jour. Zool., vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 1133-1145, pls. 1-7, text-fig. 1.
1960c. Scleractinia of Barbados, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Jour, «vols7 28, sNo:1ssppy 11; 2:
Lindstrom, Gustaf
1877. Contributions to the actinology of the Atlantic Ocean. K. Svenska
Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., n. F., vol. 14, No. 6, pp. 1-26, pls. I-III.
Link, Heinrich Friedrich
1807. Beschreibung oder Naturalien-Sammlungen der Universitat zu
Rostock. Rostock, pt. 3, pp. 161-169.
Linnaeus, Caroli
1758. Systema Naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum Classes,
Ordines, Genera, Species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synony-
mis, locis. Tomus I. Regnum Animale. Holmiae, editio decima,
reformata, 824 pp.
1766-67. Systema Naturae ... Holmiae, editio duodecima, reformata, pt.
1, pp. 1-532 (1766); pt. 2, pp. 533-1327 (1767).
Logan, Brian W., et al.
1969. Carbonate sediments and reefs, Yucatan Shelf, Mexico. Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Mem. 11, pp. 1-198, pls. 1-10, text-figs. 1-64.
Lonsdale, William
1845. Account of ten species of Polyparia obtained from the Miocene
Tertiary of North America, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol.
1, pp. 495-509, 18 figs.
Lyell, Charles
1845. On the Miocene Tertiary strata of Maryland, and of North and
South Carolina. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 1, pp. 413-429,
7 figs.
Lyman, Frank
1949. Outer reef corals. Shell Notes, vol. 2, Nos. 7-9, pp. 130-134, pls.
1-3.
Macintyre, lan G.
1967. Submerged coral reefs, west coast of Barbados, West Indies. Cana-
dian Jour. Earth Sci., vol. 4, Ne. 3, pp. 461-474, figs. 1-9, pls. 1-3.
1972. Submerged coral reefs of Eastern Caribbean. Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol., Bull., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 720-738, 8 figs., 2 tables.
Macintyre, lan G., and Pilkey, Orrin H.
1969. Tropical reef corals; tolerance of low temperatures on the North
Carolina continental shelf. Science, vol. 166, No. 3903, pp. 374, 375,
figs. 1s 2!
Macsotay, Oliver
1972. Correlation of some marine sedimentary units of the Caribbean-
Antillean paleoprovince, with endemic molluskan taxa. VI. Con-
ferencia Geoldgica de] Caribe, Margarita, Venezuela, Mem., pp.
479-484, figs. 1-3.

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 463

Mansfield, Wendell C.
1927. Notes on Pleistocene faunas from Maryland and Virginia and
Pliocene and Pleistocene faunas from North Carolina. U.S. Geol.
Sur., Prof. Paper 150, pp. 129-140, pls. 24, 25, text-fig. 3.
1931. Some Tertiary mollusks from southern Florida. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Proc., vol. 79, art. 21, pp. 1-12, pls. 1-4.
Matthai, George
1926. Colony-formation in astreid corals. Roy. Soc. London, Philos.
Trans., ser. B, vol. 214, art. VIII, pp. 313-367, figs. 1-22, pls.
24-28.
1928. A monograph of the Recent meandroid Astraeidae. Catalogue of
the Madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Natural His-
tory), vol. 7, pp. 1-288, text-figs. 1-35, pls. I-LX XII.
May, James P.
1972. Age and origin of the Cape Kennedy area. Southeastern Geol.
Soc., Sixteenth Field Conference Guidebook, pp. 30-34, fig. 1.
Mayer, Alfred Goldborough
1914. The effects of temperature upon tropical marine animals. Carnegie
Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6,
No. 1, pp. 1-24.
Menzel, R. Winston
1956. Annotated check-list of the marine fauna and flora of the St.
George’s Sound — Apalachee Bay region, Florida Gulf Coast.
Oceanogr. Inst. Florida State Univ., Contrib., No. 61, pp. 1-78,
chart. [Anthozoa, p. 2.]
Mesolella, Kenneth J., Sealy, H. A., and Matthews, R. K.
1970. Facies geometries aviehin Pleistocene reefs of Barbados. Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 54, No. 10 (Pt. 1 of II), pp. 1899-
1917, figs. 1-16.
Michelin, Jean Louis Hardouin
1840-47. Iconographie zoophytologique, Description par localités et ter-
rains des polypiers fossiles de France, et pays environnants. Paris, :
pp. 1-16, pls. 1-4 (1840); pp. 17-148, pls. 5-42 (1841-1843); pp.
149-178, pls. 43-46 (1844); pp. 179-220, pls. 47-53 (1845); pp.
221-306, pls. 54-73 (1846); pp. 307-348, pls. 74-79 (1847).
Michelotti, Giovanni
1838. Specimen Zoophytologiae Diluvianae. Turin, iv + 227 + 9 pp.,,
7 pls.
Moore, Donald R.
1958. Notes on Blanquilla Reef, the most northerly coral formation in the
western Gulf of Mexico. Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ.,
vol. 5, pp. 151-155.
Moore, Donald R., and Gunter, Gordon
1962. Notes on the Pliocene molluscan fauna from one site in the western
Florida Everglades. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 12,
No. 1, pp. 66-72.
Moseley, Henry Nottidge
1881. Report on certain hydroid, alcyonarian, and madreporarian corals
procured during the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger in the years
ioe 76. Voyage H. M. S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology,
2, pt. 7, pp. 1-248, pls. 1-14, 1-16, 22 text-figs.
Miller, Philipe Ludwig Statius
1775. Von den Corallen. In Ritters C. von Linné . . . vollstandiges
Natursystem nach der zwilften lateinischen Ausgabe und nach
Anleitung des hollandischen Houttuynische Verks, mit einer aus-
fiihrlichen Erklaérung ausgefertiget von P.L.S. Miiller. Niirnberg,
vol. 6, pt. 2, 960 pp., pls. 20-37.

464 BuLueTin 285

Neumann, A. Conrad
1965. Processes of recent carbonate sedimentation in Harrington Sound.
Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 987-1035, figs. 1-13. [Corals,
p. 1004.]
Newell, Norman D., Imbrie, J., Purdy, E. G., and Thurber, D. L.
1959. Organism communities and bottom facies, Great Bahama Banks.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, pp. 179-228, pls. 58-
69, text-figs. 1-17, tables 1-6.
Newell, Norman D., and Rigby, J. Keith
1957. Geological studies on the Great Bahama Bank. Soc. Econ. Paleont.
Mineral., Spec. Publ., No. 5, pp. 15-72, text-figs. 1-22, pls. 1-22.
[Corals identified by John W. Wells.]
Oken, Lorenz
1813-1826. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. Leipzig and Jena, 3 vols. [in
6.] Zoologie, Abt. I (1815), Fleischlose Thiere, xxviii + 842 +
xvii e iv pp., 50 pls.
Olivares, Manuel A
1971. Estudios taxonomicos de algunos madreporarios del Golfo de
Cariaco, Sucre, Venezuela. Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol.,
vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73-78, 1 table, 1 fig., 2 pls.
Olivares, Manuel A., and Leonard, Arthur Byron
1971. Algunos corales petreos de la Bahia de Mochima, Venezuela. Inst.
Oceanogr. Univ. Oriente, Bol., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 49-70, 1 table, 1
fig., 11 pls.
Olsson, Axel A.
1969. A review of Late Cenozoic stratigraphy of southern Florida. In
J. R. DuBar and S. S. DuBar, Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., Soc.
Econ. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect., Ann. Meeting, Field Trip No.
4, pp. 122-134, 1 fig.
Olsson, Axel A., and Harbison, Anne
1953. Pliocene Mollusca of southern Florida. With special reference to
those from North Saint Petersburg. With special chapters on Tur-
ridae by William G. Fargo and Vitrinellidae and fresh-water
mollusks by Henry A. Pilsbry. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Mon.
No. 8, pp. 1-457, pls. 1-65, text-figs. 1, 2.
Olsson, Axel A., and Petit, Richard E.
1964. Some Neogene Mollusca from Florida and the Carolinas. Bull.
Amer. Paleont., vol. 47, No. 217, pp. 508-574, pls. 77-83.
Ortmann, Arnold Edward
1888. Studien ueber Systematik und geographisch Verbreitung der
Steinkorallen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Sys., vol. 3, pp. 143-188, pl. 6.
1890. Die Morphologie des Sheletts der Steinkorallen in Bezichung zur
Koloniebildung. Zeitschr. f. Wissensch. Zool., Leipzig, vol. 50, pt.
2, pp. 278-316, pl. XI.
Osmond, J. K., Carpenter, J. R., and Windom, H. L.
1965. Th-230/U-234 age of the Pleistocene corals and oolites of Florida.
Jour. Geophys. Res., vol. 70, No. 8, pp. 1843-1847, fig. 1, tables 1-3.
Osmond, J. K., May, James P., and Tanner, W. F.
1970. Age of the Cape Kennedy barrier-and-lagoon complex. Jour. Geo-
phy. Res., vol. 75, No. 2, pp. 469-479, figs. 1, 2, tables 1-3.
Pallas, Peter Simon
1776. Elenchus Zoophytorum sistens generum adumbrationes generalieres
et specierum cognitarum succinctas descriptiones cum selectis auc-
torum synonymis. Hagae-Comitum, i-xvi -++ 28 + 451 pp.
Pourtalés, Louis Francois de
1871. Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Harvard College. No. IV. Deep sea corals. Museum Comp. Zool.,
Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 1-93, pls. I-VIII.

FLoriDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 465

1874. Deep-sea corals. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 4, No. 8, pp. 33-49,
pls. VI-IX.

1875. List of fossil corals collected by W. M. Gabb, Esg., in Santo
Domingo. Geol. Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, pp. 544, 545.

1878. Report on the dredging operations of the U.S. Coast Survey steamer
Blake. Corals. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 197-212,
pli:

1880. Report on the Florida reefs. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No.
1, pls. I-XXIII.

Puri, Harbans S., and Collier, A.

1967. Role of micro-organisms in formation of limestones. Gulf Coast

Assoc. Geol. Soc., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 355-367.
Puri, Harbans S., and Vanstrum, V. V.

1969. Geologic history of the Miocene and younger sediments in South
Florida. In J. R. DuBar and S. S. DuBar, Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol.
Soc., Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Mineral. Sect., Ann. Meeting, Field
Trip No. 4, pp. 70-86, figs. 1-6.

1971. Stratigraphy and paleoecology of the late Cenozoic sediments of
South Florida. Centre Rech. Pau-SNPA, Bull. 5, Suppl., pp. 433-448,
figs. 1-4.

Puri, Harbans S., and Vernon, Robert O.

1964. Summary of the geology of Florida and a guidebook to the classic
exposures. Florida Geol. Sur., Spec. Publ. No. 5, pp. i-ix, 1-312,
figs. 1-37, pls. 1-11.

Quelch, John Joseph

1886. Report on the reef corals collected by H. M. S. Challenger during
the years 1873-76. Voyage H. M. S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results,
Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 1-203, pls. 1-12.

Quenstedt, Friedrich August von

1879-1881. Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands. Korallen. Leipzig, Bd. VI (1),
pp. 497-624 (1879); pp. 625-752 (1880); pp. 753-912 (1880); pp.
913-1093 (1881), 42 pls.

Quoy, Jean René Constant, and Gaimard, Joseph Paul

1824. Voyage autour du monde... sur... lUranie et la Physicienne

. .. 1817-20. Zoologie. Paris, vol. 2, pp. i-iv, 1-712, pls. 1-96.
Ramirez, Ricardo

1956. Paleontologia Dominicana: Descripcién de las formaciones geo-
légicas Baitoa, Cercado, Gurabo y Arcilla Mao, y lista de los
moluscos y corales fésiles procedentes de ellas, que integran la
coleccién preparada par ser exhibida en la Feria de la Paz y Con-
fraternidad del Mundo Libre. Univ. Santo Domingo, Secciédn Geol.
y Paleont., Publ., ser. IV, vol. CIII, No. 2, pp. 1-26, pls. 1-8.

Rathbun, Richard

1979. Brazilian corals and coral reefs. Amer. Natural., vol. 13, No. 9,
pp. 539-551, 1 fig.

1888a. Catalogue of the species belonging to the genus Madrepora con-
tained in the United States National Museum, U.S. Nat Mus.,
Proc., vol. 10, pp. 10-19.

1888b. Annotated catalogue of the species of Porites and Synaraea in the
United States National Museum, with a description of a new
species of Porites. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 10, pp. 354-366, pls.
15-19,

Rehberg, Hermann

1892. Neue und wenig bekannte Korallen. Naturwiss. Verein Hamburg,

Abhandl., vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 1-50, pls. 1-4.
Rein, Johannes Justus

1881. Die Bermuda-Inseln und ihre Korallenriffe, nebst einem Nach-
trage gegen die Darwin’sche Senkungstheorie. Deutsche Geo-
graphentages Berlin, Verhandl., vol. 1, pp. 29-46.

466 BuLLeTIN 285

Rice, William North

1878. On the animal of Millepora alcicornis. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, vol.

16 (116), No. 91, art. 16, pp. 180-182, figs. 1-20.
Richards, Horace Gardiner

1938. Marine Pleistocene of Florida. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 49, pt.
2, pp. 1267-1296, 4 pls., 1 text-fig.

1966. Notes on five marine Pleistocene localities in northeastern North
Carolina, Southeastern Geology, vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 135-139.

Richards, Horace G., and Harbison, Anne

1941. Miocene invertebrate fauna of New Jersey. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-

delphia, Proc., vol. 94, pp. 167-250, pls. 7-22.
Ridley, H. N.

1888. Notes on the Zoology of Fernando Noronha. Linnean Soc. London,
Jour., vol. 20, pp. 473-570, pl. 30, text-figs. 1, 2. [Madreporaria
by Duncan, pp. 569-570. ]

Rigby, J. Keith, and MacIntire, William G.

1966. The Isla de Lobos and associated reefs, Veracruz, Mexico. Brigham

Young Univ. Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 1-46, pls. 1-8, text-figs. 1-9.
Rivero, Frances Charlton de

1964. Ecologia, paleoecologia y distribucién estratigrafica de los arrecifes

organicos. Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, pp. 41-122.
Roberts, J. K.

1932. The lower York-James Peninsula. Virginia Geol. Sur., Bull. 37,

Educac. Ser. No. 2, pp. i-viii, 1-58, pls. 1-21, text-figs. 1-7.
Roberts, W. P., and Pierce, J. W.

1967. Outcrop of the Yorktown Formation (upper Miocene) in Onslow
Bay, North Carolina, Southeastern Geology, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 131-
138, fig. 1.

Rogers, W. B.

1884. Geology of the Virginias. Virginia Geol. Sur.: A reprint of annual
reports and other papers on the geology of the Virginias. New
York, pp. i-xv, 1-822, pls. 1-8 (geological sections), geol. map of
Virginia and West Virginia, 6 pls. of fossils, 1 text-fig.

Rogers, W. B., and Rogers, H. D.

1837. Contributions to the geology of the Tertiary formations of Virginia.

Amer. Philos. Soc., Trans., n. s., vol. 5, art. 14, pp. 319-341.
Roos, Pieter Jan

1964. The distribution of reef corals in Curacao. Studies on the fauna
of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, No. 81, pp. 1-51, figs.
1-16, tables 1, 2, pls. Ia-XIIIb.

1967. Growth and occurrence of the reef coral Porites astreoides
Lamarck in relation to submarine radiance distribution. Utrecht,
72 pp., 14 figs.

1971. The shallow-water stony corals of the Netherlands Antilles.
Studies on the fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands. No.
130, pp. 1-108, figs. 1-47, pls. I-LIII.

Ross, Arnold, and Newman, William A.

1973. Revision of the coral-inhabiting barnacles (Cirripedia: Balanidae).
San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans., vol. 17, No. 12, pp. 137-173,
figs. 1-25.

Rutten, Louis Martin Robert

1940a. New data on the smaller islands north of Venezuela. K. Neder-
landsche Akad. Wetensch., Proc., vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 820-827, text-
fig. p. 821.

1940b. On the geology of Margarita, Cubagua and Coche (Venezuela).
K. Nederlandsche Akad. Wetensch., Proc., vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 828-
841, fig. pp. 832, 833.

Sanford, Samuel

1909. Topography and geology of southern Florida, Florida Geol. Sur.,

Ann. Rept. 2, pp. 175-231, fig. 3, pls. IX, X.

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 467

Schomburgk, Robert Hermann
1848. The history of Barbados; comprising a geographical ... descrip-
tion of the Island ... and an account of its geology and natural
productions. London, xx + 722 pp., 7 pls., text-figs., map.
Schweigger, August Friedrich
1820. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte der Skelettlosen Ungegliederten
Thiere. Leipzig, xvi + 776 pp.
Scoffin, T. P.
1972. Fossilization of Bermuda Patch Reefs. Science, vol. 178, No. 4076,
pp. 1280-1282, figs. 1, 2.
Seba, Albertus
1734-1765. Locupletissimi rerum naturalium thesauri accurata descriptio,
et iconibus artifictosissimis expresso, collegit, digessit, descripsit
et ad pingendum curavit per universam physices historiam ...
Amstelaedami, 4 vols., 449 pls.
Sellards, Elias Howard
1919. Geologic sections across the everglades of Florida. Florida State
Geol. Sur., Ann. Rept. 12, pp. 67-76, 1 fig.
Shinn, Eugene A.
1963. Spur and groove formation on the Florida Reef Tract. Jour. Sed.
Pet., vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 291-303, figs. 1-12.
1966. Coral growth-rate, an environmental indicator. Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 233-240, pl. 27, text-figs. 1-6.
Simpson, George Gaylord
1969. The extinct land mammals of Florida. Florida Geol. Sur., Twen-
tieth Ann. Rept. 1927-1928, pp. 231-279, text-fig. 1, maps 2-4, pls.
30-40.
Sloane, Hans
1707-1725. A Voyage to the Islands of Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S.
Christophers and Jamaica, with the natural history of the herbs
and trees, four-footed beasts, fishes, birds, insects, reptiles, etc.,
of the last of these Islands; to which is prefixed an introduction
wherein is an account of the inhabitants, air, water, diseases,
trade, etc. of that place, with some relations concerning the netigh-
bouring continent, and islands of America. Illustrated with the
figures of the things described, which have not been heretofore
engraved, in large copper plates big as life. London, 2 vols.; vol.
1, pp. 1-12, i-cliv, 1-264, pls. 1-156; vol. 2, pp. i-xviii, 1-381, pls.
157-274.
Smith, Frederick George Walton
1943. Littoral fauna of the Miami area. I. The Madreporaria. Florida
Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 41-48.
1948. Atlantic Reef Corals. A handbook of the common reef and shallow-
water corals of Bermuda, the West Indies, and Brazil. Univ.
Miami Press, pp. 1-112, pls. 1-41, text-figs. 1-11.
1954. Gulf of Mexico Madreporaria. In Galtsoff, Paul S., Gulf of Mexi-
co, its origin, waters, and marine life. U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, pp. 291-295.
Spencer, Joseph William Winthrop
1902a.On the geological and physical development of Dominica; with
notes on Martinique, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, and the Grenadines.
Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, pp. 341- 353, pl. 10 (map),
text-figs. 1, 2,
1902b. On the geological and physical development of Barbados; with
notes on Trinidad. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, pp.
354-367, figs. 1, 2.

468 BuLvetin 285

Squires, Donald F.

1958. Stony corals from the vicinity of Bimini, Bahamas, British West
Indies. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 215-262,
pls. 28-43, text-figs. 1-4.

Stanley, Steven M.

1966. Paleoecology and diagnosis of Key Largo Limestone, Florida.
Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 1927-1947, pl.
1, text-figs. 1-12, table 1.

Stoddart, David R.

1962. Caribbean beach studies. Technical Report No. 11, Part G. Three
Caribbean atolls. Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 1-111, 1-151, figs.
1-49.

1969. Ecology and morphology of Recent coral reefs. Biol. Rev., vol. 44,
pp. 433-498, figs. 1-4, tables 1-6.

Storr, John F.

1964. Ecology and oceanography of the coral-reef tract, Abaco Island,
Bahamas. Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 79, pp. 1-94, pls. 1-8,
text-figs. 1-7, tables 1-13.

Thomson, Charles Wyville

1877-78. The Voyage of the “Challenger”. The Atlantic. New York, 2
vols.; vol. 1, pp. i-vix, xv-xx, 17-391, 14 pls., 106 text-figs.; vol.
2, pp. i-vili, 9-340, pls. 15-42, 62 text-figs.

Tuomey, Michael, and Holmes, Francis S.

1855-1857. Pleiocene Fossils of South-Carolina: containing descriptions
and figures of the Polyparia, Echinodermata and Mollusca, Char-
leston, S. C., Russel and Jones, pp. i-xvi, 1-152, pls. 1-30. [Pages
1-30 published 1855; pp. 31-152 published 1857.] Reprint Paleon-
tological Research Institution, 1974.

Vaughan, Thomas Wayland

1901a. Some fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curacao, Aruba, and
Bonaire, Rijksmus. Geol. em Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol.
2;.No. ‘1; pp. (1-77.

1901b. A list of papers on the Recent and fossil stony corals and coral
reefs of the West Indies, Florida, the Bermudas, the western
shores of the Gulf of Mexico, and northeastern South America.
Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1,
pp. 78-91.

1902. The stony corals of the Porto Rican waters. U.S. Fish Comm., Bull.,
vol. 20 for 1900, Pt. 2, pp. 289-320, pls. 1-38.

1904. Anthozoa. Maryland Geol. Sur., Miocene: Systematic Paleontology,
pp. 438-447, pls. 122-129.

1910. A contribution to the geologic history of the Florida Plateau. Car-
negie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 133, Papers Marine Biol. Lab.
Tortugas, vol. 4, pp. 99-185, pls. 1-15, text-figs. 1-6.

1912a. Madreporaria and marine benthonic deposits of southern Florida.
Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 10 for 1911, pp. 147-
156, pls. 4-6.

1912b. Studies of the geology and of the Madreporaria of the Bahamas
and of southern Florida, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook
No. 11, pp. 153-162.

1913. The reef corals of southern Florida. Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Yearbook No. 12, pp. 181-183. Investigations of the geology and
geologic processes of the reef tracts and adjacent areas in the

; Bahamas and Florida, Pp. 183, 184.

1914. Reef corals of the Bahamas and of southern Florida. Carnegie
Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 13, pp. 222-226. Geological in-
vestigations in the Bahamas and southern Florida. Pp. 227-233,
figs. 7, 8. Study of the stratigraphic geology and of the fossil corals

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 469

and associated organisms in several of the smaller West Indian
Islands. Pp. 358-360.

1915a. On Recent Madreporaria of Florida, the Bahamas, and the West
Indies, and on collections from Murray Island, Australia, Carnegie
Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, pp. 220-231.

1915b. The geologic significance of the growth-rate of the Floridian and
Bahaman shoal-water corals. Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol.
5, No. 17, pp. 591-600.

1917. The reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, Cali-
fornia, and its significance. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Pap. 98-T, pp.
353-376, pls. XCIV-CII, text-figs. 43-46.

1919. Fossil corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, with an
account of the American Tertiary, Pleistocene, and Recent coral
reefs. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., vol. 103, No. 9, pp. i-vi, 189-524, pls.
68-152, text-figs. 4-25.

1923. Stratigraphy of the Virgin Islands of the United States and of
Culebra and Vieques Islands, and notes on Porto Rico. Washing-
ton Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 13, No. 14, pp. 303-317.

Vaughan, T. W., Cooke, Wythe, Condit, D. D., Ross, C. P., Woodring,
W. P., and Calkins, F. C.

1921. A geological reconnaissance of the Dominican Republic. Geol.

Survey Dominican Republic, Mem., vol. 1, pp. 1-268, pls. I-X XIII.
Vaughan, Thomas Wayland, and Hoffmeister, John Edward

1925. New species of fossil corals from the Dominican Republic. Mus.
Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 67, No. 8, pp. 315-326, pls. 1-4.

1926. Miocene corals from Trinidad. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.
No. 344, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 23, pp. 107-134, pls. 1-7.

Vaughan, Thomas Wayland, and Shaw, Eugene Wesley

1915. Geologic investigation of the Florida Coral Reef Tract. Carnegie

Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, pp. 232-238.
Vaughan, Thomas Wayland, and Wells, John West

1943. Revision of the suborders, families, and genera of the Scleractinia.
Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Pap., No. 44, pp. i-xv, 1-636, text-figs.
1-39, pls. 1-51.

Voss, Gilbert L, and Voss, Nancy A.

1955. An ecological survey of Soldier Key, Biscayne Bay, Florida. Bull.
Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 203-229, figs.
1-4.

Veatch, Otto, and Stephenson, Lloyd William

1911. Preliminary report on the geology of the Coastal Plain of Georgia.
Geol. Sur. Georgia, Bull. No. 26, pp. 1-466, pls. I-XXX, text-figs.
1-13, maps 1, 2.

Verrill, Addison Emery

1964. List of the polyps and corals sent by the Museum of Comparative
Zoology to other Institutions in exchange, with annotations. Mus.
Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 29-60.

1866. On the polyps and corals of Panama with descriptions of new
species. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 10, pp. 323-333.

1868. Notice of the corals and echinoderms collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt,
at the Abrolhos Reefs, Province of Bahia, Brazil, 1867. Connecti-
cut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 1, art. V, No. 4, pp. 351-359.

1901a. Variations and nomenclature of Bermudian, West Indian and
Brazilian reef corals, with notes on various Indo-Pacific corals.
Connecticut Acad. Arts and’ Sci,j¢Lrans.,, vol., 11, (Pts d;sartjellle
pp. 63-168.

1901b. Comparisons of the Bermudian, West Indian, and Brazilian coral
faunae. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. 1, art.
IV, pp. 169-206, pls. 10-35.

470

1902.

1906.

BuLLETIN 285

Notes on corals of the genus Acropora (Madrepora Lam.) with
new descriptions and figures of types and of several new species.
Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, Pt. 1, art. V,
pp. 207-266, pls. 36-36F.

The Bermuda Islands; Part IV. — Geology and Paleontology;
Part V. — An account of the Coral Reefs. Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art. II, pp. 45-348, figs. 1-181, pls. 16-40.

Wagenaar Hummelinck, P., and Roos, P. J.

1969.

Een patiuravetenschappelik onderzoek gericht op het behoud van
het Lac op Bonaire. Natuurwetenschappelijke Werkgroep Neder-
landse Antillen, Curacao, No. 18, pp. 1-28, figs. 1-55.

Weisbord, Norman E.

1968.
1971.

1972.

1973.

Some late Cenozoic stony corals from northern Venezuela. Bull.
Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No. 246, pp. 1-288, pls. 1-12.

Corals from the Chipola and Jackson Buff Formations of Florida.
Florida Bur. Geol., Geol. Bull. 53, pp. i-v, 1-100, pls. 1-15.

Creusia neogenica, a new species ‘of coral-inhabiting barnacle from
Florida. Tulane Studies Geol. and Paleont., vol. 10, No. 1, pp.
59-64, figs. 1-5.

New and little-known corals from the Tampa Formation of Florida.
Florida Bur. Geol., Geol. Bull. 56, pp. i-iv, 1-147, pls. 1-35.

Wells, John West

1932.

1936.

1944,

1945.

1947.

1956.

1964.

1967.
1969.

197.

Study of the reef corals of the Tortugas. Carnegie Inst. Washing-
ton, Yearbook No. 31, pp. 290, 291.

The nomenclature and type species of some genera of Recent and
fossil corals. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 31, No. 182, pp. 97-135.
Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Recent corals, a sponge, and an alga
from Venezuela. Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, pp. 429-447, pls.
69-75.

American old and middle Tertiary larger Foraminifera and
corals. Pt. 2. West Indian Eocene and Miocene corals. Geol. Soc.
Amer., Mem. 9, pt. 2, pp. 1-22, pls. 1-3.

Coral studies. Part II. Three new Cretacous corals from Texas
and Alabama. Part IV. A new species of Phyllangia from the
Florida Miocene. Part V. A new Coenocyathus from Florida. Bull.
Amer. Paleont., vol. 31, No. 123, pp. 1-14 (163-176), pls. 1, 2 (10,
11).

Scleractinia. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelen-
terata, pp. F328-F444, figs. 222-339.

The Recent solitary mussid scleractinian corals and description of
a new species. Rijksmus. Natuur. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol.
XXXIX, Feestbundel H. Boschma, pp. 375-384, pls. 20-23.

Corals as bathometers. Marine Geol., vol. 5, pp. 349-365, 11 figs.
Scleractinian corals, Caloosahatchee River area. In J. R. DuBar
and S. S. DuBar, Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., Soc. Econ. Paleont.
and Mineral. Sect., Ann. Meeting, Field Trip Number Four, Ap-
pendix, pp. 140, 141.

Note on the scleractinian corals Scolymia lacera and S. cubensis
in Jamaica. Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 960-963, figs. 1-7.

1972a. Some shallow-water ahermatypic corals from Bermuda. Postilla,

No. 156, pp. 1-10, figs. 1-17.

1972b. Symbiangia, a new rhizangiid coral. Tulane Studies Geol. Paleont.,

vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 25-27, pl. 1, figs. 1-10.

Westermann, J. H., and Kiel, H.

1961.

The geology of Saba and St. Eustatius, with notes on the geology
of St. Kitts, Nevis and Montserrat (Lesser Antilles). Natuur-
wetensch. Studiekring Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24,
pp. i-xiii, 1-175, pls. 1-33, text-figs. 1-11, Append. 1-6 (colored
maps).

FLoriIpDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 471

Wheeler, C. B.

1960. Estratigrafia del Oligoceno y Mioceno Inferior de Falcon occi-
dental y nororiente. Bol. Geol. Venezuela, Publ. Espec. No. 3
(Memoria Tercer Congreso Geoldgico Venezolano, Tomo I), pp.
407-465, figs. 1-12. [Corals, p. 436.]

Wilson, Henry Van Peters

1888a. Abstract of observations on the development of Manicina areolata.
Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. 7, pp. 31-33, 2 figs.

1888b. On the development of Manicina areolata. Jour. Morph., vol. 2,
No. 2, pp. 191-252, pls. 14-20.

Wise, Sherwood W., Jr.

1970. Scleractinian coral exoskeletons: surface microarchitecture and
attachment scar patterns. Science, vol. 169, pp. 978-980, figs. 1A-
2B, cover.

1972. Observations of fasciculi on developmental surfaces of sclerac-
tinian coral exoskeletons. Akad. Wissench. u. Lit Mainz. Inter-
national Symposium on Problems in Biomineralization, vol. 6, pp.
160-175, pls. 1-5, text-figs. 1, 2.

Woodring, Wendell P., Brown, John S., and Burbank, Wilbur S.

1924. Geology of the Republic of Haiti. Geol. Survey Republic of Haiti,

pp. 1-631, pls. I-XL, text-figs. 1-37.
Yon, William J., Jr.

1965. The stratigraphic significance of an upper Miocene discovery in
Jefferson County, Florida. Southeastern Geology, vol. 6, No. 3,
pp. 167-175, figs. 1-3.

Yonge, Charles Maurice

1935a. Studies on the biology of Tortugas corals. I. Observations on
Meandra areolata Linn. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No.
452, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, pp. 185-198, pls. 1-3.

1935b. Studies on the biology of Tortugas corals. Il. Variation in the
genus Siderastrea. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 452,
Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 199-208, pl. 1.

1937. Studies on the biology of Tortugas corals. III. The effect of mucus
on oxygen consumption. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 475,
Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 31, No. 9, pp. 209-214.

1968. Living corals. Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 169B, pp. 329-344, text-
figs. 1-5.

Zans, V. A.

1958a. Recent coral reefs and reef environments of Jamaica. Geonotes,
vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 18-25.

1958b. The Pedro Cay and Pedro Bank. Report on the survey of the cays
1955-57. Geol. Survey Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull. No. 3, pp. i-vi,
1-47, pls. 1-25 (figs. 1-50).

1959. Recent stony corals of Jamaica. Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 27-36.

th

ie

only? orgy ality

Ay ©

f
ee, 7) iv) F
a

in | é j

PLATES

474 BuLLeETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 21
Figure Page

1. Millepora alcicornis, Linnaeus. ........:0......s0c0.cc0essces0ss0-actos sees ee 276

Specimen FMG-3a. Recent, Florida Middle Ground, Gulf of
Mexico. Length of main branch 65 mm. Illustration X 2.

2. Agaricia agaricites agaricites (Linnaeus) ...................0cccccceceeceeeees 292

Specimen FLK-1a. Recent, Looe Key, Monroe County, Florida.
Corallum length 104 mm. Illustration about natural size.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 21

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 22

Frorma CENOZzOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 475

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22
Figure Page

eA CrODOMa) CEFVICOMINS GAMALCK oo0ooslc.ececcs. docs crcocese st scevenesosscectvescestees 278
Specimen FLK-15a. Recent, Florida. Length of main branch from
crotch to distal end 60 mm. Illustration xX 2.
DEV ACTODOrAa: palmate, TAMA CK 5.60.8. A..ccctesoteacsagicesenceouscsesagcvsedeosns cenconees 284

Recent, Caracasbaai, Curacao. Illustration from Roos (1971, pl.
XIIb). X 0.28.

476 BULLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 23
Figure Page

1,2. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck) .0....0.....00..cccccccceceesecccessseceeecseeserseeees 278

Specimen FLX-15a. Recent, Florida.
1. Enlarged portion of shorter branch of specimen on PI. 22,
fig. 1. Illustration X 4. 2. Enlarged portion of longer branch of
specimen on PI. 22, fig. 1. Illustration x 4.

3. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) ...............cccccccceecsccecesssceeeseecceseeeeceeseees 288

Specimen FLX-16a. Recent, Florida. Length of branch 24 mm.
Illustration < 4.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 23

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 24

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 477

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 24
Figure Page

UL OPAC TSE Tal-T= LUE Se BEI 0: po Ree Sr 297
Specimen FGM-2a. Recent, Florida Middle Ground, Gulf of
Mexico. Frond length 172 mm; x 0.75.
1. Upper surface. 2. Lower surface.

478 BULLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25
Figure Page
1,2. Helioseris cucullata (Ellis and Solander) ...............00...0ccceeeeee 303

Reproduction of original illustrations of Madrepora cucullata
Ellis and Solander (1786, p. 157, pl. 42, both figures). Frond
measurements on pl. 42 of Ellis and Solander, 97 mm X 95
mm.

1. Lower surface of frond. 2. Upper surface of frond.

PLATE 25

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 26

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 479

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 26
Figure Page

i Agaricia PUNPUMEA: LESUGUT: bssc<cs:.c.cc. ce hes oes_deseedeocctveasers so Sceersuoeonenaarin 300

Illustration of Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea Lesueur from
Squires (1958, p. 248, pl. 32, fig. 3). Recent, Bahama Islands.
Length of frond im Squires, 105 mm. Illustration herein X 1.1.

Pate siderastreal Galli” VAUS WAM) <.2ok5..020-scoedcasescacsse coon cosacevancaneatzeestexscecauter 305

Paratype, USGS-325195. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek, Char-
lotte County. Length 70 mm.
2. Calicinal surface * 1. 3. Calices X 2.

480 BuLLeTIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 27
Figure Page
1-5. ..Siderastrea dalli. Vaughan 2........4.2002555.0 6.0 2 See 305

Specimen SP-6c. Pinecrest Formation. Corallum length 95 mm,
width 78 mm, height 69 mm. 1. Calicinal surface x 1.4. 2. Base
X08 3=5enCalices S<i572-

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL.

7,

: Was y
S77) LANA Z
SSA Z/ \\ ee

Wyte
WV
3 ea)
Ise
KG A <)
%y

SAC

x
" ' é
g
BX Wi Li
=> \ G-
Riots SY 7 Pie A
y -

ee

a4

Z, Ie

EN
WNo

5 Vie

z AN

Lai

¥ LY h ‘ UY, .) yn
WR Hin A
RH) i : SY Y “iii

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 28

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 28

Figure

1-5. Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan .......00000000..00.0..0ccccecccccceeeeeeeeeeee
Figs. 1, 2. Specimen USNM-7893. Caloosahatchee Marl or Fort
Thompson Formation. Diameters of calicinal surface 65 mm X
61.5 mm. 1. Calicinal surface X 1.5. 2. Section below calicinal
surface < 1.5. 3, 4. Specimen Ort-la. Caloosahatchee Marl or
Fort Thompson Formation at Ortona Locks. Corallum diameters
77 mm X 69 mm X 69 mm. 3. General view X 0.75. 4. Calices
x 2. 5. Specimen FLX-12, showing type of the embedded barna-
cle Ceratoconcha neogenica (Weisbord). Length of barnacle 9
mm. Illustration X 5.5.

481

482 BuLLeETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 29
Figure

1,2. Siderastrea. radians (Pallas) .ccccccick Ooo ee 312

Specimen BAH-2a. Recent, Bahama Islands. Diameters of head
32.5 mm X 32.5 mm; base 51 mm X 46 mm.
1. Calicinal surface * 1.5. 2. Calices x 2.2.

3,4. Porites astreoides Lamarck 320

Specimen BAH-1la. Recent, Bahama Islands. Length 81.5 mm,
width 65 mm, height 47 mm.

3. Calicinal surface < 1.2. 4. Calices x 2.3.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 29

Rea : &

eek

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 30

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 483

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 30

Figure Page
1. Siderastrea cf. S. siderea (Ellis and Solander) ..........00..00000.0 0.0... 316
Specimen BG-1la. Glades Formation. Length 72 mm, width 63
mm, height 60 mm. Illustration x 1.9.
Bue orites cr. (Ps sfurcata Lamarck: «0000/00. .scccccsncstouee tesa e. 329

Specimen PG-1la. Caloosahatchee Marl, 3.5 miles southeast of
Punta Gorda, Charlotte County. Length of branch 35.5 mm.
Illustration < 3.4.

484 BuLueTIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 31
Figure

12 Porites divaricata ‘Lesueur © ....:.....0020:205 ee ee
Recent, Florida Middle Ground, Gulf of Mexico. 1. Specimen
FMG-1a. Length 83 mm. Illustration < 1.5. 2. Specimen FMG-

1b. Length 45 mm. [Illustration x 3.

3: (Porites \furcata: Lamarck -...2245.5) ei ee

Specimen USGS-3300. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek, Char-
lotte County. Length 50.5 mm. Illustration X 1.6.

4. iPorites porites (Pallas) ..c.5.c3ccscsccxccacscccdecscsscous-s0sh snes eee

Specimen USNM-1/593. Dredged St. Lucie Canal. Fort Thompson
Formation ? Length 36 mm. Illustration x 2.2.

5. (Favia. fragum: (sper) ..cccoooicc. ec eenceec coteastctedcssseee ee
Specimen BAH-3a. Recent, Bahama Islands. Length 28 mm. II-
lustration < 2.4.

_ BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 31

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 32

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 485

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 32
Figure Page

1. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander) .....................0000cccccececceeeeceeeee 340

Specimen USNM-3695. St. Marks, Wakulla County, Florida. This
was found loose and may have been ballast. Length 77 mm.
Illustration < 1.1.

2. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus) ...............00..0...c000ccccecceeeeeeeeees 345

Illustration from Matthai (1928, p. 63, pl. LXIX, fig. 2) as
Maeandrina labyrinthiformis. Length about 80 mm, natural
size.

SD iplorialstrigosa (Dana) t.2..%....cctlee sec esscdaucdtieta we 353

Cabinet specimen, Dept. of Geology, Florida State University.
Recent, Freeport, Grand Bahama Island. Length 81 mm. IIlus-
tration about natural size.

486 BuLLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 33

1. Diploria clivosa (Ellis and Solander) ........0..0..0.00.ccccccecceeeeeeees 340
Specimen I-1013 (2696), Florida Bureau of Geology: Caloosa-
hatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee River, west of LaBelle, Hen-
dry County. Length of calicinal surface 136 mm. Illustration
<a10882

2.3. /Diploria strigosa (Dana) ..<....0<cc-cc0.4 cachee nt eecevcees cee 353
Specimen FWK-1a. Pleistocene, in quarry on Windley Key, Mon-
roe County (Key Largo Limestone). Length 100 mm. Illustra-
tions X 0.75.
2. Calicinal surface. 3. View of side.

4,5. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus) ...........000.00..cccccccceeeeeseetee teense teens 358

Specimen USNM-2094. Caloosahatchee Mar] in Caloosahatchee
River. Length 75 mm. Illustrations xX 1.1.
4. View of calicular surface. 5. View of base.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 33

e

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 34

FLoripaA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 487

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 34
Figure Page

1-3. Thysanus floridanus Weisbord, n. SP. ...............00c:ccecceeeeeeeeeseeeees 356
Holotype, USNM-3300. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek, Char-
lotte County. Length 22.5 mm. Illustrations x 3.5.
1. View of calice. 2. View of base. 3. View of side.

45. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus) ..........2....2......:..::..s0cesccssseesnsnsneuenseseoneee 358
Specimen USNM-24322, No. 11. Labeled Manicina pliocenica
Gane. Glades Formation. Length 67 mm. Illustrations X 1.5.
4. View of calicular surface. 5. View of base.

488 BULLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 35
Figure Page

1,2. Diploria sarasotama Weisbord, 1. SP. ...........ccccccscessesseseseesceseeeneeneeees 351

Holotype, SP-4a. Pinecrest Sand, Sarasota, Sarasota County.
Length 79 mm. Illustrations X 1.5.
1. Calicina] surface. 2. View of side.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 35

cgi pa

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 36

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 489

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 36

Figure Page
1. Diploria sarasotama Weisbord, n. SP. ...............ccccceeceecceeeere eerste 351
Holotype, SP-4a. Pinecrest Sand, Sarasota, Sarasota County.
Length 79 mm. Illustration x 1.5. View of base.
2a.. (Manicinajareoclata (Guinnaeus)) «..:i..6.c.c.cc. 00s ccescieck edad eccsdethesategeedsee 358

Specimen USNM-24322, No. 23. Labeled Manicina pliocenica
Gane. Glades Formation. Length 92 mm. Illustrations about

natural size.
2. View of calicular surface. 3. View of base.

490 BULLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 37

Figure Page
1. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus) .......................0.0.0.. ok 345
Illustration from Matthai (1928, p. 63, pl. LXX, fig. 1) as
Maeandrina labyrinthiformis, “cited by Linnaeus under Mad-
repora labyrinthiformis, with inscription below in his hand-
writing.” Natural size about 115 mm in length and 82 mm in
width.
2.3. Manicina areolata Giinnaeus) .......2.:..<c...t:c0---<.- ese. oe sesoosestenonnet eee 358

Specimen BG-3b. Glades Formation, south edge of Belle Glade,
Palm Beach County. Length 109 mm.
2. View of calicular surface. Illustration X 0.75. 3. View of
base. Illustration x 0.8.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 37

LL ¥

vs
iy

; (38
ee Se
ic f as
~ ne =,

i

<2

> 3 \
s yer
, yauit: \
/ ~ . 7A A\)
Mes \ 7,
2 7,

i; Cin iy 4. ’
4

Brrizee i) Se
2xs SMW 7 i
. Qe nina

s

i
\

OX

BY

Marc ef Lage, Clete
c Jea@2Drwes costy Lxtzs, LILIA GS, COS tL aet
2x%.Minteo CO) Cl: J uUae[zeit $4.30. i

7 mere 7 E f ia~Pe

Galea en

Pa cihs ae
ayes Zaps

eae, t
x Lid Gs

PLATE 38

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

f

FLorIDA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 491

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 38
Figure Page

por Manicinajaredlatay @uinnaeus)) 6 cere ees 358

Specimen BG-3c. Glades Formation. Length 240 mm, width 143
mm, height 95 mm. Illustration < 0.5, calicinal surface.

2. Manicina cf. M. gyrosa (Ellis and Solander) «0.0.0.0... 363

Specimen CAL-7a. Caloosahatchee Marl, in Caloosahatchee
River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Length 184
mm, width 120 mm, height 75 mm. Illustration < 0.5, calicinal
surface. The embedded barnacles are referable to Cerato-
concha prefloridana (Brooks and Ross).

492 BULLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 39
Figure Page

1... ‘Manicina areolata (Linnaeus)) 2.4206: eee 358
Specimen BG-3c. Glades Formation. Length 240 mm, width 143
mm, height 95 mm. Illustration * 0.5, view of base.

2. Manicina cf. M. gyrosa (Ellis and Solander) ..................0..cccece 363
Specimen CAL-7a. Caloosahatchee Marl, in Caloosahatchee
River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Length 184
mm, width 120 mm, height 75 mm. Illustration 0.5, view of
base.

3,4. Colpophyliia inatans (Muller): 0s. och tec ss nee 368
From Matthai (1928, p. 101, pl. LXVII, figs. 1, 2). Length and
width 125 mm, height 65 mm.
3. (Fig. 1 of Matthai), calicinal surface. Illustration 0.5.
4. (Fig. 2 of Matthai), side view of head. Illustration x 0.5.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 39

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 40

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 40
Figure

i247 Gladocora: arouscula, ((ueSueur)) ssc
1. Specimen CPT-1a. Recent, Gulf of Mexico, 20 miles south of
St. Marks, Florida, in 48 ft. of water. Corallum length 33.5
mm, width 28.5 mm, height 25 mm. Illustration < 3. 2. Speci-
men SB-3a. Glades Formation. Corallum length 24.5 mm, width
17.2 mm, height 22 mm. Illustration x 3.7.

See lAdOCOral fONNSONI Gane <2. hoe oso ecoesg: ok Bees noel ibckee da ceeev ices
3. Specimen USNM-3300a. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek,
Charlotte County. Branch length 8.5 mm. Illustration x 5.
4. Specimen USNM-3300b. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek,
Charlotte County. Corallum height 9 mm, maximum width 8.5

mm. Illustration X 5.6.

493

494 BuL.eTIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 41
Figure Page

1. Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander) ....................cccceecceeeeeeeeee 377

Specimen I-641b. Pleistocene, Matecumbe Key, Monroe County.
Corallum length 68.5 mm, width 57 mm, thickness 26 mm; X

1.1.
2,3. Montastrea cavernosa (LiNMACUS) 2.2.0.0... cccccccccccecececenstsetteeeeeees 381
Specimen I-641a. Pleistocene, Matecumbe Key, Monroe County.
Corallum length 62 mm, width 52.5 mm, height 50 mm.
2. View of calicinal surface; x 1.1. 3. View of side; X 1.1.
4-6. Astrangia floridana Gane ..:..5:..0.6.0s:00600.00000..cecseseees nc 395

Specimen CAL-1a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee River,
2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Corallum length 20
mm, width 17 mm, height 15 mm.

4. View looking down on calices; X 3.2. 5, 6. Views of coral-
lites X< 2:15.

PLATE 41

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

PLATE 42

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

fore

cs

‘¢
FL:

mg"
i: e:

ay aa)

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 495

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 42
Figure Page

1-5. Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime ....................00000..000...... 387

Pinecrest Formation, Warren Brothers Pits, Sarasota.
1. Specimen SP-7a. length 129 mm, width 101 mm, height 98
mm. Illustration * 0.8. 2. Specimen SP-7b. height 80 mm, dia-
meters of calicinal surface 62 mm X 39 mm. Illustration 1.1.
3. Specimen SP-7c. height 115 mm, maximum width 78 mm.
Illustration < 0.75.
4, 5. Specimen SP-7d. height of broken corallum 110 mm,
diameters of calicinal surface 85 mm X 53 mm.
4. Partial view of side. Illustration 2. 5. Partial view of
calicinal surface. Illustration x 2.

496

Figure

BuLLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 43

1-6. “Solenastrea hyades:(Dama)) .:.:..3:c5:..0..0050... ek eens cach Bast ee

Figs. 1, 2. Specimen SP-8a. Pinecrest Formation, Warren Brothers

Pits, Sarasota. Height 148 mm.

1. General view. Illustration < 0.5. 2. Calices. Illustration X 2.
3. Specimen USNM-2795. Caloosahatchee Marl. Corallum
height 74 mm, diameters of calicinal surface 130 mm X 124
mm. Illustration x 0.5.

4-6. Specimen CAL-6c. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee
River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Corallum
length 111 mm, width 93.5 mm, height 91 mm.

4. View of calicinal surface. Illustration < 0.5. 5. View of sec-
tion. Illustration < 0.5. 6. Calices. Illustration x 1.5.

PLATE 43

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 44

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 497

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 44

Figure

I-83 Solenastrea cf. S. hyades (Dana) .......245..:..2 Aes. 391
Specimen PG-4a. Caloosahatchee Mar] 3.5 miles southeast of
Punta Gorda, Charlotte County. Corallum length 98.5 mm,

width 95 mm.
1. View of calicinal surface. Illustration < 0.8. 2. View of side.

Illustration * 0.8. 3. Calices. Illustration x 2.5.

4,5. Solenastrea cf. S. bournoni Edwards and Haime .......................... 387

Specimen PG-3a. Caloosahatchee Marl 3.5 miles southeast of
Punta Gorda, Charlotte County. Corallum height 67 mm.
4. View of calicinal surface. Illustration « 0.9. 5. Calices.

Illustration x 3.

498

Figure

1-5. Astrangia floridana (Gane)
1. Specimen [-1932a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee

BuLLetTIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 45

River, 1 mile below Hugget’s Landing. Corallum length 26 mm,
height 16.2 mm, width of base 11.2 mm. Illustration x 4.
2. Specimen USNM-3300a. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek,
Charlotte County. Corallum length 14.5 mm, width 10.5 mm,
height 12.5 mm; largest corallite height 5.7 mm, maximum
diameter of calice 6.6 mm. Illustration XxX 4. 3. Specimen
USNM-3300b. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek, Charlotte
County. Corallum height 8 mm, length of base 12 mm. Illustra-
tion X 4. 4, 5. Specimen USNM-3300c. Labeled Phyllangia
floridana Gane. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek, Charlotte
County. Length of base 10 mm, height of corallite 4 mm, maxi-
mum diameter of calice 5.1 mm. 4. Side of corallite. Illustra-
tion < 4. 5. View of calice. Illustration * 6.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 45

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 46

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 46
Figure

tee. ) Astrangia leonensis Weisbord ......../...c0006...54..5000)eoedos.csrdbvssomecsvapdoess

Specimen SP-4a. Pinecrest Formation, Warren Brothers Pits,
Sarasota. Corallite height 6.1 mm, diameter at base 3.4 mm,
diameters of calice 5.1 mm X 4.4 mm.

1. View of side. Illustration X 5. 2. Calice. Illustration « 5.

oo Astrangiasolitaria (L@SUCUT) .......c.0..06.c-cecenceeecseccensuneevonssedecenacnecaeee.

Specimen Hond-la. Recent, Honduras. Corallum length 20 mm,
width 4.7 mm, height 10 mm. Illustration x 5.

4,5. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime .................0000.00000000.....

Specimen CAL-4a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee River,
2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Height of corallite
10.5 mm, diameter at base 10 mm, diameters of calice 13.5 mm
< 10.5 mm.

4. General view of side and upper part of calice. Illustration
<4. 5. Calice. Illustration * 5.

Ghee Septastreal craSSan(ElOlLMeS) occ. cce. <ssceeuscet ae Rees cs cies cdsseecdnesteeeseeeetees

Specimen USNM-DeLeon Spring (b), Volusia County. Corallum
length 21 mm, width 18 mm. Illustration x 3.

499

500

Figure

BuLLeETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 47

12: ‘Septastrea crassa, (Holmes), .:.....323¢0/5. 2 ee

1. Specimen IW-1a. Pleistocene ?, Intracoastal Waterway, South

Carolina. Corallum length 127.5 mm, maximum width 85 mm,
maximum thickness 24 mm. Illustration X< 0.8. 2. Specimen
DSD-1b. Duplin Marl (Mio-Pliocene) at Dismal Sink, Leon
County. Corallum length 107 mm, maximum width 75 mm.
Illustration X< 0.9.

3. Septastrea marylandica (Conrad) ........00..000000cccccccececccceeecceeeeceeeeeeee

Specimen SP-2d. Pinecrest Formation (Warren Brothers Pits,

Sarasota. Corallum length 45 mm, width 31.5 mm. Illustration
SLE

4°5)- .Oculina diffusa amarck 22.00 5.22s tects eee

4. Specimen CAL-8a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee

River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Corallum
length 41 mm, maximum width 27.5 mm. Illustration Xx 2.25.
5. Specimen SB-2d. Glades Formation, South Bay, Palm Beach
County. Corallum lJength 21 mm, maximum width 8.5 mm. II-
lustration < 3.2.

6,7. Archohelia limonensis Vaughan ......0.....0....00.....0cccccceeeteeeteceteeeeeee

6. Specimen SB-la. Glades Formation, South Bay, Palm Beach

County. Corallum length 15.3 mm, maximum width 8 mm. II-
lustration < 3. 7. Specimen USNM-135643. Pliocene-Pleisto-
cene, Costa Rica. Corallum length 29.5 mm, maximum width
8 mm. Illustration x 2.4.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 47

PLATE 48

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

Fiorina CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 501

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 48
Figure Page

14. Oculina sarasotama WeiSDOrd 20.00.00... cccc ccc cccececceceeeecceecceeeeceveeeeees 412

1-3. Specimen PG-5a. Caloosahatchee Marl, 3.5 miles southeast

of Punta Gorda, Charlotte County. Length of main branch
132 mm.
1. Main branch. Illustration < 0.75. 2. Portion of main branch
near crotch. Illustration X 1.8. 3. End view of smaller branch.
Illustration & 3. 4. Specimen TEL-2a. Caloosahatchee Marl, 18
miles east of Punta Gorda, Charlotte County. Length 90 mm.
Illustration X 1.2.

5. Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis Weisbord, n. sp. ................0....... 423

Paratype, USNM-325299a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosa-
hatchee River. Diameters of head 60 mm X 55 mm. IIlustra-
tion X 1.6.

502 BULLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 49
Figure

1,2. Meandrina meandrites (Linnaeus) ...............000....0cccccceeccetteeeettees
Specimen USNM-325303. Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell Creek,
Charlotte County. Diameters of calicinal surface 160 mm X
150 mm, height 85 mm. Illustrations x 0.5.
1. Calicinal surface. 2. Under surface.

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 49

PLATE 50

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

.

YY, 1

"4
* ’
. 4 .38
i .* WwW &y
¥

* ”

er,
mS

bh

- ee

an) “>
—~ A pe t4
SN. 2° tS “.
’

>

eee

FLoripA CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 503

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 50
Figure Page

1. Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis Weisbord, n. sp. ..................00..05. 423
Holotype, USNM-325299a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosa-
hatchee River. Corallum height 140 mm, width below middle
107 mm X 91 mm. Illustration about natural size. General
view of surface.

504 BuLuetin 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 51
Figure Page

1. Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis Weisbord, n. sp. ....................... 423
Holotype, USNM-325299a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosa-
hatchee River. Corallum height 140 mm, width below middle
107 mm X 91 mm. Illustration about natural size. View of in-
terior.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 51

PLATE 52

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 505

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 52
Figure Page

1,2. Dichocoenia caloosahatcheensis Weisbord, n. sp. .........0.0..00000.... 423
Specimen USNM-325300 (3300). Caloosahatchee Marl, Shell
Creek, Charlotte County. Corallum height 65 mm, diameters of
calicinal surface 45 mm X 35 mm. Illustrations about natural
size.
1. Side view. 2. View of calicinal surface.

3,4. Isophyllia ? desotoensis Weisbord, n. Sp. ..........ccccccccccececceeeeeeees 439
Holotype, SP-3a. Pinecrest Formation, Warren Brothers Pits,
Sarasota. Corallum length 26.5 mm, width 21 mm, height 11.5
mm. Illustrations « 3.
3. Canted view of head. 4. View of calicular surface.

See EUSmiliagtastigiatal (Pallas): ...5.ccs:..cocceenesSescceecsosteccteceecs sass naeessn eco 446

Illustration from Vaughan and Wells (1943, p. 220, pl. 47, fig. 1).
Recent, Tortugas, Florida. Natural size about 53 mm in width.
Reproduction herein X 1.4.

506 BULLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 53
Figure Page

1-3. Dichocoenia eminens Weisbord, n. SP. ...............ccccccccecceeeetteeeeeteees 426

Holotype, PG-2a. Caloosahatchee Marl, 3.5 miles southeast of
Punta Gorda, Charlotte County.
1. Corallum width 96 mm, height 80 mm, View of side. Illustra-
tion X 0.8. 2. Corallum width 96 mm, height 80 mm. View of
head. Illustration X 0.8. 3. Young corallum nestled into depres-
sion shown on figure 1 above. Corallum length 31 mm, width
21 mm, height 15 mm. Illustration xX 1.5.

4,5. Mycetophyllia lamarckiana Edwards and Haime ......................... 443

Reproduced from Matthai (1928, p. 250, pl. LIV, figs. 4, 5).
Recent, Coconut Point, Andros Island, Bahamas.
4. Specimen BM 28.3.1.110. (= pl. LIV, fig. 4 of Matthai).
Diameters of calicinal surface 86 mm X 70 mm. Illustration
x 0.5. 5. Specimen BM 28.3.1.109 (= pl. LIV, fig. 5 of Mat-
thai). Diameters of calicinal surface 80 mm X 65 mm. Illustra-
tion x 0.5.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 5é:

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 54

FLoripa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 507

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 54
Figure Page

1,2. Dichocoenia eminens Weisbord, Nn. Sp. .............00cceeeccccccceeeeeeeceees 426
Paratype, FLX-14a. Caloosahatchee Marl, Florida, locality not
known. Corallum height 115 mm, diameters of head, including
projecting corallites 144 mm X 127 mm. Illustrations x 0.73.
1. View of side. 2. View of head.

508 BuLLeETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 55
Figure Page

1-38. Dichocoenia eminens Weisbord, n. SP. ................ccceeeceeccceeteeeeee 426

1, 2. Paratype, FLX-14a. Caloosahatchee Marl, Florida, locality
not known. Corallum height 115 mm, diameters of head, in-
cluding projecting corallites 144 mm X 127 mm.
1. View of head. Illustration X 0.5. 2. Calices, Illustration
about natural size. 3. “Cotype,” USNM-325293. Caloosahatchee
Mar] in Caloosahatchee River. Corallum length 162 mm, width
155 mm, height 104 mm. View showing corallites and calices.
Illustration < 0.55.

PLATE 5£

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 56

FLormwa CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 509

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56
Figure

1. Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehrenberg ........0.0..0......ccccccccccecceccceeeeessceees 433
Distal part of Ehrenberg’s type, from Matthai (1928, p. 170, pl.
LXVI, fig. 1). Length of distal end shown by Matthai 115 mm,
width 82 mm. Illustration herein about the same as Matthai’s,
which is natural size.

2,3. Incertae sedis “A” 451

Specimen CAL-9a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee River,
2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Internal mold,
length 23 mm, height 14.5 mm, maximum width 14.5 mm.

2. View of side. Illustration x 2. 3. View of base and colu-
mella. Illustration x 2.

A ASMP CCT CACESCCIS) elo iie eee ee cee c ak oils cosh s soc ca ovasascneced lava seaes UU OS EEE 451

Specimen CAL-10a. Caloosahatchee Marl in Caloosahatchee
River, 2-5 miles west of LaBelle, Hendry County. Internal mold,
length 27 mm, height 19 mm, maximum width 18.5 mm.

4. View of side. Illustration « 2.2. 5. View of base and colu-
mella. Illustration X 2.2.

510 BuLLETIN 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 57
Figure Page

1,2. ‘Mussa angulosa (Pallas) .....52...:2ie5.. 26 eee 435

Specimen PJR-111. Recent, Piscaderabaai, Curacao. Reproduced
from Roos (1964, pl. VIII). Actual measurements, height 330
mm, diameters of head 167 mm X 158 mm.

1. View of calicinal surface. Illustration reduced to scale as
shown. 2. View of side and part of calicular surface. Illustra-
tion reduced to scale as shown.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

INDEX

Note: Light face figures refer to page numbers. Bold face figures refer

to the plate numbers.

A
Abaco Island
(Bahamias)) <i. ....:..-:. 278, 288, 296,
302, 305, 314,
324, 325, 339,
345, 351, 355,
363, 380, 387,
420, 446, 450
abdita, Heliastrea ...... 387
Abisinia Formation

(Venezuela) .............. 412
Abrolhos (Brazil) ...... 297, 300, ae.
Acropora

cervicornis ....22,23 274278, ee

muUricatae 2. 279

Palmata 2.22.05... 22 259, 274, oan

prolifera .........4:.+. 23 288-291
adversarius, Conus .... 262
aequinoxialis,

Dichocoenia ............ 430
/ATERIOGT sreege eee eoraenore 386
Aftonian Stage ............ 268
LEN 6 (ae ee 292
Agarice pourpre ........ 301
Agaricia

agaricites 42....2.: 21 274, 292-297

GEASS Agee eer 293, 294, 296

Cristatame 296

eucullataye cs .c.cc:-:-:. 303, 305

elephantotus _.......... 298, 303

HPACUIS: 25. c26:c00<:.5 24 297-300, 302

MODI See ene 303-305

DUGpUrea: ...........-.. 28 274, 293, 300-

303, 305
agaricites,

APariciae..5.....0:5. 21 274, 292-297,

300, 301

Madrepora .............. 292, 295

WING ATI 2 eos: 292
Agaricus fungus

quercinus: “/.......:....... 292
agaricus,

Neoporites .............. 320

IR OnItGS) rece ee 320
PS ASSIZ Ss Wise. he .22 279, 287, 329,

341, 353, 377,

410, 442

aglae, Symphyllia ...... 441
Aguadilla

(Puerto Rico) .......... 363

Alacran Reef (Mexico) 278, 283, 288,
296, 315, 319,

331, 334, 339,
345, 351, 355,
381, 387, 439,

450
Alagoas (Brazil) .......... 423
alcicornis,

Millepora ............ 21 274, 276-278
Alligator Creek,

Monroe County ...... 396, 397
Alligator Point,

Franklin County .... 404, 412
Almy© (Ci 277, 280, 286,

294, 296, 298,
305, 313, 317,
322, 327, 329,
337, 342, 354,
360, 364, 367,
369, 373, 378,
384, 388, 400,
410, 418, 431,
434, 437, 442,

445, 449

Alum Bluff,

Liberty County ...... 408
AkerstWeekl) see 263, 452
Amaranthus saxeus .... 435
americana,

Roritesrece ee

Phyllanciawe. 46 266, 403-405

americana incertae

sedis tertia, Porites 329
ananas,
IAStPA Cal eee one 335, 336
avid tn eee 335, 336, 339
Madrepora .............. 334, 335
Parastrea 335
Anastasia Formation... Silat
Andicuri (Aruba) ...... 288, 316, 326,
340, 345, 356
JANGTESS ING Go foc.cs ete 260, 296, 355
Andros Island
(Bahamas). =. 291, 351, 432,
435, 446, 450,
506
anemone, Symphyllia 441

Anguilla Island
(Leeward Islands) .. 278, 308, 319,

387, 432
angulosa,
Caryophyllia ............ 436
Lobophyllia ............ 436
Madrepora .............. 435, 436
IMUSSAG heer Fie: 57 274, 435-439
angulosum,
Lithodendron .......... 436

Slt

INDEX

annularis,
Madrepora ............... 377, 379
Montastrea .......... 41 274, 377-381
Orbicella .3....-.2-- 377, 378
Annobon Island
(Gulf of Guinea) .... 315

Anse des Péres
(Sta Martin): <:........ 288, 326, 340,

345
Anse des Sables
(St5 Martin) 2eccc-t00s- 326, 340
Antigua Island
(Leeward Islands) .. 278, 288, 308,

355, 387
Apalachee Bay .......... 314, 315, 375,
402
aperta,
Faby as... ..ftsec0s:-- 447
PSTD a pe ccheesssse-2te 447, 448
Isophyliayy <....t0..-0:--: 442
Symphyllia) ......:...... 441
Arango y Molina, R. .. 279, 284, 293,
297, 321, 336,
383, 436, 441,
447, 452
Arashi (Aruba) .......... 288, 297, 316,
$25,301, 304,
340, 345, 355,
381, 432, 443
arbuscula,
Caryophyllia ............ 372
Cladocera 2 ii6.: 40 271, 372-375,
Archohelia
limonensis _.......... 47 266, 271, oie
41
areola, Madrepora .... 358
areolata,
Maeandra siacscctstce 359

Manicina 33, 34, 36,
37, 38, 39 266, 271, 274,

358-363, 366,
367
argemone,
Lithophyllia ............ 436
argus,
IASireaeer ee ee 383
Explanarial es... 382
Orbicellay 2. 382
Arrondissement
Léogane (Haiti) ...... 325, 334, Seer
380
Mirebelais ................ 325, 330, ane
9
Port-au-Prince ........ 391, 395
Ste Mareen ce cen 3155303
Arroyo Las Lavas
(Dominican Rep.) .. 319, 325

Aruba (Netherlands

Antilles)! <..ic.dccnisceces 283, 288, 316,
319, 325, 331,
334, 339, 345,
354, 355, 363,
371, 381, 387,
420, 432, 435,
446, 450
Astraea
AMAT AS sss sss eee 335, 336
ANNUATISH cee. testes 377
AP OU S .kccscsts eee 382
Cavernosay |... 383
coarctata 2. 336
confertas.........42e 382
CLASS 405
excelsavse see 391
SalaxeGara ee cea 312
hirtolamellata ........ 408
HyaAdes! eee 391
marylandica ............ 408
MOLCAtAT ee ess 429
MAGIANS: eee 312
radiata. 5... 383
sidereay.. see 316
astraeaformis,
Colpophyllia ............ 369
astraeoides,
Neoporites .............. 320, 321
Astrangia
brasiliensis’... 400
floridana ........ 41, 45 266, 271, 395-
398
Pranulata -s.24.n2 399, 400
leonensis: 225. 46 263, 266, 271,
398-399
lineata? 22.2 397, 398
marylandica ............ 409
neglecta ta. hike 399, 400
phyllangioides ........ 400
portoricensis .......... 400
Solitaria 2 i..3.0.. 46 398, 399-403
astroites,
WAVIC Bs st ese 383
Madrepora ©...2023 312, 381
Sexradiata, 2.2... 408
australis,
Caryophyllia ............ 441
Tsophylliay = 43: 441, 442
Awa di Oostpunt
(Curacao) ae 315, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,
355
Avyersyids Piece eee 391, 410
Ayers Landing
Member. ...4.-::e 264, 266, 268,
275
Azores Islands ............ 339

512

Babit Point
(St. Martin)

Baca (Bonaire)

Bacalar Formation
(Mexico)

“ET ye| 2A DE ee

Bahama Islands

Bahia (Brazil)
Bahia de Boqueron
(Puerto Rico)
Bahia de Camamt
(Brazil)
Bahia de Mochima
(Venezuela)

Baie Rouge |
(St. Martin)

Bald Point,
Gulf County
Banks. de Ey. o..........

Barahona

(Dominican Rep.) ....

Barbacoa |
(Dominican Rep.)
Barbados

(Lesser Antilles) ....

INDEX

288, 297, 315,
326, 334, 340,

345
283, 297, 319,
326, 371, 381,
420, 432, 443

315, 395
261, 300, 328
278, 283, 289,
291, 296, 302-
305, 314-319,
324, 325, 328-
339, 345, 351,
394, 355, 363,
375, 380, 391,
395, 402, 404,
412, 420, 423,
432, 435, 439,
443, 446, 479,
482, 484, 506
278, 387, 423

391
381

278, 288, 297,
303, 316, 319,
326, 331, 334,
340, 345, 351,
356, 363, 371,
381, 387, 391,
395, 402, 405,
412, 421, 423,
432, 439, 450

288, 297, 319,
326, 334, 345,
351, 356, 371,

420, 443

412
261, 271, 308,
311, 314, 374,
390, 397, 410,
411, 415, 440

319
439, 436
278, 283, 288,

291, 297, 300,
305, 311, 316,

319, 325, 328,
331, 334, 339,
351, 356, 368,
371, 380, 381,
386, 387, 402,
412, 420-423,
432, 439, 443,
446, 450, 451
Barbuda Island
(Leeward Islands) ..
Barcadera (Aruba) ....

339, 363

283, 285, 297,
331, 334, 339,
345, 351, 356,
371, 381, 387,
432, 435, 446,
450

283, 288, 319,
326, 340, 345,
351, 356, 371,
381, 387, 432,
435, 446, 450

Barcadera (Bonaire) ..

Barranca de Mochima

(Venezuela) .............. 297, 303, 320,
326,356) 372.
395, 412, 433,
439

Barrett Canyon,
California’ ............... 267

Barro Grande (Brazil) 287
Barysmilia intermedia 425, 429, 430

Bath (Barbados) ........ Sey sbiles tine
368, 486, 450

Bath Series
(Barbados) .............. 283; 351; 355,
386, 450
Bay County, Florida .. 412
Bayer. Ws Me. eck ecace 368
Bee Branch Member .. 264, 268, 275,
367, 368
Bellefield, Virginia .... 409

Belle Glade,
Palm Beach County 270, 314, 318,
363, 391, 395,

490

Bender, M. L. ............. 263, 268, 269,
452

264, 275
277, 278, 315,
319, 325, 339,
350-355, 363,
371, 380, 386,
387, 402, 412,
420, 442, 443,
446
Bernards as Ne ee SPAS YAT ye Pao)

331, 452
Bethel’s Island
(Bermuda) 443

Bermont Quadrangle..
Bermuda Islands

51s

INDEX

Big Pine Key ............... 273, 380
Billy’s Gut
(St. Eustatius) ........ 315
Bimini (Bahamas) ...... 296, 325, 328,
334, 339, 345,
351, 412, 420,
432, 443
Binnenklip (Bonaire).. 340
Bird Key Reef ............ 315
Biscayne Bay,
Florida’ 42..4...° 53% 288, 315, 319,
325, 345, 363,
381, 387
Bissex Hill
(Barbados)” ..2.2204:. 386
Black Rock (Barbados) 283
Black Swamp, Panama
Canal Zone. .............. 374

Blainville, H. M. D. .. 284, 292, 320,
335, 340, 372,

416, 417, 436,
447
Blanquilla
(Venezuela) .............. 283, 284
Blanquilla Reef
CNTEXICO)) liecGdiace 283, 288, 319,
325, 351, 355,
387, 446
Blauwe Pan
(Bonaire) .................. 278, 283, 288,
297, 319, 326,
340, 345, 351,
356, 381, 387,
420, 432, 435,
443, 450
Bluchs Point
(Bermuda) ................ 443
Bluefields Bay
(Jamaica) . <<. 283, 288, 387
Boca Bartél (Bonaire) 278, 283, 288,
291, 297, 315,
319, 326, 331,
340, 345, 356,
371, 387, 420,
443, 446
Boca Catalina (Aruba) 288, 316, 319,
325, 334, 340,
345, 355, 371,
381, 387, 432,
443, 450
Boca Plaja Canoa
(Curacao) ................ 331, 334, 345
Boca Santa Marta
KCUTACAO) — 5.csccccdss0-~s: 288, 319, 340,
355, 420
Bonaire (Netherlands
ANGUNES) OF een teed 278, 288, 291,
297, 319, 326,

334, 340, 345,
351, 355, 356,
3633715375:
381, 387, 391,
402, 405, 420,
432, 435, 439,
443, 446, 450
BONE Whetee cae 286, 294, 312,
322, 337, 342,
378, 384, 391,
437, 461
Boones. Ee... sees 293, 453
Bory de Saint-Vincent,
ce GVA 453
iBoschmarkH. =... 276, 359, 442
bournoni,
Solenastrea ....42, 44 263, 266, 271,
387-391
Bowden Formation
(Jamaica) ................ 319
Boyd D. Wis hi... 280, 286, 313,
461
Brann, Di, 4.5.0. 261
Branner, J. C. .............. 276, 293, 321,
400, 402
brasiliensis,
IAStramciar ihc 400
Ctenophyllia ............ 421
Meandrina .............. 420, 421
Pectinia o...0:.. 20 421, 422
Brazile 228 ., 25 o8 277, 278, 297,
316, 325, 326,
380, 381, 386,
387, 402, 405,
422
braziliana, Orbicella .. 383
Brevard County,
Mloriday | #...2.0:8c8 402
breviserialis,
Colpophyllia ............ 369
Bridgetown
(Barbados) .............. 300, 325, 339,
351, 386, 420,
432, 450
Brighton, Highlands
County. eee 410
Brimstone Hill
(Sta tts) #2 ee 371, 386
British Honduras ....... 278, 287, 288,
305. 315, 319,
325, 328, 331,
339, 345, 351,
355,37 Saas
381, 391, 402,
412, 420, 432,
435, 439, 442,
446, 450
Broecker, W. S. .......... 259, 273, 453

514

INDEX

BrOOKRG le ose ee: 279, 285
ISPOOKS Senn ae, cece 268, 269, 367,

368, 453, 491
Broward County,

OTIC adie tee 355, 432

BROW MACIR., cosicce scence 293, 336, 373,

453
EST OWING SSE. edexsccesecssss 471
Briggemann, F. ........ 436, 453
Bruguiére, J. G. ........ 454
Brunswick, Georgia .... 408
Brunswick River,

GQeOT SAME cones ctsceucs 408
Bucaroon Bay

(Bahamas) ................ 314, 315, 324,

325, 338, 339,
363
Buckingham

Limestone ................ 263
Buisonje, P. H. ............ 280, 454
Burbankeaw. S:_........... 471
Burgeux Bay

(StoeMartin) 242255 284. 288, 297,

315, 319, 326,
340, 345, 356,
443
isytig ny al Oe eee a 358, 376, 414,
425
Bush Key, Tortugas .. 371
BUESCH Ree) -ccsecsc enone 276, 279, 285,
294, 316, 322,
329, 359, 378,
448, 454
Cc

Caballo Ahogado

(Puerto Rico) .......... 391
Cabo Frio (Brazil) .... 278
Cabo Rojo

(Puerto Rico) .......... 278, 288, 339,

343, 355
Cabo de Sao Roque

(Brazil) Ree oe ee 278
Cabral (Dominican

(ORY So) i 5 ee 391, 420
Caesar’s Creek,

HOTIG aM... 331, 395
Cain((@onaire) .............. 315, 340
cailleti, Mycedium ..... 297
Californiag:....2.....200. 267, 309
californica,

Siderastrea .............. 309, 311
Calkins¥h Ci... 469

Caloosahatchee Marl.. 257, 259-275,
308, 311, 328-
334, 343, 345,
355, 363, 367,

368, 377, 391-
398, 408-420,
428, 432, 451,
479-487, 491-
509
cailleti, Mycedium .... 297
Caloosahatchee River 264, 270-274,
306, 311, 344,
361, 367, 368,
391-399, 404,
412, 423, 425,
451, 452, 486,
491, 494-509
caloosahatcheensis,
Dichocoenia 48, 50,
51, 52 259, 266, 423-
426

Calvert Cliffs,

Maryland) «. ...5..c00:.0008 409
Campeche Bank
(Mexico) B=......42.8 339, 355
Campos Villarroel,
1 ier Sa 277, 287, 295,
313, 318, 324,
329, 332, 338,
343, 354, 360,
370, 377, 385,
388, 392, 403,
410, 418, 432,
438, 449, 454
Canary Islands ............ 368

cancellata, Chione ...... 261, 270, 272
Cancellaria

propevenusta .......... 262
Candeias (Brazil) ........ 278
candelabrum,

Cladocora, 222s ole
Cann sR: eee 286, 294, 322,

337, 342, 378,
437, 461
Capes Hlorida’ 331
Cape Verde Islands .. 277, 315, 319,
333, 339, 344
capitata, Madrepora .. 447
Caracasbaai
(Curacao) 287, 288, 291,
334, 340, 351,
391, 475
Card Sound Bridge,
Monroe County ...... 296, 302, 315,
325, 355, 363,
371, 386, 439,
446, 450
carduus,

Caryophyllia ............ 436

Madrepora ....06..0260 436

IMUSS ae 20 eee 436

515

caribaea,
Leptastrea
Pectinia
Carillo Puerto Forma-
tion (Mexico)
Carpenter, J. Re 2.22:
carpinetti,
Plesiastrea
Carri6n-Torres, C.. ....

Carrizo Creek,
California

Carrizo Creek
Formation

carrizensis, Porites ....
Cartagena (Colombia)
Castle Grant
(Barbados)
Caryophyllia
angulosa
arbuscula
australis
carduus
fastigiata
ACO Ra ascecke toes cee
sinuosa
solitaria
cassiopea,
Dichocoenia
Castle Harbour
(Bermuda)

Cateaux (Haiti)
caudex,
Dendrogyra
Maeandra
Meandrina
Caulastraea undulata..
Cavelle Pond
(Bahamas)
cavernosa,
Astrea
Favia
Heliastraea
Madrepora
Montastrea
Orbicella
cavernosus, Favites ....

eectest 4l

seca eeeeeeescevces

INDEX

387
417

395
273, 464

387
277, 280, 286,
294, 296, 298,
305, 313, 317,
322, 327, 329,
342, 354, 360,
364, 367, 369,
373, 378, 384,
418, 400, 410,
431, 434, 437,
443, 445, 449

325

267, 268, 269,
324, 325

324
278

325, 351, 450

436
372, 399

430

339, 351

381, 382
274, 381-387
382-384

382

Cay Bay (St. Martin)..

288, 297, 326,
340, 345, 356,
381, 387, 443

Cayo Caballo Ahogado

288, 439
288, 363, 439
278, 288, 297,
302, 319, 325,
345, 351, 355,
420, 435, 443,

446
San Cristobal .......... 439
Turrumote .............. 288, 291, 319,
339, 351, 355,
367, 435
@azeaueCr aac 454
Cedar Keys ................... 395
Cerame-Vivas, M. J..... 313, 454
Ceratoconcha
floridana (2. 491
neogenica ................ 310, 481
prefloridana ............ 366, 368
Cercado Formation
(Dominican Rep.) .. 350, 391
cerebralis,
Meandrina ............... 346
cerebriformis,
DIplOria® oisccseccdeesvoe-se 346, 347
Maeandrina ............. 346, 350
cerebrum,
Maeandra ............... 353
Maeandcrina ............ 353
Ceres (Barbados) ........ 386
Cerros de Sal Forma-
tion (Dominican
Republic) «2 2....5 391, 432
cervicornis,
Acropora ...... 22, 23 274, ke
29
Madrepora) .........:..5 279
cespitosa, Cladocora .. 372
Charles Rose Gully
(Barbados): 2225... 351
Charlotte County ...... 261, 264, 275,
330, 358, 377,
391, 397, 412,
413, 420, 428,

Chelston Quarry

(Barbados)
Chesapeake Group ....
Chevalier, J. P. .........

Chione cancellata

516

479, 483, 484,
487, 493, 497,
501, 502, 506

283, 420

398

277, 280, 313,
317, 332, 337,
343, 368, 385,
454

261, 270, 272

Chipola Formation ....
Choctawhatchee
Group
Christchurch
(Barbados)
Cibao Marl
(Puerto Rico)
Cienaga (Cuba)

INDEX

274, 386
408
380

325
395

Cladocora
arbuscula =........... 40 271, 372-375,
399
candelabrum .......... 372
GESBILOSA oo.ccescc.s002cies Ste.
GON UTS ee ote sccckiess
johnsoni «.............: 40 266, 374, 375-
377
microstoma .............. 372
parvistella.............. 372
MMIDEOALIS £5. ....5.600.3 372
clavaria, Porites ........ 329
Cleveland
Quadrangle .............. 264, 275
Clewistonine... 5.0)... 363
clivosa,
Biplora: =....:.. 32, 33 266, 274, 340-
345
Meandrawy.... 2... 341, 342, 344
Meandrina .............. 341, 342
coarctata, Favia ........ 335, 336
Cocoluth Bay
(St. Eustatius) ........ 278, 284, 288,
297, 315, 326,
334, 345, 351,
356, 371, 381,
387, 443, 451
Coconut Point
(Bahamas) .............:.:. 380, 443, 446,
506
Codrington Quarry
(Barbados) .............. 380
Coenangia
marylandica ............ 408
Coffee Hill
Hammock Member 272
Cojimar) (Cuba); 24... 339
Roles We Ser: Ae 269, 454
collegniana, Porites .. 320
Colleton (Barbados) .. 355
COler Ae ccciscsescess 465
Collier County .......... 261
Colombia (S.A.) .......... 278, 409
Colon?(anama) ........ 3
Colpophyllia
aStraeaformis .......... 369
breviserialis ............ 369
PEAS oon ooo sss sane dene 369
BYVTOSA ete aoe 364, 365, 368,
369

tenuis
columellaris,
Maeandra
Columnaria
sexradiata
compacta,
Orbicella
Compagnie Baai
(St. Eustatius)

Condit, D. D
conferta,
INStRO AR cee
Heliastraea
Siderastrea
Symphyllia
confertifolia,
Maeandral .25....2035
conglomerata,
Maeandrina
conglomeratus,
Porites

Conus adversarius ....
Conusssps
Cooke, C. W

Copey (Haiti)
Coralline Crag
(England)
Corallium
album
asperum candicans..
cornu cervini
fOTIMACY ees
poris stellatus
porosum album ......
porosum latissimum
Coral Point Formation
(ominica)
corbicula, Thysanus ..
Corvelle HOENG. «occ...

Cosmoporites
NA@vaAC ata. ese
Costa El Amparo
(Venezuela) _............
Costa
Cenicero (Vene-
zuela)
Maringinia

517

359
408
383

288, 297, 326,
331, 334, 340,
345, 356, 381,
387, 443

469

264, 394, 454,
469
350

270

278
276

279
331
288
284

288
358
285, 293, 322,
377, 384, 454

320

278, 297, 316,
320

278

278, 297, 316,
326, 340, 356,
363, 387, 412,
433, 439

INDEX

Costa Rica (C.A.) ...... 283, 287, 296,
319, 331, 339,
345, 355, 380,

414, 415, 450,

500
costata, Eusmilia ...... 447, 448
Costica Mano

E’Piedra (Vene-

TAD T= Ey eee es a 278, 288, 297

326, 356, 372,

387, 433

GOUCSHE CSS. ees dsseccreeees 454

Cove Bay (Saba) ........ 278, 288, 297,

319, 326, 331,
334, 340, 345,
356, 371, 381,

387, 443
COW IKRCY: sacs ccccshecsecuntese: 315, 319, 325,
334, 339, 350,
386, 432, 450
Coyote Mountain,

Imperial County,

California’ ........2:.:- 267
crassa,

(APATICIA, /.sc:.c0o% 293, 296

IAStRACAl eee ee 405

Septastrea ...... 46,47 266, 405-408
crassicostatus,

MV AMUS No cesoseceseos 358
crassior, Diploria ........ 346
Craven County,

North Carolina ...... 407
crispa, Meandrina ...... 443, 444
cristata,

PASAT CTA w cores. Corse 296

PavOnia a. 292
Ctenophyllia

brasiliensis. .............. 421

Gana Pe Oecceslccraes 421, 423

PASS ae renee). Ree 421

pachyphyliia ............ 417

pecinata (2225. 417

PLOINGA™ 2). -2ce-.-.-4:: 417

Quadratay .....Resc. 417, 421
G@ubawicicr sis howe 278, 283, 288,

300, 302, 315,
319, 325, 333,
334, 339, 345,
351, 355, 363,
375, 381, 391,
394, 402, 412,
420, 423, 433,
439, 443, 446,

450

Cubagua Formation

(Venezuela) ............ 277
Cubagua, Isla
(Venezuela) ............ 412

cubensis,
Lithophyllia
Scohymmlaw esse
Cucaracha Light
(Vieques)
cucullata,
Agaricia
Helioseris
Madrepora
Mycedium ................
Cudarebe (Aruba) ....

Culebra
(Puerto Rico)

Cumana (Venezuela) ..

cuneiformis,
Gastrochaena

Curacao (Netherlands
Antilles)

curacoasecunda,
Porites
cylindrica,
Tsovhyllia
Lithophyllia
Symphyllia
cylindrus,
Dendrogyra
Maeandra
Meandrina
Cyvhastrea
hyades
oblita

56

Daaibooibaai
(Curacao)

Dade County
Daimarie (Aruba)

518

436, 437
436

391

303, 305
303-305
303-305

303

288, 297, 316,
325, 340, 345,
355, 432

278, 288, 291,
305, 319, 328,
420
451

368

278, 283, 288,
291, 297, 300,
303, 315, 319,
326, 331, 334,
340, 345, 350,
351, 355, 363,
371, 374, 375,
381, 387, 391,
395, 402, 405,
420, 432, 435,
438, 439, 443,
446, 450, 475,

510

274, 433-435
433
433

391
387

283, 288, 319,
326, 334, 340,
355, 371, 420,

INDEX

Dajabon (Haiti) .......... 350
DT Ws GE eo. Ses 264, 266, 454,

455
dalli, Sider-

aStnCammeee ee 26, 27 263, 266, 305-

308, 311
TOR Cet agict Pie D ugha Aenean 292, 297, 312,
320, 329, 335,
341, 350, 353,
358, 359, 369,
312.010; o025
390, 391, 410,
433, 436, 441,
447, 455
danae,

Ctenophyllia ............ 421, 423

Meandrina ..............< 420

Rectiniates..........- 421
danai,

Mycedium .................., 292, 296

Mycetophyllia ........ 444
Maniels, ORs... 455
Darya Ds G sess.c:scs00-<0s 455
Darlington District,

South Carolina ........ 409
debilis, Cladocora ...... 375
DeLeon Spring ............ 408, 499
JD YSU EGE a pee eee reer ene ee 328
MCN AUG. Fo. cteccssesecrenons- 275
Dendrogyra

CAUGEXE as csacses 433

cylindrus ............... 56 274, 433-435

sancti-hilarii ............ 433
Departamento

Atlantico (Colombia) 410
De Soto County .......... 264, 275
desotoensis,

Isophyliia ............ 52 259, 439-441
Devonshire Forma-

tion (Bermuda) ...... 355, 386, 446
Dezalier

d’Argenville, A. J. .. 292, 455
Dichocoenia

aequinoxialis .......... 430

caloosahatcheensis

48, 50-52 259, 266, 423-
426

cassiopea .................. 430

elhiptiGa. ss .csrecce 430

eminens .......... 53-55 259, 266, 423,

426-429

WMOVTIAMNIGE. o-coceesss 425

paueiflora: .........:.....: 430

DOLCACA gE as oes 429, 431

pulcherrima ............ 430

GEOKES iter tsscecectietes 274, 425, 7

HUDETOSAN 2 eens sees: 429, 430

diffusa,
OQculinayee. 2-222. 47 266, 271, 410-
412,
dilatata, Manicina ...... 359
Diploria
cerebriformis ............ 346, 347
ChivOSawee 32, 33 266, 274, 340-
345
crassiornee 346
geographica ............ 347
labyrinthi-
formis2...... 32, 37 345-351
sarasotana ....35, 36 259, 263, 351-
353, 441
spinulosa™.................. 346
StOKESIMMe ss coc thscae 346
strigosa ...:...... 32, 33 266, 274, 350,
352, 353-356
truncatar.....c ee. 346
dipsacea,
Tsophyllia: | ..f...0..0.::. 441, 442
MUSSa eae oe 441, 442
Symphyliia .............. 441
Discovery Bay
(Jamaica)e jee 291, 339

Dismal Sink,

Leon County ............ 408
distans, Plesiastraea .. 388
disticha, Pectinata ...... 417
Distrito Federal

(Venezuela) ............ 331
divaricata,

IPOritesmer 31 266, 274, 326-

328
Dominica

(Windward Islands) 288, 339, 368,
386, 432, 450
Dominican Republic.. 278, 283, 287,
296, 302, 319,
325, 331, 334,
339, 345, 350,
363, 368, 380,
391, 420, 429,
432, 439, 446,
450

Double-Headed

ShotuKey: 2 ee 402
Downey, M. E. ............ 260
Duarte Bello, P. P. .. 277, 286, 294,

298, 312, 322,
327, 329, 337,
342, 354, 369,
373, 378, 384,

388, 391, 410,
418, 431, 434,
437, 442, 445,

449, 455

519

INDEX

DuBare diy eee 264, 265, 267,

DuBarySnccceeen ee

dubia,

Lithophyllia

Duchassaing, P.. ..........

Duerden, J. E. ............

Duncan, P. M. .............

Duplin Marl
Durham,

De WV o eeows- sone

Duvergé (Dominican

Eagle Beach (Aruba)..

Eastern Atlantic

Ocean

East Flower Bank,

Louisiana

Eau Gallie,

Brevard County

Edwards, H. M. ..........

268, 271-274,
353, 360, 391,
397, 431, 454,
455
455

436
284, 292, 297,
320, 327, 335,
336, 341, 368,
369, 372, 382,
383, 387, 399,
400, 405, 417,
430, 433, 436,
441, 447, 448,

455, 456

279, 285, 293,
298, 312, 316,
321, 327, 336,
359, 373, 383,
391, 400, 405,
410, 430, 442,
456

298, 320, 341,
358, 359, 383,
388, 400, 429,
430, 456

263, 408

456

278, 450
261, 308, 311,
330, 352, 390,
391, 413, 428

288, 297, 325,
331, 334, 340,
345, 351, 356,

381, 443

344
355

259, 402
279, 281, 292,
293, 297, 312,
316, 320, 326,
329, 341, 369-
373, 382, 387,
388, 403, 417,
420, 421, 425,
429, 433, 434,
436, 441, 444-
448, 456, 457

Beuchiy Mioc..:.0c-.0eees 457
Ehrenberg, C. G. ........ 284, 292, 320,
350; 209, o2i0
416, 433, 447,
457, 509
Kichwald> C: Eo... 292, 320, 335,
416, 457
Elbow Key .................. 404
elegans,
Rectiniaue.. 2 417
BHYSANUSHs cee 358
elephantotus,
ASAP ICTAN sc... ccsceeses-2c- 298, 303
Madrepora .............. 303, 304
Mycedium ................ 303
BINGt Key o....sccce ene 283, 339
elliptica,
Dichocoenia ............ 430
FOS. incor tere 292, 304, 312,
320, 331, 334,
340, 353, 358,
366, 377, 381,
382, 416, 435,
441, 457
ellisii, Solenastrea ...... 387
eminens, Dicho-
COCNIA ....iees. 53-55 259, 266, 423,
426-429
Kimmons, 9H. eee 457
Ensenada
(Puerto Rico) .......... 381
Ensenada Los Aceites
(Venezuela) ............ 288, 326, 331,
334, 345, 356,
371, 372, 381,
387, 451
La Aguada) «..2sc605...\ous: 278, 288, ate
E] Aguirre «...<.0c0 278, 288, 319,
326, 331, 334,
340, 345, 356,
372, 381, 387,
412, 423, 432,
439
a. Ballena <:2552 240, 356, 387,
433, 439
El BAQuiro’ «.....<:2.::.. 278, 316, 326,
334
Baragdenoa 2 278, 334
Baraderito 222... 278, 297, 334
iBpotella: ote 316, 326, 331,
356, 372, 381,
387, 402, 405,
412, 421
Bureao ke 278, 288, 297,
326, 334, 340,

372, 381, 405,
439

520

Cabruta

Cabruta Blanca

Cabruta Roja

Camaiguana
Carenero

Centeno

El Chorro
Garrapata

Guaigua
Guatacaral
Honda (Puerto Rico)
Honda (Venezuela)..
El Inglés

Mosquito
El Muerto

Piedra Pelona

Pozo del Isleno
Punta Leén
Los Reyes ................
San Agustin

Taguapire ................
Taguapirito

INDEX

278, 297, 303,
334, 340, 363,
405, 421, 439
319, 326, 331,
396, 372, 381,
387, 421, 432
297, 316, 320,
326, 331, 345,
356, 372, 381,
387, 402, 432
278, 334

278, 297, 316,
319, 334, 356,
371, 381, 387,
412, 432, 439
316, 320, 356,
387, 421, 433
278

278, 288, 297,
316, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,
356, 371, 381,
387, 405, 433

278, 288, 297,
316, 319, 326,
334, 340, 356,
372, 381, 387,
412, 421, 439
334

278

278, 316, 331,
356, 412, 432
288, 316, 326,
340, 356, 402,
433, 439

278

316, 320, 326,
331, 334, 356,
372, 381, 387,
439

278, 288, 326,
340, 345, 356,
381, 387, 433

278

372, 381, 387
278

297, 316, 320,
326, 334, 356,
372, 381, 387,
405

278, 334

278, 316, 319,
326, 334

278

WODOLOP nc. .000es ices 278, 297, 326,
334
TOporito: .Gs.:........... 278, 297, 326,
334
Vallecillo® -2...2.3...<:.. 278, 316, 326
IO CONC inie eeihscei Bee 311
Esper, GiJ, Coa... 276, 284, 292,
312, 335, 340,
343, 358, 368,
371, 382, 416,
429, 436, 446,
457
Espirito Santo
(Brazil) 423
Estado
Anzoategui
(Venezuela) ............ 291, 319, 371,
387, 421, 432,
450
Miranda 2):2.4h...... 278, 291, 316
SUCTGn 2.5220 em 278, 288, 297,
303, 316, 319,
326, 331, 334,
340, 345, 351,
356, 363, 371,
381, 387, 391,
402, 405, 412,
421, 422, 433,
439, 451
Eudes-Deslong-
champs, J. As ::........ 284, 292, 340,
416, 457
Eumadrepora
cervicornis .............. 279
MUTICAGA oo.bocevecnc-ss 279
Euphyllia
ADEM. 8 xiii e 447
Pracilius ew. 447
spinulosa .................. 447
Eusmilia
alticostata ..........5...:. 447, 448
ASPCEAN Het. sees. ee , 448
fastigiata, 222.2. 52 274, 446-451
|: 010) = 5) Ge eee ee 447
Everglades .................. 261, 363
Evergreen, Virginia .. 409
excelsa, Astrea ............ 391

excentricus, Thysanus 358
Explanaria
ASUS Ce noe eas 382
PAGIAtAS occ. 382
FE
Fallawit Witt seek! 457
Farmer’s Shaft No.
3 (Barbados) ............ 386

521

INDEX

fastigiata,
Caryophyliia ............
RSM ese 52 274, 446-451
Lobophyllia ............ 447
Madrepora .............. 447
IW RVIGSE TE seesesssobaaccceroanec 447
fastigiatum,
Lithodendron
Favia
ANANAS Beene eee 335, 336, 339
ASETOILES ec eeecccceeess 382
CAVEINOSA ...........eeeee 383
Coarctatal 0.2. 335, 336
ATASUM .....cccseee ee 31 274, 334-340
OTA Aa eee vee seetecetees 339
TROVEYEN GLE penny WAR RPA te 335, 336
leptophyllia ............ 339
DOUCOLA Me eee 336
ULV claw sarees eee: 335
Favites cavernosus .... 382
12) bcp 3A fie) 2 nae 279, 285, 293,
294, 298, 309,
$22, 3'73, 375,
388, 400, 414,
437, 444, 448,
457
Fernando Noronha
(Brazil) ey sae: 402, 403
Fernando Po (Gulf
of Guinea) ................ 315
Ferry Reach
(Bermuda) -2.c...-...:.0: 315, 351, 412,
443
filograna,
Madrepora ................ 340
Meandrina ................ 340, 341
Fischer von
Waldheim, G.. ........ 369, 416, 458
Fish Creek Mountain,
California 3........:..:. 267
fissa,
Ctenophyllia ............ 421
Manicinal 26 erss...5 369, 421
flabellum,
Madrepora ............... 284
Loy (0 ne een ar 283, 298, 300,
315, 324, 325,
331, 345.355,
407
Florida Bureau of
Geology ike: 260, 343, 386,
397, 408
Florida Keys) cs.ciise.: 273 278, 288,
305, 355, 395,
432, 435

Florida Middle

Ground? ssc 27 , 278, 298,
300, 328,331,
474, 477, 484
floridana,

Astrangia ...... 41, 45 266, 271, 395-
398
Phyllancia <....:...2. 395

floridanus,
Thysanus, .....:-20:. 34 259, 266, 356-
358

Florida patch reefs.... 288, 351, 432

Florida reef tract ...... 288, 420
Florida Straits ............ 404
Florida State
University .............. 260, 275, 296,
306, 324, 328,
362, 426, 485
Fontaine, A. R. .......... 285, 294, 298,
327, 337, 342,
355, 369, 384,
400, 418, 431,
437, 442, 444,
449, 458
forbesi,
Glyphastraea .......... 408
Septastrea .............. 408
Formation
Madréporique
(Guadeloupe) .......... 288, 339, 386

Fort Bassinger, High-

lands. County. .......... 410
Fort Denaud ......0...2.:. 264
Fort Jefferson,

TOrtuUGAaSs® ...s:.c.c---cse 283, 296, 302,

315, 339, 345.
386, 450
Fort-Taylon ..e 315, 319, 339,
350, 355, 371,
381, 432, 435,
450
Fort Thompson .......... 275, 368
Fort Thompson
Formation ................- 264-266, 269,
270-274, 257,
259, 264-274,
311, 394, 481,
484
fragile,

Mycedium ................ 297, 298
fragilis,

IASaTiCiale.. eee 24 297-300, 302

Colpophyliia ............ 369

TIsophyllia ................ 442

T@ptOria 2....ccs0..c-00- 369

IVEUSSA 4S ocas.teree rns 441, 442

522

INDEX

fragum, Glover’s Reef (British
LOE 00 ae 31 274, 334-340 Honduras) .25)..220 278, 287, 288,
Madrepora ............... 335 SIGN S2Z5 ool,
Franklin County ........ 315, 404, 412 334, 339, 345,
Freeport (Bahamas) .. 345, 355, 485 351, 355, 371,
Fresh Creek fossil 381, 387, 420,
reef (Bahamas) ...... 291, 315, 355 435, 439, 446,
Frigate Bay 450
USESPIGIEES)) Ao). c ccs 375 Glynn County,
Fungus marinus ........ 363, 435, 446 Georgian oo ss) 408
furcata, Glyphastraea forbesi.. 408
Poritesy hc. 30, 31 266, 274, 329- Gmelin, J. F. .............. 292, 335, 340,
Salycoo 367, 368, 382,
416, 436, 441,
G 446, 458
Golding Cay,
SEAS Wig Us narrow staat toon: 293, 383, 458 TOPedS as oes sists. 283, 288, 291,
Gaimanderds Peo cc.ncccrs.e: 465 296, 339, 345,
galaxea, 351, 386
IAStrae@aer 6 .22.cs.cscteess ae Golfo de Cariaco
Madrepora ............ 312“ (Venezuela) ............. 278, 288, 297,
SIGCEASITCA .............. 312 316. 320. 326
Gallows Bay (St. 334 340 345,
USCAUIUS)) 2elsencssosscce- 278, 297, 315, 356. 363. 372.
Sede 375, 387, 391,
Beso Ui 405, 412, 433,
371, 387, 432, ; "439
Gallows Island si Goodno’s Landing ....... 371, 394
(Bermuda) .............. 315 Goreau, N. I. .............. 286, 322, 329,
Gamble, E. E. .............. 455 332, 342, 353,
Gane ee Se. .foc.soxseces 359, 374, 375, 354, 369, 378,
376, 458 384, 410, 458
Gastrochaena Goreaus PoP. e.ce. 277, 280, 286,
cuneiformis ............ 368 294, 298, 304,
Gatun Formation ........ 410 Sie Silay sale
geographica, 322, 321,029,
1011) 3) oo g eee 417 302,50 1ooo
(AGO) 22 Ce ee ne 407, 408 342, 343, 353,
(Celia ts Ee eee 312, 316 354, 360, 367,
Gibbs Bay (St. 369, 373, 378,
Wet OS ee 288, 297, 315, 384, 385, 391,
326, 331, 334, 400, 405, 410,
345, 356, 381, 418, 420, 431,
443 434, 437, 442,
Ginsburg, R. N. .......... 287, 458 444, 445, 449,
Glades County ............ 264, 270, 272, 458
311, 394, 395, Goto (Bonaire) 288, 319, 326,
481 340, 345, 356,
Glades Formation ...... 257, 259, 264, 371, 381, 387,
270-274, 311, 432
313-315, 319, Gould, S. J. oo... 354, 461
361, 363, 374, Goyanna (Brazil) ........ 326
395, 483, 487- _ gracilius, Euphyllia .. 447
493,500 Grahamville,
globosa, South Carolina ........ 409
IMU ORB oo ssts aches 262 Grand’Anse (Haiti) .. 287
Plesiastraea ............ 388 Grand Bahama Island 485

525

Grande Terre
(Guadeloupe)
grandiloba,
Meandrina
grandilobata,
Meandrina
granulata,
Astrangia
Gravel Series
(Dominica)
gravida, Favia
GraviernC Ge. nce

Great Bahama Bank ..

Great Bay
(St. Martin)

Great Sound
(Bermuda)
Greeley, A. W. ..........

Green Flats
(Bermuda)
Gregory, J. W. ............

Griffith
Groton, Connecticut ..
Guaiguaza Clay
(Venezuela)
guadalupensis,
Porites
guadalupensis prima,
Porites
guadalupensis,
Porites
Symphyllia
Guadeloupe (Lesser
Antilles)

INDEX

350
341
341
399, 400

368
339
312, 316, 389,
458

313, 354
351, 380
278, 283, 288,
296, 303, 319,
331, 339, 351,
355, 380, 387

288, 297, 315,
326, 334, 340,
345, 356, 381,
387, 420, 432,

443

351
276, 293, 336,
383, 400, 402,
459

351, 443

285, 293, 297,
312, 316, 321,
329, 336, 341,
369, 417, 429,
430, 433, 436,
459

420

261
395
320

327
441

278, 283, 287,
288, 296, 315,
325, 328, 339,
345, 350, 375,
381, 386, 387,
402, 420, 432,
435, 443, 450

guadulpensis,
Isophyllia
Symphyllia

Gualtieri®N: ..4..2.20"

Guana Bay
(St. Martin)

Guanica
(Puerto Rico)
Guantanamo Bay
(Cuba)
Guérin-Méneville,
F. E.
Gulf of
(Cuba)
Gulf of Campeche
Gulf County
Gulf of Guinea

Gulf of Mexico

Batabano

441
441
416, 459

278, 288, 315,
326, 331, 334,
343, 345, 356,

381
283
276, 459

363
405
412
283, 315, 319,
339, 344, 386
298, 328, 331,
374, 484, 493

Gunter. Gs 32 ..actee: 463

Gunters Hee. 315, 339, 360,

380, 386, 408

Guppy ROOM. ca... 335, 447, 459
Gurabo Formation

(Dominican Rep.) .... 395

Gurabo Hills 2. 319

gyrosa,

Colpophyllia ............ 364, 365, 368,

369

Madrepora .............. 363, 365

Manicina ....... 38,39 266, 363-368

Meandrina )s.......2 363, 364, 365,

369

IMUSSA te eee 364
H

Habana (Cuba) ............ 300

aime: Je 2 cee 279, 281, 284,

haitensis, Ostrea
Haiti (West Indies) ....

524

292, 293, 297,
312, 320, 326,
329, 335, 336,
341, 369, 372,
373, 382, 387,
388, 399, 403,
417, 420, 421,
425, 429, 433,
436, 441-448,
456, 457

262

278, 283, 287,
297, 302, 315,
319, 325, 330,
333, 339, 345,
350, 363, 380,
395, 402

INDEX

Hammock Bena .......... 275
Hapwood Farm,

North Carolina ........ 407
Ifarbisons7A® .2......c....-.- 368, 464, 466
Harrington Sound

(Bermuda) ...:.-.50.00- 278, 300, 315

325, 443
ArrISON: Jie Big...:.0.-: 460
Hartman, W. D. ........ 323, 378, 445
artmeyer, Fs <.-s:.--:.- 276, 285, ven
Hato (Bonaire) ............ 283, 319, 334,
340, 345, 351,
371, 381, 387

Haversack West

(Bermiuda)) ............... 402
Hawk Channel ............ 380
Haynesfield

(Barbados) “ .............. 380
Heilprin, “As ......<0:..... 272, 284, 321,

373, 383, 459
helianthus,

Symphylliia. ....:..:...... 441
Heliastrea

of e Ui en eee eee. 387

Cavernosa ............. 382, 383

Confterta 25 ee 382

madiataye eee teckc: <2 383
Helioseris

euculllata: ............ 25 303-305
hians, Rocellaria ........ 367, 368
Hendry County .......... 264, 271, 275,

308, 344, 363,
367, 391, 395,
397, 399, 404,
410, 412, 451,

486, 491, 49 ,
494, 496, 499,

500, 509
Heterophora

COHTCT AVS. «...cs20s<505; 289
IATCKSONE Sard. <occcceceee sce 276, 459
hieroglyphica,

Meandrina ............... 341
Highlands County ...... 410
Higuerote

(Venezuela) ............ 278, 291, 316
Hillsborough County.. 368, 412
Hinche Formation

(CETTND hs cea nee 302
1B Orb 06 (ey A Coy 9 Oe ee 459
hirta, Orbicella .......... 383
hirtolamellata,

INSET Cat ec osechies 408
hispida,

Maeandra™ 2..........4-- 358

Manieinae .222.....c.----:- 358

Hoffmeister, J. E. ...... 269, 273, 277,

280, 286, 287,

294, 313, 317,

323, 329, 332,

337, 343, 354,

358, 360, 378,

384, 385, 391,

459, 469

Hoffstetter, R. ............ 294, 460

Hogg Island

(Bahamas)................. 380, 432

Holmes) Ate... 259, 263, 269,

270, 460

Holmes: Wars. cs... 460, 468

Holocene sands .......... 259

Honduras (C. A.) ........ 402, 499
Horry County,

South Carolina 407, 409

van der Horst, C. J. .. 285, 293, 322,
337, 342, 400,

417, 437, 448,
: 460
Hoskin, -C,. Me =..2...... 286, 294, 322,
337, 342, 378,
: 451
Hoskins,,.C.oWees ...s:..-2... 360, 460
Houttuyn: MM. ............. 368, 460
HOwardid. Ee sccccccsce. 455
leony ig els: Cosy 455
Huddlestun, P. F. ...... 261, 269
Hugget’s Landing ...... 275, 397, 399,
410, 412, 498
Humphrey, G. ............ 382, 416, 460
Hunter Mon 261-263, 460
hyades,
ASUG@Al cit soe 391
Cyphastrea .............. 391
Orbicellayess ee 391
Solenastrea ....43, 44 263, 266, 274,
390, 391-395
I
TMpTes. J. 25. 286, 294, 332,
337, 342, 384,
464
Imperial County,
Caltforniay = 267, 324
implicata,
Madrepora .............. 346
incerta,
AVA AW Re eco oe tates: 335, 336
Neoporites .............. 320
PORIteS we ee 320
Incertae sedis
Ni ie 3 en 56 266, 451
SB ee Oe ce: 56 266, 451, 452

525

INDEX

intermedia,

Barysmilia <......:...... 425, 429, 430
interrupta,

Meandrina ............... 341

Intracoastal: Waterway,

eure Carolina ........ 407, 500
Isla
Blanquilla (Mexico) 288

Huevita (Venezuela) 278, 326, 334
Larga 278, 326, 334
de Lobos (Mexico) .. 283, 288, 300,
315, 334, 345,
351, 355, 363,
381, 387, 420,

439
Margarita
(Venezuela) _............ 316
Redonda .................. 278, 326, 334
del Rosario
(Colombia) ............!. 278
Sta. Ana
(Venezuela) ............ 278, 326, 334
Verde (Mexico) ...... 315
Isophyllia
AUStPANIS® fe... ccccncnseess 441, 442
CVLINGRICAy vi .cccc.005. 2022 44
desotoensis .......... 52 259, 439-441,
26
Gipsacea 2.6. tekh.t 441, 442
FEASTS i o4sieeccdete 442
guadulpensis .......... 441
Marginata™ ...0....:2..0.. 442
SINUOS Ao oecce ck cteecseecesec 441-443
SEnICOSA i eee 442
Isopora
MUPICAGA) ec ceecse-see 279
Dalmata 7 2282 2aes 285
DLOlIFETA: ...:.050c0000s0200« 289
Isthmus of Panama .... 374
Itaparica Island
(C134 of: Wal) Wy a on a 423
J
Jackson Bluff,
Leon County ............ 399
Jackson Bluff
Formation _ ..........::. 410, 412, 413
Jacmel (Haiti) ............ 283
Jamaica
(West Indies) .......... 278, 283, 288,
291, 296, 300-
305, 315, 319,
325; 326,001,
334, 339, 345,
$51, 355, 358;
363, 367, 371,
375, 381, 387,

391, 395, 402,
405, 412, 420,
423, 432, 435,
439, 443, 446,

450
James City,

North Carolina ...... 407
JamMeswNa Pa eee 458
James

Peninsula, Virginia 409

Rivers eet. fee 409
Jan Doran

(Bonaire) eee 283, 288, 297,

319, 326, 340,
345, 351, 356,
371, 381, 432,
435, 446, 450

Jenkins Bay
(St Eustatius) 322. 284, 288, 297,
315, 319, 326,

331, 334, 345,
351, 356, 371,
381, 387, 443,

451

Johnson, C. W. .........:. 375

Johnson, H. S., Jr. ...... 454, 455
johnsoni,

Cladocora’ ..........5.: 40 266, 274, 375-

SUL

Jones, James I. .......... 459

gones, John A. ....<:..:. 286, 323, 342,

360, 373, 384,

431, 460

JOU as se ccciee ecco 460

Jukes-Brown, A. J. .... 460

K

Kaap Malmeeuw

(CULACAD). - scceccesees 297, 303, 326,
334, 340, 345,

355, 381, 420,

446, 450

Keroher. G.. Assassin 460
Key Wargo. sc.ccsceee 273, 334, 355,

371, 380, 439
Key Largo Limestone 257, 259, 261,
266, 273, 274,
277, 283: 28%,
296, 302, 315,
319, 325, 334,
339, 345, 350,
354, 355, 363,
371, 380, 386,
395, 420, 432,
435, 439, 443,
446, 450, 486

526

INDEX

380
cae NG a & eae 259, 273, 315,
325, 331, 339,

SDI DSHS HeYAL

380, 386, 412,

446, 450

Khudoley, K. M. .......... 460
1GTSIS TS Pe ee 286, 323, 369,
384, 418, 431,

442, 470

GER Me these
Kingston (Jamaica) ....
RSISSHNS DS Tay, ceciccssons SR OYes BBY+

337, 461

Klein Bonaire
(BOnaIre) i oe iecoee cess: 278, 283, 288,
297, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,
345, 351, 356,
371, 387, 420,

435, 446, 450

Klein Curacao
(Curacao)) 2.82... 283, 297, 326,
331, 340, 345,
Shi ek SKK

381, 387, 432

Klein Lagoen
(Aruba) 316, 340, 381
Kose, W.B. TD. 2.3.60... 277, 280, 294,
BUS BPS) Spal
332, 338, 343,
354, 360, 367,
369, 371, 379,
385, 392, 432,
438, 443, 449,
461
447
441
ele 280, 286, 294,
313,322. 350
342, 369, 371,
378, 388, 437,
461

knorri, Eusmilia ........
knoxi, Symphyllia ......
Kornicker, L. S.

EAB Cll emer ce 266, 269, 270,
271, 275, 308,

311, 344, 361,

367, 391, 394,

397, 412, 451,

486, 491-500,

509

LaBelle Quadrangle .. Patil
HeADOTE eee eer 277, 298, 313,
SIT S228 325)

325, 332, 337,

339, 354, 378,
383, 385, 400,
402, 431, 443,
461
labyrinthica,
Maeandrina .............. 346
Madrepora ............... 346, 416
labyrinthiformis,
Diploria.. 2... 32, 37 345-351
Madrepora ............... 345, 346, 490
Maeandra i. .-.: 346-348
Meandrina .............. 346-348, 490
Lac (Bonaire) .............. 278, 297, 315,
319,326, 331,
334, 340, 345,
356, 381
lacera,
Caryophyllia ........... 436
Lithophyllia ............. 436, 437
MUSSAR ee 437

La Cruz Mar] (Cuba) .. 325, 333, ae
39
Ladder Bay (Saba) .... 288, 315, 326,

345, 356, 381
laevigata,
Cosmoporites .......... 320
Lagoa de Camamu
(Brazil) pe ee 387

Lagtin (Bonaire) ........ 315, 319, 340,
432

Lagun (Curacao) .....:.. 297, 300, 3038,
387

Lake Flirt
Hormation: .....-.-.....2 273
Lake Okeechobee 2261, 3110315;
332-334, 361
Bamarck ee Bo oe 276, 279, 281,
284, 292. 320,
326, 329, 335,
340, 372, 377,
382, 410, 416,
417, 429, 436,

443, 446, 447.
461
lamarckana,
Mycetophyllia ........ 444, 445
lamarckiana,
Mycetophyllia ...53 274, 443-446
lamarckii,
Mycetophyllia ........ 444
lamellosa,
Madrepora _.............. 416
Lamouroux, J. V. F. .. 284, 292, 312,
SB Hae Oe
382, 416, 429,
436, 444, 447,
461

527

INDEX

Lanarck Village, Lindstrom, G. 2-5... 462

Franklin County .... 315 lineata,

Lance Manguillas Astrangia, .c8.2.3 397, 398

(Venezuela) .............. 297,316, 326, Wink; Hor nn. 382, 416, 462

334, 340, 356, Linnaeus, C 276, 279, 292
372, 381, 387, 151A Opa derreonantcrosce ; ; ;
295, 312,535)
405, 412, 433
350, 358, 367,
WandeslaSs eect 354, 461
’ 368, 381, 416,
La Parguera 462. 490
(Puerto Rico) .......... 218,551,959). Grthodendron °
375, 381 losum 436
Tarseny, Reis otc: 260,275. leon ae re
Las Cahobas Forma- : nigeert Ae ee eae

tion (Haiti) .............. 331, 391, 395 Lithophyllia
Ieaurens dB. fccess-m. 456 aT BOUIN ae e-tetee 436
laxifolia, Maeandra .... 359 cubensis ................ 436, 437
Ledge Flats cylindrica. ...........:.. 436

(Bermuda) _............. 334, 380,443 dubia 436
Légoane (Haiti) Assia, 287 lacera BIEL ociawatsonnes ce 436, 437
Leonard, A. B. ............ 277, 287,295, multilamella

313, 317, 323, PACianSives...c eee 436
332, 335, 343, Little Bay
354, 360, 370, (St; Martin) .h.22 2917, 31553265
373, 379, 385, 334, 345, 351,
403, 410, 418, 381
432, 438,464 Little River, —
Leon County ................ 399, 408, 413 South Carolina ...... 407
leonensis, littoralis,

Astrangia _............ 46 263, 266, os Neoporites ............ 320
leptastrea caribaea .... 387 eel tees Sr a
leptophyllia, Favia .... 339 Day ae
Tantoria angulosa tt! Se 436

fragilis 369 fastigiata rasdacesoiteaee 447

hieroglyphica .......... 341 Lock No. 3, Caloo-
lessoni, Mycediunm ...... 292, 296 sahatchee River .... 394
Wesueur: ©) Ay sic. 293, 326,329, Locust Hill

SoDNODONOla: (Barbados)! =... 380, 386
399, 461,462 Logan, B. W. ........... 287, 294, 323,
Leuckart, F. S. o0.00..... 358, 462 338, 360, 379,
WO WAS Pc Ess bacccasssnascowe. 286, 294, 298, 385, 392, 437,
317, 322, 327, 462
342, 369,370, Loggerhead Key,
384, 400, 418, TMortucas: 21.5 ee 296, 300, 302,
431, 434, 437, 315, 345, 381,
445, 449, 462 450
Liberty County .......... 408 Longboat Key ............ 375
Lighthouse Reef Long Key,
(British Honduras).. 278, 288, 319, Tortugass +... 371
325, 331, 334, Lonsdale, W. ............ 462
339, 355, 381, Lont (Bonaire) .......... 326, 331, 356,
387, 420, 432, 381, 420
435,446 Looe Key .................. 259, 295, 446,
Lime Cay (Jamaica) .. 331, 334 450, 474
Limon (Costa Rica) .... 380,414 Los Roques
limonensis, (Venezuela) .......... 340, 363, 451
Archohelia .......... 47 266: 2712414 Touisianad © 2)... 355, 407-410
AlG, Lyell Ca 462

NGVANIA Te Besse csesasesssos tenes

Maceio (Brazil)
MacDonald, D. F. ......
MacIntire, W. G. ........

Macintyre, I. G. ..........

MacKenzie, F. T. ........
Macsotay, O. .
McWilliams, W. R. ....

Madrepora
agaricites
ananas
angulosa
annularis
areola
areolata
astroites
capitata
carduus
cavernosa
cervicornis
clivosa
cucullata
elephantotus
fastigiata
filograna
flabellum
fragum
galaxea
gyrosa
implicata
labyrinthica
labyrinthiformis
lamellosag j2e0:..
maeandrites
muricata
natans
palmata
pectinata
porcata
porites

INDEX

279, 285, 294,
312, 322, 337,
359, 391, 442,

462

278, 297, 326
414

280, 286, 298,
313, 317, 329,
332, 343, 354,
378, 385, 418,
437, 466

280, 317, 318,
323, 324, 343,
360, 379, 385,
392, 403, 418,
432, 434, 443,
445, 449, 462
354, 461

462

261, 315, 324,
339

292, 295
334

346, 416
416

331

TAGIANS eee eee 312
Tadiatage 381
sidered (2 3s.h.sek 316, 318
SINUOSAN 8. eee 346, 441
Maeandra
areolataie f2es.0. 359
caudexeee 433
cerebriformis .......... 346
cerebrum) 2... 353
Clivosaee 342, 344
columellaris ............ 359
confertifolia ............ 359
Cylinadrusiee. ee 433
Hispidaie es fee 359
labyrinthiformia 346-348
Mebiab ive) bIEY esas een 359
SpatiOsarces seas 433
Strigosaneeee ee PAT}
Maeandrina
areolata. (2. 358
cerebriformis .......... 346
cerebrum. ................ 353
ClivOSameee eee 341, 342
conglomerate .......... 416
filograna’ 2...0.0.60: 341
CVEOSAN ee ee 369
labyrinthica ............ 346
labyrinthiformis .... 347, 348, 490
meandrites))........- 346
pectinatal— s6.ee 416, 417
StnicOSAu es eee 353
maeandrites,
Madrepora .............. 368, 416
Meandrina .......... 49 266, 274, 416-
425
Rectiniaioe. 2. 417
Maho Bay

(Sts{ Martin) ............ 288, 297, 319,
326, 345, 356,
387, 420, 432,

443

ee 288, 297, 316,
319, 325, 331,

334, 340, 345,

3955, 371, 381,

387, 420, 432,

Malmok (Aruba)

443, 450
Mamanguape
@razil) oe 326
mammosa,
Meandrina _............... 341
Manatee County .......... 375

Mangel Altu (Aruba)... 283, 288, 297,
319, 325, 334,
340, 351, 355,
STi 3selesor
443, 446, 450

529

INDEX

Manicina
areolata
33, 34, 36, 37, 38,39 266, 271, 274,
358-363, 366,
367
Gilatatayec.ce cece 359
PISS Ate e rere ener 369, 421
PVTOSA) aon: 38,39 266, 363-368
NiSpId awe 358
INAV OL ee tress 367
pachyphyllia ............ 417
pectinatae... 417
pliocenica ................ 359, 361, 487,
489
praeruptal ....::.:4.0..... 359
Mansfield, W. C. ........ 261-263, 306,
463
Mao Formation
(Dominican Rep.) .. 395
Mao Adentro Lime-
stone (Dominican
CRED: ore te 315, 331, 350,
355, 363
Mare Formation
(Venezuela) ............ 391, 395
marginata,
Tsophylliay .o.7-.coeseess 442
Symphyllia’ <............. 441
Margot Fish Shoal ...... 380
Maria Farinha
(Brazil Mees eee 326
marinus, Fungus ........ 435, 446
Market Hill
(Barbados) _.............. 380
Martens, J.-H: ‘C. <....... 261, 315, 339,
380, 386
Martin County ............ Slt 333
Martinique (Lesser
FAM EUMOS) eaten. ce ook! 278, 339, 363,
391, 412, 420,
439
Maryland) a. ess: -2.. 407, 409
marylandica,
IASI ACA ci ochecssoheies 408
Astrangias 22 os.cene 409
Coenangia ............ 408
Septastrea ............ 47 263, 266, 408-
410
Matecumbe Key .......... 380, 386, 494
matsoni, Septastrea .. 409
Matthias (Gee cence 341-344, 349,

350, 353, 359,
365, 368-371,
416, 417, 429,
431, 433-438,
442, 444, 446,
448, 463, 490,
492, 506, 509

Matthews, R. K. ........ 280, 287, 313,
SI To2enooe
379, 410, 463
WYER id Jon) BR ea ress bacaueere 463, 464
Mayagtiez
(Puerto Rico) .......... 278, 288, 355,
363, 381
Mayer, A. G. .............. 321, 336, 341,
383, 442, 463
Mayesfield, S. C. ........ 409
mayori,
Manicinal........200e 367
IPodasteria) =..-.25 367
Meandra
areolatam. .. ise ceccseese 359
CliVOSAWE ce eee 341
Meandrina
praziliensis) 2c... 420, 421
CANDEXAT bie 433
CEFEDPalishie crs: ce. 346
cerebriformis .......... 346, 350
Crispawes. ee 443
eylindrus’....-. 433
@anae) 65.2 eee 420
filosrana se 340, 341
erandiloba’ ../...2..:5-- 341
grandilobata ............ 341
SVTOSA eee ee 363-365, 369
INCeLEUp tA pee eee 341
labyrinthiformis .... 346, 347
maeandrites ........ 49 266, 274, 416-
422
MAMMOSA ...4.0..:.0.22.5 341
SpatloSaiets.1.oneeeee 433
S{TIZOSal ee eee 353
superficialis ............ 341
meandrites,
IMacandray 22... 346
Meandrina ............... 422,
Menzel, R. W. ............ 373, 400, 463
merriami,
Dichocoenia ............ 425
Mesollela, K. J. .......... 280, 287, 313,
317x323) ce2
379, 410, 463
IMIEXIC ON ct ec eee 267, 278, 283,
288, 291, 296,
300, 315, 319,
325, 331, 334,
339, 345, 351,
355, 363, 375,

380, 381, 386,

387, 395, 412,

420, 439, 446

Meyerhoff, A. A. ........ 460
Miami, Dade County .. 261, 273, 355,
395, 412

Miami Limestone 273

530

Miami Oolite

micans, Solenastrea ..
Michelin, J. L. H. ......
michelini,
Neoporites
Michelotti, G. ..............

microstoma,
Cladocora
Millepora
alcicornis
corniculata
digitata
muricata
Milleporina
Milliman. Ds
Miocene

Moin (Costa Rica)
MoimenHill “2...
Mole St.-Nicolas
(Haiti)
Mollusk bed Ic
(St. Eustatius) ........
Monkey Hill (isthmus
of Panama)
Monkey Point
(Costa Rica)

Monroe County

Montastrea
annularis
cavernosa

Montegut,
Louisiana

Montserrat
(Leeward Islands) ..

eee 4]
Peers 41

INDEX

257, 259, 261,
266, 273, 274,
277, 283, 296,
305, 315, 325,
328, 331, 334,
339, 345, 350,
355, 363, 371,
380, 386, 395,
420, 432, 435,
439, 446, 450

387
341, 342, 463

320
284, 292, 297,
320, 327, 335,
336, 340, 341,
369, 372, 382,
383, 387, 399,
400, 405, 417,
430, 433, 436,
441, 444, 447,
448, 456, 463.

373

276

385, 459
308, 314-316,
319

331

414

283, 287
443
339, 374

283, 287, 345,

395, 450
296, 302, 305,
315, 319, 328,
355, 363, 371,
396, 432, 439,
435, 443, 474,

486, 494

274, 377-381
274, 381-387

408, 410
319, 325, 350,

Moore:2D Rae

Morne Daniel Forma-
tion (Dominica)
Morro de Garrapata
(Venezuela)

Moseley; Hy Ne ccs
Moselle Bank
(Bahamas).
MOSSOMEE SE ee
Mt. Hillaby
(Barbados)
Mt. Hope (Panama
Canal Zone)

Mt. Misery
(Barbados) .....4:s.5..
Miiller. Pasty. S35 ....c..2
Muldersy Gs 2... ..s0.0:
Mullet Pond Bay
(St. Martin)

MulterHioG.s oo...

multilamella,
Lithophyllia
Murex globosa
muricata,
Acropora
WSOPOTARE Rs ccs
Millepora
Muséum National
d'Histoire Naturelle,
Parish, Hee ee ae

Museum of Yale
University

Mussa
angulosa
carduus
dipsacea
fastigiata
fragilis

531

371, 380, 386,
395, 432

286, 342, 360,
384, 444, 459,
463

386

278, 288, 316,
320, 326, 331,
334, 340, 345,
356, 372, 381

372, 463

278, 325
394, 454

386

278, 283, 296,
302, 315, 319,
325, 334, 339,

374, 450

351
368, 463
261

288, 315, 319,
326, 345, 351,
356, 381, 387,

420, 432
259, 273, 277,
280, 287, 313,
317, 323, 329,
332, 343, 354,
378, 385, 459

436
262

279

279
279

389
304

INDEX

Mustang Island,

PROX ASH ese ania men keene: 371, 391
Mycedium
CailGti Nee, o. sscorcseck:: 297
Cucuilatame ccc 303
Ganaig =. eee 292, 296
fraciler ee 297, 298
lessoniee. eee 292, 296
purpureum’! ..2........... 300
sancti-johannis ........ 292, 296
vesparium ................ 292, 296
Mycetophyllia
Gana 444
Ganian ay sic eareees 444
lamarckana ........... a 444, 445
lamarckiana ........ 53 274, 443-446
lamanelaiteestesnecee: 444
Myrtle Beach,
South Carolina ........ 407
Mytiloconcha sp. ........ 262

N

Nassau (Bahamas) ...... 296, 325, 351,
420, 435, 450

Natal (Brazil): ..cah2 402
natans,
Colpophyllia ........ 39 274, 368-372
Madrepora .............. 368, 369

National Museum of
Natural History ...... 260, 264, 361,
362, 376, 396,
399, 423, 426
National Science

Foundation .............. 260
neglecta, Astrangia .... 399, 400
neogenica,

Ceratoconcha .......... 310
Neoporites

ASATICUS) cceeecceeeueee 320

astraeoides .............. 320, 321

InCertawe ce 320

ittoOraliiSter eran: 320

michelini .................. 320

Subtilis=ee. to 320
Neoporites

superficialis ............ 320
Netherlands Antilles.. 278, 283, 288,

297, 305, 315,

319, 325, 331,
334, 339, 351,
371, 381, 387,
420, 432, 435,
442, 443, 446,

450
Nettleton, W. D. ........ 455
Neumann, A. C. .......... 298, 322, 464

Neuse River,

North Carolina .......... 407
Newbern Road,
Sarasota County .... 308, 311, 352,
394, 399, 409,
440
NewelliNe Die... 279, 286, 294,
322, 337, 342,
384, 464
Newfound Harbor
LAER eed en a RRR 380
New Jersey .......0000.... 409
New Providence
(Bahamas) oes 296, 435
Newman, W. A. .......... 466
Nivaje Shale (Domini-
can Republic) ........ 296, 345, 386
Niveau d
(Costa: Rica) 72 414
Nixonville Quad-
rangle, South
Carolinay eee 409
nobilis, Agaricia ........ 303-305
North Carolina ............ 263, 316, 395,
404, 407-409
North Lagoon
@ermuda) -22.....045 380, 412

North Rock (Bermuda) 315, 325, 339,
351, 355, 380,
387, 402, 420,

443

North St. Petersburg

Hillsborough

County=8..0 eee 368, 412

Oo

oblita,

Cyphastrea’ ..........:5 387
Ochopee Limestone .... 263

Ocho Rios (Jamaica).. 278, 283, 291,
296, 305, 315,
319, 325, 328,
331, 334, 339,
345, 351, 355,
363, 375, 381,
387, 395, 402,
405, 412, 420,
432, 435, 443,

446, 450

Oculina
Citusay ese 47 266, 271, 410-
412
sarasotana ........... 48 263, 266, ver
413
Ohlsen; Vie. ccna 285, 293, 322,
377, 384, 454

532

Okaloacoochee
Member

Okensoli:, fee Fink

Olsson, A. Ay. «0.00.00:

INDEX

272
292, 335, 382,
416, 436, 446,
464

261, 262, 268,
270, 272, 287,
295, 308, 313,
317, 323, 332,
338, 343, 354,
360, 368, 370,
373, 379, 385,

388, 403, 410,
414, 416, 418,
432, 438, 464
Onslow Bay,
North Carolina ...... 319, 395
Oostpunt (Cura¢ao) .... 319, 331, pe
355
Orange Hill Planta-
tion (Barbados) ...... 351
Oranje Pan
(Bonaire)! s..00en 283, 288, 319,
325, 345, 351,
356, 432
Oranjestad Baai
(St Eustatius), 22... 315, 340, 345,
SDs B06) ou
Orbicella
ANT ATIS I S. e.sncsss00eeee 377, 378
ATS US ae Oe cnas nice 382
brazilwana 383
CaVeENOSA foc. 382-384
compacta .4.1c.......- 383
a Cae ee ee tee 383
NVA CSE ssscseccee oes 391
radiatavrs see 383
Ortmann; A. Ei. ......:... 293, 297, 341,
369, 464
Ortona,
Glades County ........ 395
Ortona Locks, Caloo-
sahatchee River .... 264, 270, 272,
311, 394, 481
Osmond. J: KK. ........5:. 259, 273, 460,
464
Osprey,
Sarasota County .... 395
Ostrea
MaitenSiSaeeee ee 262
tamiamiensis
monroensis .............. 3056
virginica
Jabelllensis! -.0:...:.:. 279
Oulophyllia spinosa .. 441
Oyster biostrome ........ 262

Paardenbaai
(Bonaire)
pachyphylla,
Ctenophyllia
Manicina
Rectiniaye
Padre Island, Texas ..
Paleontological Re-
search Institution ..
Palass PSs see

Palma Dulce
(Dominican Rep.) ....

palmata,
Acropora ............. 22
Madrepora ..............

Palm Beach (Aruba) ..

Palm Beach County ..

Palmers Ve W. ..5..
Palu Lechi (Bonaire) ..
Pamlico Formation ....
Panama (C. A.)

Panama Canal Zone ..

Parastrea
ananas
fragum ....

Parahyba do Norte
(Brazil)

Parcel de Paredes
(Brazil)

Paris (France)

Parris Hill
(Barbados)

parvistella,
Cladocora

pauciflora,
Dichocoenia

Pavonia cristata

Pecten
eboreus
darlingtonensis ......
Skate ee eats Str ae
tamiamiensis

533

340

417
417
417
371, 391

261

292, 312, 331,
334, 416, 435,
446, 464

278, 450
259, 274, 284-
288

284

297, 325, 331,
334, 345, 351
270, 314, 363,
373, 391, 398,
411, 416, 490,
500

261

283, 402

273, 407

283, 302, 315,
319, 339, 351,
381, 402, 421,
450

278, 283, 287,
296, 302, 308,
315, 334, 339,
363, 391, 412.
450

pectinata,
Ctenophyllia
Madrepora
Manicina
Meandrina
Pectinia

Pectinia
brasiliensis
caribaea
danae
disticha
elegans
maeandrites
pachyphylla
pectinata
profunda
quadrata
sebai

Pedro Bank
(Caribbean Sea)

INDEX

417
416
417
416, 417
416

421, 444
417
421
417
417
417
417
416
417, 421
417, 421
421

288, 291, 300,
305, 319, 325,
351, 371, 381,

387, 412, 420,
439, 443, 446
Pelican Cay
(Jamaica)! a2. 278
Pena Azul
(Venezuela) _............ 297, 316, 320,
334, 340
Pernambuco
(Brazil) ees ae. 278, 387, 405
Pernambuco
sandstone reefs ...... 326
Petersburg, Virginia .. 409
Petit Re i ee ie ose: 270, 414, 464
Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania .......... 396
Phyllangia
americana ............ 46 266, 403-405
floridanal..224:-. 20. 395
phylangioides,
Astrangcial es 2.2.0... 400
Piedra Ahogado
(Venezuela) ............ 334
IPICTCO NO AAWin eter 466
Pigeon Island
(Jamaica) etc ssnee 291
PilkeyO Eee 317, 392, 403,
462
PilsbrysEe As eee 293, 336, 373,
453
Pine Channel .............. 363
Pinecrest Sand. .......... 257, 259-266,

270, 274, 306,
308, 389, 391,
394, 395, 399,
409, 410, 413,
440, 480, 488,

489, 495, 496,
499, 500, 505
Pinellas
Countya 412
Ratka ts 3. rome ae 368
Piscaderabaai
(Curacao) eee 319, 331, 334,
340, 345, 351,
371, 381, 387,
390, 391, 420,
432, 435, 439,
446, 450, 510
Pitch Field (Aruba) .. 297, 316, 331,
340, 345, 381
Pittier: Here 414
Plaja Abao (Curacao).. 288, 297, 319,
325, 331, 334,

340, 345, 351,
355, 371, 381,

387, 420, 432,
435, 450
Plaja Canoa
(Curacao)r Aen 334
Plaja Chikitu
(Curacao) see 288, 355, 385,

387

Plaja Frans (Bonaire) 288, 297, 319,
326, 331, 340,

345, 351, 356,

371, 381, 435,

443, 450

Plaja Kalki (Curacao) 283, 288, 340,
Shi sia, Sil,

381, 387. 435.

439, 450, 466

Plaja Sarna (Bonaire) 278, 283, 297,
319, 331, 334,

340, 345, 351,

356, 371, 387,

420, 432, 446,
450
Plantersrust
(Curacao)! ee 300
Platygyra
cerebriformis .......... 346
Spatlosa.s. ceases 433
Vii CS eaten eee eee 353
Plava Boca del Rio
(Venezuela) ........... 278
Plava Blanea de
Guaigua
(Venezuela) ............ 278, 288, 316,

326,356,008

412, 432, 433

Playa Blanca de Las
Maritas (Venezuela) 391, 345, 433.
439

534

INDEX

Playa de Ponce

(Puerto Rico) .......... 339
Playa de Los Reyes
(Venezuela) .............. 297, 316, 320,
326, 334
Playa Grande
Formation
(Venezuela) .............. 319, 404
Yachting Club ........ 331

Playa Piedra

(Venezuela) ............ 278, 297, 356,
Sie:

Playita Mangle

Quemao
(Venezuela) _............ 297, 316, 320,
326, 334, 340,
363
Pleistocene .................. 300, 302, 315,
319, 486
Pleistocene sand ........ 262
Plenchi (Bonaire) ...... 288, 315, 326,
331, 334
Plesiastrea
CAGPINE GE cec...:22200000- 387
GUSEANI Steet essed se 388
PLODOSAs eeeecesctcccscccsees 388
12A DOYS CVE | eee ee 302, 315
pliocenica,
IManNICiN Ag este. - cece 359, 361
Siderastrea .......... 28 263, 266, 271,
308-311
Plio-Pleistocene .......... 315, 319
Podasteria mayori ...... 367
Point Blanche Bay
(Sta Martin) 22222. 278, 288, 315,
326, 340, 345,
356; 311, ool,
387, 443
polymorpha, Porites .. 329
Ponce Limestone
(Puerto Rico)........... 300, 386
PONT ONS Gites ee ose-c. sees 408
porcata,
IA'SERC agmeretiee weeces 429
Dichocoenia ............ 429, 431
Mavidere ee 336
Madrepora .............. 429
Porites
aASaniCUSH eee 320
americana ................ 321

american incertae
sedis tertia

astreoides ............ 29 274, 320-326,

417
CaLTIZeNSIS: ...5..02ss0000: 324
Clayaniay Secor: 329, 330
collegniana .............. 320
conglomeratus ........ 320

curacoasecunda
divaricata

furcata
guadalupensis ........
guadalupensis
prima
INCertav A eee.
porites, Madrepora ....
Porites
polymorpha
POLES. no 31

recta

Port-au-Prince
(CHaith) ree eee
Port Everglades,
Broward County ....

Port-de-Paix (Haiti) ..

Portland Bight
(Jamaica). c..

Portomaribaai
(Curacao)

portoricensis,
Astrangia
Port Royal
@amaica)” fs.
pourpre, Agarice
Pourtalés, L. F. de ....

praerupta,
Manicina: ©....:.....:.:.
prefloridana,
Ceratoconcha
profunda,
Ctenophyllia
Pectinigeue. 2s. .o ae
Progreso (Mexico)
prolifera,
Acropora
Heterophora
Madrepora

331, 333
320

327
320
331

329

266, 274, 330,
331-334

329

321, 325

283

319, 335, 380,
386, 432

283

291

283, 297, 315,
326, 331, 340,
345, 351, 355,
371, 385, 387,
420, 432, 435

400

288
301

276, 279, 284,
293, 297, 320,
321, 329, 336,
341, 353, 359,
369, 372, 375,
383, 400, 405,
410, 411, 417,
430, 433, 436,
444 448) 464,
465

359
368,491
417
417, 421
380
288-291

289
288,289

INDEX

propevenusta,

Cancellaria 262
Prospect (Barbados) .. 283, 351, 380
Provincia

Azua (Dominican

RED ec ta cestee ets 350, 391
Barahoniate. sce 278, 283, 302,
325, 334, 380,
386, 391, 420,
439, 446, 450
Mia CONUS ieesrese tans: 283, 302, 325,
334, 380, 386
Monte Cristi ............ 319, 350, 386
Samana ec 350
SANTIAGO ieee cae 363
Sto. Domingo .......... 20a, 20lo20.
350, 380

Puerto La Cruz
(Venezuela) ............ 291, 319, 356,
SLaol ool,
412, 421, 432,
451
Puerto Rico: ...:c:..:..5.:. 278, 287-291,
296, 297, 300,
302, 305, 308,
a5 319320.

328, 331, 339,
345, 350, 351,
355, 363, 367,
375, 380, 381,
386, 391, 402,
412, 420, 432,

435, 439, 443,
446, 450
pulcherrima,
Dichocoenia ............ 430
Punt Vierkant
(BOmMae), o.c-...5.5.05.:.-. 326, 443
Punta
Aceite de Palo
(Venezuela) ............ 278, 297, 316,
320, 334, 345,
356, 372, 387,
433
TAS UNTER C ae a5! Gores feces 340, 351, 395,
421, 423, 439,
451
HP AMP aos cecescses.s-: 278, 297, 316,
320
BarranCaye.. 2... 423
Basora (Aruba) ...... 326, 339

Botella (Venezuela) 316, 320, 331,

334, 356, 381,

387, 433

Caballero (Curacao) 315, 340, 450
Cementerio
(Venezuela)

aera 278, 316, 326,
334

Garrapatal =e 320, 326, 351,
412, 423, 451
Gorda, Charlotte
County eee. eee 330, 394, 413,
428, 483, 497,
501, 506
Gorda (Venezuela)... 278
Gruesae =... ee 278, 316, 326,
334, 412
desLeon: 235.32 ee 278, 316,320,
326, 334, 340,
356, 381, 405,
433
Maestranza .............. 278
Mangle Seco ........... 278,, 316,526;
334
Las Maritas .............. 278, 288, 297,
316, 320, 326,
340, 356, 412,
433
Las Morochas ........ 278, 297, 316,
326, 334
Mero Manoso .......... 297, 316, 320,
324, 326, 356,
381, 387
La Palmita .............. 278
Biedran ... 278, 316, 356,
363; 372
San Agustin ............ 316, 320, 356,
372, 381, 38a.
433
La Sefidura ............ 278
TOPOTOs 5 .cic..005--cercore: 297, 316, 324,
356, 372, 381
La Trampa <........:0. 316
Bundy. eb dGuee cee 286, 294, 322,
337, 342, 384,
464
Puri Sivecaccersscoee 261, 262, 264,
272, 308, 311,
390, 394, 465
purpurea,
Agaricia ..............28 274, 293, 300-
303
purpureum,

Mycedium . 300
Pyrazisinus: £occcc-c.sse 270
Q

quadrata,
Ctenophyllia ............ 417, 421
Pectinia: ccc 417, 421
Quebradillas Limestone
(Puerto Rico) .......... 380
Queleh dS. J. nk .... 284, 293, 297,
321,336) 3023
383, 400, 417,
442, 444, 465

536

INDEX

Quenstedt, F. A. von.. 383, 417, 430,

444, 448, 465
Quintana Roo
(VIGXTCO) ee 345, 380, 386,
395
Quoy py Ce, e.c.cscsse0s 465
R
Rabbit Cay
(Bahamas) ................ 278, 296, 302,
3115, 3195325;
339, 355, 363,
387, 432, 443
Raccoon Key .............. Ss 3197325:
301. 35053677.
395, 432
radians,
IASTPOACAL nc cssccneseeee. 312
Lithophyllia ............ 436
Madrepora = .20205:: S12e 381
Siderastrea .......... 29 271, 274, 312-
316
radiata,
PNGUELUCE ae ee ee 382
Explanaria ......:...-... 382
Heliastraea .............. 383
Orbicella. 383
TR Noah ey syArl RG gee eee 465
Rappahannock River,
WALGER cepotencuesbosencoe 409
Rathbun, Re aac... 284, 321, 329,
333, 465
Recife de Lixo
(@razil) 423
recta,
NOTES Wee tees crc ee en exe 329
Vermicularia .......... 270
ReEGESCat se. ucsetnee 315, 319
Renbero gs 2... 321, 323, 465
1RSnb ae ve eee anne 465

Rendezvous Cay
(British Honduras).. 278, 288, 305,
315, 319, 325,
328, 331, 339,
345, 351, 355,
ByAlayiap etal
391, 420, 432,
435, 439, 446,

450
Rhizangiidae .............. 395
IRI COMVWimINEM ence: 276, 466
Richards, H. G. .......... 327, 466
Ridley, H. No 5...20.- 336, 400, 466
RIDA) Ke oe 279, 280, 286,

298, 313, 317,
329, 332, 343,
354, 378, 385,

418, 437, 464,
466
Rio.
Amina (Dominican
TROD) ie crete ceases 350
Camaragibe (Brazil) 423
Cana (Dominican
RED) ete Ghee encenes 319, 391
Formosa (Brazil) .... 278, 297, 326
Grande do Norte
sandstone reef ........ 326
Gurabo (Dominican
Reps) oo i hec.nncae B25S350"301
Manguaba (Brazil) .. 423
Mao (Dominican
REDS) pene cre sch eaeeetcs 391
Yaque (Dominican
RODS) fee eens 391
Yaque del Sur ........ 319
Riveros H.C. de. .......... 280, 312, 317,
354, 370, 385,
418, 449, 466
Riviere Gauche
Formation (Haiti) .. 319
Roberts, J. K. .............. 466
Roberts, W. P. ............ 466
Rocellaria hians .......... 367, 368
Roche Bluff
(Montserrat) ............ 386
Rockham Cay
(Jamaica) ath 331, 334
Rogers! sHasD) 466
Rogers: W: B. ..cccc.c0: 466
ROOS a eee eae ees 261. 27-280;
286, 287, 294,
295, 298, 313,
318, 322, 323,
327, 329, 332,
337, 338, 342,
343, 354, 360,
369, 373, 378,
379, 385, 388,
390, 391, 400,
403, 418, 431,
432, 434, 437,
438, 443, 445,
449, 466, 470,
510
Rope Bend ................... 275
TROSS FAR WINE Te oe ee ee 367, 368, 453,

Rousseau (Dominica) .

Ruin (Bonaire)

537

466, 469, 491
386

283, 297, 319,
326, 331, 340,
245, 351, 356,
371, 387, 420,
446, 450

INDEX

Runway Bay
@amaica)i 2. 291

Russia Gully
(Barbados), ee 351, 380
Rutten, L. M. R. .......... 279, 312, 316,
466

Ss

Saba (Netherlands

Antilles) otc. 278, 288, 297,
315, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,
345, 351, 356,
371, 381, 387,
432, 443
Sail Rock
(St2"0homeas): 4.2... 363, 420
St. Andrews Bay,
VOTE VS eke eee 412
St. Andrews Parish
(Barbados) _.............. 351, 386

St. Bartholomew

(Lesser Antilles) .... 296, 319, 325,

345, 355, 363,
375, 387, 420,
432, 443
St. Croix

(@irinidad)) ........2.. 325
(Virgin Islands) ...... 386

St. Eustatius (Nether-
lands Antilles) ........ 278, 284, 287,
288, 297, 302,

315, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,

345, 351, 355,
356, 371, 380,
381, 386, 387,
420, 432, 443,
451
St. George Parish
(Barbados) j...-2--.- 351, 380, 386
St. George’s Sound .... 315, 404
St. James Parish
(Barbados) _.............. 283, 351, 380
St. John Parish
(Barbados) .............. 355, 380
St. Johns Church
(Barbados) _.............. 355
Sint Joris Baai
(Curacao) 2.2808... 288, 315, 326,
331, 334, 345
St. Joseph Island,
TTORAS Peer ace haces 371, 391
St. Joseph Parish
(Barbados) .............. 380

St. Kitts
(Leeward Islands) .. 283, 315, 325,
SYA syipsteth

386, 432
St. Lucia (Windward
NsTany cS) eee 325, 363, 381
St. Lucie Canal .......... BTN EB HSB By
484
St. Lucie County ........ 412
St. Lucy Parish
(Barbados) o....cos--.-- 355
St.-Mare (Haiti) .......... 391, 395
Sta Marksige ee 344, 485
St. Marks
Lighthouse .............. 315, 315, 375
St. Mary’s
Mormation +22. 409
St. Mary’s River,
Maryland ..3.) 2... 409
St. Martin (Nether-
lands Antilles) ........ 278, 283, 288,
297, 315, 319,
326, 331, 334,
340, 351, 356,

363, 381, 387,
420, 432, 443
St. Michael Parish

(Barbados) .:...ca..0: 283, 351, 380,
429
Sint Michielsbaai
(Curaecao)e ...c2ccs 283, 297, 315,
316, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,
351..355./3e
381, 387, 405,
432, 435, 439,
446, 450
St. Nicolaasbaai
(Avuba)iee 2s 326, 331, 334,
339, 356, 381
St. Peters Parish
(Barbados), 228. 351
St. Thomas (Virgin
Slams) aves. secs eee 278, 283, 288,
291, 296, 300,
3025303; 35s
319, 325, 328,
S51 363no le
375, 381, 387,

391, 395, 402,
412, 420, 432,

439, 443, 450
St. Thomas Parish
(Barbados) .............. 351, 380
St. Vincent (Windward
islands)ieeees. se 339
Salt Pond Key ............ 331

538

INDEX

San Blas (Panama) .... 283, 339, 351,

421, 450
sancti-hilarii,

Dendrogyra ............ 433
sancti-johannis,

Mycedium ................ 292, 296
Sande Rey Feo ooccsscsiees. 278
Sandy Lane

(Barbados) .............. 351, 380
Sanford, Si ios... e 273, 466
San Sebastian Forma-

tion (Puerto Rico) .. 325, 386
San Thomé (Gulf of

GUINEA)! Socec.deodoczeetesse 315, 319
Sta. Martha Baai

(Curacao)! so.cscececeee ee 283, 297, 303,

Spl S55"aul.
385, 387, 391,
439
Santo Aleixo

(Brazile cee 297
Sto. Domingo

(Dominican Rep.) .. 287
Sarasotayeds ce 488, 489, 495,

496, 505

Seeilitel 261, 311, 352,
390, 394, 399,
409, 410, 413,

441, 488, 469
sarasotana,
Diploria ......... 35, 36 259, 263, 351-
353, 441
sarasotana,
Oculinaye.......... 48 263, 266, 412-
413
saxeus,
Amaranthus ............. 435
Schildpaaden Baai
(St. Eustatius) ........ 288, 315, 345,
356, 443

Schomburgk, R. H. .... 335, 447, 467
Schweigger, A. F. ...... 335, 416, 436,

447, 467
Seleractiniay ........s.cc.. 264, 278
Scoffiney WaiP, |... ccc... 277, 379, 385,

410, 467
Scolymia cubensis ...... 436
scotica,

Siderastrea .............. 311
Scotland (Barbados) .. 351
Scotland Formation .. 311
Sea Island City well,

New Jersey .............. 409
Sep aAt, mete a cds rss 279, 292, 331,

363, 381, 435,

446, 467

Sealy RAM... cceccscs. 280, 287, 313,
317, 20, a2,

379, 410, 463
sebal, Pectinia..........4 421
Sellards yeh. ........2.. Pa leey paoay lay
344, 397, 410,
467
Selvagem Islands
(Atlantic Ocean) .... 368
Senegal (Africa) ........ 277, 339
Septastrea
Crassar 46,47 266, 405-408
LOLDESIBE ee 408
marylandica ........ 47 263, 266, 408-
410
MATSON eee. seeeeceeeee 409
sexradiata,
AStroites| 2...ecen 408
Columnaria. ......4.... 408
SW HWE) eeceteaceeeey 469
Shell Creek, Charlotte
Countyse-... ee 264, 265, 270,
274, 275, 306,
309, 356, 358,
376, 377, 397,
414, 420, 425,
479, 484, 487,
493, 498, 502,
505
Shinns bipAS 280, 286, 322,
457
siderea,
IAStracamee ee i16
Madrepora ............... 316, 318
siderea,
siderastrea .......... 30 271, 274, 306,
314, 316-320
Siderastrea
CalifOrnicay.j..4..%.. 309, 311
COMPETI ces o.coekeecosaecee: 308
dali aes 26, 27 263, 266, 305-
308, 311
Salaxeay | caer ce 312
pliocenicayees =. 28 263, 266, 271,
306, 308-311
madians' ee 29 271, 274, 308,
312-316
SCOLCAR ee 311
SIGCreGaue eee 30 271, 274, 306,
314, 316-320
silecensis .................. 306
Siderina galaxea ........ 312
Sierra Prieta
(Dominican Rep.) 350
silecensis,
Siderastrea .............. 306
Silver Bluff
Formation) =... 273
Simpson, G. G. ............ 467

539

INDEX

Simson Bay
(St Martin), s.c-:c..2- 288, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,
345, 351, 356,
381, 387, 443
sinuosa,
Caryophyllia ............ 436
Tsophyllia .......:..4.00 441, 442, 443
Madrepora _.............. 346, 441
IVI SS esse ee 436

283, 288, 315,

Slagbaai (Bonaire) ....
340, 351, 391,

439, 450

SJoaney Ely ee cecsceccnsctes 276, 284, 467
Small Ridge

(Barbados) .............. 380

276, 279, 285,
294, 296, 298,
312, 317, 322,
327, 329, 332,
337, 342, 345,
353, 359, 365,
367, 369, 373,
378, 384, 391,
400, 410, 418,
431, 434, 435,
437, 438, 442,
444, 449, 467

260
292, 304, 312,
320, 331, 335,
340, 353, 358,
367, 381, 382,

Smith, By Gs) Wess...

Smithsonian
Institution
Solander, D. ................

416, 435, 441.

457

Soldier Key ................ 278, 288
Solenastrea

bournoni ........ 42, 44 263, 266, 271,

387-391

@nITSi ee ee ese 387

hyades ............ 43, 44 263, 266, 271,

274, 390, 391-

395

TYNAN S eeses eee eee 387

solitaria,

Astrangia ............ 46 398, 399-403

caryophyllia ............ 372, 399

South? Bay ciscssaciccneoct 373, 412, 500

South Bay water plant 398, 411, 416
South Bimini

(Bahamas) eee 363

South Carolina ............ 263, 376, 377,

407-409, 500

South Cay (Jamaica) .. 288
Spaans Lagoen

(Aruba) ent 316

Spaanse Water

(Curacao)

Spanish Harb
Florida ....

spatiosa,
Maeandra
Meandrina
Playgyra ..

or,

Spencer, J. W. W. ......

Spillway 10 ..
spinosa,
Isophyllia
Oulophyllia
spinulosa,
Diploria ..
Euphyllia
Spring Estate
(Barbados)
Squires, D. F.

Stanley, S. M.

Stephenson, L. W. ......

Stock Island

Stoddart, D.

540

Re sauces:

283, 288, 297,
303, 315, 319,
326, 331, 334,
340, 345, 351,
355, 371, 381,
387, 402, 405,
421, 432, 439,

446, 450

315, 325, 331,
334, 339

433
433
433
321, 353, 368,
383, 430, 467
272

442
441

346
447

386

261, 277, 280,
286, 294, 302,
312, 314, 317,
322, 327, 329,
337, 342, 353,
360, 369, 371,
378, 384, 388,
410, 442, 461,
468

280, 286, 294,
313, 317, 323,
329, 337, 343,
354, 378, 385,
418, 468

408, 469

296, 305, 315,
319, 325, 328,
331, 334, 339,
350, 355, 363,
367, 380, 386,
432, 435, 439,
443, 446, 450
280, 286, 287,
294, 298, 313,
323, 327, 329,
337, 338, 342,
360, 369, 373,
379, 384, 418,
431, 434, 437,
443, 445, 449,

468

INDEX

stokesi,
Dichocoenia ............ 274, 425, 429-
433
NIL OV Ales cess. sssecces: 346
StOED occ troscion 280, 286, 294,
313, 317, 322,
SPB) BPA py
337, 342, 354,
360, 385, 418,
445, 449, 468
Strands Ra Gies...s.3. 268
strigosa,
Diploriay *......: 32, 33 266, 274, 350,
352, 353-356
Maeandra .25..2.....- 253
Maeandrina ............ 353
Tsophyllvay :..c...02..-... 442
Symphyllia ...0.0........ 441
SURO Seite ees eecsa 261, 266, 269,
308, 367, 396,
397, 404, 412,
451, 452
subtilis,
Neoporites .............. 320
Sugar Loaf
(St. Eustatius) ........ 302, 386, 443
Sumter County,
South Carolina ........ 409
superficialis,
Meandrina .............. 341
Neoporites .............. 320
Symphyllia
ASIAGN cease posaue 441
anemone .................. 441
ASPET i ecsicisssncvasesss 441
contertaly..+..-.-. 441
cylindrica ............:... 44]
dipsacea ................ 441
guadalupensis ........ 441
guadulpensis .......... 441
Nelian thus: ccccc...:--- 441
eT) ORG 441
manginatar 22.2... 441
SUITE OS Alpers. .5-5 ces secs 441
thomasiana: <............. 441
VEITUCOSA! .....2..600.00- 444
T
Tamandare (Brazil) . 326

Tamiami Formation .. 262-266, 269,

270, 397, 398
Tamiami Trail ............ 261
tamiamiensis mon-
roensis, Ostrea ...... 306
tamiamiensis,
Pecten: (eae 262

Tampa
Hormationy ..2.2...2-5 274, 380, 386
Timestone’ ..........-.-.- 408
Tanner, Wiehige 261, 464
Tapion du Petit-
Goave (Haiti) .......... 350, 380, 391,
395
Tavernier Key ............. 315, 339, 381
Taylor Wer AG ees 407
Tee and Green
Bstates! .i0k: sees. 330, 394, 413,
428
Telegraph Swamp
Quadrangle .............. 394, 413
tenuis, Colpophyliia .. 369
TeXAS. fhe ee 371, 391
The Boilers
(Bermuda) .............. 315, 420, 443
thomasiana,
Symphyllia .............. 441
Thomonde Formation
(Haiti) eee 319
Thomson Gs Wh 2... 468
Thurber, Dy Vos o.ccc-c-s-2- 259, 273, 286,
294, 322, 337,
342, 353, 384,
453, 464
Thysanus
Corbicula 7st. 358
crassicostatus .......... 358
elesans ee 358
excentricus ............. 358
floridanus, 22 22- 34 259, 266, 356-
358
SPECIES. cancers 356
species Juv. .............. 358
Tilley’s Lake,
South Carolina ........ 409, 409

Tobago
(West Indies) .......... 278, 283, 316,

339
TOLCH EIN = seer eres 315
Tortuga (Venezuela) .. 283, 284, 319

Tortugas, Florida ...... 259, 273, 278,
283, 288, 291,

296, 298, 300,

302,315,319,

325, 334, 339,

345, 351; 355;

363, 367, 371,

375, 380, 386,

391, 412, 432,

439, 443, 450.

505

Silay Slee
35D

375

Toulmin, EAD; 2.4.2... 261,
Townsend, C. Ps. .20..8

541

Trinidad
(West Indies)

truncata, Diploria

tuberosa, Dichocoenia

Tuckers Island
(Bermuda)

Tuf Blanc
(Guadeloupe)

INDEX

278, 296, 319,
325, 333, 387
346

429, 430

443

296, 339, 386.
450

Tumbledown Dick Bay

(St. Eustatius)

Tuomey, M. ..................

Turks Island
(West Indies)

Turneffe (British
Honduras)

Turtle Rocks
(Bahamas)

Undaria agaricites ...
undulata,
Caulastraea
unipedalis,
Unit “A”

United States
Geological Survey ..
National Museum ..

Upper Caloosahatchee
shell Bedi = eo es..

Urbana, Virginia ........

Usiacuri (Colombia) ..

uva, Favia

Vaarsenbaai
(Curacao)

Vanstrum, V. V. ........

Cladocora

283, 288, 315,
319, 326, 331.
345, 351, 371,
381, 387, 443

468

304, 305

288, 315, 325,
328, 331, 334,
339, 351, 355,
381, 387, 420,

435, 446

278, 288, 296,
302, 319, 325,
339, 345, 363,

443

292

447
372
259, 270, 272,
398, 411, 415,
416

415
260, 332, 396

297, 319, 326,
331, 334, 340,
345, 351, 355,
371, 381, 387,
420, 432, 435,

439, 450

272, 465

Vaughan; TW. 2-5. 260, 276, 279,
285, 293, 296,
298, 311-337,
341, 342, 353,
358, 359, 369,
375-378, 383,
392, 400, 410,
414, 417, 423-
430, 433, 434,
437, 442-448,
468, 469, 505
408, 469

aa 260, 277, 278,
284, 287, 288,
291, 297, 302,
303, 316, 319,
326, 333, 334,
340, 345, 350,
351, 356, 363,
371, 374,315)
381, 387, 391,
395, 400, 402,
404, 405, 412,
421, 423, 432,
433, 439, 450
Veru Cruz (Mexico) .. 288, 319, 325,
solo os

375, 412

Vermicularia recta .... 270

Vernon: RR: OO; 222: 261, 264, 277,
288, 294, 313,
By BL BPA, Goer,
338, 343, 354,
360, 367, 369,
370, 371, 379:
385, 392, 432,
438, 443, 445,
449, 461, 465
Vero 395

Werrill, A. Mivctccs-2 276, 285, 292,
293, 296, 297,
302, 312, 316,
320-323, 329,
339-337, 341-
345, 349, 353,
359, 372, 373,
377, 382, 383,
391, 400, 434,
437, 441, 442,
446, 448, 469,

Veatch, O.

verrilli, Porites
verrucosa,
Symphyllia
vesparium,
Mycedium
Vieques Island
(Puerto Rico)

292, 296
319, 391

542

INDEX

Vierkant (Bonaire) .... 283, 288, 326,

340, 356, 381,
387
Virgen Gorda

(Virgin Islands) ...... 283, 345
WAROUNI AU 20 eo). ee. 263, 398, 409
Virginia Key «...::::.....:: 315, 387
virginica labellensis,

OSU A ee sisdesds. 270
Virgin Islands .............. 283, 345, 386
viridis, Platygyra ...... 353
Vitoria (Brazil) .......... 423
Volusia County .......... 408, 499

Voss, G., and Voss, N. 285, 322, 337,

342, 378, 469
WwW
Waccamaw River,
South Carolina ...... 376, 377, 407,
409
Wagenaar
Hummelinck, P. .... 323, 470
Wagner Free Institute
Of Science. .............. 376
Wakulla County ........ 485
Wave, (Gy TES pacesdsconnnepdone 358, 456
Walsingham Bay
(Bermuda) .............. 443
Walter Bluff,
North Carolina ........ 407
Warren Brothers Pits,
Sarasota County .... 262, 263, 308,
311, 352, 390,
394, 399, 409,
410, 441, 495,
496, 499, 500
Washington, D. C. ..... 260
Weisbord, N. E. .......... 259, 260, 262,
277, 280, 309,
313, 317, 329,
332, 343, 354,
360, 367, 379,
388, 391, 398,
404, 405, 410,
411, 470, 481
VRVGIUIRL ds WAS cotctendenecee: 261, 279, 280,
285, 286, 294,
296, 298, 304,
SIRE Gils silt
32232383218
329, 337, 338,
342, 343, 353,
359, 360, 364,
367, 369, 370,
373, 378, 384,
385, 388, 392,
400, 403, 405,

410, 414, 417,
418, 420, 431,
434, 437, 443,
444, 458, 469,
470, 505
Welsh Town Gully

(Barbados) ............ 386

Westermann, J. H. .... 286, 323, 369,

384, 418, 431,

442, 470

West Indies ............... 268, 324

Westpunt (Curacao) .. 3515355

Westpuntbaai

(Curacao)! 2.......- 283, 288, 297,

315, 319, 326,

334, 340, 345,

Sil Be alle

381, 387, 420,

432, 435, 443,

450

Wheeler, C. B. ....... A471

Wheeler, W. H. ......... 455
White Wall (St.

Hustativis) "se 302, 355
Wall Coxe dente 396
Willemstoren

@onaire) 22.22...) 331, 345, 356
Williamsburg,

Minginiay es. 409
Wilmington, North

Carolinayiee ee. 407
Wal SONS D) eeecee ree: 270
Wilsons HCV. RP... ..8. 359, 471
WAWATAVGL, JO BL, aascecooescatboase 261, 413
Windley Key .............. 355, 486
Windom, Hel... 273, 464
Winslow Bay,

North Carolina ...... 404
Winters, Eis «scutes: OARS
Wise, S. W., JY. .......... 280, 294, 343,

360, 449, 471

Witte Pan (Bonaire).... 278, 283, 288,
297, 319, 326,

340, 345, 351,

356, 381, 387,

432, 435, 443,

450

Woodring, W. P.. ........ 219; 265, 312,
332, 378, 469,

471

Y

Yaque Group

(Dominican Rep.) .. 339, 380, 386,
391

543

INDEX

Warnowe Hs 'C. 4... 454
Yellow Bank

(Bahamas)! 2... 363

VON Wheaton 471

Yonge, ¢. M. 2. S12 olosaces

a20, d02,001,

342, 359, 360,

378, 384, 442,

458, 471

Yorktown Formation.. 263, 407, 409
Yucatan Shelf ............ 283, 288, 296,
339, 363, 381,

387. 395, 439

Z

Zens Vs 0AS 27 286, 294, 298,
322, 327, 342,
367, 369, 373,
384, 400, 418,
431, 437, 442,
445, 449, 471

421

Zaquito (Curacao) ......
280, 454

Zonneveld, J. 1. S. ....

544

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vols. I-XXIII. See Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York,
N. Y. 10017, U.S.A.
PW UNOS OUOT) 2) 6334 BD. 27) PlSs wae seek ee we
Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.
eV ae INOS. S8-9413).0. 306'Dp.. S0- pls. ce cake ee A a
Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Miocene fossils.
Peeve (Nos: 95-100); 420 ‘pp: 58) pls.¢
Florida Recent, Texas and South America Cretaceous,
Cenozoic fossils.
ev eNOS, 101-108);.376. pp: $6 pls: ke -cees
Tertiary mollusks, Paleozoic Venezuela, Devonian fish.
emi vallsss(Nos.1109-134); 412 (pp. 34 ples <i cceccc teeny
Paleozoic cephalopods, Cretaceous Eocene, forams.
POND NGm(INOSs) L516) 738 pps 52 ples eee ee
Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.
PNOXONE CE INOse LiliZ)) 2 5.63 np D.5 169 APIS: .ccc- este eee ee oes
Jackson Eocene mollusks.
Peele eos! Lisel28) 2458. pp.) 27. ples eee a
Mollusks, crinoids, corals, forams, Cuban localities.
Bon, WINos. 129-153). 294" pp.’ 39. pls ono a
Silurian cephalopods, crinoids, Tertiary forams, ‘Mpytilarca.
Peel.” (INOS. 134-1399). :448' spp. ST pls 8 ke
Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran strati-
graphy paleontology.
Peneav. (Nos, 140-145). 400 pp: 19° pls.) ee
Forams, cephalopods, ostracods, conularid bibliography.
enews ~ (Noss 146-154). 386 pps: 31 pls... 233 ae 5
Forams, cephalopods, mollusks, ostracods.
money Ie) (Nes. -«l55-160)s 412 pp. 53) pls, hie ot eee
Forams, Eocene fish, rudists.
eee v ll. a (Nos, 161-164). 486-ppa 37 pls: <:ccxcee ee
Antillean Cretaceous Rudists, Canal Zone Foraminifera,
Stromatoporoidea.
meeoV ALE. (Nos; 165-176).. 447 pp., 53 pls...
Forams, ostracods, mollusks, Carriacou, fossil plants.
peer. (Nos, 177-183). 448) pp, 36° pls: 2a
South American forams, Panama Caribbean mollusks.
RElNG siete G9Gr Dp (pl, a kee ee ea es) 2 ee
Type and Figured Specimens P.R.I.
eles WONOS 1 85°192)5.0588) ppa35, pls. -e si. ee ee
Forams, mollusks, carpoids, Corry Sandstone.
Pee COND 93)) 1675. pp... 48: pls, 2.5030 BE ee ee =
Venezuelan Cenozoic gastropods.
PROel sae (Noss 194-198) 497. pps 29) plein
Ordovician stromatoporoids, Indo-Pacific camerinids, Mis-
sissippian forams, Cuban rudists.
Eel cu (INGE 199-205). S655 pp, (68. . Pisin
Puerto Rican, Antarctic, New Zealand forams, Lepidocy-
clina, Eumalacostraca.
Pee UNG 204) 11, Sod opp.) 6S. Piss se ee eee Lae
Venezuela Cenozoic pelecypods.
VE. MUNaseOS=211). AND: ppu £70. plsi) 20. ee
Forams, Crustacea, brachipods, Recent mollusks.
PoVlE~ a UINGS212-217)6)~ S84..ppi, SS) ples. oe ee
Forams, mollusks, polychaetes, ammonites.
Pena riNoc 218). LOSS: pp. Se plas ste a ee aly
Catalogue of the Paleocene and Eocene Mollusca of the
Southern and Eastern United States.
erste (Nos. - 219-224). 671 pp:, 83uplsi 2022.
Peneroplid and Australian forams, North American car-
poids, South Dakota palynology, Venezuelan Miocene mol-
luska, Voluta.

L.

LI.

LII.

LIII.
LIV.
LV.

LVI.

LVII.

LVITI.

LIX.
LX.
LXI.
LXII.
LXIII.
LXIV.

LXV.
LXVI.

Volumel.

II.

III.

IV.

VII.

(Nos. 225-230). S18 pp; 42 pis; . eee eee 18.00
Venezuela, Florida cirripeds, forams, Linnaean Olives,
Camerina, Ordovician conodonts.
(Nos. 231-232). 420.pp:, 10 <plsj ee eee - 18.00
Antarctic bivalves, Bivalvia catalogue.
(Nos..233;°236): .387'ipp.,) 43. pls, eee 18.00
New Zealand forams, Stromatoporoidea, Indo-Pacific, Mio-
cene-Pliocene California forams.
(Nos: 237-238): 488) pp’,.45), piss, cues 18.00
Venezuela Bryozoa, Kinderhookian Brachiopods.
(Nos. 239-245). 510 ‘pp.;.:50:-pls:. 2-8 ee 18.00
Dominican ostracodes, Lepidocyclina, mollusks.
(Nos. 246-247). 657 .pp.,. 60° ipls: "2.82.20 eae 18.00
Cenozoic corals, Trinidad Neogene mollusks.
(Nos. 248-254). 572 pp: 49 pisiicc.2 3. eee 18.00
Forams, North Carolina fossils, coral types, Cenozoic
Echinoids, Cretaceous Radiolaria, Cymatiid gastropods
(Nos. 255-256). 321 upp.) (620plsy 2 ase 18.00
Jurassic ammonites.
(Nos. 257-262). 305: pp:; (39 plsin. 20a 18.00
Cretaceous Radiolaria and Forams, Pacific Silicoflagellates,
North American Cystoidea, Cyclonema, Vasum.,
(No. 263). ED) 0) 9 ee eS arr ae 18.00
Bibliography of Cenozoic Echinoidea.
(Nos. 264-267). 3354PD. 68: piss = 18.00
Radiolaria, cirripeds, Bryozoa, palynology.
(Nos. 268-270). 365) pp..°31 ‘pls: i2teS e 18.00
Mollusks, Murex catalogue, Cretaceous Radiolaria.
(Nos. 271-274). 375 ‘pp. 44 ple: ee eee 18.00
Trace fossils, ammonoids, Silicoflagellates, microfauna.
(Noa:!275=277) «320 pp. 96 Dis: esc. 2 eee 18.00
Chitinozoa, Spumellariina, Mexican Ammonites
(Nos: 2782281) 5-925. ee a 18.00
Palynology, corals, echinoderms, Foraminifera, and crinoids.
(INOs (282) 5k ee ee . 18.00
Ostracode Symposium.
(Nos: 283-286) see ee eae 18.00

Crinoids, gastropods, corals, ostracodes.

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

See Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 Fifth Ave., New York,
N. Y. 10003
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(Nos. 6-12). 53) (pp. 3i7 (plSins-tee nee 23.00
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Pale-
ozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
(Nos. 13-25). 513) \pp.;. (61 pps. ee 28.00
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleozoic
siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod
studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish,
Platystrophia and Venericardia.
(Nos. 26-33). 492 (DD., 72 DIS.) cacactiexetnicteser esse 28.00
Rudist studies Busycon, Dalmanellidae Byssonychia, De-
vonian lycopods, Ordovican eurypterids, Pliocene mol-
lusks.
(Nos. 34-47). A445. pp. L0l ‘pls: 2). eee 32.00
Tertiary Arcacea, Mississippian pelecypods, Ambonychiidae,
Cretaceous Gulf Coastal forams.
(Nos. 38-41). ASS ppt 83 ipls.t ee ae 35.00
Lycopsids and sphenopsids of Freeport Coal, Venericardia,
Carboniferous crinoids, Trace fossils.
(Nos. 42-46) 499 “pp: 879 plsi ee ee ee 45.00
Torreites Sanchezi, Cancellariid Radula, Ontogeny, sexual
dimorphism trilobites, Jamaician Rudists, Ordovician
Crinoids.

BULLETINS

OF MUS. COMP. ZOOL
LIBRARY

AMERICAN jan 29 75
PALEONTOLOGY™2"°

IVERSITY
(Founded 1895)

Vol. 66

No. 286

NEOGENE BIOSTRATIGRAPHY (OSTRACODA) —
OF SOUTHERN HISPANOLA

by

W. A. vAN DEN BoLp

1975

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1974-75
PRESIDENT) (i 2ic5.01 00 US) oe ee ee ee ne Be eee MERRILL W. Haas
VICE-PRESIDENT: oso ee A a Oe eee eee So ee HarotpD E. VoKEs
SEGRETARY 141 s55< 00 a do oe eee a PuHILie C. WAKELEY
DIRECTOR, GREASURER' pe oreccee see ate ete es ee ee re KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
ASSISTANT SECRETARY, ASSISTANT TREASURER .........-.0--0-----00--2--000= REBECCA §. HARRIS
OUI SE Tar Be Ee ae ea LY a Dera ce hae cs Bet peed oad eae na eae ARMAND L. ADAMS
REPRESENDA TIVE PACAU AS © OUIN CHE esses eet sarees aetna eae tee eee JOHN POJETA, Jr.

Trustees

RutTH G. Browne (1974-1976) KATHERINE V. M. PALMER (Life)
KENNETH E. CASTER (1972-1975) CASPER RAPPENECKER (1973-1976)
MERRILL W. Haas (1973-1976) K. NorMAN SAcuHs, JR. (1974-1977)
Resecca S. Harris (Life) Danie B. Sass (1974-1977)
CAROLINE H. KIrersTEAD (1974-1975) Haroip E. VoKEs (1973-1975)
Davin W. KirTLEY (1974-1977) Puitie C. WAKELEY (1973-1976)
DuANneE O. LERoy (1974-1977) Vircit D. WINKLER (1969-1975)

AxeEL A. OLsson (Life)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KaTHERINE V. W. Palmer, Editor
Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary

Advisory Board

KENNETH E. CASTER HANns KUGLER
A. Myra KEEN Jay GLENN Marks
AxeEL A. OLsson

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on
application.

For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see
Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A.

For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor-
poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. 10003 U.S.A.

Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average
price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri-
cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de-
ductible from income tax.

For sale by

Paleontological Research Institution
1259 Trumansburg Road
Ithaca, New York 14850

U.S.A.

BOELE TINS

OF

AMERICAN
Pale ONTOEROGY

(Founded 1895)

Vol. 66

No. 286

NEOGENE BIOSTRATIGRAPHY (OSTRACODA) |
OF SOUTHERN HISPANOLA

by

W. A. VAN DEN BoLp

January 15, 1975

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A.

Library of Congress Card Number: 74-79372

Printed in the United States of America
Arnold Printing Corporation

CONTENTS

Page

TNO YS CEU Go eee oe ee 549
IU FVERO CUI CEL Ora tare ee ee ae a ey EN Ga ee LE SaD caenncer eae tee anecame tenor a tones 549
Weoeationv ot the Are ay 2.522 recc: sect eceescescccstesncecsces suena oe tcce taccuacacsnseencucscterenemtenenseresset 549

) Bei (OLY KO) © Sa ae ae eo ee ee 549
Mioviement of Take: Veviel sy i... sescceccccsceccesccseccececssscescesessucustonvonscotscseussstvacsscesuvezcees 551

UN ckavo wile ones) ees acre ese ee ee ee eee ee eon ES 553
Mate rival: eee. Beer ROARS oe eS te Ne Ea ces hcnee eceeeencessienes 554
Dominican! Republics Hoya der Emriquil lo: cece sce rrececare so eecarescce er ceaersensseeeee see 555

ICO NW Weep 161 2g Pe eee ee 555

PA, NSCOR BONG POC) oS OO EMER OS EL ee ere eee ee eer re ee eet ee eer ee eee 555

Soulvais Salinas, Porrrvatiompeceec sores ec ceases oe seet cee eroreneece eee 556

Ar AM POSE Ale MORIN Atl OM ee. escecccecosoeesscceeeoscoesece cae caeseeectaee eee reese cccananenes 561

See AnOY.O7 Bs laNnGos MOL ation eecssscs ese cecececerrs cece ee ecencsta sees wee ssaseoeeecenaeeenace 563
6..9amples) of Atlantic Retining Company, oocsrccce-screeeees ee cesses 563

Flaite (Plame: diay Culadie<S ac) eters cere sere eee cee cence eee aces ne eee eeeoeeneee 569
Stratigraphy ....... Be) SO 8 os Ra ean Re ie, BO ck orc eee 571
Dominicano Republicy 22s eee Se ee eee 571

ANS Gre mve Teall ces ee ee a eee a nce rc eae cee ce ee 571
Aejimmanie Bors atio me cee sen hese ee cere eee 571

2x WasysalinasigHormatiomve ce. eer ee eee 573

SEPA SO SUUI Tm LUO TIN cl GTO Thee reer ee ee ee ee ee ee 573

ASAT OY.ON El ancou Morin ati 0 reese eee ea anne ee ee 573

IBS Comments, cee. eeecece ea ee a ecb sctnceesceeseespece aeses 573

1 UF ee ee eR ee reer Pe rs 575

PAVG En Cray es cee ee sees Shes eee oa eee ea coe fe olen eet eee en 575

i Morne Delmas horima tio np ser eee ee 575

Ze dRivieren Grisen MOrUlatl oO messense seers eee cree 575

BeiGComments yee en ee se ee OL oe AP ee a ee 575

Ostracode ibiostratigrap ly. H:.2.oc cess scence eee caer enn eee ene 576

AL Dominican, Republie: ce.cc.c secre ssce cece tees sas cee se era cece ares ccecas tare Seen eee 576

DSR eC OME sa. 5 soos oases soec seas cee cece teak esa cores teers seamen ee cen sense seas eee eS 576, 577

2. Jarmant (ROrm ation: cece sicc co cocec. -2ectescccece cn ceeeeee cs secee seoesastetecesvatvseesoeees 576, 577

3 Upper as Salinas shormation ssc eee 576, 579

4. Lower Las Salinas and Agostura Formations .............-.-.------ 576, 579

5. Arroyo. Blanco »sPormation) 2-2-0 ee 576, 581

6: Stratizraphicallyamiportant) Species) jecccssseeecscese ce csesesee sce tee seer 581

7 Nm C6 000 ee RRP pete 581

Bs Was “Sallimag: = sence ooo ee ears nes eee 582

Co iaitit, cae Re a Reha ee 585

D. General Remarks on the older neogene ..............----.-:----0---+ 592

IPSS S UTM c sone escent cn a re 596
Stratigraphic and ecologic significance of some brackish- and

fresh water-fener ae alld SPCChes: ce s.ceces cscs cee Scasce tees toereee eee sce seae ee 596

AslGeme rally zs -soetes ceva soda cet te ao in a eee eee 596

BoiGyprid ct§ cnc: 2 cee DS A ee 598

CHP errs SO CYT CTU C Gace im vce cse eo acces ee 602

ID) Din OCH ET OT Ch saci seer cece ce ieee oe 603

Se OXOCOMCRG Bien eStats ee 604

Systematic Ad escrip tions. <oc5.csc of vccece sto S ck cae eeccee cause nccce ence ctsece cacao scesteen eee eee tee 605

FX) of X30 8 be Re ae re ere oer 618

FR CLET ENCES ied cesses soe Tw a ee ce eae 621

PU te since isc eee sta e oa ses a eae eae ns ae we omen gs aE 627

Mext=figu resi: Lat O eve: ccte cree ones eed en oe eee eect reece coeeeaeae 550-570, 587-599
Ba 0 cf Yege LE Sf gee Pe Ger re er eer eee 572, 577-594, 600

NEOGENE BIOSTRATIGRAPHY (OSTRACODA)
OF SOUTHERN HISPANOLA

W. A. VAN DEN BoLp

ABSTRACT

On the basis of material under the jurisdiction of the Seaboard Oil Corpo-
ration of Delaware, Atlantic Refining Company of Cuba, and the Standard
Oil Company of New Jersey, in and around the Hoya de Enriquillo in the
Dominican Republic and the Plaine du Cul-de-Sac in Haiti, an attempt is
made to use brackish-water ostracodes for the correlation of Neogene strata in
the Larger Antilles. The Jimani Formation of the Dominican Republic is corre-
lated with the brackish-water beds and fresh-water beds overlying the Morne
Delmas Formation in Haiti and with the Harbour View beds in Jamaica,
and tentatively an upper Pliocene age is suggested. The Las Salinas Forma-
tion of the Dominican Republic is correlated with the Morne Delmas Formation
in Haiti and with parts of the Gurabo Formation and Bowden Formation, also
with the Ponce Formation and “Lajas” beds of Puerto Rico and the La Cruz
Formation (Cuba). The Upper Las Salinas is placed in the Pliocene, the Lower
Las Salinas Formation and Angostura Formation in the Upper Miocene. Un-
derlying these beds are the Riviére Grise and Arroyo Blanco and Trinchera
Formations, in part of considerably deeper marine environment and of ages of
upper and upper middle Miocene.

INTRODUCTION
LOCATION OF THE AREA (TEXT-FIG. 1)

The area with which we are concerned here lies in the southern
part of the island of Hispafiola. It trends from the Golfe de la Gon-
ave on the west side of the Republic of Haiti in a general 115° E.
direction towards the Bahi de Neiba on the south shore of the
Dominican Republic. The area is bordered on the north and south
by faults, forming a graben-structure, and should be treated as a
single unit in discussing the Neogene geological history. However,
historically the graben has been divided by an international boun-
dary and as a result a different terminology has been developed in
the western French-speaking region and the eastern Spanish-speak-
ing region, the western Plaine du Cul-de-Sac and the eastern Hoya
de Enriquillo.

PREVIOUS WORK

As the result of this political subdivision, two largely uncon-
nected sets of literature have sprung up, only slightly united in
cases where the same investigators worked in both areas. On the
Haitian side, the earliest work that has stood the test of time is by
L. G. Tippenhauer (1901), followed by that of Woodring, Brown,
and Burbank (1924). Between this and the various publications by
Butterlin and his students (1950-1960), there was only one descrip-
tion of a fauna by Coryell and Rivero (1940). Independent of those

BULLETIN 286

550

€I-b SaINsIy-}x9 J JO sdeur uorj}eI0]
[BNpraArpur 94} Surmoys ‘ejouedsiyZ Ulayjnog fo deyY—‘][ aNBIf-}xa J,

eas ueaqques

OITE Nd
NVOINIWOG

HiIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BOLD 551

studies was the survey of Haiti by geologists of the Atlantic Re-
fining Company; the Haitian part of this report is based on their
collections.

In the area of the Dominican Republic there was hardly any
work until the reconnaissance by Vaughan, e¢ al (1921). It was
W. P. Woodring who provided the only link with Haiti. In later
years, important geological work has been done by R. Weyl and by
students of Princeton University under the leadership of H. H. Hess.
However, these resulted in publications, dealing almost exclusively
with structure, petrology, and stratigraphy of the Pre-Tertiary and
are, therefore, of little direct interest to the present study. A survey
by geologists of the Seaboard Oil Company of Delaware was report-
ed on by Bermudez (1949); their collections form the basis of the
present report in the Hoya de Enriquillo. A short survey into this
territory was made by Kirk and Moore of the Atlantic Refining
Company: they sampled some type areas and their material has
also been used.

Syntheses by Butterlin (1954) and Weyl (1966) are hampered
by this lack of unified nomenclature and lack of correlation between
the Republic of Haiti and the Dominican Republic. This, and the
fact that at the time there was no well-established basis for Neo-
gene stratigraphy, has resulted in some erroneous correlations.

MOVEMENT OF LAKE LEVELS (TEXT-FIG. 2)

It has been pointed out by various authors (Woodring, Butter-
lin, Weyl, Pefia) that the bottom of the Cul-de-Sac and Enriquillo
plains represents an ancient seabottom. The present position of the
levels of the two lakes: ftang Saumatre at 14 m above sealevel,
Lago de Enriquillo about 45 m below sealevel, indicates a tilting
movement of the Cul-de-Sac - Enriquillo Graben towards the east.
If a plot is made of the known positions of the lake levels as ob-
served by Wells (1893), Tippenhauer (1901), Condit and Ross
(in Vaughan, et al, 1921) and Butterlin (1956), we see that the
lowering of the lake levels between 1893 and the present is of the
same order, about 45 m, whereby since the beginning of the century
it is not more than 6 m for the Etang Saumatre and less than 10 m
for the Lago de Enriquillo. During the same time, the lowering of
the cliffs on the south side of Etang Saumatre was of the same order,
indicating that the downward movement of the graben is persisting.

BULLETIN 286

552

‘quasaid ay} 0} E68T WorFZ O[[INbi1uq ap OBey pue aijzeunes Sueyg JO sjaaay ayey—-Z ain3ij-3xa 7

(9G61) uljeyng

Level of E. Saumdtre

(yZ61) “JD 49 Buispoom
(6L6L) SSOY PUD JIpucD

@ Terrace S. of L. de Enriquillo
Level of L. de Enriquillo

©
=
=
<o
E
2
ie]
"e)
ul
~~
°
7)
o
e)
le}
x
ra
o
-

——— Cul-de-Sac Plain

(0061) s9noyuaddhy

(€68 1) SIEM

sea level

Carto. Sect. GeoSci. L.S.U.

HiIsPANOLA OsSTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 553

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The previous works have been utilized throughout this study.
Very useful geologic observations are recorded by Tippenhauer;
Butterlin, and students; Condit and Ross; and Woodring. Of even
more importance are the observations of paleontological nature, pub-
lished by Bermudez (1949) on the Dominican Republic, and those
contained in unpublished company reports by R. C. Harris and
Dorothy K. Palmer. Essential, of course, for the present study are
the maps and reports by Kirk, Moore (Atlantic Refining Co.), and
Hunter and Beall ({Dominican] Seaboard Company of Delaware).
However, I must express in the first place my gratitude towards
those, who supplied the material on which this study is based.
P. J. Bermudez (Ministerio de Minas e Hidrocarburos, Caracas,
Venezuela) retained much of the material collected by Seaboard
Oil Company of Delaware geologists, and thereby saved it for future
use. He also provided sample maps. K. V. W. Palmer, Director,
Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, New York made the
Atlantic Refining Company’s material available for research.
Through these efforts, I have been able to study this wealth of ma-
terial, maps, and paleontological reports. Some of the material used
for comparison was donated by Bermudez: e.g. Tuy and Cumaca
Formations, material from Lago de Valencia; H. M. Bolli (Ziirich)
donated Recent and Subrecent material of the same lake and Ch.
Ducloz (Geneva) contributed young Neogene material from south-
west Puerto Rico.

Through the efforts of H. M. Kirk, manager in Cuba of the
Atlantic Refining Company in Cuba, that company with the Stand-
ard Oil Company of New Jersey, and the Seaboard Company of
Delaware, donated to the Paleontological Research Institution in
1947 the extensive suites of well samples and core samples, slides,
and reports of their drillings in Haiti and the Dominican Republic.
The material resulted from the cooperative work of the three com-
panies and consists of the reports of the geologists and paleontolo-
gists of those companies.

The collection was donated to the Paleontological Research
Institution by the Atlantic Refining Company of Cuba as a me-
morial to the late Dorothy K. Palmer in appreciation of her long,
industrious service to that company. The material is preserved at the

554 BULLETIN 286

Paleontological Research Institution and is available to persons for
study of the region involved. The present paper is a study of a part
of those suites.

P. A. Sandberg used some of the species of Perissocytheridea
in his micropaleontology class at the University of Illinois. The
SEM photographs reproduced in Plate 63 were made there. Two
new species of this genus are described by Richard Forester in the
Appendix.

D. Delorme (Calgary) kindly identified the three species of
Limnocythere, H. V. Howe loaned some picked slides of ostracodes
from Port-au-Prince harbour and from the Laguna de Leche, Cama-
giiey (Cuba) from his private collections. Comparative material
of the La Cruz Formation, Oriente (Cuba), was collected by the
writer in August, 1972.

Lately a very interesting correspondence has developed with
Richard Dempsey in Pointe-a-Pierre, Trinidad, who has been work-
ing along similar lines for Texaco Trinidad, Inc., and who has kindly
permitted me to quote some of his observations.

Planktonic Foraminifera of the Central Plateau area of Haiti
were studied by Aybars Hunerman for his MS thesis (LSU, 1972).
Some of his results are used in the comparison of various areas.
Financial support for this study came from the National Science

Foundation through grant GA 16522.

MATERIAL

When the Atlantic Refining Company of Cuba closed its opera-
tions in Cuba in 1959, they wished to dispose of their collections of
samples from their campaign in Haiti. Fortunately, most of the
samples and the reports were saved by the cooperation of H. M.
Kirk, Manager in Cuba, at the suggestion of Mrs. K. V. W. Palmer
and eventually all material was stored in the collections of the
Paleontological Research Institution in Ithaca. It was only when I
submitted a manuscript on the ostracodes of the northern Dominican
Republic (van den Bold, 1968), that Dr. K. Palmer informed me
about the existence of this material. Practically the whole collection
of slides worked by the late Dorothy Palmer for the ‘Atlantic Re-
fining Company of Cuba, with additional samples from her private
collection and many paleontological reports are available; however,

HisPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BOLpD 555

a number of reports are missing and some location maps. Therefore,
I have a number of samples of which the location is only very im-
perfectly known and they had to be omitted from the present report.
The material from the Dominican Republic was donated almost
entirely by P. J. Bermudez who also provided samplemaps. Unfor-
tunately lithological description is only available for part of the ma-
terial. These samples were all collected by geologists for the Dom-
inican Seaboard Oil Company, namely R. Beall and J. W. Hunter.
H. M. Kirk and B. N. Moore of the Atlantic Refining Company
made short collecting trips to important areas in the Dominican
Republic, and their samples are preserved in the collections of the
Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, New York.

Dominican Republic, Hoya de Enriquillo.

1. Quaternary

6818 (R. Beall), Lake Enriquillo mud, W. of Baitoa (Text-fig. 9) Ostr.:
Haplocytheridea karlana (Stephenson), Cyprideis portusprospectuensis
van den Bold, Perissocytheridea bicelliforma Swain?, Loxoconcha pur-
isubrhomboidea Edwards, Campylocythere? sp. A. Most, if not all,
of these forms are derived from the Jimani Formation.

10287 (J. W. Hunter), Isla Cabritos, Recent, shallow brackish-water lime-
stone. Ostr.: Limnocythere cf. L. friabilis Benson and MacDonald,
Cytheridella ilosvayi Daday?, Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold,
(noded), Cyclocpyris sp. 1.

10319 (J. W. Hunter): 1 km E of Duvergé on Hwy. to Barahona, fig. 11.
With Tagelus plebeius (Solander) (T. gibbus Splendler), corals and
oysters. Ostr.: Cypridopsis vidua (Miller), Cyclocypris sp.

10359 (J. W. Hunter): W of the road from La Furnia to Boca Cachon, at
gas-seep (Bermidez, 1949, p. 46: Miocene). Ostr.: Cyprideis salebrosa
van den Bold. (Text-fig. 6).

2. Jimani Formation

6795 (R. Beall): Hills E. of Palma Dulce (Text-fig. 11), fossiliferous
limestone and clay.

6800 (R. Beall): E. of Palma Dulce, chalky limestone and calcareous clay
(Text-fig. 11).

6801 (R. Beall): E. of Palma Dulce (Text-fig. 11), fossiliferous limestone,
pebbles.

6816 (R. Beall): W. of Baitoa (Text-fig. 9), fossiliferous limestone, reef
rubble.

6817 (R. Beall): W. of Baitoa (Text-fig. 9), fossiliferous limestone.

6825 (R. Beall): Hills W. of Baitoa (Text-fig. 9), fossiliferous limestone,
limestone conglomerate.

6846 (R. Beall): S. of Arroyo Blanco, 1 km E. of La Furnia (Text-fig. 6):
fossiliferous limestone and buff calcareous clay.

10279 (J. W. Hunter): location not on map, chalky clay and thin-bedded
fossiliferous limestone.

10340 (J. W. Hunter): Cafiada del Muerto, SW of Baitoa (Text-fig. 9),
gray nodular, fossiliferous clay.

556 BULLETIN 286

Village

Gas Seep
Overturned Anticline
Anticline

Syncline

Alluvium

td
Jimani Formation

Las Salinas Formation)Cerro de Sal
Group

Angostura Formation
Arroyo Blanco Formation

Sombrerito Formation

Text-figure 3.— Legend to maps 4-11; geology on these maps is by Hunter
and Beall, geologists with Dominican Seaboard Oil Co.

10343 (J. W. Hunter): Loma de Baitoita (Text-fig. 9), gray coralline lime-
stone and calcareous clay.

10352 (J. W. Hunter): NE of E] Limon (Text-fig. 8), white to gray fossili-
ferous clayey limestone (Bermudez, 1949, p. 46: Miocene).

10353-4 (J. W. Hunter): Cafiada Mocal (Text-fig. 8), chalky limestone and
clay.

10361 (J. W. Hunter): (Text-fig. 5): thin marly fossiliferous limestone.

10362 (J. W. Hunter): Tierra Prieta, N. of Jimani (Text-fig. 5): silty clay,
thin limestone.

10363 (J. W. Hunter): same location as 10362 (Bermudez, 1949, p. 46:
Jimani Formation).

10364 (J. W. Hunter): along scarp of Boca Cachén road, Tierra Prieta
(Text-fig. 4): oysterbed, granular clay (Bermudez, 1949, p. 46:
Jimani Formation).

10367 (J. W. Hunter): North of Etang Saumatre (Text-fig. 5), calcareous
clay.

10368 (J. W. Hunter): (Text-fig. 5): calcareous clay.

10394 (J. W. Hunter) : Cafiada Mocal, gray fossiliferous clay. (Not on map).

3. Las Salinas Formation.

6821 (R. Beall): sump along trail from Baitoa to Limén. Canada Guayabo,
W. of Baitoa (Text-fig. 9): thin-bedded conglomeratic limestone, clay-
shale.

6822 (R. Beall): Arroyo Guayabo (Text-fig. 9): limestone, sandstone, clay-
shale (Bermidez, 1949, p. 46: Jimanf Formation).

6823 (R. Beall): Arroyo Guayabo (Text-fig. 9): sandstone, clayey limestone.

HIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp

Py
Wiener ae

lometers

os

5517;

Etang Saumatre.

4.— Geological and sample map of the area southeast of

Text-figure
Tierra Nueva and north of the eastern end of

BULLETIN 286

558

‘aijemNneg 3uej}q Jo pua ysea 24} JO Vaie oy} Jo dew ajduies pue [edIdojoany —‘¢ 91ndIj-}x9 7,

SATASTSIVNS Ny Sy
ASS)

Mees
74,
Her ae ETS

Pye Ma '

Si2i2wWo]Ty |,

nate,

TANT

ZL _

ian
Seen

rasa an:
SINS aD Satara Ate)
WMI GI Cites 15.)

e7r

A
L
>
re

AAANANVY AVES
F

HiIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN Bop 559

=
\Boca Cachon

/
!
!
\

Lago

a” «
“!guriio

ee
Arroyo Blanco _—=—

i =-

“7H142,K261,2692 4 :
Is\ 40369 7 = ai ne
/ 6844 ep
6845 _ er

’

Jimani

Text-figure 6.— Geological and sample map of the area east of Jimani.

560

Qal

Lago

Text-figure 7.— Geological
end of Lago de Enriquillo.

BuLLETIN 286

Kilometers

and sample map of the area south of the west

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BOoLp 561

6833 (R. Beall): Arroyo Aculadero (Text-fig. 7): thin-bedded shale and
limestone.

6834 (R. Beall): Arroyo Aculadero (Text-fig. 7): paper shale.

6835 (R. Beall): Arroyo Aculadero (Text-fig. 7): calcareous clay.

6836 (R. Beall): Arroyo Aculadero (Text-fig. 7): thin-bedded shale, lime-
stone.

6838 (R. Beall): E. of Arroyo Blanco (Cafiada Isquierda (Text-fig. 7):
chalky limestone, coquina. ;

6839 (R. Beall) : Aculadero structure, Cafiada Isquierda (Text-fig. 7) : thin-
bedded shale, limestone, and sandstone.

6840 (R. Beall): E. of Arroyo Blanco (Text-fig. 7): thin-bedded shale.

6841 (R. Beall): E. of Arroyo Blanco (Text-fig. 7): thin-bedded shale,
limestone (Bermudez, 1949, p. 46).

6843 (R. Beall): SE of Arroyo Blanco (Text-fig. 6), 1% km E of Hato
Nuevo: thin limestone coquina and conglomerate.

6844 (R. Beall): SE of Arroyo Blanco (Text-fig. 6): 1%4 km E. of Hato
Nuevo: thin limestone, shale, coquina, and limestone conglomerate.

6845 (R. Beall): E. of Arroyo Blanco (Text-fig. 6): paper shale.

5847 (R. Beall): S. of Arroyo Blanco, Cafiada Grande (Text-fig. 6):
limestone conglomerate, shale, and limestone.

6867 (R. Beall): Arroyo Blanco area (Text-fig. 6): white limestone, cal-
careous clay.

10267 (J. W. Hunter): Barahona Province (location not on map): gray,
nodular to thin-bedded clayshale below main gypsum-horizon.

10268 (J. W. Hunter): (Bermudez, 1949, p. 46) not on map: gray nodular
to thin-bedded clayshale, below main gypsum-horizon.

10282 (J. W. Hunter): (Text-fig. 6) (Bermudez, 1949, p. 46): silty fossili-
ferous sand.

10286 (J. W. Hunter): N. of Jimani (Text-fig. 6) : thin-bedded clay.

10337 ( J. W. Hunter) : Cafiada del Muerto SW of Baitoa (Text-fig. 9) : con-
glomeratic limestone and sandy clay.

10339 (J. W. Hunter): Cafiada del Muerto (Text-fig. 9: fossiliferous shelly
limestone.

10341 (J. W. Hunter) : Cafiada del Muerto (Text-fig. 9): gray nodular clay.

10346 (J. W. Hunter): Loma de Baitoita (Text-fig. 9): calcareous clay and
chalky limestone.

10347 (J. W. Hunter): (near 10346): limestone conglomerate.

10348 (J. W. Hunter) : trail to E] Limon (Text-fig. 8): Gray clay.

10351 (J. W. Hunter): S. of El Limon trail (Text-fig. 9): thin-bedded clay,
limestone coquina.

10357 (J. W. Hunter): E. of Arroyo Aculadero at foot of bluff (Text-fig.
7): sandy clayshale (Bermudez, 1949, p. 46).

10358 (J. W. Hunter): Cafiada Mocal (Text-fig. 7): marly clay.

10369 (J. W. Hunter): Jimani area (Text-fig. 6): fossiliferous clay.

10379 (J. W. Hunter): Arroyo Aculadero (Text-fig. 7): thin clay.

10380 (J. W. Hunter) Cafiada Izquierda of Arroyo Aculadero (Text-fig. 7):
thin clay.

10393 (J. W. Hunter) : (Text-fig. 6) : thin-bedded limestone and shale.

10396 (J. W. Hunter): Cafiada Grande (Text-fig. 6): thin-bedded lime-
stone, shale and limestone conglomerate.

4. Angostura Formation. Both samples probably belong to younger formations.

6794 (R. Beall): E. of Palma Dulce (Text-fig. 11), limestone, clay, lime-
stone.

6827 (R. Beall): N. of Limén, samp area, clayshale with oilsmell (Text-fig.
7): (Bermiidez, 1949, p. 46, Miocene). See Table 4.

BULLETIN 286

562

‘UOWIIT ap Ose] pue oinbisug ap OBeY uaamjoq varie ayy jo dew ajduies pue [vosojoan —°g a1nBIz-3x9 T,

SS g12,awol!y

FoslA e SiR S

TA VAY

<—f- = - -—
= 5.9 5 ~~

ng ~ -

HIsPANOLA OSTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 563

5. Arroyo Blanco Formation.

6809 (R. Beall): S. of Venganaver (Text-fig. 10), sandy clay, limestone
conglomerate.

10272 (J. W. Hunter): (Text-fig. 10) white fossiliferous chalky limestone.

10330 (J. W. Hunter): Just SE of Vanganaver (Text- fig. 10), fossiliferous
limestone. (Bermudez, 1949, p. 167), also containing Elphidium cerca-
dense Bermudez, marker for the Cercado Formation).

6. Samples from Atlantic Refining Company (Text-fig. 12).

H 109 (5754): near Angostura, grayish-tan, slightly sandy calcareous shale.

H 112 (5757): near Angostura, greenish gray calcareous fine sandstone.

H 114 (5759): near Angostura, greenish gray calcareous shale.

H 1212 (7792): Arroyo Sombrerito, Azua Prov., interbedded light-gray cal-
careous clayshale and marly limestone: Upper Sombrerito. Ostr.:
Cytherella sp. aff. C. vulgata Ruggieri, Macrocypris sp., Abyssocypris
pykna (van den Bold), Krithe morkhoveni van den Bold, Agreno-
cythere hazelae (van den Bold).

H 5054 (7098): Arroyo Molinillo, Azua Prov., gray calcareous sandstone.
Ostr.; Cytheromorpha curta Edwards.

H 5062 (7106): Arroyo Molinillo, Azua Prov., grayish-tan fine sandy cal-
careous shale. Ostr.: Radimella ex gr. confragosa (Edwards), Quadra-
cythere aff. compacta (Brady), Caudites nipeensis van den Bold,
Bairdia cf. antillea van den Bold, Cytheromorpha curta Edwards,
Perissocytherida sp., Paracypris sp.

H 5072 (7116): Arroyo Molinillo, Azua Prov., tan, fine-grained calcareous
sandstone and gray calcareous shale. Ostr.: Cytheromorpha curta Ed-
wards.

H 5073 (7117): Arroyo Molinillo, Azua Prov., grayish tan calcareous sand-
stone and shale. Ostr.: Bairdia sp.

H 5074 (7118): Arroyo Molinillo, Azua Prov., grayish tan fine-grained cal-
careous sandstone and shale. Ostr.: Bairdia sp.

H 5084 (7128): Arroyo Molinillo, Azua Prov., gray calcareous fine-grained
sandstone and shale. Ostr.: Radimella ex gr. confragosa (Edwards),
Cativella navis Coryell and Fields, Cytheromorpha curta Edwards,
Orionina similis van den Bold, Cyprideis sp., Haplocytheridea sp.

K_ 10 (5909): Trinchera Bluff.

K 10A (5901), K 123 (6233): Trinchera Bluff.

K 155 (6417): Rio Yague del Sur, below Bao. Ostr.: Radimella ex gr. confra-
gosa (Edwards), Caudites nipeensis van den Bold, Quadracythere pro-
ducta (Brady), Neocaudites triplistriatus (Edwards), Loxoconcha
fischeri (Brady), Xestoleberis sp., Bairdia antillea van den Bold.

K 156 (8418): Rio Yague del Sur, below Bao. Ostr.: Cytheromorpha curta
Edwards.

K_ 206 (6591): Arroyo Blanco. Ostr.: Cyprideis sp.

K 221 (6604): on trail to Limon, 4 km from Jimani (just off Text-fig. 6).

K 227 (6610): 400 m NW of Salt Mine loading shed, Angostura.

K 236 (6619): 13 km W. of Duvergé.

K 250 (6724): Mouth of Arroyo Moyalito, between Arroyo Batida and
Arroyo Blanco. Ostr.: Agrenocythere hazelae (van den Bold), Abysso-
cythere trinidadensis (van den Bold).

K 254 (6728) : Arroyo Sombrerito. Ostr.: Bairdia oarion van den Bold, Brad-

leya ex gr. dictyon (Brady), Agrenocythere hazelae (van den Bold),
Costa maquayensis van den Bold

M 30 (6377): Gully E. of fork in Cabeza de Toro-Enriquillo and Banica
road. Ostr.: Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold, Perissocytheridea bi-
celliforma Swain?, Orionina serrulata (Brady), Xestoleberis sp.

M 33 (6380): Enriquillo basin-Cabeza de Toro road. Ostr.: Cyprideis sale-
brosa van den Bold, Campylocythere? sp., Xestoleberis sp.

BULLETIN 286

564

‘raAvueSUaA pue Uo] UsaeMmjeq ‘or[Inbirug
ap ose] FO yNos varie ay} Jo deur ajdures pue [edIdo[0a_) — *6 dINBIF-}X9 J,

NRA
Les

TaN tly

AAT

HIS ae

Parad
et

tle

A a =k Ss
eEENPEOL 067% 5
t »OvEOh yy oS 2

Sic

a

maveciesure

es ‘>afd Phas oot at
Sig pad aes r<acpSVEOhwnr<
Sees eee CAE ea a a
Agetorn PEAT se pela es we a

a
Tits Ss llire

en.
zee po yes
FE

veo TBO Ww,
> ONE AEN —

f
RES A
4 ET
leO Bes ide
i <
Sci

Mia NOP KEES
>

Rey a
227. L189

Qal

?.
ee
Ss
>, Ven
Nes ==
a

HiIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp

ANAS
Nav
“N\\

\\\A
V\\a\\

~
=e

al
N_ Duvera®
ee reese ee

SS

‘enganaver

Las Baitoas

565

Text-figure 10.— Geological and sample map of the area south of Ven-

ganaver and Las Baitoas,

BULLETIN 286

566

‘g819AN( JO }sva Bore ay} Jo deul ajdwes pue [voso[oayn — J] 91NB1j-}x9 7,

ST SIAG SINAN TSA AZLD AXE Sure
REI NILE NCH SOR
Plans

APY

R Te,

7 4

Line er sath
ri ara
Ae ae

vay

NY;
Ve

~My
a)

nN

Vv

NTS de
AUS

7
Yee?
I=

es
“NN
eA

INEST.
srasl=t
is
Rare;
“s

SSUES

Ir AI7AF

ers
ise
AIFS N

oS AD ne

: i
KAY
sae Ie
CREAN EU CATSe
Ae ay ate We

eeebeey Ace

HispANoLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 567

A. Blanco

Ss,

es
- =e Boca de Mula
M30 M34
wn eek? M33

Se

os

i]
i
i
'
'
1
1
i
i
s,

Approximate Scale = 1: 400,000 Barahonalken

Text-figure 12.— Location of samples in Barahona Province, Dominican
Republic.

x

34 (6381): Enriquillo basin-Cabeza de Toro road. Ostr.: Haplocytheridea
aff. stephensoni (van den Bold).

81 (6381): Trinchera Bluff, collected from a bed of dark-blue shale,
15 cm thick, at the water’s edge (flood level), about 300 m due S. of
culvert of Hwy. or close to where the A. Trinchera flows into the
Rio Yague del Sur.

M_ 82 (6624): Trinchera Bluff, 300 m S. and 125 m above M 81. Gray to
greenish-gray calcareous shale.

M_ 83 (6625): Trinchera Bluff, N end of Trinchera Bluff, 2.5 m straight
above M 81, same lithology.

M_ 85 (6627): Trinchera Bluff, 5.25 m above M 81.

M

M

<

86 (6628): Trinchera Bluff, 7.75 m above M 81.
87 (6629): Trinchera Bluff, 10.25 m above M 81.
Plummer 7c: Trinchera Bluff, 30 feet above M 81.

BULLETIN 286

568

‘BIE “(FT “B1j-3x9..,) af[rAuoneg pue aoursg
“NB-}IOg UsIaajoq Baie ayy fo dew ajdwies pue [edIso0[0ad ay} Jo UoTISOd ay}
Suneoipul ‘Ule[q OS-ap-[ND ey) ur Sajduies Jo UoZIO0T — "ET aiNnByZ-xa,7,

C6L —

008% _,
£084 — 208%
a
S08x— yi JPseuUay Ulssog
808% <

000/002 I = 91925 ejowNxouddy

,

ah

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 569

=| Alluvium

K \N Morne Delmas
\/ / JRiviere Grise
fe] Eo-Oligocene

Text-figure 14.— Geological and sample map of the area between Port-au-
Prince and Petionville. Geology partly after Butterlin (1960), partly after re-

ports of

HAITI,

We 77/9
K 79:
80:

82:
83:

84:
86:
87:
94:

95%:

AA A AAA AANA

96:

the Atlantic Refining Co. For cross section A-A’, see (Text-fig. 15).

Plaine du Cul-de-Sac. Text-fig. 13.

Hasco Residence Hill, roadcut, 100 m from main road: Clayshale.
Delmas road, 2 km from old marine radio towers of Port-au-Prince,
fossiliferous sandy marl. This is about 300 m NW of Morne Delmas
and possible level Lalue of Pressoir (1951). See Text-fig. 15.

Same road, N. of Morne Delmas. See Text-fig. 15.

Cliff on S. shore of Etang Sauméatre: light gray, soft, clayey marl. :
Cliff on S. shore of Etang Saumatre: N. of Fond Parisien: light, cream
soft limestone and coquina.

1.5 km NW of Fond Parisien: chalk and leached coquina.

Rio Parisi, upstream from where it fans out: cream limestone.

250 m from spillway dam in Riviére Blanche: light cream marly lime-
stone.

Source Plaissance, 500 m below headspring: light tan marl (Text-fig.
14).

Source Plaissance, 200 m below headspring: light tan marl (Text-fig.
14).

Source Plaissance, 1st outcrop below headspring: light, cream chalky
marl (Text-fig. 14).

570

BULLETIN 286

OWT
as } conglomerate

sond
pie sandstone

es clayey limestone
fy limestone

100 200 300 400m
as ey any a)

Text-figure 15.— Sections and location of sections in the Petionville-Del-
mas area, Haiti. Lower right: A-A’ section from Petionville to the NNW
(Text-fig. 14) after Woodring and Brown (Woodring, et al., 1924, fig. 15).
Upper right: C-C’ section along Port-au-Prince-Delmas road, location in upper
left (after A. Pressoir, 1951). Middle: section B-B’ along Ruelle Nazan, loca-

tion in

upper left (after A. Pressoir, 1951). Lithological units and legend

for sections B-B’ and C-C’ after Pressoir and Butterlin. Location of Pressoir’s
fossil horizons Lalue A, B and D, and Delmas C is indicated in location map
and sections.

K 336:
Kes

K 338:
K 339:
K 340:
K 341:
K 342:

Key 92i

K 800:
K 803:

S. side of Etang Saumatre, top of escarpment: light cream chalk.

S. side of Etang Saumatre, 20 feet below top: light cream chalk with
small oysters.

S. side of Etang Saumatre, 30 feet below top: cream chalk and coquina
of gastropods.

S. side of Etang Saumatre, 60 feet below top: light tan, very fine,
calcareous sandstone.

S. side of Etang Saumatre, 90 feet below top: coquina with light
cream marly matrix.

S. side of Etang Saumatre, 100 feet below top: light cream fossili-
ferous marl.

S. side of Etang Saumatre, halfway down escarpment: light tan,
highly calcareous, fossiliferous, fine-grained quartz and chert sand-
stone.

Riviére Grise: calcareous gray shale.

Riviére Grise: gray marly limestone.

Riviére Grise: gray calcareous shale and fine-grained calcareous
sandstone.

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN Bop 571

K 805: Riviére Grise: dark gray compact, calcareous shale.

K 807, 808: Riviére Grise: same lithology.

K 866: Gauthier Hills, light tan, fine-grained calcareous sandstone.

M 2:Petionville road, 1.15 km E. of entrance to American Club: grayish
tan marl (Text-fig. 14).

M 4:Petionville road, 1.6 km of entrance to American Club: (Text-fig. 14).

M_ 5:same locality, but E. end of roadcut.

P1572:0.6 miles E. of club (Text-fig. 14).

P1579:255 miles N. 40 W. of 1572 (Text-fig. 14).

P1584: Port-au-Prince - Croix des Missions road, about 200 m N. of side-
road to Hasco Residence Hill.

P1585:800 m NE. of 1584.

P1595, 1599, 1601, 1622: road cuts in new Petionville road (Text-fig. 14).

Samples not located on maps.

K 373: Cadette ridge between Riviére Grise and Kerscoff: cream chalk.

K 374: Cadette trail, 200 m beyond top of divide: light cream chalk.

K 375:On trail from Bassin Général to Cadette ridge, E. of Riviére Mayette:
light cream chalk.

K 376: Cadette trail, near top of divide: light cream chalk.

K 766: Gauthier Hills: light tan, fine-grained calcareous sandstone.

K 848:E. fork of Riviére Blanche: light greenish-gray marly limestone.

K 850:E. fork of Riviére Blanche: Gray marl.

K 851: Riviére Blanche, 300 m below junction of E. and W. forks: gray marl.

K 852; K 855: Riviére Blanche: Gray marl.

K 866: Rio Parisi: light cream limestone.

Material from Cul-de-Sac coreholes Noes. 1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 12.

Two samples of Recent mud dredged from Port-au-Prince harbour by C. R.
Dunbar and sent to T. V. Howe were available for comparison.

STRATIGRAPHY

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC

A. General
In the Dominican Republic, the stratigraphy as set up by
geologists of the Dominican Seaboard Oil Company, and pub-
lished by Bermudez (1949), has been used in this paper (see
Table 1). The following formations are distinguished from top
to bottom:

1. Jimanf Formation, Arick, 1941 (Bermudez, 1949, pp. 18, 36)

Type locality: 1 km from the hamlet of Jimanf. (This should
probably be 1 km N. of Jimanf, which would make it close
to localities 10362 and 10363, Text-fig. 6).

Lithology: Hard to soft, fossiliferous limestone, granular
limestones, coquinas, thin conglomerates, some clays.

Thickness not given. Age: Pliocene.

Geologic relations: unconformably on Las Salinas Formation.

572 BULLETIN 286

Woodring, Brown, Atlantic Refining
Burbank (1923) (1941)

Butterlin (1960) Present Report

Coral Ist., coquina | Gravel, congl. (Qpg)| Old Alluvium (Qc)
congl. (Qc) marine sed. (Qpm) reef Ist, coquina

as
| —

SUOMI

Saree
Morne Delmas (Tm)
Riviere Grise aa Blanco

. , sh. | m detrital rocks +
congieasstuslmen Weakly consolidated

btst = madreporal Ist ‘
eee - marine mud, Ist, sh., Miocene
Port au Prince 300-400 m.
marl, sst., congl. (Tm)

Formation

Riviere Grise (Tmi)
detrital rocks
more than 1000 m.

Massive Ist (Tom) Oligemtacens
Tst, chalk, marl Madame Joie?
hale (T: N
MW

Carto, Sect. GeoSci. L.S.U.

Madame Joie? Sombrerito

Dominican Republic

Bermudez, (1949)

Dominican Seaboard| Condit and Ross

(1940) (1921)

Butterlin (1956)

pp. 33-37 table

estuarine + lacustrine

Alluvium deposits

clay, congl. Ist

Coast Limestone

Las Salinas Las Salinas asp
[eS aincoctore tal Bermesi
Cerros de Sal
ts Arroyo Seco
Arroyo Blanco

Arroyo Blanco

Carto. Sect. GeoSci. L.S.U.

Iluvi
Alluvium Reef Ist Areviem

oe ment Jimani

Jimani

Yague Group

Table 1. Stratigraphic position of formations and units of southern His-
panola.

HisPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 573

2. Las Salinas Formation, Cooke, 1920 in Vaughan, e¢ al., p. 218.

Emended by Bermudez, 1949, p. 39.

Type locality: Las Salinas Village, Cerros de Sal, on road from
Cabral to Duvergé (Text-fig. 12).

Lithology: Brown to buff, calcareous clays, sandy shales and
paper shales, interbedded with limestone conglomerates and
thin coquinas.

Thickness: 2000 m. Age: Upper Miocene to Pliocene.

3. Angostura Formation, Dohm, 1942, in Bermudez, 1949, p. 34.

Type locality: Upper part of Arroyo Salada, 300 m W. of gov-
ernment saltmine (close to locality K 227, Text-fig. 12).

Lithology: Gypsum, rocksalt, black shales and black and red
sandstones. The base is marked by the first downward oc-
currence of chalk, the top by the first occurrence of black
platy shales.

Thickness not given. Age: Upper Miocene.

Geologic relations: Dominican Seaboard geologists considered
it as more or less the equivalent of the Arroyo Blanco For-
mation. It rests unconformably on Lemba limestone.

4. Arroyo Blanco Formation, Dohm, 1942, in Bermudez, 1949, p.

33:

Type locality: Arroyo Blanco near Quita Coraza (E. bank of
the Rio Yague del Sur, 40 km W. of Azua) (Text-fig. 12).

Lithology: sands, sandy clays and reefal limestones and con-
glomerates.

Thickness: 500 m. Age: Miocene.

In the Hoya de Enriquillo it consists of soft chalky lime-
stone, sandy clays, and conglomerates.

Geologic relations: Unconformably on Trinchera Formation.
According to Bermudez it is the equivalent of the Cercado
Formation in the northern Dominican Republic.

B. Comments.

Jimani and part of the Las Salinas Formation appear to have
been combined by Condit and Ross on their map of the area S. of
Lago de Enriquillo (Vaughan, et al., 1921, pl. 15) in their Coast
limestone (compare Table 1) and possibly part of their Matas
Formation (coral limestone and associated rocks, gravels and marls).

Only at about 3 km E. of Palma Dulce (see Text-fig. 11) they indi-

574 BULLETIN 286

cate Cerros de Sal Formation (which in the present usage includes
both the Las Salinas and Angostura Formations). The samples from
which the fossils have been described in Vaughan, et al., p. 167, may
have been collected in what was mapped by the geologists of Dom-
inican Seaboard Oil Company as Quaternary Alluvium: USGS 8630
just W. of Duvergé should lie close to location 10330 and 6809 (Text-
fig. 8), USGS 8525 between Duvergé and Palma Dulce should lie
close to 10319 (Text-fig. 11), and USGS 8629, coral limestone near
San José (=? Venganaver), should be close to 10272 (Text-fig. 10).
The USGS samples were taken along the road, which, at least in
1940, lay to the north of the outcrops of bedrock.

From the Geological maps (Text-figs. 4-11) it appears that the
Las Salinas Formation and Angostura Formation behave structur-
ally as one unit and should as such be grouped together. How-
ever, the only sample in the area of Angostura outcrop in Text-
figure 7 (6827) shows such a strong faunal relationship to the
Jimani Formation, that it is doubtful if this particular outcrop be-
longs to the Angostura Formation. The same is true for sample 6794
(Text-fig. 11). The only four samples definitely belonging to the
Angostura Formation (Table 4) show an ostracode fauna which is
almost identical to that of the (lower part of the) Las Salinas For-
mation (compare Table 12). The Arroyo Blanco Formation is
structurally a different unit, which suggests that there is an un-
conformable contact between this and the younger formations. Only
three samples have yielded ostracodes, which are quite distinct
from those of the other formations (Table 5).

The deposits from Oligocene to Pliocene in the Enriquillo basin
have a total thickness of 4900 m (H. A. Meyerhoff in Khudoley and
Meyerhoff, 1971, pp. 144, 150). Well Mella No. 2 (just east of
Lago de Enriquillo) penetrated 3325 m of Miocene sandstone, shale,
limestone, and salt, and Cabritos well No. 1 (just west of Lago de
Enriquillo) bottomed at 1644 m in Upper Eocene (Khudoley and
Meyerhoff, 1971, p. 150). Calculated thicknesses of formations
(Text-fig. 18) give at the east end of Lago de Enriquillo a maxi-
mum of 750 m for deposits of upper Miocene to Pleistocene, with
an unknown thickness of middle Miocene and older deposits under-
lying it. For the area at the western end of Lago de Enriquillo there

HiIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 575

is a maximum of 1200 m thickness of upper Miocene to Pleistocene
deposits, and it is suggested that no middle and possibly no lower
Miocene occurs below it in this particular area.

HAITI
A. General

In the Republic of Haiti two formations have been estab-
lished in the Plaine du Cul-de-Sac (Table 1).
1. Morne Delmas Formation, Butterlin, 1950, p. 56.

Type locality: on the Lalue-Delmas road (Ruelle Nazan),
300-500 m south of its junction with the Port-au-Prince -
Delmas road (Text-fig. 14).

Lithology: Conglomerates, sands, sandstones, clays, some
limestone horizons with Ostrea haitensis G. B. Sowerby I,
other molluscs and madropores. Bullerlin called it a Mo-
lasse-facies.

Thickness: 300-400 m. Age, according to Butterlin: middle
late Miocene.

Geologic relations: Unconformably on Riviere Grise Forma-
tion. A detailed description of the type section was made
by A. Pressoir (1951), see Text-fig. 15.

2. Riviere Grise Formation, Butterlin, 1950, p. 56.

Type locality: on path from Bassin Général - Morne Jacquot-
hamlet of Cadet - Goujon; on the S. slope S. of Cadet at an
elevation of 500 m. The Formation further crops out in the
courses of the Riviere Grise and Riviére Blanche and their
tributaries (Text-fig. 13).

Lithology: Folded, detrital rocks: conglomerates, brown sand-
stones, paper shales, clays, marls, clayey limestone.

Thickness: at least 100 m. Age: early Miocene, according to
Butterlin. According to Butterlin, it represents a Flysch
facies.

The localities K 373-376 along the Cadet trail should lie close
to the type locality (see Table 14).

B. Comments
Butterlin correlated the Riviére Grise Formation with the Tho-
monde Formation of the Central Plateau of Haiti. Planktonic Fora-

576 BULLETIN 286

minifera, however, indicate that it is, at least in part, considerably
younger. The Thomonde Formation ranges from planktonic zone
N 9 (Blow, 1969) to N 14-15 and is entirely of middle Miocene age
(Hunerman, unpublished MS thesis, LSU, van de Bold, 1974a). The
Riviére Grise Formation, in those samples examined from near the
type locality, along the course of the Riviére Grise and in the Petion-
ville area, ranges from N 14 - N 17, and, therefore, includes both
upper middle and upper Miocene. It is partly equivalent both in age
and environment to the Trinchera Formation of the Dominican
Republic. The Morne Delmas Formation includes N 18 and may
include younger zones. Consequently, there is not much of a hiatus
between Riviére Grise and Morne Delmas Formation, but the
Morne Delmas Formation was deposited in an environment con-
siderably shallower than that of the Riviére Grise Formation.

If one accepts Butterlin’s idea of considering the Trinchera,
Riviére Grande, and Thomonde Formations as a Flysch-facies, then
the Cerro de Sal Group, Las Cahobas, and Morne Delmas Forma-
tions could be considered as Molasse. The transition of Flysch to
Molasse is rather abrupt, but takes place in different episodes of the
Neogene and even varies from section to section from the upper part
of the lower Miocene (N. flank of Plateau Central) to high middle
Miocene (S. flank of Plateau Central) to basal Pliocene (St. Marc
and Cul-de-Sac areas). This is comparable to what Richter (1970)
described for different parts of the Alpine system.

OSTRACODE BIOSTRATIGRAPHY

A. Dominican Republic (Table 11)

The ostracode-fauna of the younger Neogene of the Enriquillo
Basin can be subdivided into four stratigraphically distinct groups,
which include:

1. Recent fauna of Lago de Enriquillo

2. Jimanf Formation

3. Upper part of Las Salinas Formation.

4. Lower part of Las Salinas Formation and Angostura Forma-

tion.

5. Arroyo Blanco Formation.

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 577

nl
ec 3
i 3 3
Z $s > 5 a ae
= = $ ES 2 > §
~ a] ~ g Bre i 5 3
2) 5 e € sos 2 a & os
g Fa BL ee nats 5 SS a) =e
2 7 o ag “ a we SOicor 7 s= = one
2 Wied Ve Fs a a poe 3) as
g Se, aS Sees 3 eef 2c =
s Sao si $55 HE ROSS SB eS
= Sie 3 ° = sz ® S235 oe Pe oi Cx ist
a 2.95 6 cers = Dae ostv OG es —< se LoS 6: 2
io] SHON “OMFS Sai a ies tne ne bin Se eee ella SeBiee ce
ug Sims 25) gue en Cane cenan Solon sense naseya teers ies
22 Seca el a*=~x 32 . Swot Ronn 358728
=e ORS Say he Se Ss Sees a
= a2 = + 3 s ve £2 =
Arg Ss Poe) Sear best easecias) eel a se Ss
fat S<aevawustess es sseic as sststssotsetEgog es <
Boo B[e\0) e\<e ei yid ce (2) f= = = rh pee esa Sty ea cay $
SS SSS ee Ha We ao AA Se etd el epopich a Le PR le
eee s2 9 Sole) 8 Pre) 2 el Peas ttt toad ot Oh
o o5> 8a 6 2-2 SES lesa aS o a ey eye iS &
a ies ite aS aaa a Sa OU Slb Gira ie ears ees Cue seus kee i
Sy see oss =~ Sao) 2s = Sb. 0) Da: So Oe e
Oo0000ac a2Ua s xrueo rs) @ezOCORuuva BI ltUx a
x ie) xO [e)
oO C)
x @
x
x
/ /
/ x
xX
x /
/
/ ? x
e
S. Hoya /
de Enriquillo / XEX.
6817
(N. flonk) Zg25
1X
2 fe) Kx:
(S. flank) /
xX /
[e}

Table 2. Distribution of ostracodes in the Jimani Formation, Enriquillo
Basin, Dominican Republic.

1. The Recent fauna consists almost exclusively of fresh- and
brackish-water species (see Material and Table 6). In addi-
tion there are a few marine ostracodes, which, because of
different preservation, are considered to be derived from the
outcropping Neogene rocks. In Table 6, they are therefore
not represented. Also the brackish- and fresh-water species
occur in the exposed Neogene, with the exception of Cypridop-
sis vidua.

2. The ostracode fauna of the Jimani Formation includes fresh-,
brackish-water, and shallow marine species. It is difficult to
arrange the samples in a stratigraphic succession, and although
this has been attempted in Table 2, I do not feel confident
that I have succeeded, except in a general way. Possibly cor-
relatable levels have received numbers from 1-5 from bottom
to top of the Jimani Formation (Table 2), whereby level 3
has the strongest marine influence and 1 and 5 the strongest
freshwater influence. One gets the impression that both the

578

BULLETIN 286

basal and top layers, as far as the latter have not been re-
moved by erosion, carry a fresh- brackish-water fauna, where-
as the middle part is brackish- shallow marine, thus pos-
sibly forming a single sedimentary cycle. If this holds true
for the whole formation, this becomes progessively older (lower
in the cycle) towards the East. As species of possible strati-
graphic importance the following species should be mentioned:
Cytheridella tlosvayi Daday?, confined to the Jimani Forma-
tion and Recent deposits: Cypridets portusprospectuensis van
den Bold; Loxoconcha levis Brady?, Campylocythere? periert
(Brady), and Uroleberis torquata van den Bold. The latter
species has been found in one sample determined as Angostura
Formation by the field geologists (6837) (see Table 4), but it
is suggested here that it belongs instead to the Jimani Forma-
tion.

Cabritos

Jimani
1

8
”
$ se 32 5
a ~ oe 7) =
~ > ap IS ar 5a zi
c 2 es 20 € 3c uw So
oz — acess io) i= > 6 2
ir) — Oe" 9) awe Dog
Do = a a a toa
iy = ee at eres o5 3 aD 9
=c SoS yo oo oe
c — oMVE RD rye rT}
0, /-8 2 “~ss zo ete aq
2-3 3 =H) oS 2 a5 dS >
my aes D = Oiero) SOG ee, vw EGR
> OG SSE: CHS es ea OOo LO
2) a9 CNG: hig ST Paces aos ee Guess
2 Gator) ea Sess El tei Gp Se ete Ea
a masta ode ox Fd .%¥S 05325
age gw > ° Oe a FOr sO lei ae ot i
2 a Gree er a fo >Seovoeooeer ag Sa
= ad : mete) Uy Oy TPwBwUDDVYVS OPE SS ~
GG. Sa Qa By Sp is es ig eS ee ee eis oy oS s
CE EE SC otc p GT) td E905 gidiss iSite lei le: elle iol (S) io tc OSE ots
AMG Ne seco els) aes a aT es ee Sh Sa iS tas $
SEUNG nib 1s MIs RS HS GS a ie ip 2 ee ze
Sees ses ees TSRBBSBesessssssstretssees ge
8 85 Siete gs teeta Ss Oey ee or E See = &
See eT SES CECE RERRER SRT TST SS SSeS EES £8
~ 5 oo 5 ©
GoCPOdCOOGe ee SOOGCEOOCOCrTe teat tOervva ts a=
x X / /
°
{e)

S. of Hoya

de Enriquillo

Table 3. Distribution of ostracodes in the Las Salinas Formation, En-

riquillo Basin, Dominican Republic.

HIspANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN Bop 579

2a. A number of species are characteristic of the Jimani Forma-
tion and the upper part of the Las Salinas Formation: C'yclo-
cypris sp. 1, Ostracode A, Limnocythere staplint Gutentag
and Benson, Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold, Cyprideis
similis (Brady), Haplocytheridea karlana (Stephenson),
Perissocytheridea subrugosa (Brady), Parakrithella? sp.

3. Upper Las Salinas Formation. (Table 3; upper and middle).
Again it is difficult to arrange samples in stratigraphic suc-
cession and in general it is only possible to indicate in a par-
ticular part of the map which samples are high or low in the
formation. It is not certain, that the boundary between upper
and lower Las Salinas Formation always lies at exactly the
same stratigraphic level. In Table 3 an attempt has been
made to divide the upper part of the Las Salinas on the basis
of general faunal similarity. In addition to the forms men-
tioned under 2a, the following species appear to be restricted
to the upper part of the formation: Cyprideis sp., Pertsso-
cytheridea cytheridellaformis Forester, Uroleberis sp. The
fauna is dominantly brackish water throughout the formation
with small additions of either fresh-water or marine species.
These small fluctuations are probably of local significance
only; no regularity can be discerned in the succession. —

4. Lower Las Salinas Formation and. Angostura Formation
(Tables 3,4). A few samples reported from the Angostura
Formation (Table 4) contain a fauna which is typical of the
Jimanf Formation and they are not included here. The over-
all fauna of the few Angostura samples left is identical to
that of the lower part of the Las Salinas Formation, although
somewhat impoverished: Cyprideis pascagoulaensis (Mincher),
Cyprideis curta (Edwards), Perissocytheridea plauta For-
ester, n. sp. The latter species has also been found in a
sample in the Cibao Valley (northern Dominican Republic),
near Monte Cristo, in the lower (?) Gurabo Formation.
A number of species occur throughout the Las Salinas and
Jimani Formations, e.g. Bairdia sp., Perissocytheridea sp. A
and B, Cativella navis Coryell and Fields, Basslerites min-
utus van den Bold, Campylocytheret sp., Aurila sp. aff. A.

BULLETIN 286

580

PJOg Uap UDA _4ONbIO} SNaqajosy)
SPADMP Daploqwioysgnsiund DyIU0I0xO7
V ‘ds asayyA20/Adwiv>5

(SpapMP3) DjNIIAaD] “y “YO “ds DjIUNW
pjinojd papisayjsAr0ssi4aq

q ‘ds papisaysAd0ssisag

(uosuaydajs) nunj10y DapiiaysAr0/ doy
PlOg Uap UDA sisuanydadsoudsnjiod siapiidd>
(spapMp3) P44Nd siapiidd>

(4eyrulw) sisuapjnoBpdsod siapiiddk>
(Appig) sis0j)nBasosponbagns siapiidé>
PlOg Uap UDA Dsogayps siapiidd>

Jimani
L. Las Salinas

NIQINIS
o
ae

6794
6827
K 22
Hol
H 11

Jimani
U. Las Salinas
L. Las Salinas

Table 4. Distribution of ostracodes in the Angostura Formation.

"ds sisagajojsax

Vv ‘ds sisagajojsax

‘ds papiunwysn>

gUIDMS DWIOF/a2Ig DAapIaysADOSSI49q
(spspMp 3) DjIND siaplidd>D

(4ayouiw) sisuanjnoBposod siapiidA>
‘ds siuidAdD1Dg

‘ds papiojjasayyA>

‘ds pyjasaysA>5

Appig osyrjnd *> ‘yo ‘do pyjasayyA5

Table 5. Distribution of ostracodes in the Arroyo Blanco Formation.

HIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 581

laevicula, Loxoconcha dorsotuberculata (Brady), Loxoconcha
purisubrhomboidea Edwards. Cyprideis subquadraregularis
(Brady) occurs in the whole of the Las Salinas Formation
and in the Angostura Formation.

5. Arroyo Blanco Formation (Table 5)
Whereas brackish-water ostracodes predominate in the Las
Salinas Formation and Angostura Formation, their number
1s strongly reduced in the Arroyo Blanco Formation and the
few samples examined have a much stronger marine charac-
ter, except for a few occurrences of Perissocytheridea bicellh-
forma Swain, Cyprideis curta (Edwards), and Cyprideis pas-
cagoulaensis (Mincher); the first of which is long ranging, the
latter two of which are also present in the lower Las Salinas
Formation and Angostura Formation.

Stratigraphically important species.

A. Species which can possibly be used for dating the Jimani
Formation, resp. correlating it with deposits outside the Enri-
quillo Basin are: Cytheridella tlosvayt Daday?, Campylocy-
there? periert (Brady), Cyprideis portusprospectwensis van
den Bold, and Uroleberis torquata van den Bold.

1. Cytheridella ilosvayi? To my knowledge this species has not

been reported previously from fossil deposits. In the present
material it occurs in the Jimani Formation, the top part of
the boreholes in the Cul-de-Sac plain and in a sample (D 14)
from the Lajas Valley (Barrio Paris) of Puerto Rico, donated
by Ducloz, who indicates a Pleistocene age.
In Trinidad specimens of a slightly smaller, but morphologic-
ally similar (possibly specifically identical) form have been
found in the upper Pliocene Talparo Formation (R. Dempsey,
material received on loan).

2. Campylocythere? perieri was found in only one sample of
the Jimanf Formation. It has been reported from the Cabo
Blanco Formation and Cumana Formation of Venezuela

582

BuLLETIN 286

(Pleistocene) and from Recent deposits off the coast of Vene-
zuela (van den Bold, 1966, p. 24, pl. 2, fig. 4 a-b, pl. 5, fig. 2
a-b) and Recent deposits off Puerto Rico. In this last case
it was reported as Campolycythere (sic) striata van den Bold,
Campylocythere striata, and Campylocythere stricta (sic)
(Baker and Hulings, 1966, resp. p. 166, fig. 3, pl. 2, fig. 5).
Cyprideis portusprospectwensis van den Bold, has been re-
ported from the Harbour View beds of Jamaica. It occurs in
two samples of the Jimani Formation and in the upper part
of the boreholes of the Cul-de-Sac plain.

Uroleberis torquata was originally described from the Mayo
Formation of the northern Dominican Republic (van den
Bold, 1968, p78]. pl. 6G; fig. 4; pl: 10) fie-"2):

On this evidence, a Pleistocene age seems probable and was

in fact suggested for the Harbour View beds (van den Bold, 1971).
However, a late Pliocene age cannot be excluded, and has tenta-

tively been adopted in Text-fig. 15.

B. A possibly datable horizon may separate upper and lower part

of the Las Salinas Formation. Cyprideis salebrosa, Haplocy-
theridea karlana both with an apparent range of Pliocene to
Recent occur in the uper part, Cyprideis curta (Edwards),
Cyprideis pascagoulaensis (Mincher), and Perissocytheridea
plauta Forester, n.sp. in the lower part.

Cyprideis salebrosa was found in Pliocene and younger de-
posits, starting well above the earliest occurrence of Radimella
ex gr. confragosa, which appears to coincide almost exactly
with the Mio-Pliocene boundary.

Cyprideis curta (Edwards) was originally described from the
Duplin marl of South Carolina, which for a long time has been
dated as late Miocene but it may be Pliocene (see Hazel,
1971, p. 8). This is in accordance with the presence of Radi-
mella confragosa.

Cyprideis pascagoulaensis (Mincher) was found in the north-
ern Dominican Republic just above the earliest appearance
of the Radimella confragosa group. The same is true for
Perissocytheridea plauta. The near absence of Radimella in

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp

sds suaqajoin

PlOg USP UDA DyDONbIO} Siuagajoip

“ds sisaqajojsay

“ds owosayjAd0I10q

Jayouiw !uosuyo! 46 -xa ounsayjA>
SPADMp] Daploqwoysqnsiind DYyU0I0K07
éApdig s1aaj DY2U020x07

(Apoig) ayajn21aqnjosiop 0Yy2U020x07
V ‘ds gasayyAr0/Adwo>

(Apoig) aad gasayyAr0)Adwo>

PlOg Uap UDA snynuiw sayisajssog

SPIA!4 B [|A10D siAou DI} aA05

(Appig) osouund siasayjAd0s06nr
(Apoig) 042" poid asayyA201pon©
(spspmp3) OjNrAa0j *y “yo “ds DjLUNY
(Spapmp3) osoBosju02 “16 xa ojjawipoy
Apoig) ojojnssas DUI“OLG

g ‘ds papiayjArossisag

v ‘ds vapiayyAr0ssisag
SimJOyD]japisay4{AD DapiayjsADOSSI1aqg
pynojd DapiayyArossiiag

(Apoig) psoBnugns papiayyAr0ss14ag
EUIDMS DWIO41/]921q DaplsaysArOSSI1ag
(pasiaaas) g “ds srapiidd>

“ds siapriddé>

P]Og Uap UDA sisuanjradsosdsnyiod siapiidd>
(4ayauiw) sisuanjnBo2sod siapiidd>
(Apoig) siu0jnBasosponbans siapiidé>
(spsDMp3) Dy1ND siapiudd>

(Apoig) sijiwis srapiidA>

P]Og Uap UDA Dsougayos siapiidé>
(uosuaydajs) ounj10y DapisayyAr0/do}y
tds papiuayyAr0)d0y

‘ds papiunwysn>

*dds ojjayyisyOs0g

éhopog tAvasoy! oyjapisaysA>
PjDuoga DW puD Uosuag sijiqoi4y asayjyAIOUW!T
uosuag pun Bojuayny urjdojs asayjAIOUW!T
‘ds pipsing

*ds sudd30ju0dosg

*ds siudA>010g

D aporn44s0O

@ aporD4ys—

V 2por044s0

(43]|nW) OnpiA sisdopiidd>

*ds siudA>0)945

“ds oyjasayyAd

Apoig oj1jod pjjasayyA>

Apoig piyrjnd *> *440 “ds pjjasayyAD

[Ke 2]

oI!)
yv

Cc
5
r=)
°
>

°

2

=
<

Las Salinas
Angostura

1c,

Table 6. Composite range chart of ostracodes in the Enriquillo Basin, Dom-
Republ

iInican

583

584 BULLETIN 286

the largely brackish-water deposits of the Last Salinas For-
mation makes this group practically unusable here.

It, therefore, appears probable, that the highest occurrence of
Cyprideis pascagoulaensis is just within the lower Pliocene, which
would make the upper Las Salinas Formation definitely Pliocene
and the lower part of the Las Salinas Formation and the Angostura
Formation, upper Miocene, possibly extending in the lowermost
Pliocene. Compare Text-figure 18 and explanation.

C. Haiti:

1. Moving westward from the Enriquillo Basin into the Repub-
lic of Haiti, the association is typical for the upper Las
Salinas Formation (e.g. Perissocytheridea cytheridellaformts)
in the cliffs at Balan (Text-fig. 13, Table 7) south of the
Etang Saumatre. This suggests a Pliocene age for these beds,
which have been placed by previous workers in the Quaternary
(Butterlin, 1954, Atlantic Refining map). Only the bottom
sample may be lower Las Salinas.

ao)
a
cs =
Cam =e ees Cano, ~
Shisvet ole me)
mc) TH bes) toh ao xm 2
fa) Cn i =O) FS seen, nea
a cm ao} 590 GLY
= So oe ae) as
“ous es) Spe ey eg 6 oO +
ao 2 at Se LO DiS ai 5
xe} “21 60 TOCrOms 6) =
Paper reat) em) AS Se ee SoCal tas
> S§ S55 2582353825
q poles eh Ty cise Nee OS te ts
re Sop BES ay ne ee tel et (SE es)
fas Seared Oe Sk GonsS Soe
= (0 =o) fo. 15) 5 a a70) 2
oS : <Wlateiot tomo Moun oO) come
Se Ra, La aes Se) eS) Gey tele en eg. Ad
ONO" fast asym Cena ome iy mS ti ee oO
SEE He hae Ogee ie Cee OE Ole cm Om OmEG =
“= Ww Dy ed mba pakat eens Olu ames cc rey) “lo)
Bo Se i i ie epee alee) Big YRS AS ieee &
7h eh tee tel GHG) 1d) KONG YOY Oy GO) Ose Tc os
Sei 10) 0) oN. GeO sO sO 10) NOL On tole =" Olli 1 3-20
Om Oo igo 2 Ce CS CS Co Or Ce 7) 1S) x Cc
ASee) NG) so Op eS) ee en R= teen Ose gO £G:
Co ee POE iss, Se Tels lek Shey a Stee tS "Oo
5
a ON 100 ONS IS OOS Ps Nin) 10) see) G eo.
OVO) OMas ica OVO O Was as a: 7os (OF SOS VaEOee
(ce ok een MEARS
ae Se ee eS ee Co
eee ae a (aeNSTIS Meera) ee se09;(/ 5)
aes STs Pea Pe)
Bam (a a ee)
eR RS Fe ae a eo)
Sea Fe aaa ee ee 2)
6 Bae eas eae i Pe}.
oe Se SST (he a

Table 7: Distibution of ostracodes in samples from Balan, Haiti.

585

VAN DEN BoLp

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA

*ds snjiyd0saj9¢

(4ayouiw) suosuyol *g yo ‘ds DWosaysAD010qg
SpAOMPJ Daploquioysgqnsiind NYydU0I0xXOT
(Appig) 0J0j;NIaqGnyosJOp eee

PjOg Uap UDADUDDIUIWOpP oussoyrtonieg ba
(Appig) Dyojn.sas eraales

PlOg Uap UDA DyOpNDd “16 xa goydsowosayyA5
gUIDMS DUJO4I/;991q DapPluaYysADOSSI4aqg

‘ds srapiudA>

(sayouiw) sisuanjnoBp2sod siaplidd>

pjog uap UDA Dsosgayps siaplidAD

PjOg Uap UDA sisuangoadsosdsnjiod siapiidA>
gAopog !Adasoy! DyaplsaysAD

‘ds pipsing

‘ds perreitcienie)

y

sayoMysaiy

(spsomp3) $n404451/di44 sayipNODOAaNy
*ds siudAdDiDg

‘ds suaqajoir)

‘ds sisaBajojsax

“ds py2u020x07

(Apoig) ojo; n24aqnjossop DYIU0I0x07
¢Apbdig siaa] DY2U030x07

PJOg Uap UDA DUDIIUIWOp DYasay;AIDIDY
SPjaly gy |JaMAIOD SIADU DIJaAOD
(Apoig) Osouund siasayjA20so06nr
(Apoig) 0j2nposd asayyAd0IpONE)

lng snyojnBuo sayipno>

(Apoig) aojnssas OUDIUOIICG,

(sp10Mp3) DsoBosjU0) “46 xa Djjawipoy
(ssnay) 05031440919 "y “yo “ds DjLINy

“ds asayjAr0Uuw 7

éAopog !Apasoy! ojjapisayjAD
(sayruiw) sisuanjnoBodsod siepiiddé>
POg Uap UDA Dsogayos siapriddA>
“ds papiuowysn>

Apoig osojasiBuo; oipsiog

PJOg Uap UDA DajjijUD OIpsiog
(tung) sisuasijiM OIpsiog

sds sisdA,0w jog

sds suudA2d0130-z

“ds papiojjasayjA>

“ds ojjasayyAD

1105
1120
1126 | |
1205

dee Ca ae ee BB
piss ee

Apoig 04y2/nd *> *y0 “ds oj/9491,445

lent
depth
in feet

equiva
Las Salinas

Cul-de-Sac 2

Jimani

Nn
oO
oO

719

equivalent

Gurabo 3-4
equivalent

L L
°

heey Coo
ebceatillac 7 ee See See

equivalent

f ostracodes in the Cul-de-Sac coreholes 1, and 2

istribution o

Table 8-9. D

iti.

Ha

586 BuLLETIN 286

2. In the area NE of Port-au-Prince, in the Cul-de-Sac coreholes
(Text-fig. 16, 14), the upper part of the section penetrated
shows alternations between fresh-water and_ brackish-water
deposits, where the presence of such species as Cytheridella
dlosvayt ? and Cyprideis portusprospectuensis suggests correla-
tion with the Jimanf Formation. In corehole 2 (Table 9)
there is a marine interval between the lowest occurrence of
Cyprideis salebrosa and the highest of Cyprideis pascagoul-
aensis. The presence of Radimella ex gr. confragosa in the
marine interval indicates its Pliocene age, and its range over-

.

marine

depth
Cul-de-Sac 5 in feet

Limnocythere staplini Gutentag and Benson
Cyprideis portusprospectuensis van den Bold

Cytherelloidea sp.

Paracypris sp.

Bairdia longisetosa Brady
Bairdia willisensis (Puri)
Bairdia antillea van den Bold
Bairdia sp.

Perissocytheridea sp.

Cativella navis Coryell & Fields
freshwater

brackishwater

cL a ap Aare
Lilt ines mankees| acc
Ninant="|796\2 oes nae nl
Se ee eee
[Tf ieee wes [|
Td see Geerunas-= |
rete ies ee

Delmas 9

zy
Ww

Table 10: Distribution of ostracodes in Cul-de-Sac corehole 5, Haiti.

587

VAN DEN BoLp

HIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA

°O-d Bururjay onuepYy 24} Aq Surinojuo0d Joy pasn se
pyjapiuodg yo doy, ‘saiaey vyjapiuody pue vinowp ay} Jo aouasaid 94} SI se “O*
Suuryoy onuepyy ey? Aq uoroas & Wo1Z aye) st syruN [vorBojoyI] Fo worrtsod
aL ‘WIeY ‘6-1 sapoyeroo oeg-ap-[NQ Ysnory} worjd9g —“9T ANSIF-3x9 T,

YOOL] = — eypag jooyse,,
‘W OZ | = @1D9¢ JOJUOZIIO}J
Suojsowy) 8ul||D40> 48M0]—"D"7

GUOJsel!] EUI]|DIOD seddy —'D 1H SisuabjnoBorsbd siaplsdk> 4© @2U8IINDIIO seddy) Ac
sisuanjradsosdsnjsod siaplidA> —d Dsosga]Ds siapl4idA 40 82U81INIIO 419MO] Fe
O4OYJADOUWIT — 1 speg Jaj0MUsol) Bay
pyjapluayjA>—a @|DYS ADID Fy
pyepiuody —3 BOYS P1997, KY
sel2Dj DIVO — vy SL

[9Ae] Das

62

’

DJOG 8P02044SO ON

r S 3 €
SQOYSIOD 9eS-ap-jnD

588

BuLLETIN 286

laps slightly with that of Cyprideis pascagoulaensis, as it does
in the Cibao Valley of the northern Dominican Republic
(van den Bold, 1968, bottom of association 4). The change
upwards of marine into brackish-freshwater environment is
usually abrupt which may be an indication of a slight un-
conformity between the Morne Delmas and the overlying
Jimani equivalents. Text figure 16 shows the marine interval
restricted to the slightly updomed central part of the struc-
ture, where it may occupy the remnants of a former struc-
tural low. It wedges out in both directions below this postu-
lated unconformity.

. Samples along the Petionville-Port-au-Prince road (Table 11)

and other scattered samples in the Morne Delmas Formation
(Table 12), including some near the type locality (Text-fig.
14) yield a fauna which is close to the above mentioned marine
interval in the coreholes. It is, therefore, rather definite, that
this marine interval should be regarded as Morne Delmas
Formation. It seems fairly certain also, that the “Port au
Prince” beds of Coryell and Rivero (1940) represent the same
marine interval, but as the locality from which this fauna
was described is not indicated, the name will not be used
here. This fauna is similar to the one found in outcrops near
Hasco Residence Hill and along the Petionville road near thé
American club. This fauna can be correlated with associations
3 and 4 of the Gurabo Formation (van den Bold, 1968) of
the northern Dominican Republic. As pointed out before, the
brackish-freshwater fauna above the marine beds is similar
in fauna and, therefore, probably equivalent to the Jimani
Formation. The brackish-water deposits below the marine in-
terval in the coreholes carry a fauna which is similar to that
of the lower part of the Las Salinas Formation in the En-
riquillo Basin.
Whereas there appears to be a distinct unconformity between

the Las Salinas Formation and Jimanf Formation in the Hoya de
Enriquillo, there is only vague evidence for an unconformity be-
tween the marine interval (Morne Delmas Formation) and the
overlying brackish-water interval (Jimanf Formation) in the Cul-
de-Sac coreholes.

HisPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 589

Atlantic Ref.

Butterlin

“ds sisaqajojsax

8961 ‘P|Og Uap UDA sds asayjAr0pnasg
“ds papuayyArDI0g

1Z6l ‘ PIOg Uap UDA -ds uosajdosayjyAD

lle area, Haiti.

PjOg YEP UDA WN}D/NI}81gNS uosaydosayjA>
“ds osnsayjAri way

“ds DYy2U030x07

PlOg Uap UDA sisuasauDg DY2U020xO}]
(Appag) a40;N24aqnyos4Op DY2U0I0x07

éApoig SIAB] DYIUOIOXOT

uUDWID}LY njoosipido| DYIUOIOXO7

(8961 ‘Plog Uap UDA) “ds ‘Aou ‘“-uaB “AON

10nvl

(ssnay) owssadso “16 xa ojjamoydAsuayy

(pjog Uap UDA ) anjazoy asayyAd0UasBy
(Plog Uap UDA) DyOJUBPIWWOW papiagajAyr0s 1
PjOg Uap UDA DUDGN) D4s0D

SPjal4 -g [|@A10D SiADU O]]/aAHOD

(pjog Uap uDA) 124D4s0904saBu0d Oquiinbo>
(pjog Uap UDA) sisuayriq asayyA201PONO
(Aposg) Dpojnisas OUIUOIIC)

(spapMp3) DsoBcuju0d “46 xa ojjawipoy
~ds papisayyAr0ssiag

PlOg Uap UDA Ox1jO1d ayy y

PjOg Uap UDA Dsougajps siapiidAD

“ds pipsiogojddj5

bution of ostracodes in the Pet

Plog Usp UDA Daj/ifUD OIpsiog

Appig osojas!Buocy Dipsiog 5

Appig x142!A “g yy “ds oipsing a

‘dds pina0//16sy .

‘ds papiojjasayjAD =

wai6Bny 0y06jna “> “yo “ds ojjasayjsAD ae
sds ojjasaysAD |

BH

PjOg Yep UDA pigo/6 DIpsiOgopso*)

|_|

|_|
alirpo
=/=l/=

590 BULLETIN 286
ae)
“
=] s 2
one a fo}
> oo 2s ic >
o OR OF 7S Oo “
<x me) ara! Fs = wm = me)
Vv ens 5 © =] =
c nome 3 oO 5 5
= Se wo @ ime >
= 20S uw = me} ma) oD
— OS ley 5 —a~ OA “
“ D5 4 Ps te Se be c uw
4 eo = D5 3 2% 5 UE OG ~ =
Gace fe OCG 2 chy eS o =
Coe tele SS SS io ac 36 ~x ©
T=) Oi f5 2 Oo So sen ec ee o >
Ss on so edie (Ol no cS zc Qs See iS
fe) Sosa cose eit me ey (3) o cos
Se amc deste ae a lee ty
—_— 1S) =
. OPO Ore ate oP 22 io. ton lo Lene
Qa. oT na ed te ee ~ SS) fol SS Se
a Q QO 1O-6 O GG «= o G Ow tS ea eee
Ry Se re ae OOM Cee mim is =
= onan Se Se OO Ge eo) Ot OlOn oO; O -cok enone
GG OF 0 Ofo EG iol So eo CS eS) SS) Serene
0 SOLO 100 Curia tae ue 1. CL Ole oe eam
ae DES oe ce) 2 edo) Gy Con Oto a pmo ome
co, = _ ee
SG. ESS Oe Or 9, kk Ss) uO) Gon Oso eran
Ona OVO? asa ©) ae OF Ora aaa OP asmase<
Kot 77a 7eak EY A OR SS KOW7 if
P 1584 vA YS ee Lee he
P 1585 Z
K 79 Leh V wit ts Ze
K 80] /

Table 12: Distribution of ostracodes in the Morne Delmas Formation,

Haiti.

Tentative thicknesses of the formations have been plotted in

Text-figure 17, where the base of the Jimanf Formation in the Hoya
de Enriquillo and the base of the “Jimanf” fauna in the Plaine du
Cul-de-Sac has been plotted as a horizontal line.

4. The Recent fauna off Port-au-Prince harbour consists of the

following species: Cytherella polita Brady (originally de-
scribed from here, Brady, 1869, p. 161, pl. 19, fig. 5-7),
Cytherella sp. aff. C. sordida Miller, Cytherelloidea sp., Para-
cypris sp., Propontocypris sp., Bairdia bradyi van den Bold,
Bairdia cf. amygdaloides Brady, Bairdia victrix Brady, Bairdia
longisetosa Brady, Cyprideis similis (Brady), Perissocyther-
dea bicelliforma Swain, Perissocytheridea subrugosa (Brady),
Cytheretta sp. aff. C. pumicosa (Brady), Radimella ex gr.
confragosa (Edwards), Orionina serrulata (Brady), Quadra-
cythere producta (Brady), Jugosocythereis pannosa (Brady),
Hermanites? hornibrookit (Puri), “Leptocythere” yont Puri,

591

VAN DEN BoLp

HisPANOLA OsTRACODA

‘O- Surluryay
IWUEpY WWW pue ‘oD [IO PivoOqeag UROIUIWOG PY} Fo SdeM [edIZO[095 ay} UO
Ppeseq suonjdas WoIf pajndwiod aie SassauyodyT, “ejouedsiyY Ulayynos Ur suoT}EW
-10J} 2UIB0IN 93] FO SassauyoIy} pue drysuone[at Sarsey — "LT e1NBIf-3x9 J,

uolowsoy

auar0IW "W pinysoBuy
auarciw "W

uolowsoy
: asus
BsUaI0OIW ‘f) E r ouaiaty
(@uljossedAy Jo ysi4>201q) uolpud0y
UolOWIOY SOUI|DS sD] sDwjeq GuUar0!/d
a auiow

auarcid ‘Ne siy20iq-ysaay] wid [ auar0ng “Ne

aBiaang luoWwir upjog BIAUOIVag = @DUL Ig -ND-440g

niypqnday UVOTUEULOGT Hiv

592 BuLLETIN 286

Cativella navis Coryell and Fields, Pterygocythereis sp. aff.
P. americana (Ulrich and Bassler), Loxoconcha fischeri
(Brady), Loxoconcha dorsotuberculata (Brady), Loxoconcha
ochlockoneensis Puri, Cytherura ex gr. johnsom (Muincher),
Cytherura ex gr. forulata (Edwards), Paracytheridea sp.,
Pelluctstoma sp., Xestoleberis sp. This fauna is similar to that
of the Morne Delmas Formation.

D. General remarks on the biostratigraphy of the older Neogene

In the area northwest of Petionville (Text-fig. 14) the Morne
Delmas Formation with strictly shallow-water facies, lies immedi-
ately upon deep-water deposits of the Riviére Grise Formation.
Noting the occurrence of such genera as Krithe, Agrenocythere
(Benson, 1972, p. 58), Henryhowella and Bradleya, they must be
(outer) slope deposits (Table 11). On the basis of the distribution
of planktonic Foraminifera the upper part of the Riviére Grise
Formation in the Petionville area can be placed as N 16-17 (Blow,
1969), therefore upper Miocene. Scattered samples from the type
area of the formation and the course of the Riviere Grise (Table
13) are indicative of zones N 15-N 17, and deposition must have
taken place at considerable depth. The presence of reversals of valve
size in the genus Krithe may indicate deposition below 1000 m water-
depth (van den Bold, 1971 b, van Morkhoven, 1972). A few samples
in the upper part of the formation contain some shallow-water
forms, including a few specimens of Radimella ex gr. confragosa,
which may indicate, that there is some sort of a transition between
the Riviére Grise Formation and the Morne Delmas Formation.
There is, however, a strong general difference in depth of deposi-
tion, suggesting an uplift in earliest Pliocene times.

The distribution of facies in samples along the Petionville road
and the Ravine Bois de Chéne also suggests the presence of a
NW striking fault between the road and the river (Text-fig. 14,
see also Table 11).

In facies and general age the Riviére Grise Formation appears
to be well comparable with the Trinchera Formation of the Domini-
can Republic, although the ostracode fauna of the latter has only
been studied at the type locality at Trinchera Bluff, which, accord-
ing to Bermudez (1949, p. 41) is in the basal part of the forma-
tion. A study of the planktonic Foraminifera of the type section

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 593

Cytherella sp. aff. C. vulgata Ruggieri
Bairdia sp. aff. B. longisetosa Brady
Radimella ex. gr. confragosa (Edwards)
Coquimba congestocostata (van den Bold)
Agrenocythere hazelae (van den Bold)
Henryhowella ex gr. asperrima (Reuss)

Abyssocypris tipica van den Bold
Bairdia antillea van den Bold
Bairdia cassida van den Bold
Krithe trinidadensis van den Bold
Krithe prolixa van den Bold
Krithe morkhoveni van den Bold
Krithe dolichodeira van den Bold
Bradleya ex gr. dictyon (Brady)
Ambocythere exilis van den Bold
Costa cubana van den Bold

Cytherella sp.
Argilloecia sp.
Macrocyprina sp.
Paranesidea sp.
Loxoconcha sp.

Ravine X) 776A
Maillet x) 785

Riviere

Blanche

aie
2A aaa (a ea Ie AS PE ae (ee. 1)
(HE eciie O-ioed erento esac nen (a (iementeeeestie ie imeieal Gere ICG

©) Close to type locality of Riviere Grise Formation

x) on map

Table 13. Distribution of ostracodes in the Riviére Grise Formation, Haiti.

indicates zone N 15 of Blow, 1969. The environment in which these
beds were deposited is similar to that of the Riviére Grise Forma-
tion: presence of Agrenocythere, Bradleya, Abyssocypris van den
Bold, 1974c, and reversed Krithe. See Table 14.

This fauna is also comparable to that of the Madame Joie-
Thomonde Formation sequence on the Central Plateau, which is,
however, slightly older (lower and middle Miocene, with the great-
est depth of deposition in the lower Miocene). Uplift in the Cen-
tral Plateau area appears to have taken place towards the end

of the middle Miocene, therefore, earlier than in the Cul-de-Sac
Plain (basal Pliocene) (van den Bold, 1974a).

594 BULLETIN 286

Argilloecia hiwanneensis (Howe & Lea)
Abyssocythere trinidadensis (van den Bold)

Henryhowella ex gr. asperrima (Reuss)
Ambocythere subreticulata van den Bold

Krithe sp.

—_-
mS)
Pe
_
16 3S me) c
cm o «a me)
3 oO 2 oie fo}. 5
ORs o 0 A) aS) ~ Oo
Peo ej We) eh ee
enc oD) To eo
S Cc c o
o > 2} (yey tS 0 85
5
Foto ese NS oF > 20 rat
= 5 > To) ~~ ov
c 26) 10 ox od GO N
Pe) oes) en oO ¢ te} <<
oom Se pe LaSSyme ce ce SG
ROl iG) eee roll Woy tele Fie} Ok
dos ee AO) an <= = a x o
. UE Tmo evel ts army CS
Trinchera o ss sce Se Ones ee>. 5 >
eq) 2. Or Sarasa ~ Oo
Bluff g My ee 2 ®
U Sy Oe aa Oa Di g@ =
Ae ofa Ko SSS ta a Ry 73) 2
= £ & D >) SS" b=) 6 5
fofleetojeet Olea Sse cS eS oesO)
COM OG et SZ SAENZ a <

Zl(AIZB
AS
wlCla

co
i)

lee

Table 14. Distribution of ostracodes at Trinchera Bluff, Dominican Re-
public.

In Barahona Province (Dominican Republic) the sequence
under discussion here (Arroyo Blanco-Las Salinas) is underlain by
the Lemba Formation. No samples of this formation were available.
They are thought to be the shallow-water equivalent of the Trin-
chera Formation (Bermidez, 1949, p. 23), which crops out further
east in the Azua Province.

The Trinchera Formation in turn is underlain by the Sombrerito
Formation, which, in most of the outcrop area (e.g. Arroyo Sombrer-
ito) has a deep-water character similar to the Trinchera Formation.
Some shallow-water beds assigned to the Sombrerito Formation in
Azua Province and Benefactor Province by geologists of the At-
lantic Refining Company, have yielded an ostracode-fauna similar

595

VAN DEN BoLp

HisPANOLA OsTRACODA

simcofap §

“MST S089) 4285 “HPD

peu

Ie

dv

0

id
d

WIND
1}AC

wsodnafu

srusofyppapray}O vepiioy)s
vpn vapics

stsuakorty) sisuag ns Y

sistanynod

SLDpNTaDApon

sisuanjoad sods:

‘plog uap uevA Zmyop vjs077 Pue (ssnoyyz)
simsofap sstasayihio4g ‘(SpleMpq) vsobvafuor “1B x9 Vyjawipvy :sisyiew
(¢) [euoz ay} Fo oSuev1 ay} pue (6-T Petaquinu) sapoosejsO Ia}BM-YsTyoVIq
aUIOS JO SUOTJEWIOF JUIIIFIP 94} UI adueI IY} SI pajeoIpUl os[y ‘salWUy
19}89IH) 9} Ul SUOTJEWAIOY aUadOIN aWIOS FO UOMEe[aIIOD — gq ainBIf-}xa

eUa20IW

Dayruiy

ooupjg oAouy onunj}g oAony ASD aaIAly

soqoyp> so]

gy cnuisa
ausow $

eee ni! |
alles 48040405 50}, tt

lt ZENS

ae eae

AIATY
adopy 4amo’y

orgy rm7y oypmbuurg org-ap-ypary ONY IS TEOUDOL) MRO UOT) SET

idayy un

596 BULLETIN 286

to that of the basal Paso Real Formation in Cuba with Haplocy-
theridea subovata (Ulrich and Bassler), Haplocytheridea stephen-
som (van den Bold), and Trtebelina crwmena (Stephenson), about
Blow’s N 6 zone.
E. Summary

There is evidence in southern Hispafiola of a deep-water se-
quence of middle Miocene age, with abrupt shallowing, suggesting
orogenic movement, in the late Miocene; this is followed by brack-
ish or hypersaline deposition of shallow nature in most of the area,
except in the West (part of the Cul-de-Sac Plain and St. Marc
area), where shallow marine deposition continues. In the late Plio-
cene another movement took place, followed by deposition of the
Jimani Formation or its equivalents.

STRATIGRAPHIC AND ECOLOGIC SIGNIFICANCE
OF SOME BRACKISH- AND FRESH-WATER
GENERA AND SPECIES (TEXT-FIG. 18).

A. General

In determining the age of formations such as the Jimani, Las
Salinas Formation and Angostura Formation or the beds above and
below the marine wedge of the Morne Delmas Formation, it is
imperative to have some knowledge of the stratigraphic range of
the brackish-water ostracodes, that form the bulk of the fossil fauna.
A preliminary attempt to determine such ranges was presented at
the Colloquium on Paleoecology of Ostracoda in Pau (van den

In Jamaica the Harbour View beds have been placed here in the upper
Pliocene, but a Pleistocene age is possible. In Central Haiti the ranges of
Cyprideis pascagoulaensis (Mincher) and Haflocytheridea cubensis chicoy-
ensis van den Bold in the Las Cahobas Formation are based on unpublished
studies of the Atlantic Refining Co.’s material from the Plateau Central. Note
the presence of Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold in the uppermost beds. The
“Las Cahobas” in the St. Marc area is purely marine, comparable to the
Morne Delmas Formation further south, but here considered slightly younger
on the basis of the prescence of Costa dohmi, which suggests correlation with
the middle part of the Gurabo Formation (northern Dominican Republic). In
the Cul-de-Sac Basin and Enriquillo Basin this marine interval is under- and
overlain by brackish-water deposits and it disappears towards the east. Simi-
larly the lower part of the Gurabo Formation in the northern Dominican Re-
public has in the western part a basal brackish-water intercalation and is
overlain by partially brackish-water deposits of the Mao Formation. In Puerto
Rico the Lajas beds appear to correlate with part of the Las Salinas Forma-
tion (Enriquillo basin) on the basis of the distribution of brackish-water ostra-
codes. On the same basis, the similar fauna of the La Cuz Formation (Cuba)
is slightly younger.

HisPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 597

Bold, 1971b, fig. 4) and the opportunity is taken here to enlarge on
this subject and to present new evidence, although the scope of
this paper limits the discussion to distribution in Pliocene and later
deposits. Outstanding among the genera of ostracodes that occur in
the Hoya de Enriquillo Basin and the Cul-de-Sac Basin, are Cypr-
deis and Perissocytheridea, both of which are known to have great
salinity tolerance and may occur from practically freshwater to
hypersaline environment. In order to determine stratigraphic ranges
of species of these genera, known brackish-water (or hypersaline)
deposits in the Neogene of the Caribbean material from the follow-
ing parts of the Greater Antilles have been studied:

1. Puerto Rico: “Lajas beds” and brackish-water intercalations
in the Ponce Formation in the SW part of the island (van den
Bold, 1969).

2. Dominican Republic: Jimani, Las Salinas and Angostura For-
mations, intercalations in the lower Gurabo and in the Mao
Formations (van den Bold, 1968).

3. Haiti: beds above and below the marine interval in the Cul-
de-Sac coreholes, cliff at Balan, scattered samples in the Cul-
de-Sac Plain, and the Las Cahobas Formation (Maissade
Tongue) of the Central Plateau (van den Bold, 1974a).

4, Jamaica: Harbour View beds (van den Bold, 1971a).

5. Cuba: La Cruz Formation, East Oriente Province. Brackish-
water intercalations in a largely marine formation.

In Venezuela brackish-water beds from the Tuy Formation and
Cumaca Formation have been used for comparison (van den Bold,
1972as p= 1012).

In Central America brackish-water deposits are known from
the Caribe Formation of Guatemala (1? - m. Miocene) and in the
young Neogene of the Puerto Limén area of Costa Rica (Moin
Formation). Further there are brackish intercalations in the Mio-
cene of Central Aguirre Province in Puerto Rico, in the Anguilla
Formation (Anguilla) (van den Bold, 1970) and the La Boca For-
mation of Panama (van den Bold, 1972b). All these occurrences
are much older than the ones we are concerned with here and will
be included in a further study of the distribution of Cypridets in
brackish-water deposits of the Caribbean.

598 BULLETIN 286

These young Neogene brackish-water beds do not always show
the same distribution of species. This can be due to: 1) provincial-
ism of the faunas, 2) slight ecologic variations, 3) slight differ-
ences in age between different deposits.

Recent brackish-water deposits to which reference is made for
comparison are: Cuba (Laguna de Leche, Camagiiey); Dominican
Republic (Lago de Enriquillo); Puerto Rico (Laguna de Carta-
gena); St. Martin (salinas); Barbuda (“stinking” lagoon); Trini-
dad (Oropouche swamp); Venezuela (Lago de Valencia, Laguna de
Boca chica, Margarita, mangrove swamp, Los Roques); Colombia
(Bahia de Tucacas, Goajira); Panama, (Las Minas Bay, Isla
Grande); Bonaire (Salinas); Nicaragua (Lago de Nicaragua);
Guatemala (Lago Izabal); Mexico (Laguna de Tamiahua, Laguna
Madre).

B. Cyprideis

In the preceding section it has been argued, that the distribution
of Cyprideis pascagoulaensis and Cyprideis salebrosa is governed
by age-differences: Cyprideis salebrosa is found in the Cul-de-Sac
coreholes above the marine interval and in the upper part of the
Las Salinas Formation, whereas C. pascagoulaensis occurs in the
bottom of the corehole sections and in the lower part of the Las
Salinas Formation. Only in a few cases have the two forms been
found together, which might indicate a slight overlap in range.
However, local reworking of the older form cannot be excluded and
would not be surprising in the very shallow-water environment in
which both occur.

The situation is different for some of the other forms. Cyprideis
portusprospectuensis occurs in the Jimani Formation, in the Cul-de-
Sac coreholes, and in the Harbour View beds of Jamaica. In the
Jimani Formation it has been found in only two samples, both with
stronger than normal marine influence, and in one case together
with C. salebrosa. In the Cul-de-Sac coreholes it occurs with C. sale-
brosa in hole No. 1 (Table 6), without it in hole No. 5 (Table 8)
and it is found without it in the Harbour View beds of Jamaica
(van den Bold, 1971 b). It must be assumed, that the environment
favourable to C. portusprospectuensis is not suitable to C. salebrosa.
The latter species, which otherwise is one of the most common in

HIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 599

°
- Cyprideis salebrosa 60
: Cyprideis similis

- Cyprideis portusprospectuensis
- Cyprideis subquadraregularis

: Cyprideis pascagoulaensis

: Cyprideis curta

- Cyprideis bensoni

. Cyprideis edentata

ul
2
3
4
5
6
Ti
8

Kilometers

]
Tuy Guiria [2]

Text-figure 19.— Distribution of some species of Cyfrideis in the late
Neogene of the Caribbean. Plio-Pleistocene distribution boxed in, Recent distri-
bution open. N.B. As Cyprideis bensoni Sandberg was not found in the south-
ern Hispanola area, this species (7) is not discussed, nor has it been entered
in Text-fig. 18.

these deposits, has been found from Argentina to Kansas in fresh-
to brackish-water environments, rarely in normal marine milieu and
only in one case in higher than normal salinity in Lago de En-
riquillo (49 °/oo, Condit and Ross, in Vaughan, et al., 1921, p.
191). However, it has not been found living there and may be re-
worked, just as a number of other species in this thanatocoenosis.
In cases where C. salebrosa and C. americana (Sharpe) have been
found in the same vicinity, C. salebrosa generally is more abundant
in lower salinities, C. americana in higher ones. Therefore, it is also
possible, that in the indicated association C. portusprospectuensts,
which is one of the rare species of Cyprideis with a reversal of valve-
size and hingement, and which might be a variant of C. bensom
Sandberg, could be indicative of higher salinities.

Cyprideis subquadraregularis occurs in the Dominican Repub-

600. BULLETIN 286

Ostracoda
Association

8961 P]Og Uap UDA “ds “qoa “ua “aony
PJOg Uap UDA O/NBudIy siagajoi—)

Z ‘ds sisaqajoysay

ds suuaqajojsay

ds nwojsoxopoing

“ds puyosar0yyAg

P]Og Uap UDA H1aBoOIp OUIjOsa20pNasg
“ds asayjA20pnasg

sds ounsayyAnng

PlOg Uap UDA Dpidsiy -g “yO “ds DapHayjAI0I0g
PjOg Uap UDA iddoyrs; DapiiayyA20I0g
SPJOMP] 9j1/0 DapHaYy;AI0IDg

‘ds papuayjAr0I10g

ung sisuakayauns> oInsayjArIWAH

SPjaly BR [e410 Oj Janb ouoBuDy
PJOg Uap UDA Dssasdap OUlOBuDy

PlOg Yap UA Diasas> DIMIAaYyjAD

PlOg Yep UDA DsoBns DY IU0I0xK07
(Apoig) uayrs1y DY2U0I0x07

(Appsg) 0j0;n24aqnyossop DY2U030x07
PlOg Uap UDA Dps0y DYIU020xK07

P|OP Uap UDA DUDAIUOd OD4ja1aY44AD
JojAD] BY AMO OUD]JJOY OJaIaYIAD

PJOg Yap ubA O>d1uaz01W srasaypAr0BAsayg
plop uep UDA DjI/0d siasayjAV0BAsapg
PlOg Uap UDA DjOBug/a gsiasayjArjNIV
‘ds ojuny

(149g) Pyoouqiusoy sayjiuoWsay,

PjOg Uap UDA Dsojnysnd DUDIUNg

PjOg Uap UDA Dsojndaj25 DUONG

PJOg Uap UDA !WYOp DSO

(Apoig) oy2nposd asaysAr01ponNE
(Apoig) psouuod siasayjyAd0s06n¢
(ssnay) stmsojap gsiasayjAr01g
(spspMp3) OsoBosju02 “46 xa ojjawipoy
“ds -u sayipnoy

PJOg Uap UDA sisuaadiu sayipnD>

Splaty 'B [|@A10D syoipaw sayipno>
(Aposg) ojojn44as OUIuOLIG,

(pstog) OuyUasoy “g “yy0 “ds OUNjanbsog
(22) 9 @MoH) W/95504 °g 440 “ds asayyA20WBIG
P]Og Uap UDA IZapNWag OJjadasunw
PlOg Yep UDA DjOd1/d gOapuiay;A2OWODBUD5
élNg tuassapuo DapiuowysnD

PJOg Uap UDA IuaAoYyyOW aysy

P]Og Uap UDA OJIapoYy> jOp aYy4iry

(p]og Uap UDA) Hiay gsudAr0ju0dos1g
(Aposg) opor1414404 “g “yD “ds Dapisauos0g
(tang) sisuasijjim Dipsiog

(Apoig) os02ap -w ‘yo ‘ds ouudA3s0,20yW
t ds oaojibiy

sds siidAd010g

P]Og Uap UDA D40)/a0d D}jasayjA>D

Q ds ojjasaysA5

“ds oyjasayjAd

HeiBBny oj08jna *> *}40 “ds oyjasaqyAD

P|Og Yep UDA DUDDIIUIWOP O//a,34;4>

Formations According
to Dohm

Mao
Mao Adentro

15207| X
15208] _/
[15209]

Om/mi

OOxXx xX /

1c.

Republ

inican

Table 15. Emended distribution of ostracodes in samples from the Rio

Mayo, northern Dom

HiIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BOLD 601

lic in the upper and lower Las Salinas Formation and in the Angos-
tura Formation, and in Puerto Rico in the “Lajas beds.” Almost in
every case it is unaccompanied by other species of the same genus,
except in one case with C. pascagoulaensis in the Las Salinas and on
another occasion with C. salebrosa in the Lajas beds. C. subquad-
raregularis was originally described by Brady from Recent deposits
at Santiago de Cuba. Sandberg (1964) in redescribing it, noticed its
reworked appearance in the fauna and suggested its derived nature
in the bay of Santiago. The youngest Neogene deposits outcropping
in the area of Santiago de Cuba belong to the La Cruz Formation
and this species has, indeed, been found in recently collected samples
from Santiago. The fauna of the La Cruz Formation is closely simi-
lar to the combined fauna of the Ponce Formation and the “Lajas
beds” of southern Puerto Rico and contains apart from a rich fauna
of Bairdiidae and the genus Jugosocythereis the following, possibly
diagnostic ostracode species: Radimella ex gr. confragosa (Ed-
wards), Acuticythereis ? elongata van den Bold, Cytheretta ponce-
ana van den Bold, Neocaudites triplistriatus (Edwards), Coquimba
congestocostata (van den Bold), Quadracythere producta (Brady),
Quadracythere bichensis (van den Bold), Hermanites hornibrookt
(Puri), Caudites angulatus Puri, Caudites nipeensis van den Bold
and, in brackish-water intercalations: Cypridets subquadraregularis
Gedy): Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold, Cyprideis bensom
Sandberg, and at least three species of Bemtuacwehen don which,
however, are different from those mentioned in this report. The
association suggests for the La Cruz Formation a similar age and
facies as the upper part of the “Lajas beds” of Puerto Rico and
equivalence to ostracode zones 3 and 4 of the Gurabo Formation
of the northern Dominican Republic (Table 15) which should be
placed in the Pliocene in accordance with our present knowledge
of the ranges of marine ostracodes in the Caribbean. Compare also
Seiglie and Cucurullo, 1971.

In one of Duclos’ samples from the Lajas Valley (Puerto Rico)
Cyprideis subquadraregularis was found to co-occur with Haplo-
cytheridea cubensis chicoyensis van den Bold. This species has so
far not been found in beds of an age certainly younger than middle
Miocene, although specimens have been found in the Las Cahobas
Formation of Haiti in samples of possibly late Miocene age. It is

602 BULLETIN 286

suggested, therefore, that C. swbquadraregularis may have a range
from upper Miocene to Pliocene, the top of the range overlapping
with that of C. salebrosa (La Cruz Formation).

Whereas C. subquadraregularis occurs with only rare specimens
of Perissocytheridea in the Las Salinas Formation, it is found with
abundant specimens of this genus in the Lajas beds and the La
Cruz Formation. The same goes for C. portusprospectuensis, which
is found with only rare specimens of Perissocytheridea in the Jimani
Formation but with common occurrence of the latter genus in Cul-
de-Sac corehole 1 (Table 6) and in the Harbour View beds (van den
Bold, 1971). Speculation on the significance of these relative abun-
dances is still premature.

The geographical distribution of Cyprideis is poorly known as
it is governed by the availability of certain environments at cer-
tain times (Text-fig. 20). Of the extant species the distribution of
C. salebrosa only is known comparatively well (Sandberg, 1964)
from Argentina to Kansas and from eastern Mexico to the Lesser
Antilles. Its recent distribution is, therefore, directly comparable
to that of C. beaconensis (LeRoy) along the Pacific Coast from
Chile to California, and inland to Utah, and to that of C. torosa
(Jones) in the old world. C. torosa has been reported from fresh-
water up to salinities of 60 °/oo (Hartmann, 1964, p. 62). The fossil
distribution of C. salebrosa appears more limited: it is so far un-
known west of a line from Trinidad to the Florida panhandle. (van
den Bold, 1971b). The Recent distribution is wider, but so far the
species has not been reported from an area west of a line from
Aruba to Yucatan. In this area its place appears to be taken by
C. bensont, which was originally described from the Gulf of Mexico
and has recently been found in the La Cruz Formation and Canimar
Formation of Cuba, and in the very top of the Las Cahobas Forma-
tion in Haiti, in both cases with C. salebrosa, and above the highest
occurrence of C. pascagoulaensis. The latter species is another form
that has been reported over a large area of the Caribbean, from
Louisiana over the Greater Antilles to Trinidad and Venezuela.
Possibly the same species occurs in Central America.

C. Perissocytheridea

Judging by their geographical distribution, species of Perisso-

cytheridea appear to be even more provincial. Although forms simi-

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 603

lar to P. matsoni and P. bicelliforma occur over a wide area in the
Caribbean, it is not certain that these reported occurrences are
in fact conspecific. In individual samples a great variation in the
development of nodes and ridges can be seen, whereby it may be
questioned whether one should accept a wide latitude of variation
within a species or if some of these should be granted a (sub)
specific status. Some of the new species found in Hispafola have
not yet been found outside this island, but in another case an un-
named species from the Cul-de-Sac Plain of Haiti cannot be sep-
arated morphologically from a form of the Pleistocene of Costa Rica
(Pl. 62, figs. 4a, b), and it may be identical to P. rugata Swain
of the marginal Gulf of Mexico (Swain, 1955; Morales, 1966).

In the species called here Perissocytheridea sp. B. which is prob-
ably related to P. subrugosa (Brady) and which is similar in shape,
although larger, than P. alata (van den Bold) (l-m Miocene of
Cuba, Puerto Rico, Anguilla, Panama, van den Bold, 1972b) there
is a great deal of variability in the size of the ventral alate process.
It appears that P. sp. B is present in samples with more than usual
marine influence. Perissocytheridea sp. A shows some similarity in
shape and size to P. cytheridellaformis, but differs by the presence
of a ventral process in both male and female which varies from a
mere spine to a regular ala. This form occurs together with P. cy-
theridellaformis in the top of the Las Salinas Formation but has a
much larger range than this species. If these two species are really
related their differences may be due to different reaction to environ-
mental conditions.

D. Limnocythere

Another genus which should be able to give evidence of chang-
ing ecologic conditions by variation in nodosity is Limnocythere.
This genus, as in the case of Cyprideis and Perissocytheridea, is sup-
posed to come originally from marine milieu and to have become
dominantly freshwater late in its development. Unfortunately only
a few species occur in the present material and in insufficient num-
bers to yield much information. Limnocythere staplini Gutentag
and Benson occurs in the Jimanf Formation and the top of the Las
Salinas Formation (also in the upper part of the Cul-de-Sac core-
holes). In the Las Salinas Formation a form resembling L. certo-
tuberosa Delorme has been found. This same species occurs in the

604 BULLETIN 286

Laguna de Leche (Camagiiey) in Cuba, together with a fauna which
includes some typical Jimani-Las Salinas species: Cyprideis sale-
brosa (punctate and nodose forms), Haplocytheridea? setipunctata
(Brady), Darwinula stevensoni (Brady and Robertson), Para-
cytheroma sp. aff. P. gjohnsom (Mincher), Perissocytheridea bicelli-
forma Swain, Cyclocypris sp. 1, Loxoconcha levis Brady, Uroleberis
sp., and Xestoleberis sp. (see also Table 6). Unfortunately I have
no data of the chemistry of this body of water; according to Mar-
tashville and Luege (1968) it is fresh, but the fact that it is sur-
rounded by Miocene limestones suggests a high carbonate concen-
tration and the presence of uplifted older deposits in the neighbour-
hood indicates the presence of saltdomes. Most Limnocythere species
occur in fresh to slightly brackish-waters, often with fairly high
sulphur content which suggests lack of ventilation. It is even
thought that high concentrations of Limnocythere may be indicative
of hypersaline conditions (see discussion of Delorme, 1971). Limno-
cythere cf. friabilis Benson and MacDonald occurs in the present
Enriquillo Lake, the waters of which are rich in Na, COs, and Ca,
but low in Cl and Mg, while the SO; content is about equal to that
of normal seawater (Condit and Ross im Vaughan, et al., 1921).
The same species has been found on the south side of New Provi-
dence (Bahamas) in a brackish-water assemblage which includes
Haplocytheridea setipunctata, Cypridets americana and rare Cypri-
dets salebrosa, together, with Perissocytheridea. Limnocythere is ab-
sent from Recent Lago de Valencia, the fauna of which is otherwise
fairly similar: Darwinula sp., Cytheridella tlosvayt?, Perissocytheri-
dea bicelliforma ?. In the Tuy Formation a species of Limnocythere,
identical to one in the Cul-de-Sac coreholes occurs together with
Cyprideis pascagoulaensis.
E. Loxoconcha

Another species which appears to be indicative of slightly
brackish conditions is Loxoconcha levis Brady. Fossil representatives
of this species were first recorded (van den Bold, 1963) from the
Talparo Formation of Trinidad (with Cypridets salebrosa), later in
the Cumana Formation (van den Bold, 1966) of Venezuela and
in surface exposures of the Cubagua Formation on Cubagua. Fur-
ther from the Mao Formation of the Dominican Republic (van
den Bold, 1968), from possible Morne I’Enfer equivalents in wells

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 605

of the Gulf of Paris (van den Bold, 1970b, table 1) from the Har-
bour View beds of Jamaica (van den Bold, 1971a) and now from
the Jimani Formation and Morne Delmas Formation of Hispafiola.
Its oldest occurrence so far is in the Globorotalia crassaformis-alti-
spira zone of Bolli and its range appears to be from upper Pliocene
to Recent, similar to that of Cypridets salebrosa.

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS

These have been kept to the barest minimum; however, in
some cases it 1s necessary to add to synonymies or give some addi-
tional notes on species earlier described from the Caribbean. Some
of the discussed species are not illustrated as the number of plates
was kept low on purpose. In the synonymies only the latest, or per-
tinent, literature is quoted.

Subclass OSTRACODA
Order PODOCOPIDA
Superfamily CYPRIDACEA
Family CYPRIDIDAE
Subfamily CYCLOCYPRIDINAE
Genus CYCLOCYPRIS Brady and Norman, 1889

Cyclocypris sp. 1 Pl. 58, fig. 2 a-d

Description. — Carapace in side view almost circular, except
for the flattened venter. Anterior end obliquely rounded; dorsal
margin strongly arched with a slight angulation at the greatest
height, just a little anterior to the middle; posterior end obliquely
rounded, similar to anterior; ventral margin slightly sinuate just in
front of the middle, almost straight in outline. Dorsal view rather
similar to side view, but the anterior end is slightly pointed, pos-
terior end broadly rounded and the greatest width lies just behind
the middle. Surface finely and densely punctate; the center of the
valves may be almost completely smooth.

Dimensions. — Left valve: L: 0.80; H: 0.62; W: 0.38

Right valve: L: 0.78; H: 0.59; W: 0.34

Remarks. — The species is close to Cyclocypris serena (Koch),
but no positive identification can be made, especially as that species
has, in the past, been confused with C. ovum and C. laevis, both of

606 BuLLETIN 286

which are completely smooth. The present material is similar to
the species illustrated by Jones (1857, pl. 4, fig. 4 a,b) as Cypris
ovum from Quaternary deposits of Cambridgeshire.

Occurrence. — This species has been found in the Jimani For-
mation and upper Las Salinas Formation of the Dominican Repub-
lic, where it also occurs in Recent deposits of Lago de Enriquillo.
It is also present in Recent deposits of the Laguna de Leche, Cama-
giiey, Cuba, and in the Pleistocene (?) of southwest Puerto Rico.
Species of Cyclocypris (e.g. C. laevis) are known to penetrate brack-
ish-water environment.

Cyclocypris sp. 2 Pl. 58, fig. 5 a-b

Description. — Carapace ovate, highest about the middle. An-
terior end obliquely rounded; dorsal margin regularly arched; cen-
tral margin convex; posterior end obliquely rounded, somewhat
truncate in the upper slope, so that it forms a blunt posterior card-
inal angle with the dorsal margin. Valves subequal, the left slightly
overlapping dorsally and midventrally. Dorsal view egg-shaped,
widest behind the middle, ends blunt.

Dimensions. —L: 0.58; H: 0.39; W: 0.30

Remarks. — This species is much smaller and more flattened
dorsally than the preceding one. It is somewhat reminiscent of
Cyclocypris cinera (Brady) = Cypris globosa Sars (non Dieff).

Occurrence. — The species was found at only one locality in the
Jimani Formation (10340), where it occurs together with Cyclo-
cypris 1. For this reason the two have not been separated in table 2.

Superfamily CYTHERACEA
Family CYTHERIDEIDAE
Subfamily CYTHERIDEINAE
Genus HAPLOCYTHERIDEA Stephenson, 1936

Haplocytheridea? karlana (Stephenson) PLE 60) hiss?
Haplocytheridea karlana (Stephenson), Sandberg, 1964, p. 363, pl. 2, figs. 5-6.
Occurrence. — Originally described from the Caloosahatchee

Formation of Florida, this species has been found in the upper Las
Salinas Formation and Jimanf Formation.

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 607

Haplocytheridea sp. A Pl. 59, fig. 7 a-d

Description. — Carapace triangular. Anterior end broadly round-
ed; antero-dorsal margin very slightly convex until the greatest
height, about 1/3 of the length from the anterior extremity, where
the dorsal margin is obtusely angled; posterodorsal margin slightly
convex; sloping down converging towards the venter, the convexity
slightly but continuously increasing posteriorly; the dorsal margin
merges without distinct cardinal angle with the posterior end, which
is obliquely rounded, narrowly rounded below; ventral margin
slightly sinuate, ventral outline convex in the left valve. Left valve
overlapping the right almost along the entire periphery, hardly any
overlap at upper and lower half of anterior margin; strongest over-
lap mid-ventrally and posterodorsally. Dorsal view elongate ovate,
ends rather blunt; in the female the greatest width lies in the pos-
terior third, in the male roughly in the middle; the middle half of
the carapace has parallel sides. There is a slight medium sulcus,
sloping obliquely forward from the greatest height; it 1s more pro-
nounced in the male than in the female, where it is hardly visible.

Dimensions. — Female: L: 0.73; H: 0.41; W: 0.38

Male.» 2 Oisi 20432 W 30:36

Remarks. — This form is identical to a species described by
Teeter from the British Honduras shelf (Teeter, in press). As this
has not been published open nomenclature will be used.

Occurrence. —In Hispafiola restricted to the Jimani Forma-
tion.

Genus CYPRIDEIS Jones, 1856
Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold

Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold, Sandberg, 1969, pp. 144-152, pl. 8, figs.
10-25* pl. 9, figs. 1-12+ pl. 14, figs. 1-3; pl. 17, figs. 3 a-f; pl. 18, fig: 10;
pls 20), fies 5-10 eple22* figs. 5, 8.

Cyprideis swaini Hall, 1965, pp. 42, 43, pl. 10, figs. 5-17.

Cyprideis hartmanni Ramirez, 1967, pp. 40-42, pl. 11, figs. 74-79; pl. 12, figs.
80-89.

?Cyprideis sp. Benson, 1969, p. 109, pl. 21, fig. 4; pl. 22, figs. 4,5,6.

Cyprideis salebrosa van den Bold, van den Bold, 1971b, figs. 2,4.

Occurrence. —In Hispafiola in the Jimani Formation and the
upper part of the Las Salinas Formation.
Cyprideis similis (Brady)

Cyprideis similis (Brady), Sandberg, 1964, pp. 152-157, pl. 10, figs. 1-17;
pin tonttige 7 plaz0y figs Li; pl. 21; figs 5.

608 BULLETIN 286

Cyprideis sp. aff. C. pascagoulaensis (Mincher), van den Bold, 1968, pp. 29,
50 (part), not pl. 7, figs. 6 a,b; pl. 8, figs. 3 a,b.

Cyprideis similis (Brady), van den Bold, 1971b, figs. 2,4.
Occurrence. — Rare in Jimani Formation and Las Salinas For-

mation in the present material, also in the Mao Formation (?) of

the Cibao Valley (northern Dominican Rep.).

Cyprideis portusprospectuensis van den Bold Pl. 60, figs. 6 a-d
Cyprideis sp. No. 1, van den Bold, 1971b, figs. 2,4.
Cyprideis portusprospectuensis van den Bold, 1971a, p. 337, pl. 1, figs. 9 a-d;
pl. 4, figs. 5 a,b.
Occurrence. — Jimani Formation (southern Hispafiola), Har-
bour View beds (Jamaica).

Cyprideis subquadraregularis (Brady)

Cyprideis subquadraregularis (Brady), Sandberg, 1964, pp. 162-164, pl. 6, figs.
9-13; van den Bold, 1969, p. 121, pl. 1, figs. 8 a-f, text fig. 3 a-c; van
den Bold, 1971b, fig. 2,4.

Occurrence. — Angostura Formation and Las Salinas Forma-
tion, southern Hispafiola, Ponce Formation (southern Puerto Rico),

La Cruz Formation (E. Cuba).

Cyprideis pascagoulaensis (Mincher) Pl: 60; figs: 5 a, b

Cyprideis pascagoulaensis (Mincher), Sandberg, 1964, pp. 141-143, pl. 12,
figs. 6-9; pl. 15, figs. 3-6; pl. 21, figs. 3 a,b.

Cyprideis sp. aff. C. pascagoulaensis (Mincher), van den Bold, 1968, p. 50
(part), pl. 7, figs. 6 a,b; pl. 8, figs. 3 a,b (not p. 29); van den Bold,
1971b, figs. 2,4.

Occurrence. — Arroyo Blanco, Angostura Formation and Las

Salinas Formation; lower part of Morne Delmas Formation; base

of Gurabo Formation.

Cyprideis curta (Edwards) Pl. 60, fig. 3

Cyprideis curta (Edwards), Sandberg, 1964, p. 111-113, pl. 12, figs. 10,11; van
den Bold, 1971b, figs. 2,4.

Occurrence. — Arroyo Blanco, Angostura Formation and Las
Salinas Formation.

Cyprideis sp. (reversed) Pl. 60, fig. 1

Description. — Female: Carapace subrhomboid in shape, high-
est about 2/5 of the length from the anterior extremity. Anterior
end obliquely rounded, dorsal margin convex, sloping down behind
the greatest height; posterior end steeply truncate, rounded below;
ventral margin almost straight. Right valve larger than the left
and overlapping along almost the entire periphery, least at the

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 609

posteroventral corner, strongest overlap anterodorsally and ven-
trally. Dorsal view elongate eggshaped, widest in posterior third.
Male: More elongate than the female and with the greatest height
at about 1/3 from the front.

Dimensions. — Female: L: 1.05; H: 0.65; W: 0.53

Malena 1.205 Hies0:65

Remarks. — The female has a superficial resemblance to Haplo-
cytheridea karlana but differs by its Cyprideis type hinge, and re-
versed valve overlap.

Occurrence. — Las Salinas Formation.
Cyprideis sp. Pl. 60, fig. 4 a,b

Description. — Female: Carapace elongate ovate, greatest
height behind the middle. Anterior end slightly obliquely rounded;
dorsal margin regularly convex; posterior end obliquely truncate
above, rounded below; ventral margin slightly sinuate, concave in
front of the middle. Left valve overlapping the right especially an-
tero- and posterodorsally, less around the greatest height. Dorsal
view bombshaped, widest at about 1/3 from behind, sides convex,
anterior end less blunt than posterior. Male: Elongate ovate, with
a strong resemblance to many species of Cytherella. Anterior end
evenly rounded; dorsal margin slightly convex, flatter than in the
female; posterior end obliquely rounded with almost straight upper
slope; ventral margin slightly sinuate. Dorsal view wedge-shaped,
widest near posterior end, sides almost straight and converging
anteriorly.

Dimensions. — Female: L: 0.95; H: 0.58; W: 0.50

Male : L: 0.95; H: 0.53; W: 0.45

Remarks. — The species is different from other species of the
same genus in its Cytherella-like shape. The female shows some
similarity in form with C. curta but is much more elongate.

Occurrence. — Rare in both Las Salinas Formation and Jimani
Formation.

Family CYTHERIDAE
Subfamily PERISSOCY THERIDEINAE
Genus PERISSOCYTHERIDEA Stephenson, 1938

Perissocytheridea bicelliforma Swain?

Perissocytheridea bicelliforma Swain ?, van den Bold, 1963b, p. 380, pl. 4, figs.
1 a-d; pl. 12, fig. 11; van den Bold, 1971a, pl. 1, figs. 8 a-d.

610 BULLETIN 286

Perissocytheridea sp. cf. P. matsoni (Stephenson), van den Bold, 1969, p. 121,

pl. 1, figs. 10 a-d.

Remarks. — This species is widespread in the brackish-water
young Neogene deposits of the Caribbean, but exhibits some local
variation which makes it difficult to assign it without restrictions
to the Gulf of Mexico species, first described by Swain. Either
this species is variable, or different geographical subspecies have
developed in various parts.

Perissocytheridea subrugosa (Brady)

Perissocytheridea subrugosa (Brady), van den Bold, 1963b, p. 380, pl. 4, figs.
2 a-d; van den Bold, 1966b, pl. 1, figs. 7 a,b.

Remarks. — This species also exhibits a great amount of varia-
tion, especially in the development of the ventral ridge. Locally it
may be possible to distinguish a more alate form (here described
as Perissocytheridea sp. B) which may be a separate (sub)species
or a mere local variant.

Perissocytheridea cytheridellaformis Forester, n. sp.
Pl. 60, figs. 8 a-c; Pl. 61, figs. 1 a-b; Pl. 62, figs. 1 a-b

Description. — See Appendix.

Remarks. — This species stands apart from others of the same
genus by its small size, its typical shape in dorsal view, a slight
modification of the median hinge element, which is slightly more
coarsely crenulate in the anterior part and slightly wider there and
the fact, that the longer specimens outnumber the shorter ones,
which would suggest that the differences between sexes is the oppo-
site from what is known in this genus! The species may be related
to Perissocytheridea sp. A, from which it differs in being more
strongly inflated and less strongly alate.

Occurrence. — Present in only a few samples, all from the upper
part of the Las Salinas Formation. Also in the samples from the cliff
at Balan, on the south side of ftang Saumatre, Haiti.
Perissocytheridea plauta Forester, n. sp.

Pl. 60, figs. 7 a, b; Pl. 61, figs. 2 a, b; Pl. 62, fgigs. 2 a-f

Description. — See Appendix.

Remarks. — As in the preceding species there is some doubt
about the assignment of sex by Forester, as the males (?) outnumber
the females (?) by more than 2 to 1, which is very unusual in ostra-
codes.

HIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 611

Occurrence. — Lower Las Salinas Formation and Angostura
Formation.

Perissocytheridea sp. A Pl. 62, figs. 3 a-d

Description. — Carapace subrhomboidal, highest at 1/4 of the
length from the anterior extremity. Anterior end obliquely round-
ed; dorsal margin almost straight; ventral margin sinuate, converg-
ing posteriorly; posterior end obliquely rounded. Dorsal view bomb-
shaped, side converging anteriorly to a point with anterior margin
slightly projecting. Ventral side flattened, slightly alate, suddenly
narrowed behind the posterior end of the ala at 1/4 of the length
from behind. Surface finely punctate in some specimens almost
smooth.

Male: More elongate than female with shorter anterior end,
greatest height at 1/5 of the length from the front. Pronounced
posterodorsal swelling, bordered in front by a narrow sulcus. In
dorsal view it almost completely conceals the ala, which terminates
at about 1/3 of the length from behind. Dorsal view elongate egg-
shaped, sides convex, greatest width in posterior third, anterior
end pointed.

Dimensions. — Female: L: 0.47; H: 0.27; W: 0.26

Male : L: 0.48; H: 0.25; W: 0.30

Remarks. —In dorsal view the male is similar to P. cytheri-
dellaformis but differs by the alate venter. The female is in side view
similar to P. bicelliforma but more strongly alate.

Occurrence. — In Jimani Formation and Las Salinas Formation.

Perissocytheridea sp. B Pl. 59, figs. 13 a-e

Description. — Female: Carapace subrhomboid, highest at 2/7
of the length from the anterior extremity, alate, the alae terminat-
ing at about 2/7 of the length from behind. Dorsal view bomb-
shaped with the alae projecting strongly, in some specimens abrupt-
ly constricted at + 1/10 from behind. Male: Elongate pear-shaped
with pronounced dorsal swelling, greatest height at 1/4 of the length
from anterior extremity, but only slightly less than that at the
posterodorsal swelling. Dorsal view bomb-shaped, with the postero-
dorsal swelling not obscuring the ala. Anterior end in both sexes
blunt with the anterior margin projecting strongly forward. In the

612 BULLETIN 286

male the sides are flattened and converge forward, in the female
the outline is more convex, with the ala projecting more strongly.

Dimensions. — Female: L: 0.53; H: 0.33; W: 0.33

Male : L: 0.55; H: 0.34; W: 0.34

Remarks. — Dorsal view in both sexes similar to that of Perisso-
cytheridea alata van den Bold (1946, p. 84, pl. 14, fig. 4 a-c) but
much larger.

Occurrence. — Common in Jiman{i Formation, rarer in Las
Salinas, very rare in the Angostura Formation.

Perissocytheridea sp. Pl. 62, figs. 4 a,b

A few specimens of a regularly ovate species of Perissocythen-
dea were found in the Cul-de-Sac coreholes. They are identical to
specimens from the Pleistocene of the area of Puerto Limon, Costa
Rica, and also similar in shape to Perissocytheridea rugata Swain
(1955, p. 262, pl. 61, figs. 4 a,b; pl. 62, figs. 6, a,b, text-fig. 33c)
but have a heavier shell with less prominent ridges. This difference
may be due to the highly calcareous environment, compared to
that of San Antonio Bay (Swain), in which these specimens lived.

Subfamily LIMNOCYTHERINAE
Genus LIMNOCYTHERE Brady, 1868
Limnocythere staplini Gutentag and Benson Pl. 59, figs. 8 a,b

Limnocythere staplini Gutentag and Benson, 1962, p. 51, pl. 1, figs. 1-3, text-
tig. 15:
Not Limnocythere staplini Bhatia, 1968 = Limnocythere frankei Bhatia.
Occurrence. — This species was originally described from the
Pleistocene of Kansas, the authors indicate one questionable oc-
currence in the upper Pliocene. In Hispafiola the species has been
identified in the upper Las Salinas and the Jimani Formation. Pos-
sibly the same species occurs in the upper part of the Cul-de-Sac
boreholes, but preservation is bad and for this reason the specimens
are recorded as Limnocythere sp.

Limnocythere sp. cf. L. friabilis Benson and MacDonald PI. 59, fig. 10

Limnocythere friabilis Benson and MacDonald, 1963, p. 24, pl. 3, figs. 1-4.
Occurrence. — This species was originally described from Post-

Glacial (Holocene) deposits of Lake Erie. In Hispafiola a similar

form has been found in Recent or Subrecent deposits of the Lago
de Enriquillo which also occurs in brackish water of the Bahamas.

HIsPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLpD 613

Limnocythere sp. cf. L. ceriotuberosa Delorme Pl. 59, fig. 9
Limnocythere ceriotuberosa Delorme, 1967, p. 360, figs. 9-12.

Occurrence. — A species of Limnocythere which bears a close
resemblance to L. certotuberosa Delorme was found in one sample
(6840) of the Las Salinas Formation and is of common occurrence
in the Laguna de Leche, Cuba. On Table 3 it has been indicated as
Limnocythere cf. staplim.

Genus CYTHERIDELLA Daday, 1905
Cytheridella ilosvayi Daday? Pl, 58, figs:. 1 a-g; Pl. Gio figs..3..ab

Cytheridella ilosvayi Daday, 1905, p. 262, pl. 17, figs. 15-18; pl. 18, figs. 1-11.
Cythereis ilosvayi (Daday), Miller, 1912, p. 336.

Cytheridella ilosvayi Daday, Klie, 1930, pp. 246-247.

Onychocythere alosa Tressler, 1939, pp. 337-339, figs. 1-11.

?Metacypris? sp. van den Bold, 1958, p. 74, figs. 3 a-f.

?Cytheridella sp. (van den Bold 1958), Pinto and Sanguinetti, 1962, p. 32.
Cytheridella alosa (Tressler), Pinto and Sanguinetti, 1962, p. 18.
Cytheridella ilosvayi Daday, Pinto and Sanguinetti, 1962, p. 14, pl. 1, figs. 4 a-d;

pl. 2, figs. 4 a-e.

Metacypris ometepensis Swain and Gilby, 1964, p. 369, pl. 1, figs. 4 a-d; pl. 2,

figs. 1-5; pl. 3, figs. 1-3; pl. 4, figs. 1-3; pl. 5, fig. 11.

Cytheridella ometepensis (Swain and Gilby), Y. Purper iz Swain and Gilby,

1970, p. 1135.

Description. — Female: Carapace subrectangular to subrhom-
boidal in side view; Height about equal at the dorsal margin about
1/3 from anterior extremity and at the posterior swelling about
1/4 of the length from the posterior extremity. Anterior end only
slightly obliquely rounded; dorsal margin sinuate, slightly concave
behind the middle; ventral margin roughly parallel, sinuate, slightly
concave about 1/3 from anterior, swinging broadly upward into
the posterior end; greatest convexity of posterior margin just above
the middle. Posterior end of carapace strongly swollen, bordered
in front by a deep, subvertical sulcus, situated at about 3/7 of the
length from the anterior extremity. Ventral surface strongly flat-
tened. Valves subequal. Surface finely and densely punctate in the
swollen portion of the carapace; the compressed anterior portion in
front of the sulcus is only weakly punctate. Dorsal view pyriform,
widest at about 1/3 of the length from the posterior. Posterior end
wide, broadly rounded to almost truncate, and incised in the middle.
Anterior end compressed with projecting margin, lateral outline
in front of the sulcus slightly convex.

Male: Carapace in side view similar to the female. In dorsal

614 BULLETIN 286

view broadly lense-shaped, widest at 3/5 of the length from the an-
terior extremity, posterior end narrowly rounded, not incised. In-
terior deep, musclescars situated in deepest part of sulcus, form-
ing a roughly vertical irregular row of four. Marginal area fairly
wide except at the ventral concavity. Line of concrescence and inner
margin widely separated, zone of concrescence narrow, radial pore-
canals numerous, closely and evenly spaced.

Where this species has been found in Recent deposits, the
adults are accompanied by many moult stages which resemble the
male in shape.

Dimensions. — Female: L: 0.98; H: 0.53; W: 0.67

Male : L: 0.87; H: 0.47; W: 0.49

Remarks. — This species differs by its less obliquely rounded
anterior end, less incised posterior end (female, dorsal view) and
less deep median sulcus from Metacypris? sp. (van den Bold, 1958,
p. 74, text-figs. 3 a-f) = Cytheridella sp. Pinto and Sanguinetti
(1962, p. 32) which was described from Recent deposits of the
Caroni Swamp (Trinidad) and subsequently found in the Caloosa-
hatchee River (Florida). Difference with Cytheridella ilosvayt
Daday is only slight and consists of a more strongly swollen pos-
terior portion which in dorsal view is more truncate and less sharply
incised. The male of the present form is almost identical to that of
C. ilosvayt. Dimensions of C. ilosvayi: Female: L: 0.99; H: 0.57;
W: 0.84; Male: L 0.88; H: 0.50; W: 0.60. According to Y. Purper
(manuscript) the Trinidad material referred to above is identical
to C. ilosvayi. The dimensions, however, are slightly larger: Female:
L. 1/05: Hi: 0.57; W: 0:82; male: L: 0.93; Hi: O51; W043 0k
Dempsey (Texaco Trinidad) kindly sent me some specimens of a
possibly identical species from the subsurface of the Talparo For-
mation (u. Pliocene) of Trinidad. As the material consists only of
pyritized internal molds a positive identification is not possible, but
I consider it highly probable that it is conspecific with the present
species. It is certainly different from the Recent species of Trinidad.

The present species is described as new by Y. Purper (MS.
thesis, University of Rio Grande do Sul). As her paper, of which
she was so kind to send me a preprint, has not yet been published,
as far as I am aware, I prefer to assign the species questionably to
Cytheridella ilosvayi, especially as I have some doubts about the

HisPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BOLD 615

validity of the new species. She assigns the Recent Trinidad ma-
terial (van den Bold, 1958) to C. ilosvayt. Personally I consider
the present material closer to C. slosvayi than the Recent Trinidad
species.

Distribution. — Recent occurrence of this species is in the Lago
de Valencia (Venezuela) and the Lago de Enriquillo (Dominican
Republic). Its fossil occurrence is in the Jimanf Formation of the
Dominican Republic and in possibly equivalent deposits of Haiti
(Cul-de-Sac boreholes). Possibly the same species occurs in the
upper Pliocene Talparo Formation of Trinidad. The genus has so
far been reported from Recent fresh-water bodies only. The highest
chlorine content reported is in Trinidad (van den Bold, 1958) of
266 p.p.m.

Subfamily CAMPYLOCYTHERINAE
Subfamily CAMPLOCY THERINAE
Campylocythere? sp. Pl59s figs Sab

Carapace subquadrate, highest at 0.3 of the length from the
anterior extremity, dorsal and ventral margin slightly converging
posteriorly. Anterior end obliquely rounded, short, dorsal margin
convex, ventral margin sinuate, with a concavity at about 1/3 of
the length from the anterior; posterior end almost regularly round-
ed, dorsal slope slightly flattened. Dorsal view elliptical, widest at
0.4 of the length from the posterior end. Sides generally regularly
convex, interrupted only by a slight angularity at the location of
greatest height. In front of the greatest height is a small but distinct
eyespot. Surface almost smooth except for fairly deep irregularly
spaced pits, which in the ventral part are more or less longitudin-
ally arranged. No single valves were found, so that the hinge could
not be studied. In the anterior margin, however, numerous pore-
canals could be seen, a small number of which are false and indent
the line of concrescence.

Dimensions. — L: 0.63; H: 0.35; W: 0.32.

Remarks. — The arrangement of radial porecanals in the an-
terior end may indicate that this species belongs to Proteoconcha.
The nearest species appears to be Proteoconcha proteus Plusquellec
and Sandberg, (1969, p. 450-2, pl. 1, figs. 1-18; pl. 3, figs. 5-6; pl. 5,
fig. 4; pl. 6, figs. 1-7, 17-19; pl. 8, figs. 1, 3-4, 6, 9, 11; pl. 10, figs.

616 BULLETIN 286

la-h, text-figs. 1, 21-m, 4, 7.), but it differs in the shape of the
posterior end, especially in the right valve, and is also slightly smaller.
In this respect it is perhaps closer to Proteoconcha concinnotdea
(Swain), (Plusquellec and Sandberg, 1969, p. 452, pl. 2, figs. 12-16;
pl. 5, fig. 7; pl. 6, figs. 14-15; pl. 7, fig. 6; pl. 10, figs. 4 a-e, text-
figs. 2 d-e, 4, 8), but it is much larger.

Occurrence. — Jimani Formation and Recent deposits of Lake
Enriquillo.

Family XESTOLEBERIDIDAE
Genus XESTOLEBERIS Sars, 1865

Xestoleberis sp. A

An elongate, low species of Xestoleberis occurs as single or rare
specimens scattered throughout the section. It could not be identi-
fied with any certainty with known species. Tables 2, 3.

Xestoleberis sp. B

Xestoleberis sp. van den Bold, 1963b, p. 402, pl. 10, figs. 14 a,b.
Xestoleberis sp. 1 van den Bold, 1968, p. 78, pl. 6, figs. 9 a-c; van den Bold,

1970, p. 123, pl. 2, figs. 1 a-b.

A species of Xestoleberis, that occurs as rare scattered speci-
mens in the Las Salinas Formation is probably identical to the species
described from the Gurabo Formation and Ponce Formation (Dom-
inican Republic, Puerto Rico). Table 3. In Table 12 and in the
Cul-de-Sac Plain both species have been plotted together in the
tables as the occurrences were to rare to merit separate treatment.

INCERTAE SEDIS
Ostracode sp. A Pl. 58, figs. 3 a-b

Carapace, thin and fragile, cuneiform in dorsal and lateral
view, highest and widest near anterior end. Anterior end slightly
obliquely rounded, dorsal and ventral margin almost straight, con-
verging posteriorly, posterior end narrowly rounded. Valves about
equal in size, the left overlapping very slightly posterodorsally and
mid-ventrally. Dorsal view more or less boat-shaped, widest in front
of the middle, anterior end somewhat pointed, with convex sides,
lateral outline behind the middle wedge-shaped, narrowly rounded
posteriorly. Internal features not observed. Cyprid muscle scar.

Dimensions. — L: 0.62; H: 0.32; W: 0.30.

HIsPANOLA OSTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 617

Remarks. — This is obviously a fresh-water species and has
been found, though only on a few occasions, in both the Jimani
Formation and the Las Salinas Formation.

Ostracode sp. B Pl. 58, fig. 4

Carapace thin, fragile, elongate bean-shaped and narrow. Great-
est height at about 2/3 of the length from the front. Anterior end
obliquely rounded, dorsal margin arched, flattened in middle 1/3,
curving obliquely down behind the greatest height into the pos-
terior end which is narrowly rounded below median height. Ventral
margin sinuate. Valves about equal in size. Dorsal view lanceolate,
widest in the middle. Internal features unknown.

Dimensions. —L: 0.70; H: 0.34; W: 0.25 (HVH 8846).

Remarks. — Judging by the shape, this is a species of Candona,
possibly immature. It has been found rarely in the Las Salinas
Formation.

Ostracode sp. C Pl. 59, fig. 12

Carapace elongate ovate, highest in front of the middle. An-
terior end obliquely rounded, dorsal margin regularly arched, slop-
ing down towards the almost straight ventral margin behind the
greatest height. Posterior end obliquely rounded, ventrally much
more narrowly than the anterior. Dorsal view lanceolate, widest in
the middle. Left valve appears to be overlapping the right along
the posterodorsal margin and mid-ventrally. Apparently there is
some sexual dimorphism, a few specimens are slightly longer and
narrower than the majority. Interior unknown.

Dimensions. — Female: L: 0.60; H: 0.35; W: 0.26; male?: L:
O61 Hy 0335 W: 0.22.

Remarks. — The nature of this species is completely unknown.
It might be a cyprid, but on the other hand it might be a moult of
one of the Cytherideinae. It occurs in both the Las Salinas Forma-
tion and Jimanf Formation but some of the identifications are un-
certain due to poor preservation. Tables 3, 12.

Ostracode sp. D

Carapace elongate rhomboid, highest at 1/3 of the length from
the anterior. Anterior end evenly rounded; dorsal margin angled at
the greatest height with almost straight anterior and posterior slopes;

618 BuLLETIN 286

ventral margin sinuate, concave in the middle; posterior end
obliquely rounded, almost obliquely truncate above, narrowly round-
ed below. Musclescars of candonid type. Zone of concrescence nar-
row, wide anteroventral vestibule.

Dimensions. — L: 0.66; H: 0.33.

Occurrence. — Jimani Formation.

Ostracode E

Description. — Carapace elongate, highest in the middle. Both
ends broadly rounded, anterior slightly higher; dorsal margin con-
vex, ventral margin sinuate.

Dimensions. —L: 0.48; H: 0.23.

Remarks. — Muscle scars were not clearly discernible but ap-
pear similar to those of Heterocypris, with which genus the general
shape also agrees.

Occurrence. — Las Salinas Formation and Jimani Formation.

APPENDIX

The following species are described by R. Forester (Univ.
of Illinois, Urbana). I have merely added the derivation of the name,
holo- and paratype numbers and localities and distribution.

Perissocytheridea cytheridellaformis Forester, n. sp
Pl. 60, figs. a-c; Pl. 61, figs. a Pl. 62, figs. 1 a-d

Name. — Shaped similar to species of Cytheridella.

Holotype. — A complete male carapace, HVH No. 9086.

Paratype. — HVH No. 9087.

Type locality. — 10393, Hoya de Enriquillo, Dominican Re-
public.

Stratigraphic horizon. — Las Salinas Formation.

Description. —Carapace of both male and female smaller in
size than most species of the genus. Males subovate, females sub-
pyriform in lateral view. Dorsal margin arched in the female, with
greatest height just anterior to anterior hinge element, then straight
and sloping towards posterior element. Dorsal margin in males
slightly arched with greatest height at anterior terminal hinge ele-
ment and straight between terminal hinge elements. Posterior mar-
gin rounded in the female, slightly pointed below median line in
the male. Ventral margin straight, anterior margin rounded.

HisPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 619

Carapace of male ovate; female elliptical in dorsal view; reticu-
late to punctate with area bordering hinge line from median point
of hinge anteriorly predominantly smooth. Left valve slightly larger
than right, overlapping anteriorly and, slightly, posteriorly.

Ornamentation consists of a reticulum constructed by predom-
inantly rounded fossae (sola concave) which are typically smaller
relative to valve size than in other species of the genus. Small pos-
tero-ventral alate expansions of valve posterior to medially located
sulcus. Adductor muscle scars consist of a vertical row of four spots,
the ventralmost scar largest and semicircular in outline. The next
adductor scar approximates the figure 8 in shape, pointing towards
the posterior. Third scar has the same shape but points towards
the anterior, while the dorsal scar is rounded and touching the scar
below it. The frontal scar, located just anteriorly of the fulcral point,
is ovoid in outline, with a small circular scar attached to its antero-
ventral margin. The fulcral point is located just anterior to the
two dorsal most adductor scars and is ovoid in outline. Normal
pores seive-type, numbering around forty; generally with setal open-
ing. They are usually slightly smaller than the smaller fossae and
all examined to date have been intramural. Inner lamellae well
developed but not wide; a narrow, small vestibule visible in an-
terior; line of concrescence slightly undulatory in the anterior, but
smooth along ventral and posterior margins. Prominent selvage
medially located on the inner lamella, parallelling the outer margin.
Radial porecanals straight to slightly sinuous, usually less than ten
in the anterior. Hinge antimerodont. In the right valve, starting
from the anterior, there is a prominent crenulate tooth, composed
of six denticles, the four central ones larger and separated by nar-
row slits; a long crenulate median groove, composed of distinct,
separated sockets, and a posterior crenulate tooth, consisting of six
prominent denticles with little or no space between them. Sexual
dimorphism strong, with males slightly higher, commonly longer
and wider. Male carapace inflated posterior of medially located
sulcus. Juveniles similar to adult females, except, that the valves
are more triangular and the caudal process usually more prominently
present.

Dimensions. — The values given below were computed for all
non-broken, non-deformed specimens in my sample. All values are

620 BULLETIN 286

in millimeters. N = number of specimens measured, s = standard
deviation, and O.R = observed range.
Females N =3 mean s OR
height 0.232 0.010 0.221-0.238
length 0.404 0.012 0.391-0.411
Males N= mean s OR
height 0.239 0.0014 0.238-0.241
length 0.469 0.0150 0.442-0.476

Perissocytheridea plauta Forester, n. sp
Pl. 60, figs. 7, a-b; 1, 61, figs. 2 a,b; Pl. 62, figs. 2 a-f

Name. — Plautus (L) — broad, flat.

Holotype. — A complete male carapace, HVH No. 9084.

Paratype. — HVH No. 9085.

Type locality. — 6822, Hoya de Enriquillo, Dominican Repub-
lic.

Stratigraphic horizon. — Las Salinas Formation.

Description. — Carapace small; male and female quadrate in
lateral view. Dorsal margin straight, slightly arched at anterior por-
tion of valve, just anterior of anterior hinge element. Ventral margin
straight; anterior margin obliquely rounded; posterior margin round-
ed in female, round to slightly pointed below median line in male.

Carapace quadrate in dorsal view. Reticulate along postero-
dorsal margin, smooth from medial-dorsal area to posterodorsal.

Ornamentation consists of a reticulum, often more strongly de-
veloped in male. Longitudinal elements of the reticulum prominent,
thickened plica, particularly wide in the anterior. Dorso-ventral
elements of reticulum less prominent, sometimes absent in female,
narrowing or absent between the longitudinal elements in the male.
Fossae commonly rounded. Large thickened, smooth ridge in dorso-
anterior area. Females have prominent alae in postero-ventral to
medial-ventral area of valve.

Inner valve characters poorly preserved on available material
(all whole carapaces filled or coated with calcite crystals). Inner
lamella appears typical for genus, muscle scars and radial pores un-
known. Normal pores not visible (probably calcite filled). Hinge
antimerodont, but details unknown due to poor preservation. Sexual
dimorphism strong, with males longer, wider than females, and lack-

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 621

ing alae. Prominent expansion of valve in area posterior to medially

located sulcus in males. Juveniles unknown.
Dimensions. — The values given below were computed for all

non-broken, non-deformed specimens in my sample. All values in

millimeters. N = number of specimens measured, s = standard
deviation, OR = observed range.
Females N=9 mean s OR
height 0.301 0.013 0.272-0.323
length 0.476 0.009 0.459-0.493
Males N=30 mean s OR
height 0.294 0.019 0.238-0.309
length 0.561 0.024 0.510-0.612
REFERENCES

Baker, J. H., and Hulings, N. C.

1966. Recent marine ostracod assemblages of Puerto Rico. Pub. Inst. Marine
Sci., Texas, vol. 11, pp. 108-125, 6 figs.

Benson, R. H.

1969. Ostracodes of the Rita Blanca deposits. Geol. Soc. Amer. Mem. 113, pp.
107-115, pls. 21, 22.

1971. A New Cenozoic deep-Sea genus Abyssocythere (Crustacea, Ostracoda,
Trachyleberididae), with descriptions of five new species. Smithsonian
Contr. Paleobiol. No. 7, pp. 1-2, pls. 1-3, figs. 1-12.

1972. The Bradleya Problem, with descriptions of two new psychrospheric
Ostracode genera, Agrenocythere and Poseidonamicus (Ostracoda, Crus-
tacea). Smithsonian Contr. Paleobiol., No. 12, Smithsonian Inst. Press,
Washington, 109 pp., 12 pls., 4 tbls, 66 figs.

Benson, R. H., and MacDonald, H. C.

1963. Postglacial (Holocene) ostracodes from Lake Erie. Univ. Kansas, Pale-
ont. Contr., Arthropoda, No. 4, pp. 1-26, pls. 1-4, text-figs. 1-8.

Benson, R. H., and Syvester-Bradley, P. C

1971. Deep-sea ostracodes and the transformation of ocean to sea in the
Tethys. Bull. Centr. Rech. Pau-SNPA, suppl. 5, pp. 63-91, 15 figs. 1
table, 1 pl.

Bermudez, P. J.

1949. Tertiary smaller Foraminifera of the Dominican Republic. Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., publ. No. 25, iv. + 322 pp., 26 pls.

Blow, Walter

1969. Late Eocene to Recent planktonic foraminiferal biostratigraphy. First
Planktonic Conf., Geneva, 1967, Proc., pp. 199-421.

Bold, W. A. van den

1946. Contribution to the study of Ostracoda with special reference to the
Tertiary and Cretaceous microfauna of the Caribbean Region. Univ.
Utrecht, De Bussy, Amsterdam, 167 pp., 18 pls., 2 maps, 8 text-figs.,
6 tables.

1958. Distribution of freshwater ostracodes in Trinidad. Micropal., vol. 4, No.
1, pp. 71-74, 3 text-figs., 5 tables.

1963a. Ostracods and the Tertiary stratigraphy of Guatemala. Bull. Amer. As-
soc. Petr. Geol., vol. 47, No. 4, pp. 696-698

622 BULLETIN 286

1963b. Upper Miocene and Pliocene Ostracoda of Trinidad. Micropal., vol. 9,
No. 4, pp. 261-424, pls. 1-12, text-figs. 1-6, tables 1-7 .

1965. Middle Tertiary Ostracoda from northwestern Puerto Rico. Micropal.
vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 381-414, pls. 1-7, text-fig. 1, tables 1-5.

1966a. Miocene and Pliocene Ostracoda from Northwestern Venezuela. Verh.
Kon. Neder]. Akad. Wetensch., ser. 1, vol. 23, No. 3, 43 pp., 5 pls., 5 tables.

1966b. Ostracoda from Colon Harbour, Panama. Carib. Journ. Sci. vol. 6,
Nos. 1, 2, pp. 43-53, pls. 1-5, table 1.

1968. Ostracoda from the Yague Group (Neogene) of the Northern Dominican
Republic. Bull, Amer. Paleont., vol. 54, No. 239, 106 pp., 10 pls., 20 tables,
18 text-figs.

1969. Neogene Ostracodes from southern Puerto Rico. Carib. Journ. Sci., vol.
9, pp. 117-125, text-figs. 1-5, table 1, pls. 1,2.

1970a. The genus Costa (Ostracoda) in the Upper Cenozoic of the Caribbean
Region. Micropal., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 61-75, pl. 1, figs. 1-4, table 1.

1970b. Ostracoda of the Lower and Middle Miocene of St. Croix, St. Martin
and Anguilla. Carib. Journ. Sci., vol. 1, pp. 35-52, pls. 1, 2, text-figs.
1-3, tables 1-4.

1971a. Ostracoda of the Coastal Group of Formations of Jamaica. Trans. Gulf
Coast Annoc. Geol. Sci., 21 meet., pp. 325-348, 3 pls, 6 tables, 8 text-figs.

1971b. Ostracode associations, salinity and depth of deposition in the Neogene
of the Caribbean Region. Bull. Centr. Rech. Pau-SNPA, Suppl. 5, pp.
449-460, 5 figs.

1972a. Ostrdcodas del Post-Eoceno de Venezuela y regiones vecinas. Congr. Geol.
Venezuela, vol. 2, Mem. IV, Sp. Publ. No. 5, pp. 999-1063, pl. 1-4, tables
1-18, text-figs. 1-3.

1972b. Ostracoda of the La Boca Formation, Panama Canal Zone. Micropaleont.,
vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 410-442, pls. 1-5.

1974a. Neogene of Central Haiti. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., vol. 58, No. 3,
pp. 533-539, 6 text-figs.

1974b Taxonomic status of Cardobairdia van den Bold, 1960, and Abyssocypris
n. gen., two genera of deepwater ostracodes from the Caribbean Tertiary.
Geosc. and Men, vol. 6, pp. 65-79, 1 pl., 7 text-figs.

Brady, G. S.

1869. Nouveaux entomstracés de Port-au-Prince. Chapitre XXXII, Les Fonds
de La Mer, vol. 1, pp. 160, 161, pls. 18, 19.

1870. Crustacés, entromostracés in: Rade de Santiago de Cuba. Ch. 13 of De
Folin et Périer, Les Fonds de Fonds de la Mer, vol. 1, pp. 237-239, pl. 30.

Brun, Lelio

1960. Etude de foraminiféres de differents gisements Haitiens par la méthode
des microfaciés. Rev. Soc. Hait. Hist. Géogr. Géol., Port-au-Prince, vol.
29, No. 100, pp. 33-46

Butterlin, Jacques

1950. Contribution a l’étude de la bordure sud de la plaine du Cul-de-Sac.
Rev. Soc. Hait. Hist. Geogr. Geol., Port-au-Prince, vol. 21, No. 76,
pp. 1-79.

1954. La Géologie de la République d’Haiti et ses rapports avec celle des
régions voisines. Publ. Com. 15 Anniv. Indep. Haiti, No. 1, 556 pp.,
20 text-figs., 26 pls., 1 map.

1956. La constitution géologique et la structure des Antilles. Centre Nat. Rech.
Sci., 453 pp.

1960. Géologie génerale et régionale de la République d’Haiti. Trav. et
Mem. Inst. hautes étud. Amér. Latine, Univ. Paris., 194 pp., 18 pls.

Coryell, H. N., and Rivero, F. C.

1940. A Miocene Microfauna of Haiti. Jour. Paleont. vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 324-344,
pls. 41-44.

HisPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BOLpD 623

Daday, E. V.

1905. Grundziige der Mikrofauna von Paraguay. Math. Term. Ert. Budapest,
vol. 23, pp. 234-270, pls. 15-18.

Delorme, L. D.

1967. New fresh-water Ostracoda from Saskatchewan, Canada. Canadian
Jour. Zool. vol. 45, pp. 357-363, pls. 1, 2.

Edwards, R. E.

1944. Ostracoda from the Duplin marl (Upper Miocene) of North Carolina.
Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 6, pp. 505-528, pls. 85-88.

Guerra Pena, R.

1965. Las principales cuencas sedimentarias de la Republica Dominica y sus
posibilidades petroliferas. XX Congr. Geol. Intern., Symp. de Petr. y
Gas., vol. 4, pp. 141-159.

Gutentag, E. D., and Benson, R. H.

1962. Neogene (Plio-pleistocene) freshwater ostracodes from the Central High
Plains. State Geol. Sur. Kansas, vol. 157, 60 pp., 2 pls., 15 text-figs.

Hall, D. D.

1965. Paleoecology and taxonomy of fossil ostracoda in the vicinity of Sapelo
Island, Georgia. Four reports of ostracod investigations, NSF Project
GB-26, vi + 79 pp., 1 text-fig., 20 pls.

Hartmann, Gerd.

1959a. Beitrag sur Kenntnis des Nicaragua-sees unter besonderer Beriicksichit-
gung seiner Ostracoden (Mit Beschreibung von 5 neuen Arten). Zool.
Anz., Bd. 162, H. 9/10, pp. 269-294, 9 text-figs.

1959b. Zur Kenntnis der lotischen Lebensbereiche der pazifischen Kiiste von
El Salvador, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung seiner Ostracodenfauna.
Kieler Meererforsch, Bd. 15, H. 2, pp. 187-241, pls. 29-48.

1964. Das Problem der Buckelbidung auf Schalen von Ostracoden in zoolog-
ischer und historischer Sicht (Mit Bermerkungen zur Fauna des Trasi-
menischen Sees). Mitt. Hamburg Zool. Mus. Inst., Kosswig Festschrift pp.
59-66, pl. 1.

Hazel, J. E.

1971. Ostracode Biostratigraphy of the Yorktown Formation (upper Miocene
and Lower Pliocene) of Virginia and North Carolina. U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Prof. Paper, No. 704, 13 pp., 6 text-figs.

Hoffstetter, R.

1965. Lexique stratigraphique international. Vol. 5: Amérique Latine, fase.
2b: Antilles. Centre Rech. Sci. Congr. Geol. Int. Comm. de Stra, 492 pp.

Jones, T. R.

1857. Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England. Palaeontogr. Soc.,
London, 1855, 68 pp., 6 pls.

Kilenyi, Thomas I.

1972. Transient and balanced genetic polymorphism as an explanation of
variable noding in the ostracode Cyprideis torosa. Micropaleont., vol. 18,
No. 1, pp. 47-63, pl. 1.

Khudoley, K. M., and Meyerhoff, A. A.

1971. Paleogeography and Geologic History of Greater Antilles. Geol. Soc.
America, Mem. 129, x + 199 pp., 30 figs.

Klie, Walter

1930. Ostracoden aus dem paraguayischen Teile des Gran-Chaco. Arch. Hydro-
biol., pp. 221-258.

1933. Siiss- and Brackwasserostracoden aus Bonaire, Curacao und Aruba.
Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vol. 64, pp. 369-380.

1939. Ostracoden aus den marinen Salinen von Bonaire, Aruba und Curagao.
Capita Zoologica, vol. 10.

Krutak, P. R.

1971. The Recent Ostracoda of Laguna Mandinga, Veracruz, Mexico. Micro-

paleont., vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 1-30, pls. 1-4.

624 BULLETIN 286

Martashville, B. Z., and Luege, J. R.

1968. El Cuaternario de la parte noreste de la provincia de Camaguey, Cuba.
Inst. Nac. Rec. Hidr., depto. ing. geol., Publ. Esp., No. 6, La Habana, pp.
63-70, 5 figs.

Morkhoven, F. P. C. M.

1972. Bathymetry of Recent marine Ostracoda in the Northwest Gulf of Mex-
ico. Trans. Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., vol. 22, p. 241-252, 2 figs.,
3 text-figs.

Morales, G. A.

1966. Ecology, distribution and taxonomy of Recent Ostracoda of the Laguna
de Terminos, Campeche, Mexico. Univ. Aut. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Bol.
vol. 81, 103 pp., pls. 1-8, text-figs 1-46, 1 table.

Pinto, I. D., and Sanguinetti, Y. T.

1962. A poiealeve revision of the genera Bisulcocypris and Theriosynoecum
(Ostracoda) with the world geographical and stratigraphical distribu-
tion (including Metocypris, Elpidium, Gomphocythere and Cytheridella).
Univ. Rio Grande de Sul, Esc. Geol., Publ. esp., No. 4, 97 pp., 17 pls.

Plusquellec, P. L., and Sandberg, P. A.

1969. Some genera of the ostracode subfamily Campylocytherinae. Micropale-
ont., vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 427-480, pls. 1-10.

Pressoir, A.

1951. Monographie des affleurements miocénes de la route Lalue-Delmas et
du Morne Delmas. Rev. Soc. Hait. Hist. Geogr. Geol., Port-au-Prince,
vol. 22, No. 8, pp. 53-69.

Ramirez, F. C.

1967. Ostracodes de Lagunas de la Provincia de Buenos Aires. Rev. Mus. de la
Plata (NS) sece. Zool. vol. 10, pp. 5-54, pls. 1-12.

Richter, Max

1970. Beginn und Ende der Flysch-Sedimentation. N. Jb. Geol. Palaont.,
Monatsch. No. 4, pp. 225-234.

Sandberg, Ph. A.

1964. The Ostracode genus Cyprideis in the Americas. Acta Univ. Stockholm.,
Stockholm Contr. in Geol., vol. 12, 178 pp., 23 pls., 33 text-figs.

1966. The modern ostracod Cyprideis bensoni n. sp., Gulf of Mexico and C.
castus, Baja California. Jour. Paleont., vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 447-449, 2 text-
figs.

Seiglie, G. A., and Cucurullo, O.

1971. Foraminiferos plancténicos de las localidades tipo de la “caliza Mao
adentro” y de la “arcilla Mao”, Mioceno y Plioceno, Santo Domingo.
Carib. Jour. Sci., vol. 11, Nos. 3-4, pp. 101-111, pls. 1-6, text-figs. 1-4.

Stephenson, M. B.

1938. Miocene and Pliocene Ostracoda of the genus Cytheridea from Florida.
Jour. Paleont. vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 127-148, pls. 34, 35, text-figs. 1-20.

Swain, F. M.

1955. Ostracoda of San Antonio Bay, Texas. Jour. Paleont., vol. 29, No. 4,
pp. 561-646, 31 maps, 6 pls., 54 text-figs.

Swain, F. M., and Gilby, J. M.

1964. Ecology and taxonomy of Ostracoda and alga from Lake Nicaragua.
Pubbl. staz. zool. Napoli, 33 suppl., pp. 361-386, 1 text-fig.

1967. Recent Ostracoda from Corinto Bay, western ‘Nicaragua, and their re-
lationship to some other assemblages of the Pacific Coast. Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 41, No. 2, pp. 306-334, pls. 31-34, text-figs. 1-26.

1970. Revision in generic assignment and appendage structure of Metacypris
omepetensis Swain and Gilby (Ostracoda) from Lake Nicaragua. Jour.
Pal., vol. 44, No. 6, pp. 1134-1135.

HisPpANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BOLD 625

Taylor, G. C., and Lemoine, R. C.

1949. Groundwater in the Cul-de-Sac Basin, Haiti. U.S. Geol. Sur., Water Re-
sources Dev., 59 pp.

Tippenhauer, L. G.

1901. Beitrage zur Geologie Haitis, V: Das La Selle-Gebirge, die Cul-de-Sac
Ebene und das Salzseengebiet. Petermanns Mitt. Bd. 47, pp. 169-178, pl.

13,14.

Vaughan, T. W., Cooke, W., Condit, D. D., Ross, C. P., Woodring, W. P.,

and Calkins, F. C

1921. A geological reconnaissance of the Dominican Republic. Geol. Sur. Dom.
Rep., Mem., vol. 1, 168 pp.

Vesper, Bernd.

1972. Zum Problem der Buckelbildung bei Cyprideis torosa (Jones, 1850)
(Crustacea, Cytheridea). Mitt. Hamburg Zool. Mus. vol. 68, pp. 69-94,
6 text-figs., 1 table.

Wells, James E.

1893. A survey journey in Santo Domingo, West Indies. Roy. Geogr. Soc.,
Supp. Papers, vol. 3, pp. 589-604, map.

Weyl, Richard

1966. Geologie der Antillen. Beitrage zur Regionalen Geologie der Erde, Bd.
4, pp. 1-410, pls. 1-24, text-figs. 1-139.

Woodring, W. P.

1922. Stratigraphy, structure and possible oil resources of the Miocene rocks
of the Central Plain. Rep. Haiti, Geol. Sur. 19 pp., map.

Woodring, W. P., Brown, J. S., and Burbank, W. S.

1924. Geology of the Republic of Haiti. Rep. Haiti, Dept. Publ. Works, Geol.
Sur., 631 pp.

PLATES

628

BULLETIN 286

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 58

Figure

1:

Cytheridella ilosvayi Daday 2 .s.s0.5:c4.25.20...i0.-cesedenessseees nee ee

HVH No. 8830, Lago de Valencia, Venezuela, (Isla Tacarigua) ;
< 100. a. Female, right valve view. b. Female, dorsal view. c.
Male, right valve view. d. Male dorsal view. e-g. Molts, right
valves.

Cyclocypris Sp 1. ccs disesacecdedsscssescdagacacssnae co neete oases Eee

HVH No. 8843, Dominican Republic No. 10287, Recent, < 100.
a. Right valve. b. Left valve. c. Interior of left valve. d. Interior
of right valve.

OsStracOde Spi A: i o.keecahlese hice be vcd seen cases eabenaes swe oe os bocee OSes ears SORT Re
HVH No. 8845, Dominican Republic No. 10369, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; < 100. a. Right valve view. b. Dorsal view.
Ostracode::spy Bi ie) 28. ees Bos
HVH No. 8846, Dominican Republic No. 10369, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; X 100. Left valve view.
Cyclocypris: Sp. 2) cccsccccc Bote Mec teact ss Senko ws nea esse eg

HVH No. 8844, Dominican Republic No. 10340, Jimani Formation;
x 85. a. Left valve view. b. Dorsal view.

Page

613

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 58

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 59

HIsPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 629

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 59
Figure Page

fee Cyinerelia HOltA- Bragy 6.86. jest: esc 5 cd eeshaetee coach ath oen et ee ee 595
HVH No. 8827, Dominican Republic No. 6795, Jimani Formation;
x 100. a. Female, left valve view. b. Male, left valve view.
25 Cytherella sp: aff. C: pulchra Brady) sxc. 0c..hss...c0cc)deveteces seat 580, 584
HVH No. 8826, Dominican Republic No. 6846, Jimani Formation;
x 100. Left valve view.
SUG YVINEKEIOIA Gan SD occu ce tet cce esse esccces asst ncaeona oa snanaeh Sosssuaae hse tee wees ceete 595
HVH No. 8828, Dominican Republic No. 10341, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; <X 100. Left valve view.
Ame Paralenithe lla steSps fc.cuccescsocccscascacees ccssesssaenc cwess saesvotexesseee toc See oaeee 589
HVH No. 8842, Dominican Republic No. 10358, Las Salinas Forma-
tion. X 100. a. Right valve view. b. Dorsal view.
Gain py lOcy there? Sposa see oe ears escola cae bovsoa ns sex teense 615

HVH No. 8832, Dominican Republic No. 6827, ? Angostura Forma-
tion (possibly Jimani Formation); * 100. a. Right valve view.
b. Dorsal view.

6. Aurila laevicula (Edwards) .............0.cccccccccececccceceeeeeeees 579, 581, 587, 590

HVH No. 8831, Dominican Republic 6816, Jimani Formation; xX
100. Right valve view.

Em BFISDIOCYINGHIGE AL SP or Acres ais eters ences och ceseoc teats ace 606
HVH No. 8840, Dominican Republic No. 6795, Jimani Formation;
x 75. a. Right valve view, female. b. Dorsal view, female. c. .
Right valve view, male. d. Dorsal view, male.
8. Limnocythere staplini Gutentag and Benson .............0...0.0c cece 612
HVH No. 8849, Dominican Republic No. 10367, Jimani Formation;
x 100. a. Left valve. b. Right valve.
9. Limnocythere sp. cf. L. ceriotuberosa Delorme .................000.00...... 610
HVH No. 8850, Dominican Republic No. 6840, Las Salinas Forma-
tion. Left valve.
10. Limnocythere sp. cf. L. friabilis Benson and MacDonald .............. 610
HVH No. 8851, Dominican Republic No. 10287, Recent; x 100.
Left valve.
11. Potamocypris sp.
Cul-de-Sac borehole 2, 232 ft.; « 100. Left valve view (specimen
lost).
APEC) SER AGCOCS S10 oc 5 co Neco ec a sh Oe 617
HVH No. 8847, Dominican Republic No. 6847, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; < 100. Right valve view.
TSA IPONISSOCVINEFIGEM SP.) Bo... loos engcte cect ooccoeee eed sede dan ceeae cee 611

HVH No. 9089, Dominican Republic No. 10368, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; X 120. a. Male, right valve view. b. Female, dorsal view.
c. Female, right valve view.

630 BULLETIN 286
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 60
Figure Page
1. €Cyprideis sp; (reversed)) .2.0..cSecense ee 608
HVH No. 8838, Dominican Republic No. 10396, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; < 75. Left valve view.
2. Haplocytheridea ? karlana (Stephenson) ...........00......cccce 606
HVH No. 8839, Dominican Republic No. 6827, ? Angostura Forma-
tion (prob. Jimani Formation); x 75. Right valve view.
8. Cyprideis curta (Rdwards) 25. s::issj.0 soe ce ee eee 608

10.

HVH No. 8837, Dominican Republic No. 10351, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; X 75. Right valve view.

GY PFiGGiS/SD ss sec5sseicoccocen Mose kthovie a zie eee 609

HVH No. 8833, Dominican Republic No. 6816, Jimani Formation;
x 75. a. Left valve view, female. b. Right valve view, male.

Cyprideis pascagoulaensis (Mincher) .................0.000.05..00ccecceeccetteees 608

HVH No. 8834, Dominican Republic No. 6809, Arroyo Blanco
Formation; < 75. a. Right valve view, female. b. Right valve
view, male.

Cyprideis portusprospectuensis van den Bold |... cn. 608

HVH No. 8835, Dominican Republic No. 6818, Recent; 75. a.
Female, left valve view. b. Female, dorsal view. c. Male, dorsal
view. d. Male, left valve view.

Perissocytheridea plauta Forester, n. Sp. oo... 610, 620

Dominican Republic No. 6822, Las Salinas Formation; 120. a.
male, right valve view, HVH No. 9085. b. Female, dorsal view,
HVH No. 9085.

Perissocytheridea cytheridellaformis Forester, n. Sp. ............ 610, 618

HVH No. 9087, Dominican Republic No. 10393, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; X 120. a. Right valve view. b. Dorsal view. c. Ventral
view.

Bairdia sp. aff. B. laevicula Edwards 2.0.0.0... 577
HVH No. 8829, Dominican Republic No. 10343, Jimani Formation;
< 75. Right valve view.

ParacyPriSsSPs. jn ooo eee ee RO 581, 583, 585

HVH No. 8848, Dominican Republic No. 6809, Arroyo Blanco
Formation; < 100. Right valve view.

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 61

HisPANOLA OsTRACODA: VAN DEN BoLp 631

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 61
Figure Page

1. Perissocytheridea cytheridellaformis Forester, n. sp. ............ 610, 618

HVH No. 9087, Dominican Republic No. 10393, Las Salinas Forma-
tion; < 200. a. Interior of left valve, female. b. Interior of
right valve, male.

2. Perissocytheridea plauta Forester, n. Sp. oo... 610, 620
Dominican Republic No. 6822, Las Salinas Formation; 200. a.
Interior of right valve, female. b. Interior of left valve, female.

a eythericelia iWosvayi Daday 2). .85- see. ein ae ees eee 613

HVH No. 8830, Recent, Lago de Valencia, Isla Tararigua; 100.
a. Interior of left valve, female. b. Interior of right valve,
female.

632 BULLETIN 286

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 62
Figure Page

1. Perissocytheridea cytheridellaformis Forester, n. sp. ............ 610, 618
Dominican Republic No. 10393, Las Salinas Formation; x 150. a.
Female, left valve view (Univ. Illinois). b. Female, dorsal view,
HVH No. 9087. c. Male, dorsal view, holotype, HVH No. 9086.
d. Male, left valve view, paratype, HVH No. 9087.

2. Perissocytheridea plauta Forester, n. Sp. ...............0.cceeeee 610, 620
Dominican Republic No. 6822, Las Salinas Formation. a. Female,
right valve view, paratype, HVH No. 9085; xX 135. b. Female,
dorsal view (Univ. Illinois) ; « 150. c. Male, dorsal view, holo-
type, HVH No. 9084, & 125. d. Male, right valve view, paratype,
HVH No. 9085, X 125. e. Male, left valve view (Univ. Illinois) ;
< 125. f. Male, interior right valve.

3:. Perissocyiheride@a: Spit) iii ccccc..s0s-osees sccensstesticceeses esto ee 610

Dominican Republic No. 10379, Las Salinas Formation; x 150
(Univ. Illinois). a. Female, right valve view. b. Male, left valve
view. c. Female dorsal view. d. Male, dorsal view.

4° \Perissocytheridea Sp. ....s.2..c5.oci.dsccsceces coc ssesocdessoseveee beens eee eee 612
Costa Rica, Loc. L4, Pleistocene; 150. (Univ. Illinois). a.
Female, left valve. b. Male, left valve.

BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 66 PLATE 62

(yo on ee
5 ab :
: re

"5
ae

ir
a ; sei
, " 7) -
| aay we
oli
i ee
v
*
é
F F
P 7 ta
\ i {
im
{ Ng ie
me
4 A p
1 ’ a ». ‘
ee >]
1 l
a
nN

INDEX

Note: Light face figures refer to page numbers. Bold face figures refer

to plate numbers.

A
Aculadero, Arroyo .... 560, 561
Agrenocythere ............ 590
alata,

Perissocytheridea .. 603
alexanderi,

Argilloecia sp. aff... 594
alosa, Cytheridella .... 613
altila, Paracytheridea.. 600
altispira, Globigerina.. 605
American Club ........:..: 571, 604
americana, Cyprideis.. 599, 604
americana, Pterygo-

cythereis sp. aff. .... 592
ANTOVOT(O) CUE) 5 ean ena 587
amygdaloides,

BaindiarCha ns so...05.4.- 590
anderseni,

Cushmanidea .......... 600
ANE OStUTANE... 5. ...c5------ 550, 563, 590
Angostura

Mormation: ....:.,5.-- 561, 573, 580,

587, 591, 595,
597
Anguilla Formation .. 597
angulatus, Caudites .... 585, 601
antillea, Bairdia ........ 563, 584-586,
589, 593

apheles,

Cytheromorpha ....... 584
PACA ales nate te eeecness 550
AGSentina: (oo ececec 599
Argilloecia spp. .............. 586, 589
Arroyo Aculadero ...... 560, 561
Arroyo Blanco ............ 555, 561, 563
Arroyo Blanco

ormation =)... 563, 573, 587,

591, 595
Arroyo. La Zanja. &:..... 560
Arroyo Seco

Hornation: +. .5 587, 591
PANU ORT Byte ene eee 602
Aquirre Province

(Poerto Rico) .......... 597
asperrima, Henry-

howella ex gr, ........ 589, 594
August Town

Hormation #......-+.. 595
ANT AE SP eee eeceiac: 570
Azua Province ............ 563, 594, 595

B
AITO OSPe te bees, 563, 578, 583,
585, 586, 590
] BELVI Cy: Pa ees ee 555, 556

Baitoitas? Las) ......6.0.0 556, 561, 550,

565
Baltoitam cece nutes 556, 561
Balani nen. eee 568, 584, 597
banesensis,

loxoconcha-=.... 589
Banicay i. co ed 563
Barahona ee 550, 567
Barahona Province .... 561, 567, 594
Barbuda 598
Bassin Général ............ 571,575
Batida, Arroyo... 563
beaconensis,

Cypridels = 602
Beall ee, Ste 553, 555
Benefactor Province .. 594
bensoni, Cyprideis ...... 599, 601
Bermudez, P. J. .......... 553
bermudezi,

Munseyella .............. 600
bicelliforma? Perisso-

eytheridea .......5..- 563, 577, 578,

580, 583, 584,
585, 590, 603,
604, 609
bichensis,

Quadracythere ........ 601, 589, 590
Boca’ Cachon 2.32228 550, 555, 556,

559
Boca Chica (Marga-

rita), Laguna de .... 598
Boca de. Mula ...2..25.5 567
Bois de Chénem

RAVING Wee eee 569, 592
BOLE View ee 553
Bonaire: yea eee 598
Bowden Formation .... 595
Bradleyay eee 592
bradyi, Bairdia ............ 590
British Honduras ........ 607
Buff Bay Formation .. 595
Bythoceratina sp. ...... 600

Cc

Cabeza de Toro .......... 563, 567
Cabral eee 550, 555, 567
Cabritos, Isla de ........ 550, 555, 560
Cabritos, well No. 1 .. 574
Cadets Vk eG are 575
Cadette Ridge ............. 568, 571
caelata,

Cytherella = fee 600
Caloosahatchee

Formations 606
Caloosahatchee River 614

633

INDEX

Campylocythere?
SD eee eee 59 555, 563, 577,
579, 580, 583,
615
Candonage ee 617
Canimar Formation .. 602
Can0al es eee ee 568
Canada Grande .......... 561
Canada Izquirda ........ 560, 561
Canada del Muerto .... 555, 561, 564
Caribe Formation ...... 597

Caroni Swamp

CErinidad) ieee 614
Cartagena, Laguna de

(Puerto Rico) .......... 598
cassida, Bairdia .......... 593, 594
caudata, Cythero-

morpha ex gf. ....... 563, 585
CAZCAIb ee ee 568, 569
Central Plateau .......... 593
cercadense,

phatase: 563
Cercado Formation .... 595
ceriotuberosa,

Limnocythere cf. 59 603, 613
Cerra Colorado,

IATTOVO) cesses caeerssn sence 566
Cerros de Sal Group .. 576
chicoyensis, Haplocy-

theridea cubensis .. 595, 596, 601
Ciba te eee 595
cicatricosa,

‘Aurilaisp; attoe e 585
cinera, Cyclocypris .... 606
Coast Limestone ........ 573
compacta, Quad-

racythere sp. aff. .. 563
concinnoidea,

Proteoconcha .......... 616
confragosa,

Radimella ex gr. .... 563, 577, 578,

582, 583, 586,
590, 592, 595,
601
congestocostata,

Coquimba sche, ae 578, 589, 593,

601
cranekeyensis,

Hemicytherura ........ 590, 600
crassaformis,

Globorotalia ............ 605
cresera, Cytherura .... 600
Croix des Bouquets .... 550, 568
Croix des Missions .... 550, 568, 569,

574
crumena, Triebelina .. 596
Cubagua Formation .. 604

cubana;,, Costa ......25.402. 589, 593
cubensis chicoyensis,

Haplocytheridea .... 595, 596, 601

Cul-de-Sac, Plaine de.. 569, 575, 593,

595

Cul-de-Sac, coreholes.. 569, 571, 582,

586-587, 597,

598

Cumaca, Formation .... 597

Cumana, Formation .. 599, 604

curta, Cyprideis ...... 60 578-583, 595,

608

curta, Cytheromorpha 563
Cushmanidea sp. ........ 580, 583, 585
Cyclocypris sp. 1, ..58 555, 579, ye
5

Cyclocypris sp. 2 ..58 606
Cyclocypris sp. ............ 572, 578, 584

Cyprideis sp.
ceil see 60 578, 583, 608

(reversed)
Cyprideis ‘sp: v.22 60 563, 577-580,

583, 590, 609

Cytherella sp. .........5%.. 572, 578, 580,

583-585, 589,

590, 600

Cytherelloidea sp. .59 580, 585, 586,

589, 590

Cytheridella ..02.— 587
cytheridellaformis,

Perissocytheridea

60-62 572, 579, 583,

584, 595, 603,

610, 618

Cytheropteron sp. ...... 589

Cytherura Sp. 2.00.5. 590
D

Darwinula sp. ............ 604

decora, Macro-

cyprina sp. aff. ........ 600
deformis,

Procythereis? .......... 595, 600.
Delmas: sche 550, 568, 569
Delmas, Ravine .......... 569
Delmas, Morne ............ 569
Dempsey, R. ................ 554, 614, 581
depressa, Kangarina .. 600
Descubierta, La .......... 550

dictyon,
Bradleva ex gf. ...... 563, 568, 569

dohmil (Costa’ 595, 596, 600
Dolerocypris sp. ........ 584
dolichodeira,

Kerithe mec ce 593, 600
dominicana,

Cytherella 2222... 600

634

INDEX

dominicana,

Paracytheretta ........ 585, 600
dorsotuberculata,

Loxoconcha ............. 577, 578, 581,

583-585, 589,
592, 600
droogeri,

Pseudoceratina ...... 600
Ducloz Cheeses 553, 601
Dunbar, Cz Rav 571
Duaverge <1). 550, 566, 574

E
Eee im O Nee cace eee 555, 556, 563
El Mogote (well) ........ 568
elongata,

Acuticythereis? ...... 600, 601
TLC) eee ose 563, 595
Enriquillo Basin

GHOVaNd eC) iesceeeeo 567
Enriquillo, Lago de... 550, 560, 562,

564, 598
Kponidella 2.0. ic..0s8:0<. 587
Etang Saumatre ........ 550, 558, 568,

569, 570
Eucytherura sp. .......... 600
exilis,

Ambocythere .......... 593

F
fischeri, Loxoconcha.. 563, 590, 592,
600
Florentino, Arroyo .... 567
Hloriday hayes. 553, 559
Fond Parisien ............. 550, 568, 569
forda, Loxoconcha 600

Forrester, R. ......... _.. 554, 618-621
fortificata, Para-

nesidea sp, aff. ........ 600
forulata,

Cytherura ex ¢gY. .... 592
IGRERES ep eee, «oe 568, 569
friabilis, Limno-

cytherelch, 4... 59 555, 583, pees

2
LO HATTIE, JOEY) anckasosnncenee 553, 559
G
Gauthient wee ts. c.s50. 550, 568
Gauthier Hills ............ Zl
gibbus, Tagelus .......... 555
glabra,

Cardobairdia .......... 589, 594

globosa, Cypris ............ 606

Glyptobairdia sp. ........ 589
Goujon ee 575
Grande Riviére

(Cul-de-Sac) «0.0.0.0... 569
Grise, Riviere .............. 568, 570, 571
Gros *Mome= 569
Guayabo, Canada

(Or-ATroyo) eo 556
Guiria Formation ........ 599

Gurabo Formation ...... 588, 595, 596,

597, 599, 616
H
haitensis, Ostrea ........ 575
Haplocytheridea sp. .. 563,577, 583
Haplocytheridea
Sat te ra re a 59 607

Harbour View beds .... 582, 596, 597,
598, 599, 602
arciss a Cae ere 553
hartmanni, Cyprideis.. 607
Hasco Residence Hill.. 569, 571, 588
Ifato NuUeévoi 2.2.0... 559
hazelae,
Agrenocythere

Hemicytherura sp. .... 589, 618
Henryhowella .............. 592
HeterocyprisS§-...-.. 618
hispida, Para-

cytheridea sp. aff. .. 600
hiwanneensis,

Arcilloecial... 594
Honda, Canada .......:.:.. 565
hornibrooki,

Hermanites ............... 590, 600, 601
HOWes He Wie eee 554
Eerie ete 553, 555

I
ilosvayi?, Cytheri-

della 58, 61, 62 555, 578, 581,
583, 585, 586,
604, 613
Isla Cabritost-- 550, 555, 560
Isla Grande

(Panama). 598

Izabal, Lago de
(Guatemala) ............ 598

J

AC riale eee: eee 550
Jimani Formation ...... 555, 556, 571,
577, 582, 587,

597, 598, 599

635

INDEX

Fim aT 35 aces 550, 556, 559,

561, 599, 663
johnsoni, Cytherura
EXHOT Benen eecetosers 577, 583, 592
johnsoni, Para-

cytheroma sp. aff. .. 585, 604
Jugosocythereis .......... 601
K

Kansas,

Pleistocene of .......... 598
karlana, Cytheretta .... 600
karlana, Haplo-

cytheridea ............ 60 577-580, 583,

606
keiji,

Disopontocypris? .... 555, 600
Kerscoihi ws een cece 571
1eGbel ie, 18 Eyed Ee meen syeeseeee: 553,505
Kerithe ees ee 592

L
La Boca Formation .... 597
La Cruz Formation .... 595-597, 599,
601, 602
laevicula, Bairdia

Smaahh. Pessoal 60 TH
laevicula, Aurila

Sp watteee eee 59 577, 579, 580,

583, 590
laevis, Cyclocypris .... 625
a ehunniaee eet ea. 555, 559
Laguna de Cartagena.. 598

Laguna de Leche
(Cuba) Se 553, 598, 604,
606, 608, 613

Laguna Madre

(Mexico) 2220... 598
Laguna de Tamiahua

(Mexico)) 2025s 598
Mayas! Peds! ~ cee 595-597, 599,

601, 602
Lalue horizons ............ 569, 570
lapidiscola,

Loxoconcha .............. 589
Las Cahobas

Formation: <3... 595-597, 599,

602
Las Minas Bay

(Panama)! acces 598
Las Salinas

Kormation) =-... 556, 561, 573,

578, 587, 591,
595, 597, 599

Leche, Laguna de
(Cuba) eee 553, 598, 604,
606, 608, 613

Lemba Formation ...... 587, 591, 594
LeOSane wien ce. acks 550
levis, Loxoconcha ...... 577, 578, 583,

585, 590, 604
Limnocythere (sp.) ...... 559, 585, 587

himGn se Elo 555, 556, 561,

563
Limon, Lago de .......... 550, 562
Limon, Puerto

(Costa: Rica) 597
longisetosa, Bairdia .. 585, 586, 589,

590, 593
Los Roques

(Venezuela) .............. 598
Lover, Ravine .............. 569
Loxoconcha sp. ............ 585, 589, 593

M
Macrocyprina sp. ........ 593
Macrocypris sp, .......... 585
Madame Joie

BHormationec.. 30 593, 595
magniventra,

Pellucistoma ............ 590
Maissade Tongue ........ 597
mammidentata,

Trachyleberidea ...... 589
Manchioneal

Mormationy os. 595
Mao Formation ............ 595-597, 599,

604
Matas Formation ........ 573
matsoni, Perisso-

cytheridea cf. .......... 603
maqueyensis, Costa .... 563
Mayette, Riviére ........ 571
medialis, Caudites .... 600
Mella well No. 1 ........ 574
Metacypris? sp. .......... 614
minutus,

Basslerites .............. 577, 578, 583
miocenica,

Pterygocythereis .... 600
Mocal. (Canada) 2.2 556, 562
Moin Formation .......... 597
Molinillo, Arroyo ........ 563
Moore; BrN: 323: 553, 555
morkhoveni, Krithe .. 563, 593, oe
Morne Delmas ............. 569
Morne Delmas

Hormationi. 22 575, 587, 591,

592, 595
Morne V’Enfer

Hormation: ..2...825 604

Morne Jacquot ............ 575

Moyalito, Arroyo ........ 563
Muerto, Canada del .. 555, 561, 564

636

INDEX

N
navis, Cativella .......... 563, 572, 578,
579, 583-586,
589, 592
New Providence
(Bahamas) ee 604
GID AR ete eee 550
Neiba, Bahia de .......... 550
Nicaragua, Lago de .... 598
nipeensis, Caudites .... 563, 600, 601
ie)
Oarion: Bairdia ............ 563
ochlockoneensis,
leoxoconcha) =... 592
omepetensis,
Cytheridella ............ 613
oropouche swamp
(irinidad) 598
Ostracode Al 2425 58 572, 578, ae

Ostracode B ........... 58 572, 578, 583,
616

Ostracode C ........... 59 572, 578, 583,

617

@stracode, Ds 617

Ostracode FE ................ 577, 578, 618

ovum, Cyclocypris ...... 605

Ovum i@ypris! |........... 606

P

Palma Dulce «.....:..5...-.- 550, 561, 573,

589

Palmer, Dorothy ........ 553

Palmer KS Vo We on. 553
pannosa,

Jugosocythereis ...... 577, 583-585.

590, 600

Paracypris sp. ........ 60 563, 580, 583,

585, 589, 590,

600
Paracytheridea sp. ...... 590, 592, 600

Paracytheroma sp. .... 378, 583
Paradoxostoma sp. ._.. 600
Parakrithella sp. ...59 577-579,
Paranesidea sp. .......... 593
Paria, Gulf of
@rinidad) =..:.222-2 605
Paris, Barrio
(Puerto Rico) ........5 581
APIS ON escent 569
pascagoulaensis,
Cyprideis 2.4..8.... 60 578, 579, 580-
586, 587, 590,
595, 596, 598,
602, 604, 608

Paso Real
Hormation) 25." 596
Pellucistoma sp, .......... 592
perrieri,
Campylocythere? .... 577, 578, 581,
583
Perissocytheridea
SDietere ee eee 62 563, 586, 589,
590, 612
Perissocytheridea
SDigAt i eee oor 62 577-579, 586,
603, 611
Perissocytheridea
fo) oa BY a eae a de 59 577-580, 583,
603, 611
Petionville: .2...0,. 40 550, 571, 593,
594
Plateau Central .......... 595

plauta, Perisso-
cytheridea ..... 60-62 578, 579, 582,

583, 610, 620,
plebeius, Tagelus ........ 555
plicata, Gangamo-

eytheridea? .............. 590, 600
polita,

Cytherella ............ 59 577, 578, 583,

584, 590
polita,

Pterygocythereis .... 600
Ponce Formation ........ 595, 601, 608,

616
ponceana,

Cytheretta: 2,-2.8 600, 601
Pontocypris sp. .......... 578
Port-au-Prince ............ 569, 571, 572.

588, 593, 594
Port-au-Prince beds .... 588
portusprospectuensis,

Cyprideisi...... 60 555, 577, 578,

581-583, 585-

587, 595, 598,

602, 608

Potamocypris sp. ... 59 578, 585
producta,

Quadracythetre ........ 563, 577, 583,

585, 590, 601
prolixa, Krither... 24. 589, 593

Propontocypris sp, .... 577, 583, 590
proteus,

Proteoconcha .......... 615
Pseudocythere sp. ...... 589, 600
Puerto Limon

(Costa: Rica)! 612
pulchra, Cytherella

SPreakle eye eh he 59 577, 580, 583,

585
pumicosa, Cytheretta

SD yathece ss ee 590

637

Puriana sp. ..... Se OEE:
purisubrhomboidea,
Loxoconcha

pustulosa, Puriana .
pykna, Abyssocypris ..
Q

quellita, Kangarina ....
Quita Corazo

Ravine sable
reversa, Krithe
Rincon, Laguna del ....
Rio de las Damas
Rio Parisi
Rio Yague del Sur
Riviere Blanche
Riviere Grande
Riviere Grise

Riviére Grise
Formation? 2....4...-
Riviere Mayette
Ruelle Nazan
rugata,
Perissocytheridea ..
rugosa, Loxoconcha ....
russelli, Digmo-
cythere sp, aff. ........

Ss
salebrosa, Cyprideis ..

Saltrou
Sandberg, Ph. A. ........
sandbergi,
Pumilocytheridea ..
Santiago de Cuba,
Bay
San San Clay
Scelerochilus sp. ..........
scrupulosa,
Puriana
serena,
Cyclocypris
serrulata,
Orionina

INDEX

590

555, 577, 578,
580, 581, 583,

600
567, 573

550, 563, 567
569, 571
568, 569
570, 571,

fig. 13

575, 587, 591,
592, 593, 593

571
570, 575, 600

603, 612
600

600

555, 563, 577-
580, 584, 585,
587, 589, 595,
596, 598, 601,
602, 604, 607

550

554

560, 567

601

595

585

600

605

563, 577, 578,

583. 585, 589,
590, 600

setipunctata,

Haplocytheridea ....
Sign Formation
similis, Cyprideis

similis, Orionina ........
Sombrerito, Arroyo ..
Sombrerito
Kormation .....26..
sordida, Cytherella
SD splits fe recone:
Source Plaissance
Spring Garden
Formation
Springvale
KHormation..........
staplini, Limno-
cythere

stephensoni,
Haplocytheridea

stevensoni,
Darwinula

striata,
Campolycythere
stricta,
Campylocythere
subovata,
Haplocytheridea ......
subquadraregularis,
Cyprideis

subreticulata,
Ambocythere

subreticulatum,
Cytheropteron ........

subrugosa, Perisso-
cytheridea

swaini, Cyprideis

T
Talparo Formation ....

Tamiahua, Laguna
de (Mexico)
tarentina, Bosque-
tina dsp) att.) 2:
Terre Rouge, Poste ....
Thomonde Formation
Thomazeaus..... ee
Tierra Nueva
Tierra Prieta

638

604
595
972-579, 583,
584, 590, 607
564
563, 567, 594
594

590
569

599
599

estissceaeaeee 59 577-579, 583,

586, 603, 612
567, 596

596
578, 580, 581,
583, 595, 599,
608
594
589
577-579, 584,

590, 610
607

581, 599, 614,
615

598

tipica, d
Abyssocypris |
torosa, Cyprideis ..

torquata, Uroleberis ..

triangula,
Uroleberis

Trinchera, Arroyo ....

Trinichera Bluff ..
Trinchera
Formation

Trinidad
trinidadensis,
Abyssocythere ..
trinidadensis,
Krithe
triplistriata,
Neocaudites
Trou Cayman
tschoppi,
Paracytheridea
Tucacas, Bahia de
(Colombia) ........
Tuy Formation

Uroleberis sp. ............

INDEX

593, 594
02

6
572, 578, 580-

583

600

567

563, 567, 592
587, 592, 594,
595

598, 614, 615
563, 569

568, 569

563, 585, 601
568

600

598
597, 599, 604

578, 579, 583,
585, 604

Vv
Valencia, Lago de
(Venezuela) .............. 598, 604, 615
Venganaver cs... 563, 565
VICtrix, bairdid’ ..5.05.: 590
victrix, Bairdia
Sp ialiae sees e heen 566
vidua, Cypridopsis .... 555, 577, 583
vulgata, Cytherella
Spy ath ate oy eee Aa 589, 593, 600
Ww
willisensis, Bairdia ....
Xx
Xestoleberis sp, .......... 563, 592, 604
Xestoleberis sp. A ...... 577, 578, a0
Xestoleberis sp. B ...... 583, 616

Y
Yague, Rio (del Sur) 550, 563, 567

yoni, ‘‘Leptocythere’’.. 602
Wiuicatanipoc a0. 602
Z
Zanja, Arroyo La ...... 560

639

e

RamINos2c0-240)- (SiSipp., 42 pis. 2 18.00
Venezuela, Florida cirripeds, forams, Linnaean Olives,
Camerina, Ordovician conodonts.

Pelee (Nas2st-292).. 420- pp. 10. pls, 2 a 18.00
Antarctic bivalves, Bivalvia catalogue.
WA MINOR 2555250). 397), pps, $43 pls: we 18.00

New Zealand forams, Stromatoporoidea, Indo-Pacific, Mio-
cene-Pliocene California forams.

Ade UINOBL 250-258). (488 pp, 45) spla: 20k ee Re a 18.00
Venezuela Bryozoa, Kinderhookian Brachiopods.

LIV. (Nos. 239-245). SLOW pps SOM pls, Meee eee AE) ve Sater a 18.00
Dominican ostracodes, Lepidocyclina, mollusks.

LV. (Nos. 246-247). GS7t pple GO m pss eee ae eee Lee 18.00
Cenozoic corals, Trinidad Neogene mollusks.

LVI. (Nos. 248-254). SZ Det AOD Ss ot ks aoe el ene ee SOS 18.00

Forams, North Carolina fossils, coral types, Cenozoic
Echinoids, Cretaceous Radiolaria, Cymatiid gastropods

LVII. (Nos. 255-256). SZUEPD PMO mp Sites. ae taseee se Nee oe meee 18.00
Jurassic ammonites.
LVIII. (Nos. 257-262). SO Sapp e59 tps) 332 Se ee ee 18.00

Cretaceous Radiolaria and Forams, Pacific Silicoflagellates,
North American Cystoidea, Cyclonema, Vasum.

LIX. (No. 263). ahd 6) Oe ee Ol oe ED Saar ne eRe A en ea 18.00
Bibliography of Cenozoic Echinoidea.
LX. (Nos. 264-267). SFIS Van DY Oa ose 0) eee NTR Eee Rupees eon ee Ee ESS 18.00
Radiolaria, cirripeds, Bryozoa, palynology.
LXI. (Nos. 268-270). 3 65e DPE oT piss ee ne sp bee See 18.00
Mollusks, Murex catalogue, Cretaceous Radiolaria.
LXII. (Nos. 271-274). CHACON aaa, © BM 0) Rpt en a ase beeen ee eave eS 18.00
Trace fossils, ammonoids, Silicoflagellates, microfauna.
WOU INOS. 2758271), 9 S20. Pps 56 PUSs ccence cen cece coctecerce casecosnstal esses 18.00
Chitinozoa, Spumellariina, Mexican Ammonites
(ey LINE (UG EER E24 Se. Ba ee Lo ED ae 18/00
Palynology, corals, echinoderms, Foraminifera, and crinoids.
ECW is NT arcs ee a ensican ns Soe 18.00
Ostracode Symposium.
bUD. GV Yi Ea ty Toes Pe fees 25) NS eS Ae nen mE ORO OLE 18.00

Crinoids, gastropods, corals, ostracodes.

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA
VolumeI. See Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 Fifth Ave., New York,

N. Y. 10003
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
II. (Nos. 6-12). EFI bah) aa SCY fo} 0) Fok CARR ree oe cA OEE ei eta 23.00

Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Pale-
ozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
III. (Nos. 13-25). SIS app a Gln Dist: vista are reas, Snore 28.00
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleozoic
siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod
studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish,
Platystrophia and Venericardia.
IV. (Nos. 26-33). CAS PAs oo MARY iA 0) (cf are Me ee amet ee etuese nee 28.00
Rudist studies Busycon, Dalmanellidae Byssonychia, De-
vonian lycopods, Ordovican eurypterids, Pliocene mol-
lusks.
V. (Nos. 34-47). AAS eorpeey LOW y Pl Seiten eee teat eee ee 32.00
Tertiary Arcacea, Mississippian pelecypods, Ambonychiidae,
Cretaceous Gulf Coastal forams.
VI. (Nos. 38-41). ABA DD siSSiy DISah ste eee Nolan oe ema 35.00
Lycopsids and sphenopsids of Freeport Coal, Venericardia,
Carboniferous crinoids, Trace fossils.
VII. (Nos. 42-46) BOO ey Di AD) Sit select as a eer pe ceca ne lls 45.00
Torreites Sanchezi, Cancellariid Radula, Ontogeny, sexual
dimorphism trilobites, Jamaician Rudists, Ordovician
Crinoids.

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vols. I-X XIII. See Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York,

XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI.

XXVII.
XXVIII.
XXIX.
XXX.
XXXII.
XXXII.

XXXII.

XXXIV.

XXXV.

XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXVIITI.
XXXIX.
XL.

XLI.
XLII.
XLII.

XLIV.

XLV.

XLVI.
XLVII.

XLVIII.

XLIX.

N. Y. 10017, U.S.A.

(Nos:..80°87)5.° 334: opp: 527 "plshie se eee a
Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

(Nos, 88-948), "306epp., 30:pls.. 22 eee
Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Miocene fossils.
(INos:495=1'00)77420) pp... 58s piss). ee ee ws

Florida Recent, Texas and South America Cretaceous,

Cenozoic fossils.

(Nos: 101-108) 5376 pps.36uplss2.
Tertiary mollusks, Paleozoic Venezuela, Devonian fish.
(Nos33109-114). 4120 pp: 34 Spl si eee et
Paleozoic cephalopods, Cretaceous Eocene, forams.

CINoss 52116)" 738s pps 5.2) spl Sey ters eeee sae cee ee ee oe
Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.

(Nos 117) S:S632pp2 65) pls. ee eee
Jackson Eocene mollusks.

GNos:g1182128)2°4:58ir pps) 27in pss per wse ere
Mollusks, crinoids, corals, forams, Cuban localities.
(INos:,129-133)53294) pp. 39 (piss ee
Silurian cephalopods, crinoids, Tertiary forams, Mytilarca.
QNos: 134-139), 448 pp. 51 pis ee eee
Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran strati-

graphy paleontology.

(INos:2140-145) 5.400, pps 19 piss 22522.
Forams, cephalopods, ostracods, conularid bibliography.
(Nos: 146-154). 386 pp., 31 ipils. 2.22 eee
Forams, cephalopods, mollusks, ostracods.

(Nos20155=160) e412 spp. S3iipls. ae ee ee
Forams, Eocene fish, rudists.

(Nos. 161-164) 5 4360 ppt: 3:7) pl siinctsccscencesces cosezece tones eres oes
Antillean Cretaceous Rudists, Canal Zone Foraminifera,

Stromatoporoidea.
(Nos3)1652176). 447; pp 53 (pls. seccoees ee ree
Forams, ostracods, mollusks, Carriacou, fossil plants.
(Nos: 1772183): 448" pp... 36: pls: i: 2 ete ees
South American forams, Panama Caribbean mollusks.
(No. 184). 996) pps? pl. cee os
Type and Figured Specimens P.R.I.
(Nos, 185-192); 1381) pp: 35! pls: ccccccecooesssseseeee eee ee
Forams, mollusks, carpoids, Corry Sandstone.
(Nox 193))5. 673: cp pis (48) jplsi oieccceceee eet eee
Venezuelan Cenozoic gastropods.
(Nos:..194-198) = 427 pp... 29 pls) eee
Ordovician stromatoporoids, Indo-Pacific camerinids, Mis-
sissippian forams, Cuban rudists.
(Nos: 199-203)'s. 3165) pps, 68 -pls; 2:2-2-... ee
Puerto Rican, Antarctic, New Zealand forams, Lepidocy-
clina, Eumalacostraca.
(No: 204). 6564) pp 63) ipls): <<. ee eee
Venezuela Cenozoic pelecypods.
GNosi2 205-2111) or 419 Sp ps: 70 play secre cecee erences ree oe ee
Forams, Crustacea, brachipods, Recent mollusks.

(Noss 212-217))5) 584, pp). 83iiplsi 2 te eee eee
Forams, mollusks, polychaetes, ammonites.
(Noi2218)25) LOSS) ppseSisplss etc cece eee ee eee

Catalogue of the Paleocene and Eocene Mollusca of the
Southern and Eastern United States.

(Nos)':219-224))5. 6 7p: FSS pl Sscceeeec ere eee

Peneroplid and Australian forams, North American car-
poids, South Dakota palynology, Venezuelan Miocene mol-
luska, Voluta.

12.00
12.00

14.00

14.00
14.00
18.00
16.00
16.00
16.00

16.00

16.00
16.00

16.00
16.00

18.00
16.00
18.00
16.00
18.00

16.00

18.00

18.00

18.00

AH. cme

Bookbinding Co., Inc.
300 Summer Street
Boston, Mass. 02210

yuu vUN UI

4 072 271 794

idindotdincincth oe as aoe

Raat ae Tats
. eee

bb ecSinetictir Beal B-D-toEA DE Ooo eo